Upgrade to SI Premium - Free Trial

Form SC TO-T DUNKIN' BRANDS GROUP, Filed by: Vale Merger Sub, Inc.

November 16, 2020 7:09 AM

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

SCHEDULE TO

Tender Offer Statement Under Section 14(d)(1) or 13(e)(1)

of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

 

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.

(Name of Subject Company)

Vale Merger Sub, Inc.

(Offeror)

Inspire Brands, Inc.

(Parent of Offeror)

(Names of Filing Persons)

 

 

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share

(Title of Class of Securities)

265504100

(CUSIP Number of Class of Securities)

Nils H. Okeson

Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary

Three Glenlake Parkway

Atlanta, GA 30328

(678) 514-4100

(Name, Address and Telephone Number of Person Authorized to Receive Notices and Communications on Behalf of Filing Persons)

With a copy to:

 

Jeffrey D. Marell, Rachael G. Coffey, and Robert B. Schumer

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10019
(212) 373-3000

 

 

CALCULATION OF FILING FEE

 

Transaction Valuation*   Amount of Filing Fee**
$8,862,928,598   $966,946
 
*

Calculated solely for purposes of determining the filing fee. The transaction value was calculated by adding (a) 82,417,076 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”), of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Dunkin’ Brands”), issued and outstanding, multiplied by the offer price of $106.50 per Share, (b) 1,214,659 Shares issuable pursuant to outstanding options to acquire Shares from the Company with an exercise price less than the offer price of $106.50 per share, multiplied by $44.74, which is the offer price of $106.50 per share minus the weighted average exercise price for such options of $61.76 per share, (c) 135,099 Shares issuable pursuant to outstanding restricted stock units multiplied by the offer price of $106.50 (d) 155,490 Shares issuable pursuant to outstanding performance stock units multiplied by the offer price of $106.50 and (e) 2,051 Shares subject to outstanding purchase rights under the Dunkin’ Brands employee stock purchase plan multiplied by the offer price of $106.50. The calculation of the filing fee is based on information provided by Dunkin’ Brands as of November 6, 2020.

 

**

The filing fee was calculated in accordance with Rule 0-11 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Fee Rate Advisory #1 for fiscal year 2021 beginning on October 1, 2020, issued August 26, 2020, by multiplying the transaction value by 0.00010910.

 

☐ 

Check the box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Rule 0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing with which the offsetting fee was previously paid. Identify the previous filing by registration statement number, or the form or schedule and the date of its filing.

 

Amount Previously Paid: N/A      Filing Party: N/A
Form or Registration No: N/A      Date Filed: N/A

 

☐ 

Check the box if the filing relates solely to preliminary communications made before the commencement of a tender offer.

Check the appropriate boxes below to designate any transactions to which the statement relates:

 

  ☒ 

third-party tender offer subject to Rule 14d-1.

  ☐ 

issuer tender offer subject to Rule 13e-4.

  ☐ 

going-private transaction subject to Rule 13e-3.

  ☐ 

amendment to Schedule 13D under Rule 13d-2.

Check the following box if the filing is a final amendment reporting the results of the tender offer: ☐

If applicable, check the appropriate box(es) below to designate the appropriate rule provision(s) relied upon:

 

  ☐ 

Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)

  ☐ 

Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)

 

 

 


This Tender Offer Statement on Schedule TO (this “Schedule TO”) relates to the tender offer by Vale Merger Sub, Inc. (“Purchaser”), a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Inspire Brands, Inc. (“Parent”), a Delaware corporation, for any and all of the outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Shares”), of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (“Dunkin’ Brands”), at a price of $106.50 per Share, without interest, net to the seller in cash, less any applicable withholding taxes, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase, dated November 16, 2020 (the “Offer to Purchase”), a copy of which is attached as Exhibit (a)(1)(A), and in the related letter of transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit (a)(1)(B), and which, together with the Offer to Purchase and other related materials, as each may be amended or supplemented from time to time, constitutes the “Offer”).

All the information set forth in the Offer to Purchase, including Schedule I thereto, is incorporated by reference herein in response to Items 1 through 9 and Item 11 of this Schedule TO, and is supplemented by the information specifically provided in this Schedule TO.

 

Item 1.

Summary Term Sheet.

The information set forth in the section of the Offer to Purchase entitled “Summary Term Sheet” is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 2.

Subject Company Information.

(a) Name and Address. The name, address, and telephone number of the subject company’s principal executive offices are as follows:

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.

130 Royall Street

Canton, Massachusetts 02021

(781) 737-3000

(b) Securities. The information set forth in the section of the Offer to Purchase entitled “Introduction” and Section 6 — “Price Range of Shares; Dividends” is incorporated herein by reference.

(c) Trading Market and Price. The information set forth in Section 6 — “Price Range of Shares; Dividends” of the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 3.

Identity and Background of Filing Person.

(a)-(c) Name and Address; Business and Background of Entities; and Business and Background of Natural Persons. This Schedule TO is filed by (i) Parent and (ii) Purchaser. The information set forth in the “Summary Term Sheet”, Section 8 — “Certain Information Concerning Parent and Purchaser” in the Offer to Purchase and in Schedule I —“Information Relating to Parent, Purchaser and Certain Related Parties” in the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 4.

Terms of the Transaction.

(a) Material Terms. For purposes of subsection (a)(1)(i)-(viii), (x) and (xii), the information set forth in the Offer to Purchase under the following captions is incorporated herein by reference:

Summary Term Sheet

Introduction

Section 1 — “Terms of the Offer”

Section 2 — “Acceptance for Payment and Payment for Shares”

 

2


Section 3 — “Procedures for Accepting the Offer and Tendering Shares”

Section 4 — “Withdrawal Rights”

Section 5 — “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences”

Section 13 — “Certain Effects of the Offer”

Section 15 — “Conditions of the Offer”

Subsections (a)(1)(ix) and (xi) are not applicable.

For purposes of subsections (a)(2)(i)-(iii) and (vii) the information set forth in the Offer to Purchase under the following captions is incorporated herein by reference:

Summary Term Sheet

Introduction

Section 1 — “Terms of the Offer”

Section 5 — “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences”

Section 10 — “Background of the Offer; Past Contacts or Negotiations with Dunkin’ Brands”

Section 11 — “The Merger Agreement; Other Agreements”

Section 12 — “Purpose of the Offer; Plans for Dunkin’ Brands”

Section 13 — “Certain Effects of the Offer”

Subsections (a)(2)(iv)-(vi) are not applicable.

 

Item 5.

Past Contacts, Transactions, Negotiations and Agreements.

(a) Transactions. The information set forth in the Offer to Purchase under the following captions is incorporated herein by reference:

Summary Term Sheet

Introduction

Section 8 — “Certain Information Concerning Parent and Purchaser”

Section 10 — “Background of the Offer; Past Contacts or Negotiations with Dunkin’ Brands”

Section 11 — “The Merger Agreement; Other Agreements”

(b) Significant Corporate Events. The information set forth in the Offer to Purchase under the following captions is incorporated herein by reference:

Summary Term Sheet

Introduction

Section 10 — “Background of the Offer; Past Contacts or Negotiations with Dunkin’ Brands”

Section 11 — “The Merger Agreement; Other Agreements”

Section 12 — “Purpose of the Offer; Plans for Dunkin’ Brands”

 

Item 6.

Purposes of the Transaction and Plans or Proposals.

(a) Purposes. The information set forth in the Offer to Purchase under the following captions is incorporated herein by reference:

Section 12 — “Purpose of the Offer; Plans for Dunkin’ Brands”

 

3


(c) Plans. For purposes of subsections (c)(1) and (4)-(7), the information set forth in the Offer to Purchase under the following captions is incorporated herein by reference:

Summary Term Sheet

Introduction

Section 10 — “Background of the Offer; Past Contacts or Negotiations with Dunkin’ Brands”

Section 11 — “The Merger Agreement; Other Agreements”

Section 12 — “Purpose of the Offer; Plans for Dunkin’ Brands”

Section 13 — “Certain Effects of the Offer”

Section 14 — “Dividends and Distributions”

Subsections (c)(2)-(3) are not applicable.

 

Item 7.

Source and Amount of Funds or Other Consideration.

(a), (b) and (d) Source of Funds; Conditions; Borrowed Funds. The information set forth in the “Summary Term Sheet” and Section 9 — “Source and Amount of Funds” of the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 8.

Interest in Securities of the Subject Company.

(a) Securities Ownership. The information set forth in Section 8 — “Certain Information Concerning Parent and Purchaser” and Schedule I of the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Securities Transactions. None.

 

Item 9.

Persons/Assets Retained, Employed, Compensated or Used.

(a) Solicitations or Recommendations. The information set forth in the “Summary Term Sheet” and Section 10 — “Background of the Offer; Past Contacts or Negotiations with Dunkin’ Brands ” and Section 17 — “Fees and Expenses” of the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 10.

Financial Statements.

 

  (a)

Financial Information. Not applicable.

 

  (b)

Pro Forma Information. Not applicable.

 

Item 11.

Additional Information.

(a) Agreement, Regulatory Requirements and Legal Proceedings. The information set forth in the Offer to Purchase under the following captions is incorporated herein by reference.

Summary Term Sheet

Section 10 — “Background of the Offer; Past Contacts or Negotiations with Dunkin’ Brands ”

Section 11 — “The Merger Agreement; Other Agreements”

Section 12 — “Purpose of the Offer; Plans for Dunkin’ Brands ”

Section 13 — “Certain Effects of the Offer”

 

4


Section 16 — “Certain Legal Matters; Regulatory Approvals”

(c) Other Material Information. For purposes of subsection (c) the information set forth in the Offer to Purchase and Letter of Transmittal is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 12.

Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

(a)(1)(A)*    Offer to Purchase, dated November 16, 2020.
(a)(1)(B)*    Letter of Transmittal, dated November 16, 2020.
(a)(1)(C)*    Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, dated November 16, 2020.
(a)(1)(D)*    Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees, dated November 16, 2020.
(a)(1)(E)*    Letter to Clients for Use by Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees, dated November 16, 2020.
(a)(1)(F)*    Summary Advertisement, as published in The Wall Street Journal on November 16, 2020.
(a)(5)(A)    Joint Press Release issued by Inspire Brands, Inc. and Dunkin, Inc., dated November  2, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K by Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. filed on November 2, 2020).
(a)(5)(B)    Fact Sheet, dated November  2, 2020 (incorporated by reference to the Schedule TO-C filed by Vale Merger Sub, Inc. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2020).
(a)(5)(C)    Letter, dated November 2, 2020 from Paul Brown to Inspire Team Members (incorporated by reference to the Schedule TO-C filed by Vale Merger Sub, Inc. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2020).
(a)(5)(D)    Wall Street Journal Article, dated October  30, 2020 (incorporated by reference to the Schedule TO-C filed by Vale Merger Sub, Inc. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2020).
(a)(5)(E)    Townhall Presentation, dated November  2, 2020 (incorporated by reference to the Schedule TO-C filed by Vale Merger Sub, Inc. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 3, 2020).
(a)(5)(F)    Townhall Presentation, dated November  4, 2020 (incorporated by reference to the Schedule TO-C filed by Vale Merger Sub, Inc. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 4, 2020).
(a)(5)(G)    Newsletter, dated November  13, 2020 (incorporated by reference to the Schedule TO-C filed by Vale Merger Sub, Inc. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 13, 2020).
(b)(1)*    Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of July 31, 2020, by and among Arby’s Funding, LLC, as issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as trustee and securities intermediary.
(b)(2)*    Series 2020-1 Supplement to Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of July  31, 2020, by and among Arby’s Funding, LLC, as issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as trustee and series 2020-1 securities intermediary.

 

5


Exhibit
No.

  

Description

(b)(3)*    Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (Series 2020-1 Class  A-1 Notes), dated as of July  31, 2020, by and among Arby’s Funding, LLC, as issuer, the guarantors party thereto, Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc., as manager, the conduit investors party thereto, the committed note purchasers party thereto, the funding agents party thereto, and Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, as L/C provider, swingline lender and administrative agent.
(b)(4)*    Second Amended and Restated Commitment Letter, dated as of November  12, 2020, among IRB Holding Corp., Barclays Bank PLC, Credit Suisse Loan Funding LLC, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, Wells Fargo, Securities, LLC, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., KeyBank National Association, Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, Truist Bank, Truist Securities, Inc., SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Golub Capital LLC, Capital One, National Association, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
(d)(1)    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October  30, 2020, among Inspire Brands, Inc., Vale Merger Sub, Inc. and Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 2, 2020).
(d)(2)*    Equity Commitment Letter, dated as of October  30, 2020, pursuant to which Roark Capital Partners II Sidecar LP, Roark Capital Partners V (T) LP, Roark Capital Partners V (TE) LP, Roark Capital Partners V (OS) LP, Roark Diversified Restaurant Fund II LP and RC V Vale LLC have committed cash as capital to Parent.
(d)(3)*    Limited Guaranty, dated as of October  30, 2020, delivered by Roark Capital Partners II Sidecar LP, Roark Capital Partners V (T) LP, Roark Capital Partners V (TE) LP, Roark Capital Partners V (OS) LP, Roark Diversified Restaurant Fund II LP and RC V Vale LLC in favor of Dunkin’ Brands.
(d)(4)*    Confidentiality Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2020, 2020, by and between Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and Inspire Brands, Inc.
(g)    None.
(h)    None.

 

*

Filed herewith.

 

Item 13.

Information Required by Schedule 13E-3.

Not applicable.

 

6


SIGNATURES

After due inquiry and to the best of their knowledge and belief, each of the undersigned certifies that the information set forth in this statement is true, complete and correct.

 

INSPIRE BRANDS, INC.
By:       /s/ Nils H Okeson
 

Name: Nils H. Okeson

Title:   Chief Administrative Officer,

General Counsel and Secretary

 

VALE MERGER SUB, INC.
By:       /s/ Nils H Okeson
 

Name: Nils H. Okeson

Title:   Secretary

Dated: November 16, 2020

 

7


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

(a)(1)(A)*    Offer to Purchase, dated November 16, 2020.
(a)(1)(B)*    Letter of Transmittal, dated November 16, 2020.
(a)(1)(C)*    Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, dated November 16, 2020.
(a)(1)(D)*    Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees, dated November 16, 2020.
(a)(1)(E)*    Letter to Clients for Use by Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees, dated November 16, 2020.
(a)(1)(F)*    Summary Advertisement, as published in The Wall Street Journal on November 16, 2020.
(a)(5)(A)    Joint Press Release issued by Inspire Brands, Inc. and Dunkin, Inc., dated November  2, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K by Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. filed on November 2, 2020).
(a)(5)(B)    Fact Sheet, dated November  2, 2020 (incorporated by reference to the Schedule TO-C filed by Vale Merger Sub, Inc. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2020).
(a)(5)(C)    Letter, dated November 2, 2020 from Paul Brown to Inspire Team Members (incorporated by reference to the Schedule TO-C filed by Vale Merger Sub, Inc. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2020).
(a)(5)(D)    Wall Street Journal Article, dated October  30, 2020 (incorporated by reference to the Schedule TO-C filed by Vale Merger Sub, Inc. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2020).
(a)(5)(E)    Townhall Presentation, dated November  2, 2020 (incorporated by reference to the Schedule TO-C filed by Vale Merger Sub, Inc. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 3, 2020).
(a)(5)(F)    Townhall Presentation, dated November  4, 2020 (incorporated by reference to the Schedule TO-C filed by Vale Merger Sub, Inc. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 4, 2020).
(a)(5)(G)    Newsletter, dated November  13, 2020 (incorporated by reference to the Schedule TO-C filed by Vale Merger Sub, Inc. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 13, 2020).
(b)(1)*    Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of July 31, 2020, by and among Arby’s Funding, LLC, as issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as trustee and securities intermediary.
(b)(2)*    Series 2020-1 Supplement to Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of July  31, 2020, by and among Arby’s Funding, LLC, as issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as trustee and series 2020-1 securities intermediary.
(b)(3)*    Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (Series 2020-1 Class  A-1 Notes), dated as of July  31, 2020, by and among Arby’s Funding, LLC, as issuer, the guarantors party thereto, Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc., as manager, the conduit investors party thereto, the committed note purchasers party thereto, the funding agents party thereto, and Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, as L/C provider, swingline lender and administrative agent.

 

8


Exhibit
No.

  

Description

(b)(4)*    Second Amended and Restated Commitment Letter, dated as of November  12, 2020, among IRB Holding Corp., Barclays Bank PLC, Credit Suisse Loan Funding LLC, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, Wells Fargo, Securities, LLC, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., KeyBank National Association, Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, Truist Bank, Truist Securities, Inc., SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Golub Capital LLC, Capital One, National Association, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
(d)(1)    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October  30, 2020, among Inspire Brands, Inc., Vale Merger Sub, Inc. and Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 2, 2020).
(d)(2)*    Equity Commitment Letter, dated as of October  30, 2020, pursuant to which Roark Capital Partners II Sidecar LP, Roark Capital Partners V (T) LP, Roark Capital Partners V (TE) LP, Roark Capital Partners V (OS) LP, Roark Diversified Restaurant Fund II LP and RC V Vale LLC have committed cash as capital to Parent.
(d)(3)*    Limited Guaranty, dated as of October  30, 2020, delivered by Roark Capital Partners II Sidecar LP, Roark Capital Partners V (T) LP, Roark Capital Partners V (TE) LP, Roark Capital Partners V (OS) LP, Roark Diversified Restaurant Fund II LP and RC V Vale LLC in favor of Dunkin’ Brands.
(d)(4)*    Confidentiality Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2020, 2020, by and between Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and Inspire Brands, Inc.
(g)    None.
(h)    None.

 

*

Filed herewith.

 

9

Exhibit (a)(1)(A)

Offer to Purchase for Cash

All Outstanding Shares of Common Stock

of

DUNKIN’ BRANDS GROUP, INC.

at

$106.50 Net Per Share

by

VALE MERGER SUB, INC.

a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of

INSPIRE BRANDS, INC.

 

 

THE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT THAT TIME THAT IS

ONE MINUTE FOLLOWING 11:59 P.M. (12:00 MIDNIGHT), EASTERN TIME,

ON MONDAY, DECEMBER 14, 2020, UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED OR EARLIER TERMINATED.

Vale Merger Sub, Inc. (“Purchaser”), a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Inspire Brands, Inc. (“Parent”), a Delaware corporation, is offering to purchase, subject to certain conditions, including the satisfaction of the Minimum Tender Condition (as defined below), any and all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”), of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Dunkin’ Brands” or the “Company”), at a price of $106.50 per Share, without interest (the “Offer Price”), net to the seller in cash, less any applicable withholding taxes, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Offer to Purchase (the “Offer to Purchase”) and in the related Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal” and which, together with this Offer to Purchase and other related materials, as each may be amended or supplemented from time to time, constitutes the “Offer”).

We are making the Offer pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 30, 2020 (as it may be amended from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”), among Dunkin’ Brands, Parent and Purchaser. The Merger Agreement provides, among other things, that, as soon as practicable following the consummation of the Offer, Purchaser will be merged with and into Dunkin’ Brands (the “Merger”) without a vote of the stockholders of Dunkin’ Brands to adopt the Merger Agreement and consummate the Merger in accordance with Section 251(h) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as amended, the “DGCL”), with Dunkin’ Brands continuing as the surviving corporation (the “surviving corporation”) in the Merger and thereby becoming a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Parent.

As a result of the Merger, each Share issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger (the “effective time”) (other than Shares (i) irrevocably accepted for purchase by Purchaser in the Offer, (ii) held in treasury by Dunkin’ Brands or owned by any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Dunkin’ Brands, (iii) owned by Parent or Purchaser or any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent or (iv) for which appraisal rights have been properly demanded in accordance with the DGCL) will be cancelled and automatically converted into the right to receive the Offer Price in cash (without interest and less any applicable withholding taxes), which we refer to as the “Merger Consideration.” Shares described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above (other than Shares irrevocably accepted for purchase by Purchaser in the Offer), which we refer to as “Excluded Shares,” will be cancelled at the effective time and will not be exchangeable for the Merger Consideration. Shares described in clause (iv), which we refer to as “Dissenting Shares,” will also be cancelled at the effective time, and the holders of such shares will be entitled to the rights granted to them under Section 262 of the DGCL. Following the Merger, Dunkin’ Brands will cease to be a publicly traded company.

Under no circumstances will interest be paid on the Offer Price for the Shares, regardless of any extension of the Offer or any delay in making payment for the Shares.

The board of directors of Dunkin’ Brands (the “Dunkin’ Brands Board”) has unanimously (i) determined that the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby (including the Offer and the Merger) are fair to and in the best interests of Dunkin’ Brands and its stockholders; (ii) declared it advisable to enter into the Merger Agreement; (iii) authorized and approved the execution, delivery and performance by Dunkin’ Brands of the Merger Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (including the Offer and the Merger); and (iv) resolved, subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement, to recommend that the stockholders of Dunkin’ Brands accept the Offer and tender their Shares to Purchaser pursuant to the Offer.

The Offer is not subject to any financing condition. The Offer is conditioned upon, among other things, the satisfaction of the Minimum Tender Condition, and the satisfaction or waiver by Parent or Purchaser of the Inside Date Condition and the HSR Condition (each as defined below). The “Minimum Tender Condition” requires that the number of Shares validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Offer and “received” (as defined in Section 251(h)(6) of the DGCL) and not validly withdrawn, together with any Shares owned by Purchaser and its affiliates, equals at least a majority of the outstanding Shares as of one minute following 11:59 p.m. (12:00 midnight), Eastern Time, on Monday, December 14, 2020 (the “Offer Expiration Time,” unless Purchaser shall have extended the period during which the Offer is open in accordance with the Merger Agreement, in which event “Offer Expiration Time” will mean the latest time and date at which the Offer, as so extended by Purchaser, will expire). For purposes of determining whether the Minimum Tender Condition has been satisfied, Shares tendered in the Offer pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures that have not been “received” (as defined in Section 251(h)(6)(f) of the DGCL) prior to the Offer Expiration Time are excluded. The “Inside Date Condition” requires that, unless such condition is waived by Parent or Purchaser, the Offer Expiration Time shall not occur on or prior to Friday, December 18, 2020. The “HSR Condition” requires that any applicable waiting period (including all extensions thereof) applicable to the purchase of Shares pursuant to the Offer under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “HSR Act”), will have expired or been terminated. The Offer is also subject to other conditions described in Section 15 — “Conditions of the Offer.”

A summary of the principal terms of the Offer appears under the heading “Summary Term Sheet.” You should read this entire Offer to Purchase, the Letter of Transmittal and the other documents to which this Offer to Purchase refers carefully before deciding whether to tender your Shares in the Offer.

November 16, 2020


IMPORTANT

If you desire to tender all or any portion of your Shares to Purchaser pursuant to the Offer, you should either (i) complete and sign the Letter of Transmittal for the Offer, which is enclosed with this Offer to Purchase, in accordance with the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal, with any required signature guarantees if the Letter of Transmittal so requires, and mail or deliver the Letter of Transmittal and any other required documents to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, in its capacity as depositary for the Offer (the “Depositary”), and deliver the certificates for your Shares to the Depositary along with the Letter of Transmittal, or tender your Shares by book-entry transfer by following the procedures described in Section 3 — “Procedures for Accepting the Offer and Tendering Shares,” in each case prior to the Offer Expiration Time, or (ii) request that your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee effect the transaction for you. If you hold Shares registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, you must contact that institution in order to tender your Shares pursuant to the Offer. If you are a record holder but your stock certificate is not available or you cannot deliver it to the Depositary before the Offer Expiration Time, you may be able to tender your Shares using the enclosed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (see Section 3 — “Procedures for Accepting the Offer and Tendering Shares” for further details).

* * * * *

Questions and requests for assistance regarding the Offer or any of the terms thereof may be directed to Innisfree M&A Incorporated, as information agent for the Offer (the “Information Agent”), at the address and telephone number set forth for the Information Agent below and on the back cover of this Offer to Purchase. Additional copies of this Offer to Purchase, the related Letter of Transmittal, the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and other materials related to the Offer may also be obtained for free from the Information Agent. Additionally, copies of this Offer to Purchase, the related Letter of Transmittal, the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other materials related to the Offer may be obtained at the website maintained by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) at www.sec.gov. You may also contact your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance.

This Offer to Purchase and the Letter of Transmittal contain important information, and you should read both carefully and in their entirety before making a decision with respect to the Offer.

This transaction has not been approved or disapproved by the SEC or any state securities commission, nor has the SEC or any state securities commission passed upon the fairness or merits of such transaction or upon the accuracy or adequacy of the information contained in this Offer to Purchase or the Letter of Transmittal. Any representation to the contrary is unlawful.

The Information Agent for the Offer is:

 

 

LOGO

Innisfree M&A Incorporated

501 Madison Avenue, 20th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Shareholders may call toll free: (877) 717-3929

Banks and Brokers may call collect: (212) 750-5833

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

SUMMARY TERM SHEET

     1  

INTRODUCTION

     9  

THE TENDER OFFER

     12  

1.

  

Terms of the Offer

     12  

2.

  

Acceptance for Payment and Payment for Shares

     14  

3.

  

Procedures for Accepting the Offer and Tendering Shares

     15  

4.

  

Withdrawal Rights.

     18  

5.

  

Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences

     18  

6.

  

Price Range of Shares; Dividends

     21  

7.

  

Certain Information Concerning Dunkin’ Brands

     23  

8.

  

Certain Information Concerning Parent and Purchaser

     24  

9.

  

Source and Amount of Funds

     25  

10.

  

Background of the Offer; Past Contacts or Negotiations with Dunkin’ Brands

     27  

11.

  

The Merger Agreement; Other Agreements

     32  

12.

  

Purpose of the Offer; Plans for Dunkin’ Brands

     59  

13.

  

Certain Effects of the Offer

     61  

14.

  

Dividends and Distributions

     61  

15.

  

Conditions of the Offer

     62  

16.

  

Certain Legal Matters; Regulatory Approvals

     63  

17.

  

Fees and Expenses

     66  

18.

  

Miscellaneous

     66  

SCHEDULE I — INFORMATION RELATING TO PARENT, PURCHASER AND CERTAIN RELATED PARTIES

     68  

 

ii


SUMMARY TERM SHEET

The following are some key Offer terms and questions that you, as a stockholder of Dunkin’ Brands, may have and answers to those questions. This summary term sheet highlights selected information from this Offer to Purchase and may not contain all of the information that is important to you and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed descriptions and explanations contained in this Offer to Purchase, the Letter of Transmittal and other related materials. To better understand the Offer and for a complete description of the legal terms of the Offer, you should read this Offer to Purchase, the Letter of Transmittal and other related materials carefully and in their entirety. The information concerning Dunkin’ Brands contained herein and elsewhere in the Offer to Purchase has been provided to Parent and Purchaser by Dunkin’ Brands or has been taken from, or is based upon, publicly available documents or records of Dunkin’ Brands on file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or other public sources at the time of the Offer. Parent and Purchaser have not independently verified the accuracy and completeness of such information. Questions or requests for assistance may be directed to the Information Agent at the address and telephone numbers set forth for the Information Agent on the back cover of this Offer to Purchase. Unless otherwise indicated in this Offer to Purchase or the context otherwise requires, all references in this Offer to Purchase to “we,” “our” or “us” refer to Purchaser.

 

Securities Sought:

  

Subject to certain conditions, including the satisfaction of the Minimum Tender Condition (as described below) any and all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Dunkin’ Brands, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”). For purposes of determining whether the Minimum Tender Condition has been satisfied, Shares tendered in the Offer pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures that have not been “received” (as defined in Section 251(h)(6)(f) of the DGCL) prior to the Offer Expiration Time (as defined below) are excluded. See Section 1 — “Terms of the Offer.”

 

Price Offered Per Share:

  

$106.50 per Share, without interest (the “Offer Price”), net to the seller in cash, less any applicable withholding taxes. See Section 1 — “Terms of the Offer.”

 

Offer Expiration Time:

  

One minute following 11:59 p.m. (12:00 midnight), Eastern Time, on Monday, December 14, 2020 (as it may be extended in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, the “Offer Expiration Time”). See Section 1 — “Terms of the Offer.”

 

Withdrawal Rights:

  

You can withdraw your Shares at any time prior to one minute following 11:59 p.m. (12:00 midnight), Eastern Time, on Monday, December 14, 2020, unless the Offer is extended, in which case you can withdraw your Shares by the then extended expiration time and date. You can also withdraw your Shares at any time after Friday, January 15, 2021, which is the 60th day after the date of commencement of the Offer, unless such Shares have already been accepted for payment by Purchaser pursuant to the Offer and not validly withdrawn. See Section 4 — “Withdrawal Rights.”

 

Purchaser:

   Vale Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Parent, a Delaware corporation. See Section 8 — “Certain Information Concerning Parent and Purchaser.”

Who is offering to buy my Shares?

Vale Merger Sub, Inc., or Purchaser, a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Inspire Brands, Inc. (“Parent”), a Delaware corporation, is offering to purchase any and all of the issued and outstanding Shares upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Offer to Purchase. Purchaser was formed for the sole purpose of making the Offer and completing the process by which Purchaser will be merged with and

 

1


into Dunkin’ Brands. See “Introduction” and Section 8 — “Certain Information Concerning Parent and Purchaser.”

What securities are you offering to purchase?

We are making an offer to purchase any and all of the outstanding Shares on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Offer to Purchase and the Letter of Transmittal. See “Introduction” and Section 1 — “Terms of the Offer.”

How much are you offering to pay and what is the form of payment?

We are offering to pay $106.50 per Share, without interest, net to the seller in cash, less any applicable withholding taxes, upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Offer to Purchase and the Letter of Transmittal. See “Introduction,” and Section 1 — “Terms of the Offer.”

Will I have to pay any fees or commissions?

If you are the record owner of your Shares and you tender your Shares to us in the Offer, you will not have to pay brokerage fees, commissions or similar expenses. If you own your Shares through a broker or other nominee and your broker or other nominee tenders your Shares on your behalf, your broker or nominee may charge you a fee for doing so. You should consult your broker or nominee to determine whether any charges will apply. See “Introduction,” and Section 1 — “Terms of the Offer.”

Why are you making the Offer?

We are making the Offer because we and Parent want to acquire the entire equity interest in Dunkin’ Brands. The Offer, as the first step in the acquisition of Dunkin’ Brands, is intended to facilitate the acquisition of all outstanding Shares. We are making the Offer pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 30, 2020 (as it may be amended from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”), among Dunkin’ Brands, Parent and Purchaser. The Merger Agreement provides, among other things, that, as soon as practicable following the consummation of the Offer, Purchaser will be merged with and into Dunkin’ Brands (the “Merger”) in accordance with Section 251(h) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as amended, the “DGCL”), with Dunkin’ Brands continuing as the surviving corporation in the Merger and thereby becoming a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Parent. Following the Merger, Dunkin’ Brands will cease to be a publicly traded company. See “Introduction” and Section 12 — “Purpose of the Offer; Plans for Dunkin’ Brands.”

Is there an agreement governing the Offer?

Yes. Dunkin’ Brands, Parent and Purchaser have entered into the Merger Agreement, which provides, among other things, for the terms and conditions of the Offer and the Merger. See “Introduction,” and Section 11 — “The Merger Agreement; Other Agreements.”

What does the Dunkin’ Brands Board think of the Offer?

The Dunkin’ Brands Board has unanimously (i) determined that the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby (including the Offer and the Merger) are fair to and in the best interests of Dunkin’ Brands and its stockholders; (ii) declared it advisable to enter into the Merger Agreement; (iii) authorized and approved the execution, delivery and performance by Dunkin’ Brands of the Merger Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (including the Offer and the Merger); and (iv) resolved, subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement, to recommend that the stockholders of Dunkin’ Brands accept the Offer and tender their Shares to Purchaser pursuant to the Offer.

 

2


See “Introduction,” Section 10 — “Background of the Offer; Past Contacts or Negotiations with Dunkin’ Brands” and Section 11 — “The Merger Agreement; Other Agreements.” A more complete description of the reasons for the Dunkin’ Brands Board approval of the Offer and the Merger is set forth in a Solicitation/Recommendation Statement on Schedule 14D-9 that is being mailed to all Dunkin’ Brands stockholders together with this Offer to Purchase.

What are the most significant conditions to the Offer?

The Offer is conditioned upon, among other things, the satisfaction or waiver by Parent or Purchaser of the following conditions (provided that the Minimum Tender Condition may not be waived without Dunkin’ Brands’ prior written consent):

 

   

the number of Shares validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Offer and “received” (as defined in Section 251(h)(6)(f) of the DGCL), and not validly withdrawn, together with any Shares owned by Purchaser or its affiliates, equals at least a majority of the outstanding Shares as of the Offer Expiration Time (the “Minimum Tender Condition”);

 

   

the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “HSR Act”), applicable to the purchase of Shares pursuant to the Offer (the “HSR Condition”); and

 

   

the Acceptance Time not occurring on or prior to Friday, December 18, 2020 (the “Inside Date Condition”).

For purposes of determining whether the Minimum Tender Condition has been satisfied, Shares tendered in the Offer pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures that have not been “received” (as defined in Section 251(h)(6)(f) of the DGCL) prior the Offer Expiration Time are excluded.

Subject to the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the terms of the Merger Agreement, any of the conditions to the Offer may be waived by Parent and Purchaser in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, in their sole discretion, except that Parent and Purchaser are not permitted to waive the Minimum Tender Condition or the condition that the Merger Agreement has not been terminated in accordance with its terms without the prior written consent of Dunkin’ Brands. See Section 1 — “Terms of the Offer,” Section 11 — “The Merger Agreement; Other Agreements — Terms and Conditions of the Offer” and Section 15 — “Conditions of the Offer.”

Is the Offer subject to any financing condition?

No. There is no financing condition to the Offer. See “Introduction,” Section 1 — “Terms of the Offer” and Section 9 — “Source and Amount of Funds.”

Do you have the financial resources to pay for all of the Shares that you are offering to purchase in the Offer?

Yes. We estimate that the maximum amount of funds needed to (i) complete the Offer, the Merger and the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, including the funds needed to purchase all Shares tendered in the Offer and to pay the Dunkin’ Brands stockholders whose Shares are converted into the right to receive a cash amount equal to Offer Price in the Merger, (ii) pay for fees and expenses incurred by Parent related to the Offer and the Merger and (iii) pay for the amounts in respect of outstanding in-the-money Dunkin’ Brands options and other equity awards will be approximately $9,086 million, which number excludes the amount of any indebtedness outstanding under the securitization agreements, which indebtedness would not need to be repaid as of the effective time as a result of the Merger.

We expect Parent to provide us, or cause us to be provided, with sufficient funds to complete the Offer, the Merger and the transactions contemplated in the Merger Agreement, funded with the equity financing (as

 

3


described in the section entitled “Equity Financing” beginning on page 26 of this Offer to Purchase), cash on hand, newly obtained incremental financing incurred pursuant to Parent’s Existing Credit Agreement (as defined below) and available borrowing capacity under the VFN Facility (as defined below) and the Existing Credit Agreement. Neither the consummation of the Offer nor the consummation of the Merger is conditioned upon Parent’s or Purchaser’s receipt of financing. Purchaser will provide, and Parent will cause Purchaser to provide, to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company in its capacity as the paying agent (the “Paying Agent”), the funds necessary to purchase any Shares that Purchaser becomes obligated to purchase pursuant to the Offer promptly after the expiration of the Offer and substantially concurrently with the Acceptance Time. See Section 9 — “Source and Amount of Funds.”

Is your financial condition relevant to my decision to tender in the Offer?

No, we do not think that the financial condition of Purchaser, Parent or their respective affiliates is relevant to your decision whether to tender Shares and accept the Offer because:

 

   

the Offer is being made for all outstanding Shares solely for cash;

 

   

the consummation of the Offer (or the Merger) is not subject to any financing condition;

 

   

we, through Parent, will have sufficient funds available to us to consummate the Offer and the Merger; and

 

   

if Purchaser consummates the Offer, Purchaser will acquire all remaining Shares for the same cash price in the Merger (i.e., the Offer Price).

See Section 9 — “Source and Amount of Funds.”

Can the Offer be extended and under what circumstances can or will the Offer be extended?

Yes, we may extend the Offer beyond its initial Offer Expiration Time, but in no event will we be required or permitted (without the prior written consent of Dunkin’ Brands) to extend the Offer beyond the earlier of the Outside Date (as defined below) or the valid termination of the Merger Agreement. We have agreed in the Merger Agreement that Purchaser will extend the Offer (i) for any period required by any applicable rule, regulation, interpretation or position of the SEC or its staff or of NASDAQ (including in order to comply with certain rules promulgated under the Exchange Act or as may be necessary to resolve any comments of the SEC or its staff or NASDAQ), in each case, as applicable to the Offer, the Schedule 14D-9 or the Offer documents and (ii) if as of any then-scheduled Offer Expiration Time any Offer Condition (as defined in the Merger Agreement) is not satisfied and has not been waived by Parent or Purchaser (to the extent permitted under the Merger Agreement), on one or more occasions in consecutive increments of up to ten business days each (or such longer or shorter period as the parties may agree in writing). For the foregoing clause (ii), if any then-scheduled Offer Expiration Time is ten or fewer business days before the Outside Date (after taking into account any extension thereof pursuant to the Merger Agreement), Purchaser will instead extend the Offer until 11:59 p.m., Eastern Time, on the day before the Outside Date (or such other date and time as the parties may agree in writing). If all of the Offer Conditions other than the Inside Date Condition (and other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Offer Expiration Time) have been satisfied (or waived) in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, Purchaser will extend the Offer until one minute following 11:59 p.m. (12:00 midnight), Eastern Time, at the end of the first business day after Friday, December 18, 2020. See “Introduction,” Section 1 — “Terms of the Offer” and Section 11 — “The Merger Agreement; Other Agreements — Extensions of the Offer” for more details on our ability to extend the Offer.

How will I be notified if the Offer is extended?

If we extend the Offer, we will inform American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Depositary”) of that fact and will make a public announcement of the extension not later than 9:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on the next business day after the day of the previously scheduled Offer Expiration Time. See Section 1 — “Terms of the Offer.”

 

4


Will there be a subsequent offering period?

No. Pursuant to Section 251(h) of the DGCL, we expect the Merger to occur as promptly as practicable following the consummation of the Offer without a subsequent offering period.

How long do I have to decide whether to tender in the Offer?

You will have until the Offer Expiration Time to decide whether to tender your Shares in the Offer, unless we extend the Offer pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement or the Offer is earlier terminated. If you cannot deliver everything required to make a valid tender to the Depositary prior to such time, you may be able to use a guaranteed delivery procedure, which is described in Section 3 — “Procedures for Accepting the Offer and Tendering Shares.” Shares tendered pursuant to guaranteed delivery procedures but not yet delivered in satisfaction of such guarantee will be excluded in calculating whether the Minimum Tender Condition has been satisfied. You are encouraged to deliver your Shares and other required documents to make a valid tender by the Offer Expiration Time. Please give your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee instructions sufficient time to permit such nominee to tender your Shares by the Offer Expiration Time. See Section 2 — “Acceptance for Payment and Payment of Shares” and Section 3 — “Procedures for Accepting the Offer and Tendering Shares.”

How do I tender my Shares?

If you hold your Shares directly as the registered owner, you can (i) tender your Shares in the Offer by delivering the certificates representing your Shares, together with a completed and signed Letter of Transmittal, with any required signature guarantees, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, to the Depositary or (ii) tender your Shares by following the procedure for book-entry transfer set forth in Section 3 of this Offer to Purchase, no later than the Offer Expiration Time. If you are the registered owner but your stock certificate is not available or you cannot deliver it to the Depositary before the Offer expires, you may have a limited amount of additional time by having a broker, a bank or other fiduciary that is an eligible institution guarantee that the missing items will be “received” (as defined in Section 251(h)(6)(f) of the DGCL) by the Depositary within two NASDAQ trading days using the enclosed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. For the tender to be valid, however, the Depositary must receive the missing items within that two trading-day period, and for the tender to be counted toward satisfaction of the Minimum Tender Condition, the Shares must be “received” (as defined in Section 251(h)(6)(f) of the DGCL) by the Depositary prior to the Offer Expiration Time.

If you hold your Shares in street name through a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, you must contact the institution that holds your Shares and give instructions that your Shares be tendered. You should contact the institution that holds your Shares for more details. See “Introduction” and Section 3 — “Procedures for Accepting the Offer and Tendering Shares.”

Until what time may I withdraw previously tendered Shares?

Shares tendered pursuant to the Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Offer Expiration Time. Thereafter, tenders of Shares are irrevocable, except that, pursuant to Section 14(d)(5) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), they may also be withdrawn after Friday, January 15, 2021, which is the 60th day after the date of the commencement of the Offer, unless such Shares have already been accepted for payment by Purchaser pursuant to the Offer and not validly withdrawn. If you tendered your Shares by giving instructions to a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, you must instruct that nominee to arrange for the withdrawal of your Shares. See “Introduction” and Section 4 — “Withdrawal Rights.”

How do I withdraw previously tendered Shares?

To withdraw any of your previously tendered Shares, you must deliver a written (or, with respect to Eligible Institutions, a facsimile transmission) notice of withdrawal, with the required information to the Depositary while

 

5


you still have the right to withdraw such Shares. If you tendered your Shares by giving instructions to a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, you must instruct that nominee to arrange for the withdrawal of your Shares. See “Introduction” and Section 4 — “Withdrawal Rights.”

If I tender my Shares, when and how will I get paid?

If the conditions to the Offer as set forth in Section 15 — “Conditions of the Offer” are satisfied or waived and Purchaser accepts your Shares validly tendered in the Offer for payment, we will pay you the Offer Price, which is an amount equal to the number of Shares you validly tendered in the Offer multiplied by $106.50 in cash, without interest, less any applicable withholding taxes promptly (and in any event within two business days) following the Offer Expiration Time. See Section 2 — “Acceptance for Payment and Payment of Shares.”

If I decide not to tender, how will the Offer affect my Shares?

If you decide not to tender your Shares pursuant to the Offer and the Merger occurs as described herein, you will receive as a result of the Merger the right to receive the same amount of cash per Share as if you had tendered your Shares pursuant to the Offer, without interest and less any applicable withholding taxes.

Subject to certain conditions, if we purchase Shares in the Offer, we are obligated under the Merger Agreement to cause the Merger to occur.

Because the Merger will be governed by Section 251(h) of the DGCL, assuming the requirements of Section 251(h) of the DGCL are met, no stockholder vote by the stockholders of Dunkin’ Brands will be required in connection with the consummation of the Merger. We do not expect there to be significant time between the consummation of the Offer and the consummation of the Merger. See Section 13 — “Certain Effects of the Offer.”

Will the Offer be followed by a Merger if all the Shares are not tendered?

If the Offer is consummated and Purchaser acquires a majority of the outstanding Shares, then, in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands will complete the Merger without a vote of the stockholders to adopt the Merger Agreement and consummate the Merger pursuant to Section 251(h) of the DGCL. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, if the Minimum Tender Condition is not satisfied, Purchaser is not required to pay for and may delay the acceptance for payment of any Shares tendered pursuant to the Merger Agreement.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, as soon as practicable following the consummation of the Offer, Purchaser will be merged with and into Dunkin’ Brands, with Dunkin’ Brands continuing as the surviving corporation in the Merger and thereby becoming a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Parent. At the effective time, each Share issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger (other than Shares (i) irrevocably accepted for purchase by Purchaser in the Offer, (ii) held in treasury by Dunkin’ Brands or owned by any direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Dunkin’ Brands, (iii) owned by Parent or Purchaser or any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent or (iv) for which appraisal rights have been properly demanded in accordance with the DGCL,) will be cancelled and automatically converted into the right to receive the Offer Price in cash, which we refer to as the “Merger Consideration.” Shares described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above (other than Shares irrevocably accepted for purchase by Purchaser in the Offer), which we refer to as “Excluded Shares,” will be cancelled at the effective time and will not be exchangeable for the Merger Consideration. Shares described in clause (iv), which we refer to as “Dissenting Shares”) will also be cancelled at the effective time, and the holders of such shares will be entitled to the rights granted to them under Section 262 of the DGCL. Following the Merger, Dunkin’ Brands will cease to be a publicly traded company. See “Introduction” and Section 11 — “The Merger Agreement; Other Agreements — Merger Consideration.”

 

6


Upon the successful consummation of the Offer, will Dunkin’ Brands continue as a public company?

If the Offer is consummated, Purchaser will complete the Merger as soon as practicable after the consummation of the Offer, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement. As a result, the Shares will no longer meet the requirements for continued listing on NASDAQ because the only stockholder will be Parent. Immediately following the consummation of the Merger, Parent intends to cause Dunkin’ Brands to delist the Shares from NASDAQ. In addition, Parent intends and will cause Dunkin’ Brands to terminate the registration of the Shares under the Exchange Act as soon after consummation of the Merger as the requirements for termination of registration are met. See Section 12 — “Purpose of the Offer; Plans for Dunkin’ Brands” and Section 13 — “Certain Effects of the Offer.”

Are appraisal rights available in either the Offer or the Merger?

No appraisal rights will be available to you in connection with the Offer. However, if we accept Shares in the Offer and the Merger is completed, stockholders will be entitled to appraisal rights in connection with the Merger with respect to Shares not tendered in the Offer if such stockholders properly perfect their right to seek appraisal under the DGCL. See Section 16 — “Certain Legal Matters; Regulatory Approvals — Dissenters’ Rights.”

What is the market value of my Shares as of a recent date?

On October 23, 2020, the last full trading day before Dunkin’ Brands’ stock was impacted by market rumors of a potential transaction, the reported closing sales price of the Shares on NASDAQ was $88.79. On October 30, 2020, the last full trading day before the public announcement of the execution of the Merger Agreement, the reported closing sales price of the Shares on NASDAQ was $99.71. On November 13, 2020, the last full trading day before the commencement of the Offer, the reported closing sales price of the Shares on NASDAQ was $106.13. The Offer Price represents a premium of approximately 20% to the reported closing sales price of the Shares on NASDAQ on the last full trading day before Dunkin’ Brands’ stock was impacted by market rumors of a potential transaction and a premium of approximately 7% to the reported closing sales price of the Shares on NASDAQ on the last full trading day before the Merger Agreement was executed. The Offer Price represents (i) a premium of approximately 30% to the volume-weighted average price of the Shares on NASDAQ over the thirty trading day period ended on October 23, 2020; (ii) a premium of approximately 38% to the volume-weighted average price of the Shares on NASDAQ over the sixty trading day period ended on October 23, 2020; (iii) a premium of approximately 45% to the volume-weighted average price of the Shares on NASDAQ over the ninety trading day period ended on October 23, 2020; and (iv) a premium of approximately 59% to the volume-weighted average price of the Shares on NASDAQ over the one-year period ended on October 23, 2020. The Offer Price also represents (i) a premium of approximately 13% to the volume-weighted average price of the Shares on NASDAQ over the thirty trading day period ended on October 30, 2020; (ii) a premium of approximately 21% to the volume-weighted average price of the Shares on NASDAQ over the sixty trading day period ended on October 30, 2020; (iii) a premium of approximately 29% to the volume-weighted average price of the Shares on NASDAQ over the ninety trading day period ended on October 30, 2020; and (iv) and a premium of approximately 51% to the volume-weighted average price of the Shares on NASDAQ over the one-year period ended on October 30, 2020. We encourage you to obtain a recent quotation for Shares in deciding whether to tender your Shares. See Section 6 — “Price Range of Shares; Dividends.”

What will happen to my stock options in the Offer?

The Offer is made only for Shares and is not being made for any outstanding options to acquire Shares (each, an “Option”). Pursuant to the Merger Agreement (except for Options granted to a Specified Person (as defined in the Merger Agreement) that are otherwise scheduled to vest on or after April 1, 2021), upon consummation of the Merger, each Option outstanding will become fully vested and exercisable, and will be cancelled and converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to the product of (i) the amount by which the Offer Price exceeds the applicable exercise price per Option multiplied by (ii) the number of Shares subject to such Option,

 

7


less any applicable withholding taxes. Each Option granted to a Specified Person that is scheduled to vest on or after April 1, 2021, will be cancelled and converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to the product of (x) the amount by which the Offer Price exceeds the applicable exercise price per Option multiplied by (y) the number of Shares subject to such Option, less any applicable withholding taxes, payable on or following the applicable vesting date of such Option (but not later than the first payroll date following such applicable vesting date), subject to the holder’s continued employment or service through such vesting date (with accelerated vesting on the earliest of the business day immediately following the first anniversary of the effective time and other events specified in the Merger Agreement. See Section 11 — “The Merger Agreement; Other Agreements — Treatment and Payment of Dunkin’ Brands Equity Awards.”

What will happen to my restricted stock units in the Offer?

The Offer is made only for Shares and is not being made for any outstanding Dunkin’ Brands restricted stock unit awards that are subject to vesting conditions based solely on continued employment or service (“Restricted Stock Units”). Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, upon consummation of the Merger, each Restricted Stock Unit will become fully vested and will be cancelled and converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to the product of the Offer Price and the number of Shares subject to such Restricted Stock Unit, less any applicable withholding taxes. See Section 11 — “The Merger Agreement; Other Agreements — Treatment and Payment of Dunkin’ Brands Equity Awards.”

What will happen to my performance stock units in the Offer?

The Offer is made only for Shares and is not being made for any outstanding Dunkin’ Brands restricted stock unit awards that are subject to performance-based restrictions (“Performance Stock Unit”). Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, upon consummation of the Merger, each Performance Stock Unit will be cancelled and converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to the product of the Offer Price and the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Performance Stock Unit, less any applicable withholding taxes, with the number of Shares subject to such Performance Stock Unit (i) for Performance Stock Units granted in 2018 deemed earned at 140% of target and (ii) for Performance Stock Units granted in 2019 and 2020 deemed earned at 100% of target. See Section 11 — “The Merger Agreement; Other Agreements — Treatment and Payment of Dunkin’ Brands Equity Awards.”

What are the United States federal income tax consequences of the Offer and the Merger?

In general, the receipt of cash by you in exchange for your Shares pursuant to the Offer or the Merger will be a taxable transaction for United States federal income tax purposes. You are urged to consult your tax advisor about the particular tax consequences to you of tendering your Shares in the Offer or exchanging your Shares in the Merger in light of your particular circumstances (including the application and effect of any state, local or non-U.S. laws). See Section 5 — “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences” for a discussion of certain United States federal income tax consequences of tendering Shares pursuant to the Offer or exchanging Shares in the Merger.

Who should I talk to if I have additional questions about the Offer?

You may call Innisfree M&A Incorporated, the Information Agent for the Offer, toll-free at (877) 717-3929. Banks and brokers may call collect at (212) 750-5833.

 

8


INTRODUCTION

To the Holders of Dunkin’ Brands Shares of Common Stock:

Vale Merger Sub, Inc. (“Purchaser”), a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Inspire Brands, Inc., (“Parent”), a Delaware corporation, is offering to purchase, subject to certain conditions, including the satisfaction of the Minimum Tender Condition (as defined below), any and all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”), of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Dunkin’ Brands” or the “Company”), at a price of $106.50 per Share, without interest (the “Offer Price”), net to the seller in cash, less any applicable withholding taxes, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Offer to Purchase (the “Offer to Purchase”) and in the related Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal” and which, together with this Offer to Purchase and other related materials, as each may be amended or supplemented from time to time, constitutes the “Offer”). The Offer and withdrawal rights will expire at one minute following 11:59 p.m. (12:00 midnight), Eastern Time, on Monday, December 14, 2020 (the “Offer Expiration Time,” unless the Offer is extended, in which event the term “Offer Expiration Time” means the latest time and date on which the Offer, so extended, expires), unless the Offer is earlier terminated. See Section 1 — “Terms of the Offer.”

Tendering stockholders who are record owners of their Shares and tender directly to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as depositary for the Offer (the “Depositary”), will not be obligated to pay brokerage fees or commissions or, except as otherwise provided in Instruction 6 of the Letter of Transmittal, stock transfer taxes with respect to the purchase of Shares by Purchaser pursuant to the Offer. Stockholders who hold their Shares through a broker or nominee should consult such institution as to whether it charges any service fees. Parent or Purchaser will pay all charges and expenses of the Depositary, and Innisfree M&A Incorporated, as information agent for the Offer (the “Information Agent”), incurred in connection with the Offer. See Section 17 — “Fees and Expenses.”

The Offer is not subject to any financing condition. The Offer is conditioned upon, among other things, the satisfaction of the Minimum Tender Condition and the waiver by Parent or Purchaser or the satisfaction of the Inside Date Condition and the HSR Condition (each as defined below). The “Minimum Tender Condition” requires that the number of Shares validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Offer and “received” (as defined in Section 251(h)(6) of the DGCL) and not validly withdrawn, together with any Shares owned by Purchaser and its affiliates, equals at least a majority of the outstanding Shares as of one minute following 11:59 p.m. (12:00 midnight), Eastern Time, on Monday, December 14, 2020 (the “Offer Expiration Time,” unless Purchaser shall have extended the period during which the Offer is open in accordance with the Merger Agreement, in which event “Offer Expiration Time” will mean the latest time and date at which the Offer, as so extended by Purchaser, will expire). For purposes of determining whether the Minimum Tender Condition has been satisfied, Shares tendered in the Offer pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures that have not yet been “received” (as defined in Section 251(h)(6)(f) of the DGCL) are excluded. The “Inside Date Condition” requires that, unless such condition is waived by Parent or Purchaser, the Offer not expire on or prior to Friday, December 18, 2020. The “HSR Condition” requires that any applicable waiting period applicable to the purchase of Shares pursuant to the Offer under the HSR Act will have expired or been terminated. The Offer is also subject to other conditions described in Section 15 — “Conditions of the Offer.”

Subject to the applicable rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the terms of the Merger Agreement, any of the conditions to the Offer may be waived by Parent and Purchaser in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, in their sole discretion, except that Parent and Purchaser are not permitted to waive the Minimum Tender Condition or the condition that the Merger Agreement has not been terminated in accordance with its terms (the “Termination Condition”) without the prior written consent of Dunkin’ Brands. See Section 1 — “Terms of the Offer” and Section 15 — “Conditions of the Offer.”

We are making the Offer pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 30, 2020 (as it may be amended from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”), among Dunkin’ Brands, Parent and Purchaser. The

 

9


Merger Agreement provides, among other things, that, as soon as practicable following the consummation of the Offer, Purchaser will be merged with and into Dunkin’ Brands (the “Merger”) under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as amended, the “DGCL”), with Dunkin’ Brands continuing as the surviving corporation (the “surviving corporation”) in the Merger and thereby becoming a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Parent. See “Introduction” and Section 1 — “Terms of the Offer.”

Section 251(h) of the DGCL provides that, subject to certain statutory requirements, if following consummation of a tender offer for a publicly listed Delaware corporation, the stock irrevocably accepted for purchase pursuant to such tender offer and “received” (as defined in Section 251(h)(6)(f) of the DGCL) by the depositary prior to the expiration of such tender offer, plus the stock otherwise owned by the consummating corporation equals at least the percentage of the stock, and of each class or series thereof, of the target corporation that would otherwise be required to adopt a merger agreement under the DGCL or the target corporation’s certificate of incorporation, and each outstanding share of each class or series of stock that is the subject of such tender offer and is not irrevocably accepted for purchase in the offer is to be converted in such merger into the right to receive the same amount and kind of consideration to be paid for shares of such class or series of stock irrevocably accepted for purchase in such tender offer, the consummating corporation my effect a merger without a vote of the stockholders of the target corporation. Accordingly, if the Offer is consummated and the number of Shares validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Offer and not validly withdrawn prior to the Offer Expiration Time, together with any Shares owned by Purchaser or its affiliates, equals at least a majority of the outstanding Shares, Dunkin’ Brands does not anticipate seeking the approval of its remaining public stockholders before effecting the Merger. Section 251(h) also requires that the merger agreement provide that such merger shall be effected as soon as practicable following the consummation of the tender offer. Therefore, the parties have agreed that, subject to the condition specified in the Merger Agreement, the Merger will become effective as soon as practicable after (and on the same day as) the consummation of the Offer after the satisfaction or waiver of the condition to the Merger set forth in the Merger Agreement, without a vote of the stockholders of Dunkin’ Brands, in accordance with Section 251(h) of the DGCL. See Section 11 — “Purpose of the Offer and Plans for Dunkin’ Brands; Transaction Documents.”

As a result of the Merger, each Share issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger (other than Shares (i) irrevocably accepted for purchase by Purchaser in the Offer, (ii) held in treasury by Dunkin’ Brands or owned by any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Dunkin’ Brands, (iii) owned by Parent or Purchaser or any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent or (iv) for which appraisal rights have been properly demanded in accordance with the DGCL,) will be cancelled and automatically converted into the right to receive the Offer Price in cash, which we refer to as the “Merger Consideration.” Shares described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above (other than Shares irrevocably accepted for purchase by Purchaser in the Offer), which we refer to as “Excluded Shares,” will be cancelled at the effective time and will not be exchangeable for the Merger Consideration. Shares described in clause (iv), which we refer to as “Dissenting Shares”) will also be cancelled at the effective time, and the holders of such shares will be entitled to the rights granted to them under Section 262 of the DGCL. All shares converted into the right to receive the Offer Price will be canceled and cease to exist. Following the Merger, Dunkin’ Brands will cease to be a publicly traded company. See Section 11 — “The Merger Agreement; Other Agreements — Merger Consideration” and Section 12 — “Purpose of the Offer; Plans for Dunkin’ Brands.”

The Dunkin’ Brands Board has unanimously (i) determined that the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby (including the Offer and the Merger) are fair to and in the best interests of Dunkin’ Brands and its stockholders; (ii) declared it advisable to enter into the Merger Agreement; (iii) authorized and approved the execution, delivery and performance by Dunkin’ Brands of the Merger Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (including the Offer and the Merger); and (iv) resolved, subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement, to recommend that the stockholders of Dunkin’ Brands accept the Offer and tender their Shares to Purchaser pursuant to the Offer.

 

10


A more complete description of the Dunkin’ Brands Board’s reasons for authorizing and approving the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Offer and the Merger, is set forth in the Solicitation/Recommendation Statement on Schedule 14D-9 of Dunkin’ Brands (which, together with any exhibits and annexes attached thereto, we refer to as the “Schedule 14D-9”), that is being furnished by Dunkin’ Brands to stockholders in connection with the Offer together with this Offer to Purchase. Dunkin’ Brands stockholders should carefully read the information set forth in the Schedule 14D-9, including the information set forth under the sub-headings “Background of the Offer” and “Reasons for the Recommendation of the Company Board.” See Section 11 — “The Merger Agreement; Other Agreements — Recommendation.”

Dunkin’ Brands reported 82,417,076 Shares outstanding as of October 30, 2020 on its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 26, 2020 (the “Form 10-Q”).

The Merger is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions, including there being no court or other governmental authority of competent jurisdiction sitting in the United States having enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any law, whether temporary, preliminary or permanent, that is in effect on the Closing date that enjoins, restrains, or otherwise prohibits or makes illegal the consummation of the Merger. In addition, Purchaser must have accepted for payment and paid for all Shares validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Offer.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, as of the effective time, the directors of Purchaser as of immediately prior to the effective time will become the only directors of the surviving corporation, and the officers of Dunkin’ Brands immediately prior to the effective time will remain as officers of the surviving corporation. See Section 11 — “The Merger Agreement; Other Agreements — Certificate of Incorporation; Bylaws; Directors and Officers of the surviving corporation.”

No appraisal rights are available in connection with the Offer. However, if we accept Shares in the Offer and the Merger is completed, stockholders may be entitled to appraisal rights in connection with the Merger if they do not tender Shares in the Offer and comply with the applicable procedures described under Section 262 of the DGCL. Such stockholder will not be entitled to receive the Offer Price (without interest and less any applicable withholding taxes), but instead will be entitled to receive only those rights provided under Section 262 of the DGCL. Stockholders must properly perfect their right to seek appraisal under the DGCL in connection with the Merger in order to exercise appraisal rights. See Section 16 — “Certain Legal Matters; Regulatory Approvals — Appraisal Rights.”

Certain United States federal income tax consequences of the tender of Shares in the Offer and the exchange of Shares pursuant to the Merger are described in Section 5 — “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

This Offer to Purchase, the Letter of Transmittal and other documents to which this Offer to Purchase refers contain important information that should be read carefully before any decision is made with respect to the Offer.

 

11


THE TENDER OFFER

 

1.

Terms of the Offer.

The Offer and withdrawal rights will expire at one minute following 11:59 p.m. (12:00 midnight), Eastern Time, on Monday, December 14, 2020, unless the Offer is extended or earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement.

Upon the terms and subject to the satisfaction, or to the extent permitted, waiver of the conditions of the Offer (including, if the Offer is extended or amended, the terms and conditions of such extension or amendment), Purchaser will promptly after the Offer Expiration Time accept for payment all Shares validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the Offer Expiration Time (as permitted under Section 4 — “Withdrawal Rights”), and will pay for such Shares promptly (and in any event within two business days) after the Offer Expiration Time.

The date and time of the Purchaser’s initial acceptance for payment of all Shares validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Offer is referred to as “Acceptance Time.”

The Offer is not subject to any financing condition. The Offer is conditioned upon, among other things, the satisfaction of the Minimum Tender Condition and the waiver by Parent or Purchaser or the satisfaction of the Inside Date Condition and the HSR Condition. For purposes of determining whether the Minimum Tender Condition has been satisfied, Shares tendered in the Offer pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures that have not been “received” (as defined in Section 251(h)(6)(f) of the DGCL) prior to the Offer Expiration Time are excluded. The Offer is also subject to other conditions described in Section 15 — “Conditions of the Offer.” Subject to the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, any of the conditions to the Offer may be waived by Parent and Purchaser in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, in their sole discretion, except that Parent and Purchaser are not permitted to waive the Minimum Tender Condition or the Termination Condition without the prior written consent of Dunkin’ Brands. See Section 15 — “Conditions of the Offer.”

We expressly reserve the right, in our sole discretion, subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement and the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, not to accept for payment any Shares if, at the Offer Expiration Time, any of the conditions to the Offer have not been satisfied. See Section 15 — “Conditions of the Offer.” Under certain circumstances, we may terminate the Merger Agreement and the Offer. See Section 11 — “The Merger Agreement; Other Agreements — Termination of the Merger Agreement.”

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, we may extend the Offer beyond its initial Offer Expiration Time, but in no event will we be required or permitted (without the prior written consent of Dunkin’ Brands) to extend the Offer beyond the earlier of the Outside Date or the valid termination of the Merger Agreement. We have agreed in the Merger Agreement that Purchaser will extend the Offer (i) for any period required by any applicable rule, regulation, interpretation or position of the SEC or its staff or of NASDAQ (including in order to comply with certain rules promulgated under the Exchange Act or as may be necessary to resolve any comments of the SEC or its staff or NASDAQ), in each case, as applicable to the Offer, the Schedule 14D-9 or the Offer documents and (ii) if as of any then-scheduled Offer Expiration Time any Offer Condition is not satisfied and has not been waived by Parent or Purchaser (to the extent permitted under the Merger Agreement), on one or more occasions in consecutive increments of up to ten business days each (or such longer or shorter period as the parties may agree in writing). For the foregoing clause (ii), if any then-scheduled Offer Expiration Time is ten or fewer business days before the Outside Date (after taking into account any extension thereof pursuant to the Merger Agreement), Purchaser will instead extend the Offer until 11:59 p.m., Eastern Time, on the day before the Outside Date (or such other date and time as the parties may agree in writing). If all of the Offer Conditions other than the Inside Date Condition (and other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Offer Expiration Time) have been satisfied (or waived) in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, Purchaser will extend the Offer until one minute following 11:59 p.m. (12:00 midnight), Eastern Time, at the end of the first business day after Friday, December 18, 2020.

 

12


Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Purchaser expressly reserves the right, at any time to waive, in whole or in part, any Offer Condition or modify the terms of the Offer (including by increasing the Offer Price), except that Purchaser is not permitted (without the prior written consent of the Company) to (i) reduce the number of Shares sought pursuant to the Offer, (ii) reduce the Offer Price (except to the extent required pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement in connection with a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, combination, exchange of shares or other like change), (iii) amend, modify, supplement or waive the Minimum Tender Condition or the Termination Condition, (iv) add to or amend, modify or supplement any Offer Condition, (v) directly or indirectly amend, modify or supplement any other term of the Offer in any individual case in any manner adverse to the holders of Shares or that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to prevent or delay the consummation of the Offer or the Merger or impair the ability of Parent or Purchaser to consummate the Offer, (vi) except as expressly required or permitted by the Merger Agreement, extend or otherwise change the Offer Expiration Time, (vii) change the form of consideration payable in the Offer or (viii) provide for any “subsequent offering period” (or any extension of any thereof) within the meaning of Rule 14d-11 under the Exchange Act.

If, subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement, we make a material change in the terms of the Offer or the information concerning the Offer or if we waive a material condition of the Offer, we will disseminate additional tender offer materials and extend the Offer if and to the extent required by Rules 14d-4(d)(1), 14d-6(c) and 14e-1 under the Exchange Act. The minimum period during which an offer must remain open following material changes in the terms of the offer or information concerning the offer, other than a change in price or a change in percentage of securities sought, will depend upon the facts and circumstances, including the relative materiality of the terms or information changes. In the SEC’s view, an offer to purchase should remain open for a minimum of five business days from the date the material change is first published, sent or given to stockholders, and with respect to a change in price or a change in percentage of securities sought, a minimum ten business day period generally is required to allow for adequate dissemination to stockholders and investor response. Accordingly, if, prior to the Offer Expiration Time, Purchaser decreases the number of Shares being sought or changes the Offer Price, and if the Offer is scheduled to expire at any time earlier than the tenth business day from the date that notice of such increase or decrease is first published, sent or given to stockholders, the Offer will be extended at least until the expiration of such tenth business day.

If, on or before the Offer Expiration Time, we increase the consideration being paid for Shares accepted for payment in the Offer, such increased consideration will be paid to all stockholders whose Shares are purchased in the Offer, whether or not such Shares were tendered before the announcement of the increase in consideration.

If we extend the Offer, are delayed in our acceptance for payment of or payment (whether before or after our acceptance for payment for Shares) for Shares or are unable to accept Shares for payment pursuant to the Offer for any reason, then, without prejudice to our rights under the Offer, the Depositary may retain tendered Shares on our behalf, and such Shares may not be withdrawn except to the extent that tendering stockholders are entitled to withdrawal rights as described herein under Section 4 — “Withdrawal Rights” or the Offer is withdrawn or terminated or the Merger Agreement is terminated pursuant to its terms. However, our ability to delay the payment for Shares that we have accepted for payment is limited by Rule 14e-1(c) under the Exchange Act, which requires us to promptly pay the consideration offered or return the securities deposited by or on behalf of stockholders promptly after the termination or withdrawal of the Offer.

Any extension, delay, termination, waiver or amendment of the Offer will be followed as promptly as practicable by public announcement thereof, such announcement in the case of an extension to be made no later than 9:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Offer Expiration Time. Subject to applicable law (including Rules 14d-4(d), 14d-6(c) and 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, which require that material changes be promptly disseminated to stockholders in a manner reasonably designed to inform them of such changes) and without limiting the manner in which Purchaser may choose to make any public announcement, Purchaser shall have no obligation to publish, advertise or otherwise communicate any such public announcement other than by issuing a press release to a national news service. As used in this Offer to

 

13


Purchase, “business day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a federal holiday, and shall consist of the time period from 12:01 a.m. through 12:00 midnight, Eastern Time (provided that when used in reference to the Merger Agreement, “business day” means any day on which the principal offices of the SEC in Washington, D.C. are open to accept filings, or, in the case of determining a date when any payment is due, any day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which commercial banks are not required or authorized by law to close in the City of New York, NY).

Under no circumstances will interest be paid on the Offer Price for the Shares, regardless of any extension of the Offer or any delay in making payment for the Shares.

As soon as practicable following the consummation of the Offer and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions as described herein under Section 15 — “Conditions of the Offer,” Purchaser will complete the Merger without a vote of the stockholders of Dunkin’ Brands to adopt the Merger Agreement and consummate the Merger in accordance with Section 251(h) of the DGCL.

Dunkin’ Brands has provided Purchaser with Dunkin’ Brands’ stockholder list and security position listings for the purpose of disseminating the Offer to Purchase, Letter of Transmittal and other Offer related materials to holders of Shares. This Offer to Purchase and the related Letter of Transmittal will be mailed to record holders of Shares whose names appear on Dunkin’ Brands’ stockholder list and will be furnished, for subsequent transmittal to beneficial owners of Shares, to brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies and similar persons whose names, or the names of whose nominees, appear on the stockholder list or, if applicable, who are listed as participants in a clearing agency’s security position listing.

 

2.

Acceptance for Payment and Payment for Shares.

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer (set forth in Section 15 — “Conditions of the Offer”), promptly after the Offer Expiration Time, we will accept for payment all Shares validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the Offer Expiration Time, and we will pay for such Shares promptly (and in any event within two business days) after the Offer Expiration Time.

Subject to compliance with Rule 14e-1(c) under the Exchange Act, we expressly reserve the right to delay payment for Shares in order to comply in whole or in part with any applicable law. See Section 16 — “Certain Legal Matters; Regulatory Approvals.”

In all cases, we will pay for Shares tendered and accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer only after timely receipt by the Depositary of (i) the certificates evidencing such Shares (the “Certificates”) or confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such Shares (a “Book-Entry Confirmation”) into the Depositary’s account at The Depositary Trust Company (“DTC”) pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 3 —“Procedures for Accepting the Offer and Tendering Shares,” (ii) the Letter of Transmittal, properly completed and duly executed, with any required signature guarantees or, in the case of a book-entry transfer, an Agent’s Message (as defined below) in lieu of the Letter of Transmittal and (iii) any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal. Accordingly, tendering stockholders may be paid at different times depending upon when Certificates or Book-Entry Confirmations with respect to Shares are actually received by the Depositary. The term “Agent’s Message” means a message, transmitted by DTC to and received by the Depositary and forming a part of a Book-Entry Confirmation, that states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in DTC tendering the Shares that are the subject of such Book-Entry Confirmation, that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the Letter of Transmittal and that Purchaser may enforce such agreement against such participant.

For purposes of the Offer, we will be deemed to have accepted for payment, and thereby purchased, Shares validly tendered and not validly withdrawn as, if and when we give oral or written notice to the Depositary of our acceptance for payment of such Shares pursuant to the Offer. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer, payment for Shares accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer will be made by deposit of the Offer Price

 

14


for such Shares with the Paying Agent who will receive payments from us and transmit such payments to tendering stockholders whose Shares have been accepted for payment. If we extend the Offer, are delayed in our acceptance for payment of Shares or are unable to accept Shares for payment pursuant to the Offer for any reason, then, without prejudice to our rights under the Offer and the Merger Agreement (other than in a situation in which the Offer is withdrawn or terminated or the Merger Agreement is terminated), the Depositary may retain tendered Shares on our behalf, and such Shares may not be withdrawn except to the extent that tendering stockholders are entitled to withdrawal rights as described herein under Section 4 — “Withdrawal Rights” and as otherwise required by Rule 14e-1(c) under the Exchange Act. Under no circumstances will we pay interest on the purchase price for Shares by reason of any extension of the Offer or any delay in making such payment for Shares.

If any tendered Shares are not accepted for payment for any reason pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer, or if Certificates are submitted evidencing more Shares than are tendered, Certificates evidencing unpurchased Shares will be returned, without expense to the tendering stockholder (or, in the case of Shares tendered by book-entry transfer into the Depositary’s account at DTC pursuant to the procedure set forth in Section 3 — “Procedures for Accepting the Offer and Tendering Shares,” such Shares will be credited to an account maintained at DTC), promptly following the expiration or termination of the Offer.

If, prior to the Offer Expiration Time, Purchaser increases the consideration offered to holders of Shares pursuant to the Offer, such increased consideration will be paid to holders of all Shares that are purchased pursuant to the Offer, whether or not such Shares were tendered prior to such increase in consideration.

 

3.

Procedures for Accepting the Offer and Tendering Shares.

Valid Tenders. In order for a stockholder to validly tender Shares pursuant to the Offer, the Letter of Transmittal, duly completed and validly executed in accordance with the instructions set forth therein, together with any required signature guarantees (or, in the case of a book-entry transfer, an Agent’s Message in lieu of the Letter of Transmittal) and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal must be “received” (as defined in Section 251(h)(6)(f) of the DGCL) by the Depositary at the address set forth on the back cover of this Offer to Purchase and either (i) the Certificates evidencing tendered Shares must be “received” (as defined in Section 251(h)(6)(f) of the DGCL) by the Depositary at such address or (ii) such Shares must be tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described below and a Book-Entry Confirmation must be “received” (as defined in Section 251(h)(6)(f) of the DGCL) by the Depositary, in each case prior to the Offer Expiration Time.

Book-Entry Transfer. The Depositary will establish an account with respect to the Shares at DTC for purposes of the Offer within two business days after the date of this Offer to Purchase. Any financial institution that is a participant in the system of DTC may make a book-entry delivery of Shares by causing DTC to transfer such Shares into the Depositary’s account at DTC in accordance with DTC’s procedures for such transfer. However, although delivery of Shares may be effected through book-entry transfer at DTC, either the Letter of Transmittal, properly completed and duly executed, together with any required signature guarantees, or an Agent’s Message in lieu of the Letter of Transmittal, and any other required documents, must, in any case, be received by the Depositary at the address set forth on the back cover of this Offer to Purchase prior to the Offer Expiration Time. Delivery of documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the Depositary.

Guaranteed Delivery. If you wish to tender Shares pursuant to the Offer and cannot deliver such Shares and all other required documents to the Depositary by the Offer Expiration Time or cannot complete the procedure for delivery by book-entry transfer on a timely basis, you may nevertheless tender such Shares if all of the following conditions are met:

 

   

such tender is made by or through an Eligible Institution (as defined below);

 

15


   

a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery in the form provided by us with this Offer to Purchase is “received” (as defined in Section 251(h)(6)(f) of the DGCL) by the Depositary (as provided below) by the Offer Expiration Time; and

 

   

the Certificates for all such validly tendered Shares (or a confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such Shares into the Depositary’s account at the book-entry transfer facility), together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal together with any required signature guarantee (or an Agent’s Message) and any other required documents, are received by the Depositary within two NASDAQ trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

The Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be transmitted by overnight courier or mail to the Depositary and must include a guarantee by an Eligible Institution in the form set forth in such Notice. Shares tendered by a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will not be deemed validly tendered for purposes of satisfying the Minimum Tender Condition unless Shares underlying such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery are delivered to the Depositary prior to the Offer Expiration Time.

Guarantee of Signatures. No signature guarantee is required on the Letter of Transmittal if:

 

   

the Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) (which term, for purposes of this Section 3, includes any participant in DTC’s systems whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of the Shares) of the Shares tendered therewith, unless such registered holder has completed either the box entitled “Special Payment Instructions” or the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” on the Letter of Transmittal; or

 

   

the Shares are tendered for the account of a financial institution (including most commercial banks, savings and loan associations and brokerage houses) that is a member in good standing of the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program or any other “eligible guarantor institution,” as defined in Rule 17Ad-15 of the Exchange Act (each an “Eligible Institution” and, collectively, “Eligible Institutions”).

In all other cases, all signatures on a Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. See Instruction 1 of the Letter of Transmittal. If a Certificate is registered in the name of a person or persons other than the signer of the Letter of Transmittal, or if payment is to be made or delivered to, or a Certificate not accepted for payment or not tendered is to be issued in, the name of a person other than the registered holder, then the Certificate must be endorsed or accompanied by duly executed stock powers, in either case signed exactly as the name of the registered holder appears on the Certificate, with the signature on such Certificate or stock powers guaranteed by an Eligible Institution as provided in the Letter of Transmittal. See Instructions 1 and 5 of the Letter of Transmittal.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Offer, payment for Shares accepted pursuant to the Offer will in all cases only be made after timely receipt by the Depositary of (i) Certificates evidencing such Shares or a Book-Entry Confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such Shares into the Depositary’s account at DTC pursuant to the procedures set forth in this Section 3, (ii) the Letter of Transmittal, properly completed and duly executed, with any required signature guarantees or, in the case of a book-entry transfer, an Agent’s Message in lieu of the Letter of Transmittal and (iii) any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal. Accordingly, tendering stockholders may be paid at different times depending upon when Certificates or Book-Entry Confirmations with respect to Shares are actually received by the Depositary.

The method of delivery of Certificates, the Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents, including delivery through DTC, is at the sole option and risk of the tendering stockholder, and the delivery of all such documents will be deemed made (and the risk of loss and the title of Certificates will pass) only when actually received by the Depositary (including, in the case of a book-entry transfer, receipt of a Book-Entry Confirmation). If delivery is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is recommended. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to ensure timely delivery prior to the Offer Expiration Time.

 

16


Irregularities. The tender of Shares pursuant to any one of the procedures described above will constitute the tendering stockholder’s acceptance of the Offer, as well as the tendering stockholder’s representation and warranty that such stockholder has the full power and authority to tender and assign the Shares tendered, as specified in the Letter of Transmittal. Our acceptance for payment of Shares tendered pursuant to the Offer will constitute a binding agreement between the tendering stockholder and us upon the terms, and subject to the conditions, of the Offer (and if the Offer is extended or amended, the terms of, or the conditions to, any such extension or amendment).

Determination of Validity. All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance for payment of any tender of Shares will be determined by us, in our sole discretion. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all tenders determined by us not to be in proper form or the acceptance for payment of which may, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any defect or irregularity in the tender of any Shares of any particular stockholder, whether or not similar defects or irregularities are waived in the case of other stockholders. No tender of Shares will be deemed to have been validly made until all defects and irregularities have been waived or cured within such time as Purchaser will determine. None of Parent, Purchaser, the Depositary, the Information Agent or any other person will be under any duty to give notice of any defects or irregularities in tenders or incur any liability for failure to give any such notice. Interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Offer (including the Letter of Transmittal and the instructions thereto) will be determined by us in our sole discretion.

Appointment. By executing the Letter of Transmittal as set forth above, the tendering stockholder will irrevocably appoint designees of Purchaser as such stockholder’s attorneys-in-fact and proxies in the manner set forth in the Letter of Transmittal, each with full power of substitution, to the full extent of such stockholder’s rights with respect to the Shares tendered by such stockholder and accepted for payment by Purchaser and with respect to any and all other Shares or other securities or rights issued or issuable in respect of such Shares. All such powers of attorney and proxies will be considered irrevocable and coupled with an interest in the tendered Shares. Such appointment will be effective when, and only to the extent that, we accept for payment Shares tendered by such stockholder as provided herein. Upon such appointment, all prior powers of attorney, proxies and consents given by such stockholder with respect to such Shares or other securities or rights will, without further action, be revoked and no subsequent powers of attorney, proxies, consents or revocations may be given by such stockholder (and, if given, will not be deemed effective). The designees of Purchaser will thereby be empowered to exercise all voting and other rights with respect to such Shares and other securities or rights, including, without limitation, in respect of any annual, special or adjourned meeting of Dunkin’ Brands’ stockholders, actions by written consent in lieu of any such meeting or otherwise, as they in their sole discretion deem proper. We reserve the right to require that, in order for Shares to be deemed validly tendered, immediately upon our acceptance for payment of such Shares, Purchaser or its designees must be able to exercise full voting, consent and other rights with respect to such Shares and other related securities or rights, including voting at any meeting of Dunkin’ Brands’ stockholders.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding. Payments made to stockholders of Dunkin’ Brands in the Offer or the Merger generally will be subject to information reporting and may be subject to backup withholding. To avoid backup withholding, U.S. stockholders that do not otherwise establish an exemption should complete and return the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) Form W-9 included in the Letter of Transmittal, certifying that (i) such stockholder is a United States person, (ii) the taxpayer identification number provided by such stockholder is correct, and (iii) such stockholder is not subject to backup withholding. Foreign stockholders should submit a properly completed and signed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or other appropriate IRS Form W-8, a copy of which may be obtained from the Depositary or the IRS website at www.irs.gov, in order to avoid backup withholding. Such stockholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine which Form W-8 is appropriate.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a stockholder’s United States federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished in the appropriate manner to the IRS.

 

17


4.

Withdrawal Rights.

Shares tendered pursuant to the Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to one minute following 11:59 p.m. (12:00 midnight), Eastern Time, on Monday, December 14, 2020, unless the Offer is extended, in which case you can withdraw your Shares at any time by the then extended date. You can also withdraw your Shares at any time after Friday, January 15, 2021, which is the 60th day after the date of commencement of the Offer, unless such Shares have already been accepted for payment by Purchaser pursuant to the Offer and not validly withdrawn.

For a withdrawal to be effective, a written (or, with respect to Eligible Institutions, a facsimile transmission) notice of withdrawal must be timely received by the Depositary at the address set forth on the back cover page of this Offer to Purchase. Any such notice of withdrawal must specify the name of the person who tendered the Shares to be withdrawn, the number of Shares to be withdrawn and the name of the registered holder of such Shares, if different from that of the person who tendered such Shares. If Certificates evidencing Shares to be withdrawn have been delivered or otherwise identified to the Depositary, then, prior to the physical release of such Certificates, the serial numbers shown on such Certificates must be submitted to the Depositary and the signature(s) on the notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution, unless such Shares have been tendered for the account of an Eligible Institution. If Shares have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer as set forth in Section 3 — “Procedures for Accepting the Offer and Tendering Shares,” any notice of withdrawal must also specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawn Shares.

Withdrawals of Shares may not be rescinded. Any Shares validly withdrawn will thereafter be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the Offer. However, withdrawn Shares may be re-tendered by again following one of the procedures described in Section 3 — “Procedures for Accepting the Offer and Tendering Shares” at any time prior to the Offer Expiration Time.

We will determine, in our sole discretion, all questions as to the form and validity (including time of receipt) of any notice of withdrawal and our determination will be final and binding. None of Parent, Purchaser, the Depositary, the Information Agent or any other person will be under any duty to give notice of any defects or irregularities in any notice of withdrawal or incur any liability for failure to give any such notification.

 

5.

Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences.

The following is a summary of the material United States federal income tax consequences to beneficial owners of Shares upon the tender of Shares for cash pursuant to the Offer and the exchange of Shares for cash pursuant to the Merger. This summary is general in nature and does not discuss all aspects of United States federal income taxation that may be relevant to a holder of Shares in light of its particular circumstances. In addition, this summary does not describe any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction, does not consider the tax on “net investment income” under Section 1411 of the Code or the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code, and does not consider any aspects of United States federal tax law other than income taxation. This summary deals only with Shares held as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (generally, property held for investment), and does not address tax considerations applicable to any holder of Shares that may be subject to special treatment under the United States federal income tax laws, including:

 

   

a bank or other financial institution;

 

   

a tax-exempt organization;

 

   

a retirement plan or other tax-deferred account;

 

   

a partnership, an S corporation or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or an investor in a partnership, S corporation or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

 

18


   

an insurance company;

 

   

a mutual fund;

 

   

a real estate investment trust;

 

   

a dealer or broker in stocks and securities, or currencies;

 

   

a trader in securities that elects mark-to-market treatment;

 

   

a holder of Shares that received the Shares through the exercise of an employee stock option, through a tax qualified retirement plan or otherwise as compensation;

 

   

a person that has a functional currency other than the United States dollar;

 

   

a person that holds the Shares as part of a hedge, straddle, constructive sale, conversion or other integrated transaction;

 

   

a person subject to special tax accounting rules (including rules requiring recognition of gross income based on a taxpayer’s applicable financial statement);

 

   

dissenting stockholders;

 

   

a United States expatriate;

 

   

certain former citizens or residents of the United States;

 

   

controlled foreign corporations;

 

   

passive foreign investment companies; or

 

   

corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid United States federal income tax.

If a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership) for United States federal income tax purposes holds Shares, the tax treatment of a holder that is a partner (including any owner of an interest in an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) in the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. Such holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of tendering the Shares in the Offer or exchanging their Shares pursuant to the Merger.

This summary is based on the Code, the U.S. Department of Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code (the “Treasury Regulations”), and rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this Offer to Purchase, and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations at any time, with possible retroactive effect. We have not sought, and do not intend to seek, any ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and no assurance can be given that the IRS will agree with the views expressed herein, or that a court will not sustain any challenge by the IRS in the event of litigation.

The discussion set out in this Offer to Purchase is intended only as a summary of the material United States federal income tax consequences to a holder of Shares. We urge you to consult your own tax advisor with respect to the specific tax consequences to you in connection with the Offer and the Merger in light of your own particular circumstances, including federal estate, gift and other non-income tax consequences, and tax consequences under state, local or non-U.S. tax laws.

United States Holders

For purposes of this discussion, the term “United States Holder” means a beneficial owner of Shares that is, for United States federal income tax purposes:

 

   

a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

19


   

a corporation (or any other entity or arrangement treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) the trust has validly elected to be treated as a “United States person” under applicable Treasury Regulations.

Payments with Respect to Shares

The tender of Shares in the Offer for cash or the exchange of Shares pursuant to the Merger for cash will be a taxable transaction for United States federal income tax purposes, and a United States Holder who receives cash for Shares pursuant to the Offer or pursuant to the Merger will recognize gain or loss, if any, equal to the difference between the amount of cash received and the holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Shares tendered or exchanged therefor. Gain or loss will be determined separately for each block of Shares (i.e., Shares acquired at the same cost in a single transaction). Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if such United States Holder’s holding period for the Shares is more than one year at the time of the exchange. Long-term capital gain recognized by an individual holder generally is subject to tax at a lower rate than short-term capital gain or ordinary income. There are significant limitations on the deductibility of capital losses.

Backup Withholding Tax

Proceeds from the tender of Shares in the Offer or the exchange of Shares pursuant to the Merger generally will be subject to backup withholding tax at the applicable rate (currently, 24%) unless the applicable United States Holder or other payee provides a valid taxpayer identification number and complies with certain certification procedures (generally, by providing a properly completed IRS Form W-9) or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding tax rules from a payment to a United States Holder will be allowed as a credit against that holder’s United States federal income tax liability and may entitle the holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Each United States Holder should complete and sign the IRS Form W-9, which will be included with the Letter of Transmittal to be returned to the Depositary, to provide the information and certification necessary to avoid backup withholding, unless an exemption applies and is established in a manner satisfactory to the Depositary.

Non-United States Holders

The following is a summary of the material United States federal income tax consequences that will apply to a non-United States Holder of Shares. The term “non-United States Holder” means a beneficial owner of Shares that is neither a United States Holder nor a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes).

Payments with Respect to Shares

Payments made to a non-United States Holder with respect to Shares tendered for cash in the Offer or exchanged for cash pursuant to the Merger generally will be exempt from United States federal income tax, with the following exceptions:

 

   

If the non-United States Holder is an individual who was present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the exchange and certain other conditions are met, such holder will be subject to tax at a flat rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified under an applicable income tax treaty) on any gain from the exchange of the Shares, net of applicable United States-source losses from sales or exchanges of other capital assets recognized by the holder during the year.

 

20


   

If the gain is “effectively connected” with the non-United States Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment of the non-United States Holder), the non-United States Holder will generally be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale as if it were a United States Holder. In addition, if such non-United States Holder is a non-U.S. corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, it may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or at a lower rate if such holder is eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate.

 

   

If Dunkin’ Brands is or has been a United States real property holding corporation for United States federal income tax purposes during the shorter of the non-United States Holder’s holding period or the five years preceding the sale, the Shares will be treated as “United States real property interests” unless (i) the non-United States Holder does not actually or constructively own more than 5% of the Shares during such period and (ii) Dunkin’ Brands’ common stock is regularly traded, as defined by applicable United States treasury regulations, on an established securities market. If the Shares are treated as “United States real property interests,” any gain or loss will treated as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business and subject to U.S. federal income tax as described above, except that the “branch profits tax” described above generally will not apply.

Backup Withholding Tax

A non-United States Holder may be subject to backup withholding tax with respect to the proceeds from the disposition of Shares pursuant to the Offer or pursuant to the Merger, unless, generally, the non-United States Holder certifies under penalties of perjury on an appropriate IRS Form W-8 that such non-United States Holder is not a United States person, or the non-United States Holder otherwise establishes an exemption in a manner satisfactory to the Depositary.

Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding tax rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against the non-United States Holder’s United States federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Each non-United States Holder should complete and sign the appropriate IRS Form W-8, which will be requested in the Letter of Transmittal to be returned to the Depositary, to provide the information and certification necessary to avoid backup withholding, unless an exemption applies and is established in a manner satisfactory to the Depositary. The foregoing summary does not discuss all aspects of United States federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular holders of Shares. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor about the particular tax consequences to you of tendering your Shares in the Offer or exchanging your Shares pursuant to the Merger under any federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws.

 

6.

Price Range of Shares; Dividends.

The Shares are listed on NASDAQ, under the symbol “DNKN.” Dunkin’ Brands reported 82,417,076 Shares outstanding as of October 30, 2020 on its Quarterly Report on its Form 10-Q. The Shares have been listed on the NASDAQ since July 26, 2011.

 

21


The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices per Share as reported on NASDAQ for the fiscal quarters indicated:

 

     High      Low  

Year Ending December 26, 2020

     

First Quarter

   $ 78.99      $ 39.68  

Second Quarter

   $ 71.24      $ 45.82  

Third Quarter

   $ 79.25      $ 64.46  

Fourth Quarter (through November 13, 2020)

   $ 106.19      $ 80.64  

Year Ended December 28, 2019:

     

First Quarter

   $ 75.85      $ 62.92  

Second Quarter

   $ 80.98      $ 72.99  

Third Quarter

   $ 83.80      $ 78.14  

Fourth Quarter

   $ 79.36      $ 73.41  

Year Ended December 29, 2018:

     

First Quarter

   $ 68.38      $ 58.41  

Second Quarter

   $ 69.76      $ 58.10  

Third Quarter

   $ 76.52      $ 68.56  

Fourth Quarter

   $ 74.79      $ 61.93  

On October 23, 2020, the last full trading day before Dunkin’ Brands’ stock was impacted by market rumors of a potential transaction, the reported closing sales price of the Shares on NASDAQ was $88.79. On October 30, 2020, the last full trading day before the public announcement of the execution of the Merger Agreement, the reported closing sales price of the Shares on NASDAQ was $99.71. On November 13, 2020, the last full trading day before the commencement of the Offer, the reported closing sales price of the Shares on NASDAQ was $106.13. The Offer Price represents a premium of approximately 20% to the reported closing sales price of the Shares on NASDAQ on the last full trading day before Dunkin’ Brands’ stock was impacted by market rumors of a potential transaction and a premium of approximately 7% to the reported closing sales price of the Shares on NASDAQ on the last full trading day before the Merger Agreement was executed. The Offer Price represents (i) a premium of approximately 30% to the volume-weighted average price of the Shares on NASDAQ over the thirty trading day period ended on October 23, 2020; (ii) a premium of approximately 38% to the volume-weighted average price of the Shares on NASDAQ over the sixty trading day period ended on October 23, 2020; (iii) a premium of approximately 45% to the volume-weighted average price of the Shares on NASDAQ over the ninety trading day period ended on October 23, 2020; and (iv) a premium of approximately 59% to the volume-weighted average price of the Shares on NASDAQ over the one-year period ended on October 23, 2020. The Offer Price also represents (i) a premium of approximately 13% to the volume-weighted average price of the Shares on NASDAQ over the thirty trading day period ended on October 30, 2020; (ii) a premium of approximately 21% to the volume-weighted average price of the Shares on NASDAQ over the sixty trading day period ended on October 30, 2020; (iii) a premium of approximately 29% to the volume-weighted average price of the Shares on NASDAQ over the ninety trading day period ended on October 30, 2020; and (iv) and a premium of approximately 51% to the volume-weighted average price of the Shares on NASDAQ over the one-year period ended on October 30, 2020. Stockholders are urged to obtain current market quotations for Shares before making a decision with respect to the Offer.

The Merger Agreement provides that from the date of the Merger Agreement until the effective time, except as expressly required by the Merger Agreement, required by law or contract or with the prior written consent of Parent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed and which will be deemed to be given if, within five (5) business days after Dunkin’ Brands has provided to Parent a written request for consent, Parent has not rejected such request in writing), Dunkin’ Brands will not declare, authorize, establish a record date for, set aside or pay any dividends on, or make any other distributions (whether in cash, stock or other

 

22


equity, property or a combination thereof) in respect of, any of its capital stock (other than dividends or distributions by a wholly-owned subsidiary of Dunkin’ Brands to its parent).

 

7.

Certain Information Concerning Dunkin’ Brands.

Except as specifically set forth herein, the information concerning Dunkin’ Brands contained in this Offer to Purchase has been taken from, or is based upon, information furnished by Dunkin’ Brands or its representatives or upon publicly available documents and records on file with the SEC and other public sources. The summary information set forth below is qualified in its entirety by reference to Dunkin’ Brands’ public filings with the SEC (which may be obtained and inspected as described below) and should be considered in conjunction with the more comprehensive financial and other information in such reports and other publicly available information.

General. The following description of Dunkin’ Brands and its business has been taken from Dunkin’ Brands’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 26, 2020, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

Dunkin’ Brands is one of the world’s leading franchisors of quick service restaurants (“QSRs”) serving hot and cold coffee and baked goods, as well as hard serve ice cream. Dunkin’ Brands franchises restaurants under the Dunkin’ and Baskin-Robbins brands. With more than 20,000 points of distribution in more than 60 countries worldwide, the Dunkin’ Brands portfolio has strong brand awareness in its key markets. QSR is a restaurant format characterized by limited or no table service. As of September 26, 2020, Dunkin’ had 12,658 global points of distribution with restaurants in 43 U.S. states, the District of Columbia, and 39 foreign countries. Baskin-Robbins had 7,895 global points of distribution as of the same date, with restaurants in 44 U.S. states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, and 51 foreign countries.

Dunkin’ Brands is organized into five reporting segments: Dunkin’ U.S., Baskin-Robbins U.S., Dunkin’ International, Baskin-Robbins International, and U.S. Advertising Funds. Dunkin’ Brands generates revenue from five primary sources: (i) royalty income and franchise fees associated with franchised restaurants, (ii) continuing advertising fees from Dunkin’ and Baskin-Robbins franchisees and breakage and other revenue related to the gift card program, (iii) rental income from restaurant properties that are leased or subleased to franchisees, (iv) sales of ice cream and other products to franchisees in certain international markets and (v) other income including fees for the licensing of brands for products sold in certain retail outlets, the licensing of the rights to manufacture Baskin-Robbins ice cream products sold to U.S. franchisees, refranchising gains and online training fees.

Dunkin’ Brands’ principal executive offices are located at 130 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, and its telephone number is (781) 737-3000.

The information on Dunkin’ Brands’ website is not a part of this Offer to Purchase and is not incorporated by reference into this Offer to Purchase.

Available Information. The Shares are registered under the Exchange Act. Accordingly, Dunkin’ Brands is subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and is required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC relating to its business, financial condition and other matters. Information as of particular dates concerning Dunkin’ Brands’ directors and officers, their remuneration, stock options and other equity awards granted to them, the principal holders of Dunkin’ Brands’ securities, any material interests of such persons in transactions with Dunkin’ Brands and other matters is required to be disclosed in proxy statements. Such reports, proxy statements and other information are available on www.sec.gov.

Dunkin’ Brands’ Financial Projections. Dunkin’ Brands provided Parent with certain internal financial projections as described in Dunkin’ Brands’ Schedule 14D-9, which will be filed with the SEC and is being mailed to Dunkin’ Brands’ stockholders contemporaneously with this Offer to Purchase.

 

23


8.

Certain Information Concerning Parent and Purchaser.

Purchaser. Vale Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Parent and was formed solely for the purpose of facilitating the acquisition of Dunkin’ Brands by Parent. To date, Purchaser has not carried on any activities other than those related to its formation, the Offer and the Merger. Upon consummation of the proposed Merger, Purchaser will merge with and into Dunkin’ Brands and will cease to exist, with Dunkin’ Brands continuing as the surviving corporation. The business address for Purchaser is: Three Glenlake Parkway, Atlanta, Georgia 30328. The business telephone number for Purchaser is 678-514-4100.

Parent. Parent, a Delaware corporation, through its subsidiaries, is the owner and franchisor of certain restaurant chains. Parent’s affiliated brands are the franchisors and operators of over 11,000 restaurant locations worldwide under the brand names Arby’s, Buffalo Wild Wings, Sonic Drive-In, Jimmy John’s and Rusty Taco. Parent aims to be the premier operator and franchisor across restaurant categories and provides best-in-class franchise support, including restaurant development planning, design & construction, operations training, marketing & branding, and supply chain expertise.

Parent’s principal executive offices are located at Three Glenlake Parkway, Atlanta, Georgia 30328, and its business telephone number is 678-514-4100. Parent’s internet address is http://www.inspirebrands.com. Parent is an indirect, majority-owned subsidiary of affiliates of investment funds managed by Roark Capital Management LLC(“Roark”).

Additional Information. The name, citizenship, business address, present principal occupation or employment and five-year employment history of each of the directors and executive officers of Parent, Purchaser and Roark are listed in Schedule I to this Offer to Purchase.

During the last five years, none of Parent, Purchaser or Roark or, to the best knowledge of Parent and Purchaser, any of the persons listed in Schedule I to this Offer to Purchase (i) has been convicted in a criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations or similar misdemeanors) or (ii) was a party to any judicial or administrative proceeding (except for matters that were dismissed without sanction or settlement) that resulted in a judgment, decree or final order enjoining such person from future violations of, or prohibiting activities subject to, federal or state securities laws, or a finding of any violation of such laws.

Except as provided in the Merger Agreement or as otherwise described in this Offer to Purchase, (i) none of Parent, Purchaser or Roark or, to the best knowledge of Parent and Purchaser, any of the persons listed in Schedule I to this Offer to Purchase or any associate or majority-owned subsidiary of Parent, Purchaser or Roark, or any of the persons so listed, beneficially owns or has any right to acquire, directly or indirectly, any Shares and (ii) none of Parent, Purchaser or Roark, or, to the best knowledge of Parent and Purchaser, any of the persons or entities referred to in Schedule I hereto nor any director, executive officer or subsidiary of any of the foregoing, has effected any transaction in respect of any Shares during the past 60 days. Except as provided in the Merger Agreement or as otherwise described in this Offer to Purchase, none of Parent, Purchaser or Roark, or, to the best knowledge of Parent and Purchaser, any of the persons listed in Schedule I to this Offer to Purchase, has any material contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship with any other person with respect to any securities of Dunkin’ Brands (including, but not limited to, any material contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship concerning the transfer or the voting of any such securities, joint ventures, loan or option arrangements, puts or calls, guaranties of loans, guaranties against loss or the giving or withholding of proxies, consents or authorizations).

Except as set forth in this Offer to Purchase, none of Parent, Purchaser or Roark, or, to the best knowledge of Parent and Purchaser, any of the persons listed in Schedule I hereto, has had any business relationship or transaction with Dunkin’ Brands or any of its executive officers, directors or affiliates that is required to be reported under the rules and regulations of the SEC applicable to the Offer.

Except as set forth in this Offer to Purchase, there have been no material contacts, negotiations or transactions between Parent, Purchaser or Roark, or to the best knowledge of Parent and Purchaser, any of the persons listed

 

24


in Schedule I to this Offer to Purchase, on the one hand, and Dunkin’ Brands or its subsidiaries, on the other hand, concerning a merger, consolidation or acquisition, tender offer or other acquisition of securities, an election of directors or a sale or other transfer of a material amount of assets during the past two years.

Available Information. Pursuant to Rule 14d-3 under the Exchange Act, we have filed with the SEC a Tender Offer Statement on Schedule TO (as amended, the “Schedule TO”), of which this Offer to Purchase forms a part, and exhibits to the Schedule TO. The Schedule TO and the exhibits thereto, as well as other information filed by Parent and Purchaser with the SEC, are available on the SEC website at www.sec.gov. Additional copies of this Offer to Purchase, the related Letter of Transmittal, the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and other materials related to the Offer may also be obtained for free from the Information Agent.

 

9.

Source and Amount of Funds.

We estimate that the maximum amount of funds needed to (i) complete the Offer, the Merger and the transactions contemplated in the Merger Agreement, including the funds needed to purchase all Shares tendered in the Offer and to pay the Dunkin’ Brands stockholders whose Shares are converted into the right to receive a cash amount equal to the Offer Price in the Merger, (ii) pay for fees and expenses incurred by Parent related to the Offer and the Merger and (iii) pay for the amounts in respect of outstanding in-the-money Dunkin’ Brands options and other equity awards will be approximately $9,086 million, which number excludes the amount of any indebtedness outstanding under the securitization agreements, which indebtedness would not need to be repaid as of the effective time as a result of the Merger.

We expect Parent to provide us, or cause us to be provided, with sufficient funds to complete the Offer, the Merger and the transactions contemplated in the Merger Agreement, funded with (i) the equity financing (described in the “ — Equity Financing” section below), (ii) cash on hand, (ii) available borrowing capacity under (x) the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 variable funding senior notes (the “VFN Facility”) of certain of Parent’s wholly-owned bankruptcy-remote subsidiaries (the “Securitization Entities”) and (y) the credit agreement of Parent’s indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary (the “Existing Credit Agreement”) and (iii) newly obtained incremental financing that will be incurred pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement (the “Incremental Debt Commitment”).

Debt Financing

The VFN Facility provides up to $150 million in borrowings on a revolving basis, the proceeds of which may be used for acquisitions by certain subsidiaries of Parent, including us. Borrowings under the VFN Facility are available through 2025, subject to two one-year contingent extensions, and bear interest at a variable rate based on (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate, (iii) the London interbank offered rate for U.S. Dollars or (iv) with respect to advances made by conduit investors through the issuance of commercial paper, the commercial paper rate based on the weighted average cost of issuing commercial paper applicable to such conduit investor, plus, in each case, any applicable margin. The VFN Facility is subject to certain commitment fees in respect of the unutilized portion of the commitments of the investors thereunder and certain fees in respect of letters of credit issued thereunder. The VFN Facility is also subject to customary covenants and restrictions and is secured by all of the assets of the Securitization Entities, which include, among other assets, franchise agreements, real estate assets, license agreements and intellectual property of certain brands affiliated with Parent. The Existing Credit Agreement provides up to $250 million in borrowings on a revolving basis. Borrowings under the Existing Credit Agreement are available through February 3, 2023 and bear interest at a variable rate based on (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate or (iii) the London interbank offered rate for U.S. Dollars plus a leverage-based margin. The Existing Credit Agreement is subject to certain commitment fees in respect of the unutilized portion of the revolving commitments of the lenders thereunder and certain fees in respect of letters of credit issued thereunder. The Existing Credit Agreement is also subject to customary covenants and restrictions and is secured by the assets of Parent’s indirect subsidiaries. The Incremental Debt Commitment provides for a $2,575 million term loan and a $250 million revolving commitment and is subject to customary closing conditions for acquisition financings.

 

25


Neither the consummation of the Offer nor the consummation of the Merger is conditioned upon Parent’s or Purchaser’s receipt of financing. No alternative financing arrangement or alternative financing plans have been made. Parent does not currently have any plans or arrangement to finance or repay (or cause to be financed or repaid) amounts borrowed under the VFN Facility. Purchaser will provide, and Parent will cause Purchaser to provide, to the Paying Agent, on a timely basis, the funds necessary to purchase any Shares that Purchaser becomes obligated to purchase pursuant to the Offer.

Purchaser believes that the financial condition of Parent, Purchaser or their respective affiliates is not material to a decision by a holder of Shares whether to tender such Shares in the Offer because (i) the Offer is being made for all outstanding Shares solely for cash, (ii) the consummation of the Offer (or the Merger) is not subject to any financing condition, (iii) we, through Parent, will have sufficient funds available to us to consummate the Offer and the Merger and (iv) if Purchaser consummates the Offer, Purchaser will acquire all remaining Shares for the same cash price in the Merger (i.e., the Offer Price).

Equity Financing

Parent has received an Equity Commitment Letter, dated as of the date of the Merger Agreement (“the Equity Commitment Letter”), from certain investment funds affiliated with Roark Capital Management LLC (the “Investors”) pursuant to which the Investors have committed, jointly and severally, subject to the conditions of the Equity Commitment Letter, to provide equity financing up to $5.38 billion (the “Equity Commitment”) in aggregate in equity for the purpose of enabling (a) Parent to cause the Purchaser to accept for purchase and pay for any Shares validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) pursuant to the Offer at the Offer Closing (the “Offer Amount”), (b) Parent to make (or to cause to be made) the payments of the Merger Consideration to Dunkin’ Brands stockholders and holders of Dunkin’ Brands stock options, Restricted Stock Units and Performance Stock Units (the “Merger Amount”) and (c) Parent to make (or cause to be made) the payment of any fees and expenses required to be paid by Parent or Purchaser pursuant to the financing provisions of the Merger Agreement. With respect to the Offer Amount and the Merger Amount, the conditions to the Investors’ funding obligation under the Equity Commitment Letter include: (a) with respect to the Offer Amount, (i) the satisfaction or waiver in accordance with the Merger Agreement of the Offer Conditions (other than those conditions that by their nature can only be satisfied at the Offer Closing, but subject to such conditions being satisfied or waived at the Offer Closing), (ii) the substantially concurrent closing of the Offer as contemplated by the Merger Agreement; and (b) with respect to the Merger Amount, (i) the satisfaction or waiver in accordance with the Merger Agreement of all conditions to the closing of the Merger set forth in the Merger Agreement (other than those conditions that by their nature can only be satisfied at the Closing but subject to such conditions being satisfied or waived at the Closing) and (y) the substantially concurrent closing of the Merger as contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

The obligations of the Investors in the aggregate to provide the equity financing will expire and terminate upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the valid termination of the Merger Agreement, (ii) the Closing, (iii) commencement by Dunkin’ Brands, any affiliate controlled by Dunkin’ Brands or any then-current officers or directors of Dunkin’ Brands or any affiliate controlled by Dunkin’ Brands (each, a “Dunkin’ Brands Related Party”) of a lawsuit or other proceeding against any Investor or its permitted assignees to fund the Equity Commitment or for any other claim (including any lawsuit or proceeding for monetary damages), other than a Retained Claim (as defined in the Equity Commitment Letter), and (iv) commencement by Dunkin’ Brands or any other Dunkin’ Brands Related Party of a lawsuit or other proceeding against any Investor Party (as defined in the Equity Commitment Letter) asserting any claim (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) for payment or other liabilities under or in respect of the Merger Agreement, the Equity Commitment Letter or the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or the Equity Commitment Letter, other than a Retained Claim. Upon any such valid termination of the Equity Commitment Letter, the Investors’ obligation to fund the Equity Commitment shall become null and void ab initio and of no further force and effect, and the Investors shall not have any further obligations or liabilities with respect thereto.

This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Equity Commitment Letter, a copy of which has been filed as Exhibit (d)(2) to the Schedule TO and which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

26


10.

Background of the Offer; Past Contacts or Negotiations with Dunkin’ Brands.

The information set forth below regarding Dunkin’ Brands was provided by Dunkin’ Brands, and none of Parent, Purchaser nor any of their respective affiliates take any responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of any information regarding meetings or discussions in which Parent, Purchaser or their respective affiliates or representatives did not participate.

Background of the Offer

The following is a description of significant contacts between representatives of Parent, on the one hand, and representatives of Dunkin’ Brands, on the other hand, that resulted in the execution of the merger agreement and commencement of the Offer. For a review of Dunkin’ Brands’ activities relating to the contacts leading to the merger agreement, please refer to the Schedule 14D-9, which has been filed with the SEC and is being mailed to its stockholders with this Offer to Purchase.

On January 17, 2020, Paul Brown, the CEO of Parent, David Hoffmann, the CEO of Dunkin’ Brands and Jon Luther, a board member of Parent, had an introductory meeting in Atlanta to explore potential strategic partnership opportunities between Parent and Dunkin’ Brands relating to certain technology initiatives at both companies.

On February 6, 2020, Mr. Brown and Mr. Hoffmann had a follow-up meeting in Boston to further explore the technology initiatives referenced above.

Between March and early July 2020, Mr. Brown and Mr. Hoffmann had three conversations relating to the current business environment and the impacts of COVID-19 on their respective businesses.

On July 13, 2020, Mr. Brown and Mr. Hoffmann met for dinner in Boston. During dinner, Mr. Brown indicated that Parent may be interested in acquiring Dunkin’ Brands and may be willing to pay a purchase price per share in the “high $70s”. On July 13, 2020, Dunkin’ Brands’ closing stock price was $64.58 per share.

On July 18, 2020, Mr. Hoffmann called Mr. Brown to clarify certain points discussed at their July 13 dinner.

On July 21, 2020, Mr. Brown contacted Mr. Hoffmann to reiterate Parent’s interest in acquiring Dunkin’ Brands. Mr Brown proposed that the parties enter into a confidentiality agreement and that Dunkin’ Brands provide Parent with certain non-public information to enable Parent to submit an acquisition proposal. Later that day, Mr. Brown provided Mr. Hoffmann with an initial due diligence request list.

On a series of calls between July 26-29, 2020, Mr. Hoffmann indicated to Mr. Brown that Dunkin’ Brands was not likely to be interested in a transaction at this time and that the Dunkin’ Brands Board would likely require a higher price in order to proceed with discussions regarding a potential acquisition.

On the morning of July 30, 2020, before the markets opened, Dunkin’ Brands publicly reported its second-quarter earnings. On July 30, 2020, Dunkin’ Brands’ closing stock price was $68.65 per share.

 

27


On the evening of July 30, 2020, Mr. Brown called Mr. Hoffmann and indicated that Parent would be interested in pursuing a transaction with Dunkin’ Brands at a price per share between $83.00 and $87.00, subject to receiving access to certain key executives and certain non-public information. Mr. Brown indicated that affiliates of Roark Capital (“Roark”) were prepared to provide an equity commitment to finance a potential transaction. Mr. Brown also indicated Parent’s willingness to enter into a confidentiality agreement with a customary standstill provision. The proposed price range represented a 21-27% premium over Dunkin’ Brands’ closing price as of July 30, 2020.

On several occasions following Parent’s July 30 proposal, Mr. Brown and a representative of Barclays Capital Inc., financial advisor to Parent (“Barclays”) had conversations with representatives of Dunkin’ Brands to discuss Parent’s views on a potential acquisition of Dunkin’ Brands by Parent. During such discussions, the representatives of Dunkin’ Brands reiterated that Dunkin’ Brands was not likely to be interested in a transaction at this time and that the Dunkin’ Brands Board would likely require a higher price per share than that stated in Parent’s July 30 proposal.

On September 17, 2020, representatives of Barclays, on behalf of Parent, communicated to Mr. Hoffmann and Anthony DiNovi, a member of the Dunkin’ Brands Board, that Parent was interested in pursuing a transaction with Dunkin’ Brands at a price per share between $95.00 and $98.00, payable in cash, and that, subject to receiving access to certain key executives and certain non-public diligence information, Parent may be able to increase its proposed range. The proposed price range represented a 23-27% premium over Dunkin’ Brands’ closing price as of September 16, 2020.

On September 22, 2020, Mr. Brown spoke with Mr. Hoffmann. During the course of the conversation, Mr. Hoffmann indicated that Parent would need to increase its proposed purchase price to at least $100.00 per share in order for Dunkin’ Brands to consider the proposed acquisition. Mr. Brown responded that Parent could not commit to a purchase price of at least $100.00 per share without access to non-public diligence information. Mr. Hoffmann requested that Parent provide Dunkin’ Brands with information regarding the debt and equity financing that Parent would propose to use to fund the proposed transaction.

On September 24 and September 26, 2020, representatives of Barclays had conversations with Mr. Hoffmann and Mr. DiNovi to discuss certain aspects of Parent’s proposal. During such discussions, Mr. Hoffmann and Mr. DiNovi reiterated that Dunkin’ Brands was not likely to be interested in a transaction at this time and that the Dunkin’ Brands Board would likely require a higher price per share than that stated in Parent’s September 17 proposal. In response, a representative of Barclays reiterated the position of Parent that, among other things, additional due diligence information would be required before Parent could consider increasing its proposed purchase price. Mr. DiNovi indicated that Dunkin’ Brands was not willing to engage in further discussions, including providing non-public information to Parent, unless Parent increased its proposed purchase price to at least $100.00 per share.

On September 26, 2020, representatives of Barclays called Mr. Hoffmann to discuss the potential transaction. During this discussion, Mr. Hoffmann reiterated that Parent would need to increase its proposed purchase price to at least $100.00 per share in order for Dunkin’ Brands to provide Parent the requested non-public diligence materials.

On September 28, 2020, representatives of Barclays spoke with Mr. Hoffmann and Mr. DiNovi regarding Parent’s continued interest in a potential acquisition of Dunkin’ Brands. During this conversation, representatives of Barclays acknowledged that Parent understood that Parent would have to propose a purchase price of at least $100.00 per share in order for the Dunkin’ Brands Board to consider its proposal. Representatives of Barclays requested that Dunkin’ Brands give Parent access to certain non-public diligence information concerning Dunkin’ Brands for a period of two weeks, after which time, Parent would submit a further revised proposal.

On September 29, 2020, representatives of Barclays spoke with Mr. Hoffmann, Nigel Travis, non-executive Chairman of the Dunkin’ Brands Board, and members of Dunkin’ Brands’ senior management and reiterated the acknowledgement and request previously communicated on September 28.

 

28


On September 30, 2020, a representative of Barclays and Mr. DiNovi discussed Parent’s ability to finance the proposed acquisition, including a potential equity commitment from funds affiliated with Roark and debt commitment from Barclays, as well as the amount of cash on hand at Parent.

On October 1, 2020, representatives of Barclays provided Mr. DiNovi with further information regarding Parent’s access to equity and debt financing to fund a possible acquisition of Dunkin’ Brands at a purchase price exceeding that set forth in Parent’s prior proposal.

On October 2, 2020, Mr. Hoffmann advised Mr. Brown that, subject to the execution of an acceptable confidentiality agreement, Dunkin’ Brands would provide Parent access to Dunkin’ Brands’ senior management team and certain non-public diligence information to enable Parent to evaluate a potential acquisition.

Later that same day, representatives of Dunkin’ Brands sent representatives of Parent a proposed confidentiality agreement. Over the course of the next two days, Parent, Dunkin’ Brands and their respective counsel negotiated the terms of the confidentiality agreement, which included customary standstill provisions. On October 5, 2020, Dunkin’ Brands and Parent each executed the confidentiality agreement.

Following execution of the confidentiality agreement on October 5, 2020, representatives of Parent shared with Dunkin’ Brands senior management a due diligence request list. Also on October 5, Mr. Hoffmann and Mr. Brown spoke by phone to discuss Parent’s due diligence review of Dunkin’ Brands.

On October 9, 2020, Parent was given access to an electronic data room established by Dunkin’ Brands in order for Parent to conduct its due diligence investigation of Dunkin’ Brands. From October 9, 2020, through the execution of the merger agreement, Parent, Roark and their professional advisors reviewed the due diligence materials provided by Dunkin’ Brands in the electronic data room, including supplements to the data room supplied upon request by the parties.

On October 11, 2020, members of Dunkin’ Brands senior management and Parent senior management spoke telephonically regarding the status of Parent’s due diligence review.

On October 11, 2020, Barclays learned that a reporter for The New York Times was seeking comment from various people regarding a potential acquisition of Dunkin’ Brands.

Throughout the week of October 12, 2020, members of senior management of Parent and representatives of Roark had telephonic meetings with members of senior management of Dunkin’ Brands to discuss various financial, operational and legal aspects of the Dunkin’ Brands business. The telephonic meetings were also attended by representatives of Barclays and BofA Securities, Inc., financial advisor to Dunkin’ Brands (“BofA Securities”), as well as representatives of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, legal counsel to Parent (“Paul, Weiss”) and representatives of Ropes & Gray LLP, legal counsel to Dunkin’ Brands (“Ropes & Gray”).

Following these meetings, on October 16, 2020, Mr. Hoffmann and Mr. Brown spoke by phone regarding, among other things, Parent’s due diligence review to date. Also on October 16, 2020, representatives of Barclays and BofA Securities spoke by phone regarding the status of Parent’s due diligence review. Representatives of BofA Securities reiterated that it was the view of the Dunkin’ Brands Board that it would not transact at a purchase price below $100.00 per share.

On October 20, 2020, representatives of Barclays, on behalf of Parent, called Mr. DiNovi and Mr. Hoffmann to advise them that Parent would be submitting a revised non-binding proposal to acquire Dunkin’ Brands. Later that day, Barclays, on behalf of Parent, delivered a non-binding offer letter to BofA Securities. The offer letter proposed to acquire Dunkin’ Brands at a price of $100.00 per share, payable in cash. The proposed price represented a 15% premium over Dunkin’ Brands’ closing price as of October 19, 2020. The October 20 letter included a draft merger agreement and committed debt and equity financing. The draft merger agreement

 

29


included customary termination rights and a termination fee payable to Parent under certain circumstances, including if Dunkin’ Brands terminated the merger agreement to accept a “superior proposal” as defined in the draft merger agreement, and did not include a “go shop” provision given Parent had already increased its proposed purchase price on several occasions and was willing to pay a significant premium to Dunkin’ Brands’ then-current trading price. On the evening of October 21, 2020, Barclays learned that various media outlets were seeking comment from various people regarding a potential acquisition of Dunkin’ Brands.

Between October 22, 2020 and October 23, 2020, representatives of BofA Securities and Barclays had multiple conversations regarding the material terms of Parent’s October 20 proposal. During those conversations, BofA Securities advised Barclays that the proposed purchase price set forth in the October 20 proposal was inadequate and that the Dunkin’ Brands Board would require a higher price in order to move forward.

On October 23, 2020, Barclays, on behalf of Parent, delivered a revised non-binding offer letter to BofA Securities, on behalf of Dunkin’ Brands, to acquire Dunkin’ Brands at a price of $103.50 per share, payable in cash. The proposed purchase price represented a 16% premium over Dunkin’ Brands’ closing price as of October 22, 2020. The October 23 proposal was otherwise subject to the same terms and conditions as the October 20 proposal.

Later on October 23, 2020, representatives of BofA Securities called representatives of Barclays and informed them that the Dunkin’ Brands Board considered the price set forth in Parent’s October 23 proposal inadequate. Representatives of Barclays, on behalf of Parent, requested that, if the Dunkin’ Brands Board considered the October 23 proposal of $103.50 per share to be inadequate, the Dunkin’ Brands Board should provide a counteroffer with a price that would be acceptable to the Dunkin’ Brands Board.

On October 24, 2020, representatives of BofA Securities and Barclays had multiple conversations regarding Parent’s proposed purchase price. During those conversations, BofA Securities advised Barclays that the Dunkin’ Brands Board would be prepared to consider a transaction at a purchase price of $110.00 per share.

Later on October 24, 2020, Barclays, on behalf of Parent, delivered a revised non-binding offer letter to BofA Securities, on behalf of Dunkin Brands’, regarding a potential acquisition of Dunkin’ Brands by Parent at a price per share of $105.25. The proposed purchase price represented a 19% premium over Dunkin’ Brands’ closing price as of October 23, 2020. The October 24 proposal was otherwise subject to the same terms and conditions as the October 20 proposal.

On the evening of October 24, 2020, representatives of BofA Securities and Barclays had multiple conversations regarding Parent’s revised proposal. During those conversations, BofA Securities advised Barclays that the Dunkin’ Brands Board considered Parent’s offer inadequate, but that the Dunkin’ Brands Board would be prepared to consider a transaction at a purchase price of $107.75 per share.

Later in the evening of October 24, 2020, Neal Aronson, the Chairman of Parent and Managing Partner of Roark, contacted Nigel Travis, the Chairman of Dunkin’ Brands and indicated that Parent was increasing its offer to $106.00 per share. Later that evening, Mr. Travis contacted Mr. Aronson and indicated that the Dunkin’ Brands Board would accept an offer of $106.50 per share, subject to the completion of definitive documentation on terms acceptable to the Dunkin’ Brands Board. Mr. Aronson then proposed a purchase price of $106.25 per share, which Mr. Travis indicated he was not authorized by the Dunkin’ Brands Board to accept. Mr. Travis indicated that he did not believe that the purchase price of $106.25 would be acceptable to the Dunkin’ Brands Board.

Early in the morning of October 25, 2020, Mr. Aronson contacted Mr. Travis and indicated that Parent would accept Dunkin’ Brands’ counterproposal and was increasing its offer to $106.50 per share, subject to the completion of definitive documentation. The proposed price represented a 20% premium over Dunkin’ Brands’ closing price as of October 23, 2020, and a 30% premium over Dunkin’ Brands’ trailing 30-day volume-weighted average stock price.

 

30


Later that morning, Ropes & Gray delivered a revised draft of the merger agreement to Paul, Weiss. The revised draft included a 50-day go-shop period with reduced termination fee if the superior proposal was from a buyer identified during the go-shop period. From October 25, 2020 until the execution of the merger agreement on October 30, 2020, the parties and their respective legal and financial advisors exchanged several drafts of, and engaged in numerous discussions and negotiations concerning the terms of the merger agreement. In the course of such discussions and negotiations, representatives of Dunkin’ Brands made several requests to include a “go shop” provision in the merger agreement and representatives of Parent replied that Parent would not proceed with a transaction that included a “go shop” period. Other significant areas of discussion and negotiation included the scope and terms of the representations, warranties and covenants, including the interim operating restrictions (particularly whether the merger agreement would allow Dunkin’ Brands to pay ordinary course dividends between the signing of the merger agreement and the closing of the transaction); certain deal protections (including the terms of the “no shop” provision and “fiduciary out” exception); the circumstances in which the parties would be permitted to terminate the agreement and the termination-related fees payable in connection therewith; and certain employee compensation-related matters. In the course of the discussions and negotiations concerning the above, representatives of Parent indicated to representatives of Dunkin’ Brands that Parent’s proposal to acquire Dunkin’ Brands was premised on the proposed transaction not causing a rapid amortization event under Dunkin’ Brands’ securitization facility that would require the facility to be repaid at or within the twelve-month period after the closing of the proposed transaction.

On the afternoon of October 25, 2020, various media outlets reported that Parent had made an offer to acquire Dunkin’ Brands for $106.50 per share. In response to inquiries from various media outlets, on October 26, 2020, Dunkin’ Brands confirmed that it was in preliminary discussions to be acquired by Parent, but declined to comment further on the details of those discussions.

On the morning of October 29, 2020, before the markets opened, Dunkin’ Brands publicly reported its third-quarter earnings

Later on October 29, 2020, representatives of Parent, Paul, Weiss, Dunkin’ Brands, the Dunkin’ Brands Board and Ropes & Gray met by videoconference to discuss the material open items in the Merger Agreement and related documents.

On the evening of October 29, 2020, Erik Morris, Co-Chief Investment Officer of Roark and board member of Parent, and Mr. DiNovi had several conversations to resolve various outstanding issues in the merger agreement.

Also on the evening of October 29, 2020, the board of directors of Parent met and approved the Merger Agreement and the proposed terms of the transaction, including the Offer Price and the other terms of the Offer and Merger, and authorized Parent to finalize the negotiation of and enter into definitive documents with respect to the transaction.

On the afternoon of October 30, 2020, Mr. DiNovi contacted Mr. Morris and again requested that the merger agreement allow Dunkin’ Brands to pay ordinary course dividends between the signing of the merger agreement and the closing of the transaction. Mr. Morris reiterated that Parent was not willing to allow Dunkin’ Brands to pay any dividends between signing and closing and that Parent would not proceed with the transaction under such circumstances.

On the evening of October 30, 2020, Parent, Purchaser and Dunkin’ Brands entered into the merger agreement.

Shortly thereafter, a press release was issued announcing the entry into the merger agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby.

Past Contacts, Transactions, Negotiations and Agreements.

For information on the Merger Agreement and the other agreements between Dunkin’ Brands and Purchaser and their respective related parties, see Section 8 — “Certain Information Concerning Parent and Purchaser” and Section 11 — “The Merger Agreement, Other Agreements — Other Agreements.”

 

31


11.

The Merger Agreement; Other Agreements.

The Merger Agreement

The following is a summary of certain provisions of the Merger Agreement. This summary of the Merger Agreement has been included to provide stockholders with information regarding its terms. It is not intended to provide any other factual disclosures about Parent, Purchaser, Dunkin’ Brands or their respective affiliates, and it is not intended to modify or supplement any rights or obligations of the parties under the Merger Agreement or any factual disclosures about Dunkin’ Brands or the transactions contemplated in the Merger Agreement contained in public reports filed by Dunkin’ Brands with the SEC. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Merger Agreement, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit (d)(1) to the Schedule TO, which is incorporated herein by reference. Copies of the Merger Agreement and the Schedule TO, and any other filings that we make with the SEC with respect to the Offer or the Merger, may be obtained in the manner set forth in Section 8 — “Certain Information Concerning Parent and Purchaser.” Stockholders and other interested parties should read the Merger Agreement for a more complete description of the provisions summarized below. Capitalized terms used in this section and not otherwise defined have the respective meanings set forth in the Merger Agreement.

The assertions embodied in the representations and warranties contained in the Merger Agreement are qualified by information in a confidential disclosure schedule delivered by Dunkin’ Brands to Parent in connection with the merger agreement (which we refer to as the “Dunkin’ Brands disclosure schedule”) and a confidential disclosure schedule delivered by Parent to Dunkin’ Brands, in each case in connection with the signing of the Merger Agreement. Moreover, certain representations and warranties in the Merger Agreement were made as of a specified date, may be subject to a contractual standard of materiality different from what might be viewed as material to stockholders, or may have been used for the purpose of allocating risk between the parties to the Merger Agreement. Accordingly, the representations and warranties contained in the Merger Agreement and summarized in this Section 11 should not be relied on by any persons as characterizations of the actual state of facts and circumstances of Dunkin’ Brands, Parent or Purchaser at the time they were made and the information in the Merger Agreement should be considered in conjunction with the entirety of the factual disclosure about Dunkin’ Brands in Dunkin’ Brands’ public reports filed with the SEC. Information concerning the subject matter of the representations and warranties may change after the date of the Merger Agreement, which subsequent information may or may not be fully reflected in Dunkin’ Brands’ public disclosures. The Merger Agreement should not be read alone, but should instead be read in conjunction with the other information regarding the Offer, the Merger, Dunkin’ Brands, Parent, Purchaser, their respective affiliates and their respective businesses that are contained in, or incorporated by reference into the Schedule TO and related exhibits, including this Offer to Purchase, and the Schedule 14D-9 filed by Dunkin’ Brands on November 16, 2020, as well as in Dunkin’ Brands’ other public filings.

The Offer

The Merger Agreement provides that Purchaser will commence the Offer on or before November 16, 2020, and that, subject to the satisfaction of the Minimum Tender Condition, the Inside Date Condition and the other conditions that are described in Section 15 — “Conditions of the Offer,” Purchaser will, and Parent will cause Purchaser to, accept for payment, and pay for, all Shares validly tendered and not validly withdrawn promptly following the applicable Offer Expiration Time. The initial Offer Expiration Time will be one minute following 11:59 p.m. (12:00 midnight), Eastern Time, on Monday, December 14, 2020.

Terms and Conditions of the Offer. The obligations of Purchaser to accept for purchase, and pay for, all Shares tendered pursuant to the Offer are subject to the prior satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 15 — “Conditions of the Offer.” The conditions to the Offer are for the sole benefit of Parent and Purchaser, and Parent and Purchaser may waive, in whole or in part, any condition to the Offer at any time and from time to time, in their sole discretion, other than the Minimum Tender Condition or the Termination

 

32


Condition, which may be waived by Parent and Purchaser only with the prior written consent of Dunkin’ Brands. Purchaser expressly reserves the right, at any time to waive, in whole or in part, any Offer Condition or modify the terms of the Offer (including by increasing the Offer Price), except that Purchaser is not permitted (without the prior written consent of the Company) to (i) reduce the number of Shares sought pursuant to the Offer, (ii) reduce the Offer Price (except to the extent required pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement in connection with a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, combination, exchange of shares or other like change), (iii) amend, modify, supplement or waive the Minimum Tender Condition or the Termination Condition, (iv) add to or amend, modify or supplement any condition to the Offer, (v) directly or indirectly amend, modify or supplement any other term of the Offer in any individual case in any manner adverse to the holders of Shares or that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to prevent or delay the consummation of the Offer or the Merger or impair the ability of Parent or Purchaser to consummate the Offer, (vi) except as expressly required or permitted by the Merger Agreement, extend or otherwise change the Offer Expiration Time, (vii) change the form of consideration payable in the Offer or (viii) provide for any “subsequent offering period” (or any extension of any thereof) within the meaning of Rule 14d-11 under the Exchange Act.

Extensions of the Offer. The Merger Agreement requires that Purchaser will, and Parent will cause Purchaser to, extend the Offer (i) for any period required by any applicable rule, regulation, interpretation or position of the SEC or its staff or of NASDAQ (including in order to resolve any comments from the SEC or the staff or NASDAQ), in each case applicable to the Offer, the Schedule 14D-9 or the Offer documents and (ii) if as of any then-scheduled Offer Expiration Time any condition to the Offer is not satisfied and has not been waived by Parent or Purchaser (to the extent permitted under the Merger Agreement), for periods of up to ten business days per extension (or such longer or shorter period as the parties may agree in writing) provided that, without Dunkin’ Brands’ written consent, Purchaser will not extend the Offer, and without Parent’s prior written consent, Purchaser will not be required to extend the Offer, in each case beyond the earlier of the Outside Date or the valid termination of the Merger Agreement in accordance with its terms. For the foregoing clause (ii), if any then-scheduled Offer Expiration Time is ten or fewer business days before the Outside Date (after taking into account any extension thereof pursuant to the Merger Agreement), Purchaser will instead extend the Offer until 11:59 p.m., Eastern Time, on the day before the Outside Date (or such other date and time as the parties may agree in writing). If all of the conditions to the Offer other than the Inside Date Condition (and other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Offer Expiration Time) have been satisfied (or waived) in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement at any then-scheduled Offer Expiration Time, Purchaser will extend the Offer until 12:00 midnight, Eastern Time, at the end of the first business day after Friday, December 18, 2020.

Structure of the Merger; Certificate of Incorporation; Bylaws; Directors and Officers

As soon as practicable following the consummation of the Offer, and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions), Purchaser will merge with and into Dunkin’ Brands, and Dunkin’ Brands will survive the Merger as an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent. At the effective time, all of the property, rights, privileges, immunities, powers and franchises of Dunkin’ Brands and Purchaser will vest in the surviving corporation, and all debts, liabilities, obligations, restrictions and duties of Dunkin’ Brands and Purchaser will become the debts, liabilities, obligations, restrictions and duties of the surviving corporation, all as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (which we refer to as the “DGCL”), including Section 251(h) thereof. As of the effective time, the certificate of incorporation of the surviving corporation will be amended and restated as a result of the Merger so as to read in its entirety as set forth in the applicable exhibit to the Merger Agreement and the bylaws of the surviving corporation will be amended and restated to be the same as the bylaws of Purchaser in effect immediately before the effective time, and such certificate of incorporation and bylaws will not be amended, repealed or otherwise modified in any manner that would affect adversely the rights of individuals who were directors, officers, employees, fiduciaries or agents of Dunkin’ Brands or any subsidiary of Dunkin’ Brands for at least six (6) years.

 

33


The directors of Purchaser immediately prior to the effective time will be the initial directors of the surviving corporation and the officers of Dunkin’ Brands immediately prior to the effective time will be the initial officers of the surviving corporation. The initial directors and officers will hold office until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified or until the earlier of their death, resignation or removal in accordance with the certificate of incorporation and by-laws of the surviving corporation.

The Merger Agreement provides the Merger will be effected under Section 251(h) of the DGCL and will be effected without a vote of Dunkin’ Brands stockholders.

Effect of the Merger on Dunkin’ Brands Common Stock

At the effective time, each Share issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time (other than Shares (i) irrevocably accepted for purchase by Purchaser in the Offer, (ii) held in treasury by Dunkin’ Brands or owned by any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Dunkin’ Brands, (iii) owned by Parent or Purchaser or any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent or (iv) that are entitled to demand appraisal and for which appraisal rights have been properly demanded in accordance with the DGCL, will be cancelled and automatically converted into the right to receive the Offer Price in cash (which we refer to as the “Merger Consideration”). Shares described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above (other than Shares irrevocably accepted for purchase by Purchaser in the Offer), which we refer to as “Excluded Shares,” will be cancelled at the effective time and will not be exchangeable for the Merger Consideration. Dissenting shares will also be cancelled at the effective time, and the holders of such shares will be entitled to the rights granted to them under Section 262 of the DGCL (as further described in the section entitled “Appraisal Rights” on page 37).

At the effective time, each share of Purchaser common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time will be converted into and become one validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the surviving corporation.

Payment Procedures

Prior to the Acceptance Time, Parent will (i) appoint a bank or trust company approved (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) in advance by Dunkin’ Brands to act as depositary agent for the holders of Shares tendered in the Offer to receive the aggregate Offer Price to which such holders of such Shares are entitled pursuant to the Merger Agreement and to act as the paying agent for the purpose of effecting payments to the holders of Shares entitled to receive the Merger Consideration, and (ii) enter into a paying agent agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Dunkin’ Brands, with such paying agent for the receipt of such aggregate Offer Price and payment of the Merger Consideration in accordance with the Merger Agreement. Promptly after the expiration of the Offer and in any event, substantially concurrently with the Acceptance Time, Dunkin’ Brands will deposit, or will cause to be deposited, with (i) the depository agent, for the benefit of the holders of Shares irrevocably accepted for purchase by Purchaser in the Offer, cash in an amount sufficient to pay the aggregate Offer Price required to be paid pursuant to the Merger Agreement and (ii) the paying agent, for the benefit of the holders of Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time (other than Shares irrevocably accepted for purchase by Purchaser in the Offer, any Excluded Shares and any Dissenting Shares), cash in an amount sufficient to pay the aggregate Merger Consideration required to be paid pursuant to the Merger Agreement (such cash deposited with the depository agent and the paying agent, being referred to herein as the “payment fund”). To the extent that there are losses with respect to the investments of the payment fund as permitted by the Merger Agreement, or the payment fund diminishes for other reasons below the level required to make prompt payments of the Offer Price and the Merger Consideration as contemplated by the Merger Agreement, Parent shall promptly replace or restore the portion of the payment fund lost through investments or other events so as to ensure that the payment fund is, at all times, maintained at a level sufficient to make such payments.

Promptly after the effective time (and in no event later than two (2) business days thereafter), Parent will cause to be mailed to each person who was, at the effective time, a holder of record of Shares entitled to receive the

 

34


Merger Consideration: (i) a letter of transmittal and (ii) instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the certificates evidencing such Shares or the non-certificated Shares represented by book-entry (which we refer to as “book-entry shares”) in exchange for the Merger Consideration. Upon surrender of such certificates (or effective affidavits of loss in lieu thereof and delivery of a bond in a reasonable amount, if reasonably required, in each case in accordance with the Merger Agreement) to the paying agent for cancellation, together with such letter of transmittal, duly completed and validly executed in accordance with the related instructions (and such other documents as may customarily be required by the paying agent), the holder of such shares will be entitled to receive in exchange for such shares the Merger Consideration which such holder has the right to receive pursuant to the Merger Agreement.

Any holder of book-entry shares will not be required to deliver a certificate or an executed letter of transmittal to the paying agent to receive the Merger Consideration that such holder is entitled to receive in accordance with the Merger Agreement. Each registered holder of one or more book-entry shares will be, upon receipt by the paying agent of an “agent’s” message in customary form (or such other evidence, if any, as the paying agent may reasonably require), entitled to receive, and the surviving corporation is required to cause the paying agent to pay and deliver as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such agent’s message (or such other evidence, if any, as the paying agent may reasonably require), the Merger Consideration for each book-entry share.

Until surrendered as contemplated by the Merger Agreement, each stock certificate or book-entry share will be deemed at all times after the effective time to represent only the right to receive, upon such surrender, the Merger Consideration to which the holder of such stock certificate or book-entry share is entitled in accordance with the Merger Agreement. No interest will be paid or will accrue on any cash payable to holders of stock certificates or book-entry shares under the Merger Agreement.

From and after the effective time, holders of Shares will cease to have any rights as stockholders of Dunkin’ Brands, except as provided in the Merger Agreement or by law.

Any cash deposited with the paying agent that remains undistributed to the former holders of Shares twelve (12) months after the effective time will be delivered to the surviving corporation, upon demand, and any holders of Shares who have not previously complied with the exchange procedures in the merger agreement may thereafter look only to the surviving corporation, and the surviving corporation will remain liable, for payment of their claim for the Merger Consideration. Any amounts remaining unclaimed by holders of Shares as of a date which is immediately prior to such time as such amounts would otherwise escheat to or become property of any governmental authority will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, become the property of the surviving corporation free and clear of any claims or interest of any person previously entitled thereto. Neither Dunkin’ Brands nor the surviving corporation will be liable to any person in respect of any Merger Consideration delivered to a public official pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar law.

If any stock certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, then upon (i) the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming such stock certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed, and (ii) if reasonably required by the surviving corporation, an indemnity bond reasonable in amount, the paying agent will pay in respect of such lost, stolen or destroyed stock certificate the Merger Consideration to which the holder of such stock certificate is entitled under the Merger Agreement. In the event of a transfer of ownership of Shares that is not registered in the transfer records of Dunkin’ Brands, payment of the Merger Consideration may be made to a person other than the person in whose name the stock certificate or book-entry share so surrendered is registered if such stock certificate or book-entry share representing such shares will be presented to the paying agent, accompanied by all documents required to evidence and effect such transfer or otherwise be in proper form for transfer, and the person requesting such payment pays any transfer or other taxes required solely by reason of the payment of the Merger Consideration to a person other than the registered holder of such stock certificate or book-entry share or establish to the reasonable satisfaction of Parent that such tax has been paid or is not applicable.

 

35


Treatment and Payment of Dunkin’ Brands Equity Awards

At the effective time, each Option (except for Options granted to a Specified Person that are otherwise scheduled to vest on or after April 1, 2021) and each Restricted Stock Unit will become fully vested and/or exercisable, as applicable, and be canceled and converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to (i) in the case of Options, the product of (x) amount by which the Offer Price exceeds the applicable exercise price per Option, multiplied by (y) the number of Shares subject to such Option and (ii) in the case of Restricted Stock Units, the product of the Offer Price multiplied by the number of Shares subject to such Restricted Stock Unit, in each case, less any applicable withholding taxes. At the effective time, each Performance Stock Unit will be canceled and converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to the product of the Offer Price multiplied by the number of Shares subject to such Performance Stock Unit, with the number of Performance Stock Units (A) for Performance Stock Units granted in 2018, deemed earned at 140% of target and (B) for Performance Stock Units granted in 2019 and 2020, deemed earned at 100% of target, less any applicable withholding taxes. Such amounts payable in respect of such Options, Restricted Stock Units and Performance Stock Units will be subject to applicable tax withholding and will be paid immediately following the effective time, but in any event no later than five business days following the effective time.

Each Option granted to a Specified Person that is scheduled to vest on or after April 1, 2021, will be cancelled and converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to the product of the amount by which the Offer Price exceeds the applicable exercise price per Option multiplied by the number of Shares subject to such Option, less any applicable withholding taxes, payable on or following the applicable vesting date of such Option (but not later than the first payroll date following such applicable vesting date), subject to the holder’s continued employment or service through such vesting date, with accelerated vesting on the business day immediately following the first anniversary of the effective time and certain other events specified in the Merger Agreement.

Dunkin’ Brands ESPP

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, promptly following October 30, 2020, the Dunkin’ Brands Board (or, if applicable, the committee thereof administering the Dunkin’ Brands Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”)) will adopt such resolutions or take such other necessary actions such that (i) with respect to any “purchase period(s)” (as defined in the ESPP) in progress as of October 30, 2020 under the ESPP, such purchase period(s) will terminate and any option to purchase Shares under the ESPP will be deemed to have been exercised upon the earlier to occur of (A) the day that is one (1) business day prior to the effective time or (B) the date on which such purchase period(s) would otherwise end, and no additional purchase period(s) will commence under such ESPP after October 30, 2020; (ii) no individual participating in the ESPP will be permitted to (A) increase the amount of his or her rate of payroll contributions thereunder from the rate in effect as of October 30, 2020, or (B) except to the extent required by applicable law, make separate non-payroll contributions to the ESPP on or following October 30, 2020; (iii) no individual who is not participating in ESPP as of October 30, 2020 may commence participation in the ESPP following October 30, 2020; (iv) the amount of the accumulated contributions of each participant under the ESPP as of immediately prior to the effective time will, to the extent not used to purchase Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions of the ESPP, be refunded to such participant as of the effective time (without interest); and (v) subject to the consummation of the merger, the ESPP will terminate, effective immediately prior to the effective time.

Arrangement with Specified Persons

On or prior to the Closing, Parent will offer each Specified Person (as defined in the Merger Agreement) an employment arrangement, which will be effective at, and contingent upon, the consummation of the Closing, governing the period following the effective time. Pursuant to such employment arrangements the Specified Person will be entitled to the following compensation during calendar year 2021; (a) the Specified Person’s base salary as in effect during fiscal year 2020; (b) an annual bonus opportunity equal to the Specified Person’s target bonus opportunity during fiscal year 2020, payable without regard to the satisfaction of any performance criteria;

 

36


(c) a retention bonus payment equal to the Specified Person’s annual base salary; and (d) a one-time cash equity payment. Amounts with respect to the annual bonus opportunity, retention bonus and cash equity payment will be payable promptly following the business day immediately following the first anniversary of the date on which the effective time occurs (or, in the case of the target bonus opportunity at such time as bonuses are paid to employees generally, but not later than March 15, 2022), subject, in each case, to the Specified Person’s continued employment on the business day immediately following the first anniversary of the date on which the effective time occurs. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the employment arrangements with such Specified Person will provide that the Specified Person may not resign for good reason (as such term is defined in the Dunkin’ Brands’ Executive Change in Control Severance Plan or such person’s employment agreement, award agreement under an equity plan of Dunkin’ Brands, or any other arrangement with Dunkin’ Brands or its subsidiaries) during the period commencing at the effective time and ending on the business day immediately following the first anniversary of the date on which the effective time occurs.

Appraisal Rights

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Merger Agreement, Shares that are outstanding immediately prior to the effective time and that are held by Dunkin’ Brands stockholders that are entitled to demand appraisal and have demanded properly in writing appraisal for such shares in accordance with Section 262 (collectively, we refer to such shares as the “dissenting shares”) will not be converted into, or represent the right to receive, the Merger Consideration, unless such holder fails to perfect, withdraws or otherwise loses the right to appraisal. At the effective time, all dissenting shares will no longer be outstanding and will automatically be cancelled and will cease to exist, and, except as otherwise provided by applicable laws, each holder of dissenting shares will cease to have any rights with respect to the dissenting shares, other than such rights as are granted under Section 262. Such stockholders will be entitled to receive payment of the appraised value of such shares held by them in accordance with the provisions of Section 262, except that all dissenting shares held by stockholders who have failed to perfect or who effectively have withdrawn or lost their rights to appraisal of such shares under such Section 262 will thereupon be deemed to have been converted into, and to have become exchangeable for, as of the effective time, the right to receive the Merger Consideration, without any interest thereon, upon surrender, in the manner provided in the Merger Agreement, of the certificate or certificates that formerly evidenced such shares.

Dunkin’ Brands is required to give Parent (i) prompt notice and copies of any demands for appraisal received by Dunkin’ Brands, withdrawals of such demands and any other instruments served pursuant to the DGCL and received by Dunkin’ Brands and (ii) the opportunity to direct and control all negotiations and proceedings with respect to such demands for appraisal under Delaware law; provided that Dunkin’ Brands shall have the right to participate in all such negotiations and proceedings. Dunkin’ Brands may not, except with the prior written consent of Parent, make any payment, or offer or agree to make any payment, with respect to any demands for appraisal or offer to settle or settle any such demands.

Representations and Warranties; Material Adverse Effect

The Merger Agreement contains representations and warranties of Dunkin’ Brands and of Parent and Purchaser.

Subject to certain exceptions in the Merger Agreement, in the Dunkin’ Brands disclosure schedule and as disclosed in Dunkin’ Brands’ public filings with the SEC on or after December 31, 2016, the Merger Agreement contains representations and warranties of Dunkin’ Brands as to, among other things:

 

   

organization, good standing and qualification to do business;

 

   

subsidiaries;

 

   

authorized share capital of Dunkin’ Brands, issued and outstanding equity of Dunkin’ Brands and other matters regarding capitalization;

 

   

corporate authority relative to the Merger Agreement, consents and approvals relating to the execution, delivery and performance of the Merger Agreement;

 

37


   

absence of conflicts and required consents;

 

   

reports, forms, documents and financial statements of Dunkin’ Brands required by the SEC and establishment and maintenance of certain disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

absence of certain events or changes in the business of Dunkin’ Brands from June 27, 2020 to October 30, 2020, including an absence of a Material Adverse Effect;

 

   

litigation against or involving Dunkin’ Brands;

 

   

Dunkin’ Brands’ material contracts and enforceability thereof;

 

   

compliance with applicable laws (including anti-corruption laws) and permits;

 

   

Dunkin’ Brands’ employee benefit plans, employee relations and related labor matters;

 

   

real estate owned and leased by Dunkin’ Brands;

 

   

Dunkin’ Brands’ tax returns, filings and other tax matters;

 

   

compliance with environmental laws, permits issued pursuant to such environmental laws and absence of lawsuits against Dunkin’ Brands pertaining to such environmental laws;

 

   

insurance;

 

   

Dunkin’ Brands’ franchisees, including contractual relationships;

 

   

Dunkin’ Brands’ intellectual property;

 

   

quality and safety of food and beverage products of Dunkin’ Brands;

 

   

absence of affiliate transactions;

 

   

the top ten (10) largest suppliers to the Dunkin’ brand and Baskin-Robbins brand, and absence of certain changes relating to those relationships;

 

   

approval by the Dunkin’ Brands Board;

 

   

applicable state anti-takeover statutes or regulations;

 

   

opinion of Dunkin’ Brands’ financial advisor;

 

   

brokers’ fees and expenses; and

 

   

confirmation with respect to information supplied for this Schedule TO and statements made in other documents required to be filed with the SEC or distributed to Dunkin’ Brands’ stockholders by Dunkin’ Brands in connection with the Offer.

In addition, Dunkin’ Brands made representations and warranties regarding the indenture, including any supplements thereto (collectively, we refer to such indenture and supplements as the “securitization agreement”), between itself and Citibank, N.A., as trustee, pursuant to which subsidiaries of Dunkin’ Brands have issued multiple series of Class A-1 and Class A-2 senior secured notes. Dunkin’ Brands represented and warranted under the Merger Agreement that each of the securitization agreement and the related management agreement, among certain subsidiaries of Dunkin’ Brands, is in full force and effect and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Dunkin’ Brands and its subsidiaries who are parties to such agreements and, to Dunkin’ Brands’ knowledge, the other parties to such agreements. Furthermore, Dunkin’ Brands represented and warranted to, as of October 30, 2020 and as of the closing date, the absence of a “Securitization Adverse Event” other than any Securitization Adverse Event resulting from actions taken by, or at the written direction or with the written consent of, Parent or an affiliate of Parent.

 

38


A “Securitization Adverse Event” is defined as:

1.    certain defaults, termination events and events that could, or could potentially, accelerate payment of indebtedness under the securitization agreement or under certain related agreements (which we refer to, including the management agreement specified above, as the “Collateral Transaction Documents”); or

2.    any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification to the securitization agreement or any Collateral Transaction Document or any action to cure events that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become an event described in paragraph (i) above without Parent’s written consent, other than, in each case, certain immaterial amendments, including waivers, consents or other modifications or cures that do not adversely affect Dunkin’ Brands and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in any respect (other than a de minimis adverse effect) or result in direct out-of-pocket expenditures by Dunkin’ Brands or its subsidiaries exceeding $1,000,000 in the aggregate (which we refer to collectively as “immaterial amendments”).

If any “default” or any event that could potentially accelerate payment of indebtedness under the securitization agreement referred to in paragraph (i) above or other event under the Collateral Transaction Documents occurs that would reasonably be expected to result in any of the other events described in paragraph (i) above, and such “default” or other event under the Collateral Transaction Documents is capable of being cured pursuant to the applicable agreement (which we refer to as a “Specified Default”), Parent or Dunkin’ Brands each has the right to extend the Outside Date under the Merger Agreement for the duration of the cure period under the applicable agreement (but not in excess of thirty (30) days) so long as any such cure is either an immaterial amendment, or if Parent has provided its written consent.

Subject to certain exceptions in the Merger Agreement, the Merger Agreement also contains representations and warranties of Parent and Purchaser as to, among other things:

 

   

organization, good standing and qualification to do business;

 

   

corporate authority relative to the Merger Agreement, consents and approvals relating to the execution, delivery and performance of the Merger Agreement;

 

   

absence of conflicts and consents;

 

   

absence of ownership of any Shares;

 

   

litigation against or involving Parent;

 

   

operations of Purchaser;

 

   

that Parent has provided Dunkin’ Brands true, accurate and complete copies of equity commitment letter and debt commitment papers, pursuant to which the Investors and the debt financing sources party to the debt commitment papers have committed to provide, subject to the terms and conditions contained therein, funds which together with the cash on hand of Parent and existing revolving borrowing capacity of Parent, represent the full amount of the Merger Consideration and other amounts payable in connection with the Merger and the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement;

 

   

that Parent and Purchaser have provided Dunkin’ Brands a true, complete and correct copy of the limited guaranty of the Guarantors, pursuant to which the Guarantors have guaranteed the full amount of the Parent Termination Fee, and fees, expenses, liabilities and damages payable by Parent or Purchaser pursuant to the Merger Agreement;

 

   

the solvency of Parent immediately after giving effect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement;

 

   

broker’s fees and expenses;

 

   

confirmation with respect to statements made in this Schedule TO and other documents required to be filed with the SEC or distributed to Dunkin’ Brands’ stockholders by Parent or Purchaser in connection with the Offer; and

 

39


   

non-reliance on estimates, projections, forecasts, forward-looking statements and business plans of Dunkin’ Brands.

Some of the representations and warranties in the Merger Agreement are qualified by materiality qualifications or a “Material Adverse Effect” qualification with respect to Dunkin’ Brands or a “Parent Material Adverse Effect” with respect to Parent or Purchaser.

For purposes of the Merger Agreement, a “Material Adverse Effect” with respect to Dunkin’ Brands means any change, effect, event, occurrence, development, condition or fact that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, assets, liabilities or results of operations of Dunkin’ Brands and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

However, no change, effect, event, occurrence, development, condition or fact arising out of or resulting from any of the following, alone or in combination, will be deemed to constitute, or be taken into account in determining whether there has been, or there is reasonably expected to be, a Material Adverse Effect:

 

   

a change in general political, social, geopolitical or regulatory conditions (including any changes or developments arising from or in connection with the November 3, 2020 United States federal elections and the results thereof);

 

   

any change in economic, financial, credit, banking, currency or capital market conditions, including interest, foreign exchange or exchange rates or any suspension of trading in securities (whether equity, debt, derivative or hybrid securities) on any securities exchange or over-the-counter market;

 

   

a change generally affecting the industry, or other companies in the industry, in which Dunkin’ Brands and its subsidiaries operate;

 

   

any change in accounting requirements or principles required by GAAP (or any authoritative interpretations thereof);

 

   

any adoption, implementation, promulgation, repeal, modification, change, reinterpretation or proposal of any law;

 

   

any seasonal fluctuations affecting any of the businesses of Dunkin’ Brands, its subsidiaries or its franchisees;

 

   

any change in prices, availability or quality of raw materials used in any of the businesses of Dunkin’ Brands, its subsidiaries or its franchisees;

 

   

any plagues, pandemics (including COVID 19) or any escalation or worsening or subsequent waves thereof, epidemics or other outbreaks of diseases or public health events, escalation or acts of terrorism or sabotage, cyberterrorism, armed hostility, war (whether or not declared), military action or any weather related event, fire, volcanoes, tsunamis, earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, wild fires, weather conditions or other natural or man made disaster, force majeure or acts of God or other national or international calamity or the escalation or worsening of any of the occurrences or conditions referred to in this provision;

 

   

any quarantine, “shelter in place,” “stay at home,” workforce reduction, social distancing, shut down, closure, sequester, safety or similar law, directive, restrictions, guidelines, responses or recommendations of or promulgated by any governmental authority, including the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the World Health Organization, in each case, in connection with or in response to SARS CoV 2 or COVID 19 (together, “COVID 19”) and any evolutions or mutations thereof or related or associated epidemics, pandemics or disease outbreaks (all of the foregoing, “COVID 19 Measures”), including any change, effect, event, occurrence, development, condition or fact with respect to COVID 19 or the COVID 19 Measures or any escalation or worsening thereof (including any subsequent waves);

 

40


   

any changes in the market price or trading volume of the Shares or change in Dunkin’ Brands’ credit ratings, provided, that, except as otherwise provided in this definition, the underlying causes of such failure referred to in this clause may be considered in determining whether there is a material adverse effect;

 

   

the announcement of the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or the pendency, performance or consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, including any impact on Dunkin’ Brands’ or its subsidiaries’ relationships with employees, customers, suppliers, Dunkin’ Brands’ franchisees or any other person (including pursuant to contractual relationships); provided, that such exception does not relate to the representation regarding the absence of conflicts and events;

 

   

the taking of any action required by, or the failure to take any action prohibited by, the Merger Agreement or consented to or requested by Parent;

 

   

any failure to meet, or changes to, any internal or published projections, forecasts, guidance, estimates, milestones, budgets, operating statistics or internal or published financial or operating predictions of revenue, earnings, cash flow, cash position or other financial or performance measures or operating statistics for any period (whether made by Dunkin’ Brands or third parties), provided, that the underlying causes of such failure may be considered in determining whether there is a material adverse effect;

 

   

the identity of, or any facts relating to, Dunkin’ Brands or Purchaser; or

 

   

any actions relating to the Merger Agreement or the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement made or brought by any of the current or former stockholders of Dunkin’ Brands (on their own behalf or on behalf of Dunkin’ Brands) or any other person.

However, with respect to the change, effect, event, occurrence, development, condition or fact arising out of the exceptions described in the first, second, third, fourth and fifth bullet points above, such exceptions will only apply to the extent that such change, effect, event, occurrence, development, condition or fact has a materially disproportionate impact on Dunkin’ Brands and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as compared to other companies that operate in the industries and geographic markets in which Dunkin’ Brands and its subsidiaries operate. For purposes of determining whether there is a materially disproportionate impact on Dunkin’ Brands and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as compared to other companies that operate in the industries and geographic markets in which Dunkin’ Brands and its subsidiaries operate, Dunkin’ Brands and its subsidiaries will be compared to other companies that have comparable presences in the geographic markets in which Dunkin’ Brands and its subsidiaries operate.

For the purpose of the Merger Agreement, a “Parent Material Adverse Effect” with respect to Parent means any change, effect, event, occurrence, development, condition or fact that would reasonably be expected to prevent, materially delay or materially impede the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (including the Offer and the Merger) by Parent or Purchaser or otherwise prevent, materially delay or materially impede Parent or Purchaser from performing its obligations under the Merger Agreement.

Conduct of Business Pending the Merger

The Merger Agreement provides that, during the period commencing on October 30, 2020, and ending at the effective time, except (i) as set forth in Dunkin’ Brands disclosure schedule or as otherwise permitted by the Merger Agreement or for matters required by law or any actions taken reasonably and in good faith in response to COVID-19 or COVID-19 Measures or in connection with the November 3, 2020 United States federal elections and the results thereof (provided that, except as expressly set forth in the following paragraph or expressly set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company is not permitted to take any actions in response to COVID-19 or COVID-19 Measures or in connection with the November 3, 2020 United States

 

41


federal elections and the results thereof that would otherwise not be permitted by the following paragraph), or (ii) as consented to in writing by Parent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Dunkin’ Brands must, and must cause each of its subsidiaries to, use reasonable best efforts to conduct its businesses in all material respects in the ordinary course of business, and use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve materially intact its and its subsidiaries’ business organization, preserve in all material respects Dunkin’ Brands’ and its subsidiaries’ relationships with significant franchisees and the franchise system as a whole, key employees and its material suppliers, licensors, licensees, distributors, wholesalers, lessors and others having significant business dealings with Dunkin’ Brands or any of its subsidiaries and comply in all material respects with applicable law; provided that, Dunkin’ Brands will not be obligated to take any action that would not be permitted by the following paragraph and the failure to not take any action not permitted by the following paragraph will not be deemed a breach of the Merger Agreement.

Further, the Merger Agreement also provides that, from October 30, 2020, through the effective time, except (i) as set forth in Dunkin’ Brands disclosure schedule or as otherwise expressly required by the Merger Agreement or for matters required by law or contract, or (ii) with the prior written consent of Parent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (and such consent will be deemed to be given if within five (5) business days after Dunkin’ Brands has provided to Parent a written request for consent, Parent has not rejected such request in writing), Dunkin’ Brands must not, and must not permit any of its subsidiaries, to do any of the following (among other prohibitions):

 

   

declare, authorize, establish a record date for, set aside or pay any dividends on, or make any other distributions (whether in cash, stock or other equity, property or a combination thereof) in respect of, any of its capital stock, other than dividends or distributions by a wholly-owned subsidiary of Dunkin’ Brands to its parent;

 

   

split, combine or reclassify any of its capital stock or issue or authorize the issuance of any other securities in lieu of or in substitution for shares of its capital stock;

 

   

repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock or any options, warrants, rights, convertible or exchangeable securities, stock-settled performance units or other rights to acquire any such shares or other rights that give the holder thereof any economic interest of a nature accruing to the holders of such shares, other than (i) the acquisition by Dunkin’ Brands of Shares in connection with the surrender of shares by holders of Dunkin’ Brands stock options in order to pay the exercise price thereof, (ii) the withholding of Shares to satisfy tax obligations with respect to awards granted pursuant to Dunkin’ Brands’ stock plans, (iii) the acquisition by Dunkin’ Brands of Shares pursuant to a re-purchase plan that was publicly announced prior to October 30, 2020 and (iv) the acquisition by Dunkin’ Brands of Options, Restricted Stock Units and Performance Stock Units in connection with the forfeiture of such awards pursuant to their respective terms;

 

   

issue, deliver or sell any shares of its capital stock or other voting securities or equity interests, any options, warrants, rights, convertible or exchangeable securities, stock-settled performance units or other rights to acquire any such shares, securities, interests or other rights that give the holder thereof any economic interest of a nature accruing to the holders of such shares or securities, other than (i) upon the exercise or settlement of awards under Dunkin’ Brands’ stock plans outstanding on October 30, 2020 or granted thereafter pursuant to the Merger Agreement in accordance with their present terms, and (ii) issuances of restricted stock units as set forth in Dunkin’ Brands disclosure schedule;

 

   

amend Dunkin’ Brands’ charter or by-laws or the comparable organizational documents of any of Dunkin’ Brands’ subsidiaries;

 

   

acquire, directly or indirectly, whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or acquisition of stock or assets or otherwise, (A) any other person (or all or substantially all of the assets of any person) or (B) any assets, real property, securities, properties, interests or businesses that are material to Dunkin’ Brands and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, subject to limited exceptions;

 

42


   

sell, transfer, lease, license, sublicense, abandon or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets that are material to Dunkin’ Brands and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (including capital stock or other ownership interests of any subsidiary of Dunkin’ Brands and any joint venture to which Dunkin’ Brands or any of its subsidiaries are a party and is material to Dunkin’ Brands and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and intangible property), subject to certain exceptions;

 

   

(i) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money, issue or sell any debt securities or warrants or other rights to acquire any debt securities of Dunkin’ Brands or any of its subsidiaries or guarantee any such indebtedness or any debt securities of another person or enter into any “keep well” or similar agreement to maintain any financial statement condition of another person (other than Dunkin’ Brands or any wholly-owned subsidiary of Dunkin’ Brands) (subject to certain exceptions, including the incurrence of indebtedness not prohibited by the securitization agreement in an amount not to exceed $3,000,000 in the aggregate) or (ii) make any loans or capital contributions to, or investments in, any other person, in an aggregate amount of $3,000,000 or more for all such investments, other than to any wholly-owned subsidiary of Dunkin’ Brands;

 

   

increase the compensation, bonus, severance or termination pay payable or that could become payable by Dunkin’ Brands or any of its subsidiaries to any current or former directors or vice presidents or more senior employees, subject to certain exceptions;

 

   

enter into any employment, consulting, severance, retention or termination agreement or arrangement with any director or executive officer of Dunkin’ Brands;

 

   

establish, adopt or enter into or amend in any material respect any collective bargaining agreement or other agreement with a labor union, works council or similar organization;

 

   

establish, adopt, enter into, materially modify or terminate any employee benefit plan other than amendments to such plan in the ordinary course of business and renewals of employee benefit plans that are health, welfare and insurance plans in the ordinary course of business;

 

   

act to accelerate or fund or in any other way secure any rights or benefits under any Plan to the extent not already provided in any such Plan;

 

   

pay any bonus to any of the current or former directors, officers, employees or individual consultants of Dunkin’ Brands or its subsidiaries, other than annual bonuses payable in respect of fiscal year 2020 as set forth in Dunkin’ Brands disclosure schedule;

 

   

promote any employee who is an officer to a position more senior than such employee’s position as of October 30, 2020, or promote a non-officer employee to an officer position;

 

   

grant any new awards under any Plan except as contemplated in the Merger Agreement;

 

   

take any action to amend, waive or accelerate any rights or benefits under any Plan;

 

   

grant, amend or modify any equity or equity-based awards (except as provided for above);

 

   

hire or terminate without cause any vice president or more senior employee;

 

   

forgive any loans, or issue any loans (other than loans under any employee benefit plan intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Code and routine travel and business advances issued in the ordinary course of business), to directors, officers or employees of Dunkin’ Brands or any of its subsidiaries;

 

   

settle any legal action, in each case involving or against Dunkin’ Brands or any subsidiary of Dunkin’ Brands, subject to certain exceptions;

 

   

make any material change in accounting methods, principles or practices by Dunkin’ Brands or any of its subsidiaries except as required by generally accepted accounting principles (or any interpretation thereof), including pursuant to standards, guidelines and interpretations of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or any similar organization, or by law;

 

43


   

adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation, restructuring, recapitalization or other reorganization (other than internal reorganizations solely by or among wholly-owned subsidiaries of Dunkin’ Brands) or enter into a new line of business or franchise system;

 

   

take certain tax-related actions;

 

   

make capital expenditures other than in accordance with the annual budget for 2020 provided to Parent, maintenance capital expenditures and required repairs and expenditures in the ordinary course of business and any other capital expenditures taken outside of the ordinary course of business not in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate;

 

   

voluntarily terminate, materially amend or modify or waive material rights or material claims under certain material contracts or enter into any contract that would have been considered such contract if it had been entered into prior to October 30, 2020, in each case, other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

   

enter into any material contract that would, to the knowledge of Dunkin’ Brands, bind affiliates of the surviving corporation (other than Dunkin’ Brands, the surviving corporation or subsidiaries of Dunkin’ Brands or the surviving corporation) following the closing;

 

   

fail to use commercially reasonable efforts to renew or maintain existing insurance policies or form any captive insurance program;

 

   

make any material change to the terms of Dunkin’ Brands’ or any of its subsidiaries’ system-wide policies or procedures with respect to franchisee royalty or other fees and charges, or maintenance of Dunkin’ Brands funds or franchisee incentives or franchisee economic assistance, in each case, other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

   

subject to certain exceptions, open any restaurant in a country where Dunkin’ Brands or any subsidiary does not currently have an owned or franchised restaurant or otherwise engage in any other operations in any country in which Dunkin’ Brands or any subsidiary does not currently conduct other operations; or

 

   

agree to take any of the above actions.

Other Covenants and Agreements

No Solicitation; Acquisition Proposals

Except as expressly permitted by the Merger Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands has agreed that it will and will cause its subsidiaries and will instruct its and its subsidiaries’ respective officers, directors, employees, financial advisors, accountants, consultants, legal counsel, agents and other representatives and advisors (which we refer to as “representatives”) to promptly cease and cause to be terminated, any solicitation, discussions or negotiations that may be ongoing with a potential acquirer or its representative with respect to an Acquisition Proposal, and will promptly request the prompt return or destruction of all confidential information previously furnished in connection therewith and promptly terminate all physical and electronic data room access previously granted to any such person or its representatives.

Under the Merger Agreement, an “Acquisition Proposal” means any proposal or offer, from any person or group, other than Parent, Purchaser or their affiliates, relating to (A) any direct or indirect acquisition, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of (1) assets constituting 20% or more of the consolidated assets, revenue or net income of Dunkin’ Brands and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (based on the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Dunkin’ Brands Board), including an acquisition of 20% or more of such consolidated assets, revenue or net income of Dunkin’ Brands and its subsidiaries indirectly through the acquisition of equity interests of one of Dunkin’ Brands’ subsidiaries, or (2) 20% or more of any class of voting securities of Dunkin’ Brands; (B) any tender offer or exchange offer that, if consummated, would result in any

 

44


person beneficially owning, or having the right to acquire beneficial ownership of, 20% or more of any class of voting securities of Dunkin’ Brands; or (C) any merger, consolidation, business combination, recapitalization, share exchange, joint venture, restructuring, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or other similar transaction involving Dunkin’ Brands and its wholly-owned subsidiaries whose assets, individually or in the aggregate, constitute 20% or more of the consolidated assets, revenue or net income of Dunkin’ Brands and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (based on the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Dunkin’ Brands Board) (other than any such transaction among Dunkin’ Brands and any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries or among its wholly-owned subsidiaries).

Except as permitted by the Merger Agreement (as described below), prior to the consummation of the Offer, Dunkin’ Brands has agreed that neither it nor any of its subsidiaries will, and it will direct its representatives and its subsidiaries’ representatives not to (i) solicit, initiate, knowingly encourage or knowingly facilitate any inquiries with respect to, or the submission of, any Acquisition Proposal, (ii) engage in, continue or otherwise participate in discussions or negotiations regarding, or furnish to any person any non-public information in connection with, any Acquisition Proposal for the purpose of knowingly facilitating or encouraging an Acquisition Proposal (provided that notifying such person of the existence of the relevant restriction from doing so in the Merger Agreement will not constitute a breach of the Merger Agreement) or (iii) except for an acceptable confidentiality agreement, enter into any acquisition agreement, Merger Agreement or similar agreement relating to any Acquisition Proposal (we refer to each as an “acquisition agreement”).

Receipt of Acquisition Proposal

Prior to the consummation of the Offer, if Dunkin’ Brands receives an Acquisition Proposal that did not result from a material breach of the non-solicitation provisions of the Merger Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands, its subsidiaries and their representatives may contact the person making such Acquisition Proposal to clarify the terms and conditions thereof or to inform such person of the existence of the provisions in the Merger Agreement restricting Dunkin’ Brands’ and its subsidiaries’ solicitation of Acquisition Proposals. If the Dunkin’ Brands Board determines (after consultation with its outside legal counsel and financial advisors) that such Acquisition Proposal is, or could reasonably be expected to lead to or result in, a Superior Proposal, Dunkin’ Brands its subsidiaries and their representatives may (i) engage or participate in discussions or negotiations with the person making such Acquisition Proposal and its representatives regarding such Acquisition Proposal and (ii) furnish information to the person making such Acquisition Proposal and its representatives pursuant to a confidentiality agreement with terms no less favorable, in the aggregate, to Dunkin’ Brands than the terms of the confidentiality agreement entered into by Parent and Dunkin’ Brands in connection with the Merger Agreement (which we refer to as an “acceptable confidentiality agreement”). Dunkin’ Brands will promptly furnish to Parent any information that is furnished to any such person which was not previously furnished to Parent or its representatives.

Under the Merger Agreement, a “Superior Proposal” means any written Acquisition Proposal that is on terms that the Dunkin’ Brands Board determines in good faith, after consultation with its outside legal counsel and financial advisors, and after taking into account the legal, financial, financing, regulatory and other aspects of such Acquisition Proposal (x) is reasonably capable of being consummated in accordance with its terms and (y) if consummated would result in a transaction more favorable to Dunkin’ Brands stockholders, from a financial point of view, than the Merger (taking into account any proposed amendment or modification proposed by Parent). For purposes of the reference to “Acquisition Proposal” in the definition of Superior Proposal, all references to “20%” in the definition of “Acquisition Proposal” will be deemed references to “51%.”

Notice of Acquisition Proposal

After receipt of any Acquisition Proposal or any request for non-public information relating to an Acquisition Proposal or inquiries, offers or proposals that could reasonably be expected to result in an Acquisition Proposal, Dunkin’ Brands must, within forty-eight (48) hours, notify Parent of the material terms of such Acquisition Proposal or similar request, inquiry, offer or proposal received by Dunkin’ Brands, and the identity of the person

 

45


or group making such Acquisition Proposal, request, inquiry, offer or proposal. Dunkin’ Brands must (i) keep Parent reasonably informed on a reasonably prompt basis of the status and material terms of, and material changes in, any such Acquisition Proposal, request, inquiry, offer or proposal (including copies of any material written requests, proposals, offers or agreements) and (ii) make available to Parent copies of all written due diligence materials concerning Dunkin’ Brands provided by Dunkin’ Brands to such party to the extent not previously made available to Parent. Promptly and within forty-eight (48) hours following a determination by Dunkin’ Brands that an Acquisition Proposal is a Superior Proposal, Dunkin’ Brands must notify Parent of such determination.

Dunkin’ Brands Board Recommendation; Adverse Recommendation Change; Fiduciary Exception

Dunkin’ Brands has represented in the Merger Agreement that by resolutions duly adopted at a meeting duly called and held, the Dunkin’ Brands Board unanimously: (i) determined that the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby (including the Offer and the Merger) are fair to and in the best interests of Dunkin’ Brands and its stockholders; (ii) declared it advisable to enter into the Merger Agreement; (iii) authorized and approved the execution, delivery and performance by Dunkin’ Brands of the Merger Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby (including the Offer and the Merger); and (iv) resolved, subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement, to recommend that the stockholders of Dunkin’ Brands accept the Offer and tender their Shares to Purchaser pursuant to the Offer (such recommendation, the “Dunkin’ Brands Board Recommendation”).

Except as permitted by the Merger Agreement, the Merger Agreement provides that the Dunkin’ Brands Board will not effect an “Adverse Recommendation Change” except as described below. Under the Merger Agreement, generally, the Dunkin’ Brands Board may not (i) withhold, withdraw or adversely qualify (or materially modify or amend in a manner adverse to Parent or Purchaser) the Dunkin’ Brands Board Recommendation; (ii) approve, adopt or recommend, or declare the advisability of, any Acquisition Proposal; (iii) fail to include the Dunkin’ Brands Board Recommendation in Dunkin’ Brands’ Schedule 14D-9; (iv) fail to recommend against any Acquisition Proposal that is a tender offer or exchange offer that is subject to Regulation 14D under the Exchange Act within ten (10) business days after the commencement of such offer; or (v) if an Acquisition Proposal (other than described in the previous clause (iv)) has been publicly announced or disclosed, fail to reaffirm the Dunkin’ Brands Board Recommendation upon the written request of Parent within ten (10) business days after such written request (any action in the foregoing clauses (i)-(v) being referred to as an “Adverse Recommendation Change”). Parent may deliver only one (1) such request with respect to any Acquisition Proposal, provided that Parent may deliver an additional such request following any material change to any Acquisition Proposal. However, certain determinations of the Dunkin’ Brands Board specified in the Merger Agreement or notices delivered to Parent pursuant to the Merger Agreement do not constitute an Adverse Recommendation Change.

The Dunkin’ Brands Board or any committee thereof may waive any standstill provisions in any agreement to the extent such standstill provisions would prohibit the counterparty from making an Acquisition Proposal privately to the Dunkin’ Brands Board. Dunkin’ Brands must provide written notice to Parent of any such waiver or release of any standstill by Dunkin’ Brands (including disclosure of the identities of the parties thereto), except any waiver or release that occurs automatically as a result of the entry by Dunkin’ Brands into the Merger Agreement.

Prior to the consummation of the Offer, if in response to an unsolicited Acquisition Proposal made after October 30, 2020 that did not result from a material breach of the non-solicitation provisions of the Merger Agreement and that has not been withdrawn, the Dunkin’ Brands Board determines (after consultation with outside legal counsel and financial advisors) that such Acquisition Proposal is a Superior Proposal and determines (after consultation with its outside legal counsel) that its failure to take such action would reasonably be expected to be inconsistent with its fiduciary duties under applicable law, then (i) the Dunkin’ Brands Board may make an Adverse Recommendation Change or (ii) Dunkin’ Brands may terminate the Merger Agreement in

 

46


order to enter into an acquisition agreement with respect to such Superior Proposal. Dunkin’ Brands may only terminate the Merger Agreement to enter into an acquisition agreement with respect to such Superior Proposal if prior to, or substantially concurrently with such termination it pays the termination fee described in the “—Dunkin’ Brands Termination Fee” section below and concurrently with such termination enters into an acquisition agreement with respect to such Superior Proposal.

Prior to effecting an Adverse Recommendation Change with respect to a Superior Proposal or terminating the Merger Agreement in order to enter into an acquisition agreement with respect to a Superior Proposal, (i) Dunkin’ Brands must notify Parent in writing that it intends to take such action, (ii) Dunkin’ Brands must provide Parent a summary of the material terms and conditions of such Superior Proposal (including the consideration offered therein and the identity of the person or group making the Superior Proposal) and an unredacted copy of the acquisition agreement, (iii) if requested to do so by Parent, for a period of four (4) business days following delivery of such notice, Dunkin’ Brands must discuss and negotiate in good faith, and will make its representatives available to discuss and negotiate in good faith, with Parent and Parent’s representatives, any proposed modifications to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement proposed by Parent in writing, and (iv) no earlier than the end of such four (4) business day period, Dunkin’ Brands must determine, after considering the terms of any amendment or modification to the Merger Agreement proposed by Parent during such four (4) business day period and in consultation with its outside legal counsel and financial advisors, that such Superior Proposal still constitutes a Superior Proposal and that its failure to take such action would reasonably be expected to be inconsistent with its fiduciary duties under applicable law. However, any change to the financial or other material terms of a proposal that was previously the subject of a notice under this paragraph will require a new notice to Parent as provided above, but with respect to any such subsequent notice, references to a “four (4) business day period” will be deemed references to a “two (2) business day period.” The actions of the Dunkin’ Brands Board in making such determination, and the providing of such notice and such determination and notice will not in itself constitute an Adverse Recommendation Change or a basis for Parent to terminate the Merger Agreement.

Intervening Event

At any time prior to the consummation of the Offer, but subject to Dunkin’ Brands’ and the Dunkin’ Brands Board’s compliance with their respective obligations to provide notice as described below, the Dunkin’ Brands Board may make an Adverse Recommendation Change in response to an intervening event if the Dunkin’ Brands Board determines (after consultation with its outside legal counsel) that the failure to effect an Adverse Recommendation Change in response to such intervening event would reasonably be expected to be inconsistent with its fiduciary duties under applicable law.

Prior to effecting an Adverse Recommendation Change with respect to an intervening event, (i) Dunkin’ Brands must notify Parent in writing that it intends to effect an Adverse Recommendation Change, describing in reasonable detail the reasons for such Adverse Recommendation Change and the material facts and circumstances relating to such intervening event, (ii) if requested to do so by Parent, for a period of three (3) business days following delivery of such notice, Dunkin’ Brands must discuss and negotiate in good faith, and will make its representatives available to discuss and negotiate in good faith, with Parent’s representatives any proposed modifications to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement to obviate the need for such Adverse Recommendation Change and (iii) no earlier than the end of such three (3) business day period, the Dunkin’ Brands Board must determine, after considering the terms of any proposed amendment or modification to the Merger Agreement agreed upon by Parent during such three (3) business day period and in consultation with its outside legal counsel, that the failure to effect an Adverse Recommendation Change would still reasonably be expected to be inconsistent with the Dunkin’ Brands Board’s fiduciary duties under applicable law. However, any material development to an event that was previously the subject of a notice under this paragraph will require a new notice to Parent as provided above, but with respect to any such subsequent notice, references to a “three (3) business day period” will be deemed references to a “two (2) business day period.”

 

47


Under the Merger Agreement, an “intervening event” means any change, effect, event, occurrence or fact that materially affects Dunkin’ Brands and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that does not relate to an Acquisition Proposal and was not known or reasonably foreseeable to the Dunkin’ Brands Board as of October 30, 2020 (or if known, the magnitude or material consequences of which were not known or reasonably foreseeable by the Dunkin’ Brands Board as of October 30, 2020), other than any change, effect, event, occurrence or fact (i) resulting from a material breach of the Merger Agreement by Dunkin’ Brands or (ii) resulting from the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic or any COVID-19 Measures.

Access to Information

Except (i) as otherwise prohibited by applicable law or the terms of any contract in effect as of October 30, 2020 or (ii) as would be reasonably expected to result in the loss of any attorney-client privilege (provided, that Dunkin’ Brands must use commercially reasonable efforts to allow the disclosure of such information (or as much of it as reasonably possible) in a manner that does not, in the case of clause (i), result in a violation of law or the terms of any contract, or, in the case of clause (ii) above, result in a loss of attorney-client or other legal privilege), from the period commencing on in effect as of October 30, 2020 until the effective time, Dunkin’ Brands will (and will cause its subsidiaries to), at Parent’s expense: (x) provide to Parent and its representatives reasonable access, during normal business hours and upon reasonable prior notice to Dunkin’ Brands by Parent, to the officers, employees, properties and offices and other facilities of Dunkin’ Brands and its subsidiaries and to the material books and records thereof, and (y) furnish promptly to Parent such information concerning the business, properties, contracts, assets, liabilities and personnel of Dunkin’ Brands and its subsidiaries as reasonably requested by Parent. Dunkin’ Brands may satisfy its obligations summarized in this paragraph by electronic means if physical access is not reasonably feasible or would not be permitted under the applicable law (including as a result of COVID-19 or any COVID-19 Measures).

Indemnification and Insurance

From and after the effective time, the surviving corporation and its subsidiaries will, and Parent must cause the surviving corporation to, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL, honor and fulfill in all respects the obligations of Dunkin’ Brands and its subsidiaries under the indemnification agreements between Dunkin’ Brands or any subsidiary of Dunkin’ Brands and any of their respective present or former directors and officers (collectively, we refer to such individuals as the “indemnified parties”). In addition, Parent has agreed to cause the certificate of incorporation and by-laws of the surviving corporation to contain provisions no less favorable with respect to exculpation and indemnification than are set forth in the certificate of incorporation and by-laws of Dunkin’ Brands effective as of October 30, 2020. Such exculpation and indemnification provisions may not be amended, repealed or otherwise modified for a period of six (6) years from the effective time in any manner that would affect adversely the rights of individuals who, at or prior to the effective time, were directors, officers, employees, fiduciaries or agents of Dunkin’ Brands or any subsidiary of Dunkin’ Brands.

For a period of six (6) years after the effective time, Parent has agreed to cause the surviving corporation to, to the fullest extent permitted under law, indemnify and hold harmless each indemnified party against all costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, losses, claims, damages, liabilities and settlement amounts paid in connection with any legal action (whether arising before or after the effective time), arising out of or relating to any action or omission in their capacity as an officer, director, employee, fiduciary or agent of Dunkin’ Brands or one of its subsidiaries, whether occurring on or before the effective time. The surviving corporation has agreed to pay all expenses of each indemnified party in advance of the final disposition of any such legal action, subject to repayment if it is ultimately determined that the indemnified party is not entitled to indemnification. In the event of any such legal action, (i) the surviving corporation will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel selected by the indemnified parties, promptly after statements are received, (ii) neither Parent nor the surviving corporation will settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened legal action to which an indemnified party is a party and is eligible for indemnification under the Merger Agreement, unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release

 

48


of such indemnified party from all liability arising out of such legal action or such indemnified party otherwise consents in writing, and (iii) Parent and the surviving corporation will cooperate in the defense of any such matter. In the event that any claim for indemnification is asserted or made within such six (6)-year period, all rights to indemnification in respect of such claim will continue until the disposition of the claim. The rights of each indemnified party are in addition to any rights such person may have under the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or similar organizational documents) of Dunkin’ Brands and the surviving corporation or any of their subsidiaries, or under any law or under any agreement of any indemnified party with Dunkin’ Brands or any subsidiary of Dunkin’ Brands.

Prior to the effective time, Dunkin’ Brands may obtain “tail” insurance policies with respect to directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for claims arising from facts or events that occurred on or prior to the effective time on terms with respect to coverage, deductibles and amounts no less favorable than those of such policy in effect on October 30, 2020 for the six (6)-year period following the effective time at a price not to exceed 300% of the amount per year Dunkin’ Brands paid for such insurance in its last full fiscal year prior to October 30, 2020. If Dunkin’ Brands does not obtain “tail” insurance prior to the effective time, the surviving corporation will either (i) cause to be obtained at the effective time “tail” insurance policies with a claims period of at least six (6) years from the effective time with respect to directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in amount and scope at least as favorable as Dunkin’ Brands’ existing policies for claims arising from facts or events that occurred on or prior to the effective time; or (ii) maintain in effect for six (6) years from the effective time, if available, the current directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by Dunkin’ Brands; provided, that the surviving corporation may substitute policies of at least the same coverage containing terms and conditions that are not less favorable with respect to matters occurring prior to the effective time. However, the surviving corporation is not required to expend more than an amount per year equal to 300% of current annual premiums paid by Dunkin’ Brands for such insurance.

Efforts to Complete the Merger; Regulatory Approvals

The Merger Agreement provides that each of Dunkin’ Brands, Parent and Purchaser will use its respective reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions necessary, proper or advisable to consummate, as promptly as reasonably practicable, the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, including using reasonable best efforts to:

 

   

obtain all authorizations, consents, orders, approvals, licenses, permits and waivers of all governmental authorities that may be or become necessary for its execution and delivery of, and the performance of its obligations pursuant to, the Merger Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement;

 

   

provide such other information to any governmental authority as it may lawfully request in connection with the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement;

 

   

cooperate in all respects with each other in connection with any filing or submission with a governmental authority in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and in connection with any investigation or other inquiry by or before a governmental authority; and

 

   

keep each other reasonably apprised of the content and status of any communications with or from any governmental authority with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

Under the Merger Agreement, each of Dunkin’ Brands and Parent is required to:

 

   

as promptly as practicable, and in any event, within five (5) business days after the date of the Merger Agreement, file with the U.S. Department of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission an appropriate notification and report form under the HSR Act relating to the Merger;

 

   

coordinate and cooperate fully with each other in exchanging such information and providing such assistance as the other party may reasonably request in connection with the foregoing and in seeking early termination of any applicable waiting period, including under the HSR Act; and

 

49


   

provide each other with copies of all correspondence, filings or communications between them or any of their representatives, on the one hand, and any governmental authority or members of its staff, on the other hand, with respect to the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. However, each party may, as it deems advisable and necessary, reasonably designate any competitively sensitive materials provided to the other party as “outside counsel only material” and may redact the materials as necessary to (i) remove references concerning the valuation of Dunkin’ Brands, (ii) comply with contractual arrangements and (iii) address reasonable attorney-client or other privilege or confidentiality concerns.

Parent and Purchaser are required to use reasonable best efforts to take any and all steps necessary to avoid or eliminate each and every impediment under any antitrust law that may be asserted by any governmental authority or any other party so as to enable the parties to the Merger Agreement to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement as promptly as practicable, including by:

 

   

proposing, negotiating, committing to and effecting, by consent decree, hold separate orders, or otherwise, the sale, divestiture, license or other disposition of such of Parent’s, Purchaser’s and their respective subsidiaries’ assets, properties or businesses or of the assets, properties or businesses to be acquired by Parent and Purchaser, and entering into such other arrangements as are necessary or advisable in order to avoid the entry of, and the commencement of litigation seeking the entry of, or to effect the dissolution of, any injunction, temporary restraining order or other order in any suit or proceeding that would otherwise have the effect of materially delaying or preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement;

 

   

taking all action necessary, including litigation on the merits and defending any action in order to resist entry of, or to have vacated or terminated, any order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) that would prevent or materially impede, interfere with, hinder or delay the consummation of the Offer, the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or which would prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement prior to the outside date; and

 

   

paying all fees or making other payments to any governmental authority in order to make HSR Act filings or obtain any necessary authorizations, consents, orders or approvals under antitrust law.

No party to the Merger Agreement will be required, nor are Dunkin’ Brands or any subsidiary of Dunkin’ Brands permitted, to (i) take or agree to take any action with respect to the assets, properties, business or operations of any party to the equity commitment letter or any of its portfolio companies (other than Dunkin’ Brands and its subsidiaries after the Closing, and excluding, Parent and its subsidiaries) or (ii) take or commit to take any action with respect to its assets, properties, business or operations in connection with obtaining the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period under, or any approvals under, the HSR Act or any authorization, unless the effectiveness of such agreement or action is conditioned upon the occurrence of the Closing.

Under the Merger Agreement, none of Dunkin’ Brands, Dunkin’ Brands’ subsidiaries, Parent, Purchaser or any subsidiary of Parent or Purchaser is permitted to enter into any agreement, transaction or any agreement to effect any transaction (including any merger or acquisition) that might reasonably be expected to make it materially more difficult, or to materially increase the time required, to: (i) consummate the Merger and the Closing, (ii) obtain the expiration or termination of the waiting period under the HSR Act, or the authorizations, consents, orders and approvals required under any other antitrust law applicable to the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, (iii) avoid the entry of, avoid the commencement of litigation seeking the entry of, or effect the dissolution of, any injunction, temporary restraining order or other order that would materially delay or prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or (iv) obtain all authorizations, consents, orders and approvals of governmental authorities necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

 

50


Financing

Under the Merger Agreement, Parent and Purchaser have agreed to use their reasonable best efforts to take, or use reasonable best efforts to cause their representatives to take, all actions, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to arrange and obtain the financing provided under the equity commitment letter and the debt commitment letter (which we refer to together with the equity commitment letter, the “commitment letters”), including:

 

   

maintaining in effect the commitment letters;

 

   

satisfying on a timely basis all conditions applicable to Parent and Purchaser (and that are within their control) set forth in the debt commitment letter;

 

   

entering into definitive agreements to consummate the debt and equity commitments;

 

   

consummating the equity and debt commitments contemplated by the commitment letters and necessary to fund the acquisition (taking into account the equity commitment and other sources) on or prior to the closing date (and in any event prior to the outside date);

 

   

without the reasonable consent of Dunkin’ Brands’, not consenting to amendments or waivers under the debt commitment letter that would reduce the amount of debt necessary to fund the acquisition (taking into account the equity commitment and other sources), that would expand or impose new conditions, that would reasonably be expected to adversely impact the ability of Parent and Purchaser to enforce their rights under the debt commitment letter or delay the financing necessary to fund the acquisition (taking into account the equity commitment and other sources);

 

   

Notifying Dunkin’ Brands’ of any breach or defaults under the debt commitment letter of which Parent becomes aware that would result in the financing necessary to fund the acquisition not being available (taking into account the equity commitment and other sources), any written notice of any actual or threatened repudiation or termination of the debt financing by any party to the debt commitment letter or if Parent or Purchaser believes in good faith that it will not be able to obtain the financing in an amount necessary to fund the acquisition (taking into account the equity commitment and other sources);

 

   

To the extent the conditions to the funding of the debt financing have been satisfied, fully enforcing the rights of Parent and Purchaser and the obligations of the Investors and the lenders under the commitment letters);

 

   

seeking alternative debt financing (though Parent and Purchaser are not required to obtain financing that (i) has greater fees than the fees under the original debt commitment letter or (ii) on terms, taken as a whole, that are less favorable to Parent than those contained in the original debt commitment letter.

Consummation of the financing is not a condition to the Offer. Between October 30, 2020 and the consummation of the Merger, Dunkin’ Brands has agreed to provide such reasonable assistance and cooperation as Parent may reasonably request in connection with any proposed debt financing (provided, that such requested assistance and cooperation does not interfere with the ongoing operation of Dunkin’ Brands’ business).

Employee Matters

For the period immediately following the effective time of the Merger and ending on the earlier of (i) the twelve (12) month anniversary of the effective time of the Merger and (ii) December 31, 2021, Parent will, and will cause the surviving company and its subsidiaries to, (x) provide each employee of Dunkin’ Brands and its subsidiaries (“Dunkin’ Brands employee”) as of the effective time of the Merger with base compensation and cash incentive opportunities that are, in each case, not less than what was provided to such employees immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, (y) provide each Dunkin’ Brands employee as of the effective time of the Merger with severance payments and benefits in an amount and on terms and conditions that

 

51


are no less favorable than those provided by Dunkin’ Brands’ existing severance plans, policies and arrangements applicable to such Dunkin’ Brands employee or as set forth on the Dunkin’ Brands disclosure schedule as of immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger and (z) provide each Dunkin’ Brands employee as of the effective time of the Merger with all other compensation and employee benefits that are not less favorable in the aggregate to those provided to such Dunkin’ Brands employee as of immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger (excluding all equity-based compensation).

Dunkin’ Brands employees will receive credit for all service with Dunkin’ Brands and its subsidiaries and their respective predecessors under any employee benefit plan of Parent, the surviving company, or any of their subsidiaries for purposes of eligibility to participate, vesting, benefit accrual (solely for purposes of any vacation policy and severance policy) and eligibility to receive benefits (but not for benefit accruals or participation eligibility under any defined benefit pension plan or plan providing post-retirement medical or other similar benefits) under any employee benefit plan, program or arrangement established or maintained by Parent, the surviving company or any of their respective subsidiaries under which any Dunkin’ Brands employee may be eligible to participate on or after the effective time of the Merger to the same extent recognized by Dunkin’ Brands or any of its subsidiaries under comparable Dunkin’ Brands plans immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger. For the avoidance of doubt, each Dunkin’ Brands employee’s vacation and sick time accruals, as of the effective time of the Merger, will carry over to Parent, surviving company and their respective subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in the Merger Agreement will be construed to require crediting of service that would result in (i) duplication of benefits for the same period of service or (ii) service credit for benefit accruals under a defined benefit pension plan or any grandfathered or frozen Parent benefit plan.

With respect to the welfare benefit plans, programs and arrangements maintained, sponsored or contributed to by Parent or the surviving company in which a Dunkin’ Brands employee may be eligible to participate on or after the effective time of the Merger, Parent and the surviving company will use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) waive, or cause the insurance carrier to waive, all limitations as to preexisting and at-work conditions, if any, with respect to participation and coverage requirements applicable to each Dunkin’ Brands employee and any covered dependent under any welfare benefit plan of Parent to the same extent waived under a comparable Dunkin’ Brands plan, and (ii) provide credit to each Dunkin’ Brands employee and any covered dependent for any co-payments, deductibles and out-of-pocket expenses paid by such Dunkin’ Brands employee or covered dependent under Dunkin’ Brands plans during the relevant plan year, up to and including the effective time of the Merger.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, to the extent not paid prior to the Closing Date, Dunkin’ Brands will pay the annual bonuses payable in respect of fiscal year 2020 as of immediately prior to the Closing. With respect to annual bonuses payable in respect of fiscal year 2021, (i) the Dunkin’ Brands Board (or a committee thereof) will not determine the performance targets applicable to the annual bonuses payable in respect of fiscal year 2021 any earlier than the first anniversary of the date on which the Dunkin’ Brands Board (or a committee thereof) set the performance targets for the 2020 bonuses, (ii) if the 2021 annual bonus targets are established in accordance with the foregoing prior to the date on which the Closing occurs, it will be set in a manner consistent with past practice, and will not be established without the consent of Parent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), (iii) if the Closing occurs prior to the date on which the Dunkin’ Brands Board (or a committee thereof) determines the 2021 annual bonus targets in accordance with the preceding clause (i), then Parent shall establish the 2021 annual bonus targets following the Closing after reasonable consultation with the senior management of Dunkin’ Brands and (iv) Parent shall determine the amounts due in respect of 2021 annual bonuses after the Closing based on actual performance as compared to the 2021 annual bonus targets.

Dunkin’ Brands and Parent acknowledge that the consummation of the Merger will constitute a change in control of Dunkin’ Brands under the terms of Dunkin’ Brands’ employee plans, programs, arrangements and contracts containing provisions triggering payment, vesting or other rights upon a change in control or similar transaction.

 

52


Stock Exchange De-Listing

Parent has agreed to cause Dunkin’ Brands’ securities to be de-listed from Nasdaq and de-registered under the Exchange Act as soon as practicable following the effective time of the Merger and, prior to the effective time of the Merger, Dunkin’ Brands will reasonably cooperate with Parent to accomplish the foregoing.

Stockholder Litigation

Dunkin’ Brands has agreed to notify Parent promptly of the commencement of, and promptly advise Parent of any material developments with respect to, any stockholder litigation brought or threatened in writing against Dunkin’ Brands or its directors or officers relating to the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, and Dunkin’ Brands has agreed to keep Parent reasonably informed with respect to the status thereof. Dunkin’ Brands is entitled to direct and control the defense of any such stockholder litigation. However, Dunkin’ Brands has agreed to give Parent the right to consult and participate in the defense, negotiation or settlement of any such transaction-related litigation and Dunkin’ Brands must give reasonable and good faith consideration to Parent’s advice with respect to such litigation. Dunkin’ Brands has agreed not to settle any transaction-related litigation without Parent’s prior written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned).

Takeover Laws

If any “fair price,” “moratorium,” “control share acquisition,” “interested shareholder” or other anti-takeover law becomes or is deemed to be applicable to the Merger Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby, then the Dunkin’ Brands Board will grant such approvals and take such actions as are necessary so that such transactions may be consummated as promptly as practicable on the terms contemplated under the Merger Agreement and otherwise act to render such law or laws inapplicable to the foregoing.

Conditions of the Offer

See “Section 15—Conditions of the Offer.”

Conditions to the Merger

The obligations of Parent and Purchaser, on the one hand, and Dunkin’ Brands, on the other hand, to complete the Merger are each subject to the satisfaction or (if permissible by law) the written waiver of the following conditions:

 

   

Purchaser (or Parent on Purchaser’s behalf) shall have consummated the Offer; and

 

   

no governmental authority of competent jurisdiction sitting in the United States shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any law or order, whether temporary, preliminary or permanent, that is in effect on the closing date that enjoins, restrains or otherwise prohibits or makes illegal the consummation of the Merger.

Termination

The Merger Agreement may be terminated at any time as follows:

 

   

by mutual written consent of each of Dunkin’ Brands and Parent any time prior to the Acceptance Time; or

 

   

by either Dunkin’ Brands or Parent if any governmental authority of competent jurisdiction sitting in the United States has enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any law or order permanently restraining, enjoining, prohibiting or making illegal (i) prior to the Acceptance Time, the consummation of the Offer or (ii) prior to the effective time, the consummation of the Merger and, in

 

53


 

each case, such law or order has become final and nonappealable. However, the party seeking to terminate the Merger Agreement can only terminate if it has not breached in any material respect its obligations regarding obtaining regulatory approval in a manner that has primarily caused such law or order to be enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered; or

 

   

by Parent if:

 

   

at any time prior to the Acceptance Time and after the Outside Date, the Offer has not been consummated on or before March 31, 2021 (as such date may be extended pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement or by the mutual written consent of Dunkin’ Brands or Parent, the “Outside Date”). However, if on the Outside Date all of the conditions to the Offer have been satisfied other than (i) those by their terms that are not contemplated to be satisfied until the Acceptance Time and (ii) Dunkin’ Brands Representation Condition solely as it relates to a Specified Default (unless such Specified Default is waived by written notice of Parent to Dunkin’ Brands), then, subject to certain restrictions, Parent or Dunkin’ Brands will have the right, exercisable by written notice thereof to the other party, to extend the Outside Date until the date that is one (1) business day following the earlier of:

 

   

the date on which such Specified Default is required to be cured pursuant to the Securitization Agreement or the applicable Collateral Transaction Document, as the case may be; and

 

   

thirty (30) days following the Outside Date without giving effect to the extension of the Outside Date described in this clause (provided the Specified Default is cured through an immaterial amendment or with the written consent of Parent) (the “Parent Outside Date Termination”); or

 

   

at any time prior to the Acceptance Time, Dunkin’ Brands has effected an Adverse Recommendation Change (an “Adverse Recommendation Change Termination”); or

 

   

at any time prior to the Acceptance Time, any breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty or failure to perform any covenant or agreement on the part of Dunkin’ Brands set forth in the Merger Agreement has occurred that (A) would cause not to be satisfied the Dunkin’ Brands Representation Condition or the condition to the Offer that Dunkin’ Brands has performed or complied with, in all material respects, each covenant, agreement and obligation required by the Merger Agreement to be to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Offer Expiration Time (B) is not capable of being cured prior to the Outside Date or, if curable in such time frame, is not cured by Dunkin’ Brands within thirty (30) days of receipt by Dunkin’ Brands of written notice of such breach or failure. However, Parent and Purchaser will not have a right to terminate the Merger Agreement pursuant to this provision if Parent or Purchaser are then in material breach of the Merger Agreement; or

 

   

by Dunkin’ Brands if:

 

   

at any time prior to the Acceptance Time and after the Outside Date, the Offer shall not have been consummated on or before the Outside Date, provided that the right to terminate the Merger Agreement will not be available to Dunkin’ Brands if its breach of any representations or warranties or failure to perform any agreements or covenants set forth in the Merger Agreement primarily caused or resulted in the failure of the consummation of the Offer to occur on or before such date (the “Dunkin’ Brands Outside Date Termination”); or

 

   

at any time prior to the Acceptance Time, any breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty or failure to perform any covenant or agreement on the part of Parent or Purchaser set forth in the Merger Agreement shall have occurred that (A) would cause any of the conditions to the Offer not to be satisfied or reasonably be expected to prevent, materially delay or materially impede the consummation of the Offer or the Merger and (B) is not capable of being cured prior

 

54


 

to the Outside Date or, if curable in such time frame, is not cured by Parent or Purchaser within thirty (30) days of receipt by Parent of written notice of such breach or failure; provided, that Dunkin’ Brands is not then in material breach of the Merger Agreement (a “Parent Breach Termination”); or

 

   

at any time prior to the Acceptance Time, the Dunkin’ Brands Board determines to enter into an acquisition agreement with respect to a Superior Proposal that did not result from a material breach of the non-solicitation provisions of the Merger Agreement; provided that (A) prior to, or substantially concurrently with, such termination Dunkin’ Brands pays the termination fee described in the “—Dunkin’ Brands Termination Fee” section below and (B) Dunkin’ Brands concurrently enters into such acquisition agreement (a “Superior Proposal Termination”); or

 

   

(A) the conditions to the Offer (other than those conditions to the Offer that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Offer Expiration Time, but subject to such conditions to the Offer being able to be satisfied) have been satisfied or waived at the Offer Expiration Time (after giving effect to any extensions thereof in accordance the Merger Agreement), (B) Purchaser shall have failed to consummate the Offer within three (3) business days following the Offer Expiration Time, (C) Dunkin’ Brands has provided irrevocable written notice to Parent at least three (3) business days prior to such termination that it is prepared, willing and able to consummate the Transactions and (D) at all times during such three (3) business day period, Dunkin’ Brands stood ready, willing and able to consummate the Transactions (a “Failure to Close Termination”).

Dunkin’ Brands Termination Fee

Dunkin’ Brands would be required to pay a termination fee of $268,000,000, which we refer to as the “Dunkin’ Brands Termination Fee,” to Parent if the Merger Agreement is terminated:

 

   

pursuant to a Superior Proposal Termination;

 

   

pursuant to an Adverse Recommendation Change Termination;

 

   

pursuant to a Parent Outside Date Termination or Dunkin’ Brands Outside Date Termination, and prior to such termination (but after October 30, 2020), an Acquisition Proposal has been made to the Dunkin’ Brands Board or becomes publicly known, and is not withdrawn prior to the Offer Expiration Time, and Dunkin’ Brands later consummates the transaction contemplated by such Acquisition Proposal within nine (9) months of the termination, or within nine (9) months of the termination enters into a definitive agreement in connection with an Acquisition Proposal and such transaction is later consummated at any point in time.

The Dunkin’ Brands Termination Fee is payable prior to or concurrently with termination of the Merger Agreement in the event of a Superior Proposal Termination, and, in all other cases, within two (2) business days after the date of the event giving rise to the obligation to pay the Dunkin’ Brands Termination Fee.

Parent Termination Fee

Parent would be required to pay a termination fee of $469,000,000, which we refer to as the “Parent Termination Fee,” to Dunkin’ Brands if the Merger Agreement is terminated:

 

   

pursuant to a Parent Breach Termination;

 

   

pursuant to a Failure to Close Termination; or

 

   

pursuant to a Parent Outside Date Termination or Dunkin’ Brands Outside Date Termination if Dunkin’ Brands would have been entitled to terminate the Merger Agreement from a Parent Breach Termination or Failure to Close Termination.

 

55


The Parent Termination Fee is payable within two (2) business days after the date of the event giving rise to the obligation to pay the Parent Termination Fee.

Amendment; Extension; Waivers

At any time prior to the consummation of the Offer, the Merger Agreement may be amended by written agreement by Dunkin’ Brands, Parent and Purchaser, except that certain provisions of the Merger Agreement may not be amended in any manner that is materially adverse to the debt financing sources, their affiliates and their respective members, partners or representatives without the prior written consent of the debt financing sources.

At any time prior to the effective time of the Merger, Parent (on behalf of itself and Purchaser), on the one hand, and Dunkin’ Brands, on the other hand, may:

 

   

extend the time for the performance of any obligation or other act of any other party to the Merger Agreement;

 

   

waive any inaccuracy in the representations and warranties of any other party contained in the Merger Agreement or in any document delivered pursuant thereto; and

 

   

waive compliance with any agreement of any other party or any condition to its own obligations contained in the Merger Agreement.

Such extension or waiver will be valid if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the party or parties to be bound thereby. The failure of any party to assert any of its rights under the Merger Agreement or otherwise will not constitute a waiver of those rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain provisions of the Merger Agreement may not be amended in any manner that is materially adverse to the debt financing sources, their affiliates and their respective members, partners or representatives without the prior written consent of the debt financing sources.

Expenses

Except as otherwise provided in the Merger Agreement, whether or not the Offer, the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement are consummated, all expenses incurred in connection with the Offer, the Merger, the Merger Agreement and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement will be paid by the party incurring such expenses, whether or not the Offer, the Merger or any other transaction contemplated by the Merger Agreement is consummated.

Jurisdiction

Dunkin’ Brands, Parent and Purchaser have agreed that, except with respect to matters involving any debt financing source, their affiliates or their respective members, partners or representatives or in connection with the debt financing or the debt commitment letter, any proceeding in respect of any claim arising from, under or in connection with the Merger Agreement will be brought exclusively in the competent courts in the State of Delaware in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement. The parties have also agreed to waive jury trial to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Except with respect to matters involving any debt financing source, their affiliates or their respective members, partners or representatives or in connection with the debt financing or the debt commitment letter, each party to the Merger Agreement (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal or state court sitting in the State of Delaware for the purpose of any action arising out of or relating to the Merger Agreement brought by either party; (ii) agrees that service or process will be validly effected by sending notice in accordance with the Merger Agreement and (iii) irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert by way of motion, defense, or otherwise, in any

 

56


such action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts in Delaware, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the action is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the action is improper, or that the Merger Agreement or the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement may not be enforced in or by any of the above-named courts.

For actions involving any debt financing source, their affiliates or their respective members, partners or representatives or arising out of or in connection with the debt financing or the debt commitment letter, each party to the Merger Agreement agrees (i) that such actions will be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, or if under applicable law exclusive jurisdiction is vested in the federal courts, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (and the appellate courts thereof) and each party submits for itself and its property with respect to any such action to the exclusive jurisdiction of such court and agrees not to bring (or permit any of its affiliates to bring or support anyone else in bringing) any such Action in any other court and (ii) to waive and hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of, and the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of, any such action in any such court.

Limitations on Remedies

In the event that Parent and Purchaser fail to consummate the Offer or the Merger as and when required under the Merger Agreement, or otherwise breach the Merger Agreement (whether willfully, intentionally, unintentionally or otherwise), the remedies available to Dunkin’ Brands are limited to the following:

 

   

an order of specific performance enforcing the terms of the Merger Agreement, and the equity commitment letter or limited guaranty (as further described below in the section entitled “The Merger AgreementSpecific Performance” beginning on page 57 of this Offer to Purchase);

 

   

payment of the Parent Termination Fee; or

 

   

monetary damages. However, monetary damages are only available to Dunkin’ Brands only to the extent that Parent or Purchaser has committed fraud or a willful and material breach of the Merger Agreement; provided that monetary damages are limited, in the aggregate, to an amount equal to the Parent Termination Fee, provided, that Dunkin’ Brands may not seek monetary damages if it has already received the Parent Termination Fee.

Dunkin’ Brands is not entitled to receive both the grant of specific performance which results in the consummation of the Merger (including the funding of the equity commitments, whether under the Merger Agreement or the equity commitment letter, and the payment of the Merger Consideration), on the one hand, and an award of monetary damages, on the other hand. Further, under no circumstances will Parent or Purchaser be entitled to receive both payment of any monetary damages whatsoever, on the one hand, and any payment of the Dunkin’ Brands Termination Fee on the other hand.

Other than the above, none of Parent, its subsidiaries, the Investors, the Guarantors or any parties related to them will have any liability whatsoever to Dunkin’ Brands, its subsidiaries or any parties related to them, arising from any breach by Parent or Purchaser of the Merger Agreement or any claim or cause of action of Dunkin’ Brands or any of its affiliates relating to the Merger Agreement.

Specific Performance

Each of the parties is entitled to: (i) an order of specific performance to enforce the observance and performance of a covenant or obligation that is breached or in respect of which a breach is threatened by another party or (ii) an injunction restraining any such breach or threatened breach.

Furthermore, Dunkin’ Brands is entitled to enforce specifically the terms of the equity commitment letter pursuant to which the Investors are required to provide to Parent funds which, together with the debt financing,

 

57


the cash on hand of Parent and existing revolving borrowing capacity of Parent, is in an amount sufficient to consummate the Transactions (as described in the section entitled “Equity Financing ” beginning on page 26 of this Offer to Purchase) assuming that indebtedness under the Dunkin’ Brands securitization agreement does not need to be repaid in connection with Closing.

Notwithstanding the above paragraph, Dunkin’ Brands is only entitled to enforce specifically the equity commitment letter (other than certain terms that relate to payment of fees) or cause Parent or Purchaser to consummate the Offer or effect the Merger if (i) with respect to the Offer and the payment of the Offer Price and the equity financing related thereto, the conditions to the Offer have been satisfied or waived at or prior to the Offer Expiration Time (other than those conditions to the Offer that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Offer Expiration Time but which were capable of being satisfied at such time), (ii) with respect to the Merger, the payment of the Merger Consideration and the equity financing related thereto, the conditions of the Merger (as described above) have been satisfied or waived, (iii) the debt financing has been received by Parent in full in accordance with the terms thereof, or the debt financing will be funded at the Closing if the equity financing is funded at the Closing (provided, that Parent and Purchaser shall not be required to draw down the equity commitment letter (other than in respect of the payment of the Dunkin’ Brands Termination Fee) or consummate the Offer and the Closing if the debt financing is not funded at the Acceptance Time) and (iv) Dunkin’ Brands has irrevocably confirmed in writing to Parent that if specific performance is granted and the equity financing and debt financing are funded, then Dunkin’ Brands will proceed with the acceptance by Purchaser and payment for the Shares tendered in the Offer (and Dunkin’ Brands has not revoked, withdrawn, modified or conditioned such confirmation).

Each party to the Merger Agreement agreed, on behalf of itself and its affiliates and representatives, that other than pursuant to (A) the confidentiality agreement, (B) the equity commitment letter and (C) the limited guaranty, all proceedings, claims, obligations, liabilities or causes of action that may be based upon, in respect of, arise under, out or by reason of, be connected with, or relate to (i) the Merger Agreement or the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, (ii) the negotiation, execution or performance of the Merger Agreement (including any representation or warranty made in, in connection with, or as an inducement to, the Merger Agreement), (iii) any breach or violation of the Merger Agreement and (iv) any failure of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement to be consummated, in each case, may be made only against (and are those solely of) the persons that are expressly identified in the Merger Agreement as a party to the Merger Agreement (or a party to any such other agreement referenced in the Merger Agreement or contemplated by the Merger Agreement) and in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Merger Agreement (or the terms of any such other agreement referenced therein).

Governing Law

The Merger Agreement is governed by Delaware law, provided, that any right or obligation with respect to any debt financing source, debt commitment letter and transactions contemplated thereby is governed by New York law.

Other Agreements

The Limited Guaranty

Simultaneously with the execution of the Merger Agreement, certain investment funds affiliated with Roark Capital Management LLC (the “Guarantors”) provided Dunkin’ Brands with a limited guaranty, dated as of the date of the Merger Agreement (the “Limited Guaranty”), pursuant to which the Guarantors guarantee the payment to Dunkin’ Brands of (i) the Parent Termination Fee, (ii) reasonable and documented costs and expenses payable by Parent or Purchaser in connection with a suit initiated by the Company that results in an award against Parent for the Parent Termination Fee in accordance with the Merger Agreement and (iii) monetary damages that may be due and owing in connection with a pre-closing damages proceeding in accordance with the Merger Agreement.

 

58


This summary and description of the Limited Guaranty does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Limited Guaranty, which is filed as Exhibit (d)(3) to the Schedule TO, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Confidentiality Agreement

On October 5, 2020, Dunkin’ Brands and Parent entered into a confidentiality agreement (the “Confidentiality Agreement”). Under the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement, Parent agreed not to (i) use any confidential information of Dunkin’ Brands for any purpose other than to evaluate a possible negotiated transaction with Dunkin’ Brands (a “Possible Transaction”), (ii) disclose any such confidential information to any other person or entity (other than to certain representatives of Parent solely for the purpose of evaluating a Possible Transaction) or (iii) disclose to any other person or entity the possible occurrence of a Possible Transaction without Dunkin’ Brands’ prior written consent, in each case, subject to certain exceptions.

Under the Confidentiality Agreement, Parent and Roark Capital Management, LLC also agreed, among other things, to certain “standstill” provisions for the benefit of Dunkin’ Brands that expire two (2) years from the date of the Confidentiality Agreement, including restrictions that prohibit Parent and its representatives (acting on Parent’s behalf or at Parent’s direction) and Roark Capital Management, LLC and any of its affiliated investment funds, portfolio companies or brands from, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Dunkin’ Brands Board, (i) acquiring, agreeing to acquire, proposing, seeking or offering to acquire, or facilitating the acquisition or ownership of, any securities or assets of Dunkin’ Brands, any warrant or option to purchase such securities or assets, any security convertible into any such securities, or any other right to acquire such securities or assets (other than purchases of products or services in the ordinary course of business), (ii) entering, agreeing to enter, proposing, seeking or offering to enter into or facilitating any merger, business combination, recapitalization, restructuring or other extraordinary transaction involving Dunkin’ Brands, (iii) making, or in any way participating or engaging in, any solicitation of proxies to vote, or seeking to advise or influence any person or entity with respect to the voting of, any voting securities of Dunkin’ Brands, (iv) forming, joining or in any way participating in a “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) with respect to any voting securities of Dunkin’ Brands, (v) calling, requesting the calling of, or otherwise seeking or assisting in the calling of a special meeting of the Dunkin’ Brands Board or the Dunkin’ Brands stockholders, (vi) otherwise acting, alone or in concert with others, to seek to control or influence the management or the policies of Dunkin’ Brands, (vii) disclosing any intention, plan or arrangement prohibited by, or inconsistent with, any of the foregoing, or (viii) advising, assisting or encouraging or entering into any discussions, negotiations, agreements or arrangements with any other person or entity in connection with any of the foregoing.

This summary and description of the Confidentiality Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Confidentiality Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit (d)(4) to the Schedule TO, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

12.

Purpose of the Offer; Plans for Dunkin’ Brands.

Purpose of the Offer. We are making the Offer because we want to acquire the entire equity interest in Dunkin’ Brands. The Offer, as the first step in the acquisition of Dunkin’ Brands, is intended to facilitate the acquisition of all outstanding Shares.

Purchaser intends to consummate the Merger as soon as practicable after consummation of the Offer. The purpose of the Merger is to acquire all outstanding Shares not tendered and purchased pursuant to the Offer. Following the consummation of the Offer and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions, Purchaser will be merged with and into Dunkin’ Brands. Following the Effective Time, the separate corporate existence of Purchaser shall cease and Dunkin’ Brands will continue as the Surviving Corporation.

All Shares acquired by Purchaser pursuant to the Offer will be retained by Purchaser pending the Merger. If you sell your Shares in the Offer, you will cease to have any equity interest in Dunkin’ Brands or any right to

 

59


participate in its earnings and future growth. If you do not tender your Shares, but the Merger is consummated, you will also no longer have an equity interest in Dunkin’ Brands. Similarly, after selling your Shares in the Offer or upon consummation of the Merger, you will not bear the risk of any decrease in the value of Dunkin’ Brands.

Stockholder Approval. If the Offer is consummated and as a result Purchaser and its affiliates own Shares that represent a majority of the outstanding Shares, Dunkin’ Brands does not anticipate seeking the approval of its remaining public stockholders before effecting the Merger. Section 251(h) of the DGCL provides that, subject to certain statutory requirements, if following consummation of a successful tender offer for a public corporation, the acquirer holds at least the amount of shares of each class of stock of the target corporation that would otherwise be required to approve a merger involving the target corporation, and the other stockholders receive the same consideration for their stock in the Merger as was payable in the tender offer, the acquirer can effect a merger without the action of the other stockholders of the target corporation. Therefore, the parties have agreed that, subject to the condition specified in the Merger Agreement, the Merger will become effective as soon as practicable after (but on the same day as) the consummation of the Offer after the satisfaction or waiver of the condition to the Merger set forth in the Merger Agreement (except if such condition shall not be satisfied or waived by such date, in which case no later than the first business day on which such condition is satisfied), without a vote of the Dunkin’ Brands’ stockholders, in accordance with Section 251(h) of the DGCL.

Plans for Dunkin’ Brands. If we accept Shares for payment pursuant to the Offer, we will obtain control over the management of Dunkin’ Brands and the Dunkin’ Brands Board shortly thereafter.

As of the effective time, the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation will be amended and restated as a result of the Merger so as to read in its entirety as set forth in the applicable exhibit to the Merger Agreement and the bylaws of the surviving corporation will be amended and restated to be the same as the bylaws of Purchaser in effect immediately before the effective time of the Merger, and such certificate of incorporation and bylaws will not be amended, repealed or otherwise modified in any manner that would affect adversely the rights of individuals who were directors, officers, employees, fiduciaries or agents of Dunkin’ Brands or any subsidiary of Dunkin’ Brands for at least six (6) years. The directors of Purchaser immediately prior to the effective time will be the initial directors of the surviving corporation and the officers of Dunkin’ Brands immediately prior to the effective time will be the initial officers of the surviving corporation. The initial directors and officers will hold office until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified or until the earlier of their death, resignation or removal in accordance with the certificate of incorporation and by-laws of the surviving corporation.

Immediately following the consummation of the Merger, Parent intends to cause Dunkin’ Brands to delist the Shares from NASDAQ. Parent intends to cause Dunkin’ Brands to terminate the registration of the Shares under the Exchange Act as soon as practicable after consummation of the Merger as the requirements for termination of registration are met.

Except as set forth in this Offer to Purchase, including as contemplated in this Section 12 — “Purpose of the Offer; Plans for Dunkin’ Brands,” Section 13 — “Certain Effects of the Offer” and Section 14 — “Dividends and Distributions,” and except for the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, Parent and Purchaser have no present plans or proposals that would relate to or result in (i) any extraordinary corporate transaction involving Dunkin’ Brands or any of its subsidiaries (such as a merger, reorganization or liquidation), (ii) any purchase, sale or transfer of a material amount of assets of Dunkin’ Brands or any of its subsidiaries, (iii) any material change in Dunkin’ Brands’ present dividend rate or policy, or indebtedness or capitalization, (iv) any other material change in Dunkin’ Brands’ corporate structure or business, (v) changes to the management of Dunkin’ Brands or the Dunkin’ Brands Board, (vi) a class of securities of Dunkin’ Brands being delisted from a national securities exchange or ceasing to be authorized to be quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system of a registered national securities association or (vii) a class of equity securities of Dunkin’ Brands being eligible for termination of registration pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act.

 

60


To the best knowledge of Parent and Purchaser, except for certain pre-existing agreements described in the Schedule 14D-9, no material employment, equity contribution, or other agreement, arrangement or understanding between any executive officer or director of Dunkin’ Brands, on the one hand, and Parent, Purchaser or Dunkin’ Brands, on the other hand, existed as of the date of the Merger Agreement, and neither the Offer nor the Merger is conditioned upon any executive officer or director of Dunkin’ Brands entering into any such agreement, arrangement or understanding.

 

13.

Certain Effects of the Offer.

Market for the Shares. If the Offer is consummated, Purchaser will complete the Merger as soon as practicable after the consummation of the Offer, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement. As a result, there will be no market for the Shares following consummation of the Offer.

NASDAQ Listing. If the Offer is consummated, Purchaser will complete the Merger as soon as practicable after the consummation of the Offer, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement. As a result, the Shares will no longer meet the requirements for continued listing on NASDAQ because there will only be a single holder of the Shares, which will be, indirectly, Parent. Immediately following the consummation of the Merger, Parent intends to cause Dunkin’ Brands to delist the Shares from NASDAQ.

Exchange Act Registration. The Shares are currently registered under the Exchange Act. Such registration may be terminated upon application of Dunkin’ Brands to the SEC if the Shares are neither listed on a national securities exchange nor held by 300 or more holders of record. Termination of registration of the Shares under the Exchange Act would substantially reduce the information required to be furnished by Dunkin’ Brands to its stockholders and to the SEC and would make certain provisions of the Exchange Act no longer applicable to Dunkin’ Brands, such as the short-swing profit recovery provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the requirement of furnishing a proxy statement pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act in connection with stockholders’ meetings and the related requirement of furnishing an annual report to stockholders and the requirements of Rule 13e-3 under the Exchange Act with respect to “going private” transactions. In addition, the ability of “affiliates” of Dunkin’ Brands and persons holding “restricted securities” of Dunkin’ Brands to dispose of such securities pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be impaired or eliminated. We intend and will cause Dunkin’ Brands to terminate the registration of the Shares under the Exchange Act as soon after consummation of the Merger as the requirements for termination of registration are met.

Margin Regulations. The Shares are currently “margin securities” under the Regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”), which has the effect, among other things, of allowing brokers to extend credit on the collateral of the Shares. Depending upon factors similar to those described above regarding the market for the Shares and stock quotations, it is possible that, following the Offer, the Shares would no longer constitute “margin securities” for the purposes of the margin regulations of the Federal Reserve Board and, therefore, could no longer be used as collateral for loans made by brokers.

 

14.

Dividends and Distributions.

As discussed in Section 11 — “The Merger Agreement; Other Agreements,” the Merger Agreement provides that from the date of the Merger Agreement until the Effective Time, except as expressly required by the Merger Agreement, required by law or contract consented to in writing by Parent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed and which will be deemed to be given if, within five (5) business days after Dunkin’ Brands has provided to Parent a written request for consent, Parent has not rejected such request in writing), Dunkin’ Brands will not declare, authorize, establish a record date for, set aside or pay any dividends on, or make any other distributions (whether in cash, stock or other equity, property or a combination thereof) in respect of, any of its capital stock (other than dividends or distributions by a wholly-owned subsidiary of Dunkin’ Brands to its parent.

 

61


15.

Conditions of the Offer.

The Offer is not subject to any financing condition. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Offer but subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement, Purchaser is not required to irrevocably accept for purchase or, subject to any applicable rules and regulations of the SEC (including Rule 14e-1(c) under the Exchange Act), pay for any Shares validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) in the Offer, unless, immediately prior to the then-scheduled applicable Offer Expiration Time:

 

   

the Minimum Tender Condition has been satisfied;

 

   

the HSR Condition has been satisfied;

 

   

no governmental authority of competent jurisdiction sitting in the United States has enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any Law, whether temporary, preliminary or permanent, that is in effect that enjoins, restrains or otherwise prohibits or makes illegal the consummation of the Offer or the Merger;

 

   

(i) the representations and warranties of Dunkin’ Brands relating to capitalization (other than for inaccuracies that are de minimis relative to the total fully diluted equity capitalization), to the securitization agreement and the management agreement and to the absence of any Dunkin’ Brands Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date of the Merger Agreement and as of the consummation of the Offer (except to the extent such representation or warranty expressly relates to a specific date, in which case on and as of such specific date), (ii) the representations and warranties of Dunkin’ Brands relating to capital structure and authorization are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of the Merger Agreement and as of the consummation of the Offer, as if made at such time (except to the extent such representation or warranty expressly relates to a specific date, in which case on and as of such specific date) and (iii) each of the other representations and warranties of Dunkin’ Brands set forth in the Merger Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date of the Merger Agreement and as of the consummation of the Offer, as if made at such time (except to the extent such representation or warranty expressly relates to a specific date, in which case on and as of such specific date), other than, in the case of clause (iii), for such failures to be true and correct that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect (the “Dunkin’ Brands Representation Condition”);

 

   

Dunkin’ Brands has performed or complied with, in any material respects, each covenant, agreement and obligation required by the Merger Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Offer Expiration Time (the “Obligations Condition”);

 

   

since October 30, 2020, no Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Merger Agreement) has occurred and is continuing (the “Material Adverse Effect Condition”);

 

   

Dunkin’ Brands shall have delivered to Parent a certificate, dated as of the date on which the Offer expires, signed by an executive officer of Dunkin’ Brands, certifying that the Dunkin’ Brands Representation Condition, the Obligation Condition and the Material Adverse Effect Condition have been satisfied;

 

   

the Termination Condition has been satisfied; and

 

   

the Inside Date Condition has been satisfied.

For purposes of determining whether the Minimum Tender Condition has been satisfied, Shares tendered in the Offer pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures that have not been “received” (as defined in Section 251(h)(6)(f) of the DGCL) prior to the Offer Expiration Time are excluded. The conditions to the Offer must be satisfied or waived on or prior to the Offer Expiration Time.

The conditions described above are in addition to, and not a limitation of, the rights and obligations of Parent and Purchaser to extend, terminate or modify the Offer pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement.

The conditions described above are for the sole benefit of Parent and Purchaser and, subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement and the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC or NASDAQ, may be

 

62


waived by Parent and Purchaser in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time in their sole discretion, except that Parent and Purchaser are not permitted to waive the Minimum Tender Condition or Termination Condition without the prior written consent of Dunkin’ Brands. The failure by Parent or Purchaser at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights will not be deemed a waiver of any such right and each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that may be asserted at any time and from time to time.

 

16.

Certain Legal Matters; Regulatory Approvals.

General

Except as described in this Section 16, Purchaser is not aware of any pending legal proceeding relating to the Offer. Except as described in this Section 16, based on its examination of publicly available information filed by Dunkin’ Brands with the SEC and other publicly available information concerning Dunkin’ Brands, Purchaser is not aware of any governmental license or regulatory permit that appears to be material to Dunkin’ Brands’ business that might be adversely affected by Purchaser’s acquisition of Shares as contemplated herein or of any approval or other action by any governmental, administrative or regulatory authority or agency, domestic or foreign, that would be required for the acquisition or ownership of Shares by Purchaser or Parent as contemplated herein. Should any such approval or other action be required, Purchaser currently contemplates that, except as described below under “State Takeover Statutes,” such approval or other action will be sought. While Purchaser does not currently intend to delay acceptance for payment of Shares tendered pursuant to the Offer pending the outcome of any such matter, there can be no assurance that any such approval or other action, if needed, would be obtained or would be obtained without substantial conditions or that if such approvals were not obtained or such other actions were not taken, adverse consequences might not result to Dunkin’ Brands’ business, or certain parts of Dunkin’ Brands’ business might not have to be disposed of, any of which could cause Purchaser to elect to terminate the Offer without the purchase of Shares thereunder under certain conditions. See Section 15 — “Conditions of the Offer.”

State Takeover Statutes

Dunkin’ Brands is incorporated under the laws of Delaware. Section 203 of the DGCL (“Section 203”) restricts certain Delaware corporations from engaging in “business combinations” with “interested stockholders” (as those terms are defined by the statute). Among the reasons why Section 203 may not apply to a Delaware corporation is if its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto adopted by the stockholders contains a provision expressly electing not to be governed by Section 203. Article IX of Dunkin’ Brands’ certificate of incorporation (“Article IX”) contains such a provision, and therefore the restrictions on business combinations set forth in Section 203 do not apply to Dunkin’ Brands or the Offer and the Merger.

Nevertheless, Article IX also includes voluntary provisions that are similar to Section 203. Article IX restricts Dunkin’ Brands from engaging in a “business combination” (defined to include mergers and certain other actions) with an “interested stockholder” (including a person who owns or has the right to acquire 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock, but excluding investment funds affiliated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC, The Carlyle Group or Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. or any of their respective affiliates) for a period of three years following the time such person became an “interested stockholder” unless, among other things, the “business combination” or the transaction pursuant to which such person becomes an “interested stockholder” is approved by the Dunkin’ Brands Board before such person became an “interested stockholder.” The Dunkin’ Brands Board has approved the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Offer and the Merger, for purposes of Article IX.

A number of states have adopted laws and regulations applicable to attempts to acquire securities of corporations that are incorporated, or have substantial assets, stockholders, principal executive offices or principal places of business, or whose business operations otherwise have substantial economic effects, in such states. In 1982, in Edgar v. MITE Corp., the Supreme Court of the United States invalidated on constitutional grounds the Illinois

 

63


Business Takeover Statute which, as a matter of state securities law, made takeovers of corporations meeting certain requirements more difficult. However, in 1987, in CTS Corp. v. Dynamics Corp. of America, the Supreme Court held that the State of Indiana could, as a matter of corporate law, constitutionally disqualify a potential acquiror from voting shares of a target corporation without the prior approval of the remaining stockholders where, among other things, the corporation is incorporated, and has a substantial number of stockholders, in the state. Subsequently, in TLX Acquisition Corp. v. Telex Corp., a U.S. federal district court in Oklahoma ruled that the Oklahoma takeover statutes were unconstitutional as applied to corporations incorporated outside Oklahoma in that they would subject such corporations to inconsistent regulations. Similarly, in Tyson Foods, Inc. v. McReynolds, a U.S. federal district court in Tennessee ruled that four Tennessee takeover statutes were unconstitutional as applied to corporations incorporated outside Tennessee. This decision was affirmed by the United States Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit. In December 1988, a U.S. federal district court in Florida held in Grand Metropolitan PLC v. Butterworth that the provisions of the Florida Affiliated Transactions Act and the Florida Control Share Acquisition Act were unconstitutional as applied to corporations incorporated outside of Florida. The state law before the Supreme Court was by its terms applicable only to corporations that had a substantial number of stockholders in the state and were incorporated there.

Dunkin’ Brands, directly or through subsidiaries, conducts business in a number of states throughout the United States, some of which have enacted takeover laws. Other than Section 203 of the DGCL (which, as described above, Dunkin’ Brands has elected not to be governed by), we do not know whether any of these laws will, by their terms, apply to the Offer or the Merger and have not attempted to comply with any such laws. Should any person seek to apply any state takeover law, we will take such action as then appears desirable, which may include challenging the validity or applicability of any such statute in appropriate court proceedings. In the event any person asserts that the takeover laws of any state are applicable to the Offer or the Merger, and an appropriate court does not determine that it is inapplicable or invalid as applied to the Offer or the Merger, we may be required to file certain information with, or receive approvals from, the relevant state authorities. In addition, if enjoined, we may be unable to accept for payment any Shares tendered pursuant to the Offer, or be delayed in continuing or consummating the Offer and the Merger. In such case, we may not be obligated to accept for payment any Shares tendered in the Offer. See Section 13 — “Conditions of the Offer.”

Dissenters’ Rights.

No appraisal rights are available to the holders of Shares in connection with the Offer. However, if the Merger takes place pursuant to Section 251(h) of the DGCL, stockholders whose Shares are not accepted for purchase pursuant to the Offer and who properly demand appraisal of their Shares pursuant to, and who comply in all respects with, Section 262 of the DGCL will have appraisal rights under Section 262 of the DGCL. If you choose to exercise your appraisal rights in connection with the Merger, you comply with the applicable legal requirements under the DGCL and you neither waive, withdraw nor otherwise lose your rights to appraisal under the DGCL, you will be entitled to payment in cash in an amount equal to the “fair value” of your Shares (exclusive of any element of value arising from the accomplishment or expectation of the Merger) as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery, together with interest, if any, to be paid upon the amount determined to be the fair value. This value may be the same as or more or less than the price that the Offeror is offering to pay you in the Offer and the Merger. Moreover, the surviving corporation may argue in an appraisal proceeding that, for purposes of such a proceeding, the fair value of such Shares is less than the price paid in the Offer and the Merger.

Under Section 262 of the DGCL, where a merger is approved under Section 251(h) of the DGCL, either a constituent corporation before the effective date of the merger, or the surviving corporation within ten days thereafter, will notify each of the holders of any class or series of stock of such constituent corporation who are entitled to appraisal rights of the approval of the merger and that appraisal rights are available for any or all shares of such class or series of stock of such constituent corporation, and will include in such notice a copy of Section 262. The Schedule 14D-9 constitutes the formal notice of appraisal rights under Section 262 of the DGCL. Any holder of Shares who wishes to exercise such appraisal rights or who wishes to preserve his, her or

 

64


its right to do so should review the discussion of appraisal rights in the Schedule 14D-9 as well as Section 262 of the DGCL, attached as Annex B to the Schedule 14D-9, carefully because failure to timely and properly comply with the procedures of Section 262 of the DGCL may result in the loss of appraisal rights under the DGCL.

Because of the complexity of the procedures for exercising appraisal rights, any stockholder wishing to exercise appraisal rights or to preserve the right to do so is urged to consult legal counsel.

As described more fully in the Schedule 14D-9, if a stockholder elects to exercise appraisal rights under Section 262 of the DGCL with respect to Shares held immediately prior to the Effective Time, such stockholder must do all of the following:

 

   

within the later of the consummation of the Offer, which will occur on the date on which the Offeror irrevocably accepts for purchase the Shares validly tendered in the Offer, and twenty days after the date of mailing of the notice of appraisal rights in the Schedule 14D-9 (which date of mailing is November 16, 2020), demand in writing the appraisal of such stockholder’s Shares, which demand must be sent to Dunkin’ Brands at the address indicated in the Schedule 14D-9 and reasonably inform Dunkin’ Brands of the identity of the stockholder and that the stockholder is demanding appraisal for such Shares;

 

   

not tender (or, if tendered, not fail to withdraw prior to the Offer Expiration Time) such Shares in the Offer; and

 

   

continuously hold of record such Shares from the date on which the written demand for appraisal is made through the Effective Time.

The foregoing summary of the rights of Dunkin’ Brands’ stockholders to seek appraisal rights under Delaware law does not purport to be a complete statement of the procedures to be followed by stockholders desiring to exercise appraisal rights and is qualified in its entirety by reference to Section 262 of the DGCL. The preservation and proper exercise of appraisal rights requires adherence to the applicable provisions of the DGCL. Failure to timely and properly comply with the procedures of Section 262 of the DGCL may result in the loss of appraisal rights. A copy of Section 262 of the DGCL is included as Annex B to the Schedule 14D-9.

Appraisal rights cannot be exercised at this time. The information provided above is for informational purposes only with respect to your alternatives if the Merger is completed. If you tender (and do not validly withdraw prior to the Offer Expiration Time) your Shares in the Offer, you will not be entitled to exercise appraisal rights with respect to your Shares but, instead, upon the terms and subject to the conditions to the Offer, you will receive the Offer Price for your Shares.

Antitrust Compliance

Parent and Dunkin’ Brands filed Premerger Notification and Report Forms with the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) and the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice (the “Antitrust Division”) relating to Parent’s proposed acquisition of Dunkin’ Brands on November 6, 2020. Consequently, the required waiting period with respect to the Offer will expire at 11:59 p.m., Eastern Time, on Monday, November 23, 2020, unless early termination of the waiting period is granted or the waiting period is extended.

Under the provisions of the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “HSR Act”), applicable to the Offer, the acquisition of Shares pursuant to the Offer may be consummated following the expiration of a 15-day waiting period following the filing by Parent of its Premerger Notification and Report Form with respect to the Offer, as extended because the fifteenth day of the waiting period falls on Saturday, November 21, 2020, unless Parent receives a request for additional information or documentary material from the Antitrust Division or the FTC or unless early termination of the waiting period is granted. If, within the initial 15-day waiting period, either the Antitrust Division or the FTC requests additional information or documentary

 

65


material concerning the Offer, the waiting period will be extended through the 10th day after the date of substantial compliance by Parent. Complying with a request for additional information or documentary material may take a significant amount of time.

At any time before or after Parent’s acquisition of Shares pursuant to the Offer, the Antitrust Division or the FTC could take such action under the antitrust laws as either deems necessary or desirable in the public interest, including seeking to enjoin the purchase of Shares pursuant to the Offer, or seeking the divestiture of Shares acquired by Parent or the divestiture of substantial assets of Dunkin’ Brands or its subsidiaries or Parent or its subsidiaries. State attorneys general may also bring legal action under both state and federal antitrust laws, as applicable. Private parties may also bring legal action under the antitrust laws under certain circumstances. There can be no assurance that a challenge to the Offer on antitrust grounds will not be made or, if such a challenge is made, the result thereof.

 

17.

Fees and Expenses.

We have retained the Depositary, the Paying Agent and the Information Agent in connection with the Offer. Each of the Depositary, the Paying Agent and the Information Agent will receive customary compensation, reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and indemnification against certain liabilities in connection with the Offer, including liabilities under the United States federal securities laws.

As part of the services included in such retention, the Information Agent may contact holders of Shares by personal interview, mail, electronic mail, telephone, and other methods of electronic communication, and may request brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies and other nominees to forward the Offer materials to beneficial holders of Shares.

Except as set forth above, we will not pay any fees or commissions to any broker or dealer or other person for soliciting tenders of Shares pursuant to the Offer. Brokers, dealers, commercial banks and trust companies will upon request be reimbursed by us for customary mailing and handling expenses incurred by them in forwarding the offering material to their customers.

 

18.

Miscellaneous.

The Offer is not being made to (nor will tenders be accepted from or on behalf of) holders of Shares in any jurisdiction in which the making of the Offer or the acceptance thereof would not be in compliance with the securities, “blue sky” or other applicable laws of such jurisdiction. However, Purchaser may, in its discretion, take such action as it may deem necessary to make the Offer comply with the laws of any such jurisdiction and extend the Offer to holders of Shares in such jurisdiction in compliance with applicable laws. In those jurisdictions where applicable laws require the Offer to be made by a licensed broker or dealer, the Offer will be deemed to be made on behalf of Purchaser by one or more registered brokers or dealers licensed under the laws of such jurisdiction to be designated by Purchaser.

Purchaser and Parent have filed with the SEC the Schedule TO (including exhibits) in accordance with the Exchange Act, furnishing certain additional information with respect to the Offer and may file amendments thereto. If the Offer is completed, Purchaser will file a final amendment to the Schedule TO reporting promptly the results of the Offer pursuant to Rule 14d-3 under the Exchange Act. A copy of the Schedule TO and any amendments thereto (including exhibits) may be examined and copies may be obtained from the SEC in the manner set forth in Section 7 — “Certain Information Concerning Dunkin’ Brands — Available Information.”

No person has been authorized to give any information or make any representation on behalf of Parent or Purchaser not contained in this Offer to Purchase or in the Letter of Transmittal and, if given or made, that information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized. Neither delivery of this Offer to Purchase nor any purchase pursuant to the Offer will, under any circumstances, create any

 

66


implication that there has been no change in the affairs of Parent, Purchaser, Dunkin’ Brands or any of their respective subsidiaries since the date as of which information is furnished or the date of this Offer to Purchase.

 

67


SCHEDULE I

INFORMATION RELATING TO PARENT, PURCHASER AND CERTAIN RELATED PARTIES

Parent. The following table sets forth the name, present principal occupation or employment and material occupations, positions, offices or employments for the past five years of each executive officer and director of Parent, each of whom is a U.S. citizen. Unless otherwise indicated, the current business address of each person is c/o Inspire Brands, Inc., Three Glenlake Parkway, Atlanta, Georgia 30328.

 

Name

  

Position

  

Current Principal Occupation and Employment
History

Paul J. Brown

   Chief Executive Officer, Co-Founder and Director    Chief Executive Officer and Director at Parent (2018-Present); Chief Executive Officer and Director at Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc. (2013–Present)

J. David Pipes

   Chief Financial Officer    Chief Financial Officer at Parent (2018–Present); Chief Financial Officer at Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc. (2011–Present)

Nils H. Okeson

   General Counsel and Chief Administrative Officer    General Counsel and Chief Administrative Officer at Parent (2018–Present); General Counsel at Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc. (2005–Present)

Melissa Strait

   Chief People Officer    Chief People Officer at Parent (2018–Present); Chief People Officer at Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc. (2015–2018)

Christian Charnaux

   Chief Growth Officer    Chief Growth Officer at Parent (2018–Present); Senior Vice President, Corporate Finance at Hilton Worldwide (2016–2018); Senior Vice President, Investor Relations at Hilton Worldwide (2013–2016)

Raghu Sagi

   Chief Information Officer    Chief Information Officer at Parent (2019–Present); Senior Vice President and Chief Engineering Officer at Sephora Americas (2017–2019); Vice President, Digital and Retail Technology at Sephora Americas (2015–2017)

Christopher Fuller

   Chief Communications Officer    Chief Communications Officer at Parent (2018–Present); Senior Vice President, Brand & Corporate Communications at Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc. (2016–2018); Vice President, Corporate Communications at Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc. (2014–2016)

James North

   President, Jimmy John’s    President, Jimmy John’s at Parent and Jimmy John’s, LLC (2020–Present); Chief Executive Officer at Jimmy John’s LLC (2015–2020)

James Taylor

   President, Arby’s    President, Arby’s at Parent and Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc. (2019–Present); Chief

 

68


Name

  

Position

  

Current Principal Occupation and Employment
History

      Marketing Officer at Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc. (2017–2019); Senior Vice President, Brand Activation at Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc. (2016–2017); Senior Vice President, Product Development and Innovation at Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc. (2014–2016)

Lyle Tick

   President, Buffalo Wild Wings    President, Buffalo Wild Wings at Parent and Buffalo Wild Wings, Inc. (2018-Present); Managing Director at Walgreens Boots Alliance-Boots Retail USA (2016–2018); Chief Growth Officer, Worldwide at J Walter Thompson Company (2015–2016)

Claudia S. San Pedro

   President, Sonic    President, Sonic at Parent and Sonic LLC (2018–Present); Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Sonic Industries Services, Inc. (2015–2018)

Navin Sharma

   Senior Vice President of Insights and Customer Personalization    Senior Vice President at Insights and Customer Personalization at Parent (2018–Present); Senior Vice President at Insights, Analytics and Digital at Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc. (2017–2018); Vice President, Brand Insights and Analytics at Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc. (2014–2017)

Jon L. Luther

   Director    Director at Parent (2018–Present); Director at Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc. (2016–2018); Chairman at Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc. (2011–2015); Director at Tempur Sealy International, Inc. (2015–Present); Director at Wingstop Inc. (2010–2011); Director at Six Flags Entertainment Corporation (2010–2020); Director at Brinker International, Inc. (2011–2016); Chief Executive Officer at Dunkin’ Brands (2003–2009); Chairman at Dunkin’ Brands (2006–2009); Executive Chairman at Dunkin’ Brands (2009–2010); Non-Executive Chairman at Dunkin’ Brands (2010–2013)

Neal K. Aronson

   Chairman, Co-Founder and Director    See below under “Roark

Steven M. Romaniello

   Director    See below under “Roark

Marc Rosen

   Director    Director at Parent (2016–Present); Executive Vice President & President, Levi Strauss Americas at Levi Strauss & Co. (2014–Present)

Erik O. Morris

   Director    See below under “Roark

 

69


Purchaser. The following table sets forth the name, present principal occupation or employment and material occupations, positions, offices or employments for the past five years of each executive officer and director of Purchaser, each of whom is a U.S. citizen. Unless otherwise indicated, the current business address of each person is c/o Inspire Brands, Inc., Three Glenlake Parkway, Atlanta, Georgia 30328.

 

Name

  

Position

  

Current Principal Occupation and
Employment History

Paul J. Brown

  

President and Director

  

See above under “Parent

Nils H. Okeson

  

Secretary and Director

  

See above under “Parent

J. David Pipes

  

Treasurer and Director

  

See above under “Parent

Roark. The following table sets forth the name, present principal occupation or employment and material occupations, positions, offices or employments for the past five years of each executive officer and managing member of Roark. Unless otherwise indicated, the current business address of each person is c/o Roark Capital Management, LLC, 1180 Peachtree Street NE, Suite 2500, Atlanta, GA 30309.

 

Name

  

Position

  

Current Principal Occupation and

Employment History

Neal K. Aronson

   Managing Member    Managing Partner at Roark Capital Management, LLC (2001–Present); Director and Chairman at Parent (2019–Present); Director at Mavericks, Inc. (2011–2019); Chairman at Mavericks, Inc. (2016–2019); Director at Jimmy John’s LLC (2016–2019); Director at Driver Investor LLC (2015–Present); Director and Chairman at Wingstop Inc. (2015–2017); Director and Chairman at CKE Holdings Corporation (2014–2019); Director at HSS Holdings, Inc. (2012–Present); Director at Primrose Holding Corporation (2008–Present), Director and Chairman at Batteries Plus Holding Corporation (2007–2016); Director at Focus Brands Holdings Inc. (2006–Present)

Paul D. Ginsberg

   President, Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer    President at Roark Capital Management, LLC (2016–Present); Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer at Roark Capital Management, LLC (2014–2016); Manager at GEDC LLC (2016–2019); Director at The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated (2020–Present)

Stephen D. Aronson

   Managing Director and General Counsel    Managing Director at Roark Capital Management, LLC (2008–Present); General Counsel at Roark Capital Management, LLC (2007–Present); Vice President at Roark Capital Management, LLC (2005–2007); Director at JNN Holdings (2017–2020); Director at Jimmy John’s LLC (2016–2019); Director at ME Holding Corporation (2016–2020); Director at HSS Holding Corporation (2012–2020); Director at QW Holding Corporation (2012–2016); Director at IFCB Holding Corp (2011–2020)

 

70


Name

  

Position

  

Current Principal Occupation and

Employment History

Pritpal Aujla

   Chief Financial Officer    Chief Financial Officer of Roark Capital Management, LLC (2020–Present); Chief Financial Officer of EIG Global Energy Partners (2008–2020)

Erik O. Morris

   Co-Chief Investment Officer and Senior Management Director    Director at Parent (2019–Present); Director at Mavericks, Inc. (2011–2019); Co-Chief Investment Officer at Roark Capital Management, LLC (2017–Present); Senior Managing Director at Roark Capital Management, LLC (2016–2017); Managing Director at Roark Capital Management, LLC (2008–2016); Principal at Roark Capital Management, LLC (2007–2008); Director at Titan Fitness Parent, LLC (2019–Present); Director at Culver Franchising Holdings, LLC (2017–Present); Director at Jimmy John’s, LLC (2016–2019); Director at Ultimate Fitness Holdings LLC (2016–Present); Director at Drybar Holdings LLC (2016–2020); Director at Anytime Worldwide, LLC (2014–Present); Director at IFCB Holdings Corporation (2011–2019); Director at Wingstop Inc (2010–2017); Director at Primose Holdings Corporation (2008–Present)

Steven M. Romaniello

   Senior Advisor    Senior Advisor of Roark Capital Management, LLC (2019–Present); Managing Director of Roark Capital Management, LLC (2008–2019); Director at Parent (2019–Present); Director at Mavericks, Inc. (2011–2019); Director at Jimmy John’s, LLC (2016–2019); Director at Ultimate Fitness Holdings LLC (2016–2020); Director at Share Our Strength (2015–Present); Trustee at Culinary Institute of America (2015–2019); Director at Anytime Worldwide, LLC (2014–2020); Director at IFCB Holdings Corporation (2011–2020); Director at Wingstop Inc. (2010–2017); Chairman at Focus Brands Holding Inc. (2008–Present); Director and Focus Brands Holding Inc. (2006–Present);

 

71


The Letter of Transmittal, certificates for Shares and any other required documents should be sent by each stockholder of Dunkin’ Brands or such stockholder’s broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee to the Depositary as follows:

The Depositary for the Offer is:

 

The Depositary for the Offer is:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company

By Mail and Overnight Courier:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC

Operations Center

Attn: Reorganization Department

6201 15th Avenue

Brooklyn, New York 11219

Other Information:

Questions or requests for assistance or additional copies of this Offer to Purchase, the Letter of Transmittal, and the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be directed to the Information Agent at its location and telephone numbers set forth below. Stockholders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the Offer.

The Information Agent for the Offer is:

 

 

LOGO

Innisfree M&A Incorporated

501 Madison Avenue, 20th floor

New York, New York 10022

Shareholders may call toll free: (877) 717-3929

Banks and Brokers may call collect: (212) 750-5833

Exhibit (a)(1)(B)

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

to Tender Shares of Common Stock

of

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.

a Delaware corporation

at

$106.50 Net Per Share

Pursuant to the Offer to Purchase

Dated November 16, 2020

by

Vale Merger Sub, Inc.

a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of

Inspire Brands, Inc.

 

 

 

THE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT THAT TIME THAT IS ONE MINUTE FOLLOWING 11:59 P.M. (12:00 MIDNIGHT), EASTERN TIME, ON DECEMBER 14, 2020 UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED OR EARLIER TERMINATED. (SUCH DATE AND TIME, AS IT MAY BE EXTENDED, THE “OFFER EXPIRATION TIME”).

The Depositary for the Offer is:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company

By Mail or Overnight Courier:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC

Operations Center

Attn: Reorganization Department

6201 15th Avenue

Brooklyn, New York 11219

Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal to an address other than as set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery to the Depositary (as defined below). You must sign this Letter of Transmittal in the appropriate space provided therefor below, with signature guaranteed, if required. United States Stockholders (as defined below) should complete and sign the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-9 included in this Letter of Transmittal. Stockholders other than United States Stockholders should submit a properly completed and signed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or other appropriate IRS Form W-8. Failure to provide the information on IRS Form W-9 or an appropriate IRS Form W-8, as applicable, may subject you to United States backup withholding on any payments made to you pursuant to the Offer (as defined below). The instructions set forth in this Letter of Transmittal should be read carefully before you tender any of your Shares (as defined below) into the Offer (as defined below).

 

 

 
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES TENDERED
   
Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s)
(Please fill in, if blank, exactly as name(s)
appear(s) on certificate(s))
(Attach additional signed list if necessary)
  Shares Tendered
         
     Certificate
Number(s)*
  Total Number
of Shares
Represented by
Certificate(s)
  Book-Entry
Shares Tendered
  Total Number
of Shares
Tendered**
         
                 
     
   

Total Shares:

       

*  Certificate numbers are not required if tender is being made by book-entry transfer

**  Unless otherwise indicated, it will be assumed that all Shares, including Book-Entry Shares, described in the chart above are being tendered. See Instruction 4.


The Offer is not being made to (nor will tenders be accepted from or on behalf of) holders of Shares in any jurisdiction in which the making of the Offer or acceptance thereof would not be in compliance with the securities, “blue sky” or other applicable laws of such jurisdiction.

This Letter of Transmittal is to be used by stockholders of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (“Dunkin’ Brands”) if certificates (the “Certificates”) for shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”), of Dunkin’ Brands are to be forwarded herewith or, unless an Agent’s Message (as defined in Section 2 of the Offer to Purchase) is utilized, if delivery of the Shares is to be made by book-entry transfer to an account maintained by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) (as described in Section 2 of the Offer to Purchase and pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 3 thereof).

Stockholders whose Certificates are not immediately available, or who cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer prior to the Offer Expiration Time, or who cannot deliver all other required documents to the Depositary prior to the Offer Expiration Time, must tender their Shares according to the guaranteed delivery procedure set forth in Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase in order to participate in the Offer. Shares tendered by the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (as defined below) will be excluded from the calculation of the Minimum Tender Condition (as defined in the Offer to Purchase), unless such Shares and other required documents are received by the Depositary by the Offer Expiration Time. See Instruction 2. Delivery of documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the Depositary.

Additional Information if Certificates Have Been Lost, Destroyed or Stolen, Are Being Delivered By Book-Entry Transfer, or Are Being Delivered Pursuant to a Previous Notice of Guaranteed Delivery

If Certificates you are tendering have been lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated, you should contact American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, in its capacity as transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”), toll-free at (877) 248-6417 regarding the requirements for replacement. You may be required to post a bond to secure against the risk that the Certificates may be subsequently recirculated. You are urged to contact the Transfer Agent immediately in order to receive further instructions, for a determination of whether you will need to post a bond and to permit timely processing of this documentation. See Instruction 11. If you are delivering your shares by book-entry or pursuant to a previous notice of guaranteed delivery, please see Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase, entitled “Procedures for Accepting the Offer and Tendering Shares”.

 

CHECK HERE IF TENDERED SHARES ARE BEING DELIVERED HEREWITH.

 

CHECK HERE IF YOU HAVE LOST YOUR CERTIFICATE(S) AND REQUIRE ASSISTANCE IN OBTAINING REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE(S). BY CHECKING THIS BOX, YOU UNDERSTAND THAT YOU MUST CONTACT AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY TO OBTAIN INSTRUCTIONS FOR REPLACING LOST CERTIFICATES. SEE INSTRUCTION 11.

 

CHECK HERE IF TENDERED SHARES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO AN ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE DEPOSITARY WITH DTC AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (NOTE THAT ONLY FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS THAT ARE PARTICIPANTS IN THE SYSTEM OF DTC MAY DELIVER SHARES BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER):

 

Name of Tendering Institution:                                                                                                                                                  

DTC Account Number:                                                  

   Transaction Code Number:                                                    

 

CHECK HERE IF TENDERED SHARES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE DEPOSITARY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

 

Name (s) of Tendering Stockholder(s):                                                                                                                                        

Window Ticket Number (if any):                                                                                                                                                   

Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                                            

Name of Eligible Institution that Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                                         

 

2


NOTE: SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW.

PLEASE READ ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby tenders to Vale Merger Sub, Inc. (“Purchaser”), a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Inspire Brands, Inc. (“Parent”), a Delaware corporation, the above described shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”), of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Dunkin’ Brands”), pursuant to Purchaser’s offer to purchase any and all of the issued and outstanding Shares, at a price of $106.50 per Share, without interest, net to the seller in cash, less any applicable withholding taxes, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase, dated November 16, 2020 (the “Offer to Purchase”) and this Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal” and which, together with the Offer to Purchase and other related materials, as each may be amended and supplemented from time to time, constitutes the “Offer”), receipt of which is hereby acknowledged.

The Offer is not subject to any financing condition. The Offer is subject to certain conditions, including the Minimum Tender Condition, as defined in the Offer to Purchase. The conditions to the Offer are described in Section 15 of the Offer to Purchase. For purposes of determining whether the Minimum Tender Condition has been satisfied, Shares tendered in the Offer pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures that have not been received prior to the Offer Expiration Time (as defined in the Offer to Purchase) are excluded. The Offer is being made pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 30, 2020 (as it may be amended from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”), among Dunkin’ Brands, Parent and Purchaser.

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer (and if the Offer is extended or amended, the terms of any such extension or amendment), and effective upon acceptance for payment of the Shares validly tendered herewith and not validly withdrawn prior to the Offer Expiration Time in accordance with the terms of the Offer, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers to or upon the order of Purchaser all right, title and interest in and to all of the Shares that are being tendered hereby (and any and all dividends, distributions, rights, other Shares or other securities issued or issuable in respect thereof on or after the date hereof (collectively, “Distributions”)), to (i) deliver Certificates for such Shares (and any and all Distributions) or transfer ownership of such Shares (and any and all Distributions) on the account books maintained by The Depositary Trust Company (“DTC”) or otherwise held in book-entry form, together, in any such case, with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity, to or upon the order of Purchaser, (ii) present such Shares (and any and all Distributions) for transfer on the books of Dunkin’ Brands and (iii) receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such Shares (and any and all Distributions), all in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer.

By executing this Letter of Transmittal (or taking action resulting in the delivery of an Agent’s Message, as specified in Section 2 of the Offer to Purchase), the undersigned hereby irrevocably appoints each of the designees of Purchaser as the attorneys-in-fact and proxies of the undersigned, each with full power of substitution, (i) to vote at any annual or special meeting of Dunkin’ Brands stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof or otherwise in such manner as each such attorney-in-fact and proxy or its, his or her substitute shall in its, his or her sole discretion deem proper with respect to, (ii) to execute any written consent concerning any matter as each such attorney-in-fact and proxy or its, his or her substitute shall in its, his or her sole discretion deem proper with respect to and (iii) to otherwise act as each such attorney-in-fact and proxy or its, his or her substitute shall in its, his or her sole discretion deem proper with respect to, all of the Shares (and any and all Distributions) tendered hereby and accepted for payment by Purchaser. This appointment will be effective if and when, and only to the extent that, Purchaser accepts such Shares for payment pursuant to the Offer. This power of attorney and proxy are irrevocable and are granted in consideration of the acceptance for payment of such Shares in accordance with the terms of the Offer. Such acceptance for payment shall, without further action, revoke any prior powers of attorney and proxies granted by the undersigned at any time with respect to such Shares (and any and all Distributions), and no subsequent powers of attorney, proxies, consents or

 

3


revocations may be given by the undersigned with respect thereto (and, if given, will not be deemed effective). Purchaser reserves the right to require that, in order for the Shares to be deemed validly tendered, immediately upon Purchaser’s acceptance for payment of such Shares, Purchaser or its designees must be able to exercise full voting, consent and other rights with respect to such Shares (and any and all Distributions), including voting at any meeting of Dunkin’ Brands’ stockholders.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer any and all of the Shares tendered hereby (and any and all Distributions) and that, when the same are accepted for payment by Purchaser, Purchaser will acquire good, marketable and unencumbered title to such Shares (and such Distributions), free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and the same will not be subject to any adverse claims. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned is the registered owner of the Shares, or the Certificate(s) have been endorsed to the undersigned in blank, or the undersigned is a participant in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of the Shares. The undersigned shall, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Depositary or Purchaser to be necessary or desirable to complete the sale, assignment and transfer of the Shares tendered hereby. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall not be affected by, and shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned, and any obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, trustees in bankruptcy, successors and assigns of the undersigned. Except as stated in the Offer to Purchase, this tender is irrevocable.

The undersigned hereby acknowledges that delivery of any Certificate shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to such Certificate shall pass, only upon the proper delivery of such Certificate to the Depositary.

The undersigned understands that the valid tender of Shares pursuant to any of the procedures described in the Offer to Purchase and in the Instructions hereto will constitute the undersigned’s acceptance of the terms and conditions of the Offer. Purchaser’s acceptance of such Shares for payment will constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and Purchaser upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer (and if the Offer is extended or amended, the terms and conditions of such extension or amendment). The undersigned recognizes that under certain circumstances set forth in the Offer, Purchaser may not be required to accept for exchange any Shares tendered hereby.

Unless otherwise indicated under “Special Payment Instructions,” please issue a check for the purchase price, less any required withholding of taxes, of all Shares purchased and, if appropriate, return Certificates not tendered or accepted for payment in the name(s) of the registered holder(s) appearing above under “Description of Shares Tendered.” Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under “Special Delivery Instructions,” please mail the check for the purchase price, less any required withholding of taxes, of all Shares purchased and, if appropriate, return any Certificates not tendered or not accepted for payment (and any accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the address(es) of the registered holder(s) appearing above under “Description of Shares Tendered.” In the event that the boxes entitled “Special Payment Instructions” and “Special Delivery Instructions” are both completed, please issue the check for the purchase price, less any required withholding of taxes, of all Shares purchased and, if appropriate, return any Certificates not tendered or not accepted for payment (and any accompanying documents, as appropriate) in the name(s) of, and deliver such check and, if appropriate, return any Certificates (and any accompanying documents, as appropriate) to, the person(s) so indicated. Unless otherwise indicated herein in the box entitled “Special Payment Instructions,” please credit any Shares tendered herewith by book-entry transfer that are not accepted for payment by crediting the account at DTC designated above. The undersigned recognizes that Purchaser has no obligation, pursuant to the “Special Payment Instructions,” to transfer any Shares from the name of the registered holder thereof if Purchaser does not accept for payment any of the Shares so tendered.

 

4


SPECIAL PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 1, 5, 6 and 7)

 

To be completed ONLY if the check for the purchase price, less any required withholding of taxes, of Shares accepted for payment and/or Certificates not tendered or not accepted for payment are to be issued in the name of someone other than the undersigned.

 

Issue check and/or certificate to:

 

Name:         
  (Please Print)
Address:    
 
 
(Include Zip Code)
 

(Taxpayer identification or Social Security No.)

(Also Complete and Sign, as Applicable, IRS Form W-9 Included Below or an Appropriate IRS Form W-8)

SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 1, 5, 6 and 7)

 

To be completed ONLY if the check for the purchase price, less any required withholding of taxes, of Shares accepted for payment and/or Certificates evidencing Shares not tendered or not accepted are to be mailed to someone other than the undersigned or to the undersigned at an address other than that shown above.

 

Mail check and/or certificate to:

 

 

Name:         
  (Please Print)
Address:    
 
 

(Include Zip Code)

   
 

 

5


 

IMPORTANT

STOCKHOLDER: YOU MUST SIGN BELOW

 

(United States Stockholder: In addition, please complete, sign and return the IRS Form W-9 included below) (Stockholders other than United States Stockholders: In addition, please obtain, complete sign and return an appropriate IRS Form W-8)

 

Sign Here:                                                                                                                                                                                             

(Signature(s) of Holder(s) of Shares)

Sign Here:                                                                                                                                                                                             

(Signature(s) of Holder(s) of Shares)

Dated:                                                                                                                                                                                                     

Name(s):                                                                                                                                                                                                 

(Please Print)

Capacity (full title) (See Instruction 5):                                                                                                                                      

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                  

(Include Zip Code)

Area Code and Telephone No.:                                                                                                                                                     

Tax Identification Number (if required.) See IRS Form W-9 included below, or the appropriate IRS

Form W-8, as applicable:                                                                                                                                                                

(Must be signed by registered holder(s) exactly as name(s) appear(s) or on a security position listing or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by Certificates and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, agent, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity, please set forth full title and see Instruction 5).

 

6


INSTRUCTIONS FORMING

PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE OFFER

1.    Guarantee of Signatures. No signature guarantee is required on this Letter of Transmittal (a) if this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) (which term, for purposes of this Instruction, includes any participant in DTC’s systems whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of the Shares) of Shares tendered herewith, unless such registered holder has completed either the box entitled “Special Payment Instructions” or the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” on this Letter of Transmittal or (b) if such Shares are tendered for the account of a financial institution (including most commercial banks, savings and loan associations and brokerage houses) that is a member in good standing of the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program or any other “eligible guarantor institution,” as such term is defined in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (each, an “Eligible Institution”). In all other cases, all signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. See Instruction 5.

2.    Requirements of Tender. No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be accepted. In order for Shares to be validly tendered pursuant to the Offer, one of the following procedures must be followed:

For Shares held as physical certificates, the Certificates representing tendered Shares, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal, together with any required signature guarantees, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Depositary at one of its addresses set forth on the front page of this Letter of Transmittal before the Offer Expiration Time.

For Shares held in book-entry form, either a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal, together with any required signature guarantees, or an Agent’s Message in lieu of this Letter of Transmittal, and any other required documents, must be received by the Depositary at the appropriate address set forth on the front page of this Letter of Transmittal, and such Shares must be delivered according to the book-entry transfer procedures (as set forth in Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase) and a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of Shares into the Depositary’s account at DTC (a “Book-Entry Confirmation”) must be received by the Depositary, in each case before the Offer Expiration Time.

Stockholders whose Certificates are not immediately available, or who cannot complete the procedure for delivery by book-entry transfer prior to the Offer Expiration Time or who cannot otherwise deliver all other required documents to the Depositary prior to the Offer Expiration Time, may tender their Shares by properly completing and duly executing a notice of guaranteed delivery (a “Notice of Guaranteed Delivery”) pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure set forth in Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase. Pursuant to such procedure: (i) such tender must be made by or through an Eligible Institution, (ii) a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, in the form made available by Purchaser, must be received by the Depositary prior to the Offer Expiration Time and (iii) Certificates (or a Book-Entry Confirmation) evidencing all tendered Shares, in proper form for transfer, in each case together with this Letter of Transmittal, properly completed and duly executed, together with any required signature guarantees (or, in the case of book-entry transfer of Shares, either this Letter of Transmittal or an Agent’s Message in lieu of this Letter of Transmittal), and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Depositary within two NASDAQ Global Market trading days after the date of execution of such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. A Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be delivered by overnight courier or mailed to the Depositary and must include a guarantee by an Eligible Institution in the form set forth in the form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery made available by Purchaser. In the case of Shares held through DTC, the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be delivered to the Depositary by a participant by means of the confirmation system of DTC. Shares tendered by the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be excluded from the calculation of the Minimum Tender Condition, unless such Shares and other required documents are received by the Depositary by the Offer Expiration Time.

The method of delivery of Shares, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents, including delivery through DTC, is at the election and risk of the tendering stockholder. Shares will be deemed

 

7


delivered (and the risk of loss of Certificates will pass) only when actually received by the Depositary (including, in the case of a book-entry transfer, by Book-Entry Confirmation). If delivery is by mail, then registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is recommended. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to ensure timely delivery.

No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be accepted. By executing this Letter of Transmittal, the tendering stockholder waives any right to receive any notice of the acceptance for payment of Shares.

3.    Inadequate Space. If the space provided herein is inadequate, Certificate numbers, the number of Shares represented by such Certificates and/or the number of Shares tendered should be listed on a separate signed schedule attached hereto.

4.    Partial Tenders (Not Applicable to Stockholders who Tender by Book-Entry Transfer). If fewer than all the Shares represented by any Certificate delivered to the Depositary are to be tendered, fill in the number of Shares which are to be tendered in the box entitled “Total Number of Shares Tendered.” In such case, a new Certificate for the remainder of the Shares represented by the old Certificate will be sent to the person(s) signing this Letter of Transmittal, unless otherwise provided in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal, as promptly as practicable following the expiration or termination of the Offer. All Shares represented by Certificates or in Book-Entry form delivered to the Depositary will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated.

5.    Signatures on Letter of Transmittal; Stock Powers and Endorsements.

(a)    Exact Signatures. If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Shares tendered hereby, the signature(s) must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the Certificates without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

(b)    Joint Holders. If any of the Shares tendered hereby are held of record by two or more persons, all such persons must sign this Letter of Transmittal.

(c)    Different Names on Certificates. If any of the Shares tendered hereby are registered in different names on different Certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate Letters of Transmittal as there are different registrations of Certificates.

(d)    Endorsements. If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Shares tendered hereby, no endorsements of Certificates or separate stock powers are required unless payment of the purchase price is to be made, or Shares not tendered or not purchased are to be returned, in the name of any person other than the registered holder(s). Signatures on any such Certificates or stock powers must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

(e)    Stock Powers. If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of the Shares tendered hereby, Certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate stock powers, in either case, signed exactly as the name(s) of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on the Certificates for such Shares. Signature(s) on any such Certificates or stock powers must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. See Instruction 1.

(f)    Evidence of Fiduciary or Representative Capacity. If this Letter of Transmittal or any Certificate or stock power is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other legal entity or other person acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity, such person should so indicate when signing, and proper evidence satisfactory to the Depositary of the authority of such person so to act must be submitted. Proper evidence of authority includes original or certified copies of a power of attorney, a letter of testamentary or a letter of appointment.

 

8


6.    Stock Transfer Taxes. Except as otherwise provided in this Instruction 6, Dunkin’ Brands will pay all stock transfer taxes with respect to the transfer and sale of any Shares to it pursuant to the Offer (for the avoidance of doubt, transfer taxes do not include income taxes or withholding taxes). If, however, consideration is to be paid to, or if Certificate(s) for Shares not tendered or not accepted for payment are to be registered in the name of, any person(s) other than the registered holder(s), or if tendered Certificate(s) for Share(s) are registered in the name of any person(s) other than the person(s) signing this Letter of Transmittal, Dunkin’ Brands will not be responsible for any stock transfer or similar taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder(s) or such other person(s) or otherwise) payable on account of the transfer to such other person(s) and no consideration shall be paid in respect of such Share(s) unless evidence satisfactory to Dunkin’ Brands of the payment of such taxes, or exemption therefrom, is submitted.

7.    Special Payment and Delivery Instructions. If a check is to be issued for the purchase price of any Shares tendered by this Letter of Transmittal in the name of, and, if appropriate, Certificates for Shares not tendered or not accepted for payment are to be issued or returned to, any person(s) other than the signer of this Letter of Transmittal or if a check and, if appropriate, such Certificates are to be returned to any person(s) other than the person(s) signing this Letter of Transmittal or to an address other than that shown in this Letter of Transmittal, the appropriate boxes on this Letter of Transmittal must be completed.

8.    Backup Withholding. Under the “backup withholding” provisions of United States federal income tax laws, the Depositary may be required to withhold a portion of any payments made to certain stockholders (or, if applicable, other payees) pursuant to the Offer. To avoid this withholding, a tendering United States Stockholder (as defined below) (or other United States payee) is required to provide the Depositary with a correct Taxpayer Identification Number (“TIN”) on IRS Form W-9, which is included herein, and to certify, under penalties of perjury, that the TIN provided on the IRS Form W-9 is correct and that the stockholder is not subject to backup withholding or is exempt from backup withholding. In addition, such United States Stockholder must date and sign the IRS Form W-9 as indicated. If such United States Stockholder is an individual, the TIN is his or her social security number. If a tendering United States Stockholder (or other United States payee) does not provide the correct TIN or an adequate basis for an exemption from backup withholding, such stockholder (or other payee) may be subject to backup withholding at the applicable rate (currently 24%), and may be subject to a penalty imposed by the IRS. If a tendering United States Stockholder does not have a TIN, such stockholder should consult the instructions to IRS Form W-9 for information on applying for a TIN and completing and signing the IRS Form W-9 while the TIN application is in process. See the enclosed IRS Form W-9 and the instructions thereto for additional information.

Certain United States Stockholders (including, among others, C corporations) who are exempt recipients are not subject to backup withholding. See the enclosed copy of the IRS Form W-9 and the instructions to IRS Form W-9. In order to confirm exempt status and avoid erroneous backup withholding, such exempt United States Stockholders should furnish their TIN, check the appropriate box on the IRS Form W-9 and sign, date and return the IRS Form W-9 to the Depositary.

A stockholder (or other payee) that is not a United States Stockholder may qualify as an exempt recipient by providing the exchange agent with a properly completed and signed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or other appropriate IRS Form W-8, signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to such stockholder or payee’s non-U.S. status or by otherwise establishing an exemption. An appropriate IRS Form W-8 may be obtained from the Depositary or the IRS website (https://www.irs.gov/forms-instructions).

For purposes of these instructions, a “United States Stockholder” is (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident alien of the United States for United States federal income tax purposes, (ii) a corporation (including an entity taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) or partnership (including an entity taxable as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) created under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source or (iv) a trust if (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to

 

9


control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the United States federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If backup withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained from the IRS if eligibility is established and appropriate procedure is followed.

Failure to provide a correct, completed and signed IRS Form W-9 or an appropriate IRS Form W-8, as applicable, may subject you to United States backup withholding on any payments made to you pursuant to the Offer. YOU ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT YOU SHOULD SEEK ADVICE BASED ON YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES FROM AN INDEPENDENT TAX ADVISOR.

9.    Irregularities. All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance for payment of any tender of Shares will be determined by Purchaser, in its sole discretion. Purchaser reserves the absolute right to reject any and all tenders determined by it not to be in proper form or the acceptance for payment of which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be unlawful. Purchaser also reserves the absolute right to waive any defect or irregularity in the tender of any Shares of any particular stockholder, whether or not similar defects or irregularities are waived in the case of other stockholders. No tender of Shares will be deemed to have been validly made until all defects and irregularities have been waived or cured within such time as Purchaser shall determine. None of Parent, Purchaser, the Depositary, the Information Agent or any other person will be under any duty to give notice of any defects or irregularities in tenders or incur any liability for failure to give any such notice. Purchaser’s interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Offer (including the Letter of Transmittal and the instructions thereto) will be determined by Purchaser in its sole discretion.

10.    Questions and Requests for Additional Copies. The Information Agent may be contacted at the address and telephone number set forth on the last page of this Letter of Transmittal for questions and/or requests for additional copies of the Offer to Purchase, this Letter of Transmittal, the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and other tender offer materials. You may also contact your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance. Such copies will be furnished promptly at Purchaser’s expense.

11.    Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates. If any Certificate has been lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated, the stockholder should promptly notify the Transfer Agent toll-free at (877) 248-6417. The stockholder will then be instructed as to the steps that must be taken in order to replace such Certificates. You may be required to post a bond to secure against the risk that the Certificates(s) may be subsequently recirculated. This Letter of Transmittal and related documents cannot be processed until the procedures for replacing lost, destroyed or stolen certificates have been followed. You are urged to contact the Transfer Agent immediately in order to receive further instructions and for a determination of whether you will need to post a bond and to permit timely processing of this documentation.

Certificates evidencing tendered Shares, or a Book-Entry Confirmation into the Depositary’s account at DTC, as well as this Letter of Transmittal, properly completed and duly executed, with any required signature guarantees, or an Agent’s Message (if utilized in lieu of this Letter of Transmittal in connection with a book-entry transfer), and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received before the Offer Expiration Time, or the tendering stockholder must comply with the procedures for guaranteed delivery.

 

10


   

Form W-9

(Rev. October 2018)

Department of the Treasury

Internal Revenue Service

  

Request for Taxpayer

Identification Number and Certification

 

u Go to www.irs.gov/FormW9 for instructions and the latest information.

 

Give Form to the requester. Do not
send to the IRS.

Print or type See

Specific Instructions on page 2.

 

     

 

1 Name (as shown on your income tax return). Name is required on this line; do not leave this line blank.

 

    
 

 

2 Business name/disregarded entity name, if different from above

 

 

    
      3 Check appropriate box for federal tax classification of the person whose name is entered on line 1. Check only one of the
following seven boxes.
 

4 Exemptions (codes apply only to
certain entities, not individuals; see
instructions on page 3):

 

Exempt payee code (if any)                 

 

Exemption from FATCA reporting code
(if any)                                 

 

(Applies to accounts maintained outside
the U.S.)

        Individual/sole
proprietor or single-
member LLC
    C Corporation     S Corporation     Partnership         Trust/estate
        Limited liability company. Enter the tax classification (C=C corporation, S=S corporation, P=partnership) u                 
     

 

 

Note. Check the appropriate box in the line above for the tax classification of the single-member owner. Do not check
LLC if the LLC is classified as a single-member LLC that is disregarded from the owner unless the owner of the LLC is
another LLC that is not disregarded from the owner for U.S. federal tax purposes. Otherwise, a single member LLC that
is disregarded from the owner should check the appropriate box for the tax classification of its owner.

 

Other (see instructions) u

       

5 Address (number, street, and apt. or suite no.) See instructions.

               Requester’s name and address (optional)        
       

6 City, state, and ZIP code

                             
       

7 List account number(s) here (optional)

                  
Part I    Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)

Enter your TIN in the appropriate box. The TIN provided must match the name given on line 1 to avoid backup withholding. For individuals, this is generally your social security number (SSN). However, for a resident alien, sole proprietor, or disregarded entity, see the instructions for Part I, later. For other entities, it is your employer identification number (EIN). If you do not have a number, see How to get a TIN, later.

 

Note. If the account is in more than one name, see the instructions for line 1. Also see What Name and Number To Give the Requester for guidelines on whose number to enter.

 

Social security number

 

                     
             

         

               
  or
 

Employer identification number

 
                     
         

                             

 

Part II    Certification

Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:

 

1.   The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me); and

 

2.   I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding; and

 

3.   I am a U.S. citizen or other U.S. person (defined below); and

 

4.   The FATCA code(s) entered on this form (if any) indicating that I am exempt from FATCA reporting is correct.

Certification instructions. You must cross out item 2 above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because you have failed to report all interest and dividends on your tax return. For real estate transactions, item 2 does not apply. For mortgage interest paid, acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, contributions to an individual retirement arrangement (IRA), and generally, payments other than interest and dividends, you are not required to sign the certification, but you must provide your correct TIN. See the instructions for Part II, later.

 

Sign
Here
   Signature of
U.S. person  
u
     Date  u

General Instructions

Section references are to the Internal Revenue Code unless otherwise noted.

Future developments. For the latest information about developments related to Form W-9 and its instructions, such as legislation enacted after they were published, go to www.irs.gov/FormW9.

Purpose of Form

An individual or entity (Form W-9 requester) who is required to file an information return with the IRS must obtain your correct taxpayer identification number (TIN) which may be your social security number (SSN), individual taxpayer identification number (ITIN), adoption taxpayer identification number (ATIN), or employer identification number (EIN), to report on an information return the amount paid to you, or other amount reportable on an information return. Examples of information returns include, but are not limited to, the following.

● Form 1099-INT (interest earned or paid)

● Form 1099-DIV (dividends, including those from stocks or mutual funds)

● Form 1099-MISC (various types of income, prizes, awards, or gross proceeds)

● Form 1099-B (stock or mutual fund sales and certain other transactions by brokers)

● Form 1099-S (proceeds from real estate transactions)

● Form 1099-K (merchant card and third party network transactions)

● Form 1098 (home mortgage interest), 1098-E (student loan interest), 1098-T (tuition)

● Form 1099-C (canceled debt)

● Form 1099-A (acquisition or abandonment of secured property)

Use Form W-9 only if you are a U.S. person (including a resident alien), to provide your correct TIN.

If you do not return Form W-9 to the requester with a TIN, you might be subject to backup withholding. See What is backup withholding, later.

By signing the filled-out form, you:

1. Certify that the TIN you are giving is correct (or you are waiting for a number to be issued),

2. Certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, or                     

3. Claim exemption from backup withholding if you are a U.S. exempt payee. If applicable, you are also certifying that as a U.S. person, your allocable share of any partnership income from a U.S. trade or business is not subject to the withholding tax on foreign partners’ share of effectively connected income, and

4. Certify that FATCA code(s) entered on this form (if any) indicating that you are exempt from the FATCA reporting, is correct. See What is FATCA reporting, later, further information.

 

 

    Cat. No. 10231X  

Form W-9 (Rev. 10-2018)


Form W-9 (Rev. 10-2018)

Page 2

 

 

Note. If you are a U.S. person and a requester gives you a form other than Form W-9 to request your TIN, you must use the requester’s form if it is substantially similar to this Form W-9.

Definition of a U.S. person. For federal tax purposes, you are considered a U.S. person if you are:

● An individual who is a U.S. citizen or U.S. resident alien;

● A partnership, corporation, company, or association created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States;

● An estate (other than a foreign estate); or

● A domestic trust (as defined in Regulations section 301.7701-7).

Special rules for partnerships. Partnerships that conduct a trade or business in the United States are generally required to pay a withholding tax under section 1446 on any foreign partners’ share of effectively connected taxable income from such business. Further, in certain cases where a Form W-9 has not been received, the rules under section 1446 require a partnership to presume that a partner is a foreign person, and pay the section 1446 withholding tax. Therefore, if you are a U.S. person that is a partner in a partnership conducting a trade or business in the United States, provide Form W-9 to the partnership to establish your U.S. status and avoid section 1446 withholding on your share of partnership income.

In the cases below, the following person must give Form W-9 to the partnership for purposes of establishing its U.S. status and avoiding withholding on its allocable share of net income from the partnership conducting a trade or business in the United States:

● In the case of a disregarded entity with a U.S. owner, the U.S. owner of the disregarded entity and not the entity;

● In the case of a grantor trust with a U.S. grantor or other U.S. owner, generally, the U.S. grantor or other U.S. owner of the grantor trust and not the trust; and

● In the case of a U.S. trust (other than a grantor trust), the U.S. trust (other than a grantor trust) and not the beneficiaries of the trust.

Foreign person. If you are a foreign person or the U.S. branch of a foreign bank that has elected to be treated as a U.S. person, do not use Form W-9. Instead, use the appropriate Form W-8 or Form 8233 (see Pub. 515, Withholding of Tax on Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Entities).

Nonresident alien who becomes a resident alien. Generally, only a nonresident alien individual may use the terms of a tax treaty to reduce or eliminate U.S. tax on certain types of income. However, most tax treaties contain a provision known as a “saving clause.” Exceptions specified in the saving clause may permit an exemption from tax to continue for certain types of income even after the payee has otherwise become a U.S. resident alien for tax purposes.

If you are a U.S. resident alien who is relying on an exception contained in the saving clause of a tax treaty to claim an exemption from U.S. tax on certain types of income, you must attach a statement to Form W-9 that specifies the following five items:

1. The treaty country. Generally, this must be the same treaty under which you claimed exemption from tax as a nonresident alien.

2. The treaty article addressing the income.

3. The article number (or location) in the tax treaty that contains the saving clause and its exceptions.

4. The type and amount of income that qualifies for the exemption from tax.

5. Sufficient facts to justify the exemption from tax under the terms of the treaty article.

Example. Article 20 of the U.S.-China income tax treaty allows an exemption from tax for scholarship income received by a Chinese student temporarily present in the United States. Under U.S. law, this student will become a resident alien for tax purposes if his or her stay in the United States exceeds 5 calendar years. However, paragraph 2 of the first Protocol to the U.S.-China treaty (dated April 30, 1984) allows the provisions of Article 20 to continue to apply even after the Chinese student becomes a resident alien of the United States. A Chinese student who qualifies for this exception (under paragraph 2 of the first protocol) and is relying on this exception to claim an exemption from tax on his or her scholarship or fellowship income would attach to Form W-9 a statement that includes the information described above to support that exemption.

If you are a nonresident alien or a foreign entity, give the requester the appropriate completed Form W-8 or Form 8233.

Backup Withholding

What is backup withholding? Persons making certain payments to you must under certain conditions withhold and pay to the IRS 24% of such payments. This is called “backup withholding.” Payments that may be subject to backup withholding include interest, tax-exempt interest, dividends, broker and barter exchange transactions, rents, royalties, nonemployee pay, payments made in settlement of payment card and third party network transactions, and certain payments from fishing boat operators. Real estate transactions are not subject to backup withholding.

You will not be subject to backup withholding on payments you receive if you give the requester your correct TIN, make the proper certifications, and report all your taxable interest and dividends on your tax return.

Payments you receive will be subject to backup withholding if:

1. You do not furnish your TIN to the requester,

2. You do not certify your TIN when required (see the instructions for Part II for details),

3. The IRS tells the requester that you furnished an incorrect TIN,

4. The IRS tells you that you are subject to backup withholding because you did not report all your interest and dividends on your tax return (for reportable interest and dividends only), or

5. You do not certify to the requester that you are not subject to backup withholding under 4 above (for reportable interest and dividend accounts opened after 1983 only).

Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding. See Exempt payee code, later, and the separate Instructions for the Requester of Form W-9 for more information.

Also see Special rules for partnerships earlier.

What is FATCA Reporting?

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) requires a participating foreign financial institution to report all United States account holders that are specified United States persons. Certain payees are exempt from FATCA reporting. See Exemption from FATCA reporting code, later, and the Instructions for the Requester of Form W-9 for more information.

Updating Your Information

You must provide updated information to any person to whom you claimed to be an exempt payee if you are no longer an exempt payee and anticipate receiving reportable payments in the future from this person. For example, you may need to provide updated information if you are a C corporation that elects to be an S corporation, or if you no longer are tax exempt. In addition, you must furnish a new Form W-9 if the name or TIN changes for the account; for example, if the grantor of a grantor trust dies.

Penalties

Failure to furnish TIN. If you fail to furnish your correct TIN to a requester, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

Civil penalty for false information with respect to withholding. If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no backup withholding, you are subject to a $500 penalty.

Criminal penalty for falsifying information. Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.

Misuse of TINs. If the requester discloses or uses TINs in violation of federal law, the requester may be subject to civil and criminal penalties.

Specific Instructions

Line 1

You must enter one of the following on this line; do not leave this line blank. The name should match the name on your tax return.

If this Form W-9 is for a joint account (other than an account maintained by a foreign financial institution (FFI)), list first, and then circle, the name of the person or entity whose number you entered in Part I of Form W-9. If you are providing Form W-9 to an FFI to document a joint account, each holder of the account that is a U.S. person must provide a Form W-9.

 


Form W-9 (Rev. 10-2018)

Page 3

 

 

a. Individual. Generally, enter the name shown on your tax return. If you have changed your last name without informing the Social Security Administration (SSA) of the name change, enter your first name, the last name as shown on your social security card, and your new last name.

Note: ITIN applicant: Enter your individual name as it was entered on your Form W-7 application, line 1a. This should also be the same as the name you entered on the Form 1040/1040A/1040EZ you filed with your application.

b. Sole proprietor or single-member LLC. Enter your individual name as shown on your 1040/1040A/1040EZ on line 1. You may enter your business, trade, or “doing business as” (DBA) name on line 2.

c. Partnership, LLC that is not a single-member LLC, C Corporation, or S Corporation. Enter the entity’s name as shown on the entity’s tax return on line 1 and any business, trade, or DBA name on line 2.

d. Other entities. Enter your name as shown on required U.S. federal tax documents on line 1. This name should match the name shown on the charter or other legal document creating the entity. You may enter any business, trade, or DBA name on line 2.

e. Disregarded entity. For U.S. federal tax purposes, an entity that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner is treated as a “disregarded entity.” See Regulations section 301.7701-2(c)(2)(iii). Enter the owner’s name on line 1. The name of the entity entered on line 1 should never be a disregarded entity. The name on line 1 should be the name shown on the income tax return on which the income should be reported. For example, if a foreign LLC that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal tax purposes has a single owner that is a U.S. person, the U.S. owner’s name is required to be provided on line 1. If the direct owner of the entity is also a disregarded entity, enter the first owner that is not disregarded for federal tax purposes. Enter the disregarded entity’s name on line 2, “Business name/disregarded entity name.” If the owner of the disregarded entity is a foreign person, the owner must complete an appropriate Form W-8 instead of a Form W-9. This is the case even if the foreign person has a U.S. TIN.

Line 2

If you have a business name, trade name, DBA name, or disregarded entity name, you may enter it on line 2.

Line 3

Check the appropriate box on line 3 for the U.S. federal tax classification of the person whose name is entered on line 1. Check only one box on line 3.

 

IF the entity/person on line 1 is a(n) . . .   THEN check the box for . . .
Corporation   Corporation

Individual

Sole proprietorship, or

Single-member limited liability company (LLC) owned by an individual and disregarded for U.S. federal tax purposes.

  Individual/sole proprietor or single-member LLC

LLC treated as a partnership for U.S. federal tax purposes,

LLC that has filed Form 8832 or 2553 to be taxed as a corporation, or

LLC that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner but the owner is another LLC that is not disregarded for U.S. federal tax purposes.

  Limited liability company and enter the appropriate tax classification. (P= Partnership; C= C corporation; or S= S corporation)
Partnership   Partnership
Trust/estate   Trust/estate

Line 4, Exemptions

If you are exempt from backup withholding and/or FATCA reporting, enter in the appropriate space on line 4 any code(s) that may apply to you.

Exempt payee code.

● Generally, individuals (including sole proprietors) are not exempt from backup withholding.

 

● Except as provided below, corporations are exempt from backup withholding for certain payments, including interest and dividends.

● Corporations are not exempt from backup withholding for payments made in settlement of payment card or third party network transactions.

● Corporations are not exempt from backup withholding with respect to attorneys’ fees or gross proceeds paid to attorneys, and corporations that provide medical or health care services are not exempt with respect to payments reportable on Form 1099-MISC.

The following codes identify payees that are exempt from backup withholding. Enter the appropriate code in the space in line 4.

1—An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), any IRA, or a custodial account under section 403(b)(7) if the account satisfies the requirements of section 401(f)(2)

2—The United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities

3—A state, the District of Columbia, a U.S. commonwealth or possession, or any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities

4—A foreign government or any of its political subdivisions, agencies, or instrumentalities

5—A corporation

6—A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the United States, the District of Columbia, or a U.S. commonwealth or possession

7—A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission

8—A real estate investment trust

9—An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940

10—A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a)

11—A financial institution

12—A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or custodian

13—A trust exempt from tax under section 664 or described in section 4947

The following chart shows types of payments that may be exempt from backup withholding. The chart applies to the exempt payees listed above, 1 through 13.

 

IF the payment is for . . .   THEN the payment is exempt for . . .
Interest and dividend payments   All exempt payees except for 7
Broker transactions   Exempt payees 1 through 4 and 6 through 11 and all C corporations. S corporations must not enter an exempt payee code because they are exempt only for sales of noncovered securities acquired prior to 2012.
Barter exchange transactions and patronage dividends   Exempt payees 1 through 4
Payments over $600 required to be reported and direct sales over $5,0001  

Generally, exempt payees

1 through 52

Payments made in settlement of payment card or third party network transactions   Exempt payees 1 through 4

 

1 

See Form 1099-MISC, Miscellaneous Income, and its instructions.

 

2 

However, the following payments made to a corporation and reportable on Form 1099-MISC are not exempt from backup withholding: medical and health care payments, attorneys’ fees, gross proceeds paid to an attorney reportable under section 6045(f), and payments for services paid by a federal executive agency.

Exemption from FATCA reporting code. The following codes identify payees that are exempt from reporting under FATCA. These codes apply to persons submitting this form for accounts maintained outside of the United States by certain foreign financial institutions. Therefore, if you are only submitting this form for an account you hold in the United States, you may leave this field blank. Consult with the person requesting this form if you are uncertain if the financial institution is subject to these requirements. A requester may indicate that a code is not required by providing you with a Form W-9 with “Not

 


Form W-9 (Rev. 10-2018)

Page 4

 

 

Applicable” (or any similar indication) written or printed on the line for a FATCA exemption code.

A—An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a) or any individual retirement plan as defined in section 7701(a)(37)

B—The United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities

C—A state, the District of Columbia, a U.S. commonwealth or possession, or any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities

D—A corporation the stock of which is regularly traded on one or more established securities markets, as described in Regulations section 1.1472-1(c)(1)(i)

E—A corporation that is a member of the same expanded affiliated group as a corporation described in Regulations section 1.1472-1(c)(1)(i)

F—A dealer in securities, commodities, or derivative financial instruments (including notional principal contracts, futures, forwards, and options) that is registered as such under the laws of the United States or any state

G—A real estate investment trust

H—A regulated investment company as defined in section 851 or an entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940

I—A common trust fund as defined in section 584(a)

J—A bank as defined in section 581

K—A broker

L—A trust exempt from tax under section 664 or described in section 4947(a)(1)

M—A tax exempt trust under a section 403(b) plan or section 457(g) plan

Note: You may wish to consult with the financial institution requesting this form to determine whether the FATCA code and/or exempt payee code should be completed.

Line 5

Enter your address (number, street, and apartment or suite number). This is where the requester of this Form W-9 will mail your information returns. If this address differs from the one the requester already has on file, write NEW at the top. If a new address is provided, there is still a chance the old address will be used until the payor changes your address in their records.

Line 6

Enter your city, state, and ZIP code.

Part I. Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)

Enter your TIN in the appropriate box. If you are a resident alien and you do not have and are not eligible to get an SSN, your TIN is your IRS individual taxpayer identification number (ITIN). Enter it in the social security number box. If you do not have an ITIN, see How to get a TIN below.

If you are a sole proprietor and you have an EIN, you may enter either your SSN or EIN.

If you are a single-member LLC that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner, enter the owner’s SSN (or EIN, if the owner has one). Do not enter the disregarded entity’s EIN. If the LLC is classified as a corporation or partnership, enter the entity’s EIN.

Note: See What Name and Number To Give the Requester, later, for further clarification of name and TIN combinations.

How to get a TIN. If you do not have a TIN, apply for one immediately. To apply for an SSN, get Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Card, from your local SSA office or get this form online at www.SSA.gov. You may also get this form by calling 1-800-772-1213. Use Form W-7, Application for IRS Individual Taxpayer Identification Number, to apply for an ITIN, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, to apply for an EIN. You can apply for an EIN online by accessing the IRS website at www.irs.gov/Businesses and clicking on Employer Identification Number (EIN) under Starting a Business. Go to www.irs.gov/Forms to view, download, or print Form W-7 and/or Form SS-4. Or, you can go to www.irs.gov/OrderForms to place an order and have Form W-7 and/or SS-4 mailed to you within 10 business days.

If you are asked to complete Form W-9 but do not have a TIN, apply for a TIN and write “Applied For” in the space for the TIN, sign and date the form, and give it to the requester. For interest and dividend payments, and certain payments made with respect to readily tradable instruments,

generally you will have 60 days to get a TIN and give it to the requester before you are subject to backup withholding on payments. The 60-day rule does not apply to other types of payments. You will be subject to backup withholding on all such payments until you provide your TIN to the requester.

Note: Entering “Applied For” means that you have already applied for a TIN or that you intend to apply for one soon.

Caution: A disregarded U.S. entity that has a foreign owner must use the appropriate Form W-8.

Part II. Certification

To establish to the withholding agent that you are a U.S. person, or resident alien, sign Form W-9. You may be requested to sign by the withholding agent even if item 1, 4, or 5 below indicates otherwise.

For a joint account, only the person whose TIN is shown in Part I should sign (when required). In the case of a disregarded entity, the person identified on line 1 must sign. Exempt payees, see Exempt payee code, earlier.

Signature requirements. Complete the certification as indicated in items 1 through 5 below.

1. Interest, dividend, and barter exchange accounts opened before 1984 and broker accounts considered active during 1983. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification.

2. Interest, dividend, broker, and barter exchange accounts opened after 1983 and broker accounts considered inactive during 1983. You must sign the certification or backup withholding will apply. If you are subject to backup withholding and you are merely providing your correct TIN to the requester, you must cross out item 2 in the certification before signing the form.

3. Real estate transactions. You must sign the certification. You may cross out item 2 of the certification.

4. Other payments. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification unless you have been notified that you have previously given an incorrect TIN. “Other payments” include payments made in the course of the requester’s trade or business for rents, royalties, goods (other than bills for merchandise), medical and health care services (including payments to corporations), payments to a nonemployee for services, payments made in settlement of payment card and third party network transactions, payments to certain fishing boat crew members and fishermen, and gross proceeds paid to attorneys (including payments to corporations).

5. Mortgage interest paid by you, acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, qualified tuition program payments (under section 529), ABLE accounts (under section 529A), IRA, Coverdell ESA, Archer MSA or HSA contributions or distributions, and pension distributions. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification.

What Name and Number To Give the

Requester

 

     
       For this type of account:   Give name and SSN of:
 
  1.    

Individual

  The individual
 
  2.     Two or more individuals (joint account) other than an account maintained by an FFI   The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, the first individual on the account1
 
  3.     Two or more U.S. persons (joint account maintained by an FFI)   Each holder of the account
 
  4.     Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)   The minor2
 
  5.    

a.  The usual revocable savings trust (grantor is also trustee)

  The grantor-trustee1
 
 

b.  So-called trust account that is not a legal or valid trust under state law

  The actual owner1
 
  6.     Sole proprietorship or disregarded entity owned by an individual   The owner3
 
  7.     Grantor trust filing under Optional Form 1099 Filing Method 1 (see Regulations section 1.671-4(b)(2)(i)(A))   The grantor*
 


Form W-9 (Rev. 10-2018)

Page 5

 

 

     
       For this type of account:   Give name and EIN of:
 
  8.     Disregarded entity not owned by an individual   The owner
 
  9.     A valid trust, estate, or pension trust   Legal entity4
 
  10.     Corporation or LLC electing corporate status on Form 8832 or Form 2553   The corporation
 
  11.     Association, club, religious, charitable, educational, or other tax-exempt organization   The organization
 
  12.     Partnership or multi-member LLC   The partnership
 
  13.     A broker or registered nominee   The broker or nominee
 
  14.     Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a state or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments   The public entity
 
  15.     Grantor trust filing under the Form 1041 Filing Method or the Optional Form 1099 Filing Method 2 (see Regulations section 1.671-4(b)(2)(i)(B))   The trust

 

1 

List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has an SSN, that person’s number must be furnished.

 

2

Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s SSN.

 

3 

You must show your individual name and you may also enter your business or DBA name on the “Business name/disregarded entity” name line. You may use either your SSN or EIN (if you have one), but the IRS encourages you to use your SSN.

 

4 

List first and circle the name of the trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the TIN of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.) Also see Special rules for partnerships, earlier.

*Note: The grantor also must provide a Form W-9 to trustee of trust.

Note: If no name is circled when more than one name is listed, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.

Secure Your Tax Records From Identity Theft

Identity theft occurs when someone uses your personal information such as your name, SSN, or other identifying information, without your permission, to commit fraud or other crimes. An identity thief may use your SSN to get a job or may file a tax return using your SSN to receive a refund.

To reduce your risk:

● Protect your SSN,

● Ensure your employer is protecting your SSN, and

● Be careful when choosing a tax preparer.

If your tax records are affected by identity theft and you receive a notice from the IRS, respond right away to the name and phone number printed on the IRS notice or letter.

If your tax records are not currently affected by identity theft but you think you are at risk due to a lost or stolen purse or wallet, questionable credit card activity or credit report, contact the IRS Identity Theft Hotline at 1-800-908-4490 or submit Form 14039.

For more information, see Pub. 5027, Identity Theft Information for Taxpayers.

Victims of identity theft who are experiencing economic harm or a systemic problem, or are seeking help in resolving tax problems that have not been resolved through normal channels, may be eligible for Taxpayer Advocate Service (TAS) assistance. You can reach TAS by calling the TAS toll-free case intake line at 1-877-777-4778 or TTY/TDD 1-800-829-4059.

 

Protect yourself from suspicious emails or phishing schemes. Phishing is the creation and use of email and websites designed to mimic legitimate business emails and websites. The most common act is sending an email to a user falsely claiming to be an established legitimate enterprise in an attempt to scam the user into surrendering private information that will be used for identity theft.

The IRS does not initiate contacts with taxpayers via emails. Also, the IRS does not request personal detailed information through email or ask taxpayers for the PIN numbers, passwords, or similar secret access information for their credit card, bank, or other financial accounts.

If you receive an unsolicited email claiming to be from the IRS, forward this message to [email protected]. You may also report misuse of the IRS name, logo, or other IRS property to the Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration (TIGTA) at 1-800-366-4484. You can forward suspicious emails to the Federal Trade Commission at: [email protected] or report them at www.ftc.gov/complaint. You can contact the FTC at www.ftc.gov/idtheft or 877-IDTHEFT (877-438-4338). If you have been the victim of identity theft, see www.IdentityTheft.gov and Pub. 5027.

Visit www.irs.gov/IdentityTheft to learn more about identity theft and how to reduce your risk.

Privacy Act Notice

Section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code requires you to provide your correct TIN to persons (including federal agencies) who are required to file information returns with the IRS to report interest, dividends, or certain other income paid to you; mortgage interest you paid; the acquisition or abandonment of secured property; the cancellation of debt; or contributions you made to an IRA, Archer MSA, or HSA. The person collecting this form uses the information on the form to file information returns with the IRS, reporting the above information. Routine uses of this information include giving it to the Department of Justice for civil and criminal litigation and to cities, states, the District of Columbia, and U.S. commonwealths and possessions for use in administering their laws. The information also may be disclosed to other countries under a treaty, to federal and state agencies to enforce civil and criminal laws, or to federal law enforcement and intelligence agencies to combat terrorism. You must provide your TIN whether or not you are required to file a tax return. Under section 3406, payers must generally withhold a percentage of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not give a TIN to the payer. Certain penalties may also apply for providing false or fraudulent information.

 


The Depositary for the Offer is:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company

By Mail and Overnight Courier:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC

Operations Center

Attn: Reorganization Department

6201 15th Avenue

Brooklyn, New York 11219

The Information Agent may be contacted at the address and telephone number set forth on the last page of this Letter of Transmittal for questions and/or requests for additional copies of the Offer to Purchase, this Letter of Transmittal, the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and other tender offer materials. You may also contact your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance. Such copies will be furnished promptly at Purchaser’s expense.

The Information Agent for the Offer is:

 

 

LOGO

Innisfree M&A Incorporated

501 Madison Avenue, 20th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Banks and Brokerage Firms, Please Call: (212) 750-5833

Stockholders and All Others Call Toll-Free: (877) 717-3929

Exhibit (a)(1)(C)

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

To Tender Shares of Common Stock

of

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.

a Delaware corporation

at

$106.50 Net Per Share

Pursuant to the Offer to Purchase

Dated November 16, 2020

by

Vale Merger Sub, Inc.

a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of

Inspire Brands, Inc.

 

THE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT THAT TIME THAT IS

ONE MINUTE FOLLOWING 11:59 P.M. (12:00 MIDNIGHT), EASTERN TIME, ON

MONDAY, DECEMBER 14, 2020, UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED OR EARLIER TERMINATED (SUCH DATE AND TIME, AS IT MAY BE EXTENDED, THE “OFFER EXPIRATION TIME”).

This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, or one substantially in the form hereof, must be used to accept the Offer (as defined below) if (i) certificates representing shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”), of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Dunkin’ Brands”), are not immediately available, (ii) the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed prior to the Offer Expiration Time or (iii) time will not permit all required documents to reach American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Depositary”) prior to the Offer Expiration Time. This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be delivered by overnight courier or mailed to the Depositary. See Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase (as defined below).

The Depositary for the Offer is:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company

By Mail or Overnight Courier:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC

Operations Center

Attn: Reorganization Department

6201 15th Avenue

Brooklyn, New York 11219

FACSIMILE: (718) 234-5001

CONFIRM: (718) 921-8317

The above number is for confirmation of facsimiles only. Do NOT call this number for questions on the Offer. All questions on the Offer should be directed to the Information Agent listed in the Offer to Purchase.


DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY IS NOT TO BE USED TO GUARANTEE SIGNATURES. IF A SIGNATURE ON A LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS REQUIRED TO BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3 OF THE OFFER TO PURCHASE) UNDER THE INSTRUCTIONS THERETO, SUCH SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MUST APPEAR IN THE APPLICABLE SPACE PROVIDED IN THE SIGNATURE BOX ON THE APPROPRIATE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

The Eligible Institution that completes this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must communicate the guarantee to the Depositary and must deliver the Letter of Transmittal (as defined below) or an Agent’s Message (as defined in Section 2 of the Offer to Purchase) and certificates for Shares (or Book-Entry Confirmation, as defined in Section 2 of the Offer to Purchase) to the Depositary within the time period shown herein. Failure to do so could result in a financial loss to such Eligible Institution. A Notice of Guaranteed Delivery for physical share presentation by a broker or DTC participant must be FAXED to the Depositary before it is covered.

 

2


Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby tenders to Vale Merger Sub, Inc. (“Purchaser”), a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Inspire Brands, Inc. (“Parent”), a Delaware corporation, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase, dated November 16, 2020 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Offer to Purchase”), and the related Letter of Transmittal (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Letter of Transmittal” and which, together with the Offer to Purchase and other related materials, as each may be amended or supplemented from time to time, constitutes the “Offer”), receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the number of Shares of Dunkin’ Brands specified below, pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure set forth in Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase. Shares tendered by the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be excluded from the calculation of the Minimum Tender Condition (as defined in the Offer to Purchase), unless such Shares and other required documents are received by the Depositary prior to the Offer Expiration Time.

Number of Shares and Certificate No(s)

(if available)

 

      
      
      

☐     Check here if Shares will be tendered by book-entry transfer.

Name of Tendering Institution:     
DTC Account Number:     
Dated:     
Name(s) of Record Holder(s):   
      
     (Please type or print)
Address(es):     
    
     (Zip Code)
Area Code and Telephone No.:     
    
     (Daytime telephone number)
Signature(s):     
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery   

 

3


GUARANTEE

(Not to be used for signature guarantee)

The undersigned, an Eligible Institution, hereby (i) represents that the tender of Shares effected hereby complies with Rule 14e-4 under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (ii) within two NASDAQ Global Select Market trading days of the date hereof, (A) guarantees delivery to the Depositary, at one of its addresses set forth above, of certificates representing the Shares tendered hereby, in proper form for transfer, together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal or (B) guarantees a Book-Entry Confirmation of the Shares tendered hereby into the Depositary’s account at The Depository Trust Company (pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase), together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal, or an Agent’s Message (defined in Section 2 of the Offer to Purchase) in lieu of such Letter of Transmittal, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal.

 

       
   

Name of Firm:

        
   
   

Address:

        
   
            
          (Zip Code)     
   
   

Area Code and Telephone No.:

        
   
            
          (Authorized Signature)     
   
   

Name:

        
          (Please type or print)     
   
   

Title:

        
   
   

Date:

        
              

 

NOTE:

DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING TENDERED SHARES WITH THIS NOTICE. CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING TENDERED SHARES SHOULD BE SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

 

4

Exhibit (a)(1)(D)

Offer to Purchase for Cash

All Outstanding Shares of Common Stock

of

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.

a Delaware corporation

at

$106.50 Net Per Share

Pursuant to the Offer to Purchase

Dated November 16, 2020

by

Vale Merger Sub, Inc.

a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of

Inspire Brands, Inc.

 

THE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT THAT TIME THAT IS

ONE MINUTE FOLLOWING 11:59 P.M. (12:00 MIDNIGHT), EASTERN TIME, ON DECEMBER 14, 2020, UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED OR EARLIER TERMINATED

(SUCH DATE AND TIME, AS IT MAY BE EXTENDED, THE “OFFER EXPIRATION TIME”).

November 16, 2020

To Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees:

We have been engaged by Vale Merger Sub, Inc. (“Purchaser”), a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Inspire Brands, Inc. (“Parent”), a Delaware corporation, to act as Information Agent in connection with Purchaser’s offer to purchase any and all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”), of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Dunkin’ Brands”), at a price of $106.50 per Share, without interest (the “Offer Price”), net to the seller in cash, less any applicable withholding taxes, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase, dated November 16, 2020 (the “Offer to Purchase”), and the related Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal” and which, together with the Offer to Purchase and other related materials, as each may be amended or supplemented from time to time, constitutes the “Offer”) enclosed herewith. Please furnish copies of the enclosed materials to those of your clients for whom you hold Shares registered in your name or in the name of your nominee.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF DUNKIN’ BRANDS HAS DULY RECOMMENDED THAT STOCKHOLDERS ACCEPT THE OFFER AND TENDER THEIR SHARES TO PURCHASER PURSUANT TO THE OFFER.


The Offer is not subject to any financing condition. The conditions to the Offer, including the Minimum Tender Condition, are described in Section 15 of the Offer to Purchase.

For your information and for forwarding to your clients for whom you hold Shares registered in your name or in the name of your nominee, we are enclosing the following documents:

1. The Offer to Purchase;

2. The Letter of Transmittal for your use in accepting the Offer and tendering Shares and for the information of your clients, together with the included Internal Revenue Service Form W-9;

3. A Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to be used to accept the Offer if Shares and all other required documents cannot be delivered to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Depositary”) by the Offer Expiration Time or if the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed by the Offer Expiration Time (the “Notice of Guaranteed Delivery”); and

4. A form of letter which may be sent to your clients for whose accounts you hold Shares registered in your name or in the name of your nominee, with space provided for obtaining such clients’ instructions with regard to the Offer.

We urge you to contact your clients as promptly as possible. Please note that the Offer and withdrawal rights will expire at one minute following 11:59 p.m. (12:00 midnight), Eastern Time, on December 14, 2020, unless the Offer is extended or earlier terminated.

The Offer is being made pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 30, 2020 (as it may be amended from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”), among Dunkin’ Brands, Parent and Purchaser.

The Merger Agreement provides, among other things, that, as soon as practicable following the consummation of the Offer, Purchaser will be merged with and into Dunkin’ Brands (the “Merger”) in accordance with Section 251(h) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), with Dunkin’ Brands continuing as the surviving corporation in the Merger and thereby becoming a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Parent (such merger, the “Merger”). At the effective time of the Merger, each Share issued and then outstanding (other than Shares held by Dunkin’ Brands, Parent, Purchaser, or any wholly owned subsidiary of Parent, Shares irrevocably accepted for purchase in the Offer or Shares held by stockholders of Dunkin’ Brands who have perfected their statutory rights of appraisal under the DGCL) will be converted into the right to receive consideration equal to the Offer Price, without interest and subject to any withholding of taxes, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase.

For Shares to be properly tendered pursuant to the Offer, (a) the share certificates or confirmation of receipt of such Shares under the procedure for book-entry transfer, together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal, including any required signature guarantees, or, in the case of book-entry transfer, either such Letter of Transmittal or an Agent’s Message (as defined in Section 2 of the Offer to Purchase) in lieu of such Letter of Transmittal, and any other documents required in the Letter of Transmittal, must be timely received by the Depositary or (b) the tendering stockholder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures, all in accordance with the Offer to Purchase and the Letter of Transmittal. You may gain some additional time by making use of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. Shares tendered by the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be excluded from the calculation of the Minimum Tender Condition, unless such Shares and other required documents are received by the Depositary prior to the Offer Expiration Time.

Except as set forth in the Offer to Purchase, Purchaser will not pay any fees or commissions to any broker or dealer or other person, other than to us, as the Information Agent and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company as the Depositary, for soliciting tenders of Shares pursuant to the Offer. Purchaser will, however, upon

 

2


request, reimburse brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies and other nominees for customary mailing and handling expenses incurred by them in forwarding the offering material to their customers. Dunkin’ Brands will pay all stock transfer taxes applicable to its purchase of Shares pursuant to the Offer, subject to Instruction 6 of the Letter of Transmittal.

Any inquiries you may have with respect to the Offer should be addressed to, and additional copies of the enclosed materials may be obtained from, the undersigned at the address and telephone numbers set forth below.

Very truly yours,

Innisfree M&A Incorporated

Nothing contained herein or in the enclosed documents shall render you the agent of Parent, Purchaser, the Information Agent or the Depositary or any affiliate of any of them or authorize you or any other person to use any document or make any statement on behalf of any of them in connection with the Offer other than the enclosed documents and the statements contained therein.

The Information Agent for the Offer is:

 

 

LOGO

Innisfree M&A Incorporated

501 Madison Avenue, 20th floor

New York, New York 10022

Shareholders may call toll free: (877) 717-3929

Banks and Brokers may call collect: (212) 750-5833

Exhibit (a)(1)(E)

Offer to Purchase for Cash

All Outstanding Shares of Common Stock

of

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.

a Delaware corporation

at

$106.50 Net Per Share

Pursuant to the Offer to Purchase

Dated November 16, 2020

by

Vale Merger Sub, Inc.

a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of

Inspire Brands, Inc.

 

THE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT THAT TIME THAT IS ONE MINUTE FOLLOWING 11:59 P.M. (12:00 MIDNIGHT), EASTERN TIME, ON DECEMBER 14, 2020, UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED OR EARLIER TERMINATED (SUCH DATE AND TIME, AS IT MAY BE EXTENDED, THE “OFFER EXPIRATION TIME”).

November 16, 2020

To Our Clients:

Enclosed for your consideration are the Offer to Purchase, dated November 16, 2020 (the “Offer to Purchase”), and the related Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal” and which, together with the Offer to Purchase and other related materials, as each may be amended or supplemented from time to time, constitutes, and which we refer to herein as, the “Offer”) in connection with the offer by Vale Merger Sub, Inc. (“Purchaser”), a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Inspire Brands, Inc. (“Parent”), a Delaware corporation, to purchase any and all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”), of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Dunkin’ Brands”), at a price of $106.50 per Share, without interest, net to the seller in cash, less any applicable withholding taxes, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF DUNKIN’ BRANDS HAS DULY RECOMMENDED THAT STOCKHOLDERS ACCEPT THE OFFER AND TENDER THEIR SHARES TO PURCHASER PURSUANT TO THE OFFER.

We or our nominees are the holder of record of Shares held for your account. A tender of such Shares can be made only by us as the holder of record and pursuant to your instructions. The Letter of Transmittal accompanying this letter is furnished to you for your information only and cannot be used by you to tender Shares held by us for your account.

We request instructions from you as to whether you wish us to tender any or all of the Shares held by us for your account, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the enclosed Offer to Purchase and the Letter of Transmittal.


Please note carefully the following:

1. The offer price for the Offer is $106.50 per Share, without interest, net to the seller in cash, less any applicable withholding taxes.

2. The Offer is being made for any and all of the issued and outstanding Shares.

3. The Offer is being made in connection with the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 30, 2020 (as it may be amended from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”), among Dunkin’ Brands, Parent and Purchaser.

4. The Merger Agreement provides, among other things, that, as soon as practicable following the consummation of the Offer, Purchaser will be merged with and into Dunkin’ Brands (the “Merger”) in accordance with Section 251(h) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), with Dunkin’ Brands continuing as the surviving corporation in the Merger and thereby becoming a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Parent. At the effective time of the Merger, each Share issued and then outstanding (other than Shares held by Dunkin’ Brands, Parent, Purchaser, or any wholly owned subsidiary of Parent, Shares irrevocably accepted for purchase in the Offer or Shares held by stockholders of Dunkin’ Brands who have perfected their statutory rights of appraisal under the DGCL) will be converted into the right to receive consideration equal to the Offer Price, without interest and subject to any withholding of taxes, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase.

5. The Offer and withdrawal rights will expire at one minute following 11:59 p.m. (12:00 midnight), Eastern Time, on December 14, 2020, unless the Offer is extended by Purchaser or earlier terminated.

6. The Offer is not subject to any financing condition. The conditions to the Offer, including the Minimum Tender Condition (as defined in the Offer to Purchase), are described in Section 15 of the Offer to Purchase.

7. Tendering stockholders who are record owners of their Shares and who tender directly to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company will not be obligated to pay brokerage fees, commissions or similar expenses or, except as otherwise provided in Instruction 6 of the Letter of Transmittal, stock transfer taxes with respect to the purchase of Shares by Purchaser pursuant to the Offer.

If you wish to have us tender any or all of your Shares, then please so instruct us by completing, executing, detaching and returning to us the Instruction Form on the detachable part hereof. An envelope to return your instructions to us is enclosed. If you authorize tender of your Shares, then all such Shares will be tendered unless otherwise specified on the Instruction Form.

Your prompt action is requested. Your Instruction Form should be forwarded to us in ample time to permit us to submit the tender on your behalf before the Offer Expiration Time.

The Offer is not being made to (nor will tenders be accepted from or on behalf of) holders of Shares in any jurisdiction in which the making of the Offer or acceptance thereof would not be in compliance with the securities, “blue sky” or other applicable laws of such jurisdiction. In those jurisdictions where applicable laws require the Offer to be made by a licensed broker or dealer, the Offer shall be deemed to be made on behalf of Purchaser by one or more registered brokers or dealers licensed under the applicable laws of such jurisdiction to be designated by Purchaser.

* * * *

 

2


INSTRUCTION FORM

With Respect to the Offer to Purchase for Cash

All Outstanding Shares of Common Stock

of

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.

a Delaware corporation

at

$106.50 Net Per Share

Pursuant to the Offer to Purchase

Dated November 16, 2020

by

Vale Merger Sub, Inc.

a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of

Inspire Brands, Inc.

The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the enclosed Offer to Purchase, dated November 16, 2020 (the “Offer to Purchase”), and the related Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal” and which, together with the Offer to Purchase and the other related materials, as each may be amended or supplemented from time to time, constitutes the “Offer”), in connection with the offer by Vale Merger Sub, Inc. (“Purchaser”), a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Inspire Brands, Inc. (“Parent”), a Delaware corporation to purchase, subject to certain conditions, including the satisfaction of the Minimum Tender Condition, as defined in the Offer to Purchase, any and all of the outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”), of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, at a price of $106.50 per Share, without interest, net to the seller in cash, less any applicable withholding taxes, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer.

The undersigned hereby instruct(s) you to tender to Purchaser the number of Shares indicated below or, if no number is indicated, all Shares held by you for the account of the undersigned, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer. The undersigned understands and acknowledges that all questions as to validity, form and eligibility of the surrender of any certificate representing Shares submitted on the undersigned’s behalf will be determined by Purchaser in its sole discretion and such determination shall be final and binding.

 

3


ACCOUNT NUMBER:

NUMBER OF SHARES BEING TENDERED HEREBY:                                  SHARES*

The method of delivery of this document is at the election and risk of the tendering stockholder. If delivery is by mail, then registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is recommended. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to ensure timely delivery prior to the Offer Expiration Time (as defined in the Offer to Purchase).

 

Dated:  

 

  

 

     Signature(s)
    

 

     (Please Print Name(s))
Address  

 

  (Include Zip Code)
Area code and Telephone No.  

 

 

Tax Identification or Social Security No.  

 

 

*

Unless otherwise indicated, it will be assumed that all Shares held by us for your account are to be tendered.

 

4

Exhibit (a)(1)(F)

This announcement is neither an offer to purchase nor a solicitation of an offer to sell Shares (as defined below),

and the provisions herein are subject in their entirety to the provisions of the Offer (as defined below).

The Offer is made solely pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, dated November 16, 2020, and the related

Letter of Transmittal and any amendments or supplements thereto, and is being made to all

holders of Shares. The Offer is not being made to (nor will tenders be accepted from

or on behalf of) holders of Shares in any jurisdiction in which the making of

the Offer or the acceptance thereof would not be in compliance with the

securities, “blue sky” or other applicable laws of such jurisdiction.

In those jurisdictions where applicable laws require the

Offer to be made by a licensed broker or dealer, the

Offer will be deemed to be made on behalf of

Purchaser (as defined below) by one or

more registered brokers or dealers

licensed under the laws of

such jurisdiction to be

designated by

Purchaser.

Notice of Offer to Purchase for Cash

All Outstanding Shares of Common Stock

of

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.

a Delaware corporation

at

$106.50 Net Per Share

Pursuant to the Offer to Purchase

Dated November 16, 2020

by

Vale Merger Sub, Inc.

a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of

Inspire Brands, Inc.

Vale Merger Sub, Inc. (“Purchaser”), a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Inspire Brands, Inc. (“Parent”), a Delaware corporation, is offering to purchase, subject to certain conditions, including the satisfaction of the Minimum Tender Condition, as described below, any and all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”), of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Dunkin’ Brands”), at a price of $106.50 per Share, without interest (the “Offer Price”), net to the seller in cash, less any applicable withholding taxes, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase, dated November 16, 2020 (the “Offer to Purchase”), and in the related Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal” which, together with the Offer to Purchase and other related materials, as each may be amended or supplemented from time to time, constitutes the “Offer”).

Stockholders of record who tender directly to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Depositary”) will not be obligated to pay brokerage fees or commissions or, except as otherwise provided in the Letter of Transmittal, stock transfer taxes with respect to the purchase of Shares by Purchaser pursuant to the Offer. Stockholders who hold their Shares through a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee should consult with such institution as to whether it charges any service fees or commissions.


THE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT ONE MINUTE FOLLOWING 11:59 P.M. (12:00 MIDNIGHT), EASTERN TIME, ON MONDAY, DECEMBER 14, 2020, UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED OR EARLIER TERMINATED.

The Offer is being made pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 30, 2020 (as it may be amended from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”), among Dunkin’ Brands, Parent and Purchaser. The Merger Agreement provides, among other things, that, as soon as practicable following the consummation of the Offer, Purchaser will be merged with and into Dunkin’ Brands (the “Merger”) in accordance with Section 251(h) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as amended, the “DGCL”), with Dunkin’ Brands continuing as the surviving corporation in the Merger and thereby becoming a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Parent. Because the Merger will be governed by Section 251(h) of the DGCL, assuming the requirements of Section 251(h) of the DGCL are met, no Dunkin’ Brands stockholder vote will be required to adopt the Merger Agreement and consummate the Merger. As a result of the Merger, each outstanding Share immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger (other than Shares (i) irrevocably accepted for purchase by Purchaser in the Offer, (ii) held in treasury by Dunkin’ Brands or owned by any direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Dunkin’ Brands, (iii) owned by Parent or Purchaser or any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent or (iv) for which appraisal rights have been properly demanded in accordance with the DGCL) will be converted automatically into the right to receive $106.50 per Share in cash (without interest and less any applicable withholding taxes). Following the Merger, Dunkin’ Brands will cease to be a publicly traded company.

The Offer is not subject to any financing condition. The Offer is conditioned upon, among other things, the satisfaction of the Minimum Tender Condition and the waiver by Parent or Purchaser of the satisfaction of the Inside Date Condition and the HSR Condition (as defined below). The “Minimum Tender Condition” requires that the number of Shares validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Offer and “received” (as defined in Section 251(h)(6) of the DGCL), and not validly withdrawn, together with any Shares owned by Purchaser and its affiliates, equals at least a majority of the outstanding Shares as of one minute following 11:59 p.m. (12:00 midnight), Eastern Time, on Monday, December 14, 2020 (the “Offer Expiration Time,” unless Purchaser shall have extended the period during which the Offer is open in accordance with the Merger Agreement, in which event “Offer Expiration Time” will mean the latest time and date at which the Offer, as so extended by Purchaser, will expire). For purposes of determining whether the Minimum Tender Condition has been satisfied, Shares tendered in the Offer pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures that have not yet been received are excluded. The “Inside Date Condition” requires that, unless such condition is waived by Parent or Purchaser, the Offer Expiration Time will not occur on or prior to December 18, 2020. The “HSR Condition” requires that any applicable waiting period applicable to the purchase of Shares pursuant to the Offer under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “HSR Act”), will have expired or been terminated. The Offer is also subject to other conditions as described in the Offer to Purchase. The conditions to the Offer must be satisfied or waived on or prior to the Offer Expiration Time.

The Dunkin’ Brands Board has unanimously (i) determined that the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby (including the Offer and the Merger) are fair to and in the best interests of Dunkin’ Brands and its stockholders; (ii) declared it advisable to enter into the Merger Agreement; (iii) authorized and approved the execution, delivery and performance by Dunkin’ Brands of the Merger Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (including the Offer and the Merger); and (iv) resolved, subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement, to recommend that the stockholders of Dunkin’ Brands accept the Offer and tender their Shares to Purchaser pursuant to the Offer.

The Merger Agreement contains provisions governing the circumstances in which the Offer may be extended. Specifically, the Merger Agreement provides that Purchaser will extend the Offer: (i) for any period required by any applicable rule, regulation, interpretation or position of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or its staff or of NASDAQ or as may be necessary to resolve any comments of the SEC or its staff or NASDAQ), in each case, as applicable to the Offer, the Solicitation/Recommendation Statement on Schedule 14D-9 of Dunkin’ Brands, including exhibits and annexes attached thereto or the Offer documents and (ii) if as of any then-scheduled Offer Expiration Time any condition to the Offer (as described in the Merger Agreement) is not satisfied and has not been waived by Parent or Purchaser (to the extent permitted under the Merger Agreement), on one or more occasions in consecutive increments of up to ten business days each (or such longer or shorter period as the parties may agree in writing). For the foregoing clause (ii), if any then-scheduled Offer Expiration Time is ten or fewer business days before the Outside Date (as defined below) (after taking into account any extension thereof pursuant to the Merger


Agreement), Purchaser will instead extend the Offer until one minute following 11:59 p.m., (12:00 midnight) Eastern Time, on the day before the Outside Date (or such other date and time as the parties may agree in writing). If all of the Offer Conditions other than the Inside Date Condition (and other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Offer Expiration Time) have been satisfied (or waived) in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, Purchaser will extend the Offer until one minute following 11:59 p.m., (12:00 midnight) Eastern Time, at the end of the first business day after December 18, 2020. Parent and Purchaser will not be required to extend the Offer to a date subsequent to March 31, 2021 or, if extended pursuant to the Merger Agreement, such later date (the “Outside Date”).

If Purchaser extends the Offer, it will inform the Depositary of that fact and will make a public announcement of the extension not later than 9:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on the next business day after the day of the scheduled Offer Expiration Time.

Subject to the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, Purchaser expressly reserves the right, at any time to waive, in whole or in part, any conditions to the Offer or modify the terms of the Offer (including by increasing the Offer Price) not inconsistent with the terms of the Merger Agreement, except that Purchaser is not permitted (without the prior written consent of Dunkin’ Brands) to (i) reduce the number of Shares sought pursuant to the Offer, (ii) reduce the Offer Price (except to the extent required pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement in connection with a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, combination, exchange of shares or other like change), (iii) amend, modify, supplement or waive the Minimum Tender Condition or the condition that the Merger Agreement has not been terminated in accordance with its terms, (iv) add to or amend, modify or supplement any conditions to the Offer, (v) directly or indirectly amend, modify or supplement any other term of the Offer in any individual case in any manner adverse to the holders of Shares or that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to prevent or delay the consummation of the Offer or the Merger or impair the ability of Parent or Purchaser to consummate the Offer, (vi) except as expressly required or permitted by the Merger Agreement, extend or otherwise change the Offer Expiration Time, (vii) change the form of consideration payable in the Offer or (viii) provide for any “subsequent offering period” (or any extension of any thereof) within the meaning of Rule 14d-11 under the Exchange Act.

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer, promptly after the Offer Expiration Time, Purchaser will accept for payment all Shares validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the Offer Expiration Time, and Purchaser will pay for such Shares promptly (and in any event within two business days) after the Offer Expiration Time. For purposes of the Offer, Purchaser will be deemed to have accepted for payment, and thereby purchased, Shares validly tendered and not validly withdrawn as, if and when Purchaser gives oral or written notice to the Depositary of its acceptance for payment of such Shares pursuant to the Offer. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer, payment for Shares accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer will be made by deposit of the Offer Price for such Shares with the Depositary, which will act as paying agent for the purpose of receiving payments from Purchaser and transmitting such payments to tendering stockholders whose Shares have been accepted for payment. If Purchaser extends the Offer, is delayed in its acceptance for payment of Shares (whether before or after its acceptance for payment of Shares) or is unable to accept Shares for payment pursuant to the Offer for any reason, then, without prejudice to Purchaser’s rights under the Offer and the Merger Agreement, the Depositary may retain tendered Shares on Purchaser’s behalf, and such Shares may not be withdrawn except to the extent that tendering stockholders are entitled to withdrawal rights as described in the Offer to Purchase and as otherwise required by Rule 14e-1(c) under the Exchange Act. Under no circumstances will Parent or Purchaser pay interest on the purchase price for Shares by reason of any extension of the Offer or any delay in making such payment for Shares.

No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be accepted. In all cases, payment for Shares tendered and accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer will only be made after timely receipt by the Depositary of (i) the certificates evidencing such Shares (the “Certificates”) or confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such Shares (a “Book-Entry Confirmation”) into the Depositary’s account at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Offer to Purchase, (ii) the Letter of Transmittal, properly completed and duly executed, with any required signature guarantees or, in the case of a book-entry transfer, an Agent’s Message (as described in the Offer to Purchase) in lieu of the Letter of Transmittal and (iii) any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal. Accordingly, tendering stockholders may be paid at different times depending upon when Certificates or Book-Entry Confirmations with respect to Shares are actually received by the Depositary. Holders of Shares who wish to tender Shares pursuant to the Offer and cannot deliver such Shares and all other required documents to the Depositary by the Offer Expiration Time or cannot comply with the procedures for book-entry transfer described in Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase, in each case prior to the Offer Expiration Time, may nevertheless tender such Shares by following the procedures for guaranteed delivery set forth in Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase.


Shares tendered pursuant to the Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Offer Expiration Time and may also be withdrawn at any time after January 15, 2021, which is the 60th day after the date of the commencement of the Offer, unless such Shares have already been accepted for payment by Purchaser pursuant to the Offer and not validly withdrawn.

For a withdrawal to be effective, a written (or, with respect to Eligible Institutions (as defined in the Offer to Purchase), a facsimile transmission) notice of withdrawal must be timely received by the Depositary at the address set forth on the back cover page of the Offer to Purchase. Any such notice of withdrawal must specify the name of the person who tendered the Shares to be withdrawn, the number of Shares to be withdrawn and the name of the registered holder of such Shares, if different from that of the person who tendered such Shares. If Certificates evidencing Shares to be withdrawn have been delivered or otherwise identified to the Depositary, then, prior to the physical release of such Certificates, the serial numbers shown on such Certificates must be submitted to the Depositary and the signature(s) on the notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (as described in the Offer to Purchase), unless such Shares have been tendered for the account of an Eligible Institution. If Shares have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer as set forth in the Offer to Purchase, any notice of withdrawal must also specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawn Shares.

Withdrawals of Shares may not be rescinded. Any Shares validly withdrawn will thereafter be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the Offer. However, withdrawn Shares may be re-tendered again following one of the procedures described in the Offer to Purchase at any time prior to the Offer Expiration Time.

Purchaser will determine, in its sole discretion, all questions as to the form and validity (including time of receipt) of any notice of withdrawal and Purchaser’s determination will be final and binding. None of Parent, Purchaser, the Depositary, the Information Agent (as defined below) or any other person will be under any duty to give notice of any defects or irregularities in any notice of withdrawal or incur any liability for failure to give any such notification.

The information required to be disclosed by paragraph (d)(1) of Rule 14d-6 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act is contained in the Offer to Purchase and is incorporated herein by reference.

Dunkin’ Brands has provided Purchaser with Dunkin’ Brands’ stockholder list and security position listings for the purpose of disseminating the Offer to Purchase, Letter of Transmittal and other Offer related materials to holders of Shares. The Offer to Purchase and the related Letter of Transmittal will be mailed to record holders of Shares whose names appear on Dunkin’ Brands’ stockholder list and will be furnished, for subsequent transmittal to beneficial owners of Shares, to brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies and similar persons whose names, or the names of whose nominees, appear on the stockholder list or, if applicable, who are listed as participants in a clearing agency’s security position listing.

The tender of Shares in the Offer for cash or the exchange of Shares for cash pursuant to the Merger will be a taxable transaction to United States Holders (as defined in the Offer to Purchase) for United States federal income tax purposes. See the Offer to Purchase for a more detailed discussion of the tax treatment of the Offer. Each holder of Shares is urged to consult with its tax advisor as to the particular tax consequences to such holder of tendering Shares for cash in the Offer or exchanging Shares for cash pursuant to the Merger (including the application and effect of any U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. laws).


The Offer to Purchase and the related Letter of Transmittal contain important information. Holders of Shares should carefully read both documents in their entirety before any decision is made with respect to the Offer.

Questions and requests for assistance may be directed to Innisfree M&A Incorporated (the “Information Agent”) at its address and telephone numbers set forth below. Requests for copies of the Offer to Purchase, the Letter of Transmittal, the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and other tender offer materials may be directed to the Information Agent. Such copies will be furnished promptly at Purchaser’s expense. Stockholders may also contact brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or other nominees for assistance concerning the Offer. Additionally, copies of this Offer to Purchase, the related Letter of Transmittal, the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other material related to the Offer may be obtained at the website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov. Except as set forth in the Offer to Purchase, neither Purchaser nor Parent will pay any fees or commissions to any broker or dealer or any other person for soliciting tenders of Shares pursuant to the Offer. Brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or other nominees will, upon request, be reimbursed by Purchaser for customary mailing and handling expenses incurred by them in forwarding the Offer materials to their customers.

The Information Agent for the Offer is:

 

LOGO

Innisfree M&A Incorporated

501 Madison Avenue, 20th floor

New York, New York 10022

Shareholders may call toll free: (877) 717-3929

Banks and Brokers may call collect: (212) 750-5833

November 16, 2020

Exhibit (b)(1)

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

ARBY’S FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer

and

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Trustee and Securities Intermediary

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE

Dated as of July 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     1  

Section 1.1

  Definitions      1  

Section 1.2

  Cross-References      2  

Section 1.3

  Accounting and Financial Determinations; No Duplication      2  

Section 1.4

  Rules of Construction      2  

ARTICLE II THE NOTES

     3  

Section 2.1

  Designation and Terms of Notes      3  

Section 2.2

  Notes Issuable in Series      4  

Section 2.3

  Series Supplement for Each Series      9  

Section 2.4

  Execution and Authentication      10  

Section 2.5

  Note Registrar and Paying Agent      11  

Section 2.6

  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust      12  

Section 2.7

  Noteholder List      13  

Section 2.8

  Transfer and Exchange      14  

Section 2.9

  Persons Deemed Owners      15  

Section 2.10

  Replacement Notes      15  

Section 2.11

  Treasury Notes      16  

Section 2.12

  Book-Entry Notes      16  

Section 2.13

  Definitive Notes      18  

Section 2.14

  Cancellation      19  

Section 2.15

  Principal and Interest      20  

Section 2.16

  Tax Treatment      20  

 

i


ARTICLE III SECURITY

     21  

Section 3.1

  Grant of Security Interest      21  

Section 3.2

  Certain Rights and Obligations of the Issuer Unaffected      23  

Section 3.3

  Performance of Collateral Documents      23  

Section 3.4

  Stamp, Other Similar Taxes and Filing Fees      24  

Section 3.5

  Authorization to File Financing Statements      24  

ARTICLE IV REPORTS

     25  

Section 4.1

  Reports and Instructions to Trustee      25  

Section 4.2

  [Reserved]      28  

Section 4.3

  Rule 144A Information      28  

Section 4.4

  Reports, Financial Statements and Other Information to Noteholders      28  

Section 4.5

  Manager      29  

Section 4.6

  No Constructive Notice      29  

ARTICLE V ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

     29  

Section 5.1

  Management Accounts and Additional Accounts      29  

Section 5.2

  Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account      31  

Section 5.3

  Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account      32  

Section 5.4

  Cash Trap Reserve Account      32  

Section 5.5

  Collection Account      33  

Section 5.6

  Collection Account Administrative Accounts      34  

Section 5.7

  Hedge Payment Account      35  

Section 5.8

  Trustee as Securities Intermediary      36  

Section 5.9

  Establishment of Series Accounts; Legacy Accounts      37  

Section 5.10

  Collections and Investment Income      38  

Section 5.11

  Application of Retained Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates      43  

 

ii


Section 5.12

  Quarterly Payment Date Applications      48  

Section 5.13

  Determination of Quarterly Interest      61  

Section 5.14

  Determination of Quarterly Principal      61  

Section 5.15

  Prepayment of Principal      62  

Section 5.16

  Retained Collections Contributions      62  

Section 5.17

  Interest Reserve Letters of Credit      62  

Section 5.19

  Replacement of Ineligible Accounts      64  

Section 5.20

  Instructions and Directions      65  

ARTICLE VI DISTRIBUTIONS

     65  

Section 6.1

  Distributions in General      65  

ARTICLE VII REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     66  

Section 7.1

  Existence and Power      66  

Section 7.2

  Company and Governmental Authorization      66  

Section 7.3

  No Consent      67  

Section 7.4

  Binding Effect      67  

Section 7.5

  Litigation      67  

Section 7.6

  Employee Benefit Plans      67  

Section 7.7

  Tax Filings and Expenses      68  

Section 7.8

  Disclosure      68  

Section 7.9

  1940 Act      69  

Section 7.10

  Regulations T, U and X      69  

Section 7.11

  Solvency      69  

Section 7.12

  Ownership of Equity Interests; Subsidiaries      69  

Section 7.13

  Security Interests      70  

Section 7.14

  Transaction Documents      71  

 

iii


Section 7.15

  Non-Existence of Other Agreements      71  

Section 7.16

  Compliance with Contractual Obligations and Laws      71  

Section 7.17

  Other Representations      71  

Section 7.18

  No Employees      71  

Section 7.19

  Insurance      72  

Section 7.20

  Environmental Matters; Real Property      72  

Section 7.21

  Intellectual Property      73  

Section 7.22

  Exchange Act      73  

ARTICLE VIII COVENANTS

     74  

Section 8.1

  Payment of Notes      74  

Section 8.2

  Maintenance of Office or Agency      74  

Section 8.3

  Payment and Performance of Obligations      75  

Section 8.4

  Maintenance of Existence      75  

Section 8.5

  Compliance with Laws      75  

Section 8.6

  Inspection of Property; Books and Records      75  

Section 8.7

  Actions under the Transaction Documents      76  

Section 8.8

  Notice of Defaults and Other Events      78  

Section 8.9

  Notice of Material Proceedings      78  

Section 8.10

  Further Requests      78  

Section 8.11

  Further Assurances      78  

Section 8.12

  Liens      80  

Section 8.13

  Other Indebtedness      80  

Section 8.14

  Employee Benefit Plans      80  

Section 8.15

  Mergers      81  

Section 8.16

  Asset Dispositions      81  

 

iv


Section 8.17

  Acquisition of Assets      83  

Section 8.18

  Dividends, Officers’ Compensation, etc.      83  

Section 8.19

  Legal Name, Location Under Section 9-301 or 9-307      84  

Section 8.20

  Charter Documents      84  

Section 8.21

  Investments      85  

Section 8.22

  No Other Agreements      85  

Section 8.23

  Other Business      85  

Section 8.24

  Maintenance of Separate Existence      85  

Section 8.25

  Covenants Regarding the Securitization IP      87  

Section 8.26

  [Reserved]      89  

Section 8.27

  [Reserved]      89  

Section 8.28

  No Employees      89  

Section 8.29

  Insurance      90  

Section 8.30

  Litigation      90  

Section 8.31

  Environmental      90  

Section 8.32

  Enhancements      90  

Section 8.33

  Series Hedge Agreements; Derivatives Generally      91  

Section 8.34

  Additional Securitization Entity      91  

Section 8.35

  Reserved      93  

Section 8.36

  Tax Lien Reserve Amount      93  

Section 8.37

  [Reserved]      93  

Section 8.38

  [Reserved]      93  

Section 8.39

  Bankruptcy Proceedings      93  

Section 8.40

  Mortgages      93  

ARTICLE IX REMEDIES

     94  

 

v


Section 9.1 Rapid Amortization Events

     94  

Section 9.2

  Events of Default      95  

Section 9.3

  Rights of the Control Party and Trustee upon Event of Default      99  

Section 9.4

  Waiver of Appraisal, Valuation, Stay and Right to Marshaling      102  

Section 9.5

  Limited Recourse      103  

Section 9.6

  Optional Preservation of the Collateral      103  

Section 9.7

  Waiver of Past Events      103  

Section 9.8

  Control by the Control Party      104  

Section 9.9

  Limitation on Suits      104  

Section 9.10

  Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Payment      105  

Section 9.11

  The Trustee May File Proofs of Claim      105  

Section 9.12

  Undertaking for Costs      106  

Section 9.13

  Restoration of Rights and Remedies      106  

Section 9.14

  Rights and Remedies Cumulative      106  

Section 9.15

  Delay or Omission Not Waiver      106  

Section 9.16

  Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws      106  

ARTICLE X THE TRUSTEE

     107  

Section 10.1

  Duties of the Trustee      107  

Section 10.2

  Rights of the Trustee      111  

Section 10.3

  Individual Rights of the Trustee      114  

Section 10.4

  Notice of Events of Default and Defaults      115  

Section 10.5

  Compensation and Indemnity      115  

Section 10.6

  Replacement of the Trustee      116  

Section 10.7

  Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.      117  

Section 10.8

  Eligibility Disqualification      117  

 

vi


Section 10.9

  Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee      117  

Section 10.10

  Representations and Warranties of Trustee      119  

Section 10.11

  Confidentiality.      119  

ARTICLE XI CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE AND CONTROL PARTY

     121  

Section 11.1

  Controlling Class Representative      121  

Section 11.2

  Resignation or Removal of the Controlling Class Representative      124  

Section 11.3

  Expenses and Liabilities of the Controlling Class Representative      124  

Section 11.4

  Control Party      125  

Section 11.5

  Note Owner List      126  

ARTICLE XII DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

     127  

Section 12.1

  Termination of the Issuer’s and Guarantors’ Obligations      127  

Section 12.2

  Application of Trust Money      132  

Section 12.3

  Repayment to the Issuer      132  

Section 12.4

  Reinstatement      132  

ARTICLE XIII AMENDMENTS

     133  

Section 13.1

  Without Consent of the Controlling Class Representative or the Noteholders      133  

Section 13.2

  With Consent of the Controlling Class Representative or the Noteholders      136  

Section 13.3

  Supplements      138  

Section 13.4

  Revocation and Effect of Consents      138  

Section 13.5

  Notation on or Exchange of Notes      139  

Section 13.6

  The Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.      139  

Section 13.7

  Amendments and Fees      139  

ARTICLE XIV MISCELLANEOUS

     140  

 

vii


Section 14.1

  Notices      140  

Section 14.2

  Communication by Noteholders With Other Noteholders      143  

Section 14.3

  Officer’s Certificate as to Conditions Precedent      143  

Section 14.4

  Statements Required in Certificate      143  

Section 14.5

  Rules by the Trustee      143  

Section 14.6

  Benefits of Indenture      144  

Section 14.7

  Payment on Business Day      144  

Section 14.8

  Governing Law      144  

Section 14.9

  Successors      144  

Section 14.10

  Severability      144  

Section 14.11

  Counterpart Originals      144  

Section 14.12

  Table of Contents, Headings, etc.      145  

Section 14.13

  No Bankruptcy Petition Against the Securitization Entities      145  

Section 14.14

  Recording of Indenture      145  

Section 14.15

  Waiver of Jury Trial      145  

Section 14.16

  Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers      145  

Section 14.17

  Permitted Asset Dispositions; Release of Collateral      146  

Section 14.18

  Calculation of Leverage Ratios      146  

Section 14.19

  Amendment and Restatement      149  

Section 14.20

  Electronic Signatures and Transmission      150  

BASE INDENTURE DEFINITIONS LIST

     1  

 

viii


ANNEXES

  
Annex A    Base Indenture Definitions List

EXHIBITS

  
Exhibit A    Form of Weekly Manager’s Certificate
Exhibit B    Form of Mortgage
Exhibit C    Form of Quarterly Noteholders’ Report
Exhibit D-1    Form of Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks
Exhibit D-2    Form of Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents
Exhibit D-3    Form of Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights
Exhibit E-1    Form of Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks
Exhibit E-2    Form of Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents
Exhibit E-3    Form of Supplemental Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights
Exhibit F    Form of Investor Request Certification
Exhibit G    Form of CCR Election Notice
Exhibit H    Form of CCR Nomination
Exhibit I    Form of CCR Ballot
Exhibit J    Form of CCR Acceptance Letter
Exhibit K    Form of Supplement for Additional Issuers
Exhibit L    Form of Note Owner Certificate

 

SCHEDULES      
Schedule 7.3    -    Consents
Schedule 7.6    -    Plans
Schedule 7.7    -    Proposed Tax Assessments
Schedule 7.19    -    Insurance
Schedule 7.21    -    Pending Actions or Proceedings Relating to the Securitization IP
Schedule 8.11    -    Liens

 

 

ix


This AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE, dated as of July 31, 2020, is entered into by and between ARBY’S FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as issuer (the “Issuer”), and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”), and as the Securities Intermediary.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee previously entered into that certain Base Indenture, dated as of November 13, 2015 (as amended on and prior to the date hereof pursuant to the First Supplement thereto dated as of June 24, 2016, the “Original Base Indenture”), to provide for the issuance from time to time of one or more Series of Notes;

WHEREAS, the Issuer desires to amend and restate the Original Base Indenture in the form of this Base Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized this Base Indenture and the execution and delivery hereof to provide for the amendment and restatement of the Original Base Indenture and the issuance from time to time of one or more series of asset-backed notes (the “Notes”) under this Base Indenture, as provided in this Base Indenture and in Supplements hereto; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Base Indenture a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Issuer, in accordance with its terms, have been done, and the Issuer proposes to do all the things necessary to make the Notes, when executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee (or registered in the case of Uncertificated Notes) hereunder and duly issued by the Issuer, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer as hereinafter provided;

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the receipt of the Notes by the Noteholders, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Noteholders (in accordance with the priorities set forth herein and in any Series Supplement), as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.1 Definitions.

Capitalized terms used herein (including the preamble and the recitals hereto) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in this Base Indenture Definitions List attached hereto as Annex A (the “Base Indenture Definitions List”), as such Base Indenture Definitions List may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.


Section 1.2 Cross-References.

Unless otherwise specified, references in the Indenture and in each other Transaction Document to any Article or Section are references to such Article or Section of the Indenture or such other Transaction Document, as the case may be, and, unless otherwise specified, references in any Article, Section or definition to any clause are references to such clause of such Article, Section or definition. Any terms used in the Indenture, including, without limitation, for purposes of Article III, that are defined in the UCC and pertaining to the Collateral shall be construed and defined as set forth in the UCC, unless otherwise defined in the Indenture.

Section 1.3 Accounting and Financial Determinations; No Duplication.

Where the character or amount of any asset or liability or item of income or expense is required to be determined, or any accounting computation is required to be made, for the purpose of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, such determination or calculation shall be made, to the extent applicable and except as otherwise specified in the Indenture or such other Transaction Document, in accordance with GAAP. When used herein, the term “financial statement” shall include the notes and schedules thereto. All accounting determinations and computations hereunder or under any other Transaction Documents shall be made without duplication.

Section 1.4 Rules of Construction.

In the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

(b) reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are permitted by the Indenture and the other applicable Transaction Documents, as the case may be, and reference to any Person in a particular capacity only refers to such Person in such capacity;

(c) reference to any gender includes the other gender;

(d) reference to any Requirement of Law means such Requirement of Law as amended, modified, codified or reenacted, in whole or in part, and in effect from time to time;

(e) “including” (and with correlative meaning “include”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term;

(f) the word “or” is always used inclusively herein (for example, the phrase “A or B” means “A or B or both,” not “either A or B but not both”), unless used in an “either . . . or” construction;

(g) reference to any Transaction Document or other contract or agreement means such Transaction Document, contract or agreement as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, except (i) with respect to defined terms that define such Transaction Document or other contract or agreement as of certain amendments or other modifications thereto and (ii) as the context requires otherwise;

 

2


(h) with respect to the determination of any period of time, except as otherwise specified, “from” means “from and including” and “to” means “to but excluding”; and

(i) references to any “preceding” or “immediately preceding” period or date mean the most recent such period ended or most recent such date to have occurred.

ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

Section 2.1 Designation and Terms of Notes.

(a) Each Series of Notes shall be substantially in the form specified in the applicable Series Supplement and shall bear, upon its face, the designation for such Series to which it belongs as selected by the Issuer, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted hereby or by the applicable Series Supplement and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may, consistently herewith, be determined to be appropriate by the Authorized Officers of the Issuer executing such Notes, as evidenced by execution of such Notes by such Authorized Officers. All Notes of any Series shall, except as specified in the applicable Series Supplement and in this Base Indenture, be equally and ratably entitled as provided herein to the benefits hereof without preference, priority or distinction on account of the actual time or times of authentication and delivery (or registration in the case of Uncertificated Notes), all in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Base Indenture and any applicable Series Supplement. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered (or with respect to Uncertificated Notes, registered) under this Base Indenture is unlimited. The Notes of each Series shall be issued in the denominations set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

(b) With respect to any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement entered into by the Issuer in connection with the issuance of any Class A-1 Notes, whether or not any of the following shall have been specifically provided for in the applicable provision of the Indenture Documents, the following shall be true (except to the extent that the Series Supplement or Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement with respect to such Class of Notes provides otherwise):

(i) for purposes of any provision of any Indenture Document relating to any vote, consent, direction, waiver or the like to be given by such Class on any date, the relevant principal amount of such Class to be used in tabulating the percentage of the applicable Series voting, directing, consenting or waiving or the like (the “Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount”) will be deemed to be the greater of (1) the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount for such Series (after giving effect to any cancelled commitments) and (2) the Outstanding Principal Amount of Class A-1 Notes for such Series;

(ii) for purposes of any provisions of any Indenture Document relating to termination, discharge or the like, such Class shall continue to be deemed Outstanding unless and until all commitments to extend credit under such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement have been terminated thereunder and the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Class shall have been reduced to zero; and

 

3


(iii) notwithstanding the foregoing, and for the avoidance of doubt, a Series Supplement or a Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement may provide for different treatment of commitments of a Noteholder of a Class A-1 Note subject to such Series Supplement or Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement that has failed to make a payment required to be made by it under the terms of such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, that has provided written notification that it does not intend to make a payment required to be made by it thereunder when due or that has become the subject of an Event of Bankruptcy.

Section 2.2 Notes Issuable in Series.

(a) The Notes shall be issued in one or more Series of Notes, including as Additional Notes of an existing Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes. Each Series of Notes shall be issued pursuant to a Series Supplement. Additional Notes of an existing Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes shall be issued pursuant to a Supplement to the related Series Supplement. Any Series of Class A-1 Notes may be uncertificated if provided for in its Series Supplement.

(b) So long as each of the certifications described in clause (iv) below (if applicable) are true and correct as of the applicable Series Closing Date, Notes may from time to time (other than with respect to Uncertificated Notes, which may from time to time be registered in accordance with this Base Indenture and the related Series Supplement) be executed by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee for authentication and thereupon the same shall be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee upon the receipt by the Trustee of a Company Request at least five (5) Business Days (except in the case of the Series of Notes being issued on the Closing Date or in connection with a Series Refinancing Event) in advance of the related Series Closing Date (which Company Request will be revocable by the Issuer upon notice to the Trustee no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) two (2) Business Days prior to the related Series Closing Date) and upon performance or delivery by the Issuer to the Trustee and the Control Party, and receipt by the Trustee and the Control Party, of the following:

(i) a Company Order authorizing and directing the authentication and delivery (or with respect to Uncertificated Notes, registration) of such Notes by the Trustee and specifying the designation of such Notes, the Initial Principal Amount (or the method for calculating the Initial Principal Amount) of such Notes to be authenticated, if applicable, and the Note Rate with respect to such Notes;

(ii) a Series Supplement for a new Series of Notes or a Supplement to the related Series Supplement for Additional Notes issued under an existing Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes, as applicable, satisfying the criteria set forth in Section 2.3 executed by the Issuer and the Trustee and specifying the Principal Terms of such Notes;

 

4


(iii) if any existing Notes shall remain Outstanding following such issuance of such Notes (other than in connection with a Series Refinancing Event or such existing Notes that will be repaid in full from the proceeds of issuance of such Notes or that will otherwise be repaid in full on the applicable Series Closing Date), written confirmation from either the Manager or the Issuer that the Rating Agency Condition with respect to the issuance of such Notes has been satisfied;

(iv) in the case of Additional Notes, if any existing Notes shall remain Outstanding following such issuance of such Additional Notes (other than in connection with a Series Refinancing Event or such existing Notes that will be repaid in full from the proceeds of issuance of such Additional Notes or that will otherwise be repaid in full on the applicable Series Closing Date), one or more Officer’s Certificates, each executed by an Authorized Officer of the Issuer, dated as of the applicable Series Closing Date to the effect that:

(A) no Cash Trapping Period is in effect or will commence as a result of the issuance of such Additional Notes;

(B) the Rating Agency Condition with respect to the issuance of such Additional Notes is satisfied as described herein;

(C) no Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will occur as a result of such issuance of such Additional Notes;

(D) no Manager Termination Event has occurred and is continuing or will occur as a result of such issuance;

(E) the Inspire Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 7.50x after giving pro forma effect to the issuance of such Additional Notes, the use of proceeds thereof and any repayment of existing Indebtedness from such Additional Notes, including amounts to fund a defeasance deposit or other similar escrow arrangement in connection with the repayment of Indebtedness;

(F) the Senior WBS Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 7.00x after giving pro forma effect to the issuance of such Additional Notes, the use of proceeds thereof and any repayment of existing Indebtedness from such Additional Notes, including amounts to fund a defeasance deposit or other similar escrow arrangement in connection with the repayment of Indebtedness;

(G) the Additional Notes Pro Forma DSCR is greater than or equal to 2.00x;

(H) all representations and warranties of the Issuer in this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents are true and correct, and will continue to be true and correct after giving effect to such issuance on the Series Closing Date, in all material respects (other than any representation or warranty that, by its terms, is made only as of an earlier date);

 

 

5


(I) the proposed issuance does not alter or change the terms of any Series of Notes Outstanding or the Series Supplement relating thereto without such consents as are required under this Base Indenture or the applicable Series Supplement, except for (i) increases in the aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of any existing Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes and (ii) such changes that are permitted in accordance with the terms hereunder and the applicable Series Supplement, in each case, if such Additional Notes are issued thereunder;

(J) all costs, fees and expenses with respect to the issuance of such Additional Notes or relating to the actions taken in connection with such issuance that are required to be paid on the applicable Series Closing Date have been paid or will be paid from the proceeds of issuance of such Additional Notes or other available amounts;

(K) all conditions precedent with respect to the authentication and delivery (or with respect to Uncertificated Notes, registration) of such Additional Notes provided in this Base Indenture, the related Series Supplement and, if applicable, the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and any other related note purchase agreement executed in connection with the issuance of such Additional Notes have been satisfied or waived;

(L) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is in full force and effect as to such Additional Notes;

(M) if such Additional Notes include Subordinated Debt, the terms of any such Additional Notes set forth in the applicable Supplement include the Subordinated Debt Provisions to the extent applicable;

(N) the Series Legal Final Maturity Date for any Additional Notes will not be prior to the Series Legal Final Maturity Date of any Class of Senior Notes then Outstanding;

(O) each of the parties to the Transaction Documents with respect to such Additional Notes has covenanted and agreed in the Transaction Documents that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing Note, it will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity, any involuntary bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law;

 

6


(v) a Tax Opinion dated the applicable Series Closing Date; provided, however, that, if there are no Notes Outstanding or if all Series of Notes Outstanding will be repaid in full from the proceeds of issuance of such Notes or otherwise on the applicable Series Closing Date, only the opinions set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of the definition of Tax Opinion are required to be given in connection with the issuance of such Notes;

(vi) one or more Opinions of Counsel, subject to the assumptions and qualifications stated therein, and in a form reasonably acceptable to the Control Party, dated the applicable Series Closing Date, substantially to the effect that:

(A) all of the instruments described in this Section 2.2(b) furnished to the Trustee and the Control Party conform to the requirements of this Base Indenture and the related Series Supplement and the Notes are permitted to be authenticated (or registered in the case of Uncertificated Notes) by the Trustee pursuant to the terms of this Base Indenture and the related Series Supplement (except that no such Opinion of Counsel shall be required to be delivered in connection with the issuance of Notes on the Closing Date);

(B) the related Series Supplement or Supplement to a Series Supplement pursuant to which the Additional Notes have been issued, as the case may be, has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms;

(C) such Notes have been duly authorized by the Issuer, and, when such Notes have been duly authenticated (or registered in the case of Uncertificated Notes) and delivered by the Trustee, such Notes will be legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms;

(D) none of the Securitization Entities is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the 1940 Act;

(E) the Lien and the security interests created by this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement on the Collateral remain perfected as required by this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and such Lien and security interests extend to any assets transferred to the Securitization Entities in connection with the issuance of such Notes;

 

7


(F) based on a reasoned analysis, the assets and liabilities of a Securitization Entity as a debtor in bankruptcy would not be substantively consolidated with the assets and liabilities of ARG in a manner prejudicial to Noteholders;

(G) neither the execution and delivery by the Issuer of such Notes (or registration in the case of Uncertificated Notes) and the Series Supplement nor the performance by the Issuer of its obligations under each of the Notes and the Series Supplement or Supplement to a Series Supplement pursuant to which the Additional Notes have been issued, as the case may be: (i) conflicts with the Charter Documents of the Issuer, (ii) constitutes a violation of, or a default under, any material agreement to which the Issuer is a party (which agreements may be set forth in a schedule to such opinion), or (iii) contravenes any order or decree that is applicable to the Issuer (which orders and decrees may be set forth in a schedule to such opinion);

(H) neither the execution and delivery by the Issuer of such Notes (or registration in the case of Uncertificated Notes) and the Series Supplement or Supplement to a Series Supplement pursuant to which the Additional Notes have been issued, as the case may be, nor the performance by the Issuer of its payment obligations under each of such Notes and the Series Supplement or Supplement to a Series Supplement pursuant to which the Additional Notes have been issued, as the case may be: (i) violates any law, rule or regulation of any relevant jurisdiction, or (ii) requires the consent, approval, licensing or authorization of, or any filing, recording or registration with, any governmental authority under any law, rule or regulation of any relevant jurisdiction except for those consents, approvals, licenses and authorizations already obtained and those filings, recordings and registrations already made;

(I) there is no action, proceeding, or investigation pending or threatened against ARG or any of its Subsidiaries before any court or administrative agency that may reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the business or assets of the Securitization Entities;

(J) unless such Notes are being offered pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the 1933 Act, it is not necessary in connection with the offer and sale of such Notes by the Issuer to the initial purchaser(s) thereof or by the initial purchaser(s) to the initial investors in such Notes to register such Notes under the 1933 Act; and

(K) all conditions precedent to such issuance have been satisfied and that the related Series Supplement or Supplement to a Series Supplement pursuant to which the Additional Notes have been issued, as the case may be, is authorized or permitted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Indenture;

 

8


(vii) any related Series Hedge Agreement entered into in connection with such issuance and executed by each of the parties thereto in compliance with Section 8.29(a); and

(viii) such other documents, instruments, certifications, agreements or other items as the Trustee may reasonably require.

(c) Upon satisfaction, or waiver by the Control Party (as directed by the Controlling Class Representative in writing), of the conditions set forth in Section 2.2(b), the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver (or register in the case of Uncertificated Notes), as provided above, such Notes upon execution thereof by the Issuer.

(d) With regard to any Notes issued pursuant to this Section 2.2, the proceeds from such issuance may only be used to repay (i) Senior Subordinated Notes and Subordinated Notes if all Senior Notes have been repaid and (ii) Subordinated Notes if all Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes have been repaid; provided, that at any time on or after the Series Anticipated Repayment Date for any Series of Notes, the proceeds from the issuance of Subordinated Notes may only be used to repay Senior Notes, Senior Subordinated Notes or all Outstanding Classes of Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes.

(e) The issuance of Additional Notes shall not be subject to the consent of the Holders of any Series of Notes Outstanding. Additional Notes may be issued for any purpose consistent with the Transaction Documents, including acquisitions by the Securitization Entities.

Section 2.3 Series Supplement for Each Series.

In conjunction with the issuance of a new Series of Notes or Additional Notes of an existing Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes, the parties hereto shall execute a Series Supplement for such new Series of Notes or a Supplement to the Series Supplement for such existing Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes, as applicable, which shall specify the relevant terms with respect to such Notes, which may include, without limitation:

(a) its name or designation;

(b) the Initial Principal Amount with respect to such Notes;

(c) the Note Rate with respect to such Notes;

(d) the Series Closing Date;

(e) the Series Anticipated Repayment Date, if any;

(f) the Series Legal Final Maturity Date;

 

9


(g) the principal amortization schedule with respect to such Notes, if any;

(h) each Rating Agency rating such Notes;

(i) the name of the Clearing Agency, if any;

(j) the names of the Series Distribution Accounts and any other Series Accounts to be used with respect to such Notes and the terms governing the operation of any such account and the use of moneys therein;

(k) the method of allocating amounts deposited into any Series Distribution Account with respect to such Notes;

(l) whether such Notes will be issued in multiple Classes, Subclasses or Tranches and the rights and priorities of each such Class, Subclass or Tranche;

(m) any deposit of funds to be made in any Base Indenture Account or any Series Account on the Series Closing Date;

(n) whether such Notes may be issued as either Definitive Notes, Uncertificated Notes or Book-Entry Notes and any limitations imposed thereon;

(o) whether such Notes include Senior Notes, Senior Subordinated Notes and/or Subordinated Notes;

(p) whether such Notes include Class A-1 Notes or subfacilities of Class A-1 Notes issued pursuant to a Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement;

(q) the terms of any related Enhancement and the Enhancement Provider thereof, if any;

(r) the terms of any related Series Hedge Agreement and the applicable Hedge Counterparty, if any; and

(s) any other relevant terms of such Notes (all such terms, the “Principal Terms” of such Series).

Section 2.4 Execution and Authentication.

(a) The Notes (other than Uncertificated Notes) shall, upon issuance pursuant to Section 2.2, be executed on behalf of the Issuer by an Authorized Officer of the Issuer and delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication and redelivery as provided herein. The signature of each such Authorized Officer on the Notes may be manual or facsimile. If an Authorized Officer of the Issuer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

 

10


(b) At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Base Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes (other than Uncertificated Notes) of any particular Series (issued pursuant to Section 2.2) executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication, together with one or more Company Orders for the authentication and delivery (or registration in the case of Uncertificated Notes) of Notes, and the Trustee, in accordance with such Company Order and this Base Indenture, shall authenticate and deliver such Notes (or register such Notes, in the case of Uncertificated Notes).

(c) No Note (other than Uncertificated Notes) shall be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for below, duly executed by the Trustee by the manual signature of a Trust Officer. Such signatures on such certificate shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that the Note has been duly authenticated under this Base Indenture. The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate any applicable Notes. Unless limited by the term of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Base Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such authenticating agent. The Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

“This is one of the Notes of a Series issued under the within mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory”

(d) Each Note (other than Uncertificated Notes) shall be dated and issued as of the date of its authentication by the Trustee.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuer, and the Issuer shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 2.14 together with a written statement to the Trustee and the Servicer (which need not comply with Section 14.3) stating that such Note has never been issued and sold by the Issuer, for all purposes of the Indenture such Note shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall not be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.

Section 2.5 Note Registrar and Paying Agent.

(a) The Issuer shall (i) maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (or de-registration in the case of Uncertificated Notes) (the “Note Registrar”) and (ii) appoint a paying agent (which shall satisfy the eligibility criteria set forth in Section 10.8(a)) (the “Paying Agent”) at whose office or agency Notes (or evidence of ownership of Uncertificated Notes) may be presented for payment. The Note Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (including the name and address of each such Noteholder) and of their transfer and exchange. The Trustee shall indicate in its books and

 

11


records the commitment of each Noteholder, if applicable, and the principal amount owing to each Noteholder from time to time. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” shall include any additional paying agent and the term “Note Registrar” shall include any co-registrars. The Issuer may change the Paying Agent or the Note Registrar without prior notice to any Noteholder. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Base Indenture. The Trustee is hereby initially appointed as the Note Registrar and the Paying Agent and shall send copies of all notices and demands received by the Trustee (other than those sent by the Issuer to the Trustee and those addressed to the Issuer) in connection with the Notes to the Issuer. Upon any resignation or removal of the Note Registrar, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Note Registrar or, in the absence of such appointment, the Issuer shall assume the duties of the Note Registrar.

(b) The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Base Indenture. Such agency agreement shall implement the provisions of this Base Indenture that relate to such Agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Note Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee hereby agrees to act as such, and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with this Base Indenture until the Issuer shall appoint a replacement Note Registrar or Paying Agent, as applicable.

Section 2.6 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

(a) The Issuer will cause the Paying Agent (if the Paying Agent is not the Trustee) to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which the Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee (and if the Trustee is the Paying Agent, it hereby so agrees), subject to the provisions of this Section 2.6, that the Paying Agent will:

(i) hold all sums held by it for the payment of amounts due with respect to the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and pay such sums to such Persons as herein provided;

(ii) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Issuer of which it has Actual Knowledge in the making of any payment required to be made with respect to the Notes;

(iii) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by the Paying Agent;

(iv) immediately resign as the Paying Agent and forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of Notes if at any time it ceases to meet the standards required to be met by a Trustee hereunder at the time of its appointment; and

(v) comply with all requirements of the Code and other applicable tax law with respect to the withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes of any applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith.

 

12


(b) The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture or for any other purpose, by Company Order direct the Paying Agent to pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee in trust upon the same terms as those upon which the sums were held in trust by the Paying Agent. Upon such payment by the Paying Agent to the Trustee, the Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

(c) Subject to applicable laws with respect to escheat of funds, any money held by the Trustee or the Paying Agent in trust for the payment of any amount due with respect to any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such amount has become due and payable shall be discharged from such trust and be paid to the Issuer upon delivery of a Company Request. The Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof (but only to the extent of the amounts so paid to the Issuer), and all liability of the Trustee or the Paying Agent with respect to such trust money paid to the Issuer shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or the Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may, at the expense of the Issuer, cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in New York City, and in a newspaper customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in London, if applicable, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer. The Trustee may also adopt and employ, at the expense of the Issuer, any other commercially reasonable means of notification of such repayment.

Section 2.7 Noteholder List.

(a) The Trustee will furnish or cause to be furnished by the Note Registrar to the Issuer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or the Paying Agent or any Class A-1 Administrative Agent, within five (5) Business Days after receipt by the Trustee of a request therefor from the Issuer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or the Paying Agent or such Class A-1 Administrative Agent, respectively, in writing, the names and addresses of the Noteholders of each Series as of the most recent Record Date for payments to such Noteholders. Every Noteholder, by receiving and holding a Note, agrees with the Trustee that none of the Trustee, the Note Registrar, the Issuer, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative nor any of their respective agents shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Noteholders hereunder, regardless of the source from which such information was obtained.

(b) The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Noteholders of each Series of Notes. If the Trustee is not the Note Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven (7) Business Days before each Quarterly Payment Date and at such other time as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders of each Series of Notes.

 

13


Section 2.8 Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note (or as set forth in any Series Supplement with respect to the transfer and registration or de-registration of any Uncertificated Notes) at the office or agency of the Note Registrar, if the requirements of Section 2.8(f) and Section 8-401(a) of the New York UCC are met, the Issuer shall (except in the case of Uncertificated Notes) execute and, after the Issuer has executed, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Noteholder, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes, in any authorized denominations, of the same Series and Class (and, if applicable, Subclass or Tranche) and a like original aggregate principal amount of the Notes so transferred. At the option of any Noteholder, Notes may be exchanged (or de-registered) for other Notes (or in the case of an exchange for Uncertificated Notes, registered) of the same Series and Class (and, if applicable, Subclass or Tranche) in authorized denominations of like original aggregate principal amount of the Notes so exchanged, upon surrender (or de-registration) of the Notes to be exchanged at any office or agency of the Note Registrar maintained for such purpose. Whenever Notes of any Series are so surrendered for exchange (or de-registration), if the requirements of Section 2.8(f) and Section 8-401(a) of the New York UCC are met, the Issuer shall execute (other than Uncertificated Notes), and after the Issuer has executed, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Noteholder, the Notes (other than Uncertificated Notes) which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

(b) Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be (i) (other than Uncertificated Notes) duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Note Registrar duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing with a medallion signature guarantee and (ii) accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee and the Note Registrar may require to document the identities and/or signatures of the transferor and the transferee (including the applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or W-9). The Issuer shall execute and deliver to the Trustee or the Note Registrar, as applicable, Notes in such amounts and at such times as are necessary to enable the Trustee to fulfill its responsibilities under the Indenture and the Notes.

(c) All Notes issued and authenticated upon any registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes (including any transfer of uncertificated Notes) shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same indebtedness, and entitled to the same benefits under the Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(d) The preceding provisions of this Section 2.8 notwithstanding, (i) the Trustee, the Issuer or the Note Registrar, as the case may be, shall not be required (A) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange (or de-registration) of any Note of any Series for a period beginning at the opening of business fifteen (15) days preceding the selection of any Series of Notes for redemption and ending at the close of business on the day of the mailing of the relevant notice of redemption or (B) to register the transfer of or exchange any Note so selected for redemption, and (ii) no assignment or transfer of a Note or any commitment in respect thereof shall be effective until such assignment or transfer shall have been recorded in the Note Register and in the books and records of the Trustee, as applicable, pursuant to Section 2.5(a) or as otherwise set forth in a Series Supplement with respect to Uncertificated Notes.

 

14


(e) Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Series Supplement, no service charge shall be payable for any registration of transfer or exchange (or de-registration) of Notes, but the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Trustee, as the case may be, may require payment by the Noteholder of a sum sufficient to cover any Tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange (or de-registration) of Notes.

(f) Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Series Supplement, registration of transfer of Notes containing a legend relating to the restrictions on transfer of such Notes (which legend shall be set forth in the applicable Series Supplement) shall be effected only if the conditions set forth in such applicable Series Supplement are satisfied. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.8 and except as otherwise provided in Section 2.13 or any applicable Series Supplement with respect to Uncertificated Notes, the typewritten Note or Notes representing Book-Entry Notes for any Series may be transferred, in whole but not in part, only to another nominee of the Clearing Agency for such Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche or to a successor Clearing Agency for such Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche selected or approved by the Issuer or to a nominee of such successor Clearing Agency, only if in accordance with this Section 2.8 and Section 2.12.

Section 2.9 Persons Deemed Owners.

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Note (or any other transfer and de-registration of Uncertificated Notes), the Trustee, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered (as of the day of determination) as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever (other than purposes in which the vote or consent of a Note Owner is expressly required pursuant to this Base Indenture or the applicable Series Supplement), whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Trustee, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative, any Agent nor the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Section 2.10 Replacement Notes.

(a) If (i) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Trustee receives evidence to its reasonable satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note and (ii) there is delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to hold the Issuer and the Trustee harmless then, provided that the requirements of Section 2.8(f) and Section 8-405 of the New York UCC are met, the Issuer shall execute and upon its request the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a replacement Note; provided, however, that if any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, but not a mutilated Note, shall have become, or within seven (7) days shall be, due and payable, instead of issuing a replacement Note, the Issuer may pay such destroyed, lost or stolen Note when so due

 

15


or payable without surrender thereof. If, after the delivery of such replacement Note or payment of a destroyed, lost or stolen Note pursuant to the preceding sentence, a protected purchaser (within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the New York UCC) of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment such original Note, the Issuer and the Trustee shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note (or such payment) from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking such replacement Note from such Person to whom such replacement Note was delivered or any assignee of such Person, except a Protected Purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuer or the Trustee in connection therewith.

(b) Upon the issuance of any replacement Note (or registration of Uncertificated Notes) under this Section 2.10, the Issuer may require the payment by the Holder of such Note of a sum sufficient to cover any Tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other reasonable expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee and the Note Registrar) connected therewith.

(c) Every replacement Note issued (or registered in the case of Uncertificated Notes) pursuant to this Section 2.10 in replacement of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer and such replacement Note shall be entitled to all the benefits of the Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued under the Indenture (in accordance with the priorities and other terms set forth herein and in each applicable Series Supplement).

(d) The provisions of this Section 2.10 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

Section 2.11 Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Noteholders of the required Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes or the required Outstanding Principal Amount of any Series or any Class, Subclass or Tranche of any Series of Notes, as the case may be, have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned, legally or beneficially, by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer shall be considered as though they are not Outstanding, except that for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes of which a Trust Officer has received written notice of such ownership shall be so disregarded. Absent written notice to a Trust Officer of such ownership, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of the identity of the individual Note Owners.

Section 2.12 Book-Entry Notes.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in any applicable Series Supplement (including with respect to Uncertificated Notes), the Notes of each Class, Subclass or Tranche of each Series, upon original issuance, shall be issued in the form of typewritten Notes representing Book-Entry Notes and delivered to the depository (or its custodian) specified in such Series Supplement (the “Depository”) which shall be the Clearing Agency on behalf of such Series or

 

16


such Class, Subclass or Tranche. The Notes of each Class, Subclass or Tranche of each Series shall, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Series Supplement (including with respect to Uncertificated Notes), initially be registered on the Note Register in the name of the Clearing Agency or the nominee of the Clearing Agency. No Note Owner will receive a definitive note representing such Note Owner’s interest in the related Series of Notes, except as provided in Section 2.13. Unless and until definitive, fully registered Notes of any Series or any Class, Subclass or Tranche of any Series (“Definitive Notes”) have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.13 (or as otherwise set forth in any applicable Series Supplement with respect to Uncertificated Notes):

(i) the provisions of this Section 2.12 shall be in full force and effect with respect to each such Series;

(ii) the Issuer, the Paying Agent, the Note Registrar, the Trustee, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative may deal with the Clearing Agency and the applicable Clearing Agency Participants for all purposes (including the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the giving of instructions or directions hereunder or under the applicable Series Supplement) as the sole Holder of the Notes, and shall have no obligation to the Note Owners;

(iii) to the extent that the provisions of this Section 2.12 conflict with any other provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of this Section 2.12 shall control with respect to each such Class, Subclass, Tranche or Series of the Notes;

(iv) subject to the rights of the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative under the Indenture and the rights granted pursuant to Section 11.5(b), the rights of Note Owners of each such Class or Series of Notes shall be exercised only through the Clearing Agency and the applicable Clearing Agency Participants and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such Note Owners and the Clearing Agency and/or the Clearing Agency Participants, and all references in the Indenture to actions by the Noteholders shall refer to actions taken by the Clearing Agency upon instructions from the Clearing Agency Participants, and all references in the Indenture to distributions, notices, reports and statements to the Noteholders shall refer to distributions, notices, reports and statements to the Clearing Agency, as registered holder of the Notes of such Series for distribution to the Note Owners in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of the Clearing Agency; and

(v) subject to the rights of the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative under the Indenture and the rights granted pursuant to Section 11.5(b), whenever the Indenture requires or permits actions to be taken based upon instructions or directions of Noteholders evidencing a specified percentage of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes or the Outstanding Principal Amount of a Series or Class, Subclass or Tranche of a Series of Notes, the applicable Clearing Agency shall be deemed to represent such

 

17


percentage only to the extent that it has received instructions to such effect from Note Owners and/or their related Clearing Agency Participants owning or representing, respectively, such required percentage of the beneficial interest in the Outstanding Notes or such Series or such Class, Subclass or Tranche of such Series of Notes Outstanding, as the case may be, and has delivered such instructions in writing to the Trustee.

(b) Pursuant to the Depository Agreement applicable to a Series, unless and until Definitive Notes of such Series are issued pursuant to Section 2.13 (or as otherwise set forth in any applicable Series Supplement with respect to Uncertificated Notes), the initial Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers among the Clearing Agency Participants and receive and transmit distributions of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to such Clearing Agency Participants.

(c) Whenever notice or other communication to the Noteholders is required under the Indenture, unless and until Definitive Notes shall have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.13, the Trustee and the Issuer shall give all such notices and communications specified herein to be given to Noteholders to the applicable Clearing Agency for distribution to the Note Owners in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of the Clearing Agency.

Section 2.13 Definitive Notes.

(a) The Notes of any Series or Class, Subclass or Tranche of any Series, to the extent provided in the related Series Supplement or Supplement to a Series Supplement pursuant to which any Additional Notes have been issued, as the case may be, upon original issuance, may be issued in the form of Definitive Notes or Uncertificated Notes. The applicable Series Supplement or Supplement to a Series Supplement pursuant to which any Additional Notes have been issued, as the case may be, shall set forth the legend relating to the restrictions on transfer of such Definitive Notes (or transfer and de-registration with respect to Uncertificated Notes) and such other restrictions as may be applicable.

(b) With respect to the Notes of any Series or Class of any Series issued in the form of typewritten Notes representing Book-Entry Notes, if (i) (A) the Issuer advises the Trustee in writing that the Clearing Agency with respect to any such Series of Notes is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities under the applicable Depository Agreement and (B) the Trustee or the Issuer are unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the Issuer, at its option, advises the Trustee in writing that it elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Clearing Agency with respect to any Series or Class of any Series of Notes Outstanding issued in the form of Book-Entry Notes or (iii) after the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event, with respect to any Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes Outstanding, Note Owners holding a beneficial interest in excess of 50% of the aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes advise the Trustee and the applicable Clearing Agency through the applicable Clearing Agency Participants in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through the applicable Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interests of such Note Owners, the Trustee shall notify all Note Owners of such Series, through the applicable Clearing Agency Participants, of the occurrence of any such

 

18


event and of the availability of Definitive Notes (or Uncertificated Notes) to Note Owners of such Series. Upon surrender to the Trustee of the Notes of such Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche by the applicable Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration instructions from the applicable Clearing Agency for registration, the Issuer shall execute (other than with respect to Uncertificated Notes) and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon receipt of a Company Order, and deliver an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes in accordance with the instructions of the Clearing Agency. Neither the Issuer nor the Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may each conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive Notes of such Series or Class of such Series of Notes all references herein to obligations imposed upon or to be performed by the applicable Clearing Agency shall be deemed to be imposed upon and performed by the Trustee, to the extent applicable with respect to such Definitive Notes, and the Trustee shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Notes of such Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of such Series as Noteholders of such Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of such Series hereunder and under the applicable Series Supplement.

Section 2.14 Cancellation.

The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered (or registered in the case of Uncertificated Notes) hereunder which the Issuer or an Affiliate thereof may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled (or de-registered) by the Trustee. Immediately upon the delivery of any Notes by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.14 (or as set forth in any applicable Series Supplement with respect to de-registration of Uncertificated Notes), the security interest of the Secured Parties in such Notes shall automatically be deemed to be released by the Trustee, and the Trustee shall execute and deliver to the Issuer any and all documentation reasonably requested and prepared by the Issuer at its expense to evidence such automatic release. The Note Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment (or de-registration of Uncertificated Notes). The Trustee shall cancel (or de-register) all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation. Except as provided in any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement executed and delivered in connection with the issuance of any Series or any Class, Subclass or Tranche of any Series of Notes, the Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has redeemed or paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (or de-registration). All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of in accordance with the Trustee’s standard disposition procedures unless the Issuer shall direct that cancelled Notes be returned to them for destruction pursuant to a Company Order. No cancelled (or de-registered) Notes may be reissued. No provision of this Base Indenture or any Supplement that relates to prepayment procedures, penalties, fees, make-whole payments or any other related matters shall be applicable to any Notes cancelled (or de-registered) pursuant to and in accordance with this Section 2.14.

 

19


Section 2.15 Principal and Interest.

(a) The principal of and premium, if any, on each Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes shall be due and payable at the times and in the amounts set forth in the applicable Series Supplement and in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(b) Each Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes shall accrue interest as provided in the applicable Series Supplement and such interest shall be due and payable for such Series on each Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(c) Except as provided in the following sentence, the Person in whose name any Note is registered at the close of business on any Record Date with respect to a Quarterly Payment Date for such Note shall be entitled to receive the principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on such Quarterly Payment Date notwithstanding the cancellation (or de-registration) of such Note upon any registration of transfer, exchange or substitution of such Note subsequent to such Record Date. Any interest payable at maturity shall be paid to the Person to whom the principal of such Note is payable.

(d) Pursuant to the authority of the Paying Agent under Section 2.6(a)(v), except as otherwise provided pursuant to a Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement to the extent that the Paying Agent has been notified in writing of such exception by the Issuer or the applicable Class A-1 Administrative Agent, the Paying Agent shall make all payments of interest on the Notes net of any applicable withholding taxes and Noteholders shall be treated as having received as payments of interest any amounts withheld with respect to such withholding taxes.

Section 2.16 Tax Treatment.

(a) The Issuer has structured this Base Indenture and the Notes have been (or will be) issued with the intention that the Notes will qualify under applicable tax law as indebtedness of the Issuer or, if the Issuer is treated as a division of another entity, such other entity, and any entity acquiring any direct or indirect interest in any Note by acceptance of its Notes (or, in the case of a Note Owner, by virtue of such Note Owner’s acquisition of a beneficial interest therein) (or registration of an Uncertificated Note) agrees to treat the Notes (or beneficial interests therein) for all purposes of federal, state, local and foreign income or franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Issuer or, if the Issuer is treated as a division of another entity, such other entity.

(b) Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by its acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, agrees to provide and shall provide to the Trustee, the Paying Agent and/or the Issuer (or other Person responsible for withholding of taxes) with the Tax Information, and will update or replace such Tax Information as necessary at any time required by law or promptly upon request. Further, each Noteholder and Note Owner is deemed to understand, acknowledge and agree that the Paying Agent and Issuer (or other Person responsible for withholding of taxes) have the right to withhold on payments with respect to a Note (without any corresponding gross-up) where an applicable party fails to comply with the requirements set forth in the preceding sentence or the Trustee, the Paying Agent or Issuer (or other Person responsible for withholding of taxes) is otherwise required to so withhold under applicable law.

 

20


ARTICLE III

SECURITY

Section 3.1 Grant of Security Interest.

(a) To secure the Obligations, the Issuer hereby pledges, assigns, conveys, delivers, transfers and sets over to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in the Issuer’s right, title and interest in, to and under all of the following property to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by the Issuer (collectively, the “Indenture Collateral”):

(i) (x) the Equity Interests of any Person (including, without limitation, Arby’s Franchisor and the Real Property Holder) owned by the Issuer and all rights as a member, shareholder or partner of each such Person under the Charter Documents of each such Person and (y) any rights to receive any asset contribution fees under the applicable Contribution Agreements entered into in connection with the Securitization Transactions;

(ii) each Account established in the name of the Issuer and all amounts on deposit in or otherwise credited to such Accounts;

(iii) any rights of the Issuer under or in respect of any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit;

(iv) the books and records (whether in physical, electronic or other form) of the Issuer, including those books and records maintained by the Manager on behalf of the Issuer relating to the Franchise Assets;

(v) the rights, powers, remedies and authorities of the Issuer under (i) each of the Transaction Documents (other than the Indenture and the Notes) to which it is a party and (ii) each of the documents relating to the Franchise Assets to which it is a party;

(vi) any personal property and, after Mortgages with respect thereto have been properly recorded following a Mortgage Recordation Event, real property of a Securitization-Owned Restaurant;

(vii) any and all other property of the Issuer now or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all accounts, chattel paper, commercial tort claims, deposit accounts, documents, equipment, fixtures, general intangibles, health-care-insurance receivables, instruments, inventory, securities, securities accounts and other investment property and letter-of-credit rights and all real property (but only to the extent elected to be contributed and after Mortgages with respect thereto have been properly prepared and recorded following a Mortgage Recordation Event); and

(viii) all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing;

 

21


provided that (A) the Indenture Collateral shall exclude the Collateral Exclusions; (B) the Issuer shall not be required to pledge, and the Collateral shall not include, more than 65% of the Equity Interests (and any rights associated with such Equity Interests) of any foreign Subsidiary (or any domestic subsidiary, substantially all of the assets of which consist of equity (or equity and debt) of one or more foreign subsidiaries) of the Issuer that is a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes; (C) the Issuer shall not be required to pledge any assets owned by a foreign Subsidiary; (D) the security interest in (1) the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, each Series Distribution Account with respect to the Senior Notes and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders (or, in the case of a Series Distribution Account, Holders of a Class thereof, as set forth in the applicable Series Supplement) and the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Noteholders (or, in the case of a Series Distribution Account, Holders of a Class thereof, as set forth in the applicable Series Supplement), (2) the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, each Series Distribution Account with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the Senior Subordinated Noteholders and the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, and (3) each Series Distribution Account with respect to the Subordinated Notes and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the Subordinated Noteholders and the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the Subordinated Noteholders; and (E) any cash collateral deposited by Inspire or any Inspire Consolidated Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity, but including any Non-Securitization Entity) with the Issuer to secure such entity’s obligations under any Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement will not constitute Indenture Collateral until such time (if any) as the Issuer is entitled to withdraw such funds from the applicable bank account pursuant to the terms of such Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement to reimburse the Issuer for any amounts due by such entities to the Issuer pursuant to such Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement that such entities have not paid to the Issuer in accordance with the terms thereof.

The Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, acknowledges that it shall have no security interest in any Collateral Exclusions.

(b) The foregoing grant is made in trust to secure the Obligations and to secure compliance with the provisions of this Base Indenture and any Series Supplements, all as provided in this Base Indenture. The Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, acknowledges such grant, accepts the trusts under this Base Indenture in accordance with the provisions of this Base Indenture and agrees to perform its duties required in this Base Indenture. The Indenture Collateral shall secure the Obligations equally and ratably without prejudice, priority or distinction (except, with respect to any Series of Notes, as otherwise stated in the applicable Series Supplement or in the applicable provisions of this Base Indenture).

(c) The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that each certificated Equity Interest constituting Indenture Collateral and each Mortgage may be held by a custodian on behalf of the Trustee.

 

22


Section 3.2 Certain Rights and Obligations of the Issuer Unaffected.

(a) Notwithstanding the grant of the security interest in the Indenture Collateral hereunder to the Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, the Issuer acknowledges that the Manager, on behalf of the Securitization Entities, shall, subject to the terms and conditions of the Management Agreement, nevertheless have the right, subject to the Trustee’s right to revoke such right, in whole or in part, in the event of the occurrence of an Event of Default, (i) to give, in accordance with the Managing Standard, all consents, requests, notices, directions, approvals, extensions or waivers, if any, which are required or permitted to be given by the Issuer under the Collateral Documents, and to enforce all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the Issuer under the Collateral Documents and (ii) to take any other actions required or permitted under the terms of the Management Agreement.

(b) The grant of the security interest by the Issuer in the Indenture Collateral to the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties shall not (i) relieve the Issuer from the performance of any term, covenant, condition or agreement on the Issuer’s part to be performed or observed under or in connection with any of the Collateral Documents or (ii) impose any obligation on the Trustee or any of the other Secured Parties to perform or observe any such term, covenant, condition or agreement on the Issuer’s part to be so performed or observed or impose any liability on the Trustee or any of the other Secured Parties for any act or omission on the part of the Issuer or from any breach of any representation or warranty on the part of the Issuer.

(c) The Issuer hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee and each other Secured Party (including its directors, officers, employees and agents) from and against any and all losses, liabilities (including liabilities for penalties), claims, demands, actions, suits, judgments, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses arising out of or resulting from the security interest granted hereby, whether arising by virtue of any act or omission on the part of the Issuer or otherwise, including, without limitation, the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any other Secured Party in enforcing the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or preserving any of its rights to, or realizing upon, any of the Collateral; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnification shall not extend to any action by the Trustee or any other Secured Party which constitutes gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct by the Trustee or any other Secured Party or any other indemnified person hereunder. The indemnification provided for in this Section 3.2 shall survive the removal of, or a resignation by, such Person as Trustee as well as the termination of this Base Indenture or any Series Supplement.

Section 3.3 Performance of Collateral Documents.

Upon the occurrence of a default or breach (after giving effect to any applicable grace or cure periods) by any Person party to (a) a Transaction Document or (b) a Franchise Document (only if a Manager Termination Event or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), promptly following a request from the Trustee to do so and at the Issuer’s expense, the Issuer agrees to take all such lawful action as permitted under this Base Indenture as the

 

23


Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) may reasonably request to compel or secure the performance and observance by such Person of its obligations to the Issuer, and to exercise any and all rights, remedies, powers and privileges lawfully available to the Issuer to the extent and in the manner directed by the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)), including, without limitation, the transmission of notices of default and the institution of legal or administrative actions or proceedings to compel or secure performance by such Person of its obligations thereunder. If (i) the Issuer shall have failed, within ten (10) Business Days of receiving the direction of the Trustee, to take commercially reasonable action to accomplish such directions of the Trustee, (ii) the Issuer refuses to take any such action, as reasonably determined by the Trustee in good faith, or (iii) the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) reasonably determines that such action must be taken immediately, in any such case the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) may, but shall not be obligated to, take, and the Trustee shall take (if so directed by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)), at the expense of the Issuer, such previously directed action and any related action permitted under this Base Indenture which the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) thereafter determines is appropriate (without the need under this provision or any other provision under this Base Indenture to direct the Issuer to take such action), on behalf of the Issuer and the Secured Parties.

Section 3.4 Stamp, Other Similar Taxes and Filing Fees.

The Issuer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee and each other Secured Party from any present or future claim for liability for any stamp, documentary or other similar tax and any penalties or interest and expenses with respect thereto, that may be assessed, levied or collected by any jurisdiction in connection with the Indenture, any other Transaction Document or any Indenture Collateral. The Issuer shall pay, and indemnify and hold harmless each Secured Party against, any and all amounts in respect of all search, filing, recording and registration fees, taxes, excise taxes and other similar imposts that may be payable or determined to be payable in respect of the execution, delivery, performance and/or enforcement of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document.

Section 3.5 Authorization to File Financing Statements.

(a) The Issuer hereby irrevocably authorizes the Control Party on behalf of the Secured Parties at any time and from time to time to file or record in any filing office in any applicable jurisdiction financing statements and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Indenture Collateral to perfect the security interests of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties under this Base Indenture. The Issuer authorizes the filing of any such financing statement, document or instrument naming the Trustee as secured party and indicating that the Indenture Collateral includes (a) “all assets” or words of similar effect or import regardless of whether any particular assets comprised in the Indenture Collateral fall within the scope of Article 9 of the UCC, including, without limitation, any and all Securitization IP, or (b) as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail. The Issuer agrees to furnish any information necessary to accomplish the foregoing promptly upon the Control Party’s request. The Issuer also hereby ratifies and authorizes the filing on behalf of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, of any financing statement with respect to the Indenture Collateral made prior to the date hereof.

 

24


(b) The Issuer acknowledges that the Indenture Collateral may include certain rights of the Issuer as secured party under the Transaction Documents. To the extent the Issuer is a secured party under the Transaction Documents, the Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee as its representative with respect to all financing statements filed to perfect such security interests and authorizes the Control Party on behalf of the Secured Parties to make such filings it deems necessary to reflect the Trustee as secured party of record with respect to such financing statements.

ARTICLE IV

REPORTS

Section 4.1 Reports and Instructions to Trustee.

(a) Weekly Manager’s Certificates. By 4:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day prior to each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Manager to furnish, to the Trustee and the Servicer a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit A, specifying the allocation of Collections on the following Weekly Allocation Date (each a “Weekly Manager’s Certificate”); provided that such Weekly Manager’s Certificate shall be considered confidential information and shall not be disclosed by such recipients to the Noteholders, Note Owners or any other Person without the prior written consent of the Issuer.

(b) Quarterly Noteholders Reports. On or before the third (3rd) Business Day prior to each Quarterly Payment Date, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Manager to furnish, a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit C with respect to each Series of Notes (each, a “Quarterly Noteholders Report”), including the Manager’s statement specified in such form, to the Trustee, each Rating Agency, the Servicer and each Paying Agent, with a copy to the Back-Up Manager.

(c) Quarterly Compliance Certificates. On or before the third (3rd) Business Day prior to each Quarterly Payment Date, the Manager shall deliver to the Trustee and each Rating Agency (with a copy to each of the Servicer and the Back-Up Manager) an Officer’s Certificate (each, a “Quarterly Compliance Certificate”) to the effect that, except as provided in a notice delivered pursuant to Section 8.8, no Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing.

(d) Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Notices. On the Quarterly Calculation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Manager to furnish, to the Trustee and the Rating Agencies (with a copy to each of the Servicer and the Back-Up Manager) written notice of any Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Event with respect to any Class or Series of Notes that occurred with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period (any such notice, a “Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Notice”).

 

25


(e) Annual Accountants Reports. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal year ending on or about January 3, 2021, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Trustee, the Servicer and each Rating Agency the reports of the Independent Auditors or the Back-Up Manager required to be delivered to the Issuer by the Manager pursuant to Section 3.3 of the Management Agreement.

(f) Securitization Entity Financial Statements. The Manager on behalf of the Securitization Entities shall provide to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding the following financial statements:

(i) as soon as available and in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending on or about September 27, 2020, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Securitization Entities as of the end of such fiscal quarter, unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows of the Securitization Entities for such fiscal quarter and for the fiscal year-to-date period then ended (in the case of the second and third fiscal quarters of each fiscal year); and

(ii) as soon as available and in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal year ending on or about January 3, 2021, an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Securitization Entities as of the end of such fiscal year and audited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows of the Securitization Entities for such fiscal year, setting forth in comparative form (where appropriate) the comparable amounts for the previous fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP and accompanied by an opinion thereon of the Independent Auditors stating that such audited consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Securitization Entities and the results of their operations and cash flows in accordance with GAAP.

(g) Inspire Financial Statements. So long as ARG and its subsidiaries are consolidated with Inspire for purposes of Inspire’s financial statements in accordance with GAAP, the Manager on behalf of the Issuer shall provide to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager and the Rating Agencies with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding the following financial statements:

(i) as soon as available and in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending on or about September 27, 2020, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Inspire as of the end of such fiscal quarter, unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Inspire for such fiscal quarter and for the fiscal year-to-date period then ended (in the case of the second and third fiscal quarters of each fiscal year); and

 

26


(ii) as soon as available and in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal year ending on or about January 3, 2021, an audited consolidated balance sheet of Inspire as of the end of such fiscal year and audited consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Inspire for such fiscal year, setting forth in comparative form (where appropriate) the comparable amounts for the previous fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP and accompanied by an opinion thereon of the Independent Auditors stating that such audited consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported on and the results of their operations and cash flows in accordance with GAAP; provided, that if and for so long as ARG and its subsidiaries are no longer consolidated with Inspire for purposes of Inspire’s financial statements in accordance with GAAP, separate financial statements of ARG or its consolidating parent entity meeting the requirements set forth in subclauses (g)(i) and (ii) above, together with any related documents prepared by third parties, will be required to be delivered within the time frame set forth in subclauses (g)(i) and (ii) above in lieu of financial statements of Inspire.

(h) Additional Information. The Issuer shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, from time to time such additional information regarding the financial position, results of operations or business of ARG or any Securitization Entity as the Trustee, the Servicer, the Manager or the Back-Up Manager may reasonably request, subject to Requirements of Law and to the confidentiality provisions of the Transaction Documents to which such recipient is a party.

(i) Instructions as to Withdrawals and Payments. The Issuer shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as applicable (with a copy to each of the Servicer, the Manager and the Back-Up Manager), written instructions to make withdrawals and payments from the Collection Account and any other Base Indenture Account or Series Account, and to make drawings under any Enhancement, as contemplated herein and in any Series Supplement; provided that such written instructions (other than those contained in Quarterly Noteholders’ Reports) shall be considered confidential information and shall not be disclosed by such recipients to any other Person without the prior written consent of the Issuer; and provided further that such written instructions shall be subject in all respects to the confidentiality provisions of any Transaction Documents to which such recipient is a party. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly follow any such written instructions.

(j) Copies to Rating Agencies. The Issuer shall deliver, or shall cause the Manager to deliver, a copy of each report, certificate or instruction, as applicable, described in this Section 4.1 to each Rating Agency at its address as listed in or otherwise designated pursuant to Section 14.1 or in the applicable Series Supplement, including any e-mail address.

 

27


Section 4.2 [Reserved].

Section 4.3 Rule 144A Information.

For so long as any of the Notes are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the 1933 Act, the Issuer agrees to provide to any Noteholder or Note Owner, and to any prospective purchaser of Notes designated by such Noteholder or Note Owner upon the request of such Noteholder or Note Owner or prospective purchaser, any information required to be provided to such holder, owner or prospective purchaser to satisfy the conditions set forth in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the 1933 Act.

Section 4.4 Reports, Financial Statements and Other Information to Noteholders.

This Indenture, the other Transaction Documents, each offering memorandum for a Series of Notes, each Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, the Quarterly Compliance Certificates, the financial statements referenced in Section 4.1(f) and Section 4.1(g) and the reports referenced in Section 4.1(e) shall be made available to (a) each Rating Agency pursuant to Section 4.1(j) above and (b) the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Note Owners and the other Noteholders and prospective investors in a password-protected area of the Trustee’s internet website at www.sf.citidirect.com (or such other address as the Trustee may specify from time to time) or on a third-party investor information platform and in addition, at the election of the Issuer, such other address as the Issuer may specify from time to time (it being agreed that in the event there is any discrepancy between any documentation or information posted on any such website hosted by the Issuer and the Trustee’s website, the Trustee’s website shall control). Assistance in using the Trustee’s internet website can be obtained by calling the Trustee’s customer service desk at 1-(888)-855-9695 or such other telephone number as the Trustee may specify from time to time. The Trustee or any such third-party platform, as the case may be, shall require each party (other than the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and any Rating Agency) accessing such password-protected area to register as a Noteholder or prospective investor and to make the applicable representations and warranties described below in a written confirmation in the form of Exhibit F hereto (an “Investor Request Certification”) (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may take the form of an electronic submission). The Trustee and any such third-party platform may disclaim responsibility for any information distributed by it for which the Trustee or such third-party, as the case may be, was not the original source. Each time a Noteholder or prospective investor accesses such internet website, it will be deemed to have confirmed such representations and warranties as of the date thereof. The Trustee or any such third-party platform shall provide the Servicer and the Manager with copies of such Investor Request Certifications, including the identity, contact information, e-mail address and telephone number of such Noteholders and prospective investors, upon request, but shall have no responsibility for any of the information contained therein. The Trustee shall have the right to change the way any such information is made available in order to make such distribution more convenient and/or more accessible, and the Trustee shall provide timely and adequate notification to all above parties regarding any such changes.

 

28


The Trustee shall (or shall request that the Manager) make available, upon reasonable advance notice and at the expense of the requesting party, copies of the Indenture, the other Transaction Documents, each offering memorandum for a Series of Notes, Quarterly Noteholders’ Reports, the Quarterly Compliance Certificates, the financial statements referenced in Section 4.1(f) and Section 4.1(g) and the reports referenced in Section 4.1(e) to any Noteholder (or Note Owner) and to any prospective investor that provides the Trustee with an Investor Request Certification in the form of Exhibit F.

Section 4.5 Manager.

Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Manager has agreed to provide certain reports, notices, instructions and other services on behalf of the Issuer. The Noteholders by their acceptance of the Notes consent to the provision of such reports and notices to the Trustee by the Manager in lieu of the Issuer. Any such reports and notices that are required to be delivered to the Noteholders hereunder shall be delivered by the Trustee. The Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to verify, reconfirm or recalculate any information or material contained in any of the reports, financial statements or other information delivered to it pursuant to this Article IV or the Management Agreement. All distributions, allocations, remittances and payments to be made by the Trustee or the Paying Agent hereunder or under any Supplement or Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement shall be made based solely upon the most recently delivered written reports and instructions provided to the Trustee or Paying Agent, as the case may be, by the Manager.

Section 4.6 No Constructive Notice.

Delivery of reports, information, Officer’s Certificates and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such reports, information, Officer’s Certificates or documents shall not constitute constructive notice to the Trustee of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including any Securitization Entity’s, the Manager’s or any other Person’s compliance with any of its covenants under the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on the most recent Quarterly Compliance Certificate described above).

ARTICLE V

ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

Section 5.1 Management Accounts and Additional Accounts.

(a) Establishment of the Management Accounts. As of the Closing Date, the Issuer has established in the name of and for the benefit of the Issuer (i) the Concentration Account and the related Management Account(s) established for the purpose of collecting Franchisee Payment Amounts and amounts from Franchisees that constitute Excluded Amounts, (ii) the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account, (iii) the Insurance Proceeds Account and (iv) the Franchise Capital Account. Such accounts (other than the Franchise Capital Account (except to the extent any Interest Reserve Account(s) serve as a Franchise Capital Account)), as of the Closing Date and at all times thereafter, shall be (A) pledged to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (B)

 

29


if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement. Each Management Account shall be an Eligible Account and, in addition, from time to time, the Issuer or any other Securitization Entity may establish additional accounts for the purpose of depositing Collections therein (each such account and any investment accounts related thereto into which funds are transferred for investment purposes pursuant to Section 5.1(b), an “Additional Management Account”); provided that each such Additional Management Account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) (other than the Franchise Capital Account) pledged by the Issuer or such other Securitization Entity to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (C) (other than the Franchise Capital Account) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (a), in the case of any Management Account established after the Closing Date, the applicable Securitization Entity shall be permitted a period of five (5) Business Days after the establishment of such deposit account to cause such deposit account to be subject to an Account Control Agreement.

(b) Administration of the Management Accounts. The Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) may invest any amounts held in the Management Accounts in Eligible Investments and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the applicable Securitization Entity to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Transaction Document, the Issuer and Manager shall not transfer any funds into any such investment account until such time as an Account Control Agreement is entered into with respect thereto (if such account is not established with the Trustee), it being agreed that the execution and delivery of such Account Control Agreements shall not be required as a condition precedent to the issuance of Notes on the Closing Date. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the related Management Account, and any loss resulting from such investments shall be charged to the related Management Account. The Issuer shall not direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment. Prior to any sub-manager acting on behalf of any Securitization Entity in accordance with this Section 5.1(b), it will provide to the Trustee all applicable know-your-customer documentation reasonably required by the Trustee.

(c) Earnings from the Management Accounts. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Management Accounts shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10.

(d) Administration of the Franchise Capital Account. The Issuer has established the Franchise Capital Account. The Manager on behalf of Arby’s Franchisor and any Additional Securitization Entity that from time to time acts as the “franchisor” or licensor with respect to any Franchise Agreement may deposit to the Franchise Capital Account, or any future account established in respect of similar purposes, unrestricted funds (including Residual Amounts) or the proceeds of capital contributions thereto directed to be made to such account by

 

30


Inspire of any of its Subsidiaries in support of any franchisor liquidity or net worth requirement of any Governmental Authority applicable to Arby’s Franchisor including in respect of eligibility for large-franchisor exemptions or similar exemptions under applicable franchise laws. The amounts on deposit in the Franchise Capital Account shall not be subject to any limitations and amounts may be deposited to and withdrawn from the Franchise Capital Account by the Manager on behalf of Arby’s Franchisor from time to time in its sole discretion.

(e) No Duty to Monitor. The Trustee shall have no duty or responsibility to monitor the amounts of deposits into or withdrawals from any Management Account.

Section 5.2 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account.

(a) Establishment of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account. The Issuer has established with the Trustee an account in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders and the Trustee, solely in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Noteholders, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the foregoing Secured Parties (the “Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account”). The Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be an Eligible Account. From time to time, the Issuer may draw amounts under Class A-1 Notes for the purpose of funding the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount, in whole or in part to the extent and in the manner set forth in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreements, which amounts shall be deposited directly to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account.

(b) Administration of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account. All amounts held in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be standing directions) of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be invested as fully as practicable in the Standby Investment or shall be held in cash if such investment is unavailable. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, and any loss resulting from such investments shall be charged to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account. The Issuer shall not direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c) Earnings from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10.

 

31


Section 5.3 Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account.

(a) Establishment of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account. Prior to the Closing Date, the Issuer established and shall maintain with the Trustee the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Senior Subordinated Noteholders and the Trustee, solely in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the foregoing Secured Parties. The Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be an Eligible Account.

(b) Administration of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account. All amounts held in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be standing directions) of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be invested as fully as practicable in the Standby Investment or shall be held in cash if such investment is unavailable.    All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, and any loss resulting from such investments shall be charged to the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account. The Issuer shall not direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c) Earnings from the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10.

Section 5.4 Cash Trap Reserve Account.

(a) Establishment of the Cash Trap Reserve Account. Prior to the Closing Date, the Issuer established with the Trustee the Cash Trap Reserve Account in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Secured Parties. The Cash Trap Reserve Account shall be an Eligible Account.

(b) Administration of the Cash Trap Reserve Account. All amounts held in the Cash Trap Reserve Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be standing directions) of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment

 

32


account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Account shall be invested as fully as practicable in the Standby Investment or shall be held in cash if such investment is unavailable.    All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the Cash Trap Reserve Account, and any loss resulting from such investments shall be charged to the Cash Trap Reserve Account. The Issuer shall not direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c) Earnings from the Cash Trap Reserve Account. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Account shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10.

Section 5.5 Collection Account.

(a) Establishment of Collection Account. The Issuer has established with the Trustee the Collection Account in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Secured Parties. The Collection Account shall be an Eligible Account.

(b) Administration of the Collection Account. All amounts held in the Collection Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be standing directions) of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Collection Account shall be invested as fully as practicable in the Standby Investment or shall be held in cash if such investment is unavailable. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the Collection Account, and any loss resulting from such investments shall be charged to the Collection Account. The Issuer shall not direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c) Earnings from Collection Account. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Collection Account shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution in accordance with Section 5.11.

 

33


Section 5.6 Collection Account Administrative Accounts.

(a) Establishment of Collection Account Administrative Accounts. As of the Closing Date, the following administrative accounts associated with the Collection Account, each of which shall be an Eligible Account, have been assigned to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Secured Parties (collectively, the “Collection Account Administrative Accounts”):

(i) an account for the deposit of the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount (the “Senior Notes Interest Payment Account”);

(ii) an account for the deposit of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount (the “Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account”);

(iii) an account for the deposit of the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount (the “Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account”);

(iv) an account for the deposit of the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount (the “Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account”);

(v) an account for the deposit of the amounts allocable to the payment of principal of the Senior Notes (the “Senior Notes Principal Payment Account”);

(vi) an account for the deposit of the amounts allocable to the payment of principal of the Senior Subordinated Notes (the “Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account”);

(vii) an account for the deposit of the amounts allocable to the payment of principal of the Subordinated Notes (the “Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account”);

(viii) an account for the deposit of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest (the “Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account”);

(ix) an account for the deposit of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest (the “Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account”);

(x) an account for the deposit of Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest (the “Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account”); and

(xi) an account for the deposit of Securitization Operating Expenses (the “Securitization Operating Expense Account”).

 

34


(b) Administration of the Collection Account Administrative Accounts. All amounts held in the Collection Account Administrative Accounts shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be standing directions) of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Collection Account Administrative Accounts shall be invested as fully as practicable in the Standby Investment or shall be held in cash if such investment is unavailable. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the related Collection Account Administrative Account, and any loss resulting from such investments shall be charged to the related Collection Account Administrative Account. The Issuer shall not direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c) Earnings from the Collection Account Administrative Accounts. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Collection Account Administrative Accounts shall be deposited therein and shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution in accordance with Section 5.10.

Section 5.7 Hedge Payment Account.

(a) Establishment of the Hedge Payment Account. On or prior to the Series Closing Date of the first Series of Notes issued pursuant to this Base Indenture providing for a Series Hedge Agreement, the Issuer, or the Manager on behalf of the Issuer, shall establish and maintain with the Trustee an account in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Secured Parties (the “Hedge Payment Account”).

(b) Administration of the Hedge Payment Account. All amounts held in the Hedge Payment Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be standing directions) of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Hedge Payment Account shall be invested as fully as practicable in the Standby Investment or shall be held in cash if such investment is unavailable. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the Hedge Payment Account, and any loss resulting from such investments shall be charged to the Hedge Payment Account. The Issuer shall not direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c) Earnings from the Hedge Payment Account. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Hedge Payment Account shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10.

 

35


Section 5.8 Trustee as Securities Intermediary.

(a) The Trustee or other Person holding any Base Indenture Account held in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties (collectively the “Trustee Accounts”) shall be the “Securities Intermediary”. If the Securities Intermediary in respect of any Trustee Account is not the Trustee, the Issuer shall obtain the express agreement of such other Person to the obligations of the Securities Intermediary set forth in this Section 5.8.

(b) The Securities Intermediary agrees that:

(i) the Trustee Accounts are accounts to which “financial assets” within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(9) (“Financial Assets”) of the UCC in effect in the State of New York (the “New York UCC”) will or may be credited;

(ii) the Trustee Accounts are “securities accounts” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York UCC and the Securities Intermediary qualifies as a “securities intermediary” under Section 8-102(a) of the New York UCC;

(iii) all securities or other property (other than cash) underlying any Financial Assets credited to any Trustee Account shall be registered in the name of the Securities Intermediary, indorsed to the Securities Intermediary or in blank or credited to another securities account maintained in the name of the Securities Intermediary and in no case will any Financial Asset credited to any Trustee Account be registered in the name of the Issuer, payable to the order of the Issuer or specially indorsed to the Issuer;

(iv) all property delivered to the Securities Intermediary pursuant to this Base Indenture will be promptly credited to the appropriate Trustee Account;

(v) each item of property (whether investment property, security, instrument or cash) credited to a Trustee Account shall be treated as a Financial Asset under Article 8 of the New York UCC;

(vi) if at any time the Securities Intermediary shall receive any entitlement order from the Trustee (including those directing transfer or redemption of any Financial Asset) relating to the Trustee Accounts, the Securities Intermediary shall comply with such entitlement order without further consent by the Issuer or any other Person;

(vii) the Trustee Accounts shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, regardless of any provision of any other agreement. For purposes of all applicable UCCs, New York shall be deemed to be the Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction and the Trustee Accounts (as well as the “securities entitlements” related thereto) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York;

 

36


(viii) the Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until termination of this Base Indenture, will not enter into, any agreement with any other Person relating to the Trustee Accounts and/or any Financial Assets credited thereto pursuant to which it has agreed to comply with entitlement orders of such other Person and the Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until the termination of this Base Indenture will not enter into, any agreement with the Issuer purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the Securities Intermediary to comply with entitlement orders as set forth in Section 5.8(b)(vi); and

(ix) except for the claims and interest of the Trustee, the Secured Parties, the Issuer and the other Securitization Entities in the Trustee Accounts, neither the Securities Intermediary nor, in the case of the Trustee, any Trust Officer knows of any claim to, or interest, in the Trustee Accounts or in any Financial Asset credited thereto. If the Securities Intermediary or, in the case of the Trustee, a Trust Officer has Actual Knowledge of the assertion by any other person of any Lien, encumbrance, or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process) against any Trustee Account or in any Financial Asset carried therein, the Securities Intermediary will promptly notify the Trustee, the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Issuer thereof.

(c) At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Trustee Accounts and in all Proceeds thereof, and (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) shall be the only Person authorized to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Trustee Accounts; provided, however, that at all other times Issuer shall, subject to the terms of the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, be authorized to instruct the Trustee to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Trustee Accounts.

Section 5.9 Establishment of Series Accounts; Legacy Accounts.

(a) Establishment of Series Accounts. To the extent specified in the Series Supplement with respect to any Series of Notes, the Trustee may establish and maintain one or more Series Accounts and/or administrative accounts of any such Series Account in accordance with the terms of such Series Supplement.

(b) Legacy Accounts. In the case of any mandatory or optional redemption in full of any Class, Subclass, Tranche or Series of Notes issued pursuant to this Base Indenture, on the Notes Discharge Date with respect to such Class, Subclass, Tranche or Series of Notes, the Issuer may (but is not required to) elect to have all or any portion of the funds held in any Legacy Account with respect to such Class, Subclass, Tranche or Series of Notes transferred to the applicable distribution account for such Class, Subclass, Tranche or Series of Notes, for application toward the prepayment of such Class, Subclass, Tranche or Series of Notes; provided that the foregoing shall not limit any provisions set forth in the applicable Series Supplement. If the Issuer does not elect to have such funds so transferred, or if the Issuer elects

 

37


to have only a portion of such funds so transferred, any funds remaining in the applicable Legacy Account after the applicable Notes Discharge Date shall be deposited into the Collection Account for application in accordance with the Priority of Payments. When the balance of any Legacy Account has been reduced to zero, the Trustee may close such account. The Trustee shall make the distributions and transfers and shall close any accounts as contemplated by this Section 5.9 pursuant to instructions delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee.

Section 5.10 Collections and Investment Income.

(a) Deposits to the Concentration Account. Until the Indenture is terminated pursuant to Section 12.1, the Issuer shall deposit (or cause to be deposited) the following amounts to the Concentration Account, in each case, to the extent owed to it or the other Securitization Entities and promptly after receipt (but in any event on or prior to the Weekly Allocation Date relating to the Weekly Collection Period in which such amount was received):

(i) all Franchisee Payment Amounts; provided that (i) all Franchisee Payment Amounts made to another Issuer Account or a franchisee payment account shall be deposited to the Concentration Account promptly after receipt thereof (but in any event on or prior to the Weekly Allocation Date relating to the Weekly Collection Period in which such amount was received) and (ii) all Franchisee Payment Amounts from Canadian Franchisees shall be paid into an account in the name of Arby’s of Canada Inc. and swept to the Concentration Account when the amount of Franchisee Payment Amounts credited thereto reaches $10,000, but in any event, not less often than weekly;

(ii) all Company-Owned Restaurant Payment Amounts shall be deposited directly to the Concentration Account;

(iii) all amounts repaid to any Securitization Entity from any tax escrow account held by a landlord under a lease (if any) with such Securitization Entity;

(iv) all amounts received under any IP License Agreements, other license fees and any other amounts received in respect of the Securitization IP, including recoveries from the enforcement of the Securitization IP;

(v) equity contributions, if any, made by any Non-Securitization Entity to the Issuer to the extent such equity contributions are directed to be made to the Concentration Account; and

(vi) all other amounts constituting Retained Collections not referred to in the preceding clauses other than Indemnification Amounts, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Asset Disposition Proceeds and other amounts required to be deposited directly to other Management Accounts or to the Collection Account.

 

38


(b) Withdrawals from the Concentration Account. The Manager may (and in the case of sub-clause (iv) below, shall) withdraw available amounts on deposit in the Concentration Account to make the following payments and deposits:

(i) on a daily basis, as necessary, to the extent of amounts deposited to the Concentration Account that the Manager determines were required to be deposited to another account or were deposited to the Concentration Account in error;

(ii) on a daily basis, as necessary, to pay or distribute any amounts reasonably determined by the Manager to constitute Excluded Amounts (other than Advertising Fees);

(iii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within five (5) Business Days of receipt, to transfer any Advertising Fees to the AFA; and

(iv) on a weekly basis at or prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each Weekly Allocation Date, all Retained Collections with respect to the preceding Weekly Collection Period then on deposit in the Concentration Account to the Collection Account (which, for the avoidance of doubt, will include any Investment Income with respect thereto) for application to make payments and deposits in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments.

(c) Deposits and Withdrawals from the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account. Subject to the terms set forth in the paragraphs below, if any Securitization Entity disposes of property pursuant to a Permitted Asset Disposition, to the extent the proceeds thereof constitute Asset Disposition Proceeds (as determined by the Manager), such amounts shall be deposited promptly (and in no event more than (x) five (5) Business Days with respect to a disposition resulting in Asset Disposition Proceeds in excess of $25,000 or (y) 90 days with respect to a disposition resulting in Asset Disposition Proceeds less than or equal to $25,000) following receipt thereof to the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account.

At the election of such Securitization Entity or the Manager on its behalf, the Securitization Entities may reinvest such Asset Disposition Proceeds in Eligible Assets within one (1) calendar year following receipt of such Asset Disposition Proceeds (or, if any Securitization Entity shall have entered into a binding commitment to reinvest such Asset Disposition Proceeds in Eligible Assets within one (1) calendar year following receipt of such Asset Disposition Proceeds, within eighteen (18) calendar months following receipt of such Asset Disposition Proceeds) and/or may utilize such Asset Disposition Proceeds to pay, or to allocate funds to the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account to reimburse the Securitization Entities for amounts previously paid, for investments in Eligible Assets made within the twelve (12) month period prior to the receipt of such Asset Disposition Proceeds; provided, that after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Rapid Amortization Period, (A) all amounts withdrawn from the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account shall be withdrawn substantially in accordance with a Quarterly Fiscal Period budget submitted to, and approved by, the Control Party (in consultation with the Back-Up Manager) prior to such withdrawal and (B) withdrawals of any amounts from the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account in excess in any material respect of amounts set forth in the Quarterly Fiscal Period budget shall be subject to (i) the delivery by the Manager to the Control Party, the Trustee, and Back-Up Manager of an explanation in reasonable detail for the variance together with related information and (ii) the prior approval of the Control Party (in consultation with the Back-Up Manager).

 

39


To the extent any Asset Disposition Proceeds have not been so reinvested in Eligible Assets within such one (1) calendar year period (or eighteen (18) calendar month period, as applicable) (each such period, an “Asset Disposition Reinvestment Period”), the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) will promptly, and no later than five Business Days after the expiration of the applicable Asset Disposition Reinvestment Period, withdraw an amount equal to all such un-reinvested Asset Disposition Proceeds and deposit such amount to the Collection Account to be applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on such immediately following Weekly Allocation Date and the related prepayment shall be made on the Quarterly Payment Date indicated in the Weekly Manager’s Certificate. In the event that such Securitization Entity has elected not to reinvest such Asset Disposition Proceeds, such Asset Disposition Proceeds will be deposited to the Collection Account promptly following such decision (as indicated in the Weekly Manager’s Certificate delivered for the immediately following Weekly Allocation Date) and applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on such immediately following Weekly Allocation Date and the related prepayment shall be made on the Quarterly Payment Date indicated in the Weekly Manager’s Certificate.

(d) Deposits and Withdrawals from the Insurance Proceeds Account. All Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds received by or on behalf of any Securitization Entity in respect of the Collateral shall be deposited promptly (and in no event more than (x) five (5) Business Days with respect to a disposition resulting in Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds in excess of $25,000 or (y) 90 days with respect to a disposition resulting in Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds less than or equal to $25,000) following receipt thereof to the Insurance Proceeds Account. At the election of such Securitization Entity (as notified by the Manager to the Trustee, the Servicer and the Back-Up Manager promptly after receipt of the Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, which notice shall be required only with respect to Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds in an aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000 in any fiscal year) and so long as no Rapid Amortization Event shall have occurred and is continuing, the Securitization Entities may reinvest such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to repair or replace the assets in respect of which such proceeds were received within one calendar year following receipt of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds (or, if any Securitization Entity shall have entered into a binding commitment to reinvest such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds within one (1) calendar year following receipt of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, within eighteen (18) calendar months following receipt of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds); provided that (i) in the event the Manager has repaired or replaced the assets with respect to which such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds have been received prior to the receipt of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds shall be used to reimburse the Manager for any expenditures in connection with such repair or replacement and (ii) any Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds received in connection with the exercise of any non-temporary condemnation, eminent domain or similar powers exercised pursuant to any Requirements of Law may be reinvested in Eligible Assets. To the extent such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds have not been so reinvested or otherwise applied in the manner described above within such one (1) calendar year period (or eighteen (18) calendar

 

40


month period, as applicable) (each such period, a “Casualty Reinvestment Period”), the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) will promptly, and no later than five Business Days after the expiration of the applicable Casualty Reinvestment Period, withdraw an amount equal to all such un-reinvested Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds and deposit such amounts to the Collection Account to be applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on such immediately following Weekly Allocation Date and the related prepayment shall be made on the Quarterly Payment Date indicated in the Weekly Manager’s Certificate.

In the event that such Securitization Entity has elected to not reinvest such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, such Securitization Entity (or the Manager on its behalf) shall withdraw such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds and deposit such amounts to the Collection Account promptly following such decision to pay principal of each Series and/or Class of Notes Outstanding in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on the immediately following Weekly Allocation Date and the related prepayment shall be made on the Quarterly Payment Date indicated in such Weekly Manager’s Certificate unless such amounts are used to reimburse any Securitization Entities or their Affiliates for amounts previously paid in respect of repairs or replacement of such assets with respect to which such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds have been received.

(e) Deposits to the Collection Account. The Manager (or (1) the Trustee (at the direction of the Issuer or the Manager) in the case of clause (vi) below or (2) the Trustee or the Control Party in the case of clause (viii) below) will deposit or cause to be deposited to the Collection Account the following amounts, in each case, promptly after receipt (unless otherwise specified below):

(i) the amounts required to be withdrawn from the Concentration Account and deposited to the Collection Account pursuant to and in accordance with Section 5.10(b)(iv);

(ii) Indemnification Amounts within five (5) Business Days following either (i) the receipt by the Manager of such amounts if ARG is not the Manager or (ii) if ARG is the Manager, the date such amounts are required to be paid by the related Contributor or by the Manager under the Management Agreement or any other Transaction Document;

(iii) Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds remaining in the Insurance Proceeds Account on the immediately succeeding Business Day following the expiration of the Casualty Reinvestment Period and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds where the applicable Securitization Entity (or the Manager on its behalf) elects not to reinvest such amounts promptly upon the later of such election and receipt of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds;

(iv) Asset Disposition Proceeds remaining in the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account on the immediately succeeding Business Day following the expiration of the Asset Disposition Reinvestment Period and Asset Disposition Proceeds where the applicable Securitization Entity (or the Manager on its behalf) elects not to reinvest such amounts promptly upon the later of such election and receipt of such Asset Disposition Proceeds;

 

41


(v) the Series Hedge Receipts, if any, received by the Securitization Entities in respect of any Series Hedge Agreements entered into by the Securitization Entities in connection with the issuance of additional Series of Notes following the Closing Date;

(vi) upon the occurrence of any Interest Reserve Release Event, the amounts on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, to the extent that no Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount or Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount, as applicable, will be outstanding on the immediately following Quarterly Payment Date;

(vii) any other amounts required to be deposited to the Collection Account hereunder or under any other Transaction Documents; and

(viii) amounts obtained by the Trustee or the Control Party on account of or as a result of the exercise by the Trustee or the Control Party of any of its rights under the Indenture, including, without limitation, under Article IX hereof, upon receipt thereof;

(f) Investment Income. On or prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer any Investment Income on deposit in the Indenture Trust Accounts (other than the Collection Account) to the Collection Account for application as Collections on that Weekly Allocation Date.

(g) Payment Instructions. In accordance with and subject to the terms of the Management Agreement, the Issuer shall cause the Manager to instruct (i) each Franchisee obligated at any time to make any payment pursuant to any Franchise Document to make such payment to the Concentration Account and (ii) any Person (not an Affiliate of the Issuer) obligated at any time to make any payments with respect to the Securitization Assets, including, without limitation, the Securitization IP, to make such payment to the Concentration Account or the Collection Account, as determined by the Issuer or the Manager.

(h) Misdirected Collections. The Issuer agrees that if any Collections shall be received by the Issuer or any other Securitization Entity in an account other than an Account or in any other manner, such monies, instruments, cash and other proceeds will not be commingled by the Issuer or such other Securitization Entity with any of their other funds or property, if any, but will be held separate and apart therefrom and shall be held in trust by the Issuer or such other Securitization Entity for, and, within one (1) Business Day of the identification of such payment, paid over to, the Trustee, with any necessary endorsement. The Trustee shall withdraw from the Collection Account any monies on deposit therein that the Manager certifies to it and the Servicer are not Retained Collections and pay such amounts to or at the direction of the Manager. All monies, instruments, cash and other proceeds of the Collateral received by the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture shall be immediately deposited in the Collection Account and shall be applied as provided in this Article V.

 

42


Section 5.11 Application of Retained Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates. On each Weekly Allocation Date (unless the Manager shall have failed to deliver by 4:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the day prior to such Weekly Allocation Date the Weekly Manager’s Certificate relating to such Weekly Allocation Date, in which case the application of Retained Collections relating to such Weekly Allocation Date shall occur on the Business Day immediately following the day on which such Weekly Manager’s Certificate is delivered), the Trustee shall, based on the information contained in such Weekly Manager’s Certificate (or, if delivered in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents, based on the information contained in an Omitted Payable Sums Certification), withdraw amounts on deposit in the Collection Account as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such Weekly Allocation Date in respect of the related Weekly Collection Period for allocation or payment in the following order of priority:

(i) first, solely with respect to any funds consisting of Indemnification Amounts, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds on deposit in the Collection Account on such Weekly Allocation Date in the following order of priority: (A) to reimburse the Trustee and then the Servicer, for any unreimbursed Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), then (B) to reimburse the Manager for any unreimbursed Manager Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), then (C) to make an allocation to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account in the amount necessary to prepay and permanently reduce the commitments under all Class A-1 Notes of each Series in respect of which a Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (after giving effect to any extensions) has occurred on a pro rata basis, then (D) if a Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, to make an allocation to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, in the amount necessary to prepay and permanently reduce the commitments under all Class A-1 Notes on a pro rata basis, then (E) to make an allocation to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, in the amount necessary to prepay the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Senior Notes of each Class on a pro rata basis (other than Class A-1 Notes) in alphanumerical order of designation, then (F) to make an allocation to the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, in the amount necessary to prepay the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Senior Subordinated Notes of each Class on a pro rata basis in alphanumerical order of designation, then (G) to make an allocation to the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, in the amount necessary to prepay the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Subordinated Notes of each Class on a pro rata basis in alphanumerical order of designation; provided, that any prepayments made pursuant to sub-clauses (C), (D), (E), (F), or (G) of this clause (i) shall be made on the next Quarterly Payment Date or such other Quarterly Payment Date, in each case, as indicated in the Weekly Manager’s Certificate;

 

43


(ii) second, (A) to reimburse the Trustee and, then, the Servicer, and, then, the Back-Up Manager, for any unreimbursed Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), then (B) to reimburse the Manager for any unreimbursed Manager Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), and then (C) to pay the Servicer all Servicing Fees, Liquidation Fees and Workout Fees for such Weekly Allocation Date, together with any such fees previously accrued and unpaid;

(iii) third, to pay Successor Manager Transition Expenses, if any;

(iv) fourth, to pay the Weekly Management Fee to the Manager, together with any previously accrued and unpaid Weekly Management Fee;

(v) fifth, pro rata (A) to deposit to the Securitization Operating Expense Account, an amount equal to any previously accrued and unpaid Securitization Operating Expenses together with any Securitization Operating Expenses that are expected to be payable prior to the immediately following Weekly Allocation Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Capped Securitization Operating Expenses Amount with respect to the annual period in which such Weekly Allocation Date occurs after giving effect to all deposits previously made to the Securitization Operating Expense Account in such annual period, to be distributed pro rata based on the amount of each type of Securitization Operating Expense payable on such Weekly Allocation Date pursuant to this priority (v); provided, that the deposit to the Securitization Operating Expense Account of an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid fees, expenses and indemnities payable to the Trustee, and all indemnities payable to the Servicer, will not be subject to the Capped Securitization Operating Expenses Amount if and for so long as the Senior Notes have been accelerated after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided, further, that the payment of any such fees, expenses and indemnities payable to the Trustee and any such indemnities payable to the Servicer that were incurred during any period while the Senior Notes were accelerated shall not be subject to the Capped Securitization Operating Expenses Amount, regardless of whether or not the Senior Notes are currently under acceleration at the time of such payment, (B) so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the Trustee for payment of the Post-Default Capped Trustee Expenses Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date, (C) after a Mortgage Preparation Event, to the payment of any Mortgage Preparation Fees incurred by the Issuer, the Manager or the Servicer, as applicable and (D) after a Mortgage Preparation Event or Mortgage Recordation Event, all Mortgage Trustee Fees;

(vi) sixth, to deposit to the applicable Indenture Trust Account, ratably according to the amounts required to be deposited as set forth in subclauses (A) through (C) below, the following amounts until the amounts required to be deposited pursuant to subclauses (A) through (C) below are deposited in full: (A) to allocate to the applicable Interest Payment Account for each Class of Senior Notes, pro rata by amount due within each such Series, an

 

44


amount equal to the Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount, (B) to allocate to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account, the Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount and (C) to allocate to the Hedge Payment Account, the amount of the accrued and unpaid Series Hedge Payment Amount, if any, payable on or before the next Quarterly Payment Date to a Hedge Counterparty, if any; provided, that the deposit to the Hedge Payment Account pursuant to this subclause (C) will exclude any termination payment payable to a Hedge Counterparty, if any;

(vii) seventh, to pay to each Class A-1 Administrative Agent pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for payment, pro rata by amount due, of the Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount due for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(viii) eighth, to allocate to the applicable Interest Payment Account for each Class of Notes that are Senior Subordinated Notes, pro rata by amount due within each such Class, an amount equal to the Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount;

(ix) ninth, to deposit in the applicable Interest Reserve Account(s), an amount equal to any Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount and any Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount for each Class of Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes in alphanumerical order of designation, as applicable;

(x) tenth, pro rata, (A) to allocate to the applicable Principal Payment Account, an amount equal to the sum of (1) any Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount, (2) any Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount and (3) amounts then known by the Manager that will become due under any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement prior to the immediately succeeding Quarterly Payment Date with respect to the cash collateralization of letters of credit issued under such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and (B) to deposit to the applicable Series Distribution Account in respect of each Series of Class A-1 Notes for which the Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date has not occurred, any outstanding amounts due and payable in respect of principal for such Series, for payment to the applicable Noteholders of such Series of Class A-1 Notes on such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xi) eleventh, to pay any Supplemental Management Fee, together with any previously accrued and unpaid Supplemental Management Fee;

(xii) twelfth, on and after any Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (after giving effect to any extensions) for one or more Series of Notes, if the related Class A-1 Notes of such Series have not been repaid on or before such date, 100% of the amounts remaining on deposit in the Collection Account to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account to allocate to such Class A-1 Notes of such Series on a pro rata basis (including a commensurate permanent reduction of any remaining related Class A-1 Commitments in respect thereof) until the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Class A-1 Notes of such Series will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date after giving effect to all deposits in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account allocable to such Class A-1 Notes;

 

45


(xiii) thirteenth, so long as no Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, and such Weekly Allocation Date occurs during a Cash Trapping Period, to deposit into the Cash Trap Reserve Account an amount equal to the Cash Trapping Amount, if any, on such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xiv) fourteenth, if a Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, to allocate 100% of the amounts remaining on deposit in the Collection Account to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account to each Class of Senior Notes, first, to the Class A-1 Notes on a pro rata basis (including a commensurate permanent reduction of any remaining Class A-1 Commitments) and then, second, to each remaining Class of Senior Notes on a pro rata basis, in each case until the Outstanding Principal Amount of each such Class will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date after giving effect to all deposits in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, and then third, to the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account to each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes until the Outstanding Principal Amount of each such Class will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date after giving effect to all deposits in the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account;

(xv) fifteenth, so long as no Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, to allocate to the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account an amount equal to the sum of (1) the Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount, if any, and (2) the Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount, if any;

(xvi) sixteenth, to allocate to the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account for each Class of Subordinated Notes, pro rata by amount due within each such Class for such Weekly Allocation Date, an amount equal to the Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount;

(xvii) seventeenth, so long as no Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, to allocate to the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account an amount equal to the sum of (1) the Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount, if any, and (2) the Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount, if any;

(xviii) eighteenth, if a Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, to allocate 100% of the amounts remaining on deposit in the Collection Account to the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account to each Class of Subordinated Notes until the Outstanding Principal Amount of each such Class will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date after giving effect to all deposits in the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account;

 

46


(xix) nineteenth, to deposit to the Securitization Operating Expense Account, an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid Securitization Operating Expenses (together with any Securitization Operating Expenses that are expected to be payable prior to the immediately following Weekly Allocation Date) in excess of the Capped Securitization Operating Expenses Amount after giving effect to priority (v) above;

(xx) twentieth, to each Class A-1 Administrative Agent pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for payment, pro rata by amount due, of the Excess Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amounts due for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxi) twenty-first, to each Class A-1 Administrative Agent pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for payment, pro rata by amount due, of each Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts due for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxii) twenty-second, to allocate to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, any Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for the Senior Notes for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxiii) twenty-third, to allocate to the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, any Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for the Senior Subordinated Notes for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxiv) twenty-fourth, to allocate to the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, any Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for the Subordinated Notes for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxv) twenty-fifth, to deposit to the Hedge Payment Account, (A) any accrued and unpaid Series Hedge Payment Amount that constitutes a termination payment payable to a Hedge Counterparty; and (B) any other due and unpaid amounts payable to a Hedge Counterparty, pursuant to the related Series Hedge Agreement, in each case pro rata to each Hedge Counterparty, if any, according to the amount due and payable to each of them;

(xxvi) twenty-sixth, to allocate to the applicable Principal Payment Account(s) an amount equal to any unpaid premiums and make-whole prepayment consideration; and

(xxvii) twenty-seventh, to pay the Residual Amount at the direction of the Issuer.

 

47


Section 5.12 Quarterly Payment Date Applications.

(a) Senior Notes Interest Payment Account.

(i) On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing on the related Quarterly Payment Date to withdraw the funds allocated to the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period (or, to the extent necessary to pay any Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amount, the then-current Quarterly Fiscal Period), and, if applicable, funds allocated to the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account pursuant to subclause (ii) below, to be paid for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders, up to the accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount due on such Quarterly Payment Date, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts. Amounts on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account as of the Closing Date, if any, shall be deemed to be funds allocated to the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account during the first Quarterly Fiscal Period after the Closing Date.

(ii) If the amount of funds allocated to the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account referred to in subclause (i) is insufficient to pay the accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount due on such Quarterly Payment Date, then a Quarterly Reallocation Event pursuant to Section 5.12(p) shall be triggered and any funds reallocated as a result thereof into the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account shall be distributed in accordance with subclause (i) above. If such insufficiency is not eliminated following the reallocation of funds as set forth in Section 5.12(p), the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining insufficiency from first, the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account to the extent of funds on deposit therein and second, from funds available to be drawn under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Notes, and deposit such funds into the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account for further deposit to the applicable Series Distribution Accounts pursuant to subclause (i); provided that in the event that amounts on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or funds available to be drawn under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Notes are required to be withdrawn in connection with a Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount insufficiency under Section 5.12(b)(ii), the amounts withdrawn under this Section 5.12(a)(ii) and under Section 5.12(b)(ii) shall be allocated ratably based on the respective insufficiencies towards which such amounts are required to be allocated.

 

48


(iii) If, as determined on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the amount equal to the excess of (i) the accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Senior Notes ending most recently prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date over (ii) the amount that will be available to make payments of interest on the Senior Notes in accordance with subclauses (i) and (ii) above on such Quarterly Payment Date, is greater than zero (a “Senior Notes Interest Accrual Shortfall Amount”), then in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Servicing Agreement, by 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day preceding such Quarterly Payment Date, the Servicer shall make a Debt Service Advance in such amount unless the Servicer notifies the Issuer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Trustee by such time that it has, reasonably and in good faith, determined such Debt Service Advance (and interest thereon) is a Nonrecoverable Advance or an Advance Suspension Period is then in effect. If the Servicer fails to make such Debt Service Advance (unless the Servicer has, reasonably and in good faith, determined that such Debt Service Advance (and interest thereon) would be a Nonrecoverable Advance or an Advance Suspension Period is then in effect), pursuant to Section 10.1(l), the Trustee shall make the Debt Service Advance unless it determines that such Debt Service Advance (and interest thereon) is a Nonrecoverable Advance or an Advance Suspension Period is then in effect; provided, further, for the avoidance of doubt, that if for any reason (other than the Servicer’s determination in accordance with the Servicing Agreement that such Advance is a Nonrecoverable Advance) such Debt Service Advance is not made by the Servicer on or prior to such Quarterly Payment Date and such Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount has not been paid in full thereafter, whether due to the occurrence of an Advance Suspension Period or otherwise, such Debt Service Advance shall still be required to be made (following the cure of such Advance Suspension Period, if applicable). In determining whether any Debt Service Advance (and interest thereon) is a Nonrecoverable Advance, the Trustee may conclusively rely on the determination of the Servicer. All Debt Service Advances shall be deposited into the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account. If, after giving effect to all Debt Service Advances made with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date, the Senior Notes Interest Accrual Shortfall Amount with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date remains greater than zero (such amount, a “Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount”), then the payment of the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount as reduced by such Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount to be distributed on such Quarterly Payment Date to the Senior Notes shall be paid to the Senior Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class; provided that such reduction shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any default caused by the existence of such Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. An additional amount of interest may accrue on the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount for each subsequent Interest Accrual Period until the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount is paid in full, as set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

 

49


(b) Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account.

(i) On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing on the related Quarterly Payment Date to withdraw the funds allocated to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period (or, to the extent necessary to pay any Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Adjustment Amount, the then-current Quarterly Fiscal Period), and, if applicable, funds allocated to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account pursuant to subclause (ii) below, to be paid for the benefit of the Noteholders of the applicable Class A-1 Notes, up to the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount accrued and unpaid with respect to the applicable Class A-1 Notes, pro rata among each Series of Class A-1 Notes based upon the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount payable with respect to each such Series, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account. Amounts on deposit in the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account as of the Closing Date, if any, shall be deemed to be funds allocated to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account during the first Quarterly Fiscal Period after the Closing Date.

(ii) If the amount of funds allocated to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account referred to in subclause (i) is insufficient to pay the accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount due on such Quarterly Payment Date, then a Quarterly Reallocation Event pursuant to Section 5.12(p) shall be triggered and any funds reallocated as a result thereof into the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account will be distributed in accordance with subclause (i) above. If such insufficiency is not eliminated following the reallocation of funds as set forth in Section 5.12(p), the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining insufficiency from first, the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account to the extent of funds on deposit therein and second, from funds available to be drawn under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Notes, and deposit such funds into the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account for further deposit to the applicable Series Distribution Accounts pursuant to subclause (i); provided that in the event that amounts on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or funds available to be drawn under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Notes are required to be withdrawn in connection with a Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount insufficiency under Section 5.12(a)(ii), the amounts withdrawn under this Section 5.12(b)(ii) and under Section 5.12(a)(ii) shall be allocated ratably based on the respective insufficiencies towards which such amounts are required to be allocated.

 

50


(iii) If, as determined on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the result of (i) the accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees Amounts for the Interest Accrual Period ending most recently prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date over (ii) the amount that shall be available to make payments on the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees Amounts in accordance with subclauses (i) and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date, is greater than zero (a “Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount”), then such amount available to be distributed on such Quarterly Payment Date to the Class A-1 Notes shall be paid to the Class A-1 Notes, pro rata among each Series of Class A-1 Notes based upon the amount of Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees Amounts payable with respect to each such Class; provided that such reduction shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any default caused by the existence of such Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount. An additional amount of interest may accrue on each such Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount for each subsequent Interest Accrual Period until each such Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount is paid in full, as set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

(c) Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account.

(i) To the extent any Series of Senior Subordinated Notes has been issued, on each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing on the next Quarterly Payment Date to withdraw the funds allocated to the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, and, if applicable, funds allocated to the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account pursuant to subclause (ii) below, to be paid for the benefit of the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount due on such Quarterly Payment Date, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts.

(ii) If the amount of funds allocated to the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account referred to in subclause (i) is insufficient to pay the accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount due on such Quarterly Payment Date, then a Quarterly Reallocation Event pursuant to Section 5.12(p) shall be triggered and any funds reallocated as a result thereof into the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account shall be distributed in accordance with subclause (i) above. If such insufficiency is not eliminated following the reallocation of funds as set forth in Section 5.12(p), the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining insufficiency from first, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account to the extent of funds on deposit therein and second, from funds available to be drawn under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes, and deposit such funds into the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account for further deposit to the applicable Series Distribution Accounts pursuant to subclause (i).

 

51


(iii) If, as determined on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the result of (i) the accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount due on such Quarterly Payment Date over (ii) the amount that shall be available to make payments of interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with subclauses (i) and (ii) above, is greater than zero (a “Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount”), then such amount available to be distributed on such Quarterly Payment Date to the Senior Subordinated Notes shall be paid to the Senior Subordinated Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class; provided that such reduction shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any default caused by the existence of such Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. An additional amount of interest may accrue on the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount for each subsequent Interest Accrual Period until the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount is paid in full, as set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

(d) Senior Notes Principal Payment Account.

(i) On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing on the related Quarterly Payment Date to withdraw the funds allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid for the benefit of (A) in the case of funds allocated pursuant to priority (i) of the Priority of Payments, the Noteholders of each applicable Class of Senior Notes up to the aggregate amount of such allocated Indemnification Amounts, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds in the order of priority set forth in priority (i) of the Priority of Payments and (B) in the case of funds allocated pursuant to priorities (x)(A), (xii), (xiv) and (xxvi) of the Priority of Payments and subclause (ii) below, if applicable, excluding any Principal Release Amounts, the Noteholders of each applicable Class of Senior Notes in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments with respect to such priorities (x)(A), (xii), (xiv) and (xxvi), in each case sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each such applicable Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Notes of such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account.

 

52


(ii) If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account pursuant to priorities (x)(A), (xii), (xiv) and (xxvi) of the Priority of Payments on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is insufficient to pay the sum (without duplication) of (A) the Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts or any Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts due with respect to each applicable Class of Senior Notes on such Quarterly Payment Date, (B) so long as no Rapid Amortization Period is continuing, if a Class A-1 Notes Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes affected by such Class A-1 Notes Amortization Event and (C) if a Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Notes, on the next Quarterly Payment Date, then a Quarterly Reallocation Event pursuant to Section 5.12(p) shall be triggered and any funds reallocated as a result thereof into the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account shall be distributed in accordance with subclause (i) above.

(iii) Payment of principal of any Class A-1 Notes of any Series of Notes shall be distributed in accordance with the applicable Series Supplement and Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement to the parties thereto. If any payment of principal of any Class A-1 Notes of any Series pursuant to subclause (i) above is required pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement or Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement to be deposited with the applicable L/C Provider to serve as collateral and act as security (the “Cash Collateral”) for any obligations of the Issuer relating to letters of credit issued thereunder (the “Collateralized Letters of Credit”), then upon the expiration of the Collateralized Letters of Credit the Cash Collateral shall be remitted in accordance with such Series Supplement or Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

(e) Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account.

(i) To the extent any Series of Senior Subordinated Notes has been issued, on each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the next Quarterly Payment Date the funds allocated to the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid for the benefit of (A) in the case of funds allocated pursuant to priority (i) of the Priority of Payments, the Holders of each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes up to the aggregate amount of such allocated Indemnification Amounts, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds in the order of priority set forth in priority (i) of the Priority of Payments and (B) in the case of funds allocated pursuant to priorities (xiv), (xv) and (xxvi) of the Priority of Payments, and subclause (ii) below, if applicable, excluding any applicable Principal Release Amounts, the Holders of each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments with respect to such priorities (xiv), (xv) and (xxvi), in each case sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each such Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes of such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account.

 

53


(ii) If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account pursuant to priorities (xiv), (xv) and (xxvi) of the Priority of Payments on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is insufficient to pay the sum (without duplication) of (A) the Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts and any Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts due with respect to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes on such Quarterly Payment Date and (B) if a Rapid Amortization Period is continuing, the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes, on the next Quarterly Payment Date, then a Quarterly Reallocation Event pursuant to Section 5.12(p) shall be triggered and any funds reallocated as a result thereof into the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account shall be distributed in accordance with subclause (i) above.

(f) Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account.

(i) To the extent any Series of Subordinated Notes has been issued, on each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing on the next Quarterly Payment Date to withdraw the funds allocated to the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, and, if applicable, funds allocated to the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account pursuant to subclause (ii) below, to be paid for the benefit of the Holders of the Subordinated Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts.

(ii) If the amount of funds allocated to the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account referred to in subclause (i) is insufficient to pay the accrued and unpaid Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount due on such Quarterly Payment Date, then a Quarterly Reallocation Event pursuant to Section 5.12(p) shall be triggered and any funds reallocated as a result thereof into the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account shall be distributed in accordance with subclause (i) above.

(iii) If, as determined on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the result of (i) the accrued and unpaid Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amounts due on such Quarterly Payment Date over (ii) the amount that shall be available to make payments of interest on the Subordinated Notes in accordance with subclauses (i) and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date, is greater than zero (the “Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount”), then such amount available to be distributed on such Quarterly Payment Date to the Subordinated Notes shall be paid to each Class of Subordinated Notes, sequentially in order of

 

54


alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class; provided that such reduction shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any default caused by the existence of such Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. An additional amount of interest may accrue on the Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount for each subsequent Interest Accrual Period until the Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount is paid in full, as specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

(g) Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account.

(i) To the extent any Series of Subordinated Notes has been issued, on each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the next Quarterly Payment Date the funds allocated to the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid for the benefit of (A) in the case of funds allocated pursuant to priority (i) of the Priority of Payments, the Holders of each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes up to the aggregate amount of such allocated Indemnification Amounts, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/ Condemnation Proceeds in the order of priority set forth in priority (i) of the Priority of Payments and (B) in the case of funds allocated pursuant to priorities (xvii), (xviii) and (xxvi) of the Priority of Payments, and subclause (ii) below, if applicable, excluding any applicable Principal Release Amounts, the Holders of each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments with respect to such priorities (xvii), (xviii) and (xxvi), in each case sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each such Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Subordinated Notes of such Class and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account.

(ii) If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account pursuant to priorities (xvii), (xviii) and (xxvi) of the Priority of Payments on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is insufficient to pay the sum (without duplication) of (A) the Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts and any Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts due with respect to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes on such Quarterly Payment Date and (B) if a Rapid Amortization Period is continuing, the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Subordinated Notes, on the next Quarterly Payment Date, then a Quarterly Reallocation Event pursuant to Section 5.12(p) shall be triggered and any funds reallocated as a result thereof into the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account shall be distributed in accordance with subclause (i) above.

 

55


(h) Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account.

(i) On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the related Quarterly Payment Date the funds allocated to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, and, if applicable, funds allocated to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account pursuant to subclause (ii) below, to be paid for the benefit of the Noteholders of each applicable Class of Senior Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest due on such Quarterly Payment Date, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each such Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest payable on each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts.

(ii) If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period referred to in subclause (i) is insufficient to pay the Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest due on such Quarterly Payment Date, then a Quarterly Reallocation Event pursuant to Section 5.12(p) shall be triggered and any funds reallocated as a result thereof into the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account shall be distributed in accordance with subclause (i) above.

(i) Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account.

(i) To the extent any Series of Senior Subordinated Notes has been issued, on each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the next Quarterly Payment Date the funds allocated to the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, and, if applicable, the funds allocated to the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account pursuant to subclause (ii) below, to be paid for the benefit of the Noteholders of each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest due on such Quarterly Payment Date, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each such Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest payable on each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts.

 

56


(ii) If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period referred to in subclause (i) is insufficient to pay the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest due on such Quarterly Payment Date, then a Quarterly Reallocation Event pursuant to Section 5.12(p) shall be triggered and any funds reallocated as a result thereof into the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account shall be distributed in accordance with subclause (i) above.

(j) Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account.

(i) To the extent any Series of Subordinated Notes has been issued, on each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the next Quarterly Payment Date the funds allocated to the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, and, if applicable, funds allocated to the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account pursuant to subclause (ii) below, to be paid for the benefit of the Noteholders of each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest due on such Quarterly Payment Date, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each such Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest payable on each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts.

(ii) If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period referred to in subclause (i) is insufficient to pay the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest due on such Quarterly Payment Date, then a Quarterly Reallocation Event pursuant to Section 5.12(p) shall be triggered and any funds reallocated as a result thereof into the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account shall be distributed in accordance with subclause (i) above.

(k) Amounts on Deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account and the Cash Trap Reserve Account.

(i) On each Quarterly Calculation Date (A) preceding any Quarterly Payment Date that is a Cash Trapping Release Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such Quarterly Payment Date from funds on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Account an amount equal to the applicable Cash Trapping Release Amount and (B) preceding the first Quarterly Payment Date following the commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period (including a Rapid Amortization Period due to an Event of Default), the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such Quarterly Payment Date all funds then on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Account (after giving effect to any payments to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from the Cash Trap Reserve Account as a result of a Quarterly Reallocation Event) and, in each case, deposit such funds into the Collection Account for distribution in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

 

57


(ii) Amounts on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Account shall also be available to make an optional prepayment of the Notes (in each case, in accordance with the terms of the applicable Series Supplement) in the sole discretion of the Issuer. Any such amounts used to make an optional prepayment will be allocated, after giving effect to all other payments to be made as of the related Optional Prepayment Date, including all other releases and payments from the Cash Trap Reserve Account, in the following order of priority (the “CTOP Payment Priority”): first to the Trustee, for any unreimbursed Advances (and accrued interest thereon at a rate equal to the Advance Interest Rate), second, to the Servicer for any unreimbursed Advances (and accrued interest thereon at a rate equal to the Advance Interest Rate), third, to pre-fund payments determined by the Manager to be required to be paid on the next Weekly Allocation Date pursuant to priorities (ii) through (xxvi) of the Priority of Payments (except for priority (xiii) thereof) and then fourth, to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account to make such optional prepayment; provided that any such optional prepayment will be accompanied by the payment of any make-whole prepayment premiums related thereto, to the extent such prepayment premiums are otherwise payable in connection with the optional prepayment of such Notes in accordance with the applicable Series Supplement.

(iii) If the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) determines, with respect to any Series of Senior Notes, that the amount to be deposited in any Series Distribution Account in accordance with this Section 5.12 on any Series Legal Final Maturity Date related to such Series of Senior Notes is less than the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series of Senior Notes, on the Quarterly Calculation Date immediately preceding such Series Legal Final Maturity Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee thereof in writing, and the Trustee shall, in accordance with such instruction on such Series Legal Final Maturity Date, withdraw from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account an amount equal to such insufficiency (and, to the extent the amount in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account is insufficient, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Control Party to draw on the applicable Interest Reserve Letter of Credit) and deposit such amount into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts, to be paid to the Senior Notes sequentially in order of alphanumeric designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation (for which purpose any roman-numeral-denominated Tranche within an alphanumerical Class of Notes shall be deemed to have the same alphanumerical priority) based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Notes of each such Class.

 

58


(iv) If the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) determines, with respect to any Series of Senior Subordinated Notes, that the amount to be deposited in any Series Distribution Account in accordance with this Section 5.12 on any Series Legal Final Maturity Date related to such Series of Senior Subordinated Notes is less than the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series of Senior Subordinated Notes, on the Quarterly Calculation Date immediately preceding such Series Legal Final Maturity Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee thereof in writing, and the Trustee shall, in accordance with such instruction on such Series Legal Final Maturity Date, withdraw from the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account an amount equal to such insufficiency (and, to the extent the amount in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account is insufficient, the Issuer shall instruct the Control Party to make a draw on the applicable Interest Reserve Letter of Credit) and deposit such amount into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts, to be paid to the Senior Subordinated Notes sequentially in order of alphanumeric designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation (for which purpose any roman-numeral-denominated Tranche within an alphanumerical Class of Notes shall be deemed to have the same alphanumerical priority) based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes of each such Class.

(v) On any date on which no Senior Notes are Outstanding, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such date any funds then on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and to deposit all remaining funds into the Collection Account and/or to return any outstanding Interest Reserve Letter of Credit maintained with respect to the Senior Notes to the issuer thereof for cancellation.

(vi) On any date on which no Senior Subordinated Notes are Outstanding, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such date any funds then on deposit in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account and to deposit all remaining funds into the Collection Account and/or to return any outstanding Interest Reserve Letter of Credit maintained with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes to the issuer thereof for cancellation.

(l) Principal Release Amount.

(i) If a Rapid Amortization Period or Event of Default is continuing, each Principal Release Amount shall be applied in the order set forth in Section 5.12(d)(i), Section 5.12(e)(i) or Section 5.12(g)(i), as applicable, notwithstanding the exclusion of Principal Release Amounts therein.

(ii) So long as no Rapid Amortization Period, Event of Default or Class A-1 Notes Amortization Event is continuing, on each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the related Quarterly Payment Date any Principal Release Amount from the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account or Subordinated Notes

 

59


Principal Payment Account, as applicable, and apply such funds on such Quarterly Payment Date to the extent necessary to pay, in the following order of priority, (A) unreimbursed Advances of the Trustee (with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), (B) unreimbursed Advances of the Servicer (with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), (C) unreimbursed Manager Advances (with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), (D) pro rata, Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amounts, Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees Amounts, and Series Hedge Payment Amounts, and (E) Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amounts, in each case, after giving effect to other amounts available for payment thereof as described in this Section 5.12. The Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to distribute the remainder of such Principal Release Amount, if any, in the priority set forth in the Priority of Payments, beginning at priority (xi), but excluding (i) priority (xv) in the case of a Principal Release Amount with respect to any Series of Senior Subordinated Notes or (ii) priority (xvii) in the case of a Principal Release Amount with respect to any Series of Subordinated Notes.

(iii) If no Rapid Amortization Period or Event of Default is continuing, but a Class A-1 Notes Amortization Event is continuing, on each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the related Quarterly Payment Date any Principal Release Amount from the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account or Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, as applicable, to the extent necessary to pay the Outstanding Principal Amount of the applicable Class A-1 Notes, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account for distribution to the Noteholders of the applicable Class A-1 Notes, pro rata, after giving effect to other amounts available for payment thereof. The Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) will instruct the Trustee in writing to distribute the remainder of the Principal Release Amount, if any, in the priority set forth in the Priority of Payments, beginning at priority (xi), but excluding (i) priority (xv) in the case of a Principal Release Amount with respect to any Series of Senior Subordinated Notes or (ii) priority (xvii) in the case of a Principal Release Amount with respect to any Series of Subordinated Notes.

(m) Securitization Operating Expense Account. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such date an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the sum of all Securitization Operating Expenses then due and payable and (ii) the amount on deposit in the Securitization Operating Expense Account after giving effect to any deposits thereto pursuant to the Priority of Payments on such date and apply such funds to pay any Securitization Operating Expenses then due and payable.

 

60


(n) Hedge Payment Account.

(i) On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing on the related Quarterly Payment Date to withdraw the funds allocated to the Hedge Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period and, if applicable, funds allocated to the Hedge Payment Account pursuant to subclause (ii) below, up to the accrued and unpaid amount of Series Hedge Payment Amount, and distribute such funds among each Hedge Counterparty, pro rata based upon the Series Hedge Payment Amount payable to each Hedge Counterparty.

(ii) If the amount of funds allocated to the Hedge Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is insufficient to pay the aggregate accrued and unpaid Series Hedge Payment Amount due and payable since the prior Quarterly Payment Date, then a Quarterly Reallocation Event pursuant to Section 5.12(p) shall be triggered and any funds reallocated as a result thereof into the Hedge Payment Account will be distributed in accordance with subclause (i) above.

(o) Optional Prepayments. The Issuer shall have the right to optionally prepay the Outstanding Principal Amount of any Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes, in whole or in part in accordance with the related Series Supplement; provided that following a Series Anticipated Repayment Date for any Series of Notes that remains Outstanding, all optional prepayments must be applied first, to Senior Notes, second, to Senior Subordinated Notes and third, to Subordinated Notes.

(p) Quarterly Reallocation Events. In the event that there exists any shortfall with respect to amounts payable under any subsection of this Section 5.12 that specifically refers to this clause (p) (a “Quarterly Reallocation Event”), the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee to reallocate on the relevant Quarterly Calculation Date the aggregate funds on deposit in the Specified Indenture Trust Accounts that were allocated during the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period to the Specified Indenture Trust Accounts in sequential order in the aggregate amounts due under priorities (vi), (viii), (x), (xii), (xiii), (xiv), (xv), (xvi), (xvii), (xviii), (xxii), (xxiii), (xxiv) and (xxvi) of the Priority of Payments for such Quarterly Fiscal Period.

Section 5.13 Determination of Quarterly Interest.

Quarterly payments of interest and fees on each Series of Notes shall be determined, allocated and distributed in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

Section 5.14 Determination of Quarterly Principal.

Quarterly payments of principal, if any, of each Series of Notes shall be determined, allocated and distributed in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

 

61


Section 5.15 Prepayment of Principal.

Mandatory prepayments of principal, if any, of each Series of Notes shall be determined, allocated and distributed in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable Series Supplement, if not otherwise described herein.

Section 5.16 Retained Collections Contributions.

At any time after the Closing Date, the Issuer may (but is not required to) designate Retained Collections Contributions to be included in Net Cash Flow, but not more than (x) for all Retained Collections Contributions made in any single Quarterly Fiscal Period, the greater of (A) 5% of Net Cash Flow over the four (4) Quarterly Fiscal Periods immediately preceding the relevant date of determination and (B) $10,000,000, (y) for all Retained Collections Contributions made during any period of four (4) consecutive Quarterly Fiscal Periods, the greater of (A) 15% of Net Cash Flow over the four (4) Quarterly Fiscal Periods immediately preceding the relevant date of determination and (B) $20,000,000 and (z) for all Retained Collections Contributions made from the Closing Date to the Final Series Legal Final Maturity Date, the greater of (A) 25% of Net Cash Flow during the four (4) Quarterly Fiscal Periods immediately preceding the relevant date of determination and (B) $40,000,000; provided that any Retained Collections Contributions made to the Issuer following a Quarterly Fiscal Period, but on or before the related Quarterly Calculation Date, may, at the Issuer’s discretion as designated in the next Weekly Manager’s Certificate or Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, as applicable, be included in Net Cash Flow for such Quarterly Fiscal Period; provided further, that any Retained Collections Contributions shall be excluded from the amount of Net Cash Flow for purposes of calculations undertaken in the following circumstances: (a) to determine the Additional Notes Pro Forma DSCR, (b) to determine satisfaction of any Series Non-Amortization Test and (c) to determine whether the Issuer may extend any Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date.

The amount of any Retained Collections Contribution included in Net Cash Flow for the purpose of calculating the DSCR shall be retained in the Collection Account until the Weekly Allocation Date on which either (i) the DSCR for the period of four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ended immediately prior to such Weekly Allocation Date is at least 1.50x without giving effect to the inclusion of such Retained Collections Contribution or (ii) such Retained Collections Contribution is required to pay any shortfall in the amounts payable under priorities (ii) through (xxvi) of the Priority of Payments, to the extent of any shortfall on such Weekly Allocation Date. The Issuer may not designate equity contributions as Retained Collections Contributions to the extent such equity contributions were funded by the proceeds of a draw under any Class A-1 Notes.

Section 5.17 Interest Reserve Letters of Credit.

The Issuer may, in lieu of funding (or as partial replacement for funding) the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and/or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account in the amounts required hereunder, maintain one or more Interest Reserve Letters of Credit issued under a Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for the benefit of the Control Party and the Trustee, in each case on behalf of the Senior Noteholders or the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, as applicable, each in a face amount equal to or (at the election of the Manager) greater than the amounts required to be funded in respect of such account(s) had such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit not been issued.

 

62


Where on any Quarterly Calculation Date the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) instructs the Trustee to withdraw funds from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, for allocation or payment on the next Quarterly Payment Date, such funds shall be drawn, first, from amounts on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, on such Quarterly Calculation Date and second, from amounts available to be drawn under the applicable Interest Reserve Letter of Credit.

Each such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit (a) shall name the Control Party and the Trustee, each for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders or the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, as applicable, as the beneficiary thereof; (b) shall allow the Trustee or the Control Party to submit a notice of drawing in respect of such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit whenever amounts would otherwise be required to be withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.12; (c) shall have an expiration date of no later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the then-current Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (after giving effect to any extensions) specified in the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement pursuant to which such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit was issued; and (d) will indicate by its terms that the proceeds in respect of drawings under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit shall be paid directly into the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account or the applicable Series Distribution Account, as applicable.

Upon the occurrence and continuance of an Interest Reserve Release Event, the Issuer may deliver one or more replacement or amended Interest Reserve Letters of Credit to the Control Party, in which case the Control Party shall (without the consent of any Noteholder, the Trustee, the Controlling Class Representative or any other Secured Party) deliver to the L/C Provider the replaced Interest Reserve Letters of Credit for termination simultaneously with the receipt by the Control Party of such replacement Interest Reserve Letters of Credit, in each case to the extent that after the Control Party’s receipt thereof no Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount or Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount, as applicable, will exist for the immediately following Weekly Allocation Date.

If, on the date that is ten (10) Business Days prior to the expiration of any such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit, such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit has not been replaced or renewed and the Issuer has not otherwise deposited funds into the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, in the amounts that would otherwise be required had such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit not been issued, the Control Party (on behalf of the Trustee) shall submit a notice of drawing under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit and use the proceeds thereof to fund a deposit into the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable (as directed in writing by the Manager), in an amount equal to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount on such date, in each case calculated as if such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit had not been issued.

 

63


If, on any day, (i) the short-term debt credit rating of any entity which has issued an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit (an “L/C Provider”) is withdrawn or downgraded below “A-2” by S&P or KBRA or (ii) the long-term debt credit rating of any L/C Provider is withdrawn or downgraded below “BBB” by S&P or KBRA (each of cases (i) and (ii), an “L/C Downgrade Event”), then (a) on the tenth (10th) Business Day after the occurrence of such L/C Downgrade Event, the Control Party (on behalf of the Trustee) will submit a notice of drawing under each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit issued by such L/C Provider and use the proceeds thereof to fund a deposit into the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, as directed in writing by the Manager in an amount equal to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount on such date, in each case calculated as if such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit had not been issued or (b) prior to the tenth (10th) Business Day after the occurrence of such L/C Downgrade Event, the Issuer will obtain one or more replacement Interest Reserve Letters of Credit on substantially the same terms as each such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit being replaced.

Section 5.18 [Reserved].

Section 5.19 Replacement of Ineligible Accounts.

If, at any time, any Management Account or any of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, the Cash Trap Reserve Account, the Collection Account or any Collection Account Administrative Account shall cease to be an Eligible Account (each, an “Ineligible Account”), the Issuer shall (i) within five (5) Business Days of obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the Control Party and the Rating Agencies thereof and (ii) within sixty (60) days of obtaining knowledge thereof, (A) establish, or cause to be established, a new account that is an Eligible Account in substitution for such Ineligible Account, (B) with the exception of any Management Account, following the establishment of such new Eligible Account, transfer, or with respect to the Trustee Accounts maintained at the Trustee, instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer, all cash and investments from such Ineligible Account into such new Eligible Account, (C) in the case of a Management Account, following the establishment of such new Eligible Account, transfer or cause to be transferred to such new Eligible Account, all cash and investments from such Ineligible Account into such new Eligible Account, and (D) pledge, or cause to be pledged, such new Eligible Account to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and, if such Ineligible Account is required to be subject to an Account Control Agreement in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, cause such new Eligible Account to be subject to an Account Control Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Control Party and the Trustee. In the event that any of the Collection Account, any Management Account or any Collection Account Administrative Account becomes an Ineligible Account, the Manager shall, promptly following the establishment of such related new Eligible Account, notify each Franchisee of a change in payment instructions, if any.

 

64


Section 5.20 Instructions and Directions.

Any instructions or directions to be provided by the Issuer referenced in this Article V (a) with respect to a Quarterly Calculation Date or Quarterly Payment Date, respectively, may be contained in the applicable Quarterly Noteholders’ Report for such Quarterly Calculation Date or Quarterly Payment Date, as applicable, and (b) with respect to a Weekly Allocation Date may be contained in the Weekly Manager’s Certificate for such Weekly Allocation Date.

ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 Distributions in General.

(a) Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, on each Quarterly Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall pay to the Noteholders of each Series of record on the preceding Record Date the amounts payable thereto (A) in the case of Book-Entry Notes, by wire transfer in immediately available funds released by the Paying Agent from the applicable Series Distribution Account and (B) in the case of Definitive Notes (i) by wire transfer in immediately available funds released by the Paying Agent from the applicable Series Distribution Account no later than 12:30 p.m. (New York City time) if a Noteholder has provided to the Paying Agent and the Trustee wiring instructions at least five (5) Business Days prior to the applicable Quarterly Payment Date or (ii) by check mailed first-class postage prepaid to such Noteholder at the address for such Noteholder appearing in the Note Register if such Noteholder has not provided wire instructions pursuant to clause (B)(i) above; provided, however, that the final principal payment due on a Note shall only be paid upon due presentment and surrender of such Note for cancellation in accordance with the provisions of such Note at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, which surrender shall also constitute a general release by the applicable Noteholder from any claims against the Securitization Entities, the Manager, the Trustee and their affiliates.

(b) Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, in this Base Indenture or in any applicable Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, all distributions to Noteholders of all Classes within a Series of Notes shall be made from amounts allocated in accordance with the Priority of Payments among each Class of Notes in alphanumerical order (i.e., A-1, A-2, B-1, B-2 and not A-1, B-1, A-2, B-2) and pro rata among Holders of Notes within each Class of the same alphanumerical designation; provided, however, that any roman-numeral-denominated Tranche within an alphanumerical Class of Notes shall be deemed to have the same alphanumerical priority (i.e., “Class A-2-I Notes” will be pari passu and pro rata in right of payment according to the amount then due and payable with respect to “Class A-2-II Notes” and “Class A-2-III Notes”) except to the extent otherwise specified in this Base Indenture, the related Series Supplement or in the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, including in connection with an optional prepayment in whole or in part of one or more Tranches within such alphanumerical Class of Notes independently of other Tranches; provided, further, that unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, in this Base Indenture or in any applicable Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, all distributions to Noteholders of all Classes within a Series of Notes having the same alphabetical designation (without giving effect to any numerical designation) shall be pari passu with each other with respect to the distribution of Collateral proceeds resulting from the exercise of remedies upon an Event of Default.

 

65


(c) Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, the Trustee shall distribute all amounts owed to the Noteholders of any Class of Notes pursuant to the instructions of the Issuer whether set forth in a Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, Company Order or otherwise.

ARTICLE VII

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Issuer hereby represents and warrants, for the benefit of the Trustee and the Noteholders, as follows as of each Series Closing Date (subject to any amendments or other modifications hereto in connection with a Series Refinancing Event on or about such Series Closing Date, in which case the Issuer shall make such representations and warranties as so amended or otherwise modified):

Section 7.1 Existence and Power.

Each Securitization Entity (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, (b) is duly qualified to do business as a foreign entity and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where the character of its property, the nature of its business or the performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents make such qualification necessary, except to the extent that the failure to so qualify is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) has all limited liability company, corporate or other powers and all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its business as now conducted and for purposes of the transactions contemplated by the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents.

Section 7.2 Company and Governmental Authorization.

The execution, delivery and performance by the Issuer of this Base Indenture and any Series Supplement and by the Issuer and each other Securitization Entity of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party (a) is within such Securitization Entity’s limited liability company, corporate or other powers and has been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company, corporate or other action, (b) requires no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority which has not been obtained (other than any actions or filings that may be undertaken after the Closing Date pursuant to the terms of this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document, including actions or filings with respect to any Mortgages) and (c) does not contravene, or constitute a default under, any Requirements of Law with respect to such Securitization Entity or any Contractual Obligation with respect to such Securitization Entity or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any property of any Securitization Entity, except for Liens created by this Base Indenture or the other Transaction Documents, except in the case of clauses (b) and (c) above, solely with respect to the Contribution Agreements, the violation of which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. This Base Indenture and each of the other Transaction Documents to which each Securitization Entity is a party has been executed and delivered by a duly Authorized Officer of such Securitization Entity.

 

66


Section 7.3 No Consent.

Except as set forth on Schedule 7.3, no consent, action by or in respect of, approval or other authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person is required for the valid execution and delivery by the Issuer of this Base Indenture and any Series Supplement and by the Issuer and each other Securitization Entity of any Transaction Document to which it is a party or for the performance of any of the Securitization Entities’ obligations hereunder or thereunder other than such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations, declarations or filings (a) as shall have been obtained or made by such Securitization Entity on or prior to the Closing Date or as are permitted to be obtained subsequent to the Closing Date in accordance with Section 7.13 or Section 8.25, or (b) relating to the performance of any Franchise Document or Lease the failure of which to obtain is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.4 Binding Effect.

This Base Indenture and each other Transaction Document to which a Securitization Entity is a party is a legal, valid and binding obligation of each such Securitization Entity enforceable against such Securitization Entity in accordance with its terms (except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity or by an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing).

Section 7.5 Litigation.

There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending against or, to the knowledge of the Issuer, threatened against or affecting any Securitization Entity or of which any property or assets of such Securitization Entity is the subject before any court or arbitrator or any Governmental Authority that would, individually or in the aggregate, affect the validity or enforceability of this Base Indenture or any Series Supplement, materially adversely affect the performance by the Securitization Entities of their obligations hereunder or thereunder or which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.6 Employee Benefit Plans.

Except as set forth on Schedule 7.6, (i) no Securitization Entity or any member of a Controlled Group that includes a Securitization Entity has established, maintains, contributes to, or has any liability (whether actual, contingent or otherwise) in respect of (or has in the past six years established, maintained, contributed to, or had any liability (whether actual, contingent or otherwise) in respect of) any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) no Securitization Entity has any liability (whether actual, contingent or otherwise) with respect to any post-retirement welfare benefits under a Welfare Plan, other than liability for continuation

 

67


coverage described in Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA or other applicable continuation of coverage laws, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) each Employee Benefit Plan presently complies and has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of all applicable statutes, rules and regulations, including ERISA and the Code, except for such instances of noncompliance as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iv) no “prohibited transaction” (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) has occurred with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan, other than transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption or such transactions as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (v) except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each such Employee Benefit Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification.

Section 7.7 Tax Filings and Expenses.

Each Securitization Entity has filed, or caused to be filed, all federal, state, local and foreign Tax returns and all other Tax returns which, to the knowledge of the Issuer, are required to be filed by, or with respect to the income, properties or operations of, such Securitization Entity (whether information returns or not), and has paid, or caused to be paid, all Taxes due, if any, pursuant to said returns or pursuant to any assessment received by any Securitization Entity or otherwise, except such Taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been set aside in accordance with GAAP. As of the Closing Date, except as set forth on Schedule 7.7, the Issuer is not aware of any proposed Tax assessments against any Arby’s Entity. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to any Securitization Entity, nor does any Securitization Entity have any knowledge of any tax deficiencies. Each Securitization Entity has paid all fees and expenses required to be paid by it in connection with the conduct of its business, the maintenance of its existence and its qualification as a foreign entity authorized to do business in each state and each foreign country in which it is required to so qualify, except to the extent that the failure to pay such fees and expenses is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.8 Disclosure.

All certificates, reports, statements, notices, documents and other information furnished to the Trustee or the Noteholders by or on behalf of the Securitization Entities pursuant to any provision of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, or in connection with or pursuant to any amendment or modification of, or waiver under, the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, are, at the time the same are so furnished, complete and correct in all material respects (when taken together with all other information furnished by or on behalf of the Arby’s Entities to the Trustee or the Noteholders, as the case may be), and give the Trustee or the Noteholders, as the case may be, true and accurate knowledge of the subject matter thereof in all material respects, and the furnishing of the same to the Trustee or the Noteholders, as the case may be, shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Issuer made on the date the same are furnished to the Trustee or the Noteholders, as the case may be, to the effect specified herein.

 

68


Section 7.9 1940 Act.

No Securitization Entity is required to register as an “investment company” under the 1940 Act.

Section 7.10 Regulations T, U and X.

The proceeds of the Notes will not be used to purchase or carry any “margin stock” (as defined or used in the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U and X thereof) in such a way that could cause the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents to fail to comply with the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U and X thereof. No Securitization Entity owns or is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

Section 7.11 Solvency.

Both before and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, the Securitization Entities, taken as a whole, are solvent within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code and any applicable state law and no Securitization Entity is the subject of any voluntary or involuntary case or proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy or Insolvency Law and no Event of Bankruptcy has occurred with respect to any Securitization Entity.

Section 7.12 Ownership of Equity Interests; Subsidiaries.

(a) All of the issued and outstanding limited liability company interests of the Issuer are directly owned by Funding Holdco, have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned of record by Funding Holdco free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

(b) All of the issued and outstanding limited liability company interests of Arby’s Franchisor are directly owned by the Issuer, have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned of record by the Issuer, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

(c) All of the issued and outstanding limited liability company interests of Real Property Holder are directly owned by the Issuer, have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned of record by the Issuer, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

(d) All of the issued and outstanding limited liability company interests of IP Holder are directly owned by Arby’s Franchisor, have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned of record by Arby’s Franchisor, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

 

69


Section 7.13 Security Interests.

(a) The Issuer and each Guarantor owns and has good title to its Collateral, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. This Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement constitute a valid and continuing Lien on the Collateral in favor of the Trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, which Lien on the Collateral has been perfected and is prior to all other Liens (other than Permitted Liens), and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from the Issuer and each Guarantor in accordance with its terms (except, in each case, as described on Schedule 8.11 and subject to Section 8.25(c), Section 8.25(e) and Section 8.40), except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity and by an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. Except as set forth on Schedule 8.11, the Issuer and the Guarantors have received all consents and approvals required by the terms of the Collateral to the pledge of the Collateral to the Trustee hereunder and under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. Subject to Sections 8.25(c), 8.25(e) and Section 8.40, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall have filed, or shall have caused, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the first-priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in the Collateral (other than Intellectual Property) granted to the Trustee hereunder or under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement no later than ten (10) days after the Closing Date or such Series Closing Date.

(b) Other than the security interest granted to the Trustee hereunder, pursuant to the other Transaction Documents or any other Permitted Lien, neither the Issuer nor any of the Guarantors has pledged, assigned, sold or granted a security interest in the Collateral. All action necessary (including the filing of UCC-1 financing statements) to protect and evidence the Trustee’s security interest in the Collateral in the United States has been, or shall be, duly and effectively taken, consistent with and subject in each case to the obligations set forth in Section 7.13(a), Section 8.25(c), Section 8.25(e) and Section 8.40, and except as described in Schedule 8.11. No security agreement, financing statement, equivalent security or lien instrument or continuation statement authorized by the Issuer or any Guarantor and listing the Issuer or such Guarantor as debtor covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any jurisdiction, except in respect of Permitted Liens or such as may have been filed, recorded or made by the Issuer or such Guarantor in connection with a Contribution Agreement or in favor of the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties in connection with this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, and neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor has authorized any such filing.

(c) All authorizations in this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement for the Trustee to endorse checks, instruments and securities and to execute financing statements, continuation statements, security agreements and other instruments with respect to the Collateral and to take such other actions with respect to the Collateral authorized by this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement are powers coupled with an interest and are irrevocable.

 

70


(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the other Transaction Documents (other than the Mortgages), neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor makes any representation as to the validity or effectiveness of any grant of security interest in any real property assets under Article III, including the Real Estate Assets, or the perfection thereof, which in each case shall be governed by the Mortgages.

Section 7.14 Transaction Documents.

The Indenture Documents, the Account Agreements, the Depository Agreements, any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, any Swap Contract, any Series Hedge Agreement, any Enhancement Agreement and the other Transaction Documents required to be entered into as of the Closing Date or such Series Closing Date are in full force and effect. There are no outstanding defaults thereunder nor have events occurred which, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, would constitute a default thereunder.

Section 7.15 Non-Existence of Other Agreements.

Other than as permitted by Section 8.22 (a) no Securitization Entity is a party to any contract or agreement of any kind or nature and (b) no Securitization Entity is subject to any material obligations or liabilities of any kind or nature in favor of any third party, including, without limitation, Contingent Obligations. No Securitization Entity has engaged in any activities since its formation (other than those incidental to its formation, the authorization and the issuance of any Series of Notes, the execution of the Transaction Documents to which such Securitization Entity is a party and the performance of the activities referred to in or contemplated by such agreements).

Section 7.16 Compliance with Contractual Obligations and Laws.

No Securitization Entity is in violation of (a) its Charter Documents, (b) any Requirement of Law with respect to such Securitization Entity or (c) any Contractual Obligation with respect to such Securitization Entity except, solely with respect to clauses (b) and (c), to the extent such violation could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.17 Other Representations.

All representations and warranties of each Securitization Entity made in each other Transaction Document to which it is a party are true and correct (i) if qualified as to materiality, in all respects, and (ii) if not qualified as to materiality, in all material respects (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all respects or in all material respects, as applicable, as of such earlier date), and are repeated herein as though fully set forth herein.

Section 7.18 No Employees.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture or any Charter Documents of any Securitization Entity to the contrary, no Securitization Entity has any employees.

 

71


Section 7.19 Insurance.

The Securitization Entities maintain, or cause to be maintained, the insurance coverages (or self-insure for such risks) described on Schedule 7.19 hereto, in such amounts and covering such risks as is adequate for the conduct of their respective businesses and the value of their respective properties and as is customary for companies engaged in similar businesses in similar industries. All policies of insurance of the Securitization Entities are in full force and effect and the Securitization Entities are in compliance with the terms of such policies in all material respects. None of the Securitization Entities has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage, in all material respects, as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage, in all material respects, from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All such insurance is primary coverage, all premiums therefor due on or before the date hereof have been paid in full, and the terms and conditions thereof are no less favorable to the Securitization Entities than the terms and conditions of insurance maintained by their Affiliates that are not Securitization Entities.

Section 7.20 Environmental Matters; Real Property.

(a) None of the Securitization Entities is subject to any liabilities or obligations pursuant to any Environmental Law or with respect to any Materials of Environmental Concern that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Other than exceptions to any of the following that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(i) The Securitization Entities: (i) are, and within the period of all applicable statutes of limitation have been, in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, (ii) hold all Environmental Permits (each of which is in full force and effect) required for any of their current or intended operations or for any property owned, leased, or otherwise operated by any of them and have obtained all Environmental Permits for any intended operations when such Environmental Permits are required and (iii) are, and within the period of all applicable statutes of limitation have been, in compliance with all of their Environmental Permits.

(ii) Materials of Environmental Concern are not present at, on, under, in, or about any Real Estate Assets now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any Securitization Entity, or at any other location (including, without limitation, any location to which Materials of Environmental Concern have been sent for re-use or recycling or for treatment, storage or disposal) which could reasonably be expected to (i) give rise to liability of any Securitization Entity under any applicable Environmental Law or otherwise result in costs to any Securitization Entity, (ii) interfere with any Securitization Entity’s continued operations or (iii) impair the fair saleable value of any real property owned by any Securitization Entity.

 

72


(iii) There is no judicial, administrative, or arbitral proceeding (including, without limitation, any notice of violation or alleged violation) under or relating to any Environmental Law to which any Securitization Entity is, or to the knowledge of the Securitization Entities will be, named as a party that is pending or, to the knowledge of the Securitization Entities, threatened.

(iv) No Securitization Entity has received any written request for information, or been notified that it is a potentially responsible party under or relating to the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as amended, or any other Environmental Law, or with respect to any Materials of Environmental Concern.

(v) No Securitization Entity has entered into or agreed to any consent decree, order, or settlement or other agreement, or is subject to any judgment, decree, or order or other agreement, in any judicial, administrative, arbitral, or other forum for dispute resolution, relating to compliance with or liability under any Environmental Law.

Section 7.21 Intellectual Property.

(a) All of the registrations and applications included in the Securitization IP are subsisting, unexpired and have not been abandoned in any applicable jurisdiction except where such expiration or abandonment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 7.21, (i) the use of the Securitization IP and the operation of the Arby’s System do not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of any third party in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) there is no action or proceeding pending or, to the Issuer’s knowledge, threatened, alleging the same that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) to the Issuer’s knowledge, the Securitization IP is not being infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated by any third party in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Except as set forth on Schedule 7.21, no action or proceeding is pending or, to the Issuer’s knowledge, threatened, that seeks to limit, cancel or challenge the validity of any Securitization IP, or the use thereof, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) The Issuer has not made and will not hereafter make any assignment, pledge, mortgage, hypothecation or transfer of any of the Securitization IP other than the Contribution Agreements, Permitted Liens and Permitted Asset Dispositions under Section 8.12 and Section 8.16.

Section 7.22 Exchange Act(a) . Payments on the Notes will not depend primarily on cash flow from self-liquidating financial assets within the meaning of Section 3(a)(79) of the Exchange Act.

 

73


ARTICLE VIII

COVENANTS

Section 8.1 Payment of Notes.

(a) The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, subject to Section 2.15(d), on the Notes when due pursuant to the provisions of this Base Indenture and any applicable Series Supplement. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent holds on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. Except as otherwise provided pursuant to a Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or any other Transaction Document, amounts properly withheld under the Code or any Requirements of Law by any Person from a payment to any Noteholder of interest or principal or premium, if any, shall be considered as having been paid by the Issuer to such Noteholder for all purposes of the Indenture and the Notes.

(b) By acceptance of its Notes, each Noteholder agrees that the failure to provide the Paying Agent with appropriate Tax Information (which includes (i) an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 for United States persons (as defined under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) or any applicable successor form or (ii) an applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8, for Persons other than United States persons, or applicable successor form) may result in amounts being withheld from payments to such Noteholder under this Base Indenture and any Series Supplement and that amounts withheld pursuant to applicable laws shall be considered as having been paid by the Issuer as provided in clause (a) above.

Section 8.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency.

(a) The Issuer will maintain an office or agency (which, with respect to the surrender for registration of, or transfer or exchange or the payment of principal and premium, may be an office of the Trustee, the Note Registrar or Paying Agent) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, notices may be served, and where, at any time when the Issuer is obligated to make a payment of principal of, and premium, if any, on the Notes, the Notes may be surrendered for payment. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee and the Servicer of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee and the Servicer with the address thereof, such presentations and surrenders may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office and notices and demands may be made at the address set forth in Section 14.1 hereof.

(b) The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee and the Servicer of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. The Issuer hereby designates the applicable Corporate Trust Office as one such office or agency of the Issuer.

 

74


Section 8.3 Payment and Performance of Obligations.

The Issuer will, and will cause the other Securitization Entities to, pay and discharge and fully perform, at or before maturity, all of their respective material obligations and liabilities, including, without limitation, Tax liabilities and other governmental claims levied or imposed upon the Securitization Entity or upon the income, properties or operations of any Securitization Entity, judgments, settlement agreements and all obligations of each Securitization Entity under the Collateral Documents, except where the same may be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings (and without derogation from the material obligations of the Issuer hereunder and the Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement regarding the protection of the Collateral from Liens (other than Permitted Liens)), and will maintain, in accordance with GAAP, reserves as appropriate for the accrual of any of the same.

Section 8.4 Maintenance of Existence.

The Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, maintain its existence as a limited liability company or corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of organization or incorporation and duly qualified as a foreign limited liability company or corporation licensed under the laws of each state and each foreign country in which the failure to so qualify would be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity organized in the United States (other than any Additional Securitization Entity that is a corporation) to, be treated as a disregarded entity within the meaning of United States Treasury regulation section 301.7701-2(c)(2) and the Issuer will not, nor will it permit any other Securitization Entity organized in the United States (other than any Additional Securitization Entity that is a corporation) to, be classified as a corporation or as an association taxable as a corporation or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.

Section 8.5 Compliance with Laws.

The Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, comply in all respects with all Requirements of Law with respect to the Issuer or such other Securitization Entity except where such noncompliance would not be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect; provided, however, such non-compliance will not result in a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any of the Collateral or any criminal liability on the part of any Securitization Entity, the Manager or the Trustee.

Section 8.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records.

The Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions, business and activities in accordance with GAAP. The Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, permit, at reasonable times upon reasonable notice, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee or any Person appointed by any of them to act as its agent to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, directors, managers, employees and independent certified public accountants, and up to

 

75


one such visit and inspection by each of the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee, or any Person appointed by them, shall be reimbursable as a Securitization Operating Expense per calendar year, with any additional visit or inspection by any such Person being at such Person’s sole cost and expense; provided, however, that during the continuance of a Warm Back-Up Management Trigger Event, an Advance Period continuing for at least sixty (60) days, a Rapid Amortization Event, a Default or an Event of Default, or to the extent expressly required without the instruction of any other party under the terms of any Transaction Documents, any such Person may visit and conduct such activities at any time and all such visits and activities shall constitute a Securitization Operating Expense. In addition, the Issuer shall cooperate with all reasonable requests of the Servicer, Control Party and/or Back-Up Manager in connection with the performance by such parties of their respective obligations under the Transaction Documents (including any duty by any such parties to obtain an appraisal of the Collateral, or perform an in-depth situation analysis of the Manager and its financial position and/or of the Collateral and/or the Securitization Entities during a Warm Back-Up Management Trigger Event, a Hot Back-Up Management Trigger Event, in connection with a Consent Request, in connection with a proposed Advance, or if an Advance Period has been continuing for at least 60 days, as applicable).

Section 8.7 Actions under the Transaction Documents.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.7(d), the Issuer will not, and will not permit any Securitization Entity to, take any action that would permit any Arby’s Entity or any other Person party to a Transaction Document to have the right to refuse to perform any of its respective obligations under any of the Transaction Documents or that would result in the amendment, waiver, hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the validity or effectiveness of, any Transaction Document.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.2(a) or Section 8.7(d), the Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, take any action that would permit any other Person party to a Franchise Document to have the right to refuse to perform any of its respective obligations under such Franchise Document or that would result in the amendment, waiver, hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the validity or effectiveness of, such Franchise Document if such action when taken on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the Manager would constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.2(a), the Issuer agrees that it will not, and will cause each Securitization Entity not to, without the prior written consent of the Control Party, exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege available to it with respect to any obligor under a Collateral Document or under any instrument or agreement included in the Collateral, take any action to compel or secure performance or observance by any such obligor of its obligations to the Issuer or such other Securitization Entity or give any consent, request, notice, direction or approval with respect to any such obligor if such action when taken on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the Manager would constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement.

 

76


(d) The Issuer agrees that it will not, and will cause each Securitization Entity not to, without the prior written consent of the Control Party, amend, modify, waive, supplement, terminate or surrender, or agree to any amendment, modification, supplement, termination, waiver or surrender of, the terms of any of the Transaction Documents; provided, however, that the Securitization Entities may agree to any amendment, modification, supplement or waiver of any such term of any Transaction Document without any such consent (x) to the extent permitted under the terms of such other Transaction Documents, (y) with respect to any Indenture Document, as contemplated by Article XIII or (z) with respect to any Transaction Document that is not an Indenture Document, as follows:

(i) to add to the covenants of any Securitization Entity for the benefit of the Secured Parties, or to add to the covenants of any Arby’s Entity for the benefit of any Securitization Entity;

(ii) to terminate any such Transaction Document if any party thereto (other than a Securitization Entity) becomes, in the reasonable judgment of the Issuer, unable to pay its debts as they become due, even if such party has not yet defaulted on its obligations under such Transaction Document, so long as the Issuer enters into a replacement agreement with a new party within ninety (90) days of the termination of such Transaction Document;

(iii) to make such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under such Transaction Documents as the parties thereto may deem necessary or desirable, which are not inconsistent with the provisions thereof and which shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of any Noteholder, any Note Owner or any other Secured Party; provided that an Officer’s Certificate shall be delivered to the Trustee and the Servicer to such effect;

(iv) to make conforming changes related to the joinder or addition of Additional Securitization Entities; or

(v) in connection with a Series Refinancing Event.

For the avoidance of doubt, the prior written consent of the Control Party shall not be required for any amendment, modification, supplement, termination, waiver or surrender of, the terms of any of the Transaction Documents to the extent that all affected Noteholders have provided consent, through the purchase of Notes that include such terms. The Control Party may conclusively rely on a Noteholder having granted consent to any amendment, modification, supplement, termination, waiver or surrender of, the terms of any of the Transaction Documents to the extent that such Noteholder has acquired Note(s) of a new Series with such amended terms and conditions.

Promptly after the effectiveness of any such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver, the Issuer shall send to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency a copy of such consent or agreement, but the failure to do so shall not impair or affect its validity.

 

77


(e) Upon the occurrence of a Manager Termination Event under the Management Agreement, (i) the Issuer will not, and will cause each other Securitization Entity not to, without the prior written consent of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), terminate the Manager and appoint any Successor Manager in accordance with the Management Agreement and (ii) the Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, terminate the Manager and appoint one or more Successor Managers in accordance with the Management Agreement if and when so directed by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative).

Section 8.8 Notice of Defaults and Other Events.

Promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days) upon becoming aware of (i) any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, (ii) any Rapid Amortization Event, (iii) any Potential Manager Termination Event, (iv) any Manager Termination Event, (v) any Default, (vi) any Event of Default, (vii) any default under any Transaction Document, (viii) any Mortgage Preparation Event or (ix) any Mortgage Recordation Event, the Issuer shall give the Trustee, the Servicer, the Control Party, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative and each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding notice thereof, together with an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the details thereof and any action with respect thereto taken or contemplated to be taken by the Issuer. The Issuer shall, at its expense, promptly provide to the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee such additional information as the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative or the Trustee may reasonably request from time to time in connection with the matters so reported, and the actions so taken or contemplated to be taken.

Section 8.9 Notice of Material Proceedings.

Without limiting Section 8.30 or Section 8.25(b), promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days) upon the determination by either the chief financial officer or the chief legal officer of ARG that the commencement or existence of any litigation, arbitration or other proceeding with respect to any Arby’s Entity would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Issuer shall give written notice thereof to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative and the Rating Agencies.

Section 8.10 Further Requests.

The Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, promptly furnish to the Trustee such other information as, and in such form as, the Trustee may reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or by any Series Supplement.

Section 8.11 Further Assurances.

(a) The Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, do such further acts and things, and execute and deliver to the Trustee and the Control Party such additional assignments, agreements, powers and instruments, as are necessary or desirable to obtain or maintain the security interest of the Trustee in the Collateral on behalf of the Secured Parties as a first priority perfected security interest subject to no prior Liens (other than Permitted

 

78


Liens), to carry into effect the purposes of the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents or to better assure and confirm unto the Trustee, the Control Party, the Noteholders or the other Secured Parties their rights, powers and remedies hereunder including, without limitation, the filing of any financing or continuation statements or amendments under the UCC in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the liens and security interests granted hereby and by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, except in each case as set forth on Schedule 8.11, and in each case subject to Section 8.25(c), Section 8.25(e) and Section 8.40. If the Issuer fails to perform any of its agreements or obligations under this Section 8.11(a), then the Control Party may perform such agreement or obligation, and the expenses of the Control Party incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Issuer upon the Control Party’s demand therefor. The Control Party is hereby authorized to execute and file any financing statements, continuation statements, amendments or other instruments necessary or appropriate to perfect or maintain the perfection of the Trustee’s security interest in the Collateral.

(b) If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note, chattel paper or other instrument, such note, chattel paper or instrument shall be deemed to be held in trust and immediately pledged and within two (2) Business Days physically delivered to the Trustee hereunder, and shall, subject to the rights of any Person in whose favor a prior Lien has been perfected, be duly endorsed in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee and delivered to the Trustee promptly.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not be required to (i) perfect any security interest in any fixtures (other than through a central filing of a UCC financing statement) or any Franchisee Notes or (ii) except as provided in Section 8.40, grant or perfect any security interest in any Real Estate Assets.

(d) If during any Quarterly Fiscal Period, the Issuer or any Guarantor shall obtain an interest in any commercial tort claim or claims and such commercial tort claim or claims (when added to any past commercial tort claim or claims that were obtained by any Securitization Entity prior to such Quarterly Fiscal Period that are still outstanding) have an aggregate value equal to or greater than $5,000,000 as of the last day of such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the Issuer or such Guarantor shall notify the Control Party on or before the third Business Day prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date that it has obtained such an interest and shall sign and deliver documentation acceptable to the Control Party granting a security interest under this Base Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as the case may be, in and to such commercial tort claim or claims whether obtained during such Quarterly Fiscal Period or prior to such Quarterly Fiscal Period.

(e) The Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, warrant and defend the Trustee’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral and the income, distributions and Proceeds thereof, for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties, against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever.

 

79


(f) On or before April 30 of each calendar year, commencing with April 30, 2021, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee, the Rating Agencies and the Servicer (with a copy to the Back-Up Manager) an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Base Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and any other requisite documents and with respect to the execution and filing of any financing statements, continuation statements and amendments to financing statements and such other documents as are, subject to clause (c) above, necessary to maintain the perfection of the Lien and security interest created by this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement under Article 9 of the New York UCC in the United States and reciting the details of such action or stating that in the opinion of such counsel no such action is necessary to maintain the perfection of such Lien and security interest; provided that with respect to financing statements, the foregoing shall apply solely to financing statements naming a Securitization Entity as debtor and the Trustee as secured party (or any continuations thereof) and shall not, for the avoidance of doubt, apply to any financing statements assigned to the Trustee by a Securitization Entity. Each such Opinion of Counsel shall also describe the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Base Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and any other requisite documents and the execution and filing of any financing statements, continuation statements and amendments or other documents that will, in the opinion of such counsel, be required, subject to clause (c) above, to maintain the perfection of the lien and security interest of this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement under Article 9 of the New York UCC in the Collateral in the United States until April 30 in the following calendar year. For the avoidance of doubt, the Opinions of Counsel described in this clause (f) shall not be required to cover any matters related to the Real Estate Assets.

Section 8.12 Liens.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property (including the Collateral), other than (i) Liens in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and (ii) other Permitted Liens.

Section 8.13 Other Indebtedness.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, create, assume, incur, suffer to exist or otherwise become or remain liable in respect of any Indebtedness other than (i) Indebtedness hereunder or under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (ii) any guarantee by any Securitization Entity of the obligations of any other Securitization Entity, (iii) any purchase money Indebtedness incurred in order to finance the acquisition, lease or improvement of equipment in the ordinary course of business or (iv) guarantees with respect to operating leases and product volumes.

Section 8.14 Employee Benefit Plans.

No Securitization Entity or any member of a Controlled Group that includes a Securitization Entity shall establish, sponsor, maintain, contribute to, incur any obligation to contribute to, or incur any liability in respect of, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan to the extent the liabilities under such Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan would individually or in the

 

80


aggregate reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Securitization Entity shall incur any material liability (whether actual, contingent or otherwise) with respect to any post-retirement welfare benefits under a Welfare Plan, other than liability for continuation coverage described in Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA or other applicable continuation of coverage laws.

Section 8.15 Mergers.

On and after the Closing Date, the Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, merge or consolidate with or into any other Person or divide into two or more Persons (whether by means of a single transaction or a series of related transactions) other than any merger or consolidation of any Securitization Entity with any other Securitization Entity or any division in which each resulting Person will be a Securitization Entity or any merger or consolidation of any Securitization Entity with any other entity or any division of any Securitization Entity to which the Control Party has given prior written consent.

Section 8.16 Asset Dispositions.

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any other Securitization Entity to, sell, transfer, lease, license, liquidate or otherwise dispose of any of its property (whether by means of a single transaction or a series of related transactions), including any Equity Interests of any other Securitization Entity (it being acknowledged and agreed, for the avoidance of doubt, that modifications or terminations of any Franchise Documents and other contracts in accordance with the Managing Standard shall not be considered a disposal thereof for purposes of this section), except in the case of the following (each, a “Permitted Asset Disposition”):

(a) the disposition of obsolete, surplus or worn out property, and the abandonment, cancellation, or lapse of Securitization IP registrations or applications that in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Manager are no longer commercially reasonable to maintain;

(b) the disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(c) the disposition of equipment or real property to the extent that (x) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price or other payment obligations in respect of similar replacement property or other Eligible Assets (including, without limitation, credit against rental obligations under a real estate lease) or (y) the proceeds thereof are applied to the purchase price of such replacement property or other Eligible Assets in accordance with the Indenture;

(d) (x) ordinary course licenses of Securitization IP to the Non-Securitization Entities and to the Manager in connection with the performance of its Services under the Management Agreement, (y) ordinary course licenses or similar arrangements for the exploitation of Securitization IP entered into with one or more (A) new or pre-existing Securitization Entities in connection with Branded Restaurants, (B) Non-Securitization Entities in connection with Company-Owned Restaurants and Other Products and Services or (C) joint ventures in which any Securitization Entity or Non-Securitization Entity holds an interest; provided that, in the case of clauses (y)(B) and (y)(C), the applicable Securitization Entity will receive fair market value, whether in the form of royalties or other proceeds, in connection with such exploitation and (z) any licenses of Securitization IP under the IP License Agreements;

 

81


(e) licenses or similar arrangements for the exploitation of Securitization IP in connection with Branded Restaurants outside the United States entered into with either (x) one or more new or pre-existing Securitization Entities, or (y) one or more (A) Non-Securitization Entities or (B) joint ventures in which any Securitization Entity or Non-Securitization Entity holds an interest (each of (y)(A) and (y)(B) are referred to as a “Future Foreign IP License”); provided that, in the case of clause (y), the applicable Securitization Entity will receive fair market value, whether in the form of royalties or other proceeds, in connection with such exploitation;

(f) dispositions pursuant to the sale, sale-leaseback or other disposition of any Securitization-Owned Real Property that is not a Post-Issuance Acquired Asset;

(g) dispositions of equipment leased to Franchisees;

(h) dispositions of property of a Securitization Entity to any other Securitization Entity to the extent not otherwise prohibited under the Transaction Documents, including, but not limited to, any licenses of Securitization IP;

(i) leases or subleases of Securitization-Owned Real Property to Franchisees and to any Non-Securitization Entity;

(j) dispositions of property relating to repurchases of Contributed Assets or New Assets in exchange for the payment of Indemnification Amounts;

(k) any other sale, lease, license, transfer or other disposition of property to which the Control Party has given the relevant Securitization Entity prior written consent;

(l) any sale, lease, license, liquidation, transfer or other disposition (including franchising or refranchising) of a Post-Issuance Acquired Asset;

(m) non-exclusive licenses of Securitization IP (i) granted in the ordinary course of business, (ii) that when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the Manager would not constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement acting in accordance with the Managing Standard and (iii) that would not reasonably be expected to materially and adversely impact the Securitization IP (taken as a whole);

(n) any decision to abandon, fail to pursue, settle, or otherwise resolve any claim or cause of action to enforce or seek remedy for the infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other violation of any Securitization IP, or other remedy against any third party, in each such case, where it is not commercially reasonable to pursue such claim or remedy in light of the cost, potential remedy, or other factors; provided that such action (or failure to act) would not reasonably be expected to materially and adversely impact the Securitization IP (taken as a whole);

 

82


(o) (a) any disposition of accounts receivable or Franchisee promissory notes, in the ordinary course of business, in connection with any collection or compromise thereof or (b) any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contractual rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business, in each case that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(p) any other sale, lease, license, liquidation, transfer or other disposition of property not directly or indirectly constituting any asset dispositions permitted by clauses (a) through (o) above and so long as such disposition when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the Manager does not constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement and does not exceed an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 per annum;

it being understood that any delivery to the Trustee of any Note, at any time and in any amount, by the Issuer or any Securitization Entity, together with any cancellation thereof pursuant to Section 2.14, shall be deemed to be a Permitted Asset Disposition.

Upon any sale, transfer, lease, license, liquidation or other disposition of any property by any Securitization Entity permitted by this Section 8.16, all Liens with respect to such property created in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties under this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents shall be automatically released, and the Trustee, upon written request of the Issuer, at the direction of the Servicer, shall provide evidence of such release as set forth in Section 14.17.

Section 8.17 Acquisition of Assets.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, acquire, by long-term or operating lease or otherwise, any property (i) if such acquisition when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the Manager would constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement or (ii) that is a lease, license, or other contract or permit, if the grant of a lien or security interest in any of the Securitization Entities’ right, title and interest in, to or under such lease, license, contract or permit in the manner contemplated by the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (a) would be prohibited by the terms of such lease, license, contract or permit, (b) would constitute or result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of any right, title or interest of the applicable Securitization Entity therein or (c) would otherwise result in a breach thereof or the termination or a right of termination thereof, except to the extent that any such prohibition, breach, termination or right of termination is rendered ineffective pursuant to the UCC or any other applicable law. Notwithstanding any language to the contrary in this Section 8.17, in the case of clause (ii) above, the Issuer and each Securitization Entity will be in compliance with this Section 8.17 if the Issuer and each Securitization Entity uses commercially reasonable efforts to comply with clause (ii).

Section 8.18 Dividends, Officers Compensation, etc.

The Issuer will not declare or pay any distributions on any of its limited liability company interests; provided, however, that so long as no Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to any Series of Notes Outstanding or would result therefrom, the Issuer may declare and

 

83


pay distributions to the extent permitted under Section 18-607 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act and the Issuer’s Charter Documents. Subject to the prior sentence and any limitations set forth in a Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Issuer may draw on Commitments with respect to the related Series of Class A-1 Notes for any purpose. Without limiting Section 8.28 the Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, pay any wages or salaries or other compensation to its officers, directors, managers or other agents except out of earnings computed in accordance with GAAP or except for the fees paid to its Independent Managers. The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Equity Interest in or issued by such Securitization Entity or set aside or otherwise segregate any amounts for any such purpose except as expressly permitted by the Indenture or as consented to by the Control Party.

Section 8.19 Legal Name, Location Under Section 9-301 or 9-307.

The Issuer will not, or will permit any other Securitization Entity to, change its location or its legal name without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Rating Agencies with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding. In the event that the Issuer or any other Securitization Entity desires to so change its location or change its legal name, the Issuer will, or will cause such other Securitization Entity to, make any required filings and prior to actually changing its location or its legal name the Issuer will, or will cause such other Securitization Entity to, deliver to the Trustee and the Servicer (i) an Officer’s Certificate confirming that (a) all required filings have been made, subject to Sections 8.11(c), 8.25(c) and 8.25(e), to continue the perfected interest of the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties in the Collateral under Article 9 of the applicable UCC in respect of the new location or new legal name of the Issuer or such other Securitization Entity and (b) such change in location or change in legal name will not adversely affect the Lien under any Mortgage required to be delivered and recorded pursuant to Section 8.40 and (ii) copies of all such required filings with the filing information duly noted thereon by the office in which such filings were made.

Section 8.20 Charter Documents.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, amend, or consent to the amendment of, any of its Charter Documents to which it is a party as a member or shareholder unless, prior to such amendment, the Control Party shall have consented thereto and the Rating Agency Condition with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding shall have been satisfied with respect to such amendment; provided, however, the Issuer and the other Securitization Entities shall be permitted to amend their Charter Documents without having to meet the Rating Agency Condition to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency therein or if such amendments could not reasonably be deemed to be disadvantageous to any Noteholder in the reasonable judgment of the Control Party. The Control Party may rely on an Officer’s Certificate to make such determination. The Issuer shall provide written notice to each Rating Agency (with a copy to the Servicer) of any amendment of any Charter Document of any Securitization Entity.

 

84


Section 8.21 Investments.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, make, incur, or suffer to exist any loan, advance, extension of credit or other investment in any Person if such investment when made on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the Manager would constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement, other than investments in (a) the Accounts, (b) any Franchisee Notes, (c) any other Securitization Entity or (d) the transactions described in the proviso to Section 8.24(a)(vi).

Section 8.22 No Other Agreements.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, enter into or be a party to any agreement or instrument (other than any Transaction Document, any Franchise Document, Lease or any other document permitted or contemplated by a Series Supplement or the Transaction Documents, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, any documents related to any Enhancement (subject to Section 8.32), any documents related to any Series Hedge Agreement (subject to Section 8.33), any documents relating to the transactions described in the proviso to Section 8.24(a)(vi) or any documents or agreements incidental thereto) if such agreement when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the Manager would constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement.

Section 8.23 Other Business.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, engage in any business or enterprise or enter into any transaction other than the incurrence and payment of ordinary course operating expenses, the issuing and selling of the Notes and other activities related to or incidental to any of the foregoing or any other transaction which when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the Manager would not constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement.

Section 8.24 Maintenance of Separate Existence.

(a) The Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to:

(i) maintain its own deposit and securities account, as applicable, or accounts, separate from those of any of its Affiliates (other than the other Securitization Entities), with commercial banking institutions and ensure that the funds of the Securitization Entities will not be diverted to any Person who is not a Securitization Entity or for other than the use of the Securitization Entities, nor will such funds be commingled with the funds of any of its Affiliates (other than the other Securitization Entities) other than as provided in the Transaction Documents;

(ii) ensure that all transactions between it and any of its Affiliates (other than the other Securitization Entities), whether currently existing or hereafter entered into, shall be only on an arm’s length basis, it being understood and agreed that the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents and the transactions described in the proviso to clause (vi) meet the requirements of this clause (ii);

 

85


(iii) to the extent that it requires an office to conduct its business, conduct its business from an office at a separate address from any of its Affiliates other than the other Securitization Entities (or apportion the cost of shared offices equitably);

(iv) issue separate financial statements from any of its Affiliates (other than the other Securitization Entities) prepared at least quarterly and prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(v) conduct its affairs in its own name and in accordance with its Charter Documents and observe all necessary, appropriate and customary limited liability company or corporate formalities (as applicable), including, but not limited to, holding all regular and special meetings appropriate to authorize all of its actions, keeping separate and accurate minutes of its meetings, passing all resolutions or consents necessary to authorize actions taken or to be taken, and maintaining accurate and separate books, records and accounts, including, but not limited to, payroll and intercompany transaction accounts;

(vi) not assume or guarantee any of the liabilities of any of its Affiliates (other than the other Securitization Entities); provided that the Securitization Entities may, pursuant to any Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement, cause letters of credit to be issued pursuant to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreements that are for the sole benefit of Inspire or any Inspire Consolidated Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity, but including any Non-Securitization Entity) if the Issuer receives a fee from each entity whose obligations are secured by any such letter of credit in an amount equal to the cost to the Issuer in connection with the issuance and maintenance of such letter of credit plus 25 basis points per annum, it being understood that such fee is an arm’s-length fair market fee;

(vii) take, or refrain from taking, as the case may be, all other actions that are necessary to be taken or not to be taken in order to (x) ensure that the assumptions and factual recitations set forth in the Specified Bankruptcy Opinion Provisions remain true and correct in all material respects with respect to it and (y) comply in all material respects with those procedures described in such provisions which are applicable to it;

(viii) maintain at least two Independent Managers or Independent Directors, as applicable, on its board of managers or its board of directors, as the case may be;

 

86


(ix) to the fullest extent permitted by law, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, remove or replace any Independent Manager or Independent Director only for Cause and only after providing the Trustee and the Control Party with no less than five (5) days’ prior written notice of (A) any proposed removal of such Independent Manager or Independent Director, as applicable, and (B) the identity of the proposed replacement Independent Manager or Independent Director, as applicable, together with a certification that such replacement satisfies the requirements for an Independent Manager or an Independent Director set forth in the Charter Documents of the applicable Securitization Entity; and

(x) (A) provide, or cause the Manager to provide, to the Trustee and the Control Party, a copy of the executed agreement with respect to the appointment of any replacement Independent Director or Independent Manager and (B) provide, or cause the Manager to provide, to the Trustee, the Control Party and each Noteholder, written notice of the identity and contact information for each Independent Director or Independent Manager at any time such information changes.

(b) The Issuer, on behalf of itself and each of the other Securitization Entities, confirms that the statements relating to the Issuer referenced in the opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP regarding substantive consolidation matters delivered to the Trustee on the most recent Series Closing Date are true and correct with respect to itself and each other Securitization Entity, and that the Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, comply with any covenants or obligations assumed to be complied with by it therein as if such covenants and obligations were set forth herein.

Section 8.25 Covenants Regarding the Securitization IP.

(a) The Issuer will not, nor will it permit any other Securitization Entity to, take or omit to take any action with respect to the maintenance, prosecution, enforcement and defense of the IP Holder’s rights in and to the Securitization IP that would constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement if such action were taken or omitted by the Manager on behalf of any Securitization Entity.

(b) The Issuer will notify the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager and the Servicer in writing within fifteen (15) Business Days of knowing or having reason to know that any application or registration relating to any material Securitization IP (now or hereafter existing) may become abandoned or dedicated to the public domain, or of any material adverse determination or development (including the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in the USPTO, USCO or CIPO, similar offices or agencies in any Additional Perfection Country) regarding the validity of any Securitization Entity’s ownership of any material Securitization IP, its right to register the same, or to keep and maintain the same.

(c) With respect to the Securitization IP, the Issuer (i) caused the IP Holder to execute, deliver and file, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the Original Closing Date, instruments substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1 hereto with respect to Trademarks, Exhibit D-2 hereto with respect to Patents and Exhibit D-3 hereto with respect to Copyrights, or otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Control Party, and any other instruments or

 

87


documents as may be reasonably necessary or, in the Control Party’s opinion, desirable to perfect or protect the Trustee’s security interest granted under this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in the Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights included in the Securitization IP that are registered in the United States and Canada; (ii) notify the Trustee and the Control Party within thirty (30) days if a country becomes an Additional Perfection Country, and (iii) use best efforts to execute, deliver and file with the applicable Governmental Authorities in each Additional Perfection Country such instruments or documents as may be reasonably necessary (at the discretion of the Manager) under the laws of each such Additional Perfection Country to perfect or protect the Trustee’s security interest for the benefit of the Secured Parties granted under this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in the registered and applied-for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights in such Additional Perfection Country included in the Securitization IP. The filings required by clause (iii) of the previous sentence will be made within one hundred fifty (150) days after a notice from the Issuer or the IP Holder that a country has become an Additional Perfection Country; provided that such documents need not be executed, filed or delivered in any Additional Perfection Country if (x) so doing would be reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on the validity, the enforceability or the IP Holder’s ownership of such Securitization IP, (y) the Manager determines that the filing fees are based upon a percentage of the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Notes or are otherwise unreasonably expensive in comparison to the benefits to be gained by the Secured Parties and the Control Party has been notified of such determination and has not objected within ten (10) Business Days to such determination, or (z) the “perfection” of the Trustee’s lien for the benefit of the Secured Parties is not obtainable pursuant to the applicable law of such Additional Perfection Country through such filings.

(d) [Reserved].

(e) If the Issuer or any Guarantor, either itself or through any agent, licensee or designee, files or otherwise acquires an application for the registration of any Patent, Trademark or Copyright with the USPTO, the USCO or any similar office or agency in any Additional Perfection Country, the Issuer or Guarantor will give the Trustee and the Control Party written notice thereof on (i) the later of (y) fifteen (15) days thereafter and (z) the following Quarterly Payment Date and, upon reasonable request of the Control Party, subject to the terms of this Base Indenture, shall (solely with respect to such applications filed in the United States and Canada) and (ii) for any Additional Perfection Country (y) where the filing takes place during the fiscal year in which such country becomes an Additional Perfection Country, within ninety (90) days after the end of the fiscal year of the Securitization Entities for the fiscal year in which such Additional Perfection Country became an Additional Perfection Country or (z) in any subsequent year, within ninety (90) days of such filing and, upon reasonable request of the Control Party, subject to the terms of this Base Indenture, will (solely with respect to such applications filed in the United States or an Additional Perfection Country) in a reasonable time after such filing (and in any event within (i) ninety (90) days thereof with respect to such applications filed in the United States and (ii) for any Additional Perfection Country (y) where the filing takes place during the fiscal year in which such country becomes an Additional Perfection Country, within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of the fiscal year of the Securitization Entities for the fiscal year in which such Additional Perfection Country became an Additional Perfection Country or (z) in any subsequent year, within one hundred eighty (180) days of such filing) execute and deliver all instruments and documents, and take all further action

 

88


that the Control Party may reasonably request in order to continue, perfect or protect the security interest granted hereunder or under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in the United States and Canada, consistent with the obligations set forth in Section 8.25(c), any Additional Perfection Country, including, without limitation, executing and delivering (x) the Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E-1 hereto, (y) the Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E-2 hereto and/or (z) the Supplemental Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E-3 hereto, as applicable.

(f) In the event that any material Securitization IP is infringed upon, misappropriated or diluted by a third party in a manner that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the IP Holder upon becoming aware of such infringement, misappropriation or dilution shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Control Party in writing. The IP Holder will take all reasonable and appropriate actions, at its expense, to protect or enforce such Securitization IP, including, if reasonable, suing for infringement, misappropriation or dilution and seeking an injunction (including, if appropriate, temporary and/or preliminary injunctive relief) against such infringement, misappropriation or dilution, unless the failure to take such actions on behalf of the IP Holder by the Manager would not constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement; provided that if the IP Holder decides not to take any action with respect to an infringement, misappropriation or dilution that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, it shall deliver written notice to the Trustee, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Control Party setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for its decision not to act, and none of the Trustee, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager or the Control Party will be required to take any actions on its behalf to protect or enforce the Securitization IP against such infringement, misappropriation or dilution; provided, further, that the Manager will be required to act if failure to do so would constitute a breach of the Managing Standard.

(g) With respect to licenses of third-party Intellectual Property entered into after the Closing Date by the Securitization Entities (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Manager acting on behalf of the Securitization Entities, as applicable), the Securitization Entities (or the Manager on their behalf) shall use commercially reasonable efforts to include terms permitting the grant by the Securitization Entities of a security interest therein to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and to allow the Manager (and any Successor Manager) the right to use such Intellectual Property in the performance of its duties under the Management Agreement.

Section 8.26 [Reserved].

Section 8.27 [Reserved].

Section 8.28 No Employees.

The Issuer and the other Securitization Entities shall have no employees.

 

89


Section 8.29 Insurance.

The Issuer shall cause the Manager to list each Securitization Entity as an “additional insured” or “loss payee,” as may apply, on any insurance maintained by the Manager for the benefit of such Securitization Entity pursuant to the Management Agreement.

Section 8.30 Litigation.

If ARG is not then subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuer shall, on each Quarterly Payment Date, provide a written report to the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Rating Agencies that sets forth all outstanding litigation, arbitration or other proceedings against any Arby’s Entity that would have been required to be disclosed in ARG’s annual reports, quarterly reports and other public filings which ARG would have been required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act if ARG were subject to such Sections.

Section 8.31 Environmental.

The Issuer shall, and shall cause each other Securitization Entity to, promptly notify the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Trustee and the Rating Agencies, in writing, upon receipt of any written notice pursuant to which any Securitization Entity becomes aware from any source (including but not limited to a governmental entity) of any possible material liability of any Securitization Entity pursuant to any Environmental Law that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. In addition, other than exceptions to any of the following that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Issuer shall, and shall cause each other Securitization Entity to:

(a) (i) comply with all applicable Environmental Laws, (ii) hold all Environmental Permits (each of which is in full force and effect) required for any of their current operations or for any property owned, leased, or otherwise operated by any of them and obtain all Environmental Permits for any intended operations when such Environmental Permits are required and (iii) comply with all of their Environmental Permits; and

(b) undertake all investigative and remedial action required by Environmental Laws with respect to any Materials of Environmental Concern present at, on, under, in, or about any Real Estate Assets owned, leased or operated by the Issuer or any other Securitization Entity, or at any other location (including, without limitation, any location to which Materials of Environmental Concern have been sent for re-use or recycling or for treatment, storage or disposal) which could reasonably be expected to (i) give rise to liability of the Issuer or any other Securitization Entity under any applicable Environmental Law or otherwise result in costs to the Issuer or any other Securitization Entity, (ii) interfere with the Issuer’s or any other Securitization Entity’s continued operations or (iii) impair the fair saleable value of any Real Estate Assets owned by the Issuer or any other Securitization Entity.

Section 8.32 Enhancements. No Enhancement shall be provided in respect of any Series of Notes, nor will any Enhancement Provider have any rights hereunder, as third-party beneficiary or otherwise, unless the Control Party has provided its prior written consent to such Enhancement, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

90


Section 8.33 Series Hedge Agreements; Derivatives Generally.

(a) No Series Hedge Agreement shall be provided in respect of any Series of Notes, nor will any Hedge Counterparty have any rights hereunder, as third-party beneficiary or otherwise, unless the Control Party has provided its prior written consent to such Series Hedge Agreement, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and the Issuer has delivered a copy of such prior written consent to the Rating Agencies (with a copy to the Servicer).

(b) Without the prior written consent of the Control Party, the Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, enter into any derivative contract, swap, option, hedging contract, forward purchase contract or other similar agreement or instrument (other than forward purchase agreements entered into by the Issuer with third-party vendors on behalf of the Securitization Entities in the ordinary course of business), such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, if any such contract, agreement or instrument requires the Issuer to expend any financial resources (other than amounts paid using the Residual Amount) to satisfy any payment obligations owed in connection therewith; provided that the Issuer shall deliver a copy of any such prior written consent to the Rating Agencies (with a copy to the Servicer).

Section 8.34 Additional Securitization Entity.

(a) The Issuer, in accordance with and as permitted under the Transaction Documents, may form or cause to be formed Additional Securitization Entities without the consent of the Control Party, at the election of the Manager, in respect of (i) any Securitization-Owned Restaurants and/or other income producing properties, including real property, contributed to or acquired by the Securitization Entities pursuant to documentation reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and the Control Party and (ii) contributions to, or acquisitions by, the Securitization Entities of Future Brands, or acquisitions of additional franchise brand Subsidiaries (which may include international Subsidiaries) in connection with Future Brands. At the time any Additional Securitization Entity is created or acquired, or any Future Brand is contributed into or acquired by any Additional Securitization Entity or any other Securitization Entity, the definitions of “Issuer Subsidiaries”, “Arby’s Brand” and “Securitization IP” shall be read to include such Additional Securitization Entity and Future Brand, respectively.

(b) Each Additional Securitization Entity shall be a Delaware limited liability company or a Delaware corporation (so long as the use of such corporate form is reasonably satisfactory to the Control Party) and shall have adopted Charter Documents substantially similar to the Charter Documents of the Securitization Entities that are Delaware limited liability companies or Delaware corporations, as applicable, as in existence on the Closing Date.

 

91


(c) If any Securitization Entity desires to create, incorporate, form or otherwise organize an Additional Securitization Entity that does not comply with the requirements set forth in clause (b) above, such Securitization Entity shall first obtain the prior written consent of the Control Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, that such Securitization Entity shall deliver a copy of any such prior written consent to the Rating Agencies.

(d) In connection with the organization of any Additional Securitization Entity pursuant to clause (b) or (c) above, the Issuer shall request and implement the direction of the Control Party at such time of formation as to whether the Issuer shall designate such Additional Securitization Entity as (i) an Additional Issuer or (ii) an Additional Guarantor. In connection with the formation of any Additional Securitization Entity as set forth pursuant to clause (b) or (c) above, the Issuer shall, if applicable, designate such Additional Securitization Entity as (i) an Additional IP Holder; provided that such Additional Securitization Entity owns Securitization IP and/or (ii) an Additional Real Property Holder; provided that such Additional Securitization Entity owns Real Estate Assets.

(e) If such Additional Securitization Entity is designated to be an Additional Issuer, the Issuer shall cause such Additional Securitization Entity to promptly execute a Supplement to the Indenture in the form of Exhibit K pursuant to which such Additional Securitization Entity shall become jointly and severally obligated under the Indenture with the Issuer.

(f) If such Additional Securitization Entity is designated to be an Additional Guarantor, the Issuer shall cause such Additional Securitization Entity to promptly execute an Assumption Agreement in form set forth as Exhibit A to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement pursuant to which such Additional Securitization Entity shall become jointly and severally obligated under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with the other Guarantors.

(g) Upon the execution and delivery of a Supplement as required by clause (e) above, any Additional Securitization Entity party thereto will become a party to the Indenture with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as an Issuer and, without limiting the generality of the Indenture, will assume all Obligations and liabilities of an Issuer hereunder.

(h) Upon the execution and delivery of an Assumption Agreement as required in clause (f) above, any Additional Securitization Entity party thereto will become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor and, without limiting the generality of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, will assume all Obligations and liabilities of a Guarantor thereunder.

(i) At the time any Additional Securitization Entities that hold IP are created or acquired, the definition of “Securitization Entities” herein and the other Transaction Documents will be deemed to include such Additional Securitization Entities and the definition of “Securitization IP” will be deemed to include all of the existing and after-acquired U.S. and non-U.S. Intellectual Property (in each case other than Excluded IP) related to such Additional Securitization Entity, and any representations, warranties, covenants, obligations, rights and any other provisions set forth in any Transaction Document that apply to IP Holder with respect to its Securitization IP will apply to such Additional Securitization Entities with respect to any of their Securitization IP.

 

92


Section 8.35 Reserved.

Section 8.36 Tax Lien Reserve Amount. Upon receipt of any Tax Lien Reserve Amount, the Issuer will remit such amount to a collateral deposit account established with and controlled by the Trustee in which the Trustee shall have a security interest; provided that the Trustee will not release such Tax Lien Reserve Amount from such account unless: (a) the Servicer instructs the Trustee in writing to withdraw and pay all of such Tax Lien Reserve Amount in accordance with the written instructions of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) upon receipt by the Trustee, the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Controlling Class Representative of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer that the Lien for which such Tax Lien Reserve Amount was established has been released by the Internal Revenue Service; (b) the Issuer, or the Manager on behalf of the Issuer, delivers written instructions to the Trustee to withdraw and pay all or a portion of such Tax Lien Reserve Amount to the Internal Revenue Service on behalf of the Arby’s Entities; provided that the Issuer shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, prior written notice of any such written instruction to the Servicer; or (c) the Control Party instructs the Trustee in writing to withdraw and pay all or a portion of such Tax Lien Reserve Amount to the Internal Revenue Service (i) upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default or (ii) upon receipt of written notice by any Securitization Entity stating that the Internal Revenue Service intends to execute on the Lien for which such Tax Lien Reserve Amount was established in respect of any assets of any Securitization Entity; provided that the Control Party shall deliver a copy of any such written instruction to ARG.

Section 8.37 [Reserved].

Section 8.38 [Reserved].

Section 8.39 Bankruptcy Proceedings. The Issuer shall, and shall cause each other Securitization Entity to, promptly object to the institution of any bankruptcy proceeding against it and take all necessary or advisable steps to cause the dismissal of any such proceeding (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to timely file an answer and any other appropriate pleading objecting to (i) the institution of any proceeding to have any Securitization Entity, as the case may be, adjudicated as bankrupt or Insolvent or (ii) the filing of any petition seeking relief, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition in respect of any Securitization Entity, as the case may be, under applicable bankruptcy law or any other applicable Requirements of Law).

Section 8.40 Mortgages.

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Mortgage Preparation Event, each Securitization Entity shall, within ninety (90) days after such Mortgage Preparation Event, prepare, execute and deliver to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a properly executed Mortgage with respect to each Securitization-Owned Real Property owned by such Securitization Entity, to be held in escrow by the Trustee or its agent and recorded by the Trustee or its agent solely upon the occurrence of a Mortgage Recordation Event.

 

93


(b) Upon the occurrence of a Mortgage Recordation Event, the Trustee shall, at the direction of the Control Party, deliver the Mortgages within twenty (20) Business Days following receipt of the Mortgages to the applicable Governmental Authority for recordation (unless such recordation requirement is waived by the Control Party, acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative); provided that the Trustee shall have no obligation to record a Mortgage until the later of (i) twenty (20) Business Days following delivery of a properly executed Mortgage to the Trustee and (ii) the Trustee’s Actual Knowledge of a Mortgage Recordation Event.

(c) The Trustee may engage a third-party service provider (which shall be reasonably acceptable to the Control Party) to assist in delivering such Mortgages to the applicable Governmental Authority for recordation and the Trustee shall pay all Mortgage Trustee Fees in connection with such recordation. All Mortgage Trustee Fees shall be paid pursuant to the Priority of Payments.

(d) For the avoidance of doubt, the Securitization Entities shall not be required to, and the Trustee may not, record or cause to be recorded any Mortgage until the occurrence of a Mortgage Recordation Event. Neither the Trustee nor any custodian on behalf of the Trustee shall be under any duty or obligation to inspect, review or examine any such Mortgages or to determine that the same are valid, binding, legally effective, properly endorsed, genuine, enforceable or appropriate for the represented purpose or that they are in recordable form. Neither the Trustee nor any agent on its behalf shall in any way be liable for any delays in the recordation of any Mortgage, for the rejection of a Mortgage by any recording office or for the failure of any Mortgage to create in favor of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable first priority (subject to Permitted Liens) Lien on, and security interest in, the applicable Securitization Entity’s right, title and interest in and to each Securitization-Owned Real Property.

ARTICLE IX

REMEDIES

Section 9.1 Rapid Amortization Events.

The Notes will be subject to rapid amortization in whole and not in part following the occurrence of any of the following events (and any events that may be added in connection with the issuance of any Additional Notes) as declared by the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) by written notice to the Issuer (with a copy to the Manager and the Trustee) (each, a “Rapid Amortization Event”); provided, that a Rapid Amortization Event described in clause (d) will occur automatically without any declaration thereof by the Control Party unless the Control Party and each Noteholder of the applicable Notes Outstanding that have not been repaid or refinanced in full on or prior to the applicable Series Anticipated Repayment Date have agreed to waive such event in accordance with Section 9.7:

 

94


(a) (i) the failure to maintain a DSCR of at least 1.20x as calculated on any Quarterly Calculation Date; provided, that such threshold may be increased at the request of the Issuer subject to approval by the Control Party and, to the extent that any Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, each Noteholder of each Series of applicable Notes Outstanding;

(b) the occurrence of a Manager Termination Event;

(c) the occurrence of an Event of Default;

(d) the Issuer has not repaid or refinanced any Series of Notes (or Class, Subclass or Tranche thereof) in full on or prior to the Series Anticipated Repayment Date provided for such Series of Notes (or any Class, Subclass or Tranche thereof) in the Series Supplement for such Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes; provided, that, the Series Supplement for any Series of Notes (or Class, Subclass or Tranche thereof) may provide, that if the DSCR is greater than 2.00x as of the applicable Series Anticipated Repayment Date, and any such Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes is repaid or refinanced within one (1) calendar year from its Series Anticipated Repayment Date, such Rapid Amortization Event will no longer be in effect following such repayment or refinancing; provided, that such threshold may be increased at the request of the Issuer subject to approval by the Control Party and each Noteholder of each Series of applicable Notes outstanding that have not been repaid or refinanced in full on or prior to the applicable Series Anticipated Repayment Date; or

(e) Arby’s System-Wide Sales as calculated on any Quarterly Calculation Date are less than $1.95 billion; provided that such threshold may be increased or decreased at the request of the Issuer subject to approval by the Control Party and satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition.

Section 9.2 Events of Default.

If any one of the following events shall occur (each an “Event of Default”):

(a) the Issuer defaults in the payment of interest on any Series of Notes Outstanding when the same becomes due and payable and such default continues for two (2) Business Days (or in the case of a failure to pay such interest when due resulting solely from an administrative error or omission by the Trustee, such failure continues for a period of two (2) Business Days after the Trustee has Actual Knowledge of such administrative error or omission); provided, that failure to pay any contingent or additional interest on any Series of Notes (including, but not limited to, the Post-ARD Additional Interest and additional interest accruing on Class A-1 Notes following the related Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date) on any Quarterly Payment Date (including a Series Legal Final Maturity Date) will not be an Event of Default;

(b) (1) the Issuer (i) defaults in the payment of any principal of any Series of Notes on the Series Legal Final Maturity Date or as and when due in connection with any mandatory or optional prepayment or (ii) fails to make any other principal payments of any Series of Notes due from funds available in the Collection Account in accordance with the Priority of Payments on any Weekly Allocation Date; provided that in the case of a failure to pay principal under either clause (i) or (ii) resulting solely from an administrative error or omission by the Trustee, an Event of Default will not occur until such failure continues for a period of two (2) Business Days after the Trustee has Actual Knowledge of such administrative error or omission or (2) any Advance Period shall have occurred and be continuing for ninety (90) or more consecutive days;

 

95


(c) any Securitization Entity fails to perform or comply in any material respect with any of the covenants (other than those covered by clause (a) or clause (b) above) (including any covenant to pay any amount other than interest on or principal of the Notes when due in accordance with the Priority of Payments), or any of its representations or warranties contained in any Transaction Document to which it is a party proves to be incorrect in any material respect as of the date made or deemed to be made, and such default, failure or breach continues for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days or, in the case of a failure to comply with any of the agreements, covenants or provisions of the IP License Agreements, such longer cure period as may be permitted under the IP License Agreements (or, solely with respect to a failure to comply with (i) any obligation to deliver a notice, financial statement, report or other communication within the specified time frame set forth in the applicable Transaction Document, such failure continues for a period of five (5) consecutive Business Days after the specified time frame for delivery has elapsed or (ii) Sections 8.7, 8.12, 8.13, 8.14, 8.15, 8.17, 8.18, 8.19, 8.20, 8.21, 8.22, 8.23, 8.24, 8.25, 8.28 and 8.40, such failure continues for a period of ten (10) consecutive Business Days), in each case, following the earlier to occur of the Actual Knowledge of such Securitization Entity of such breach or failure and the default caused thereby or written notice to such Securitization Entity by the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager or the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) of such default, breach or failure; provided, that no Event of Default shall occur pursuant to this clause (c) if, with respect to any such representation deemed to have been false in any material respect when made which can be remedied by making a payment of an Indemnification Amount, (i) the relevant Contributor or the Manager, as applicable, has paid the required Indemnification Amount in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents and (ii) such Indemnification Amount has been deposited into the Collection Account; provided, further that the failure to pay any Prepayment Consideration on any prepayment of principal made (i) during any Rapid Amortization Period occurring prior to the related Series Anticipated Repayment Date or (ii) on any Quarterly Payment Date (other than the applicable Series Legal Final Maturity Date and any other date on which any Notes must be paid in full), in each case, will not be an Event of Default;

(d) the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy with respect to any Securitization Entity;

(e) the Interest-Only DSCR as calculated as of any Quarterly Calculation Date is less than 1.10x;

(f) the SEC or other regulatory body having jurisdiction reaches a final determination that any Securitization Entity is required to register as an “investment company” under the 1940 Act or is under the “control” of a Person that is required to register as an “investment company” under the 1940 Act;

(g) any of the Transaction Documents or any material portion thereof ceases to be in full force and effect or enforceable in accordance with its terms (other than in accordance with the express termination provisions thereof) or ARG or any Securitization Entity or any other Subsidiary of ARG so asserts in writing;

 

96


(h) other than with respect to Collateral with an aggregate fair market value of less than $15,000,000, the Trustee ceases to have for any reason a valid and perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral (subject to Permitted Liens) in which perfection can be achieved under the UCC or other applicable Requirements of Law in the United States to the extent required by the Transaction Documents or any Securitization Entity or any Affiliate thereof so asserts in writing;

(i) any Securitization Entity fails to perform or comply with any material provision of its organizational documents or any provision of Section 8.24 relating to legal separateness of the Securitization Entities, which failure is reasonably likely to cause the contribution of the Collateral to such Securitization Entity pursuant to the Contribution Agreements to fail to constitute a “true contribution” or other absolute transfer of such Collateral pursuant to the Contribution Agreements or is reasonably likely to cause a court of competent jurisdiction to disregard the separate existence of such Securitization Entity relative to any Person other than another Securitization Entity and, in each case, such failure continues for more than thirty (30) consecutive days following the earlier to occur of the Actual Knowledge of such Securitization Entity or written notice to such Securitization Entity from the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager or the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) of such failure;

(j) a final non-appealable ruling has been made by a court of competent jurisdiction that the contribution of the Collateral (other than any immaterial portion of the Collateral and any Collateral that has been disposed of to the extent permitted or required under the Transaction Documents) pursuant to a Contribution Agreement does not constitute a “true contribution” or other absolute transfer of such Collateral pursuant to such agreement;

(k) an outstanding final non-appealable judgment for an amount exceeding $20,000,000 (when aggregated with the amount of all other outstanding final non-appealable judgments) (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer is rated at least “A” by A.M. Best Company, has been notified of the potential claim and does not dispute coverage) is rendered against any Securitization Entity, and either (i) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order or (ii) there is any period of forty-five (45) consecutive days during which such judgment remains unsatisfied or a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, will not be in effect;

(l) the failure of (i) ARG to own 100% of the Equity Interests of Funding Holdco, (ii) Funding Holdco to own 100% of the Equity Interests of the Issuer or (iii) the Issuer to own 100% of the Equity Interests of Arby’s Franchisor;

(m) other than as permitted under the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents, the Securitization Entities collectively fail to have good title to any material portion of the Securitization IP or the Securitization Entities collectively fail to have good title in or to the Franchise Agreements;

 

97


(n) (i) any Securitization Entity engages in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Pension Plan, (ii) any “accumulated funding deficiency” or failure to meet the “minimum funding standard” (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, exists with respect to any Pension Plan and is not fully discharged within thirty (30) days thereafter, (iii) any Lien in an amount equal to at least $1,000,000 in favor of the PBGC or a Plan arises on the assets of any Securitization Entity and is not fully discharged within thirty (30) days thereafter, (iv) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee is appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of the Control Party, likely to result in the termination of such Single Employer Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (v) any Single Employer Plan terminates for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (vi) any Securitization Entity incurs, or in the reasonable opinion of the Control Party is likely to incur, any liability in connection with a complete or partial withdrawal from, or the Insolvency, Reorganization or termination of, a Multiemployer Plan or (vii) any other event or condition occurs or exists with respect to a Pension Plan or Employee Benefit Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (vii) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on any Securitization Entity; or

(o) the IRS files notice of a lien pursuant to Section 6323 of the Code with regard to the assets of any Securitization Entity and such lien has not been released within sixty (60) days, unless (i) ARG or a direct or indirect Subsidiary thereof has provided evidence that payment to satisfy the full amount of the asserted liability has been provided to the IRS, and the IRS has released such asserted lien within sixty (60) days of such payment, or (ii) such lien or the asserted liability is being contested in good faith and ARG or its Subsidiaries (other than the Securitization Entities) have contributed to the Securitization Entities funds in the amount necessary to satisfy the asserted liability (the “Tax Lien Reserve Amount”), which such funds are set aside and remitted to a collateral deposit account as provided in Section 8.36;

then (i) in the case of any event described in each clause above (except for clause (d) above) that is continuing, the Trustee, at the direction of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and on behalf of the Noteholders, by written notice to the Issuer, will declare the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Series of Notes Outstanding to be immediately due and payable, and upon any such declaration, such Outstanding Principal Amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the date of acceleration, and all other amounts due to the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties under the Indenture Documents shall become immediately due and payable or (ii) in the case of any event described in clause (d) above that has occurred and is continuing, the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Series of Notes Outstanding, together with interest accrued but unpaid thereon through the date of acceleration, and all other amounts due to the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties under the Indenture, shall immediately and without further act become due and payable.

If any Securitization Entity obtains Actual Knowledge that a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such Securitization Entity shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Control Party. Promptly following the Trustee’s receipt of written notice hereunder of any Event of Default, the Trustee shall send a copy thereof to the Issuer, the Servicer, each Rating Agency, the Controlling Class Representative, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, each Class A-1 Administrative Agent, each Noteholder and each other Secured Party.

 

98


At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee, as hereinafter provided in this Article IX, the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), by written notice to the Issuer and to the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, if (i) the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay (a) all overdue installments of interest and principal on the Notes (excluding principal amounts due solely as a result of the acceleration), and (b) all unpaid taxes, administrative expenses and other sums paid or advanced by the Trustee or the Servicer under the Transaction Documents and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and Advances of the Trustee and the Servicer, their agents and counsel, and any unreimbursed Advances (with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), Servicing Fees, Liquidation Fees or Workout Fees and (ii) all existing Events of Default, other than the non-payment of the principal of the Notes which has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 9.7. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon. Any Default or Event of Default described in clause (d) above will not be subject to waiver without the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and each Noteholder. Any other Default or Event of Default may be waived by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) by notice to the Trustee.

Section 9.3 Rights of the Control Party and Trustee upon Event of Default.

(a) Payment of Principal and Interest. The Issuer covenants that if (i) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Series of Notes Outstanding when the same becomes due and payable, (ii) the Notes are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default or (iii) default is made in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, on any Series of Notes Outstanding when due and payable, the Issuer will, to the extent of funds available, upon demand of the Trustee, at the direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e), at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, the whole amount then due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, and, to the extent payment at such rate of interest shall be legally enforceable, upon overdue installments of interest, at the applicable Note Rate and any default rate, as applicable, and in addition thereto such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel.

(b) Proceedings To Collect Money. In case the Issuer shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee at the direction of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a Proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such Proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Issuer and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuer, wherever situated, the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable.

 

99


(c) Other Proceedings. If and whenever an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee, at the direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e), at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) shall take one or more of the following actions:

(i) proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties, by such appropriate Proceedings as the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) shall deem most effective to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or in aid of the exercise of any power granted therein, or to enforce any other proper remedy or legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or by law, including any remedies of a secured party under applicable Requirements of Law;

(ii) (A) direct the Issuer to exercise (and the Issuer agrees to exercise) all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the Issuer against any party to any Collateral Document arising as a result of the occurrence of such Event of Default or otherwise, including the right or power to take any action to compel performance or observance by any such party of its obligations to the Issuer, and any right of the Issuer to take such action independent of such direction shall be suspended, and (B) if (x) the Issuer shall have failed, within ten (10) Business Days of receiving the direction of the Trustee (given at the direction of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)), to take commercially reasonable action to accomplish such directions of the Trustee, (y) the Issuer refuses to take such action or (z) the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) reasonably determines that such action must be taken immediately, take (or the Control Party on behalf of the Trustee shall take) such previously directed action (and any related action as permitted under the Indenture thereafter determined by the Trustee or the Control Party to be appropriate without the need under this provision or any other provision under the Indenture to direct the Issuer to take such action);

(iii) institute Proceedings from time to time for the complete or partial foreclosure of the Indenture or, to the extent applicable, any other Transaction Document, with respect to the Collateral; provided that the Trustee will not be required to take title to any real property in connection with any foreclosure or other exercise of remedies hereunder or under such Transaction Documents and title to such property will instead be acquired in an entity designated and (unless owned by a third party) controlled by the Control Party; and/or

(iv) sell all or a portion of the Collateral at one or more public or private sales called and conducted in any manner permitted by law; provided, however, that the Trustee shall not proceed with any such sale without the prior written consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and the Trustee will provide notice to the Issuer and each Holder of Subordinated Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes of a proposed sale of Collateral.

 

100


(d) Sale of Collateral. In connection with any sale of the Collateral hereunder, under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (which may proceed separately and independently from the exercise of remedies under the Indenture), under any Mortgage or under any judgment, order or decree in any judicial proceeding for the foreclosure or involving the enforcement of the Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Transaction Document:

(i) any of the Trustee, any Noteholder, any Hedge Counterparty and/or any other Secured Party may bid for and purchase the property being sold, and upon compliance with the terms of the sale may hold, retain, possess and dispose of such property in its own absolute right without further accountability;

(ii) the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) may make and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers a good and sufficient deed, bill of sale and instrument of assignment and transfer of the property sold;

(iii) all right, title, interest, claim and demand whatsoever, either at law or in equity or otherwise, of any Securitization Entity of, in and to the property so sold shall be divested; and such sale shall be a perpetual bar both at law and in equity against such Securitization Entity, its successors and assigns, and against any and all Persons claiming or who may claim the property sold or any part thereof from, through or under such Securitization Entity or its successors or assigns; and

(iv) the receipt of the Trustee or of the officer thereof making such sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers at such sale for his or their purchase money, and such purchaser or purchasers, and his or their assigns or personal representatives, shall not, after paying such purchase money and receiving such receipt of the Trustee or of such officer thereof, be obliged to see to the application of such purchase money or be in any way answerable for any loss, misapplication or non-application thereof.

(e) Application of Proceeds. Any amounts obtained by the Trustee or the Control Party on account of or as a result of the exercise by the Trustee or the Control Party of any right hereunder or under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (a) will be deposited into the Collection Account and, other than with respect to amounts owed to a depositary bank under the related Account Control Agreement, will be held by the Trustee as additional collateral for the repayment of the Obligations and (b) will be applied first to pay a depositary bank in respect of amounts owed to it under the related Account Control Agreement and then as provided in the priority set forth in the Priority of Payments; provided, however, that unless otherwise provided in this Article IX, with respect to any distribution to any Class of Notes,

 

101


notwithstanding the provisions of Article V, such amounts shall be distributed sequentially in order of alphabetical (as opposed to alphanumerical) designation and pro rata among each Class of Notes of the same alphabetical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Notes of each such Class.

(f) Additional Remedies. In addition to any rights and remedies now or hereafter granted hereunder or under applicable law with respect to the Collateral, the Trustee shall have all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC as enacted in any applicable jurisdiction.

(g) Proceedings. The Trustee may maintain a Proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the Proceeding, and any such Proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be in its own name as trustee. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

(h) Power of Attorney. The Issuer hereby grants to the Trustee an absolute power of attorney to sign, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any document which may be required by the USPTO, USCO, any similar office or agency in each foreign country in which any Securitization IP is located, or any other Governmental Authority in order to effect an absolute assignment of all right, title and interest in or to any Securitization IP, and record the same.

Section 9.4 Waiver of Appraisal, Valuation, Stay and Right to Marshaling.

To the extent it may lawfully do so, the Issuer for itself and for any Person who may claim through or under it hereby:

(a) agrees that neither it nor any such Person will step up, plead, claim or in any manner whatsoever take advantage of any appraisal, valuation, stay, extension or redemption laws, now or hereafter in force in any jurisdiction, which may delay, prevent or otherwise hinder (i) the performance, enforcement or foreclosure of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (ii) the sale of any of the Collateral or (iii) the putting of the purchaser or purchasers thereof into possession of such property immediately after the sale thereof;

(b) waives all benefit or advantage of any such laws;

(c) waives and releases all rights to have the Collateral marshaled upon any foreclosure, sale or other enforcement of the Indenture; and

(d) consents and agrees that, subject to the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, all the Collateral may at any such sale be sold by the Trustee as an entirety or in such portions as the Trustee may (upon direction by the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) determine.

 

102


Section 9.5 Limited Recourse.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document or otherwise, the liability of the Securitization Entities to the Noteholders and any other Secured Parties under or in relation to the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document or otherwise, is limited in recourse to the Collateral. The proceeds of the Collateral having been applied in accordance with the terms hereof, none of the Noteholders or any other Secured Parties shall be entitled to take any further steps against any Securitization Entity to recover any sums due but still unpaid hereunder, under the Notes or under any of the other agreements or documents described in this Section 9.5, all claims in respect of which shall be extinguished.

Section 9.6 Optional Preservation of the Collateral.

If the maturity of the Outstanding Notes of each Series has been accelerated pursuant to Section 9.2 following an Event of Default and such declaration and its consequences have not been rescinded and annulled, the Trustee, at the direction of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), shall elect to maintain possession of such portion, if any, of the Collateral as the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) shall in its discretion determine.

Section 9.7 Waiver of Past Events.

Prior to the declaration of the acceleration of the maturity of each Series of Notes Outstanding as provided in Section 9.2 and subject to Section 13.2, the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) by notice to the Trustee, the Rating Agencies and the Servicer, may waive any existing Default or Event of Default described in any clause of Section 9.2 (except clause (d) thereof) and its consequences; provided, however, that before any waiver may be effective, the Trustee and the Servicer must have received any reimbursement then due or payable in respect of unreimbursed Advances (including interest thereon) or any other amounts then due to the Servicer or the Trustee hereunder or under the Transaction Documents; provided, further, that the Control Party shall provide written notice of any such waiver to each Rating Agency (with a copy to the Servicer). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of the Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. A Default or an Event of Default described in Section 9.2(d) shall not be subject to waiver without the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and each Noteholder. Subject to Section 13.2, the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), by notice to the Trustee, the Rating Agencies and the Servicer, may waive any existing Potential Rapid Amortization Event or any existing Rapid Amortization Event; provided however, that a Rapid Amortization Event pursuant to Section 9.1(d) relating to a particular Series of Notes (or Class, Subclass or Tranche thereof) shall not be permitted to be waived by any party unless each Noteholder of such Series of Notes (or Class, Subclass or Tranche thereof) has consented to such waiver.

 

103


Section 9.8 Control by the Control Party.

Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e), at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) may cause the institution of and direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or direct the Trustee to exercise any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided that:

(a) such direction of time, method and place shall not be in conflict with any rule of law, the Servicing Standard or with the Indenture;

(b) the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) may take any other action deemed proper by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) that is not inconsistent with such direction (as the same may be modified by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)); and

(c) such direction shall be in writing;

provided further that, subject to Section 10.1, the Trustee need not take any action that it determines might involve it in liability unless it has received an indemnity for such liability as provided herein.

Section 9.9 Limitation on Suits.

Any other provision of the Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, a Holder of Notes may pursue a remedy with respect to the Indenture or any other Transaction Document only if:

(a) the Noteholder gives to the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

(b) the Noteholders of at least 25% of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of all then Outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative to pursue the remedy;

(c) such Noteholder or Noteholders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative an indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative against any loss, liability or expense;

(d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within sixty (60) days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it;

(e) during such sixty (60) day period, the Majority of Senior Noteholders do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request; and

 

104


(f) the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) has consented to the pursuit of such remedy.

A Noteholder may not use the Indenture or any other Transaction Document to prejudice the rights of another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Noteholder.

Section 9.10 Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, is absolute and unconditional and shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder of the Note.

Section 9.11 The Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel), the Noteholders and any other Secured Party (as applicable) allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property, and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claim and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Noteholder and each other Secured Party to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Noteholders or any other Secured Party, to pay the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 10.5. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 10.5 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money and other properties which any of the Noteholders or any other Secured Party may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder or any other Secured Party any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Noteholder or any other Secured Party, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder or any other Secured Party in any such proceeding.

 

105


Section 9.12 Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under the Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of any undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 9.12 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Noteholder pursuant to Section 9.9 or a suit by Noteholders of more than 10% of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of all Series of Notes.

Section 9.13 Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee, any Noteholder or any other Secured Party has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document and such Proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Noteholder or other Secured Party, then and in every such case the Trustee and the Noteholders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee, the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties shall continue as though no such Proceeding had been instituted.

Section 9.14 Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes or any other Secured Party is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right or remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 9.15 Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, any Holder of any Note or any other Secured Party to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article IX or by law to the Trustee, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, the Holders of Notes or any other Secured Party may be exercised from time to time to the extent not inconsistent with the Indenture, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, the Holders of Notes or any other Secured Party, as the case may be.

Section 9.16 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.

The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of the Indenture or any other Transaction

 

106


Document; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantages of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative by relying on any such law, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE X

THE TRUSTEE

Section 10.1 Duties of the Trustee.

(a) If an Event of Default or a Rapid Amortization Event of which the Trustee shall have Actual Knowledge has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall (except in the case of the receipt of directions with respect to such matter from the Control Party in accordance with the terms of this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document in which event the Trustee’s sole responsibility will be to await such directions and act or refrain from acting in accordance with such directions) exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs; provided that the Trustee will have no liability in connection with any action or inaction taken, or not taken, by it upon the deemed occurrence of an Event of Default, a Rapid Amortization Event, a Manager Termination Event or a Servicer Termination Event of which a Trust Officer has not received written notice; provided, further, that the Trustee will have no liability in connection with any action or inaction due to the acts or failure to act of the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative in connection with any Event of Default, Rapid Amortization Event, Manager Termination Event or Servicer Termination Event, or for acting or failing to act due to any direction or lack of direction from the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative. The preceding sentence shall not have the effect of insulating the Trustee from liability arising out of the Trustee’s negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct. The Trustee agrees that it shall not exercise any rights or remedies available to it as a result of the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default until after the Trustee has given prior written notice thereof to the Controlling Class Representative and the Control Party and has obtained the written direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e), at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative). The Trustee, upon receipt of all resolutions, certificates, statements, opinions, reports, documents, orders or other instruments furnished to the Trustee which are specifically required to be furnished pursuant to any provision of the Indenture, shall examine them to determine whether they conform to the requirements of this Base Indenture; provided that the Trustee shall not be responsible for the accuracy or content of any resolution, certificate, statement, opinion, report, document, order or other instrument furnished by the Issuer under the Indenture.

 

107


(b) Except during the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default or a Rapid Amortization Event of which the Trustee shall have Actual Knowledge:

(i) The Trustee undertakes to perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in the Indenture or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party and no others, the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and no other duties or implied covenants or obligations shall be read into the Indenture or any other Transaction Document against the Trustee; and

(ii) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of the Indenture and any other applicable Transaction Document; provided, however, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine such certificates or opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of the Indenture and shall promptly notify the party of any non-conformity.

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct, except that:

(i) This clause (c) does not limit the effect of clause (a) of this Section 10.1.

(ii) The Trustee shall not be liable in its individual capacity for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

(iii) The Trustee shall not be liable in its individual capacity with respect to any action it takes, suffers or omits to take in good faith at the direction of the Manager, the Issuer, the Control Party and/or any Noteholder under the circumstances if such direction is required or permitted by the terms hereunder.

(iv) The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default, Event of Default, Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Manager Termination Event, Potential Manager Termination Event or Servicer Termination Event or the commencement and continuation of a Cash Trapping Period until such time as a Trust Officer shall have Actual Knowledge or have received written notice thereof. In the absence of such Actual Knowledge or receipt of such notice, the Trustee may conclusively assume that no such event has occurred or is continuing.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Indenture or any of the other Transaction Documents, no provision of the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or exercise of its rights or powers hereunder, if it has reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate security or indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it by the security afforded to it by the terms of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. The Trustee may refuse to perform any duty or exercise any right or power unless it receives indemnity satisfactory to it against any risk, loss, liability or expense.

 

108


(e) In the event that the Paying Agent or the Note Registrar shall fail to perform any obligation, duty or agreement in the manner or on the day required to be performed by the Paying Agent or the Note Registrar, as the case may be, under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be obligated as soon as practicable upon Actual Knowledge of a Trust Officer thereof and receipt of appropriate records and information, if any, to perform such obligation, duty or agreement in the manner so required.

(f) Subject to Section 10.3, all moneys received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law or the Indenture or any of the other Transaction Documents.

(g) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 10.1.

(h) The Trustee shall not be responsible (i) for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral, (ii) for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder, except to the extent such action or omission constitutes negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, (iii) for the validity or sufficiency of the Collateral or any agreement or assignment contained therein, (iv) for the validity of the title of the Securitization Entities to the Collateral, (v) for insuring the Collateral or (vi) for the payment of Taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms of the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents by the Securitization Entities.

(i) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the Indenture or at the direction of the Servicer, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or the holders of the requisite percentage of Noteholders, relating to the time, method and place for conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee under this Base Indenture or any other circumstances in which such direction is required or permitted by the terms of this Base Indenture.

(j) The Trustee shall have no duty (i) to see to any recording, filing or depositing of this Base Indenture or any agreement referred to herein or any financing statement or continuation statement evidencing a security interest, or to see to the maintenance of any such recordings or filing or depositing or to any rerecording, refilling or redeposition of any thereof (other than with respect to filings of the Mortgages as and to the extent provided in Section 8.40); (ii) to see to any insurance, (iii) except as otherwise provided by Section 10.1(e), to see to

 

109


the payment or discharge of any tax, assessment or other governmental charge or any lien or encumbrance of any kind or (iv) to confirm or verify the contents of any reports or certificates of the Manager, the Control Party, the Back-Up Manager or the Servicer delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document believed by the Trustee to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

(k) The Trustee shall not be personally liable for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of, in connection with or as a result of the performance of its duties under the Indenture.

(l) (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.1, the Trustee shall make Debt Service Advances to the extent and in the manner set forth in Section 5.12(a) hereof; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Transaction Document to the contrary, the Trustee will not be obligated to advance any principal on the Notes, any make-whole prepayment consideration, any Series Hedge Payment Amounts, any Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses, any Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount, any Post-ARD Additional Interest or any reserve amounts or any interest or principal payable on, or any other amount due with respect to, the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Subordinated Notes; provided further that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee will not be required to make any Debt Service Advance in respect of any Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amount to the extent such Debt Service Advance would be duplicative of a Debt Service Advance already made with respect to such Quarterly Calculation Date.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Debt Service Advance shall be required to be made hereunder by the Trustee if the Trustee determines such Debt Service Advance (including interest thereon) would, if made, constitute a Nonrecoverable Advance or if an Advance Suspension Period is then in effect. The determination by the Trustee that it has made a Nonrecoverable Advance or that any proposed Debt Service Advance, if made, would constitute a Nonrecoverable Advance, shall be made by the Trustee in its reasonable good faith judgment. The Trustee is entitled to conclusively rely on the determination of the Servicer that an Advance is or would be a Nonrecoverable Advance. Any such determination will be conclusive and binding on the Noteholders. The Trustee may update or change its nonrecoverability determination at any time, and may decide that a requested Debt Service Advance or Collateral Protection Advance that was previously deemed to be a Nonrecoverable Advance shall have become recoverable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all outstanding Debt Service Advances and Collateral Protection Advances made by the Trustee and any accrued interest thereon will be paid strictly in accordance with the Priority of Payments, even if the Trustee determines that any such advance is a Nonrecoverable Advance after such Advance has been made.

 

110


(iii) The Trustee shall be entitled to receive interest at the Advance Interest Rate accrued on the amount of each Debt Service Advance made thereby (with its own funds) for so long as such Debt Service Advance is outstanding. Such interest with respect to any Debt Service Advance made pursuant to this Section 10.1(l) shall be payable out of Collections in accordance with the Priority of Payments pursuant to Section 5.11 hereof and the other applicable provisions of the Transaction Documents. Such interest will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and will be due and payable in arrears on each Weekly Allocation Date.

Section 10.2 Rights of the Trustee. Except as otherwise provided by Section 10.1:

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting based upon any resolution, Officer’s Certificate, Opinion of Counsel, certificate, instrument, report, consent, order, document or other paper reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by or presented by the proper person.

(b) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) The Trustee may act through agents, custodians and nominees and shall not be liable for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the supervision of, any such non-affiliated agent, custodian or nominee so long as such agent, custodian or nominee is appointed with due care; provided, however, the Trustee shall have received the consent of the Servicer prior to the appointment of any agent, custodian or nominee performing any material obligation of the Trustee hereunder.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes, suffers or omits to take in the absence of negligence, fraud, bad faith and willful misconduct which it believes to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by the Indenture or the applicable Transaction Documents.

(e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document, or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation hereunder or thereunder or in relation hereto or thereto, at the request, order or direction of the Servicer, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, any of the Noteholders or any other Secured Party pursuant to the provisions of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document, unless the Trustee has been offered security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by it in compliance with such request, order or direction.

(f) Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default or Rapid Amortization Event, the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts of matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond or other paper or document, unless requested in writing

 

111


so to do by the Noteholders of at least 25% of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of all then Outstanding Notes. If the Trustee is so requested or determines in its own discretion to make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it sees fit, the Trustee shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Securitization Entities, personally or by agent or attorney, at the sole cost of the Issuer and the Trustee shall incur no liability by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(g) The right of the Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Base Indenture shall not be construed as a duty, and the Trustee shall be not be liable in the absence of negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct for the performance of such act.

(h) In accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, the Trustee will obtain, verify, and record information that identifies individuals or entities that establish a relationship or open an account with the Trustee. The Trustee will ask for the name, address, tax identification number and other information that will allow the Trustee to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship or opening the account. The Trustee may also ask for formation documents such as articles of incorporation, an offering memorandum, or other identifying documents to be provided.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any and all communications (both text and attachments) by or from the Trustee that the Trustee in its sole discretion deems to contain confidential, proprietary or sensitive information and sent by electronic mail will be encrypted. The recipient of the email communication will be required to complete a one-time registration process.

(j) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Base Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fires; floods; wars; civil or military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communications service, accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority or governmental actions (it being understood that the Trustee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances).

(k) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trust created hereby or the powers granted hereunder.

(l) All rights of action and claims under this Base Indenture may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name or in its capacity as Trustee. Any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payments to the Trustee provided for in Section 10.5, be distributed in accordance with Section 9.3(e).

 

112


(m) The Trustee may request written direction from any applicable party any time the Indenture provides that the Trustee may be directed to act.

(n) Any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Order.

(o) Whenever in the administration of the Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee may, in the absence of bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct on its part, rely upon an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer, the Manager or the Servicer and shall incur no liability for its reliance thereon.

(p) The Trustee shall not be responsible for the accuracy of the books or records of, or for any acts or omissions of, DTC, any transfer agent (other than the Trustee itself acting in that capacity), Clearstream, Euroclear, any calculation agent (other than the Trustee itself acting in that capacity), or any agent appointed by it with due care or any Paying Agent (other than the Trustee itself acting in that capacity).

(q) The Trustee and its Affiliates are permitted to receive additional compensation that could be deemed to be in the Trustee’s economic self-interest for (i) serving as an investment advisor, administrator, shareholder servicing agent, custodian or sub-custodian with respect to certain Eligible Investments, (ii) using Affiliates to effect transactions in certain Eligible Investments and (iii) effecting transactions in certain Eligible Investments. The Trustee does not guarantee the performance of any Eligible Investments.

(r) The Trustee shall have no obligation to invest and reinvest any cash held in the absence of timely and specific written investment direction from the Servicer or the Issuer. In no event shall the Trustee be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon. The Trustee shall have no liability in respect of losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any investment prior to its stated maturity or the failure of the Servicer or the Issuer to provide timely written investment direction.

(s) The Trustee shall have no obligation to calculate nor shall it be responsible or liable for any calculation of the DSCR, the Interest-Only DSCR, the Additional Notes Pro Forma DSCR or the Cash Trapping DSCR Threshold.

(t) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee, in each case, with respect to its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(u) The Trustee shall be afforded, in each Transaction Document, all of the rights, powers, immunities and indemnities granted to it in this Base Indenture as if such rights, powers, immunities and indemnities were specifically set out in each such Transaction Document.

 

113


(v) For any purpose under the Transaction Documents, the Trustee may conclusively assume without incurring liability therefor that no Notes are held by any of the Securitization Entities, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Manager or any Affiliate of any of them unless a Trust Officer has received written notice at the Corporate Trust Office that any Notes are so held by any of the Securitization Entities, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Manager or any Affiliate of any of them.

(w) The Trustee shall not have any responsibility to make any inquiry or investigation as to, and shall have no obligation in respect of, the terms of an engagement of Independent Auditors by the Issuer (or the Manager on behalf of the Issuer) or the terms of any agreed upon procedures in respect of such engagement; provided that the Trustee shall be authorized, upon receipt of a Company Order directing the same, to execute any acknowledgment or other agreement with the Independent Auditors required for the Trustee to receive any of the reports or instructions provided herein, which acknowledgment or agreement may include, among other things, (i) acknowledgment that the Issuer had agreed that the procedures to be performed by the Independent Auditors are sufficient for the Issuer’s purposes, (ii) releases by the Trustee (on behalf of itself and the Holders) of claims against the Independent Auditors, and (iii) restrictions or prohibitions on the disclosure of information or documents provided to it by such firm of Independent Auditors (including to the Holders). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Trustee be required to execute any agreement in respect of the Independent Auditors that the Trustee reasonably determines adversely affects it.

(x) Citibank, N.A. (in each of its capacities, the “Bank”) agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Base Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any documents executed in connection herewith or therewith sent by unsecured email or other similar unsecured electronic methods; provided, however, that any person providing such instructions or directions shall provide to the Bank an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to provide such instructions or directions (including the email addresses of such persons), which incumbency certificate shall be amended whenever a person is added or deleted from the listing. If such person elects to give the Bank email (of .pdf or similar files) (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Bank in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Bank’s reasonable understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Bank shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Bank’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflicting with or being inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. Any person providing such instructions or directions agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Bank, including without limitation the risk of the Bank acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.

Section 10.3 Individual Rights of the Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Securitization Entities or an Affiliate of the Securitization Entities with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights.

 

114


Section 10.4 Notice of Events of Default and Defaults.

If an Event of Default, a Default, a Rapid Amortization Event or a Potential Rapid Amortization Event occurs and is continuing of which the Trustee has Actual Knowledge or written notice of the existence thereof has been delivered to a Trust Officer, the Trustee shall promptly provide the Noteholders, the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Issuer, any Class A-1 Administrative Agent and each Rating Agency with notice of such Event of Default, Default, Rapid Amortization Event or Potential Rapid Amortization Event, to the extent that the Notes of such Series are Book-Entry Notes, by telephone and e-mail and otherwise by first class mail.

Section 10.5 Compensation and Indemnity.

(a) The Issuer shall promptly pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its acceptance of the Indenture and services hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents to which the Trustee is a party as the Trustee and the Issuer shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture (including, without limitation, the Priority of Payments). Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and outside counsel. The Issuer shall not be required to reimburse any expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence. When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default or Rapid Amortization Event occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Code.

(b) The Issuer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee and their respective directors, officers, agents and employees from and against any loss, liability, claim, expense (including taxes, other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee or such predecessor Trustee), damage or injury suffered or sustained by reason of any acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions arising out of or in connection with (i) the activities of the Trustee or such predecessor Trustee pursuant to this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Documents to which the Trustee is a party and (ii) the security interest granted hereby, whether arising by virtue of any act or omission on the part of the Issuer or otherwise, including but not limited to any judgment, award, settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs or expenses reasonably incurred in connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action, proceeding, claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, the Servicer, the Control Party or any Noteholder or any other Person), liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder or under any Transaction Document, the preservation of any of its rights to, or the realization upon, any of the Collateral, or in connection with enforcing the provisions of this Section 10.5(b); provided, however, that the Issuer shall not indemnify the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents if such acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions constitute willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence by the Trustee or such predecessor Trustee, as the case may be.

 

115


(c) The provisions of this Section 10.5 shall survive the termination of the Indenture and the resignation and removal of the Trustee.

Section 10.6 Replacement of the Trustee.

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 10.6.

(b) The Trustee may, after giving not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Issuer, the Noteholders, the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative, each Class A-1 Administrative Agent and each Rating Agency, resign at any time from its office and be discharged from the trust hereby created; provided, however, that no such resignation of the Trustee shall be effective until a successor trustee has assumed the obligations of the Trustee hereunder. The Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) or the Issuer may remove the Trustee by delivering written notice of such removal to the Trustee, or any Noteholder may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee, if at any time:

(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 10.8;

(ii) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under the Bankruptcy Code;

(iii) the Trustee fails generally to pay its debts as such debts become due; or

(iv) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly, with the prior written consent of the Control Party, appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Majority of Controlling Class Members (with the prior written consent of the Control Party) may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

(c) If a successor Trustee is not appointed and an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee is not delivered to the Trustee within thirty (30) days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, at the direction of the Control Party, the retiring Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(d) Reserved.

(e) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee or removed Trustee and to the Servicer and the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Base

 

116


Indenture, any Series Supplement and any other Transaction Document to which the Trustee is a party. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Noteholders and each Class A-1 Administrative Agent. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided, however, that all sums owing to the retiring Trustee hereunder have been paid. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 10.6 the Issuer’s obligations under Section 10.5 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

(f) No successor Trustee may accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor is qualified and eligible under this Base Indenture and a Rating Agency Notification has been provided and the Control Party has provided its consent with respect to such appointment.

Section 10.7 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

Subject to Section 10.8, if the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee; provided that written notice of such consolidation, merger or conversion shall be provided to the Issuer, the Servicer, the Noteholders and each Class A-1 Administrative Agent; provided further that the resulting or successor corporation is eligible to be a Trustee under Section 10.8.

Section 10.8 Eligibility Disqualification.

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall (i) be a bank or trust company organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, (ii) be subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority, (iii) have a combined capital and surplus of at least $250,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition, (iv) be reasonably acceptable to the Servicer and (v) have a long-term unsecured debt rating of at least “BBB+” by S&P or KBRA (but in any event such S&P rating shall always be required).

Section 10.9 Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Collateral may at the time be located, the Trustee shall have the power upon notice to the Control Party, the Issuer and each Class A-1 Administrative Agent and may execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons to act as a co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees, for all or any part of the Collateral, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties, such title to the Collateral, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section 10.9, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. Any co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 10.8 or shall be otherwise acceptable to the Servicer. No notice to Noteholders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 10.6. No co-trustee shall be appointed without the consent of the Servicer and the Issuer unless such appointment is required as a matter of state law or to enable the Trustee to perform its functions hereunder.

 

117


(b) Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

(i) the Notes of each Series (other than Uncertificated Notes) shall be authenticated and delivered solely by the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee;

(ii) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed, the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Collateral or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Trustee;

(iii) no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder and such appointment shall not, and shall not be deemed to, constitute any such trustee or co-trustee as an agent of the Trustee; and

(iv) the Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

(c) Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Base Indenture and the conditions of this Article X. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement and any other Transaction Documents to which the Trustee is a party, specifically including every provision of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement, or any other Transaction Document which the Trustee is a party relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee. Every such instrument shall be filed with the Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Servicer and the Issuer.

 

118


(d) Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect to this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee.

Section 10.10 Representations and Warranties of Trustee.

The Trustee represents and warrants to the Issuer and the Noteholders that:

(a) the Trustee is a national banking association, organized, existing and in good standing under the laws of the United States;

(b) the Trustee has full power, authority and right to execute, deliver and perform this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement issued concurrently with this Base Indenture and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and to authenticate the Notes (other than Uncertificated Notes which shall be registered), and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement issued concurrently with this Base Indenture and any such other Transaction Document and to authenticate the Notes;

(c) this Base Indenture and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party has been duly executed and delivered by the Trustee; and

(d) the Trustee meets the requirements of eligibility as a trustee hereunder set forth in Section 10.8(a).

Section 10.11 Confidentiality.

(a) “Confidential Information” means trade secrets and other information (including, without limitation, know how, ideas, techniques, recipes, formulas, customer lists, customer information, financial information, business methods and processes, marketing plans, specifications, and other similar information as well as internal materials prepared by the owner of such information containing or based, in whole or in part, on any such information) that is confidential and proprietary to its owner and that is disclosed by one party to an agreement to another party thereto whether in writing or disclosed orally, and whether or not designated as confidential.

(b) The Trustee acknowledges that during the term of this Base Indenture it may receive Confidential Information in its capacity as Trustee from any Non-Securitization Entity, the Securitization Entities, the Manager and the Back-Up Manager. The Trustee agrees to use reasonable controls (but in all events at least the same degree of care and controls that the Trustee uses to protect its own confidential and proprietary information of similar importance) to maintain the Confidential Information in confidence and only use the Confidential Information for purposes of its duties under this Base Indenture, and will not, at any time, disseminate or disclose any Confidential Information to any person or entity other than those of its affiliates and its and their directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants or representatives who have a “need to know” such information in connection with this Base Indenture (collectively, the “Representatives”), and its applicable regulatory authorities and

 

119


auditors. The Trustee shall inform its Representatives of these restrictions, shall be liable for any action, or use or disclosure of Confidential Information by its Representatives which would have constituted a breach of this Section 10.11 had such Representative been a party hereto and shall immediately notify the Manager in the event of any loss or disclosure of any Confidential Information. Confidential Information shall not include information that: (i) is already known to the Trustee without restriction on use or disclosure prior to receipt of such information from any Non-Securitization Entity, a Securitization Entity or other party to a Transaction Document; (ii) is or becomes part of the public domain other than by breach of this Base Indenture by, or other wrongful act of, the Trustee or any of its Representatives; (iii) is developed by the Trustee independently of and without reference to any Confidential Information; (iv) is received by the Trustee from a third party who is not under any obligation to any Non-Securitization Entity, any Securitization Entity or any other party to a Transaction Document to maintain the confidentiality of such information or (v) is required to be disclosed by applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, subpoena, court order or legal process; provided, that the Trustee promptly notifies the Securitization Entities and the Manager of any such requirement and reasonably cooperates with the Securitization Entities and the Manager to minimize the extent of any such disclosure. The duties hereunder shall survive termination of this Base Indenture and (A) for trade secret information, shall continue for as long as such information remains a trade secret under applicable law, and (B) for all other Confidential Information, shall continue for three (3) years after the term of this Base Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.11, the disclosure of Confidential Information in accordance with the terms of any Transaction Document shall not be a violation of this Section 10.11.

(c) All books, records, documents, papers or other materials relating to any Non-Securitization Entity’s, any Securitization Entity’s or the Manager’s business, Intellectual Property, customers, suppliers, distributors, franchisees, products or projects received by the Trustee containing Confidential Information or other proprietary information or trade secrets of any Non-Securitization Entity, any Securitization Entity or the Manager, including any copies thereof, shall at all times be and remain the property of the applicable Non-Securitization Entity, Securitization Entity or the Manager, as the case may be, and shall be destroyed or returned immediately to the applicable Non-Securitization Entity, Securitization Entity or the Manager, as the case may be, upon termination of this Base Indenture, or earlier at the request of the applicable Non-Securitization Entity, Securitization Entity or the Manager; provided, however, that the Trustee may retain such limited media and materials containing Confidential Information for customary archival and audit purposes (including with respect to regulatory compliance) only for reference with respect to the prior dealings between the parties and subject to the confidentiality terms of this Base Indenture. Upon request, the Trustee shall provide an Officer’s Certificate attesting to the return and/or destruction of all materials containing any Non-Securitization Entity’s, any Securitization Entity’s or the Manager’s Confidential Information.

(d) Nothing in this Section 10.11 shall be construed as preventing any Non-Securitization Entity or any Securitization Entity, all of which shall be third-party beneficiaries of the rights arising under this Section 10.11, as applicable, from pursuing any and all remedies available to it for the breach or threatened breach of covenants made in this Section 10.11, including recovery of money damages for temporary or permanent injunctive relief.

 

120


ARTICLE XI

CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE AND CONTROL PARTY

Section 11.1 Controlling Class Representative.

(a) Within five (5) Business Days following the Closing Date or any CCR Re-Election Event, the Trustee shall deliver a written notice to the Controlling Class Members (with copies to the Manager and the Issuer) in the form of Exhibit G announcing an election of, and soliciting nominations of candidates for, the Controlling Class Representative (a “CCR Election Notice”). The Trustee shall deliver the written notice with respect to Book-Entry Notes through the Applicable Procedures of the Clearing Agency with respect to Book-Entry Notes and to the registered address of any Holders of Definitive Notes in addition to posting the written notice on its password protected website at http://www.sf.citidirect.com.

(b) Each Controlling Class Member shall be allowed to nominate itself or one Eligible Third-Party Candidate as a candidate for Controlling Class Representative (a “CCR Candidate”) (and shall not be permitted to nominate any other Person as a CCR Candidate) by submitting its nomination directly to the Trustee in writing in the form attached as Exhibit H (a “CCR Nomination”) within the period specified in the CCR Election Notice, which shall be five (5) Business Days from the date thereof (the “CCR Nomination Period”). A candidate does not have to be a Controlling Class Member, but if it is not a Controlling Class Member, it must certify that (i) it is an established enterprise in the business of providing credit support, governance or other advisory services to holders of notes similar to the Notes issued by the Issuer and (ii) not (w) a Competitor, (x) a Franchisee, (y) any of the certain disqualified Persons identified by the Manager to the Trustee on or before the Closing Date or (z) formed solely to act as the Controlling Class Representative (the candidate described in clauses (i) and (ii), an “Eligible Third-Party Candidate”). Each Controlling Class Member nominating a CCR Candidate shall also be required to represent and warrant that, as of the date not more than ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of the CCR Election Notice (i) it was the Note Owner or Noteholder, as applicable, of the Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class specified in its CCR Nomination and (ii) the CCR Candidate is a Controlling Class Member or an Eligible Third-Party Candidate. CCR Nominations may be submitted by Controlling Class Members to the Trustee in pdf format via email at the email address for such purpose set forth in the CCR Election Notice, and no originals or medallion signature guarantees shall be required, and the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely on, and shall be fully protected in relying on, CCR Nominations submitted in such manner. Each nomination shall include a contact for the CCR Candidate that will be available to answer any questions raised by a Noteholder or Note Owner. Such contact information shall be posted on the Trustee’s website.

(c) Based upon the CCR Nominations that are received by the Trustee by the last day of the CCR Nomination Period, (i) if no CCR Nomination has been received by the Trustee and there is no Controlling Class Representative, the Trustee shall notify the Manager, the Issuer, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Members that no CCR Nominations have been received and that no CCR Election shall be held, (ii) if one or more CCR Nomination has been received by the Trustee, the Trustee shall prepare and send to each applicable

 

121


Controlling Class Member a ballot in the form of Exhibit I (the “CCR Ballot”) naming the top three candidates based upon the highest aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of Controlling Class Members nominating such candidate (or, if fewer than three (3) candidates are nominated, the CCR Ballot shall list all candidates), or (iii) if no CCR Nomination has been received by the Trustee and there is a Controlling Class Representative at such time, the Person serving as the Controlling Class Representative shall be deemed re-elected and shall continue to serve as the Controlling Class Representative; provided that, for such nomination purposes, with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount shall be used in place of the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Notes. Each Controlling Class Member may, in its sole discretion, indicate its vote for a CCR Candidate in an election for a Controlling Class Representative (a “CCR Election”) by returning a completed CCR Ballot directly to the Trustee within five (5) Business Days of the date of the CCR Ballot (a “CCR Election Period”), certifying that, as of the date of the CCR Ballot (the “CCR Voting Record Date”), it was the owner or beneficial owner of the Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class specified by such Controlling Class Member in the CCR Ballot, and including a notarization or medallion signature guarantee; provided that, for purposes of such certification and the tabulation of votes pursuant to Section 11.1(d), with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount shall be used in place of the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series. CCR Ballots may be submitted by Controlling Class Members to the Trustee in pdf format via email at the email address for such purpose set forth in the CCR Ballots.

(d) At the end of the CCR Election Period, the Trustee will tabulate the votes; provided that, for purposes of such tabulation of votes pursuant to this Section 11.1(d), with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount shall be used in place of the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series. If a CCR Candidate receives votes from the Majority of Controlling Class Members, such CCR Candidate will be elected the Controlling Class Representative. Notes of the Controlling Class held by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer shall not be considered Outstanding for such voting purposes. If two CCR Candidates both receive votes from Controlling Class Members owning (or owning any beneficial interest) exactly 50% of the CCR Voting Amount, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf pursuant to the Management Agreement) shall select the Controlling Class Representative from among such CCR Candidates receiving votes from Controlling Class Members owning (or owning any beneficial interest) exactly 50% of the CCR Voting Amount. If no CCR Candidate receives 50% of the CCR Voting Amount, the Trustee shall notify the Manager, the Securitization Entities, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager, each Rating Agency and the Controlling Class Members that a Controlling Class Representative will not be elected and until a CCR Re-election Event occurs and a Controlling Class Representative is elected or chosen pursuant to the terms set forth in this Article XI (i) the Control Party will exercise the rights of the Controlling Class Representative in accordance with the Servicing Standard and (ii) any deliverable or notice that is required to be provided to the Controlling Class Representative under a Transaction Document will be delivered to the Control Party.

(e) Following a CCR Re-election Event, the Trustee shall repeat the election procedures described above. If a CCR Candidate is elected or chosen pursuant to Section 11.1(d), the Trustee shall forward an acceptance letter in the form of Exhibit J (a “CCR Acceptance Letter”) to the elected CCR Candidate for execution, pursuant to which the elected

 

122


CCR Candidate shall (i) agree to act as the Controlling Class Representative, (ii) provide its name and contact information and permit such information to be shared with the Manager, the Securitization Entities, the Servicer (including in its capacity as Control Party), the Back-Up Manager, each Rating Agency and the Controlling Class Members and (iii) represent and warrant that it is a Controlling Class Member or an Eligible Third-Party Candidate. No elected CCR Candidate shall be appointed Controlling Class Representative unless such Person delivers a CCR Acceptance Letter to the Trustee within fifteen (15) Business Days of receipt thereof. Within two (2) Business Days of receipt of the CCR Acceptance Letter, the Trustee shall promptly forward copies thereof, or provide the new Controlling Class Representative’s name and address, to the Manager, the Securitization Entities, the Servicer, the Control Party, the Back-Up Manager, each Rating Agency and the Controlling Class Members.

(f) The prior Controlling Class Representative (if any) shall cease to be the Controlling Class Representative at the end of any CCR Election Period following a CCR Re-election Event (so long as a CCR Election is held at such time) unless it is re-elected as Controlling Class Representative after such CCR Election Period as described above, even if no candidate is elected as a successor Controlling Class Representative at the end of such CCR Election Period.

(g) The Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely on, and shall be fully protected in all actions taken or not taken by it with respect to, (i) the email information provided by the Class A-1 Administrative Agent and the Applicable Procedures of the Clearing Agencies (and the registered address of any Holders of Definitive Notes) for delivery of the CCR Election Notices and the CCR Ballots to Note Owners of Notes of the Controlling Class and (ii) the representations and warranties of the Persons submitting CCR Nominations, CCR Ballots and CCR Acceptance Letters. The Servicer (in its capacity as Servicer and Control Party) shall be entitled to rely on the identity of the Controlling Class Representative provided by the Trustee with respect to any obligation or right under the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents that the Servicer (in its capacity as Servicer and Control Party) may have to deliver information or otherwise communicate with the Controlling Class Representative or any of the Noteholders of the Controlling Class, with no liability to it for such reliance.

(h) Within two (2) Business Days of any other change in the name or address of the Controlling Class Representative of which the Trustee has received notice from the Controlling Class Representative, the Trustee shall deliver to each Noteholder, the Issuer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Servicer a notice setting forth the name and address of the new Controlling Class Representative.

(i) The Controlling Class Representative shall be entitled to receive from the Trustee, upon request, any memoranda delivered to the Trustee by the Back-Up Manager pursuant to the Back-Up Management Agreement; provided that it shall have first executed a confidentiality agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Manager, and such confidentiality agreement remains in effect. Any such memoranda shall be deemed to contain confidential information.

 

123


Section 11.2 Resignation or Removal of the Controlling Class Representative.

The Controlling Class Representative may at any time resign by giving written notice to the Trustee, the Servicer and to each Noteholder of the Controlling Class. As of any Record Date, a Majority of Controlling Class Members will be entitled to remove any existing Controlling Class Representative by giving written notice to the Trustee, the Servicer and such existing Controlling Class Representative. No resignation or removal of the Controlling Class Representative will be effective until a successor Controlling Class Representative has been appointed pursuant to Section 11.1 or until the end of the CCR Election Period (or, if no CCR Election Period has occurred after a CCR Nomination Period, until the end of the related CCR Nomination Period) following such resignation or removal; provided that any Controlling Class Representative that has been removed pursuant to this Section 11.2 may subsequently be nominated as a CCR Candidate and appointed as Controlling Class Representative pursuant to Section 11.1 (provided that such Person satisfies the requirements of this Base Indenture); provided, further, that an existing Controlling Class Representative will cease to be the Controlling Class Representative at the end of a CCR Election Period, even if no successor is re-elected pursuant to Section 11.1, unless such Controlling Class Representative is elected during such CCR Election Period (except that, if no CCR Nomination has been received by the Trustee and there is a Controlling Class Representative at such time, the Person serving as the Controlling Class Representative will be deemed re-elected and will continue to serve as the Controlling Class Representative). In addition to the foregoing, within two (2) Business Days of the selection, resignation or removal of the Controlling Class Representative, the Trustee will notify the Servicer and the parties to this Base Indenture of such event.

Section 11.3 Expenses and Liabilities of the Controlling Class Representative.

(a) The Controlling Class Representative will have no liability to the Noteholders or the Note Owners for any action taken, or for refraining from the taking of any action, in good faith or for errors in judgment; provided, however, that the Controlling Class Representative will not be protected against any liability that would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations or duties under the Indenture. Each Noteholder and Note Owner acknowledges and agrees, by its acceptance of its Notes or interests therein, that (i) the Controlling Class Representative may have special relationships and interests that conflict with those of Noteholders or Note Owners of one or more Classes of Notes, or that conflict with other Noteholders or Note Owners, (ii) the Controlling Class Representative may act solely in the interests of the Controlling Class Members or in its own interest, (iii) the Controlling Class Representative does not have any duties to Noteholders or Note Owners other than the Controlling Class Members, (iv) the Controlling Class Representative may take actions that favor the interests of the Controlling Class Members over the interests of the Noteholders or Note Owners of one or more other Classes of Notes, or that favor its own interests over those of other Noteholders or Note Owners or other Controlling Class Members, (v) the Controlling Class Representative shall not be deemed to have been grossly negligent or reckless, or to have acted in bad faith or engaged in willful misfeasance, by reason of its having acted solely in the interests of the Controlling Class Members or in its own interests, and (vi) the Controlling Class Representative shall have no liability whatsoever for having so acted pursuant to clauses (i) through (v), and no Note Owner or Noteholder may take any action whatsoever against the Controlling Class Representative for having so acted or against any director, officer, employee, agent or principal thereof for having so acted.

 

124


(b) Any and all expenses of the Controlling Class Representative will be borne by the Controlling Class Members (and not by any other party), pro rata according to their respective Outstanding Principal Amounts of Notes of the Controlling Class. However, if a claim is made against the Controlling Class Representative in an action to which the Servicer or the Trustee are also named parties and, in the sole judgment of the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative had acted in good faith, without gross negligence or willful misconduct with regard to the subject of the claim, the Servicer on behalf of the Trustee will be required to assume the defense (with any costs incurred in connection therewith being deemed reimbursable as a Collateral Protection Advance) of such claim against the Controlling Class Representative, so long as there is no potential for the Servicer or the Trustee to be an adverse party in the same action as regards the Controlling Class Representative.

Section 11.4 Control Party.

(a) The Control Party is authorized to consent to and implement, subject to the Servicing Standard, any Consent Request that does not require the consent of any Noteholder or the Controlling Class Representative.

(b) Subject to the terms of this Base Indenture, each Controlling Class Representative will be entitled to instruct the Control Party with respect to the approval (or rejection) of Consent Requests. The Controlling Class Representative will be authorized (but not required) to approve (or reject) Consent Requests, other than Consent Requests that can be approved by the Control Party without the consent of any Noteholders or the Controlling Class Representative and Consent Requests that expressly require the consent of Noteholders pursuant to the terms of this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents. If at any time there is no Controlling Class Representative (including prior to the election and appointment, if any, of a Controlling Class Representative following the Closing Date or following the resignation or removal of an existing Controlling Class Representative) or if the Controlling Class Representative fails to approve or reject a Consent Request within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of a Consent Request and the related Consent Recommendation, the Control Party will approve or reject the Consent Request in accordance with the Servicing Standard. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the consent of the Controlling Class Representative (or if there is no Controlling Class Representative at such time, a Majority of Controlling Class Members) will be required to waive any Servicer Termination Event; provided, however, a waiver of certain Servicer Termination Events shall also require the consent of the Trustee pursuant to the Servicing Agreement.

(c) For any Consent Request that expressly requires the consent, waiver or direction of any Noteholders, the affected Noteholders or 100% of the Noteholders pursuant to the terms of the Indenture or other Transaction Documents, including pursuant to Section 13.2, the Control Party will review such Consent Request and will formulate and present a Consent Recommendation to the Trustee, which will forward such Consent Request and Consent Recommendation to the applicable Noteholders. The Control Party will be required to obtain the consent of the applicable Noteholders with respect to such Consent Request, as required under the Transaction Documents, to implement such Consent Requests.

 

125


(d) The Control Party shall promptly notify the Trustee, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Issuer and the Controlling Class Representative if the Control Party determines, in accordance with the Servicing Standard, not to implement a Consent Request or has not received the requisite consent of the Controlling Class Representative or the Noteholders, if applicable, to implement a Consent Request. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Control Party, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Issuer and the Controlling Class Representative if the Trustee has not received the requisite consent of the required percentage of Noteholders to implement a Consent Request.

(e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no advice, direction or objection from or by the Controlling Class Representative may (i) require or cause the Trustee or the Control Party to violate applicable Requirements of Law, the terms of this Base Indenture, the Notes, the Servicing Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, including, without limitation with respect to the Control Party, the Control Party’s obligation to act in accordance with the Servicing Standard, (ii) expose the Control Party or the Trustee, or any of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or partners, to any material claim, suit or liability, or (iii) materially expand the scope of the Servicer’s responsibilities under the Servicing Agreement or the Trustee’s responsibility under this Base Indenture, the Notes and the other Transaction Documents. The Trustee and the Control Party shall not be required to follow any such advice, direction or objection. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary, the Controlling Class Representative shall not be able to, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, prevent the Control Party from transferring the ownership of all or any portion of the Collateral if any Advance by the Servicer is outstanding and the Control Party determines in accordance with the Servicing Standard that such transfer of ownership would be in the best interests of the Noteholders (taken as a whole).

(f) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Consent Request affecting the rights of the Noteholders of any Class A-1 Notes will also require the consent of the related Class A-1 Administrative Agent.

Section 11.5 Note Owner List.

(a) To facilitate communication among Note Owners, the Manager, the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative, a Note Owner may elect, but is not required, to notify the Trustee of its name, address and other contact information, which will be kept in a register maintained by the Trustee. Pursuant to Section 2.7(a), the Trustee will be required to furnish the Manager, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative upon request with the information maintained in such register as of the most recent date of determination. Every Note Owner, by receiving and holding a beneficial interest in a Note, will agree that none of the Trustee, the Issuer, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative nor any of their respective agents will be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Note Owners in the register maintained by the Trustee.

 

126


(b) Any Note Owners holding beneficial interests of not less than $50,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes that wish to communicate with the other Note Owners with respect to their rights under the Indenture or under the Notes may request in writing that the Trustee deliver a notice or communication to the other Note Owners through the Applicable Procedures of each Clearing Agency with respect to all Series of Notes Outstanding. If such request and transmission states that such Note Owners desire to communicate with other Note Owners with respect to their rights under the Indenture or under the Notes and is accompanied by (i) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L certifying that such Note Owners hold beneficial interests of not less than $50,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes (each, a “Note Owner Certificate”) (upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely) and (ii) a copy of the communication which such Note Owners propose to transmit, then the Trustee, after having been adequately indemnified by such Note Owners for its costs and expenses, shall transmit the requested communication to all other Note Owners through the Applicable Procedures of each Clearing Agency with respect to all Series of Notes Outstanding, and shall give the Issuer, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative notice that such request and transmission has been made, within five (5) Business Days after receipt of the request. The Trustee shall have no obligation of any nature whatsoever with respect to any requested communication other than to transmit it in accordance with and subject to the terms hereof and to give notice thereof to the Issuer, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative.

ARTICLE XII

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

Section 12.1 Termination of the Issuers and Guarantors Obligations.

(a) Satisfaction and Discharge. The Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be discharged and cease to be of further effect when all Outstanding Notes theretofore authenticated and issued (or registered in the case of Uncertificated Notes) (other than destroyed, lost or stolen Notes which have been replaced or paid) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (or de-registration), the Issuer has paid all sums payable hereunder and under each other Indenture Document, all commitments to extend credit under all Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreements have been terminated and all Series Hedge Agreements have been terminated and all payments by the Issuer thereunder have been paid or otherwise provided for; except that (i) the Issuer’s obligations under Section 10.11, Section 10.5 and the Guarantors’ guaranty thereof, (ii) the Trustee’s and the Paying Agent’s obligations under Sections 12.2 and 12.3 and (iii) the Noteholders’ and the Trustee’s obligations under Section 14.13 shall survive. The Trustee, on demand and at the expense of the Securitization Entities, will execute proper instruments acknowledging confirmation of, and discharge under, the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement prepared by the Securitization Entities.

Upon the termination of the last Series Supplement under which Notes are Outstanding, at the election of the Issuer, the Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and all other Indenture Documents shall be discharged and cease to be of further effect; except that (i) the rights and obligations of the Trustee hereunder, including, without limitation, the Trustee’s rights to compensation and indemnity under Section 10.5, and the Guarantors’

 

127


guaranty thereof, (ii) the Trustee’s and the Paying Agent’s obligations under Section 12.2 and Section 12.3, and (iii) the Noteholders’ and the Trustee’s obligations under Section 14.13 shall survive. The Trustee, on demand of the Securitization Entities, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging confirmation of and discharge under the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

(b) Indenture Defeasance. The Issuer may terminate all of its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors under the Indenture Documents if:

(i) the Issuer irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee or at the option of the Trustee, with a trustee reasonably satisfactory to the Control Party, the Trustee and the Issuer under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, U.S. Dollars and/or Government Securities in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay (without consideration of any reinvestment), when due, principal, premiums, make-whole prepayment consideration, Series Hedge Payment Amounts, if any, and interest on the Outstanding Notes (including additional interest that accrues after a Series Anticipated Repayment Date or Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date, if applicable) to prepayment, redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and to pay all other sums payable by them hereunder and under each other Transaction Document and each Series Hedge Agreement; provided that any Government Securities deposited in trust shall provide for the scheduled payment of all principal and interest thereon not later than the Business Day prior to the applicable prepayment date, redemption date or maturity date, as the case may be; and provided, further, that if (x) the deposit is held by a trustee of an irrevocable trust other than the Trustee, such trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed by the Issuer to pay such money or the proceeds of such U.S. Government Securities to the Trustee on or prior to the prepayment date, redemption date or maturity date, as applicable, and (y) the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed by the Issuer to apply such money or the proceeds of such U.S. Government Securities to the payment of said principal, premiums, make-whole prepayment consideration, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes and such other obligations;

(ii) all commitments under all Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreements and all Series Hedge Agreements have been terminated on or before the date of such deposit;

(iii) the Issuer delivers notice of such deposit to the Noteholders of Outstanding Notes no more than twenty (20) Business Days prior to such deposit and such notice is expressly stated to be, or as of the date of the deposit has become, irrevocable;

(iv) the Issuer delivers notice of such deposit to the Control Party, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Rating Agencies and the Servicer, on or before the date of the deposit; and

 

128


(v) an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the Trustee and the Servicer by the Issuer to the effect that all conditions precedent set forth herein with respect to such termination have been satisfied.

Upon satisfaction of such conditions, the Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and all other Indenture Documents shall be discharged and cease to be of further effect; except that (i) the rights and obligations of the Trustee hereunder, including, without limitation, the Trustee’s rights to compensation and indemnity under Section 10.5, and the Guarantors’ guaranty thereof, (ii) the Trustee’s and the Paying Agent’s obligations under Section 12.2 and Section 12.3, (iii) the Noteholders’ and the Trustee’s obligations under Section 14.13, (iv) this Section 12.1(b) and (v) the Noteholders’ rights to registration of transfer and exchange under Section 2.8 and to replacement or substitution of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes under Section 2.10(a) shall survive (or in each case, to de-registration and/or registration of Uncertificated Notes). The Trustee, on demand of the Securitization Entities, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging confirmation of and discharge under the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

(c) Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche Defeasance. Subject to the terms of each applicable Series Supplement, the Issuer, solely in connection with the payment in full (whether optional or mandatory) or a redemption in full of all Outstanding Notes of a particular Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes (the “Defeased Notes”) or in connection with the Series Legal Final Maturity Date of a particular Series of Notes, may terminate all of its obligations and all obligations of the Guarantors under the Indenture Documents in respect of such Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes (other than any provisions which by their express terms survive the termination thereof) as of any Business Day (the “Series Defeasance Date”), provided:

(i) the Issuer irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee, or at the option of the Trustee, with a trustee reasonably satisfactory to the Control Party, the Trustee and the Issuer under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, U.S. Dollars or Government Securities (or any combination thereof) in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay (without consideration of any reinvestment) without duplication:

(1) all principal, premiums, make-whole prepayment consideration, Series Hedge Payment Amounts, commitment fees, administration expenses, Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts (if applicable), interest on the Defeased Notes (including additional interest that accrues after the applicable Series Anticipated Repayment Date or renewal date, if applicable) and any other amounts that will be due and payable by the Issuer solely with respect to the Defeased Notes to the applicable prepayment date, redemption date or maturity date, as the case may be, and to pay other sums payable by them under this Base Indenture, each other Transaction Document and each Series Hedge Agreement with respect to such Defeased Notes;

 

129


(2) all Weekly Management Fees, Supplemental Management Fees, unreimbursed Advances (and outstanding interest thereon) and Manager Advances (and outstanding interest thereon), all fees, indemnities, reimbursements and expenses due to the Trustee, the Manager, the Servicer and the Back-Up Manager, and all Successor Manager Transition Expenses and Successor Servicer Transition Expenses, in each case that will be due and payable on or as of the following Weekly Allocation Date or Quarterly Payment Date, as applicable; and

(3) all Securitization Operating Expenses, all Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses for the Defeased Notes, all Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amounts for the Defeased Notes and all Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts for the Defeased Notes, in each case, that are due and unpaid as of the Series Defeasance Date to the Actual Knowledge of the Manager;

provided, that the terms of each Government Security deposited in trust shall provide for the scheduled payment of all principal and interest thereon not later than the Business Day prior to the prepayment date, redemption date or Series Legal Final Maturity of the Defeased Notes, as applicable; and provided, further, that if (x) if the deposit is held by a trustee of an irrevocable trust other than Trustee, such trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed by the Issuer to pay such money or the proceeds of such Government Securities to the Trustee on or prior to the prepayment date, redemption date, or Series Legal Final Maturity Date, as applicable and (y) the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed by the Issuer to apply such money or the proceeds of such Government Securities to the payment of the Series Obligations with respect to the Defeased Notes and to the payment of other fees and expenses, as applicable;

(ii) if applicable, all commitments under all Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreements and all Series Hedge Agreements with respect to such Series of Notes shall have been terminated on or before the Series Defeasance Date;

(iii) the Issuer delivers notice of prepayment in full, redemption in full or maturity of such Series of Notes to the Noteholders of the Defeased Notes, the Manager, the Trustee, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, the Back-Up Manager, each Rating Agency and the Servicer not more than twenty (20) Business Days prior to the Series Defeasance Date, and such notice is expressly stated to be, or as of the date of the deposit has become, irrevocable;

(iv) if, after giving effect to the deposit, any other Series of Notes is Outstanding, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer stating that no Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

 

130


(v) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the defeasance was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the holders of the Defeased Notes over other creditors of the Issuer or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding other creditors;

(vi) the Issuer delivers notice of such deposit to the Control Party, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency on or before the date of the deposit;

(vii) such defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Indenture or any other Indenture Documents;

(viii) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding, if any, other than the Defeased Notes; and

(ix) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that all conditions precedent set forth herein with respect to such termination have been satisfied.

Upon satisfaction of such conditions, the Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the other Indenture Documents shall cease to be of further effect with respect to such Defeased Notes (other than any provisions which by their express terms survive the termination thereof), the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and been discharged from their Series Obligations with respect to such Defeased Notes and thereafter such Defeased Notes shall be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for purposes of (1) the Trustee’s and the Paying Agent’s obligations under Section 10.11, Section 12.2 and Section 12.3, (2) the Noteholders’ and the Trustee’s obligations under Section 14.13 and (3) the Noteholders’ rights to registration of transfer and exchange under Section 2.8 and to replacement or substitution of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes under Section 2.10(a) (or in each case, to de-registration and/or registration of Uncertificated Notes). The Trustee, on demand of the Securitization Entities, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging confirmation of and discharge under the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement of such Series Obligations.

For the avoidance of doubt, upon the termination of a Series Supplement in accordance with the terms thereof, such Series of Notes shall be “Defeased Notes” and all Series Obligations with respect to such Series of Notes and all Obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in respect of such Series of Notes shall terminate and such date of termination shall be a “Series Defeasance Date”. Upon such termination of the applicable Series Supplement in accordance with its terms, the Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the other Indenture Documents shall cease to be of further effect with respect to such Defeased Notes (other than any provisions which by their express terms survive the termination thereof), the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and been discharged from their Series Obligations with respect to such Defeased Notes and thereafter such Defeased Notes shall no longer be deemed Outstanding hereunder.

 

131


(d) After the conditions set forth in Section 12.1(a) have been met, or after the irrevocable deposit is made pursuant to Section 12.1(b) and satisfaction of the other conditions set forth therein have been met, the Trustee upon request of the Securitization Entities shall reassign (without recourse upon, or any warranty whatsoever by, the Trustee) and deliver all Collateral and documents then in the custody or possession of the Trustee promptly to the applicable Securitization Entities.

Section 12.2 Application of Trust Money.

The Trustee or a trustee satisfactory to the Servicer, the Trustee and the Issuer shall hold in trust money or Government Securities deposited with it pursuant to Section 12.1. The Trustee shall apply the deposited money and the money from Government Securities through the Paying Agent in accordance with this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents to the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the other sums referred to above. The provisions of this Section 12.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Indenture.

Section 12.3 Repayment to the Issuer.

(a) The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuer upon written request any excess money or, pursuant to Sections 2.10 and 2.14, return any cancelled Notes (or de-register such Notes) held by them at any time.

(b) Subject to Section 2.6(c), the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal, premium or interest that remains unclaimed for two years after the date upon which such payment shall have become due.

(c) The provisions of this Section 12.3 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Indenture.

Section 12.4 Reinstatement.

If the Trustee is unable to apply any funds received under this Article XII by reason of any proceeding, order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture or the other Indenture Documents and in respect of the Notes and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred, until such time as the Trustee is permitted to apply all such funds or property in accordance with this Article XII. If the Issuer or Guarantors make any payment of principal, premium or interest on any Notes or any other sums under the Indenture Documents while such obligations have been reinstated, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be subrogated to the rights of the Noteholders or Note Owners or other Secured Parties who received such funds or property from the Trustee to receive such payment in respect of the Notes.

 

132


ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 13.1 Without Consent of the Controlling Class Representative or the Noteholders.

(a) Without the consent of any Noteholder, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any other Secured Party, the Issuer and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more Supplements hereto or amendments, modifications or supplements to any Supplement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Indenture Document, in form satisfactory to the Trustee (or solely with respect to clause (xiv) below, upon notice thereof from the Issuer to the Trustee and the Control Party), for any of the following purposes:

(i) to create a new Series of Notes in accordance with Section 2.2(b) or issue Additional Notes of an existing Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes, and in connection therewith, and notwithstanding the Specified Payment Amendment Provisions (but solely with respect to such Series of Notes), to add or modify Events of Default, Rapid Amortization Events, Manager Termination Events to the extent that any such modifications render such events more restrictive from the perspective of the Securitization Entities;

(ii) to add to the covenants of the Securitization Entities for the benefit of any Noteholders or any other Secured Parties or to surrender for the benefit of the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties any right or power herein conferred upon the Securitization Entities;

(iii) to mortgage, pledge, convey, assign and transfer to the Trustee any property or assets as security for the Obligations and to specify the terms and conditions upon which such property or assets are to be held and dealt with by the Trustee and to set forth such other provisions in respect thereof as may be required by the Indenture or as may, consistent with the provisions of this Base Indenture, be deemed appropriate by the Issuer, or to correct or to amplify the description of any such property or assets at any time so mortgaged, pledged, conveyed and transferred to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

(iv) to correct any manifest error or defect or to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provisions herein or any Series Supplement which may be inconsistent with any other provision therein or with the offering memorandum for any Series of Notes Outstanding;

(v) to provide or supplement the provisions thereof in respect of Uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes;

(vi) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes of one or more Series and to add to or change any of the provisions of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder or thereunder by more than one Trustee;

 

133


(vii) to correct or supplement any provision of this Base Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, any Supplement or any other Indenture Document that may be inconsistent with any other provision in this Base Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, any Supplement or any other Indenture Document; or to make this Base Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, any Supplement or any other Indenture Document consistent with any other provisions with respect to matters set forth in this Base Indenture, any Supplement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, any other Indenture Document or with any offering memorandum for a Series of Notes;

(viii) to comply with Requirements of Law (as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel);

(ix) to facilitate the transfer of Notes in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law (as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel);

(x) to take any action necessary or helpful to avoid the imposition, under and in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law, of any Tax, including withholding Tax;

(xi) to allow any assets to be contributed to, or acquired by, any Securitization Entity in a manner that does not violate the Managing Standard and to provide for any applicable provisions with respect thereto;

(xii) to take any action necessary and appropriate to facilitate the origination of Franchise Documents or the management and preservation of the Franchise Documents, in each case, in accordance with the Managing Standard;

(xiii) to provide for mechanical provisions in respect of the issuance of Senior Subordinated Notes or Subordinated Notes;

(xiv) to amend the definition of “Quarterly Fiscal Period” to conform to any change to ARG’s or Inspire’s quarterly fiscal periods or fiscal year end, including the adoption of a “4-4-5” accounting period, at any time following the Closing Date (to the extent such amendment is in accordance with the Managing Standard), together with corresponding operational or ministerial changes to the mechanics relating to other time periods in connection therewith;

(xv) to add provisions in respect of hedging and enhancement mechanics;

(xvi) in the case of any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, to amend, modify, supplement or waive any of the terms thereof, pursuant to the terms of such agreement;

 

134


(xvii) to amend the terms of any Series Supplement or Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement in connection with the implementation of a successor rate to LIBOR;

(xviii) to amend, amend and restate or otherwise modify any Indenture Document in connection with a Series Refinancing Event; provided that such modifications shall take effect simultaneously with or following such payment in full, satisfaction and discharge or defeasance; provided further, that no such amendment shall adversely affect the rights of the Trustee without the prior written consent of the Trustee;

(xix) subject to the satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition, to enable the addition of international collateral, international franchise revenue and accounts denominated in non-U.S. currencies subject to certain sanctions restrictions as set forth in the definition of Securitization Jurisdictions; or

(xx) relating to a Series of Class A-1 Notes (regardless of whether such amendment, modification or waiver would have the effect of modifying cash flows allocated pursuant to the Priority of Payments or otherwise affect any other Class or Series of Notes) will be permitted with the consent of the Noteholders required therefor pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreements (but without the consent of any other Person); provided, however no such amendment may adversely affect the Trustee without the Trustee’s prior consent or the Servicer without the Servicer’s prior consent; provided, further, that no such amendment may change the text of the provisions of the Priority of Payments or Section 5.10;

provided, however, that, (i) other than in the case of any Supplement with respect to clause (xiv) or (xviii) above, as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee and the Servicer, such action could not reasonably be expected to adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder, any Note Owner, the Trustee, the Servicer or any other Secured Party and (ii) this Article XIII shall not apply to amendments and replacements of Interest Reserve Letters of Credit and other Letters of Credit issued under any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, which shall be subject to amendment, replacement or modification in accordance with the terms thereof.

In addition to the foregoing, without the consent of any Noteholder, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any other Secured Party, but with notice to the Rating Agencies, the Issuer (acting at the direction of the Manager) and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more Supplements hereto to amend the Priority of Payments following the Closing Date in order to provide for supplemental scheduled payments of principal (including Scheduled Principal Payments) of one or more Series of Additional Notes and/or the reallocation of a specified percentage of cash flow to pay principal of any then-Outstanding Series of Notes and/or one or more Series of Additional Notes upon the occurrence of specified trigger events to be set forth in the related Series Supplement subject to satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to each Series of Notes that will remain Outstanding and the other conditions applicable thereto set forth in Sections 13.3, 13.6 and 13.7

 

135


of this Base Indenture; provided, that no such amendment shall adversely affect the rights of the Trustee, the Servicer or Holders of each Series of Class A-1 Notes without the prior written consent of each of the Trustee, the Servicer and the Holders of such Series of Class A-1 Notes (which, in the case of the Holders of each Series of Class A-1 Notes will be given by the Class A-1 Administrative Agent acting with the consent of each Holder of the Class A-1 Commitment); provided, further, that any amendment to the Priority of Payments to provide for allocations or payments that are senior to or pari passu with any amount payable to the Holders of any Series of Class A-1 Notes or any Class A-1 Administrative Agent shall be deemed to adversely affect the rights of the Holders of each such Series of Class A-1 Notes for purposes of the immediately preceding proviso.

(b) Upon the request of the Issuer and receipt by the Servicer and the Trustee of the documents described in Section 2.2 and delivery by the Servicer of its consent thereto to the extent required by Section 2.2, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of any Series Supplement authorized or permitted by the terms of this Base Indenture and shall make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such Series Supplement which affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Base Indenture or otherwise.

Section 13.2 With Consent of the Controlling Class Representative or the Noteholders.

(a) Except as provided in Section 13.1, the provisions of this Base Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, any Supplement and any other Indenture Document to which the Trustee is a party (unless otherwise provided in such Supplement) may from time to time be amended, modified or waived, if such amendment, modification or waiver is in writing in a Supplement and consented to in writing by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative); provided, that (except with respect to amendments, modifications and waivers permitted pursuant to Section 13.1(a) or Section 13.2(d) that expressly do not require the consent of any Noteholder or other affected Secured Party):

(i) any such amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to this Section 13.2 that would reduce the percentage of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount or the Outstanding Principal Amount of any Series of Notes, the consent of the Noteholders of which is required for any Supplement under this Section 13.2 or the consent of the Noteholders of which is required for any waiver of compliance with the provisions of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or defaults hereunder or thereunder and their consequences provided for in herein and therein or for any other action hereunder or thereunder shall require the consent of each affected Noteholder;

(ii) any such amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to this Section 13.2, that would permit the creation of any Lien ranking prior to or on a parity with the Lien created by the Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Transaction Documents with respect to any material portion of the Collateral or except as otherwise permitted by the Transaction Documents, terminate the Lien created by the Indenture, the

 

136


Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Transaction Documents on any material portion of the Collateral at any time subject thereto or deprive any Secured Party of any material portion of the security provided by the Lien created by the Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Transaction Documents shall, in each case, require the consent of each affected Noteholder and each other affected Secured Party;

(iii) any amendment, waiver or other modification that would (A) extend the due date for, or reduce the amount of any scheduled repayment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and the other Obligations (or reduce the principal amount of, premium, if any, or rate of interest on any Note and the other Obligations); (B) affect adversely the interests, rights or obligations of any Noteholder individually in comparison to any other Noteholder; (C) change the provisions of the Priority of Payments; (D) change any place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Notes and the other Obligations or the interest thereon is payable; (E) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of the provisions of the Indenture requiring the application of funds available therefor, as provided in Article V, to the payment of any such amount due on the Notes and the other Obligations owing to Noteholders on or after the respective due dates thereof, (F) subject to the ability of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) to waive certain events or modify thresholds as set forth in Section 9.7 and other provisions herein, amend or otherwise modify any of the specific language of the following definitions: “Default,” “Event of Default,” “Potential Rapid Amortization Event,” “Rapid Amortization Event” or “Outstanding” (as defined in this Base Indenture or any applicable Series Supplement); provided, that the addition to any such definitions of additional such events, and the subsequent amendment thereof, shall not be deemed to violate this provision, or (G) amend, waive or otherwise modify this Section 13.2, in each case, shall require the consent of each affected Noteholder and each other affected Secured Party (this clause (iii), the “Specified Payment Amendment Provisions”); and

(iv) any such amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to this Section 13.2, that would change the time periods with respect to any requirement to deliver to Noteholders notice with respect to any repayment, prepayment or redemption shall require the consent of each affected Noteholder.

(b) No failure or delay on the part of any Noteholder, the Trustee or any other Secured Party in exercising any power or right under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power or right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right.

(c) The express requirement, in any provision hereof, that the Rating Agency Condition be satisfied as a condition to the taking of a specified action, shall not be amended, modified or waived by the parties hereto without satisfying the Rating Agency Condition.

 

137


(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in addition to any amendment, modification or waiver effected in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 or Section 13.2(a), amendments, modifications and waivers to the DSCR, its constituent definitions and the DSCR thresholds set forth in any Indenture Document may be made with the consent of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative).

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, the prior written consent of the Control Party shall not be required for any amendment, modification, supplement, termination, waiver or surrender of, the terms of any of the Transaction Documents to the extent that all affected Noteholders have provided consent, through the purchase of Notes that include such terms. The Control Party may conclusively rely on a Noteholder having granted consent to any amendment, modification, supplement, termination, waiver or surrender of, the terms of any of the Transaction Documents to the extent that such Noteholder has acquired Note(s) of a new Series with such amended terms and conditions.

Section 13.3 Supplements.

Each amendment or other modification to the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be set forth in a Supplement, a copy of which shall be delivered to each Rating Agency, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Issuer. The Issuer shall provide written notice to each Rating Agency of any amendment or modification to the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement no less than ten (10) days prior to the effectiveness of the related Supplement, except in connection with the issuance of Additional Notes that will be rated by such Rating Agency; provided that such Supplement need not be in final form at the time such notice is given. The initial effectiveness of each Supplement shall be subject to the delivery to the Servicer and the Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel that such Supplement is authorized or permitted by this Base Indenture and the conditions precedent set forth herein with respect thereto have been satisfied. In addition to the manner provided in Sections 13.1 and 13.2, each Series Supplement may be amended as provided in such Series Supplement.

Section 13.4 Revocation and Effect of Consents.

Until an amendment or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Noteholder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Noteholder and every subsequent Noteholder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Noteholder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. Any such Noteholder or subsequent Noteholder, however, may revoke the consent as to their Note or portion of a Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective. An amendment or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Noteholder. The Issuer may fix a record date for determining which Noteholders must consent to such amendment or waiver.

 

138


Section 13.5 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer, in exchange for all Notes, may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment or waiver. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment or waiver.

Section 13.6 The Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

The Trustee shall sign any Supplement authorized pursuant to this Article XIII if the Supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may, but need not, sign it. In signing such Supplement, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, if requested, an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and to receive and, subject to Section 10.1, shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that such Supplement is authorized or permitted by this Base Indenture and that all conditions precedent have been satisfied, and that it will be valid and binding upon the Issuer and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms.

Section 13.7 Amendments and Fees.

The Issuer, the Control Party and/or the Controlling Class Representative shall negotiate any amendments, waivers or modifications to the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents that require the consent of the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative in good faith, and any consent required to be given by the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative shall not be unreasonably denied or delayed. The Control Party shall be entitled to compensation or reimbursement in connection with any amendments or consents to this Base Indenture or to any Transaction Document as provided for in Section 4.1(b) of the Servicing Agreement.

 

139


ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 14.1 Notices.

Any notice or communication by the Issuer, the Manager or the Trustee to any other party hereto shall be in writing and delivered in person, delivered by email, posted on a password protected website for which the recipient has granted access or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested) facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to such other party’s address:

If to the Issuer:

Arby’s Funding, LLC

Three Glenlake Parkway

Atlanta, GA 30328

Attention: General Counsel

E-mail: [email protected]

If to the Issuer with a copy to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

Attention: Jordan Yarett

E-mail: [email protected]

If to the Manager:

Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc.

Three Glenlake Parkway

Atlanta, GA 30328

Attention: General Counsel

E-mail: [email protected]

If to the Manager with a copy to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

Attention: Jordan Yarett

E-mail: [email protected]

 

140


If to the Back-Up Manager:

FTI Consulting, Inc.

3 Times Square

11th Floor

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Robert J. Darefsky

Facsimile: 212-499-3636

If to the Servicer:

Midland Loan Services, a division of

PNC Bank, National Association

10851 Mastin Street

Building 82, Suite 700

Overland Park, Kansas 66210

Attention: President

Facsimile: 913-253-9709

If to the Trustee:

Citibank, N.A.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, NY 10013

Attention: Agency & Trust– Arby’s Funding, LLC

E-mail: [email protected] or call (888) 855-9695 to obtain Citibank, N.A. account manager’s email address

If to any Rating Agency:

To the address set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

If to an Enhancement Provider or a Hedge Counterparty: At the address provided in the applicable Enhancement Agreement or the applicable Series Hedge Agreement.

(a) The Issuer or the Trustee by notice to each other party may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications; provided, however, the Issuer may not at any time designate more than a total of three (3) addresses to which notices must be sent in order to be effective.

(b) Any notice (i) given in person shall be deemed delivered on the date of delivery of such notice, (ii) given by first class mail shall be deemed given five days after the date that such notice is mailed, (iii) delivered by facsimile shall be deemed given on the date of delivery of such notice, (iv) delivered by overnight air courier shall be deemed delivered one (1) Business Day after the date that such notice is delivered to such overnight courier, (v) when posted on a password-protected website shall be deemed delivered after notice of such posting has been provided to the recipient and (vi) delivered by email shall be deemed delivered on the date of delivery of such notice.

 

141


(c) Notwithstanding any provisions of the Indenture to the contrary, the Trustee shall have no liability based upon or arising from the failure to receive any notice required by or relating to the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document.

(d) If the Issuer delivers a notice or communication to Noteholders, it shall deliver a copy to the Back-Up Manager, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee at the same time.

(e) Reasonably concurrently with the time any report, notice or other document is provided to the Rating Agencies and/or the Trustee, or caused to be provided, by the Issuer or the Manager under this Base Indenture (including, without limitation, under Section 8.8, Section 8.9 or Section 8.11) or under the related Series Supplement, the Issuer shall provide each Class A-1 Administrative Agent with a copy of such report, notice or other document; provided, however, that neither the Manager nor the Issuer shall have any obligation under this Section 14.1(e) to deliver to any Class A-1 Administrative Agent copies of any Quarterly Noteholders’ Reports that relate solely to a Series of Notes other than such Series under which the related Class A-1 Notes were issued; provided, further, that this Section 14.1(e) shall not apply in connection with a Series Refinancing Event to a Class A-1 Administrative Agent for any Class A-1 Notes issued in connection therewith.

(f) The Issuer shall provide to each Rating Agency a copy of each Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee pursuant to a Transaction Document; provided, that this Section 14.1(f) shall not apply in connection with a Series Refinancing Event to a Rating Agency rating the Notes issued in connection therewith.

(g) Where the Indenture provides for notice to Noteholders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if sent in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Noteholder affected by such event, at its address as it appears in the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed (if any) for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to a Noteholder is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Noteholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Noteholders, and any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given. Where the Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Noteholders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver. In the case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made that is satisfactory to the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

 

142


(h) Notwithstanding any other provision herein, for so long as ARG is the Manager, any notice, communication, certificate, report, statement or other information required to be delivered by the Manager to the Issuer, or by the Issuer to the Manager, shall be deemed to have been delivered to both the Issuer and the Manager if the Manager has prepared or is otherwise in possession of such notice, communication, certificate, report, statement or other information, and in no event shall the Manager or the Issuer be in breach of any delivery requirements hereunder for constructive delivery pursuant to this Section 14.1(h).

Section 14.2 Communication by Noteholders With Other Noteholders.

Noteholders may communicate with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under the Indenture or the Notes.

Section 14.3 Officers Certificate as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Controlling Class Representative, the Servicer or the Trustee to take any action (other than any action expressly excluded from the satisfaction of such requirement) under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, the Issuer to the extent requested by the Controlling Class Representative, the Servicer or the Trustee shall furnish to the Controlling Class Representative, the Servicer and the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Controlling Class Representative, the Servicer or the Trustee, as applicable (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 14.4), stating that all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in the Indenture or such other Transaction Documents relating to the proposed action have been complied with and (b) an Opinion of Counsel confirming the same. Such Opinion of Counsel shall be at the expense of the Issuer.

Section 14.4 Statements Required in Certificate.

Each certificate with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in the Indenture or any other Transaction Document shall include:

(a) a statement that the Person giving such certificate has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements contained in such certificate are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to reach an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether or not such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 14.5 Rules by the Trustee.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Noteholders.

 

143


Section 14.6 Benefits of Indenture.

Except as set forth in a Series Supplement, nothing in this Base Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder and the Holders and the other Secured Parties, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under the Indenture.

Section 14.7 Payment on Business Day.

In any case where any Quarterly Payment Date, redemption date or maturity date of any Note shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture) payment of interest or principal (and premium, if any), as the case may be, need not be made on such date but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Quarterly Payment Date, redemption date or maturity date; provided, however, that no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such Quarterly Payment Date, redemption date or maturity date, as the case may be.

Section 14.8 Governing Law.

THIS BASE INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

Section 14.9 Successors.

All agreements of the Issuer in the Indenture, the Notes and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party shall bind its successors and assigns; provided, however, the Issuer may not assign its obligations or rights under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, except with the written consent of the Control Party. All agreements of the Trustee in the Indenture shall bind its successors.

Section 14.10 Severability.

In case any provision in the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 14.11 Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Base Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

144


Section 14.12 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents and headings of the Articles and Sections of the Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 14.13 No Bankruptcy Petition Against the Securitization Entities.

Each of the Noteholders, the Trustee and the other Secured Parties hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing Note, it will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any arrangement or any Insolvency proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 14.13 shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from the Securitization Entities pursuant to the Indenture or any other Transaction Document. In the event that any such Noteholder or other Secured Party or the Trustee takes action in violation of this Section 14.13, each affected Securitization Entity shall file or cause to be filed an answer with the bankruptcy court or otherwise properly contesting the filing of such a petition by any such Noteholder or Secured Party or the Trustee against such Securitization Entity or the commencement of such action and raising the defense that such Noteholder or other Secured Party or the Trustee has agreed in writing not to take such action and should be estopped and precluded therefrom and such other defenses, if any, as its counsel advises that it may assert. The provisions of this Section 14.13 shall survive the termination of the Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Nothing contained herein shall preclude participation by any Noteholder or any other Secured Party or the Trustee in the assertion or defense of its claims in any such proceeding involving any Securitization Entity.

Section 14.14 Recording of Indenture.

If the Indenture is subject to recording in any appropriate public recording offices, such recording is to be effected by the Issuer and at its expense.

Section 14.15 Waiver of Jury Trial.

THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS BASE INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY.

Section 14.16 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers.

The Issuer and the Trustee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, sitting in New York County, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

 

145


(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Issuer or the Trustee, as the case may be, at its address set forth in Section 14.1 or at such other address of which the Trustee shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 14.16 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

Section 14.17 Permitted Asset Dispositions; Release of Collateral.

After consummation of a Permitted Asset Disposition, upon request of the Issuer, the Trustee, at the written direction of the Control Party, shall execute and deliver to the Securitization Entities any and all documentation reasonably requested and prepared by the Securitization Entities at their expense to effect or evidence the release by the Trustee of the Secured Parties’ security interest in the property disposed of in connection with such Permitted Asset Disposition.

Section 14.18 Calculation of Leverage Ratios.

(a) Inspire Leverage Ratio. In the event that Inspire or any of its Subsidiaries incur, repay, repurchase or redeem any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Inspire Leverage Ratio is being calculated, then the Inspire Leverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable preceding four fiscal quarter periods (including in the case of any incurrence or issuance, a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom); provided that the Manager may elect pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to each of the Trustee and the Control Party (with respect to which the Trustee and the Control Party will have no obligation of any nature whatsoever) to treat all or any portion of the commitment in respect of any Indebtedness (including all or a portion of the commitments under any acquisition debt financing commitment arrangement (including customary bridge-to-bond or bridge-to-securitization commitments) with respect to Indebtedness not yet incurred, for all purposes of this Section 14.18(a) and the Transaction Documents) as being incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment will not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an incurrence at such subsequent time.

 

146


For purposes of making the computation of the Inspire Leverage Ratio, investments, payments of debt, dividends, distributions or similar payments, acquisitions, dispositions, refranchising transactions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes, business realignment projects or initiatives, restructurings or reorganizations that Inspire or any of its Subsidiaries has either determined to make or made during the preceding four fiscal quarter periods or subsequent to such preceding four fiscal quarter periods and on or prior to or simultaneously with or subsequent to the event for which the calculation of the Inspire Leverage Ratio is made (each, for purposes of the calculations described in this Section 14.18(a), a “pro forma event”) will, at the discretion of the Manager, be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such investments, payments, acquisitions, dispositions, refranchising transactions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations, operational changes, business realignment projects or initiatives, restructurings and reorganization had occurred on the first day of such preceding four fiscal quarter periods. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Subsidiary of Inspire since the beginning of such preceding four fiscal quarter periods will have made any investment, payments, acquisition, disposition, refranchising transaction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation, operational change, business realignment project or initiative, restructuring or reorganization, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 14.18(a), then the Inspire Leverage Ratio will, at the discretion of the Manager, be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such investment, payments, acquisition, disposition, refranchising transaction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation, operational change, business realignment project or initiative, restructuring or reorganization had occurred at the beginning of the applicable preceding four fiscal quarter periods. For the avoidance of doubt, when calculating the Inspire Leverage Ratio in connection with any commitment in respect of any Indebtedness relating to an acquisition, the Inspire Leverage Ratio shall, at the discretion of the Manager, be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including such incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds therefrom) as if they occurred at the beginning of the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarter periods most recently ended as of such date of determination; provided that (x) the Inspire Leverage Ratio shall not be tested again at the time of the consummation of such acquisition or related transactions and (y) any such transaction shall be deemed to have occurred on the date the definitive agreements are entered into for purposes of subsequently calculating the Inspire Leverage Ratio after the date of such agreement and before the consummation of such acquisition.

For purposes of making the computation of the Inspire Leverage Ratio, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any pro forma event, the pro forma calculations will be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Manager. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Manager as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to each of the Trustee and the Control Party (with respect to which the Trustee and the Control Party will have no obligation of

 

147


any nature whatsoever) to reflect (1) excess owner compensation, reasonably estimated or actual cost savings, operating improvements, synergies, integration costs and expenses and other pro forma adjustments, in each case reasonably expected to result from the applicable pro forma event, (2) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Inspire Adjusted EBITDA,” to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such preceding four fiscal quarter periods and (3) such adjustments as may be consistent with similar calculations under Inspire’s primary senior credit facility.

(b) Senior WBS Leverage Ratio. In the event that Inspire or any of its Subsidiaries incur, repay, repurchase or redeem any Senior Notes subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Senior WBS Leverage Ratio is being calculated, then the Senior WBS Leverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Senior Notes, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable preceding four fiscal quarter periods (including in the case of any incurrence or issuance, a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom); provided that the Manager may elect pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to each of the Trustee and the Control Party (with respect to which the Trustee and the Control Party will have no obligation of any nature whatsoever) to treat all or any portion of the commitment in respect of any Senior Notes (including all or a portion of the commitments under any acquisition debt financing commitment arrangement (including customary bridge-to-bond or bridge-to-securitization commitments) with respect to Senior Notes not yet issued, and the term “incur” and derivations thereof shall include the obtaining of any such commitment for such financing and any replacement or refinancing thereof for purposes of this Section 14.18(b) and the Transaction Documents) as being incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent issuance of Senior Notes under such commitment will not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an incurrence at such subsequent time.

For purposes of making the computation of the Senior WBS Leverage Ratio, investments, payments of debt, dividends, distributions or similar payments, acquisitions, dispositions, refranchising transactions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes, business realignment projects or initiatives, restructurings or reorganizations that any of the Securitization Entities has either determined to make or made during the preceding four fiscal quarter periods or subsequent to such preceding four fiscal quarter periods (each, for purposes of the calculations described in this Section 14.18(b), a “pro forma event”) will, at the discretion of the Manager, be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such investments, payments, acquisitions, dispositions, refranchising transactions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations, operational changes, business realignment projects or initiatives, restructurings and reorganization had occurred on the first day of such preceding four fiscal quarter periods. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Securitization Entity since the beginning of such preceding four fiscal quarter periods will have made any investment, payments, acquisition, disposition, refranchising transaction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation, operational change, business realignment project or initiative, restructuring or reorganization, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 14.18(b), then the Senior WBS Leverage Ratio shall, at the discretion of the Manager, be calculated giving pro forma

 

148


effect thereto for such period as if such investment, payments, acquisition, disposition, refranchising transaction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation, operational change, business realignment project or initiative, restructuring or reorganization had occurred at the beginning of the applicable preceding four fiscal quarter periods. For the avoidance of doubt, when calculating the Senior WBS Leverage Ratio in connection with any commitment in respect of any Senior Notes relating to an acquisition, the Senior WBS Leverage Ratio shall, at the discretion of the Manager, be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including such incurrence of Senior Notes and the use of proceeds therefrom) as if they occurred at the beginning of the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarter periods most recently ended as of such date of determination; provided that (x) the Senior WBS Leverage Ratio shall not be tested again at the time of the consummation of such acquisition or related transactions and (y) any such transaction shall be deemed to have occurred on the date the definitive agreements are entered into for purposes of subsequently calculating the Senior WBS Leverage Ratio after the date of such agreement and before the consummation of such acquisition.

For purposes of making the computation of the Senior WBS Leverage Ratio, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any pro forma event, the pro forma calculations will be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Manager. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Manager as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to each of the Trustee and the Control Party (with respect to which the Trustee and the Control Party will have no obligation of any nature whatsoever) to reflect (1) excess owner compensation, reasonably estimated or actual cost savings, operating improvements, synergies, integration costs and expenses and other pro forma adjustments, in each case reasonably expected to result from the applicable pro forma event, (2) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Net Cash Flow,” to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such preceding four fiscal quarter periods and (3) such adjustments as may be consistent with similar calculations under Inspire’s primary credit facility.

Section 14.19 Amendment and Restatement. The execution and delivery of this Base Indenture shall constitute an amendment and restatement, but not a novation, of the Original Base Indenture and the obligations and liabilities of the Issuer under the Original Base Indenture and the pledge of the Indenture Collateral made by the Issuer thereunder to the Trustee. Except as specifically amended and restated under this Base Indenture, all Liens, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments and security interests securing the Original Base Indenture and the obligations and liabilities of the Issuer relating thereto are hereby ratified, confirmed, renewed, extended, brought forward and rearranged as security for the Obligations, shall continue without any diminution thereof and shall remain in full force and effect on and after the Closing Date. The Issuer hereby reaffirms all UCC financing statements and continuation statements and amendments thereof filed and all other filings and recordations made in respect of the Indenture Collateral and the Liens and security interests granted under the Original Base Indenture and this Base Indenture and acknowledges that all such filings and recordations were and remain authorized and effective on and after the date hereof.

 

149


Section 14.20 Electronic Signatures and Transmission.

For purposes of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement and any Supplement thereto, any reference to “written” or “in writing” means any form of written communication, including, without limitation, electronic signatures, and any such written communication may be transmitted by Electronic Transmission. “Electronic Transmission” means any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process. The Trustee is authorized to accept written instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications delivered by Electronic Transmission and shall not have any duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the Person sending instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information by Electronic Transmission is, in fact, a Person authorized to give such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information on behalf of the party purporting to send such Electronic Transmission, and the Trustee shall not have any liability for any losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by any party as a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information to the Trustee, including, without limitation, the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, notices, reports or other communications or information, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties (except to the extent such action results from gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud by the Trustee). Any requirement in this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or Supplement that a document, including any Note, is to be signed or authenticated by “manual signature” or similar language shall not be deemed to prohibit signature to be by facsimile or electronic signature and shall not be deemed to prohibit delivery thereof by Electronic Transmission. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Base Indenture, Series Supplement or Supplement, any and all communications (both text and attachments) by or from the Trustee that the Trustee in its sole discretion deems to contain confidential, proprietary and/or sensitive information and sent by Electronic Transmission will be encrypted. The recipient of the Electronic Transmission will be required to complete a one-time registration process.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

150


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Securities Intermediary have caused this Base Indenture to be duly executed by its respective duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

ARBY’S FUNDING, LLC, as Issuer
By:  

/s/ Nils H. Okeson

 

Name: Nils H. Okeson

  Title: Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary

Arby’s – A&R Base Indenture


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee and as Securities Intermediary
By:  

/s/ Anthony Bausa

 

Name: Anthony Bausa

  Title: Senior Trust Officer

Arby’s – A&R Base Indenture


ANNEX A

BASE INDENTURE DEFINITIONS LIST

1933 Act” or the “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

1940 Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Account Agreement” means each agreement governing the establishment and maintenance of any Management Account or any other Base Indenture Account or Series Account to the extent that any such account is not held at the Trustee.

Account Control Agreement” means each control agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer and the Trustee, pursuant to which the Trustee is granted the right to control deposits and withdrawals from, or otherwise to give instructions or entitlement orders in respect of, a deposit and/or securities account and any lock-box related thereto.

Accounts” means, collectively, the Indenture Trust Accounts, the Management Accounts and any other account subject to an Account Control Agreement.

Actual Knowledge” means the actual knowledge of (i) in the case of ARG, the President, the Chief Marketing Officer, the Chief Operating Officer and the General Counsel; (ii) in the case of any Securitization Entity, any manager or director (as applicable) or any officer of such Securitization Entity who is also an officer of ARG described in clause (i) above; (iii) in the case of the Manager or any Securitization Entity, with respect to a relevant matter or event, an Authorized Officer of the Manager or such Securitization Entity, as applicable, directly responsible for managing the relevant asset or for administering the transactions relevant to such matter or event; (iv) with respect to the Trustee, an Authorized Officer of the Trustee responsible for administering the transactions relevant to the applicable matter or event; or (v) with respect to any other Person, any member of senior management of such Person.

Additional IP Holder” means any Additional Securitization Entity that, after the Closing Date, is designated as an “Additional IP Holder” pursuant to Section 8.34 of this Base Indenture and Section 8.11 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Additional Issuer” means any Additional Securitization Entity that after the Closing Date is designated as an “Additional Issuer” pursuant to Section 8.34 of this Base Indenture.

Additional Guarantor” means any Additional Securitization Entity that, after the Closing Date, is designated as an “Additional Guarantor” pursuant to Section 8.34 of this Base Indenture and Section 8.11 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Additional Perfection Country” means each country other than the United States which, at the end of any fiscal year, represents greater than $25 million in Retained Collections in the aggregate during such fiscal year.


Additional Real Property Holder” means any Additional Securitization Entity that, after the Closing Date, is designated as an “Additional Real Property Holder” pursuant to Section 8.34 of this Base Indenture and Section 8.11 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Additional Securitization Entity” means any entity that becomes a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of a Securitization Entity after the Closing Date in accordance with and as permitted under the Transaction Documents and is designated by the Issuer as an “Additional Securitization Entity” pursuant to Section 8.34 of this Base Indenture.

Additional Management Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a) of this Base Indenture.

Additional Notes” means each additional Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes or additional Notes of an existing Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes issued by the Issuer from time to time following the Closing Date on the related Series Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.2.

Additional Notes Pro Forma DSCR” means, at any time of determination and with respect to the issuance of any Additional Notes, the ratio calculated by dividing (i) the Net Cash Flow over the four immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Periods most recently ended by (ii) the Debt Service due during such period, in each case on a pro forma basis, calculated as if (a) such Additional Notes had been Outstanding and any assets acquired with the proceeds of such Additional Notes had been acquired at the commencement of such period and (b) any existing Indebtedness that has been paid, prepaid or repurchased and cancelled during such period, or any existing Indebtedness that will be paid, prepaid or repurchased and cancelled using the proceeds of such issuance, were so paid, prepaid or repurchased and cancelled as of the commencement of such period.

Adjusted Consolidated Net Income” shall mean, with respect to any person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such person and its subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis; provided, however, that, without duplication,

(i) any net after Tax extraordinary, exceptional, non-recurring or unusual gains, losses, fees, costs or income or expense or charge (including relating to any strategic initiatives and accruals and amounts reserved in connection with such gains, losses, charges or expenses), any restructuring costs, charges (including any charge relating to any tax restructuring) or expenses (including any cost or expense related to employment of terminated employees), any costs and expenses related to any New Project or any reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets for alternative uses (including but not limited to rent termination costs, moving costs and legal costs), asset retirement costs in connection with sales, dispositions or abandonments of assets or discontinued operations, fees, expenses or charges relating to closing costs, rebranding costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, excess pension charges, acquisition integration costs, opening costs, recruiting costs, signing, retention or completion bonuses, severance and relocation costs, one-time compensation costs, consulting or corporate development charges, costs and expenses incurred in connection with strategic

 

2


initiatives, transition costs, costs and expenses incurred in connection with non-ordinary course product and intellectual property development, costs incurred in connection with acquisitions (or purchases of assets) or refranchising transactions, business optimization expenses, litigation costs and expenses (including costs related to settlements, fines judgments or orders) and expenses or charges related to any offering of Equity Interests (including any initial public offering) or debt securities of Inspire, the Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries or any parent entity, any investment, acquisition, refranchising transaction, disposition, recapitalization or, incurrence, issuance, repayment, repurchase, refinancing, amendment or modification of indebtedness (in each case, whether or not successful), any fees, expenses, charges or change in control payments related to the acquisition of Buffalo Wild Wings, Inc., Jimmy John’s LLC, Sonic LLC or any other acquisitions permitted to be made by one or more Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries pursuant to Inspire’s primary senior debt facility, and the related restructuring and financing transactions (including any costs relating to auditing prior periods, any transition-related expenses, and transaction expenses incurred in connection therewith), and any consideration paid or payable in relation to the acquisition of any Person, business unit, division or line of business to the extent reflected in Net Income, in each case, shall be excluded,

(ii) any income or loss from disposed of, abandoned, closed, divested or discontinued operations, properties or assets and any net after-Tax gain or loss on the dispositions of disposed of, abandoned, closed or discontinued operations, properties or assets shall be excluded,

(iii) any gain or loss (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions (including asset retirement costs or sales or issuances of Equity Interests) other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by Inspire) shall be excluded,

(iv) any income or loss (including all fees, commissions, discounts, yield and any interest expense) attributable to the early extinguishment or buy-back or cancellation of indebtedness, hedging agreements or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

(v) the Net Income for such period of any person that is not an Inspire Consolidated Subsidiary of such person, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash or cash equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or cash equivalents) to the referent person or an Inspire Consolidated Subsidiary in respect of such period,

(vi) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period whether effected through a cumulative effect adjustment or a retroactive application, in each case in accordance with GAAP during such period shall be excluded,

 

3


(vii) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such person and its subsidiaries and including the effects of adjustments to (A) deferred rent, (B) Capitalized Lease Obligations or other obligations or deferrals attributable to capital spending funds with suppliers or (C) any deferrals of revenue) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation to the acquisition of Buffalo Wild Wings, Inc., Jimmy John’s LLC, Sonic LLC or any other acquisitions permitted to be made by one or more Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries pursuant to Inspire’s primary senior debt facility, and the related restructuring and financing transactions or any acquisition, refranchising transaction or investment or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of Taxes, shall be excluded,

(viii) any impairment charges (including on intangible assets and goodwill) or asset write-offs or write-downs, in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles and other fair value adjustments arising pursuant to GAAP, shall be excluded,

(ix) any (a) non-cash compensation charge or (b) costs or expenses realized in connection with or resulting from management equity, profits interests or stock option plans or any other management agreement or plan, employee benefit plans, post-employment benefit plans, or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, any distributor equity plan or any similar equity plan or agreement (including any deferred compensation arrangement or trust), grants or sales of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, equity incentive programs or similar rights, long term incentive plans or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, preferred stock or other rights, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of equity interests by management of Inspire, an Inspire Consolidated Subsidiary, or any parent entity shall be excluded,

(x) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted, as applicable, within (a) twelve months after the closing date of the acquisition of Buffalo Wild Wings, Inc., Jimmy John’s LLC, Sonic LLC or any other acquisitions permitted to be made by one or more Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries pursuant to Inspire’s primary senior debt facility, and the related restructuring and financing transactions that are required to be established, adjusted or incurred, as applicable, as a result thereof in accordance with GAAP, (b) within twelve months after the closing of any other acquisition or refranchising transaction that are required to be established, adjusted or incurred, as applicable, as a result of such acquisition or refranchising transaction in accordance with GAAP or (c) that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting principles or policies shall be excluded,

(xi) non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by the applicable standard under GAAP and related interpretation shall be excluded,

 

4


(xii) any gain, loss, income, expense or charge resulting from the application of any LIFO method shall be excluded,

(xiii) any charges for deferred Tax expenses associated with any tax deduction or net operating loss arising as a result of the acquisition of Buffalo Wild Wings, Inc., Jimmy John’s LLC, Sonic LLC or any other acquisitions permitted to be made by one or more Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries pursuant to Inspire’s primary senior debt facility, and the related restructuring and financing transactions, or the release of any valuation allowance related to any such item shall be excluded,

(xiv) (a) any unrealized or realized currency translation or transaction gains and losses (including currency remeasurements of Indebtedness, any currency translation gains and losses related to the translation to the presentation currency and translation of a foreign operation and any net loss or gain resulting from hedging agreements), (b) any realized or unrealized gain or loss in respect of (x) any obligation under any hedging agreement as determined in accordance with GAAP and/or (y) any other derivative instrument, pursuant to, in the case of this clause (y), Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification No. 815-Derivatives and Hedging and (c) unrealized gains or losses in respect of any hedging agreement and any ineffectiveness recognized in earnings related to qualifying hedge transactions or the fair value of changes therein recognized in earnings for derivatives that do not qualify as hedge transactions, in respect of hedging agreements, shall be excluded,

(xv) any deductions attributable to minority interests or the amount of any non-controlling interest attributable to non-controlling interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned restricted subsidiary, excluding cash distributions in respect thereof, shall be excluded,

(xvi) earn-out and contingent consideration obligations (including to the extent accounted for as bonuses or otherwise) shall be excluded,

(xvii) so long as such person in good faith expects to receive such amount, to the extent that (x) a claim for reimbursement or indemnification is submitted or expected to be submitted within 180 days and (y) such person expects in good faith to receive such amount within 365 days following the date of such submission (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so submitted within 180 days or reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses incurred in connection with and the amount of proceeds estimated in good faith to be received or receivable with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption or that are, directly or indirectly, reimbursed or reimbursable by a third party, and amounts that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition, refranchising transaction, investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted hereunder shall be excluded (with a deduction for amounts actually received up to such estimated amount to the extent included in Net Income in a future period) (it being understood that if the amount received in cash under any such agreement exceeds the amount of any expense paid during such period, any excess amount received may be carried forward and applied against any expense in any future period),

 

5


(xviii) without duplication, an amount equal to the amount of distributions in respect of attributable U.S. federal, state, local and/or foreign income Taxes actually made to any parent or equity holder of such person in respect of such period shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income Taxes directly by such person for such period,

(xix) Capitalized Software Expenditures and software development costs shall be excluded, and

(xx) any non-cash expenses, accruals or reserves related to adjustments to historical tax exposures shall be excluded;

provided that, the Manager, in accordance with the Managing Standard, may amend this definition of “Adjusted Consolidated Net Income” after the Closing Date with the consent of the Control Party including, without limitation, in connection with any change of control.

Advance” means a Collateral Protection Advance or a Debt Service Advance; provided, that, for purposes of priority (ii) of the Priority of Payments, “Advance” shall be deemed to include unreimbursed Back-Up Manager Consent Consultation Fees (x) to the extent such fees do not exceed the Back-Up Manager’s initial fee range estimate prior to the commencement of such consultation services, and such fee range estimate has been approved in advance in writing by the Control Party and (y) to the extent in excess of such fee range estimate, such fees have been approved in advance by the Control Party and in the case of a consent request only, the Issuer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

Advance Interest Rate” means a rate equal to the Prime Rate plus 3% per annum, compounded monthly.

Advance Period” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

Advance Suspension Period” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

Advertising Fees” means fees payable by Franchisees and Non-Securitization Entities that operate Company-Owned Restaurants to fund existing or future national marketing and advertising activities or materials for the Arby’s Brand.

AFA” means AFA Service Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

Affiliate” or “Affiliated” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person; provided, however, that no equity holder of ARG or any Affiliate of such equity holder shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any

 

6


Arby’s Entity. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other ownership or beneficial interests, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have the meanings correlative to the meaning of “control”.

After-Acquired Securitization IP” means all Intellectual Property (other than Excluded IP) in the Securitization Jurisdictions created, developed, authored or acquired by or on behalf of, or licensed to or on behalf of, the IP Holder after the Closing Date pursuant to the IP License Agreements or otherwise, including, without limitation, all Manager-Developed IP and all Licensee-Developed IP.

Agent” means any Note Registrar or Paying Agent.

Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount” means the sum of the Outstanding Principal Amounts with respect to all Series of Notes.

Allocated Note Amount” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the greater of (x) zero and (y) with respect to (i) any Contributed Asset or New Asset in existence on the Closing Date, the pro rata portion of the amount of Notes issued on the Closing Date allocated to such asset on the Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to Retained Collections during the period of four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the second Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2020 and (ii) any New Asset arising after the Closing Date, the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Notes allocated to such New Asset, on the date such asset was included in the Securitization Assets, based on such asset’s contribution to Retained Collections during the then-most recently ended four Quarterly Fiscal Periods. With respect to any such asset that does not have a four Quarterly Fiscal Period operating period as of the date such asset was included in the Securitization Assets, such asset’s deemed contribution to Retained Collections will equal the average amount per Securitization Asset of Retained Collections contributed by other Securitization Assets of the same type for the relevant period, as determined by the Manager in accordance with the Managing Standard, calculated as of the date such asset was included in the Securitization Assets.

Annual Election Date” means June 1 of every calendar year beginning on June 1, 2021 unless a Controlling Class Representative has been elected or re-elected on or after January 1st of that same calendar year, in which case, the Annual Election Date shall be deemed to not occur during such calendar year.

Applicable Procedures” means the provisions of the rules and procedures of DTC, the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream, as in effect from time to time.

Arby’s Brand” means the Arby’s® name and Arby’s Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing.

 

7


Arby’s Entities” means, collectively, ARG and each of its Subsidiaries, now existing or hereafter created.

Arby’s Franchisor” means Arby’s Franchisor, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuer.

Arby’s IP License Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Arby’s IP License Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between the IP Holder, as licensor, and ARG, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Arby’s System” means the system of restaurants operating under the Arby’s Brand in the Securitization Jurisdictions.

Arby’s System-Wide Sales” means, with respect to any Quarterly Calculation Date, aggregate Gross Sales (which shall be permitted to include a good faith estimate (in accordance with the Managing Standard) of estimated Gross Sales of up to 10% of the total to the extent actual Gross Sales are not available as of such Quarterly Calculation Date) (prior to adjustment on account of any costs, expenses, fees or royalties) for all Branded Restaurants in the Arby’s System for the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ended immediately prior to such Quarterly Calculation Date.

ARG” means Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Asset Disposition Proceeds” means, with respect to any disposition of property by a Securitization Entity, the excess, if any, of:

(i) the sum of cash and cash equivalents received in connection with such disposition (including any cash or cash equivalents received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received) pursuant to clause (f) or (k) of the definition of “Permitted Asset Disposition” or any other disposition not permitted under the terms of the Indenture over (i.e., reduced by)

(ii) the sum of (A) the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is secured by the applicable property and that is required to be repaid in connection with such disposition (other than Indebtedness under the Notes) to the extent such principal amount is actually repaid, (B) the reasonable and customary out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Securitization Entities in connection with such disposition (including, without limitation, the repayment of trade debt in connection therewith) and (C) income taxes reasonably estimated to be actually payable within two years of such disposition as a result of any gain recognized in connection therewith;

provided that an aggregate amount of sales, lease-backs or other dispositions pursuant to clause (f) of the definition of “Permitted Asset Disposition” during each fiscal year equal to the greater of (x) $20,000,000 and (y) 13.5% of Net Cash Flow for the four (4) most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Periods as of the relevant disposition date, shall be excluded from the definition of “Asset Disposition Proceeds” and shall be treated as Collections.

 

8


For the avoidance of doubt, the proceeds of any Permitted Asset Disposition pursuant to any clauses other than (f) (except pursuant to the proviso above with respect to clause (f)) or (k) thereof shall not constitute Asset Disposition Proceeds and instead will be (net of the amounts described in clause (B) of the preceding sentence and, in the case of Post-Issuance Acquired Assets only, further net of (without duplication of any amounts in such clause (B)) the original cost of acquisition of such asset, including reasonable and customary related expenses) deposited into the Collection Account and shall be treated as Collections with respect to the Weekly Collection Period in which such amounts are received.

For the avoidance of doubt, proceeds resulting from the purchase and sale of Branded Restaurants (or potential Branded Restaurants) acquired by one or more Non-Securitization Entities (and not owned or financed by a Securitization Entity or otherwise contributed to the Collateral) and not otherwise required to be part of the Collateral will not constitute Asset Disposition Proceeds or Collections.

Asset Disposition Proceeds Account” means the account maintained in the name of the Issuer and pledged to the Trustee into which the Manager causes amounts to be deposited pursuant to Section 5.10(c) of this Base Indenture or any successor account established for the Issuer by the Manager for such purpose pursuant to this Base Indenture and the Management Agreement, including any investment accounts related thereto into which funds are transferred for investment purposes pursuant to Section 5.1(b) of this Base Indenture.

Asset Disposition Reinvestment Period” has the meaning specified in Section 5.10(c) of this Base Indenture.

Authorized Officer” means, with respect to (i) any Securitization Entity, any officer who is authorized to act for such Securitization Entity in matters relating to such Securitization Entity, including an Authorized Officer of the Manager authorized to act on behalf of such Securitization Entity; (ii) ARG, in its individual capacity or in its capacity as the Manager, the President, the Chief Marketing Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the General Counsel or any other officer of ARG who is directly responsible for managing the Contributed Franchise Business or otherwise authorized to act for the Manager in matters relating to, and binding upon, the Manager with respect to the subject matter of the request, certificate or order in question; (iii) the Trustee or any other bank or trust company acting as trustee of an express trust or as custodian, a Trust Officer; (iv) the Servicer, any officer of the Servicer who is duly authorized to act for the Servicer with respect to the relevant matter; or (v) the Control Party, any officer of the Control Party who is duly authorized to act for the Control Party with respect to the relevant matter. Each party may receive and accept a certification of the authority of any other party as conclusive evidence of the authority of any Person to act, and such certification may be considered as in full force and effect until receipt by such other party of written notice to the contrary.

Back-Up Management Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Back-Up Management and Consulting Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among the Back-Up Manager, the Manager, the Issuer, the other Securitization Entities party thereto and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

9


Back-Up Manager” means FTI Consulting, Inc., a Maryland corporation, in its capacity as Back-Up Manager pursuant to the Back-Up Management Agreement, and any successor Back-Up Manager.

Back-Up Manager Consent Consultation Fees” has the meaning set forth in the Back-Up Management Agreement.

Back-Up Manager Fees” means all fees and reimbursements for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses payable to the Back-Up Manager by the Securitization Entities pursuant to a fee letter, dated July 31, 2020, among the Manager, the Issuer and the Back-Up Manager or the Back-Up Management Agreement, as applicable; provided that Back-Up Manager Fees shall not include Back-Up Manager Consent Consultation Fees.

Bankruptcy Code” means the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as amended from time to time, and as codified as 11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq.

Base Indenture” means this Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among the Issuer and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, exclusive of any Series Supplements.

Base Indenture Account” means any account or accounts authorized and established pursuant to this Base Indenture for the benefit of the Secured Parties, including, without limitation, each account established pursuant to Article V of this Base Indenture.

Base Indenture Definitions List” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 of this Base Indenture.

Book-Entry Notes” means Notes of any Series, ownership and transfers of which will be evidenced or made through book entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section 2.12 of this Base Indenture; provided that, after the occurrence of a condition whereupon book-entry registration and transfer are no longer permitted and Definitive Notes are issued to the Note Owners, such Definitive Notes will replace Book-Entry Notes.

Branded Restaurant” means, as of any date of determination, any restaurant, whether or not such restaurant offers sit down dining, operated in the United States, Canada, Qatar, or Turkey or in any future Securitization Jurisdiction under the Arby’s Brand.

Business Day” means any day other than Saturday or Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the laws of New York, New York or the city in which the Corporate Trust Office of any successor Trustee is located if so required by such successor.

Capitalized Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of the Transaction Documents, the amount of such obligations will be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

10


Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses that have become due and payable prior to such Weekly Allocation Date and have not been previously paid and (b) the amount by which (i) $100,000 exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount of Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses previously paid on each Weekly Allocation Date that occurs (x) during the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the date on which 52 or 53, as applicable, full and consecutive Weekly Collection Periods have occurred since the Closing Date and (y) during each successive period of 52 or 53, as applicable, consecutive Weekly Collection Periods after the period in the foregoing clause (x).

Capped Securitization Operating Expenses Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date that occurs (x) during the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on January 3, 2021 and (y) each successive fiscal year, the amount by which $500,000 exceeds the aggregate amount of Securitization Operating Expenses already paid during such period; provided, however, that during any period that the Back-Up Manager is required to provide Warm Back-Up Management Duties or Hot Back-Up Management Duties pursuant to the Back-Up Management Agreement, such amount shall automatically be increased by an additional $500,000 solely in order to provide for the reimbursement of any increased fees and expenses incurred by the Back-Up Manager associated with the provision of such services and the Control Party, acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative, may further increase the Capped Securitization Operating Expenses Amount as calculated above in order to take account of any additional increased fees and expenses associated with the provision of such services.

Carryover Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount” means (a) for the first Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, zero and (b) for any other Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any, by which (i) the amount allocated to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account with respect to the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees Amounts on the immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period was less than (ii) the Class A-1 Notes Accrued Estimated Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount for such immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date.

Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount” means (a) for the first Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, zero and (b) for any other Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any, by which (i) the amount allocated to the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account with respect to the Senior Notes on the immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period was less than (ii) the Senior Notes Accrued Estimated Quarterly Interest Amount for such immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date.

Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” means (a) for the first Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, zero and (b) for any other Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any, by which (i) the amount allocated to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account with respect to the Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest on the immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period was less than (ii) the Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for such immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date.

 

11


Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount” means (a) for the first Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, zero and (b) for any other Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any, by which (i) the amount allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account with respect to the Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts on the immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period was less than (ii) the Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount for such immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date.

Cash Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(d)(iii) of this Base Indenture.

Cash Trap Reserve Account” means the reserve account established and maintained by the Trustee, in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, for the deposit of Cash Trapping Amounts upon the commencement of a Cash Trapping Period.

Cash Trapping Amount” means, for any Weekly Allocation Date while a Cash Trapping Period is in effect, an amount equal to the product of (i) the applicable Cash Trapping Percentage and (ii) the amount of funds available in the Collection Account on such Weekly Allocation Date after payment of priorities (i) through (xii) of the Priority of Payments (but with respect to the first Weekly Allocation Date on or after a Cash Trapping Release Date, net of the Cash Trapping Release Amount released on such Cash Trapping Release Date); provided that, for any Weekly Allocation Date following the occurrence and during the continuance of a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default, the Cash Trapping Amount shall be zero.

Cash Trapping DSCR Threshold” means a DSCR equal to 1.75:1.00.

Cash Trapping Percentage” means, with respect to any Weekly Allocation Date during a Cash Trapping Period, a percentage equal to (i) 50%, if the DSCR as calculated as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date is less than 1.75:1.00 but equal to or greater than 1.50 :1.00 and (ii) 100%, if the DSCR as calculated as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date is less than 1.50:1.00.

Cash Trapping Period” means any period that begins on any Quarterly Payment Date on which the DSCR as calculated as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date is less than the Cash Trapping DSCR Threshold and ends on any subsequent Quarterly Payment Date on which the DSCR as calculated as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date is equal to or exceeds the Cash Trapping DSCR Threshold; provided, that (x) such “Cash Trapping DSCR Threshold” and (y) the thresholds set forth in the definition of “Cash Trapping Percentage”, in each case, may be increased at the request of the Issuer subject to approval by the Control Party and, to the extent that any Cash Trapping Period is in effect, each Noteholder of each Series of applicable Notes Outstanding.

 

12


Cash Trapping Release Amount” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date (i) on which a Cash Trapping Period is no longer continuing, the full amount on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Account and (ii) on which the Cash Trapping Percentage is equal to 50% and on the prior Quarterly Payment Date the applicable Cash Trapping Percentage was equal to 100%, 50% of the aggregate amount deposited to the Cash Trap Reserve Account during the most recent period in which the applicable Cash Trapping Percentage was equal to 100%, after having been reduced ratably for any withdrawals made from the Cash Trap Reserve Account during such period for any other purpose.

Cash Trapping Release Date” means any Quarterly Payment Date (i) on which a Cash Trapping Period is no longer continuing or (ii) on which the Cash Trapping Percentage is equal to 50%, and on the prior Quarterly Payment Date, the applicable Cash Trapping Percentage was equal to 100%.

Casualty Reinvestment Period” has the meaning specified in Section 5.10(d) of this Base Indenture.

Cause” means, with respect to an Independent Manager or Independent Director, (i) acts or omissions by such Independent Manager or Independent Director, as applicable, constituting fraud, dishonesty, negligence, misconduct or other deliberate action which causes injury to any Securitization Entity or an act by such Independent Manager or Independent Director, as applicable, involving moral turpitude or a serious crime or (ii) that such Independent Manager no longer meets the definition of “Independent Manager” or “Independent Director” as set forth in the applicable Securitization Entity’s Charter Documents.

CCR Acceptance Letter” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(e) of this Base Indenture.

CCR Ballot” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(c) of this Base Indenture.

CCR Candidate” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b) of this Base Indenture.

CCR Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(c) of this Base Indenture.

CCR Election Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(a) of this Base Indenture.

CCR Election Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(c) of this Base Indenture.

CCR Nomination” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b) of this Base Indenture.

CCR Nomination Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b) of this Base Indenture.

 

13


CCR Re-election Event” means an event that shall occur each time (i) an additional Series of Notes of the Controlling Class is issued, (ii) the Controlling Class changes, (iii) the Trustee receives written notice of the resignation or removal of any acting Controlling Class Representative, (iv) the Trustee receives a demand for an election for a Controlling Class Representative from a Majority of Controlling Class Members, which election shall be at the expense of such Controlling Class Members (including Trustee expenses), (v) the Trustee receives written notice that an Event of Bankruptcy has occurred with respect to the acting Controlling Class Representative, (vi) there is no Controlling Class Representative and the Control Party requests an election be held, or (vii) an Annual Election Date occurs; provided, that with respect to a CCR Re-election Event that occurs as a result of clauses (iv), (vi) or (vii), no CCR Re-Election Event shall be deemed to have occurred if it would result in more than two (2) CCR Re-election Events occurring in a single calendar year. Within two (2) Business Days of any other change in the name or address of the Controlling Class Representative of which the Trustee has received notice from the Controlling Class Representative, the Trustee shall deliver to each Noteholder, the Issuer, the Manager, the Back Up Manager and the Servicer a notice setting forth the name and address of the new Controlling Class Representative.

CCR Voting Amount” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Majority of Controlling Class Members”.

CCR Voting Record Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(c) of this Base Indenture.

Change of Control” has the meaning set forth in the Management Agreement.

Charter Document” means, with respect to any entity and at any time, the certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, operating agreement, by-laws, memorandum of association, articles of association, and any other similar document, as applicable to such entity in effect at such time.

CIPO” means the Canadian Intellectual Property Office and any successor Canadian federal office.

Class” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, any one of the classes of Notes of such Series as specified in the applicable Series Supplement. General references to Classes shall refer to Subclasses or Tranches, to the extent that such references relate to distinctions that may apply on a Subclass or Tranche basis, as applicable, in each case as the context requires and subject to the terms of the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Administrative Agent” means, with respect to any Class A-1 Notes, the Person identified as the “Class A-1 Administrative Agent” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Commitment” means, with respect to any Class A-1 Notes, the obligation of each Class A-1 Lender in respect of such Class A-1 Notes to fund advances pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Class A-1 Lender” means, with respect to any Class A-1 Notes, the Person(s) acting in such capacity pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

 

14


Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” means, with respect to any Class A-1 Notes, any note purchase agreement entered into by the Issuer in connection with the issuance of such Class A-1 Notes that is identified as a “Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes” means any Notes designated as “Class A-1” pursuant to the Series Supplement applicable to such Class of Notes.

Class A-1 Notes Accrued Estimated Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount.”

Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount” means for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the sum of: (A) the sum of (i) the product of (1) the Fiscal Quarter Percentage and (2) the sum of (I) the Class A-1 Notes Estimated Quarterly Commitment Fees for such Quarterly Fiscal Period, and (II) any Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount together with any additional interest payable on such Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount (the aggregate amounts set forth in this clause (A)(i)(2), the “Class A-1 Notes Accrued Estimated Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount”); and (ii) the Carryover Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date; provided that the amounts allocated under this clause (A) during any Quarterly Fiscal Period shall be capped at the Class A-1 Notes Accrued Estimated Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount for such Quarterly Fiscal Period; and (B) without duplication, any Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Adjustment Amount with respect to the Interest Accrual Period ending in such Quarterly Fiscal Period, which amount in this clause (B) shall be limited to amounts on deposit in the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account if such Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Adjustment Amount is negative. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the initial Weekly Allocation Date, clause (A) above shall equal (x) 60% of the Class A-1 Notes Estimated Quarterly Commitment Fees for such Quarterly Fiscal Period minus (y) any Class A-1 Notes Estimated Quarterly Commitment Fees prefunded to or on deposit in the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account on the Closing Date.

Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses” means all amounts due and payable pursuant to any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement that are identified as “Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Amortization Event” means, with respect to any Class A-1 Notes, any event designated as a “Class A-1 Notes Amortization Event” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Amortization Period” means, with respect to any Class A-1 Notes, the period identified as the “Class A-1 Notes Amortization Period” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of this Base Indenture.

 

15


Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Adjustment Amount” means for any Class A-1 Notes for any Interest Accrual Period, the aggregate amount, if any, for such Interest Accrual Period that is identified as a “Commitment Fees Adjustment Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(b)(iii) of this Base Indenture.

Class A-1 Notes Estimated Quarterly Commitment Fees” means, for any Quarterly Fiscal Period and with respect to any Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount that is identified as “Class A-1 Notes Estimated Quarterly Commitment Fees” in each applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amount” means, for any Class A-1 Notes for any Interest Accrual Period, the aggregate amount, if any, for such Interest Accrual Period that is identified as an “Interest Adjustment Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount” means, with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate maximum principal amount of such Class A-1 Notes as identified in the applicable Series Supplement as reduced by any permanent reductions of commitments with respect to such Class A-1 Notes and any cancellations or repurchased Class A-1 Notes.

Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” means all amounts due and payable pursuant to any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement that are identified as “Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount” means, with respect to any Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the amount that is identified as the “Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date” means, with respect to any Class A-1 Notes, the date identified as the “Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount” means, with respect to any Series of Class A-1 Notes, the greater of (1) the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount for such Series (after giving effect to any cancelled commitments) and (2) the Outstanding Principal Amount of Class A-1 Notes for such Series.

Class A-2 Notes” means any Notes alphanumerically designated as “Class A-2” pursuant to the Series Supplement applicable to such Class of Notes.

Clearing Agency” means an organization registered as a “clearing agency” pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act or any successor provision thereto or Euroclear or Clearstream.

 

16


Clearing Agency Participant” means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Clearing Agency.

Clearstream” means Clearstream Luxembourg.

Closing Date” means July 31, 2020.

Closing Date Securitization IP” means all U.S., Canadian, Qatari and Turkish Intellectual Property (other than the Excluded IP) created, developed, authored, acquired or owned by or on behalf of, Arby’s IP Holder, ARG, Funding Holdco, Issuer and Arby’s Franchisor as of the Closing Date covering or embodied in (i) the Arby’s Brand, (ii) products or services sold or distributed under the Arby’s Brand, (iii) the Branded Restaurants, (iv) the Arby’s System or (v) the Contributed Franchise Business.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, reformed or otherwise modified from time to time, and any successor statute of similar import, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of the Code also refer to any successor sections.

Collateral” means, collectively, the Indenture Collateral, the “Collateral” as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and any property subject to any other Indenture Document that grants a Lien to secure any Obligations.

Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the Franchise Documents, the Transaction Documents and the Leases.

Collateral Exclusions” means the following property of the Securitization Entities: (a) any lease, sublease, license or other contract or permit, in each case if the grant of a lien or security interest in any of the applicable Securitization Entity’s right, title and interest in, to or under such lease, sublease, license, contract or permit (or any rights or interests thereunder) in the manner contemplated by the Indenture (i) is prohibited by the terms of such lease, sublease, license, contract or permit (or any rights or interests thereunder) or would require consent of a third party (unless such consent has been obtained), (ii) would constitute or result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of any right, title or interest of the applicable Securitization Entity therein or (iii) would otherwise result in a breach thereof or the termination or a right of termination thereof, except to the extent that any such prohibition, breach, termination or right of termination is rendered ineffective pursuant to the New York UCC or any other applicable law, (b) the Excepted Securitization IP Assets, (c) any leasehold interests in real property, (d) the Franchise Capital Account (except to the extent any Interest Reserve Account(s) serve as a Franchise Capital Account) and any amounts on deposit therein and (e) the Excluded Amounts.

Collateral Protection Advance” means any advance of (a) payment of taxes, rent, assessments, insurance premiums and other related or similar costs and expenses necessary to protect, preserve or restore the Collateral (and any Real Estate Assets following a Mortgage Recordation Event) and (b) payments of any Securitization Operating Expenses (excluding (i) any indemnification obligations, (ii) business and/or asset-related operating expenses, (iii) fees

 

17


and expenses of external legal counsel that are not directly related to the maintenance or preservation of the Collateral and (iv) damages, costs, or expenses relating to fraud, bad faith, willful misconduct, violations of law, bodily injury, property damage or misappropriation of funds), to the extent not previously paid pursuant to a Manager Advance, in each case made by the Servicer pursuant to the Servicing Agreement in accordance with the Servicing Standard, or by the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.

Collateralized Letters of Credit” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(d)(iii)of this Base Indenture.

Collection Account” means account no. 11505400 entitled “Arby’s Funding LLC, Collection Account” maintained by the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 5.5 of this Base Indenture or any successor securities account maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 of this Base Indenture.

Collection Account Administrative Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of this Base Indenture.

Collections” means, with respect to each Weekly Collection Period, all amounts received by or for the account of (or in the case of ACH transactions, amounts remitted via ACH to or for the account of, but net of any such ACH remittances that are subsequently reversed by the transmitting bank) the Securitization Entities during such Weekly Collection Period that have been deposited to the Concentration Account or directly to the Collection Account during such Weekly Collection Period, including (without duplication):

(i) all Franchisee Payment Amounts and Company-Owned Restaurant Payment Amounts, in each case deposited into the Concentration Account during such Weekly Collection Period;

(ii) without duplication of clause (i) above, all amounts, including amounts received under the IP License Agreements and other license fees and any other amounts received in respect of the Securitization IP, including recoveries from the enforcement of the Securitization IP;

(iii) Indemnification Amounts, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Asset Disposition Proceeds and (without duplication) all other amounts received upon the disposition of the Collateral, including proceeds received upon the disposition of property expressly excluded from the definition of “Asset Disposition Proceeds”, in each case that are required to be deposited into the Concentration Account or the Collection Account;

(iv) the Series Hedge Receipts, if any, received by the Securitization Entities in respect of any Series Hedge Agreements entered into by the Securitization Entities in connection with the issuance of Additional Notes following the Closing Date;

(v) Investment Income earned on amounts on deposit in the Accounts;

 

18


(vi) equity contributions made to the Issuer (provided that ARG may elect to have any such contributions applied directly to the Trustee in connection with any optional prepayment);

(vii) to the extent not otherwise included above, the Excluded Amounts;

(viii) amounts released from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account in respect of reductions in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount;

(ix) Optional Prepayment Accrued Principal Release Amounts; and

(x) any other payments or proceeds received with respect to the Collateral.

Commitments” has the meaning set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

Company-Owned Restaurants” means, collectively, the Branded Restaurants that are owned and operated by any Non-Securitization Entities.

Company-Owned Restaurant Payment Amounts” means, collectively, any amounts payable by any Non-Securitization Entity that operates a Company-Owned Restaurant to any Securitization Entity, including, without limitation, Company-Owned Restaurant Royalty Payments and Company-Owned Restaurant Rental Payments, other than, in any case, Excluded Amounts.

Company-Owned Restaurant Rental Payments” means, collectively, any amounts payable by any Non-Securitization Entity in respect of rent under Leases.

Company-Owned Restaurant Royalty Payments” means royalties payable under the Arby’s IP License Agreement at the Company-Owned Restaurant Royalty Rate to a Securitization Entity by or on behalf of a Non-Securitization Entity that operates a Company-Owned Restaurant.

Company Order” and “Company Request” mean a written order or request signed in the name of the Issuer by any Authorized Officer of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee, the Control Party or the Paying Agent.

Competitor” means any Person that is a direct or indirect franchisor, franchisee, developer, owner, sponsor or operator of a large regional or national quick-service, limited service or fast casual restaurant concept (including a Franchisee); provided, however, that (a) a Person will not be a “Competitor” solely by virtue of its direct or indirect ownership of less than 5.0% of the Equity Interests in a “Competitor” and (b) a Person will not be a “Competitor” if such Person has policies and procedures that prohibit such Person from disclosing or making available any confidential information that such Person may receive as a Noteholder or prospective investor in the Notes, to individuals involved in the business of buying, selling, holding or analyzing the Equity Interests of a “Competitor” or in the business of being a franchisor, franchisee, owner or operator of a large regional or national quick service, limited service or fast casual restaurant concept, (c) a Permitted Holder (as defined in the Management Agreement) will not be a “Competitor” and (d) a franchisee will only be a “Competitor” if it, or its Affiliates, directly or indirectly, owns, franchises or licenses, in the aggregate, ten or more individual locations of a particular concept.

 

19


Concentration Account” means the account maintained in the name of and for the Issuer and pledged to the Trustee into which the Manager causes amounts to be deposited pursuant to Section 5.10(a) of this Base Indenture or any successor or additional such account established for the Issuer by the Manager for such purpose pursuant to this Base Indenture and the Management Agreement, including any investment accounts related thereto into which funds are transferred for investment purposes pursuant to Section 5.1(b) of this Base Indenture.

Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.11(a) of this Base Indenture.

Consent Recommendation” means the action recommended by the Control Party in writing with respect to any Consent Request.

Consent Request” means any request for directions, a waiver, amendment, consent or certain other actions under the Transaction Documents and the Managed Documents.

Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person (a) with respect to any indebtedness, lease, declared but unpaid dividends, letter of credit or other obligation of another if the primary purpose or intent thereof by the Person incurring the Contingent Obligation is to provide assurance to the obligee of such obligation of another that such obligation of another will be paid or discharged, or that any agreements relating thereto will be complied with, or that the holders of such obligation will be protected (in whole or in part) against loss in respect thereof or (b) under any letter of credit issued for the account of that Person or for which that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement thereof. Contingent Obligation will include (x) the direct or indirect guarantee, endorsement (otherwise than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of the obligation of another and (y) any liability of such Person for the obligations of another through any agreement (contingent or otherwise) (i) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such obligation or any security therefor, or to provide funds for the payment or discharge of such obligation (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise), (ii) to maintain the solvency of any balance sheet item, level of income or financial condition of another or (iii) to make take-or-pay or similar payments if required regardless of non-performance by any other party or parties to an agreement, if in the case of any agreement described under subclause (i) or (ii) of this clause (y) the primary purpose or intent thereof is as described in the preceding sentence. The amount of any Contingent Obligation will be equal to the amount of the obligation so guaranteed or otherwise supported.

Contractual Obligation” means, with respect to any Person, any provision of any security issued by that Person or of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, contract, undertaking, agreement or other instrument to which that Person is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound or to which it or any of its properties is subject.

 

20


Contributed Assets” means all assets contributed under the Contribution Agreements.

Contributed Development Agreements” means all Development Agreements and related guaranty agreements existing as of the Original Closing Date that were contributed to the Arby’s Franchisor on the Original Closing Date pursuant to the applicable Contribution Agreements.

Contributed Franchise Agreements” means all Franchise Agreements and related guaranty agreements that existed as of the Original Closing Date that were contributed to Arby’s Franchisor on the Original Closing Date pursuant to the applicable Contribution Agreements.

Contributed Franchise Business” means the business of franchising the Franchised Restaurants and the provision of ancillary goods and services in connection therewith. For the avoidance of doubt, the Contributed Franchise Business does not include the Non-Contributed Property.

Contributed Leases” means each lease related to Securitization-Owned Real Property that was contributed to a Securitization Entity on the Original Closing Date pursuant to the applicable Contribution Agreements and under which such Securitization Entity is the lessor.

Contributed Real Property” means the real property (including the land, buildings and fixtures) owned in fee by ARG or its Affiliates that were contributed to the Real Property Holder on the Original Closing Date pursuant to the applicable Contribution Agreements.

Contribution Agreements” means, collectively, the contribution agreements pursuant to which assets were contributed to any Securitization Entity.

Contributor” means any Non-Securitization Entity that directly or indirectly contributed Contributed Assets to the Securitization Entities on or prior to the Original Closing Date.

Controlled Group” means any group of trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control that is treated as a single employer for purposes of Section 302 or Title IV of ERISA.

Control Party” means the Servicer in its capacity as Control Party under the Transaction Documents.

Controlling Class” means the most senior Class of Notes then Outstanding among all Series of Notes then Outstanding for which purpose the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes will be treated as a single Class for so long as the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes remain Outstanding.

Controlling Class Member” means, with respect to a Note issued in book-entry form of the Controlling Class, a Note Owner of such Note and, with respect to a Note issued in physical, definitive form of the Controlling Class, a Noteholder of such Note issued in physical, definitive form (excluding, in each case, any Securitization Entity or Affiliate thereof).

 

21


Controlling Class Representative” means, at any time during which one or more Series of Notes is Outstanding, the representative, if any, that has been elected pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Base Indenture by the Majority of Controlling Class Members; provided that, if no Controlling Class Representative has been elected or if the Controlling Class Representative does not respond to a Consent Request within the time period specified in Section 11.4 of this Base Indenture, the Control Party will be entitled to exercise the rights of the Controlling Class Representative with respect to such Consent Request other than with respect to Servicer Termination Events.

Copyrights” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Intellectual Property.”

Corporate Trust Office” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee (a) for Note transfer purposes and presentment of the Notes for final payment thereon, Citibank, N.A., 480 Washington Boulevard, 30th Floor, Jersey City, New Jersey 07310, Attention: Securities Window–Arby’s Funding, LLC and (b) for all other purposes, Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, Attention: Agency & Trust–Arby’s Funding, LLC, call: (888) 855-9695 to obtain Citibank, N.A. account manager’s email, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders, each Rating Agency and the Issuer or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee.

CTOP Payment Priority” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(k) of this Base Indenture.

Debt Service” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date, the sum of (A) the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount plus (B) the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount plus (C) the aggregate Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees Amounts plus (D) with respect to each Class of Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of Scheduled Principal Payments that would be due and payable on such Quarterly Payment Date, as ratably reduced by the aggregate amount of any payments of Indemnification Amounts, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds or Asset Disposition Proceeds, after giving effect to any optional or mandatory prepayment of principal of any such Senior Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes or any repurchase and cancellation of such Senior Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes, but without giving effect to any reductions available due to satisfaction of any Series Non-Amortization Test for the applicable Non-Amortization Test Date.

For the purposes of calculating the DSCR as of the first Quarterly Payment Date after the Closing Date, Debt Service will be deemed to be the sum of (a) the product of (x) the sum of the amounts referred to in clauses (A) through (C) of the definition of “Debt Service” multiplied by (y) a fraction the numerator of which is 90 and the denominator of which is the actual number of days elapsed during the period commencing on and including the Closing Date and ending on but excluding the first Quarterly Payment Date, plus (b) the amount referred to in clause (D) of the definition of “Debt Service,” assuming for purposes of this calculation only that a Scheduled Principal Payment is due and payable on the first Quarterly Payment Date after the Closing Date; provided that, for purposes of calculating the DSCR for any period during which

 

22


one or more Permitted Acquisitions occurs, such Permitted Acquisition (and all other Permitted Acquisitions that have been consummated during the applicable period) shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement, and all income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person acquired in such Permitted Acquisition shall be included, together with such adjustments included in Inspire Adjusted EBITDA in accordance with the definition thereof.

Debt Service Advance” means an advance made by the Servicer (or, if the Servicer fails to do so, the Trustee) on a Quarterly Payment Date in an amount equal to the excess of the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount due on such Quarterly Payment Date over the amount on deposit in Indenture Trust Accounts available to pay such amounts on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12(a) of this Base Indenture.

Deemed Retained Collections” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Retained Collections” in this Base Indenture.

Default” means any Event of Default or any occurrence that with notice or the lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default.

Defeased Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(c) of this Base Indenture.

Definitive Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(a) of this Base Indenture.

Depository” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(a) of this Base Indenture.

Depository Agreement” means, with respect to a Series or Class of a Series of Notes having Book-Entry Notes, the agreement among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Clearing Agency governing the deposit of such Notes with the Clearing Agency, or as otherwise provided in the applicable Series Supplement.

Development Agreements” means all development agreements for Branded Restaurants pursuant to which a Franchisee, developer or other Person, in each case that is unaffiliated with ARG, obtains the rights to develop (in order to operate as a Franchisee) one or more Branded Restaurants within a geographical area and all master license agreements pursuant to which a Franchisee also is authorized to grant subfranchises.

Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any person, any Equity Interests of such person that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests other than Disqualified Stock), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior or concurrent repayment in full of and the termination of commitments under Inspire’s primary senior credit facility), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Equity Interests other than Disqualified Stock), in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payment of dividends in

 

23


cash or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Stock, in each case, prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the latest maturity date in effect under Inspire’s primary senior credit facility at the time of issuance thereof (provided, that only the portion of the Equity Interests that so mature or are mandatorily redeemable, are so convertible or exchangeable or are so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock). Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) any Equity Interests issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of Inspire or the Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because they may be required to be repurchased by Inspire or an Inspire Consolidated Subsidiary in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability and (ii) any class of Equity Interests of such person that by its terms authorizes such person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided that, the Manager, in accordance with the Managing Standard, may amend this definition of “Disqualified Stock” after the Closing Date with the consent of the Control Party including, without limitation, in connection with any change of control.

Dollar” and the symbol “$” or “U.S.$” or “U.S. Dollar” means the lawful currency of the United States.

DSCR” means an amount calculated as of any Quarterly Calculation Date by dividing (i) the Net Cash Flow over the four (4) immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Periods most recently ended by (ii) the Debt Service due during the four (4) immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Periods most recently ended; provided, further, that, for purposes of calculating the DSCR as of the first four (4) Quarterly Calculation Dates:

(a) “Net Cash Flow” for the Quarterly Fiscal Period ended with respect to June 28, 2020 shall be deemed to be $37,815,138, “Net Cash Flow” for the Quarterly Fiscal Period ended with respect to March 29, 2020 shall be deemed to be $36,043,623, “Net Cash Flow” for the Quarterly Fiscal Period ended with respect to December 29, 2019 shall be deemed to be $35,801,016 and “Net Cash Flow” for the Quarterly Fiscal Period ended with respect to September 29, 2019 shall be deemed to be $39,154,145;

(b) the Debt Service due during such period for purposes of clause (ii) shall be deemed to equal the Debt Service for the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period times four (and for the first Quarterly Fiscal Period, the Debt Service measured for such Quarterly Fiscal Period shall be adjusted as set forth in the definition of such term to account for the irregular number of days in such Quarterly Fiscal Period); and

(c) Net Cash Flow for the Quarterly Fiscal Period ending on September 27, 2020 shall be adjusted to reflect the Manager’s good faith estimate (in accordance with the Managing Standard) of what Net Cash Flow would have been for the portion of such Quarterly Fiscal Period occurring prior to the Closing Date if the calculation of “Net Cash Flow” set forth herein had been in effect prior to the Closing Date and based on the changes to the components of such calculation on and after the Closing Date.

 

24


DTC” means the Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation.

Eligible Account” means (a) a segregated identifiable trust account established in the trust department of a Qualified Trust Institution or (b) a separately identifiable deposit or securities account established at a Qualified Institution.

Eligible Assets” means any real property or other asset useful to the Securitization Entities in the operation of their business or assets, including, without limitation, (i) capital assets, capital expenditures, renovations and improvements, (ii) assets intended to generate revenue for the Securitization Entities or (iii) distributions to any Non-Securitization Entity that will be used to fund capital assets, capital expenditures, renovations or improvements or other assets intended to generate revenue for one or more Company-Owned Restaurants.

Eligible Investments” means (a) time or demand deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and is a member of the Federal Reserve System, (ii) whose short-term debt is rated at least “A-2” (or then equivalent grade) by S&P or KBRA (but in any event such S&P rating shall always be required) and (iii) has combined capital and surplus of at least $1,000,000,000, in each case with maturities of not more than ninety (90) days from the date of acquisition thereof; (b) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than three hundred sixty (360) days from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof; (c) commercial paper issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the United States of America and rated at least “A-2” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P or KBRA (but in any event such S&P rating shall always be required), with maturities of not more than one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of acquisition thereof; and (d) investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the relevant Person making such investment, in money market investment programs registered under the 1940 Act, which have the highest rating obtainable from S&P or KBRA (but in any event such S&P rating shall always be required), and the portfolios of which are invested primarily in investments of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this definition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Eligible Investments must either (A) be at all times available for withdrawal or liquidation at par (or for commercial paper issued at a discount, at the applicable purchase price) or (B) mature on or prior to (i) in the case of the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account or Insurance Proceeds Account, the Business Day prior to the date that the relevant Asset Disposition Proceeds or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds are required to be deposited into the Collection Account, (ii) in the case of each other Management Account and the Collection Account, the Business Day prior to the immediately succeeding Weekly Allocation Date, and (iii) in the case of each other Indenture Trust Account, the Business Day prior to the last Business Day of each Quarterly Fiscal Period.

 

25


Eligible Third-Party Candidate” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b) of this Base Indenture.

Employee Benefit Plan” means any “employee benefit plan,” as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, established, maintained or contributed to by a Securitization Entity, or with respect to which any Securitization Entity has any liability.

Enhancement” means with respect to any Series of Notes, the rights and benefits provided to the Noteholders of such Series of Notes pursuant to any letter of credit, surety bond, cash collateral account, spread account, guaranteed rate agreement, maturity guaranty facility, tax protection agreement, interest rate swap or any other similar arrangement entered into by the Issuer in connection with the issuance of such Series of Notes as provided for in the applicable Series Supplement in accordance with the terms of this Base Indenture.

Enhancement Agreement” means any contract, agreement, instrument or document governing the terms of any Enhancement or pursuant to which any Enhancement is issued or outstanding.

Enhancement Provider” means the Person providing any Enhancement as designated in the applicable Series Supplement.

Environmental Law” means any and all applicable laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, binding guidelines, codes, decrees, agreements or other legally enforceable requirements (including common law) of any international authority, foreign government, the United States, or any state, local, municipal or other governmental authority, regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of the environment or of human health (as it relates to exposure to Materials of Environmental Concern), or employee health and safety (as it relates to exposure to Materials of Environmental Concern), as has been, is now, or may at any time hereafter be, in effect.

Environmental Permits” means any and all permits, licenses, approvals, registrations, notifications, exemptions and other authorizations required under any Environmental Law.

Equity Interests” means (i) any ownership, management or membership interests in any limited liability company or unlimited liability company, (ii) any general or limited partnership interest in any partnership, (iii) any common, preferred or other stock interest in any corporation, (iv) any share, participation, unit or other interest in the property or enterprise of an issuer that evidences ownership rights therein, (v) any ownership or beneficial interest in any trust, or (vi) any option, warrant or other right to convert into or otherwise receive any of the foregoing.

ERISA” means the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of ERISA also refer to any successor sections.

 

26


EU Change of Control” means a Change of Control which is incompatible, under the reasonable advice of counsel to the Manager, with the obligations described in the Risk Retention Letter, dated as of the Closing Date, by ARG and addressed to the Issuer, the Trustee, Barclays Capital Inc., as representative of the Series 2020-1 Initial Purchasers and Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch as Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent, L/C Provider, Swingline Lender, Committed Note Purchaser and the related Funding Agent.

Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., or any successor thereto, as operator of the Euroclear System.

Event of Bankruptcy” means an event that will be deemed to have occurred with respect to a Person if:

(a) a case or other proceeding is commenced, without the application or consent of such Person, in any court, seeking the liquidation, reorganization, debt arrangement, dissolution, winding up, or composition or readjustment of debts of such Person, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator, assignee, sequestrator or the like for such Person or all or any substantial part of its assets, or any similar action with respect to such Person under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up or composition or adjustment of debts, and such case or proceeding continues undismissed, or unstayed and in effect, for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or an order for relief in respect of such Person is entered in an involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect; or

(b) such Person commences a voluntary case or other proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, debt arrangement, dissolution or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or makes any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

(c) the board of directors or board of managers (or similar body) of such Person votes to implement any of the actions set forth in clause (b) above.

Event of Default” means any of the events set forth in Section 9.2 of this Base Indenture.

Excepted Securitization IP Assets” means (i) any right to use third-party Intellectual Property pursuant to a license to the extent such rights are not able to be pledged; and (ii) any application for registration of a Trademark that would be invalidated, canceled, voided or abandoned due to the grant and/or enforcement of an assignment or security interest, including intent-to-use applications filed with the USPTO pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 1051(b) prior to the filing of a statement of use or amendment to allege use pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 1051(c) or (d); provided that at such time as the grant and/or enforcement of the assignment or security interest would not cause such application to be invalidated, canceled, voided or abandoned, such Trademark application will not be considered an Excepted Securitization IP Asset.

 

27


Excess Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date, an amount equal to the amount by which (a) the Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses that have become due and payable prior to such Weekly Allocation Date and have not been previously paid exceed (b) the Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Excluded Amounts” means (i) Advertising Fees, including, without limitation, any such Advertising Fees transferred to the AFA; (ii) amounts in respect of sales taxes and other comparable taxes (if any) that are due and payable to a Governmental Authority or other unaffiliated third party; (iii) withholding and other statutory taxes (if any) included in Collections but required to be remitted to a Governmental Authority; (iv) amounts paid by Franchisees to the Manager in respect of fees or expenses payable to unaffiliated third parties for services provided to Franchisees, including, without limitation, rental payments, property taxes, insurance and common area maintenance expenses on subleased franchised restaurant locations which have been paid or are payable by the Manager to a third party landlord, bona fide third-party repairs and maintenance fees, advertising agency fees and production costs, and software licensing and subscription fees; (v) fees and expenses paid by or on behalf of any Securitization Entity in connection with registering, maintaining and enforcing the Securitization IP and paying third-party Intellectual Property licensing and subscription fees; (vi) any proceeds from or collections in respect of Non-Contributed Property; (vii) amounts paid by Franchisees to the Manager relating to corporate services provided by the Manager, including, without limitation, repairs and maintenance, gift card administration, employee training, point-of-sale system maintenance and support and maintenance of other information technology systems, including, without limitation, mobile order and/or mobile payment systems, in each case to the extent such services are not provided by the Manager pursuant to the Management Agreement; (viii) gift card amounts; (ix) account expenses and fees paid to the banks at which the Management Accounts are held; (x) tenant improvement allowances and similar amounts received from landlords (if any); (xi) property taxes, insurance and common area maintenance expenses payable with respect to Securitization-Owned Real Property; (xii) proceeds of directors and officers insurance; (xiii) hotel, travel and training costs in connection with Franchisee training programs; (xiv) insurance and condemnation proceeds payable by the Securitization Entities to third parties; (xv) any amounts that cannot be transferred to the Concentration Account due to applicable law; (xvi) amounts paid by franchisees in respect of the T.J. Cinnamons Brand; and (xvii) any other amounts deposited into the Concentration Account or otherwise included in Collections that are not required to be deposited into the Collection Account pursuant to any Transaction Document.

Excluded IP” means (i) any Software licensed to or on behalf of a Non-Securitization Entity and (ii) any proprietary Software owned by a Non-Securitization Entity.

Extension Period” means, with respect to any Series or any Class of any Series of Notes, the period from the Series Anticipated Repayment Date (or any previously extended Series Anticipated Repayment Date) with respect to such Series or Class to the Series Anticipated Repayment Date with respect to such Series or Class as extended in connection with the provisions of the applicable Series Supplement.

 

28


FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereunder or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, any published intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such sections of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or official practices adopted pursuant to such published intergovernmental agreement.

FDIC” means the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Final Series Legal Final Maturity Date” means the Series Legal Final Maturity Date with respect to the last Series of Notes Outstanding.

Financial Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b) of this Base Indenture.

Fiscal Quarter Percentage” means with respect to each Weekly Allocation Date, 10%.

Franchise Agreement” means a franchise or license agreement whereby a third-party that is unaffiliated with ARG is duly authorized by an Arby’s Entity, and agrees, to operate a Branded Restaurant, including a multi-unit license agreement pursuant to which such third-party is authorized to operate multiple Branded Restaurants.

Franchise Assets” means, collectively, with respect to Arby’s Franchisor, (i) all Contributed Franchise Agreements and Contributed Development Agreements and all Franchisee Payment Amounts thereon; (ii) all New Franchise Agreements and New Development Agreements for Branded Restaurants in the Securitization Jurisdictions and all Franchisee Payment Amounts thereon; (iii) all rights to enter into New Franchise Agreements and New Development Agreements for Branded Restaurants in the Securitization Jurisdictions; (iv) the Franchisee Notes, if any; and (v) any and all other property of every nature, now or hereafter transferred, mortgaged, pledged or assigned as security for payment or performance of any obligation of the Franchisees or other Persons, as applicable, to Arby’s Franchisor under its respective Franchise Agreements or Development Agreements and all guarantees of such obligations and the rights evidenced by or reflected in the Franchise Agreements or the Development Agreements, including, without limitation, with respect to any Future Brands developed or acquired after the Closing Date and contributed to a Securitization Entity, together, in each case, with all payments, proceeds and accrued and future rights to payment thereon.

Franchise Capital Account” means, collectively, one or more accounts (which may, at the election of the Manager, be an Interest Reserve Account) into which the Manager may cause amounts to be deposited pursuant to Section 5.1(d) of this Base Indenture or any successor account established for the Issuer by the Manager for such purpose pursuant to this Base Indenture and the Management Agreement.

Franchise Documents” means Franchise Agreements, Development Agreements and agreements related thereto, together with any modifications, amendments, extensions or replacements of the foregoing.

Franchised Restaurants” means, collectively, the Original Closing Date Franchised Restaurants and the New Franchised Restaurants.

 

29


Franchisee” means any Person that is a franchisee or licensee under a Franchise Agreement.

Franchisee Note” means each note issued after the Original Closing Date by a Franchisee and owing to Arby’s Franchisor.

Franchisee Payment Amounts” means any amounts payable by or on behalf of a Franchisee (or a prospective Franchisee under a Development Agreement) to a Securitization Entity, including, without limitation, Franchisee Royalty Payments, payments in respect of Franchisee Notes and Franchisee Rental Payments, other than Excluded Amounts.

Franchisee Rental Payments” means any amounts payable by or on behalf of Franchisees or prospective Franchisees in respect of rent under Leases.

Franchisee Royalty Payments” means any amounts payable to any Securitization Entity by or on behalf of Franchisees under the Franchise Documents in respect of royalties.

Franchisor IP License Agreement” means the Franchisor IP License Agreement, dated as of the Original Closing Date, between the IP Holder, as licensor, and Arby’s Franchisor, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Funding Holdco” means Arby’s SPV Guarantor, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of ARG.

Future Brand” means any franchise brand that is acquired or developed by ARG or any other Non-Securitization Entity after the Closing Date and contributed to one or more Securitization Entities in a manner consistent with the terms of the Transaction Documents.

GAAP” means the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States promulgated or adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and its predecessors and successors from time to time.

Gift Card License” means the Amended and Restated License Agreement, dated as of the Original Closing Date, by and between ARG, as licensor, and ARG Services, Inc., as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Government Securities” means readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof and as to which obligations the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof.

Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America or any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

 

30


Gross Sales” means, with respect to any Branded Restaurant, the total amount of revenue received from the sale of all products and performance of all services (except Manager-approved promotional items) and all other income of every kind and nature (including gift certificates when redeemed but not when purchased), whether for cash or credit and regardless of collection in the case of credit; provided that Gross Sales shall not include (i) any sales taxes or other taxes, in each case collected from customers for transmittal to the appropriate taxing authority, or (ii) revenues that are not subject to royalties in accordance with the related franchise agreement or other applicable agreement.

Guarantee” means, as to any Person, any (a) obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness payable or performable by another Person (the “Primary Obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the Primary Obligor so as to enable the Primary Obligor to pay such Indebtedness, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien); provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted hereby (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be (i) with respect to a Guarantee pursuant to clause (a) above, an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith or (ii) with respect to a Guarantee pursuant to clause (b) above, the fair market value of the assets subject to (or that could be subject to) the related Lien. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning; provided that, the Manager, in accordance with the Managing Standard, may amend this definition of “Guarantee” after the Closing Date with the consent of the Control Party including, without limitation, in connection with any change of control.

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among the Guarantors and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Guarantors” means, collectively, Funding Holdco, each Issuer Subsidiary and any Additional Securitization Entities that are made parties to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as the Guarantors thereunder on or after the Closing Date.

Hedge Counterparty” means an institution that enters into a Swap Contract with one or more Securitization Entities to provide certain financial protections with respect to changes in interest rates applicable to a Series of Notes relating to such Notes if and as specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

 

31


Hedge Payment Account” means an account (including any investment accounts related thereto) in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, into which amounts payable to a Hedge Counterparty are deposited, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held by the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Hot Back-Up Management Duties” has the meaning set forth in the Back-Up Management Agreement.

Hot Back-Up Management Trigger Event” has the meaning set forth in the Back-Up Management Agreement.

Improvements” means, with respect to Intellectual Property, proprietary rights in any additions, modifications, developments, variations, refinements, enhancements or improvements that are derivative works as defined and recognized by applicable Requirements of Law.

Indebtedness” means, as applied to any Person, if and to the extent (other than with respect to clause (e) below) the same would constitute indebtedness or a liability on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money in any form, including derivatives, (b) notes payable, (c) any obligation owed for all or any part of the deferred purchase price for property or services, which purchase price is (i) due more than one year from the date of the incurrence of the obligation in respect thereof or (ii) evidenced by a note or similar written instrument (other than (x) such obligations accrued in the ordinary course, (y) an earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and (z) liabilities associated with client prepayments and deposits), (d) all indebtedness secured by any Lien on any property or asset owned by that Person regardless of whether the indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed by that Person or is nonrecourse to the credit of that Person, (e) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing and (f) solely for purposes of calculating the Inspire Leverage Ratio, Capitalized Lease Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall not include (i) any liability for federal, state, local or other Taxes owed or owing to any Governmental Authority (or the equivalent in any foreign country), (ii) trade and other ordinary-course payables, accrued expenses, and intercompany liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation (x) amounts payable under third party license agreements and third-party supply agreements and (y) intercompany liabilities in connection with the cash management, Tax and accounting operations of Inspire and the Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries, (iii) prepaid or deferred revenue, (iv) purchase price holdbacks arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of a portion of the purchase prices of an asset to satisfy unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset, (v) any performance guaranty or other customary Guarantee or indemnification obligations provided in connection with an Inspire Permitted Securitization Financing, (vi) obligations in respect of segregated accounts or funds, or any portion thereof, received by such Person as agent on behalf of third parties in accordance with a written agreement that imposes a duty upon such Person to collect and remit those funds to such third parties, (vii) obligations under or in respect of the acquisition agreements in connection with the

 

32


acquisition of Buffalo Wild Wings, Inc., Jimmy John’s LLC, Sonic LLC or any other acquisition permitted to be made by one or more Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries pursuant to Inspire’s primary senior debt facility, (viii) defined benefit liabilities, (ix) obligations of any advertising fund, marketing fund, technology fund or similar fund of Buffalo Wild Wings, Inc., Jimmy John’s LLC, Sonic LLC, ARG, Inc. or any acquisition permitted to be made by one or more Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries in accordance with Inspire’s primary senior debt facility, which obligations are required to be accounted for as a liability in accordance with GAAP, (x) intercompany indebtedness among Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries, (xi) liabilities under tax receivable agreements to the extent associated with a corresponding tax asset or (xii) obligations with respect to any lease of any property (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations for purposes of calculating the Inspire Leverage Ratio to the extent included in Indebtedness pursuant to clause (f) above), whether real, personal or mixed and whether or not classified as Capitalized Lease Obligations and whether or not such lease is pursuant to a sale-leaseback transaction (for the avoidance of doubt, whether or not such sale-leaseback transaction is accounted for under the financing method); provided that the Manager, in accordance with the Managing Standard, may amend this definition of “Indebtedness” after the Closing Date with the consent of the Control Party including, without limitation, in connection with any change of control.

Indemnification Amount” means (i) with respect to any Franchise Asset, an amount equal to the Allocated Note Amount for such asset and (ii) with respect to any Securitization IP, any amount required to reimburse the applicable Securitization Entity for the expenses related to defending or enforcing its rights in such Securitization IP.

Indenture” means this Base Indenture, together with all Series Supplements, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time by Supplements thereto in accordance with its terms.

Indenture Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a) of this Base Indenture.

Indenture Documents” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, collectively, this Base Indenture, the related Series Supplement, the Notes of such Series, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the related Account Control Agreements, any related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and any other agreements relating to the issuance or the purchase of the Notes of such Series or the pledge of Collateral under any of the foregoing.

Indenture Trust Accounts” means each of the Collection Account, Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account, the Interest Payment Account(s), the Cash Trap Reserve Account, the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, the Principal Payment Account(s), the Securitization Operating Expense Account, the Post-ARD Additional Interest Account(s), the Hedge Payment Account, the Series Distribution Accounts and such other accounts as the Trustee may establish from time to time pursuant to its authority to establish additional accounts pursuant to the Indenture.

 

33


Independent” means, as to any Person, any other Person (including, in the case of an accountant, or lawyer, a firm of accountants or lawyers and any member thereof or an investment bank and any member thereof) who (i) does not have and is not committed to acquire any material direct or any material indirect financial interest in such Person or in any Affiliate of such Person and (ii) is not connected with such Person or an Affiliate of such Person as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, voting trustee, partner, director or Person performing similar functions. “Independent” when used with respect to any accountant may include an accountant who audits the books of such Person if, in addition to satisfying the criteria set forth above, the accountant is independent with respect to such Person within the meaning of Rule 101 of the Code of Ethics of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Whenever any Independent Person’s opinion or certificate is to be furnished to the Trustee, such opinion or certificate shall state that the signer has read this definition and that the signer is Independent within the meaning hereof.

Independent Auditors” means the firm of Independent accountants appointed pursuant to the Management Agreement or any successor Independent accountant.

Independent Director” means, with respect to any corporation, an individual who has prior experience as an independent director, independent manager or independent member with at least three years of employment experience and who is provided by Corporation Service Company, CT Corporation, Lord Securities Corporation, National Registered Agents, Inc., Stewart Management Company, Wilmington Trust, National Association, Wilmington Trust SP Services, Inc., Citadel SPV LLC, or, if none of those companies is then providing professional independent managers, another nationally-recognized company reasonably approved by the Trustee, in each case that is not an Affiliate of the corporation and that provides professional independent managers and other corporate services in the ordinary course of its business, and which individual is duly appointed as an Independent Director and is not, and has never been, and will not while serving as Independent Director be, any of the following:

(i) a member (other than a special member), partner, equityholder, manager, director, officer or employee of the corporation, the shareholder thereof, or any of their respective equityholders or Affiliates (other than as an Independent Director of the corporation or an Affiliate of the corporation (other than any Securitization Entity) that is not in the direct chain of ownership of the corporation and that is required by a creditor to be a single purpose bankruptcy remote entity, provided that such Independent Director is employed by a corporation that routinely provides professional independent directors in the ordinary course of its business);

(ii) a creditor, supplier or service provider (including a provider of professional services) to the corporation, or any of its equityholders or Affiliates (other than a nationally-recognized company that routinely provides professional independent directors and other corporate services to the corporation or any of its equityholders or Affiliates in the ordinary course of its business);

(iii) a family member of any such member, partner, equityholder, manager, director, officer, employee, creditor, supplier or service provider; or

(iv) a Person that controls (whether directly, indirectly or otherwise) any of (i), (ii) or (iii) above.

 

34


A natural person who otherwise satisfies the foregoing definition and satisfies subparagraph (i) by reason of being the Independent Director (or independent director or manager) of a “special purpose entity” which is an Affiliate of the corporation shall be qualified to serve as an Independent Director of the corporation, provided that the fees that such individual earns from serving as Independent Director (or independent director or manager) of any Affiliate of the corporation in any given year constitute in the aggregate less than five percent (5%) of such individual’s annual income for that year.

Independent Manager” means, with respect to any limited liability company or corporation, an individual who has prior experience as an independent director, independent manager or independent member with at least three years of employment experience and who is provided by Corporation Service Company, CT Corporation, Lord Securities Corporation, National Registered Agents, Inc., Stewart Management Company, Wilmington Trust, National Association, Wilmington Trust SP Services, Inc., or, if none of those companies is then providing professional independent managers, another nationally-recognized company reasonably approved by the Trustee, in each case that is not an Affiliate of such Person and that provides professional independent managers and other corporate services in the ordinary course of its business, and which individual is duly appointed as an Independent Manager and is not, and has never been, and will not while serving as Independent Manager be, any of the following:

(i) a member, partner, equityholder, manager, director, officer or employee of such Person, the member or shareholder thereof, or any of their respective equityholders or Affiliates (other than as an independent manager or special member of such Person or an Affiliate of such Person that is not in the direct chain of ownership of such Person (except for a Securitization Entity) and that is required by a creditor to be a single purpose bankruptcy remote entity; provided that such independent manager is employed by a company that routinely provides professional independent directors or managers in the ordinary course of its business);

(ii) a creditor, supplier or service provider (including a provider of professional services) to such Person, or any of its equityholders or Affiliates (other than a nationally-recognized company that routinely provides professional independent directors or managers and other corporate services to such Person or any of its equityholders or Affiliates in the ordinary course of its business);

(iii) a family member of any such member, partner, equityholder, manager, director, officer, employee, creditor, supplier or service provider; or

(iv) a Person that controls (whether directly, indirectly or otherwise) any Person described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above.

A natural person who otherwise satisfies the foregoing definition and satisfies clause (i) by reason of being the independent director or manager of a “special purpose entity” which is an Affiliate of any Person shall be qualified to serve as an Independent Manager of such Person; provided that the fees that such individual earns from serving as independent director or manager of any Affiliate of such Person in any given year constitute in the aggregate less than 5% of such individual’s annual income for that year.

 

35


Ineligible Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.19 of this Base Indenture.

Initial Senior Notes Interest Reserve Deposit” means $7,100,000.

Initial Principal Amount” means with respect to any Series, Class (or Subclass) or Tranche of Notes, the aggregate initial principal amount of such Series, Class (or Subclass) or Tranche of Notes specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

Initial Purchaser” means, with respect to any Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes (other than Class A-1 Notes), the initial purchaser (or initial purchasers) of such Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes.

Insolvency” means liquidation, insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, composition, reorganization or conservation; and when used as an adjective “Insolvent.”

Insolvency Law” means any applicable federal, state or foreign law relating to liquidation, insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, composition, reorganization, conservation or other similar law now or hereafter in effect.

Inspire” means Mavericks, Inc. (formerly known as Inspire Brands, Inc. and formerly known as ARG Holding Corporation), a Delaware corporation, or any successor, transferee or assignee as direct or indirect owner of 100% of Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc., including in connection with a change of control.

Inspire Adjusted EBITDA” means, with respect to Inspire and the Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any period, the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income of Inspire and the Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period plus (a) the sum of (in each case without duplication and to the extent the respective amounts described in subclauses (i) through (xix) of this clause (a) (x) reduced such Adjusted Consolidated Net Income and (y) were not excluded therefrom for the respective period for which Inspire Adjusted EBITDA is being determined):

(i) (A) provision for Taxes or deferred Taxes based on income, profits, revenue or capital of Inspire and the Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, including, without limitation, capital, federal, state, local, franchise and similar Taxes, property Taxes and foreign withholding Taxes (including penalties and interest related to Taxes or arising from Tax examinations) and (B) the amount of distributions and other payments to its parent entities in respect of Taxes;

(ii) Interest Expense (and to the extent not included in Interest Expense, (a) fees and expenses paid to any administrative agent or trustee, (b) financing fees (including rating agency fees), (c) all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock, (d) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities (whether amortized or immediately expensed), (e) interest charge on defined benefit liabilities, (f) unwinding of discount on restoration and onerous lease provisions of Inspire and the Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period and (g) any losses or related advisory fees or commissions on hedging agreements or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest or currency exchange rate risk, net of interest income and gains on such hedging agreements or such derivative instruments);

 

36


(iii) (A) depreciation and amortization expenses of Inspire and the Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period including the amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets, deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, original issue discount, amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits, (B) all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a person during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in accordance with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of such person and its subsidiaries (“Capitalized Software Expenditures”), and (C) any impairment charge;

(iv) any extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual losses, expenses, costs or charges, including, without limitation, business optimization expenses and other restructuring charges or reserves, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with the adjustments referred to in clause (ix) below (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include, without limitation, charges in connection with any integration, restructuring (including any charge relating to any tax restructuring) or transition, any reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets for alternative uses, the effect of inventory or supply chain optimization programs and/or any curtailment, facility, restaurant, branch, office or business unit closures or consolidations (including but not limited to rent termination costs, moving costs and legal costs), consulting costs, implementation costs, signing, retention, recruiting or completion bonuses, costs or expenses, or any bonus expenses in excess of a normalized annual amount (as determined in good faith by Inspire), severance, duplicative salary or rent, systems establishment costs, contract termination costs, charges related to any strategic initiative or contract, future lease commitments and excess pension charges), and expenses (other than interest expense) incurred that are classified as “pre-opening rent”, “pre-opening expenses”, “re-opening expenses”, “opening costs” or “re-opening costs” (or any similar or equivalent caption) and shall include, without limitation, the amount of expenses of Inspire and the Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries in connection with the re-modeling and re-opening of any restaurant;

(v) any other non-cash charges, including any non-cash impairment charge and any write-offs or write-downs reducing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income for such period and any amortization of intangibles; provided that for purposes of this subclause (v) of this clause (a), (i) if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, Inspire may determine not to add back such non-cash charge in the current period and (ii) to the extent Inspire does decide to add back any such non-cash charges, any non-cash charges or losses shall be treated as cash charges or losses in any subsequent period during which cash disbursements attributable thereto are made (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period);

 

37


(vi) (A) the amount of board of director fees and related indemnities and expenses and management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory, transaction, termination and similar fees and related indemnities and expenses (including reimbursements) paid to the Sponsor and directors, executive officers and other management personnel and/or their respective Affiliates or management companies (or any accruals related to such fees and related expenses) and payments to outside directors of Inspire or any parent entity actually paid by or on behalf of, or accrued by, such person or any of its subsidiaries during such period and (B) the amount of payments made to optionholders of such person or any parent entity in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to equityholders of such person or its holding companies, which payments are being made to compensate such optionholders as though they were equityholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution;

(vii) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense as described in the preceding subclause (iii)) related to (A) any issuance of Equity Interests (including by any parent entity), investment, acquisition, refranchising transaction, New Project, disposition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation, recapitalization or the incurrence, modification, amendment or repayment of indebtedness (including any amortization or write-off of debt issuance or deferred financing costs, premiums and prepayment penalties) (including repayment, redemption or refinancing thereof) (in each case, whether or not successful), including (x) such fees, expenses or charges related to Inspire’s senior indebtedness (including rating agency, legal and bank fees), (y) any amendment or other modification of indebtedness and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees, expenses and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Inspire Permitted Securitization Financing and/or (B) in connection with any initial public offering (whether or not consummated);

(viii) the amount of loss or discount in connection with a sale of receivables, securitization assets and any assets related to any securitization entity or in connection with an Inspire Permitted Securitization Financing, including amortization of loan origination costs and amortization of portfolio discounts;

(ix) pro forma adjustments including expected “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements, synergies and similar initiatives and restructurings (net of the amount of actual amounts realized) related to asset sales, acquisitions, refranchising transaction, investments, dispositions, initiatives with respect to cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements, synergies and other initiatives, restructurings and specified transactions that are reasonably identifiable and projected by Inspire in good faith to result from actions that have been taken, with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or that are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of Inspire) within 24 months of the date of consummation of such asset sale, acquisition or other initiative or transaction;

(x) (A) any costs or expense incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, any pension plan (including any post- employment benefit program which has been agreed to with the relevant pension trustee), any employee benefit trust, any employment benefits program, any long-term incentive plan or

 

38


any similar equity plan or arrangement (including any deferred compensation arrangement), including, without limitation, pensions or other post-employment benefit costs representing amortization of unrecognized prior service costs, actuarial costs, including amortization of such amounts arising in prior periods, and (B) any charge in connection with the rollover, acceleration or payout of equity interests held by management, in each case under this clause (x), to the extent that such costs or expenses are non-cash or are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Inspire or an Inspire Consolidated Subsidiary (other than contributions received from Inspire or another Inspire Consolidated Subsidiary) or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of Inspire (other than Disqualified Stock);

(xi) add-backs and adjustments that are consistent with Regulation S-X;

(xii) the amount of any loss attributable to (x) each restaurant, plant, facility, branch, office or business unit which is either a new restaurant, plant, facility, branch, office or business unit or an expansion, relocation, remodeling, refurbishment or substantial modernization of an existing restaurant, plant, facility, branch, office or business unit owned by Inspire or the Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries which in fact commences operations and (y) each creation (in one or a series of related transactions) of a business unit, product line or information technology offering to the extent such business unit commences operations or such product line or information technology is offered or each expansion (in one or a series of related transactions) of business into a new market or through a new distribution method or channel (each, a “New Project”), until the date that is 12 months after the date of completing the construction, acquisition, assembling or creation of such New Project, as the case may be; provided that (A) such losses are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and (B) losses attributable to such New Project after 12 months from the date of completing such construction, acquisition, assembling or creation, as the case may be, shall not be included in this clause (xii);

(xiii) with respect to any joint venture that is not an Inspire Consolidated Subsidiary and solely to the extent relating to any net income referred to in clause (v) of the definition of “Adjusted Consolidated Net Income,” an amount equal to the proportion of those items described in subclauses (i) and (ii) above relating to such joint venture corresponding to Inspire’s and the Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of such joint venture’s Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (determined as if such joint venture were an Inspire Consolidated Subsidiary);

(xiv) one-time costs associated with commencing compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and the rules of national securities exchange listed companies (in each case, as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public), including procuring directors’ and officers’ insurance, legal and other professional fees, and listing fees;

(xv) the amount of earn-out and other contingent consideration obligations (including to the extent accounted for as bonuses, compensation or otherwise) incurred in connection with any acquisition, refranchising transaction or other investment, in each case, which is paid or accrued in such period; provided that any accrual amount added back pursuant to this clause (xv) shall not be added back in any subsequent period when paid;

 

39


(xvi) the amount of any cash actually received by such person (or the amount of the benefit of any netting arrangement resulting in reduced cash expenditures) during such period and not included in Adjusted Consolidated Net Income in any period, to the extent that any non-cash gain relating to such cash receipt or netting arrangement was deducted in the calculation of Inspire Adjusted EBITDA pursuant to clause (b) below for any previous period and not added back;

(xvii) any non-cash charge related to rent expense, including the excess of rent expense over actual cash rent paid during the relevant period due to the use of straight line rent for GAAP purposes;

(xviii) without duplication, losses, expenses, costs or charges incurred in connection with franchise conferences; and

(xix) without duplication, other non-operating expenses;

minus (b) the sum of (without duplication and to the extent the amounts described in this clause (b) increased such Adjusted Consolidated Net Income for the respective period for which Inspire Adjusted EBITDA is being determined) non-cash items increasing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income of Inspire and the Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period (but excluding any such items (A) in respect of which cash was received in a prior period or will be received in a future period or (B) which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced Inspire Adjusted EBITDA in any prior period), provided, that the Manager, in accordance with the Managing Standard, may amend this definition of “Inspire Adjusted EBITDA” after the Closing Date with the consent of the Control Party including, without limitation, in connection with any change of control.

Inspire Consolidated Subsidiary” means, with respect to Inspire, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, at the time any determination is being made, directly or indirectly, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, at the time any determination is made, otherwise controlled, by Inspire or one or more subsidiaries of Inspire or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of Inspire; provided that the Manager, in accordance with the Managing Standard, may amend this definition of “Inspire Consolidated Subsidiary” after the Closing Date with the consent of the Control Party including, without limitation, in connection with any change of control.

Inspire Leverage Ratio” means, as of the date of the incurrence of any Indebtedness by Inspire or any direct or indirect subsidiary of Inspire, without duplication, the ratio of (a)(i) the aggregate principal amount of any Indebtedness of Inspire and the Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries at such time, giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness (including the outstanding principal amount of each Series of Class A-1 Notes, any equivalent series of notes under each other Inspire Permitted Securitization Financing and drawn amounts under any other revolving lines of credit at such time but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, undrawn commitments thereunder) less (ii) the sum of (w) the cash and Eligible Investments of all Securitization Entities and other “Securitization Entities” and “Unrestricted Subsidiaries” (or any similar terms, as defined in Inspire Brands’ primary senior credit facility) credited to the

 

40


Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account(s), the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account(s), the Principal Payment Account(s), the Cash Trap Reserve Account, the Franchise Capital Account and any similar accounts of such entities as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter period (or similar period), (x) the cash and Eligible Investments of the Securitization Entities and other “Securitization Entities” and “Unrestricted Subsidiaries” (or any similar terms, as defined in Inspire Brands’ primary senior credit facility) credited to the Concentration Account(s) and any similar accounts as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter period (or similar period) that, pursuant to a manager’s certificate delivered on or prior to such date, will be paid as management, servicing or similar fees to any Inspire Consolidated Subsidiary or constitute the Residual Amount (or any similar term as defined in Inspire Brands’ primary credit facility) on the next succeeding allocation date, (y) without duplication, the Inspire Unrestricted Cash and other Inspire Permitted Investments of Inspire Brands and the Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter period (or similar period) and (z) the available amount of each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit (and equivalent or similar reserve letters of credit of other “Securitization Entities” (as defined in Inspire Brands’ primary senior credit facility)) as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter period (or similar period), to (b) Inspire Adjusted EBITDA for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarter periods most recently ended as of such date (taken as one accounting period) for which financial statements have been (or were required to be) delivered pursuant to Inspire Brands’ primary senior credit facility; provided that any amounts that are considered Indebtedness due solely to a change in accounting rules that takes effect subsequent to February 5, 2018, but that was not considered Indebtedness prior to such date, will not be included in clause (a) above; provided, further, that the Manager, in accordance with the Managing Standard, may amend this definition of “Inspire Leverage Ratio” after the Closing Date with the consent of the Control Party including, without limitation, in connection with any change of control.

Inspire Permitted Investments” means any “Permitted Investments” or similar term denoting cash and cash equivalents held by Inspire and the Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries as permitted pursuant to Inspire’s primary senior debt facility from time to time.

Inspire Permitted Securitization Financing” means any securitization financing facility permitted to be entered into by one or more Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries pursuant to Inspire’s primary senior debt facility, including, without limitation, the securitization transaction relating to the Arby’s Brand contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

Inspire Unrestricted Cash” means cash or cash equivalents of Inspire or any of the Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries that would not appear as “restricted” on a consolidated balance sheet of Inspire or any of the Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries; provided, that for purposes of the calculation of the Inspire Leverage Ratio, the amount of Inspire Unrestricted Cash and Inspire Permitted Investments not denominated in United States Dollars shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rates that would be used either, at the option of Inspire, (i) for purposes of preparing a balance sheet or (ii) for purposes of calculating Inspire Adjusted EBITDA, in each case, as of the last day of the fiscal quarter most recently ended as of the date of determination as determined by Inspire in good faith; provided, further, that, the Manager, in accordance with the Managing Standard, may amend this definition of “Inspire Unrestricted Cash” after the Closing Date with the consent of the Control Party including, without limitation, in connection with any change of control.

 

41


Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds” means an amount equal to: (i) any cash payments or proceeds received by the Securitization Entities (a) by reason of theft, physical destruction or damage or any other similar event with respect to any properties or assets of the Securitization Entities under any policy of insurance (other than liability insurance) in respect of a covered loss thereunder or (b) as a result of any non-temporary condemnation, taking, seizing or similar event with respect to any properties or assets of the Securitization Entities by any Person pursuant to the power of eminent domain, condemnation or otherwise, or pursuant to a sale of any such assets to a purchaser with such power under threat of such a taking, minus (ii) (a) any actual and reasonable documented costs incurred by the Securitization Entities in connection with the adjustment or settlement of any claims of the Securitization Entities in respect thereof and (b) any bona fide direct costs incurred in connection with any disposition of such assets as referred to in clause (i)(b) of this definition, including income taxes reasonably estimated to be actually payable by the Securitization Entities’ direct or indirect parent as a result of any gain recognized in connection therewith. For the avoidance of doubt, “Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds” shall not include any proceeds of policies of insurance not described above, such as business interruption insurance and other insurance procured in the ordinary course of business, which shall be treated as ordinary Collections.

Insurance Proceeds Account” means an account maintained in the name of the Issuer and pledged to the Trustee into which the Manager causes amounts to be deposited pursuant to Section 5.10(d) of this Base Indenture or any successor account established for the Issuer by the Manager for such purpose pursuant to this Base Indenture and the Management Agreement, including any investment accounts related thereto into which funds are transferred for investment purposes pursuant to Section 5.1(b) of this Base Indenture.

Intellectual Property” or “IP” means all rights in intellectual property of any type throughout the world, including (i) all Trademarks; (ii) all patents (including, during the term of a patent, the inventions claimed thereunder) and industrial designs (including any continuations, extensions, divisionals, continuations in part, provisionals, reissues, and re-examinations thereof) (“Patents”); (iii) all rights in computer programs, including in both source code and object code therefor, together with related documentation and explanatory materials and databases, including any Copyrights, Patents and Trade Secrets therein (“Software”); (iv) all copyrights (whether registered or unregistered) in unpublished and published works (“Copyrights”); (v) all trade secrets and other confidential or proprietary information, including with respect to unpatented inventions, operating procedures, know how, procedures and formulas for preparing food and beverage products, specifications for certain food and beverage products, inventory methods, customer service methods, financial control methods and training techniques (“Trade Secrets”); (vi) all social media account names or identifiers (e.g., Twitter® handle or Facebook® account name); (vii) all Improvements of or to any of the foregoing; and (viii) all registrations, applications for registration or issuances, recordings, renewals and extensions relating to any of the foregoing.

 

42


Interest Accrual Period” means with respect to any Class, Subclass or Tranche of any Series of Notes other than Class A-1 Notes, a period commencing on and including the 30th day of the calendar month in which the immediately preceding Quarterly Payment Date was scheduled to occur without giving any effect to any Business Day adjustment (or, with respect to the first Quarterly Payment Date, from and including the Closing Date) to but excluding the 30th day of the calendar month that includes the date on which the then-current Quarterly Payment Date is scheduled to occur without giving effect to any Business Day adjustment; provided, however, that the initial Interest Accrual Period for any such Class, Subclass or Tranche will commence on and include the Series Closing Date applicable thereto and end on the date specified in the applicable Series Supplement; provided, further, that, solely with respect to any Class A-1 Notes of any Series of Notes, the Interest Accrual Period shall be the applicable Interest Accrual Period specified in the applicable Series Supplement or Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; provided, further, that the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding immediately preceding the Quarterly Payment Date on which the last payment on the Notes of such Series is to be made will end on such Quarterly Payment Date.

Interest Expense” means with respect to any person for any period, the sum of (a) gross interest expense of such person for such period on a consolidated basis, including the portion of any payments or accruals with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations allocable to interest expense and including amortization of deferred financing fees and original issue discount, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees and non-cash interest expense attributable to movement in mark to market of obligations in respect of hedging agreements or other derivatives (in each case permitted hereunder) under GAAP and (b) capitalized interest of such person, minus interest income for such period; provided that any interest expense with respect to the obligations of any advertising fund, marketing fund, technology fund or similar fund of Buffalo Wild Wings, Inc., Jimmy John’s LLC, Sonic LLC, ARG, Inc. or any acquisition permitted to be made by one or more Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries in accordance with Inspire’s primary senior debt facility, which obligations are required to be accounted for as a liability in accordance with GAAP, shall be excluded in the determination of Interest Expense. For purposes of the foregoing, gross interest expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received and costs incurred by Inspire and the Inspire Consolidated Subsidiaries with respect to hedging agreements, and interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by Inspire to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP; provided that, the Manager, in accordance with the Managing Standard, may amend this definition of “ Interest Expense” after the Closing Date with the consent of the Control Party including, without limitation, in connection with any change of control.

Interest-Only DSCR” means the DSCR calculated as of any Quarterly Calculation Date without giving effect to clause (D) of the definition of “Debt Service”.

Interest Payment Account” means each of the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account and the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account.

Interest Reserve Account” means each of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account.

 

43


Interest Reserve Letter of Credit” means any Letter of Credit issued under a Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement that satisfies the conditions set forth in the third paragraph of Section 5.17 of this Base Indenture.

Interest Reserve Release Event” means, as of any Quarterly Calculation Date or the date of any optional prepayment of Notes, and with respect to the Senior Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes Outstanding, as applicable, the determination by the Manager, in accordance with the Managing Standard, that as of the immediately following Quarterly Payment Date or the date of such date of optional prepayment, as the case may be (A) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable will be greater than (B) the excess of (i) the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Amount, as applicable over (ii) the amount available under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Notes or the Senior Subordinated Notes, as applicable.

Interim Successor Manager” means upon the resignation or termination of the Manager pursuant to the terms of the Management Agreement and prior to the appointment of any successor to the Manager by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), the Back-Up Manager.

Investment Income” means the investment income earned on a specified account during a specified period, in each case net of all losses and expenses allocable thereto.

Investor Request Certification” has the meaning specified in Section 4.4 of this Base Indenture.

IP Holder” means Arby’s IP Holder, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Arby’s Franchisor.

IP License Agreements” means the Franchisor IP License Agreement and the Arby’s IP License Agreement.

Issuer” means Arby’s Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and assigns.

Issuer Subsidiaries” means, collectively, each of the direct and indirect Subsidiaries of the Issuer, now existing or hereafter created.

KBRA” means Kroll Bond Rating Agency, LLC or any successor thereto.

L/C Downgrade Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5.17 of this Base Indenture.

L/C Provider” has the meaning specified in Section 5.17 of this Base Indenture.

Leases” means, collectively, the Contributed Leases and the New Leases.

 

44


Legacy Account” means, on or after the date that any Class or Series of Notes issued pursuant to this Base Indenture is no longer Outstanding, any account maintained by the Trustee to which funds have been allocated in accordance with the Priority of Payments for the payment of interest, fees or other amounts solely in respect of such Class or Series of Notes.

Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement” means a reimbursement agreement, by and among ARG, Inspire and the Issuer, as may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, which permits Letters of Credit to be issued pursuant to a Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement that are for the sole benefit of Inspire or any Inspire Consolidated Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity, but including any Non-Securitization Entity) and that provide that the Issuer will receive a fee from Inspire or ARG, as applicable in respect of each entity whose obligations are secured by any such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the cost to the Issuer in connection with the issuance and maintenance of such Letter of Credit plus an agreed-upon margin.

LIBOR” means the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate.

Licensee-Developed IP” means all Intellectual Property (other than the Excluded IP) created, developed, authored, acquired or owned by or on behalf of any licensee under any IP License Agreement related to (i) the Arby’s Brand, (ii) products or services sold or distributed under the Arby’s Brand, (iii) the Branded Restaurants, (iv) the Arby’s System or (v) the Contributed Franchise Business, including, without limitation, all Improvements to any Securitization IP.

Lien” means, when used with respect to any Person, any interest in any real or personal property, asset or other right held, owned or being purchased or acquired by such Person which secures payment or performance of any obligation, and will include any mortgage, lien, pledge, encumbrance, charge, retained security title of a conditional vendor or lessor, or other security interest of any kind, whether arising under a security agreement, mortgage, lease, deed of trust, chattel mortgage, assignment, pledge, retention or security title, financing or similar statement, or arising as a matter of law, judicial process or otherwise.

Liquidation Fees” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

Majority of Controlling Class Members” means (x) except as set forth in clause (y), with respect to the Controlling Class Members (or, if specified, any subset thereof) and as of any day of determination, Controlling Class Members that hold in excess of 50% of the sum of (i) the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes of the Controlling Class and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of each Series of Notes of the Controlling Class (other than the Class A-1 Notes) or any beneficial interest therein as of such day of determination (excluding any Notes or beneficial interests in Notes held by any Securitization Entity or any Affiliate of any Securitization Entity) and (y) with respect to the election of a Controlling Class Representative, Controlling Class Members that hold beneficial interests in excess of 50% of the sum of (i) the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes of the Controlling Class and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of each Series of Notes of the Controlling Class (other than Class A-1 Notes) or any beneficial interest therein, in each case, that are Outstanding as of the CCR Voting Record Date and with respect to which votes were submitted (which may be less than the Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class as of the CCR Voting Record Date) (the sum of (y)(i) and (y)(ii), the “CCR Voting Amount”).

 

45


Majority of Senior Noteholders” means Senior Noteholders holding in excess of 50% of the sum of (i) the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of each Series of Senior Notes other than the Class A-1 Notes (excluding any Senior Notes or beneficial interests in Senior Notes held by any Securitization Entity or any Affiliate of any Securitization Entity).

Managed Assets” means the assets that the Manager has agreed to manage and service pursuant to the Management Agreement in accordance with the standards and the procedures described therein.

Managed Documents” means any contract, agreement, arrangement or undertaking relating to any of the Managed Assets, including, without limitation, the Contribution Agreements, Franchise Documents and IP License Agreements.

Management Accounts” means, collectively, the Concentration Account, the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account, the Insurance Proceeds Account, the Franchise Capital Account, any account of the Issuer utilized for the receipt of Residual Amounts and such other accounts as may be established by the Manager from time to time pursuant to the Management Agreement that the Manager designates as a “Management Account” for purposes of the Management Agreement, so long as each such other account is either established with the Trustee or subject to an Account Control Agreement.

Management Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among the Manager, Arby’s of Canada Inc., as sub-manager, Inspire, the Issuer, the other Securitization Entities party thereto and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Manager” means ARG, as manager under the Management Agreement, and any successor thereto.

Manager Advances” has the meaning set forth in the Management Agreement.

Manager-Developed IP” means all Intellectual Property (other than Excluded IP) created, developed, authored, acquired or owned by or on behalf of the Manager related to (i) the Arby’s Brand, (ii) products or services sold or distributed under the Arby’s Brand, (iii) the Branded Restaurants, (iv) the Arby’s System or (v) the Contributed Franchise Business, including, without limitation, all Improvements to any Securitization IP.

Manager Termination Event” means the occurrence of an event specified in Section 6.1 of the Management Agreement.

Managing Standard” has the meaning set forth in the Management Agreement.

 

46


Material Adverse Effect” means:

(a) with respect to the Manager, a material adverse effect on (i) its results of operations, business, properties or financial condition, taken as a whole, (ii) its ability to conduct its business or to perform in any material respect its obligations under the Management Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (iii) the Collateral, taken as a whole, or (iv) the ability of the Securitization Entities to perform in any material respect their obligations under the Transaction Documents;

(b) with respect to the Collateral, a material adverse effect with respect to (i) the Arby’s Brand in any jurisdiction that is material to the business of the Securitization Entities or with respect to the Securitization IP taken as a whole, the enforceability of the terms thereof, the likelihood of the payment of the amounts required with respect thereto in accordance with the terms thereof, the value thereof, or the security interest in the rights thereto granted by the Securitization Entities under the terms of the Transaction Documents or (ii) the Franchise Assets taken as a whole or the Collateral taken as a whole, the enforceability of the terms thereof, the likelihood of the payment of the amounts required with respect thereto in accordance with the terms thereof, the value thereof, the ownership thereof by the Securitization Entities (as applicable) or the Lien of the Indenture or Guarantee and Collateral Agreement on such Collateral;

(c) with respect to any Securitization Entity, a materially adverse effect on the results of operations, business, properties or financial condition of such Securitization Entity, taken as a whole, or the ability of such Securitization Entity to conduct its business or to perform in any material respect its obligations under any of the Transaction Documents; or

(d) with respect to any Person or matter, a material impairment to the rights of or benefits available to, taken as a whole, the Securitization Entities, the Trustee, or the Noteholders under any Transaction Document or the enforceability of any material provision of any Transaction Document;

provided, that where “Material Adverse Effect” is used in any Transaction Document without specific reference, such term will have the meaning specified in clauses (a) through (d), as the context may require.

Materials of Environmental Concern” means any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products (virgin or unused), polychlorinated biphenyls, urea-formaldehyde insulation, asbestos, pollutants, contaminants, radioactivity and any other materials or substances of any kind, whether or not any such material or substance is defined as hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Law, that is regulated pursuant to or could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under any Environmental Law.

Mortgage” means a fully executed fee mortgage or deed of trust (including assignments of Leases and proceeds with respect thereto) with respect to the Real Estate Assets in substantially the form attached as Exhibit B to this Base Indenture or otherwise in form reasonably acceptable to the Control Party and the Trustee and, in any event, suitable for recordation under applicable law.

 

47


Mortgage Preparation Event” means the earlier to occur of (i) the failure of the Issuer to maintain a DSCR of at least 1.75:1.00 as calculated on any Quarterly Calculation Date or (ii) a Rapid Amortization Event that has not been waived.

Mortgage Preparation Fees” means any reasonable expenses incurred by the Issuer, the Manager or the Servicer in connection with the preparation of any Mortgages as required by this Base Indenture.

Mortgage Recordation Event” means the occurrence of the first Business Day in a Rapid Amortization Period that is at least sixty (60) days following a Mortgage Preparation Event.

Mortgage Trustee Fees” means any fees, taxes or other amounts required to be paid by the Trustee to any applicable Governmental Authority, or any reasonable costs, custodial fees (which custodial fees shall be in an amount not to exceed $1,000 per annum) and expenses incurred by the Trustee, in connection with (i) Mortgages after a Mortgage Preparation Event or (ii) a Mortgage Recordation Event and the recording of any Mortgages as required by this Base Indenture.

Multiemployer Plan” means any Pension Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001 of ERISA.

Net Cash Flow” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date and the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount (not less than zero) equal to:

(a) the Retained Collections with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period; minus

(b) the amount (without duplication) equal to the sum of (i) the Securitization Operating Expenses paid on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period pursuant to priority (v) of the Priority of Payments, (ii) the Weekly Management Fees and Supplemental Management Fees paid on each Weekly Allocation Date to the Manager with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, (iii) the Servicing Fees, Liquidation Fees, and Workout Fees paid to the Servicer on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period; and (iv) the amount of Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses paid on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period; minus

(c) the amount, if any, by which equity contributions included in such Retained Collections exceeds the relevant amount of Retained Collections Contributions permitted to be included in Net Cash Flow pursuant to Section 5.16 of this Base Indenture.

 

48


Net Income” shall mean, with respect to any person, the net income (loss) of such person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.

New Asset” means a New Franchise Agreement, a New Development Agreement or any other Managed Asset contributed to, or otherwise entered into or acquired by, the Securitization Entities after the Original Closing Date.

New Development Agreements” means all Development Agreements and related guaranty agreements entered into by the Arby’s Franchisor after the Original Closing Date.

New Franchise Agreements” means all Franchise Agreements and related guaranty agreements entered into by Arby’s Franchisor after the Original Closing Date, in its capacity as franchisor for Branded Restaurants (including all renewals thereof and of Contributed Franchise Agreements).

New Franchised Restaurants” means the Branded Restaurants that are owned and operated by Franchisees pursuant to Franchise Agreements entered into by Arby’s Franchisor after the Original Closing Date.

New Leases” means all leases related to Securitization-Owned Real Property that are contributed to, or entered into by, a Securitization Entity after the Original Closing Date and under which such Securitization Entity is the lessor.

New Real Property” means all real property (including land, buildings and fixtures) that is (i) acquired in fee after the Original Closing Date by a Securitization Entity or (ii) owned in fee by a Non-Securitization Entity and contributed by such Non-Securitization Entity to a Securitization Entity after the Original Closing Date pursuant to a Contribution Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

New York UCC” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b) of this Base Indenture.

Non-Amortization Test Date” means any date designated as a “Non-Amortization Test Date” in any Series Supplement.

Non-Contributed Property” means all property of the Non-Securitization Entities that was not contributed to the Securitization Entities on the Original Closing Date or thereafter, including, without limitation:

(a) any real property or real estate leases not elected to be contributed to the Securitization Entities;

(b) the ownership interest of ARG in each of its Subsidiaries (it being understood that the Equity Interests of the Issuer owned by Funding Holdco and any other Equity Interests owned by the Issuer and the other Guarantors shall not be Non-Contributed Property);

 

49


(c) the Company-Owned Restaurants and all contracts and agreements relating thereto;

(d) any employment, consulting or independent contractor agreements with respect to employees, consultants or independent contractors of Non-Securitization Entities after the Original Closing Date;

(e) any vendor, supplier, distribution, sponsorship and other similar third-party agreements; and

(f) the Excluded IP.

Nonrecoverable Advance” means any portion of an Advance previously made and not previously reimbursed, or proposed to be made, which, together with any then-outstanding Advances, and the interest accrued or that would reasonably be expected to accrue thereon, in the reasonable and good faith judgment of the Servicer or the Trustee, as applicable, would not be ultimately recoverable from subsequent payments or collections from any funds on deposit in the Collection Account or funds reasonably expected to be deposited in the Collection Account following such date of determination, giving due consideration to allocations and disbursements of funds in such accounts and the limited assets of the Securitization Entities.

Non-Securitization Entity” means any Arby’s Entity that is not a Securitization Entity.

Note Owner” means with respect to a Book-Entry Note, the Person who is the beneficial owner of such Book-Entry Note, as reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency that holds the Book-Entry Note, or on the books of a Person holding an account with such Clearing Agency.

Note Owner Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 11.5(b) of this Base Indenture.

Note Rate” means, with respect to any Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes, the annual rate at which interest (other than Post-ARD Additional Interest, contingent interest or additional interest) accrues on the Notes of such Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes (or the formula on the basis of which such rate will be determined) as stated in the applicable Series Supplement.

Note Register” means the register maintained pursuant to Section 2.5(a) of this Base Indenture, providing for the registration of the Notes and transfers and exchanges thereof, subject to such reasonable regulations as the Issuer may prescribe.

Note Registrar” has the meaning specified in Section 2.5(a) of this Base Indenture.

Noteholder” and “Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.

 

50


Notes” has the meaning specified in the recitals to this Base Indenture.

Notes Discharge Date” means, with respect to any Class or Series of Notes, the first date on which such Class or Series of Notes is no longer Outstanding.

Obligations” means (a) all principal, interest, premiums, make-whole payments, and Series Hedge Payment Amounts, if any, at any time and from time to time, owing by the Issuer on the Notes or owing by the Guarantors pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (b) the payment and performance of all other obligations, covenants and liabilities of the Issuer or the Guarantors arising under the Indenture, the Notes, any other Indenture Document or the Servicing Agreement or of the Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (c) the obligation of the Issuer to pay to the Trustee all fees and expenses payable to the Trustee under the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and all Mortgage Preparation Fees and Mortgage Trustee Fees when due and payable as provided in the Indenture.

Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Authorized Officer of the party delivering such certificate.

Omitted Payable Sums Certification” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

Omnibus Amendment and Reaffirmation Agreement” means the Omnibus Amendment and Reaffirmation Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Securitization Entities, the Manager, the Trustee, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager, Barclays Bank PLC, Coöperatieve Rabobank, U.A., New York Branch and Barclays Capital Inc.

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and the Control Party. The counsel may be an employee of, or counsel to, the Securitization Entities, ARG, the Manager or any other Non-Securitization Entity or the Back-Up Manager as the case may be.

Optional Prepayment Accrued Principal Release Amount” means, in the event of an optional prepayment in part in accordance with the terms of any Series Supplement in respect of Senior Notes, an amount, if positive, equal to the excess of (i) amounts on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account over (ii) such amount that would have otherwise accrued for the relevant period based on the Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount as adjusted after such optional prepayment. Optional Prepayment Accrued Principal Release Amounts shall be withdrawn from the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account and deposited in the Collection Account as Collections to be applied on the next Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments as directed in the related Weekly Manager’s Certificate.

Optional Scheduled Principal Payment” means, each principal payment with respect to any Series of Notes, or Class, Subclass or Tranche thereof identified as an “Optional Scheduled Principal Payment” in the applicable Series Supplement.

 

51


Original Base Indenture” has the meaning specified in the recitals to this Base Indenture.

Original Closing Date” means November 13, 2015.

Original Closing Date Franchised Restaurants” means Branded Restaurants owned and operated by Franchisees pursuant to Franchise Agreements that were contributed to the Arby’s Franchisor on the Original Closing Date pursuant to the applicable Contribution Agreements.

Other Products and Services” means any and all businesses, products or services in the Securitization Jurisdictions, other than (i) the Contributed Franchise Business and the business of franchising the Company-Owned Restaurants and the provision of ancillary goods and services in connection therewith and (ii) the operation, ownership or franchising of Branded Restaurants.

Outstanding” means, with respect to the Notes, as of any time, all of the Notes of any one or more Series, Class, Tranche, or Subclass, as the case may be, theretofore authenticated and delivered (or registered for Uncertificated Notes) under the Indenture except:

(i) Notes theretofore canceled (or de-registered for Uncertificated Notes) by the Note Registrar or delivered to the Note Registrar for cancellation (or deregistration for Uncertificated Notes), including any such Notes delivered to the Note Registrar by an Arby’s Entity;

(ii) Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption funds in the necessary amount have been theretofore irrevocably deposited with the Trustee in trust for the Noteholders of such Notes pursuant to the Indenture; provided that, if such Notes or portions thereof are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to the Indenture or provision therefore reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

(iii) Notes that have been paid in full, satisfied and discharged or defeased in accordance with Article XII of this Base Indenture;

(iv) Notes in exchange for, or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered (or registered for Uncertificated Notes) pursuant to the Indenture, unless proof reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Notes are held by a holder in due course or a Protected Purchaser; and

(v) Notes alleged to have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen for which replacement Notes have been issued as provided in the Indenture;

provided that, (A) in determining whether the Noteholders of the requisite Outstanding Principal Amount have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or vote under the Indenture, the following Notes shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding: (x) Notes owned by the Securitization Entities or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of any of them and (y) Notes held in any accounts with respect to which the Manager or

 

52


any Affiliate thereof exercises discretionary voting authority; provided, further, that in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or vote, only Notes as described under clause (x) or (y) above that a Trust Officer actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded; and (B) Notes owned in the manner indicated in clause (x) or (y) above that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not a Securitization Entity or any other obligor or the Manager, an Affiliate thereof, or an account for which the Manager or an Affiliate of the Manager exercises discretionary voting authority.

Outstanding Principal Amount” means, with respect to any Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes, as applicable, the aggregate principal amount identified with respect thereto as the “Outstanding Principal Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Patents” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Intellectual Property”.

Paying Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 2.5(a) of this Base Indenture.

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established under Section 4002 of ERISA.

Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan”, as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and to which any company in the same Controlled Group as the Issuer has liability, including any liability by reason of having been a substantial employer within the meaning of Section 4063 of ERISA for any time within the preceding five years or by reason of being deemed to be a contributing sponsor under Section 4069 of ERISA.

Permitted Acquisition” means any acquisition of assets by the Securitization Entities not prohibited under the Transaction Documents that occurs after the Closing Date.

Permitted Asset Dispositions” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.16 of this Base Indenture.

Permitted Liens” means (a) Liens for (i) taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not delinquent or (ii) taxes, assessments or other charges being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have been established, and are being maintained, in accordance with, and to the extent required under, GAAP, (b) all Liens created or permitted under the Transaction Documents in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, (c) Liens existing on the Original Closing Date, which were released on such date; provided that intellectual property recordations need not have been terminated of record on the Original Closing Date so long as such intellectual property recordations were terminated of record within sixty (60) days after the Original Closing Date, (d) encumbrances in the nature of (i) a ground lessor’s fee interest, (ii) zoning restrictions, (iii) easements, covenants, and rights of way whether or not shown by the public records, and overlaps, encroachments and any matters not of record which would be disclosed by an accurate survey or a personal inspection of the property, (iv) title to any portion of any premises lying

 

53


within the right of way or boundary of any public road or private road, (v) landlords’ and lessors’ Liens on rented premises, (vi) restrictions on transfers or assignment of leases or licenses of Intellectual Property, (vii) restrictions of record on the use of real property, which, in each case (as described in clauses (d)(i) through (vii) above), do not detract from the value of the encumbered property or impair the use thereof in the business of any Securitization Entity, (viii) contractual transfer restrictions in existence on the Original Closing Date and thereafter any such contractual transfer restriction so long as the inclusion of such contractual transfer restriction in any contract entered into on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the Manager would not constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement, (ix) the interest of a lessee in property leased to a Franchisee or a prospective Franchisee, (x) any licenses or sublicenses granted in the Securitization IP under any Franchise Document, any IP License Agreement or any license of Securitization IP permitted under the definition of “Permitted Asset Disposition” and (xi) Liens securing purchase money Indebtedness permitted under the Indenture and incurred in order to finance the acquisition, lease or improvement of equipment in the ordinary course of business, to the extent secured solely by such equipment and, in each case, sublicenses permitted under any of the foregoing, (e) deposits or pledges made (i) in connection with casualty insurance maintained in accordance with the Transaction Documents, (ii) to secure the performance of bids, tenders, contracts or leases, (iii) to secure statutory obligations or surety or appeal bonds or (iv) to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds in the ordinary course of business of any Securitization Entity, (f) Liens of carriers, warehouses, mechanics and similar Liens, in each case securing obligations (i) that are not yet due and payable or not overdue for more than forty-five (45) days from the date of creation thereof or (ii) being contested in good faith by any Securitization Entity in appropriate proceedings (so long as such Securitization Entity shall, in accordance with GAAP, have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto), (g) restrictions under federal, state or foreign securities laws on the transfer of securities, (h) any liens arising under law or pursuant to documentation governing permitted accounts in connection with the Securitization Entities’ cash management system, (i) any matter disclosed in the most recent title report obtained on each Securitization-Owned Real Property prior to the Original Closing Date, (j) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default, (k) Liens arising in connection with any Capitalized Lease Obligation, sale-leaseback transaction or Indebtedness, in each case that is permitted under the Indenture, (l) Liens on any asset of a Franchised Restaurant existing at the time such Franchised Restaurant is repurchased or leased from a Franchisee, (m) Liens not securing Indebtedness that attach to any Collateral in an aggregate outstanding amount not exceeding $750,000 at any time, (n) Liens on Collateral that has been pledged pursuant to any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement with respect to letters of credit issued thereunder and (o) Liens arising in connection with the terms of any product supply agreement.

Permitted Recipient” means holders of a beneficial interest in the Notes, prospective investors in the Notes, third-party investor diligence or service providers and the Initial Purchasers.

Person” means any individual, corporation (including a business trust), partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including any beneficiary thereof), unincorporated association or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

54


Plan” means (i) any “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (ii) any “plan” (as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code) that is subject to Section 4975 of the Code and (iii) any entity whose underlying assets are deemed to include assets of a plan described in clauses (i) or (ii) for purposes of Title I of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code.

Post-ARD Additional Interest” means any Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest, Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest and Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest.

Post-Default Capped Trustee Expenses Amount” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) all reasonable expenses payable by the Issuer to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture (excluding the Mortgage Preparation Fees and Mortgage Trustee Fees) after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default in connection with any obligations of the Trustee in connection with such Event of Default that are in excess of the Capped Securitization Operating Expenses Amount and (b) the amount by which (i) $100,000 exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount of such expenses previously paid on each Weekly Allocation Date that occurred in the annual period (measured from the Closing Date to the anniversary thereof and from each anniversary thereof to the next succeeding anniversary thereof) in which such Weekly Allocation Date occurs. For the avoidance of doubt, Mortgage Trustee Fees and Mortgage Preparation Fees will not be considered Trustee expenses for the purposes of determining the Post-Default Capped Trustee Expenses Amount.

Post-Issuance Acquired Asset” means any asset acquired, built or developed after the Closing Date (other than After-Acquired Securitization IP), including, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) Franchise Assets entered into or acquired by the Arby’s Franchisor after the Closing Date, (ii) any asset acquired, built or developed in connection with the permitted reinvestment of Asset Disposition Proceeds after the Closing Date and (iii) any Real Estate Assets or Securitization-Owned Restaurants acquired after the Closing Date. In connection with the issuance of additional Series of Notes, the Issuer may, at its sole discretion, irrevocably elect that any Collateral that is a Post-Issuance Acquired Asset immediately prior to such issuance of additional Series of Notes be deemed no longer to be a Post-Issuance Acquired Asset upon such issuance of Additional Notes. The Issuer shall provide at least five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice of any such election to the Trustee and the Servicer, which shall include a schedule specifying the Post-Issuance Acquired Assets subject to the election.

Potential Manager Termination Event” means any occurrence or event which, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, would constitute a Manager Termination Event.

Potential Rapid Amortization Event” means any occurrence or event which, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, would constitute a Rapid Amortization Event.

Prepayment Condition Amounts” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date, the following amounts with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date: the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount, the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments, the aggregate amount of Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount for the corresponding Quarterly Fiscal Period, the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, and the aggregate amount of Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts for the corresponding Quarterly Fiscal Period.

 

55


Prepayment Consideration” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, the premium required to be paid on any specified prepayment of principal with respect to such Series of Notes, identified as a “Prepayment Consideration” pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement.

Prime Rate” means the higher of (i) the rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by a commercial bank mutually agreed upon by ARG and the Servicer as its reference rate, base rate or prime rate and (ii) 2.00% per annum.

Principal Payment Account” means each of the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account and the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account.

Principal Release Amount” means, with respect to any Series and any Quarterly Payment Date for which the related Series Non-Amortization Test is satisfied as of the related Non-Amortization Test Date, the amounts in respect of Scheduled Principal Payments with respect to such Series that have been allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account or the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, as applicable, pursuant to the Priority of Payments during the applicable Quarterly Fiscal Period, net of any Optional Scheduled Principal Payment with respect to such Series for such Quarterly Payment Date.

Principal Terms” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3 of this Base Indenture.

Priority of Payments” means the allocation and payment obligations set forth in Section 5.11 and Section 5.12 of this Base Indenture as supplemented by the allocation and payment obligations with respect to each Series of Notes described in each Series Supplement. For the avoidance of doubt, references to priorities of the Priority of Payments shall refer to the priorities set forth in Section 5.11.

Proceeding” means any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial or administrative proceeding.

Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the applicable UCC.

pro forma event” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.18(a) and Section 14.18(b) of this Base Indenture.

Protected Purchaser” has the meaning specified in Section 8-303 of the UCC.

Qualified Institution” means a depository institution organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction with a branch or agency located in the United States of America or any state thereof and subject to supervision and examination by federal or state banking authorities that at all times has the Required Rating and, in the case of any such institution organized under the laws of the United States of America, whose deposits are insured by the FDIC.

 

56


Qualified Trust Institution” means an institution organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction with a branch or agency located in the United States of America or any state thereof and subject to supervision and examination by federal or state banking authorities that at all times (i) is authorized under such laws to act as a trustee or in any other fiduciary capacity, (ii) has capital, surplus and undivided profits of not less than $250,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition and (iii) has a long term deposits rating of not less than “BBB+” by S&P or KBRA (but in any event such S&P rating shall always be required).

Quarterly Calculation Date” means, with respect to each Quarterly Payment Date, the date that is two (2) Business Days prior to such Quarterly Payment Date.

Quarterly Compliance Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1(c) of this Base Indenture.

Quarterly Fiscal Period” means each of the following quarterly fiscal periods of the Securitization Entities: (i) four (4) 13-week fiscal periods of the Securitization Entities in connection with each of their 52-week fiscal years and (ii) three (3) 13-week fiscal periods and one 14-week fiscal period of the Securitization Entities in connection with each of their 53-week fiscal years. The last day of the fourth Quarterly Fiscal Period of each fiscal year of the Securitization Entities is the Sunday closest to December 31 of such fiscal year. References to “weeks” mean ARG’s fiscal weeks, which begin on each Monday and end on each Sunday.

Quarterly Noteholders’ Report” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1(b) of this Base Indenture.

Quarterly Payment Date” means, unless otherwise specified in any Series Supplement for the related Series of Notes, the thirtieth (30th) day of each of April, July, October and January in respect of each respective immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), commencing on October 30, 2020. Unless specified otherwise in the Indenture, any reference to a Quarterly Fiscal Period relating to a Quarterly Payment Date means the Quarterly Fiscal Period most recently ended prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, and any reference to an Interest Accrual Period relating to a Quarterly Payment Date means the Interest Accrual Period most recently ended prior to such Quarterly Payment Date.

Quarterly Reallocation Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(p) of this Base Indenture.

Rapid Amortization Event” has the meaning specified in Section 9.1 of this Base Indenture.

 

57


Rapid Amortization Period” means the period commencing on the date on which a Rapid Amortization Event occurs and ending on the earlier to occur of the waiver of the occurrence of such Rapid Amortization Event in accordance with Section 9.7 of this Base Indenture and the date on which there are no Notes Outstanding.

Rating Agency” with respect to any Series of Notes, has the meaning specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

Rating Agency Condition” means, with respect to any outstanding Series of Notes and any event or action to be taken or proposed to be taken requiring satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition in the Indenture or in any other Transaction Document, a condition that is satisfied if the Manager has notified the Issuer, the Servicer and the Trustee in writing that the Manager has provided each Rating Agency and the Servicer with a written notification setting forth in reasonable detail such event or action and has actively solicited (by written request and by request via e-mail and telephone) a Rating Agency Confirmation from each Rating Agency, and each Rating Agency has either provided the Manager with a Rating Agency Confirmation with respect to such event or action or informed the Manager that it declines to review such event or action; provided, that:

(i) except in connection with (x) the issuance of Additional Notes, as to which the conditions of clause (ii) below shall apply in all cases, and (y) a Rating Agency Confirmation from KBRA with respect to any event or action to be taken or proposed to be taken (other than the issuance of Additional Notes), as to which the conditions of clause (iii) shall apply in all cases, the Rating Agency Condition in respect of any Rating Agency shall be required to be satisfied in connection with any such event or action only if the Manager determines in its sole discretion that the policies of such Rating Agency permit it to deliver such Rating Agency Confirmation;

(ii) the Rating Agency Condition shall not be required to be satisfied in respect of any Rating Agency if the Manager provides an Officer’s Certificate (along with copies of all written requests for such Rating Agency Confirmation and copies of all related email correspondence) to the Issuer, the Servicer and the Trustee certifying that:

 

  (a)

the Manager has not received any response from such Rating Agency after the Manager has repeated such active solicitation (by request via telephone and by email) on or about the tenth (10th) Business Day and the fifteenth (15th) Business Day following the date of delivery of the initial solicitation;

 

  (b)

the Manager has no reason to believe that such event or action would result in such Rating Agency withdrawing its credit ratings on such outstanding Series of Notes or assigning credit ratings on such outstanding Series of Notes below the lower of (1) the then-current credit ratings on such outstanding Series of Notes or (2) the initial credit ratings assigned to such outstanding Series of Notes by such Rating Agency; and

 

  (c)

solely in connection with any issuance of Additional Notes, either:

(1) a Rating Agency Confirmation shall have been obtained; or

 

58


(2) each Rating Agency then rating the Notes has rated the Additional Notes no lower than the lower of (x) the then-current credit rating assigned by such Rating Agency or (y) the initial credit rating assigned by such Rating Agency to each outstanding Series of Notes ranking on the same priority as the Additional Notes, or, if no outstanding Series of Notes ranks on the same priority as such Additional Notes, the Control Party shall have provided its written consent to the issuance of such Additional Notes; and

(iii) the Rating Agency Condition shall not be required to be satisfied in respect of KBRA (except in connection with the issuance of Additional Notes, as to which the conditions of clause (ii)(c) above shall apply) if the Manager provides an Officer’s Certificate (along with copies of all written notices for such Rating Agency Confirmation) to the Issuer, the Servicer and the Trustee certifying that the Manager has notified KBRA at least ten (10) Business Days prior to taking such event or action to be taken or proposed to be taken.

Rating Agency Confirmation” means, with respect to any outstanding Series of Notes, a confirmation from a Rating Agency that a proposed event or action will not result in (i) a withdrawal of its credit ratings on such outstanding Series of Notes or (ii) the assignment of credit ratings on such outstanding Series of Notes below the lower of (A) the then-current credit ratings on such outstanding Series of Notes or (B) the initial credit ratings assigned to such outstanding Series of Notes by such Rating Agency; provided, however, that solely in connection with an issuance of Additional Notes, a Rating Agency Confirmation of S&P will be required for each Series of Notes then rated by S&P at the time of such issuance of Additional Notes.

Rating Agency Notification” means, with respect to any prospective action or occurrence, a written notification to the Rating Agencies setting forth in reasonable detail such action or occurrence.

Real Estate Assets” means the Securitization-Owned Real Property and the Leases.

Real Property Holder” means Arby’s Properties, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Issuer.

Record Date” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date the close of business on the last Business Day of the calendar month immediately preceding the calendar month in which such Quarterly Payment Date is scheduled to occur without giving effect to any Business Day adjustment.

Reorganization” means, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA.

Reportable Event” means any “reportable event,” as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Single Employer Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived).

 

59


Representatives” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.11(b) of this Base Indenture.

Required Rating” means (i) a short-term certificate of deposit rating from S&P or KBRA of at least “A-1” and (ii) a long-term unsecured debt rating of not less than “BBB+” by S&P or KBRA (but in any event such S&P rating shall always be required).

Requirements of Law” means, with respect to any Person or any of its property, the certificate of incorporation or articles of association and by-laws, limited liability company agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational or governing documents of such Person or any of its property, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation, or determination of any arbitrator or Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to, or binding upon, such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject, whether federal, state, local or foreign (including usury laws, the Federal Truth in Lending Act, state franchise laws and retail installment sales acts).

Residual Amount” means, for any Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any, by which the amount allocated to the Collection Account on such Weekly Allocation Date exceeds the sum of the amounts to be paid and/or allocated on such Weekly Allocation Date pursuant to priorities (i) through (xxvi) of the Priority of Payments.

Retained Collections” means, with respect to any specified period of time, the amount equal to Collections received over such period minus, without duplication, the Excluded Amounts over such period. Funds released from the Cash Trap Reserve Account, but excluding Cash Trapping Release Amounts, shall not constitute Retained Collections. Solely for the purposes of calculating any financial measure pursuant to this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, the amount of any deferred Franchisee Payment Amounts shall constitute “Retained Collections”, as if such amount was received on the date due, instead of the date actually received (x) prior to the Closing Date; and (y) on and after the Closing Date, at the election of the Manager, to the extent that the Manager makes a corresponding equity contribution (other than with the proceeds of a draw under the Class A-1 Notes) equal to such amount (“Deemed Retained Collections”). If and when the Securitization Entities receive a deferred Franchisee Payment Amount relating to Deemed Retained Collections, such deferred receipt shall not then constitute “Retained Collections,” for purposes of calculating any financial measure pursuant to this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents (i.e. there shall be no double-counting of Deemed Retained Collections and related deferred Franchisee Payment Amounts when such deferred Franchisee Payment Amounts are received). For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the Quarterly Fiscal Period ending September 27, 2020, all Retained Collections received during the portion of such Quarterly Fiscal Period occurring prior to the Closing Date shall be Retained Collections hereunder.

Retained Collections Contribution” means, with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, any cash contribution made to the Issuer at any time prior to the Final Series Legal Final Maturity Date to be included in Net Cash Flow in accordance with Section 5.16 of this Base Indenture; provided that any equity contribution made with respect to post-Closing Date Deemed Retained Collections shall constitute a Retained Collections Contribution only until the date of receipt of payment of the corresponding deferred Franchisee Payment Amount.

 

60


S&P” or “Standard & Poor’s” means S&P Global Ratings, or any successor thereto.

Scheduled Principal Payments” means, with respect to any Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes, any payments scheduled to be made pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement that reduce the amount of principal Outstanding with respect to such Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche on a periodic basis that are identified as “Scheduled Principal Payments” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Event” means, with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, as of the Quarterly Calculation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the occurrence of the following event: the amount of funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account after the last Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments for the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date.

Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1(d) of this Base Indenture.

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Parties” means (i) the Trustee, (ii) the Noteholders, (iii) the Servicer, (iv) the Control Party, (v) the Manager, (vi) the Back-Up Manager, (vii) each Class A-1 Administrative Agent and (viii) each Hedge Counterparty, if any, together with their respective successors and assigns.

Securities Intermediary” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(a) of this Base Indenture.

Securitization Assets” means all assets owned by the Securitization Entities, including but not limited to the Collateral.

Securitization Entities” means, collectively, the Issuer and the Guarantors.

Securitization IP” means, collectively, the Closing Date Securitization IP and the After-Acquired Securitization IP, except that “Securitization IP” will not include, solely for purposes of the licenses granted under the IP License Agreements, any rights to use licensed third-party Intellectual Property to the extent that such rights are not sublicensable without the consent of or any payment to such third party, or any other action by the licensee thereof, unless such consent has been obtained or payment has been made.

Securitization Jurisdictions” means the United States, Canada, Qatar, Turkey and any future jurisdictions designated by the Manager, in accordance with the Managing Standard, after the Closing Date by notice to the Trustee, the Control Party, the Back-Up Manager and the Rating Agencies; provided, that, no such jurisdiction shall be subject to, or the target of, any sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Government, including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control and the U.S. Department of State, or by the European Union.

 

61


Securitization Operating Expense Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a)(xi) of this Base Indenture.

Securitization Operating Expenses” means all expenses incurred by the Securitization Entities and payable to third parties in connection with the maintenance and operation of the Securitization Entities and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which they are a party (other than those paid for from the Concentration Account), including (i) accrued and unpaid taxes (other than federal, state, local and foreign income taxes), filing fees and registration fees payable by or directly attributable to the Securitization Entities to any federal, state, local or foreign Governmental Authority; (ii) fees and expenses payable to (A) the Trustee under the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, (B) the Back-Up Manager as Back-Up Manager Fees, (C) any Rating Agency, (D) independent certified public accountants (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any incremental auditor costs) and external legal counsel and (E) any stock exchange on which the Notes may be listed; (iii) the indemnification obligations of the Securitization Entities under the Transaction Documents to which they are a party (including any interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate, if applicable) and (iv) independent director and manager fees. Mortgage Preparation Fees and Mortgage Trustee Fees shall not be Securitization Operating Expenses.

Securitization-Owned Real Property” means, collectively, the Contributed Real Property and the New Real Property (to the extent not disposed of in accordance with the Transaction Documents).

Securitization-Owned Restaurants” means, collectively, any Branded Restaurants opened and operated by a Securitization Entity and any Company-Owned Restaurants contributed to a Securitization Entity (to the extent not disposed of pursuant to a Permitted Asset Disposition).

Securitization Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents including, without limitation, the contribution to the applicable Securitization Entities of the Contributed Assets and the proceeds thereof on the Original Closing Date and the issuance and sale of each Series of Notes on the related Series Closing Date in the manner provided in the applicable Transaction Documents.

Senior Debt” means the issuance of Indebtedness under the Indenture by the Issuer that by its terms (through its alphabetical designation as “Class A” pursuant to the Series Supplement applicable to such Indebtedness) is senior in the right to receive interest and principal on such Indebtedness to the right to receive interest and principal on any Subordinated Debt.

Senior Noteholder” means any Holder of Senior Notes of any Series.

 

62


Senior Notes” or “Class A Notes” means any Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes that are designated as “Class A” and identified as “Senior Notes” in the applicable Series Supplement that constitute Senior Debt.

Senior Notes Accrued Estimated Quarterly Interest Amount” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount” herein.

Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the sum of (A) the sum of: (i) the product of (1) the Fiscal Quarter Percentage and (2) the sum of (I) the Senior Notes Estimated Quarterly Interest Amount for such Quarterly Fiscal Period, and (II) any Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount (as determined pursuant to this Base Indenture) together with any additional interest payable on such Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount (as determined pursuant to this Base Indenture) (the aggregate amounts set forth in this clause (A)(i)(2), the “Senior Notes Accrued Estimated Quarterly Interest Amount”); and (ii) the Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date; provided that the amounts allocated under this clause (A) during any Quarterly Fiscal Period shall be capped at the Senior Notes Accrued Estimated Quarterly Interest Amount for such Quarterly Fiscal Period; and (B) without duplication, any Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amount with respect to the Interest Accrual Period ending in such Quarterly Fiscal Period, which amount in this clause (B) shall be limited to amounts on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account if such Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amount is negative. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the initial Weekly Allocation Date, clause (A) above shall equal (x) 60% of the Senior Notes Estimated Quarterly Interest Amount for such Quarterly Fiscal Period minus (y) any Senior Notes Estimated Quarterly Interest Amount prefunded to or on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account on the Closing Date.

Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the sum of (i) the product of (1) the Fiscal Quarter Percentage and (2) the Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period and (ii) the Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date and (b) the amount, if any, by which (i) the Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount previously allocated to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account with respect to the Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest on each preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period.

Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the sum of (i) the product of (1) the Fiscal Quarter Percentage and (2) the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments for the Quarterly Payment Date in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period and (ii) the Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date and (b) the amount, if any, by which (i) the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments for the Quarterly Payment Date in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount previously

 

63


allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account with respect to the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments on each preceding Weekly Allocation Date (or prefunded on the Closing Date) with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each Weekly Allocation Date for which any Series Non-Amortization Test was satisfied as of the Quarterly Calculation Date for the immediately preceding Quarterly Payment Date, the Issuer may elect to deem the Scheduled Principal Payment with respect to such Series for purposes of calculating the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments in clause (i) to equal zero. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the initial Weekly Allocation Date, clause (a) above shall equal (x) 60% of the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments for the Quarterly Payment Date in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period minus (y) any Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments prefunded to or on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account on the Closing Date.

Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments” means, for any Quarterly Payment Date, with respect to all Senior Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts due and payable on all such Senior Notes on such Quarterly Payment Date.

Senior Notes Estimated Quarterly Interest Amount” means, for any Quarterly Fiscal Period, with respect to any Senior Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount that is identified as “Senior Notes Estimated Quarterly Interest Amount” in each applicable Series Supplement.

Senior Notes Interest Accrual Shortfall Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(a)(iii) of this Base Indenture.

Senior Notes Interest Payment Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of this Base Indenture.

Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a) of this Base Indenture.

Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount over the sum of (a) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and (b) the amount available under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Notes.

Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount” means with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date (and any Weekly Allocation Date related thereto and any drawing date in respect of any Class A-1 Notes) the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount and the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount due on such Quarterly Payment Date (with the interest and Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount payable with respect to the Class A-1 Notes on such Quarterly Payment Date being based on the good faith utilization estimate of the Manager as set forth in the applicable Weekly Manager’s Certificate), which amount shall increase or decrease in accordance with any increase or reduction in the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Notes or in accordance with the Manager’s good faith utilization estimate with respect to the Class A-1 Notes as set forth in the applicable Weekly Manager’s Certificate, it being understood that the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount may be funded in whole or in part with the proceeds of a drawing under any Class A-1 Notes; provided that, with respect to the first Interest Accrual Period following the Closing Date, the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount will be an amount equal to the Initial Senior Notes Interest Reserve Deposit.

 

64


Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(a)(iii) of this Base Indenture.

Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of this Base Indenture.

Senior Notes Principal Payment Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of this Base Indenture.

Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” means, with respect to each Quarterly Payment Date, (a) the aggregate amount of interest due and payable, with respect to the related Interest Accrual Period, on the Senior Notes that is identified as a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement (other than any Post-ARD Additional Interest), plus (b) to the extent not otherwise included in clause (a), with respect to any Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of any letter of credit fees due and payable on issued but undrawn Letters of Credit, with respect to such Interest Accrual Period, on such Class A-1 Notes pursuant to the applicable Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” means for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to any Class of Senior Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of interest accrued with respect to such Interest Accrual Period on each such Class of Senior Notes that is identified as “Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” in the applicable Series Supplement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Post-ARD Additional Interest on the Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes issued on the Closing Date).

Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts” means with respect to any Class of Senior Notes Outstanding, any Scheduled Principal Payments with respect to such Class of Senior Notes.

Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount” means, with respect to any Senior Notes Outstanding and any Quarterly Payment Date, (1) the amount, if any, by which (a) the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments for such Quarterly Payment Date exceeds (b) the sum of (i) the amount of funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account plus (ii) any other funds on deposit in the Indenture Trust Accounts that are available to pay the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with the Indenture, plus (2) any Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments due but unpaid from any previous Quarterly Payment Dates.

Senior Subordinated Noteholder” means any Holder of Senior Subordinated Notes of any Series.

 

65


Senior Subordinated Notes” means any issuance of Notes under the Indenture by the Issuer that are part of a Class with an alphanumerical designation that contains any letter from “B” through “L” of the alphabet.

Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Senior Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Senior Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Senior Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of this Base Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account” means an interest reserve account established and maintained by the Issuer, in the name of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Senior Subordinated Noteholders and the Trustee, solely for the benefit of the Senior Subordinated Noteholders.

Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount” means as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Amount over the sum of (a) the amount on deposit in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account and (b) the amount available under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes.

Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Amount” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date (and any Weekly Allocation Date related thereto), an amount equal to the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount due on such Quarterly Payment Date.

Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(c)(iii) of this Base Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of this Base Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of this Base Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” means, with respect to each Quarterly Payment Date, the aggregate amount of interest due and payable, with respect to any Class of Senior Subordinated Notes Outstanding, on the Senior Subordinated Notes that is identified as the “Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement.

 

66


Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to any Class of Senior Subordinated Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of interest accrued with respect to such Interest Accrual Period on each such Class of Senior Subordinated Notes that is identified as “Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts” means, with respect to any Senior Subordinated Notes Outstanding, the Scheduled Principal Payments with respect to such Senior Subordinated Notes.

Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount” means, with respect to any Series of Senior Subordinated Notes, the meaning specified in the related Series Supplement.

Senior WBS Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (i)(a) the aggregate principal amount of each Series of Senior Notes Outstanding after giving effect to any issuance of Senior Notes on such date (provided that, with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate principal amount of such Series of Class A-1 Notes shall be deemed to be the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount for such Series (after giving effect to any cancelled commitments)), less (b) the sum of (x) the cash and Eligible Investments of the Securitization Entities credited to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, the Cash Trap Reserve Account, the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account and the Franchise Capital Account as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period, and (y) the available amount of each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit with respect to the Senior Notes as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period to (ii) Net Cash Flow of the Securitization Entities for the immediately preceding four (4) Quarterly Fiscal Periods most recently ended as of such date and for which financial statements are required to have been delivered.

Series Account” means any account or accounts established pursuant to a Series Supplement for the benefit of a Series of Notes (or any Class thereof).

Series Anticipated Repayment Date” means, with respect to any Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes, the “Anticipated Repayment Date” for such Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes as set forth in the related Series Supplement.

Series Closing Date” means, with respect to (i) any Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes, the date of issuance of such Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes, as specified in the applicable Series Supplement and (ii) Additional Notes of an existing Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes, the date of issuance of such Additional Notes specified in the amendment to the applicable Series Supplement.

Series Defeasance Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(c) of this Base Indenture.

Series Distribution Account” means, with respect to any Series of Notes or any Class of any Series of Notes, an account established to receive distributions to be paid to the Noteholders of such Class or such Series of Notes pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement.

 

67


Series Hedge Agreement” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, or Class, Subclass or Tranche thereof, the relevant Swap Contract, if any, described in the applicable Series Supplement.

Series Hedge Payment Amount” means all amounts payable by the Issuer under a Series Hedge Agreement including any termination payment payable by the Issuer.

Series Hedge Receipts” means all amounts received by the Securitization Entities under a Series Hedge Agreement.

Series Legal Final Maturity Date” means, with respect to any Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes, the “Series Legal Final Maturity Date” set forth in the related Series Supplement.

Series Non-Amortization Test” means, with respect to each Series, Class, Subclass or Tranche of Notes, such test identified as a “Series Non-Amortization Test” in the applicable Series Supplement, or, if not specified therein, means a test that will be satisfied on any Non-Amortization Test Date only if (x) the Senior WBS Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 5.00:1.00 as calculated on such Non-Amortization Test Date and (y) no Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing.

Series Obligations” means, with respect to a Series of Notes, (a) all principal, interest, premiums, make-whole payments and Series Hedge Payment Amounts, at any time and from time to time, owing by the Issuer on such Series of Notes or owing by the Guarantors pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement on such Series of Notes and (b) the payment and performance of all other obligations, covenants and liabilities of the Issuer or the Guarantors arising under the Indenture, the Notes or any other Indenture Document, in each case, solely with respect to such Series of Notes.

Series of Notes” or “Series” means each series of Notes, including any Class, Subclass or Tranche thereof, issued and authenticated (or registered in the case of Uncertificated Notes) pursuant to this Base Indenture and the applicable Series Supplement.

Series Refinancing Event” means the issuance of Additional Notes in conjunction with the payment in full, satisfaction and discharge or termination or defeasance of all other Series of Notes outstanding at such time.

Series Supplement” means a supplement to this Base Indenture complying (to the extent applicable) with the terms of Section 2.3 of this Base Indenture, as the same may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

Servicer” means Midland Loan Services, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, as servicer under the Servicing Agreement, and any successor thereto.

Servicer Termination Event” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

Services” has the meaning set forth in the Management Agreement.

 

68


Servicing Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Servicing Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among the Servicer, the Issuer, the other Securitization Entities party thereto, the Manager and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Servicing Fees” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

Servicing Standard” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

Single Employer Plan” means any Pension Plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but that is not a Multiemployer Plan.

Software” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Intellectual Property.”

Specified Bankruptcy Opinion Provisions” means the provisions contained in the legal opinion(s) delivered in connection with the issuance of each Series of Notes relating to the non-substantive consolidation of the Securitization Entities with ARG.

Specified Indenture Trust Accounts” means the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account, the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, the Hedge Payment Account and the Cash Trap Reserve Account.

Specified Payment Amendment Provisions” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.2(a)(iii).

Sponsor” means Roark Capital Management, LLC and its Affiliates, including its existing and future funds and any related managers thereof and each of its and their successors and assigns.

Standby Investment” means such Eligible Investment as may be directed in writing from time to time by the Issuer to the Trustee.

Subclass” means, with respect to any Class of any Series of Notes, any one of the subclasses of Notes of such Class as specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

Subordinated Debt” means any issuance of Indebtedness under the Indenture by the Issuer that by its terms (through its alphabetical designation as “Class B” through “Class Z” pursuant to the Series Supplement applicable to such Indebtedness) subordinates the right to receive interest and principal on such Indebtedness to the right to receive interest and principal on any Senior Notes.

 

69


Subordinated Debt Provisions” means, with respect to the issuance of any Series of Notes that includes Subordinated Debt, the terms of such Subordinated Debt will include the following provisions: (a) if there is an Extension Period in effect with respect to the Senior Debt issued on the Closing Date, the principal of any Subordinated Debt will not be permitted to be repaid out of the Priority of Payments unless such Senior Debt is no longer Outstanding, (b) if the Senior Debt issued on the Closing Date is refinanced on or prior to the Series Anticipated Repayment Date of such Senior Debt and any such Subordinated Debt having a Series Anticipated Repayment Date on or before the Series Anticipated Repayment Date of such Senior Debt is not refinanced on or prior to the Series Anticipated Repayment Date of such Senior Debt, such Subordinated Debt will begin to amortize on the date that the Senior Debt is refinanced pursuant to a scheduled principal payment schedule to be set forth in the applicable Series Supplement, (c) if the Senior Debt issued on the Closing Date is not refinanced on or prior to the Quarterly Payment Date following the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date, such Subordinated Debt will not be permitted to be refinanced and (d) any and all Liens on the Collateral created in favor of any holder of Subordinated Debt in connection with the issuance thereof will be expressly junior in priority to all Liens on the Collateral in favor any holder of Senior Debt.

Subordinated Noteholders” means, collectively, the holders of any Subordinated Notes.

Subordinated Notes” means any issuance of Notes under the Indenture by the Issuer that are part of a Class, Subclass or Tranche with an alphanumerical designation that contains any letter from “M” through “Z” of the alphabet.

Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of this Base Indenture.

Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(f)(iii) of this Base Indenture.

Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of this Base Indenture.

Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of this Base Indenture.

 

70


Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” means, for each Quarterly Payment Date, with respect to each Class of Subordinated Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amounts identified as the “Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to any Class of Subordinated Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of interest accrued with respect to such Interest Accrual Period on each such Class of Subordinated Notes that is identified as “Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount” means, with respect to any Series of Subordinated Notes, the meaning specified in the related Series Supplement.

Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts” means, with respect to each Class of Subordinated Notes Outstanding, the Scheduled Principal Payments with respect to such Class of Subordinated Notes.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (herein referred to as the “parent”), any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, controlled or held by the parent or (b) that is, at the time any determination is being made, otherwise controlled by the parent and/or one or more Subsidiaries of the parent.

Successor Manager” means any successor to the Manager appointed by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) upon the resignation or termination of the Manager pursuant to the terms of the Management Agreement.

Successor Manager Transition Expenses” means all costs and expenses incurred by a Successor Manager or by the Interim Successor Manager in connection with the termination, removal and replacement of the Manager under the Management Agreement.

Successor Servicer Transition Expenses” means all costs and expenses incurred by a successor Servicer in connection with the termination, removal and replacement of the Servicer under the Servicing Agreement.

Supplement” means a Series Supplement or such other supplement to this Base Indenture or other Indenture Document amending or modifying this Base Indenture or such other Indenture Document complying (to the extent applicable) with the terms of Article XIII of this Base Indenture.

 

71


Supplemental Management Fees” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, approved in writing by the Control Party acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative, by which, with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, (i) the expenses incurred or other amounts charged by the Manager since the beginning of such Quarterly Fiscal Period in connection with the performance of the Manager’s obligations under the Management Agreement and the amount of any current or projected Tax Payment Deficiency, if applicable, exceed (ii) the Weekly Management Fees received and to be received by the Manager on such Weekly Allocation Date and each preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period.

Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Tax” means (i) any federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, environmental, customs duties, capital stock, profits, documentary, property, franchise, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, fine, assessment or addition thereto and (ii) any transferee liability in respect of any items described in clause (i) above.

Tax Information” means information and/or properly completed and signed tax certifications sufficient to eliminate the imposition of or to determine the amount of any withholding of tax, including backup withholding and withholding required pursuant to FATCA.

Tax Lien Reserve Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 9.2(o) of this Base Indenture.

Tax Opinion” means an opinion of tax counsel of nationally recognized standing in the United States experienced in such matters, subject to the assumptions and qualifications stated therein, and in a form reasonably acceptable to the Control Party, to be delivered in connection with the issuance of each new Series of Notes to the effect that, for United States federal income tax purposes, (a) the issuance of such new Series of Notes will not affect adversely the United States federal income tax characterization of any Series of Notes Outstanding or Class thereof that was (based upon an Opinion of Counsel) properly treated as debt at the time of their issuance, (b) except with respect to any Additional Securitization Entity (including Additional Securitization Entities organized with the consent of the Control Party pursuant to Section 8.34(c) of this Base Indenture) that will be treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, each Securitization Entity organized in the United States, and

 

72


any other direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer organized in the United States (i) will as of the date of issuance be treated as a disregarded entity and (ii) will not as of the date of issuance be classified as a corporation or as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation and (c) such new Series of Notes will as of the date of issuance be properly treated as debt, excluding any new Series of Subordinated Notes, provided the Control Party consents to such issuance.

Tax Payment Deficiency” means any Tax liability of Inspire (or, if Inspire is not the taxable parent entity of the Securitization Entities, such other taxable parent entity) (including Taxes imposed under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law)) attributable to the operations of the Securitization Entities or their direct or indirect Subsidiaries that the Manager determines cannot be satisfied by Inspire (or such other taxable parent entity) from its available funds.

T.J. Cinnamons Brand” means the T.J. Cinnamons® name and T.J. Cinnamons Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing.

Trade Secrets” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Intellectual Property.”

Trademarks” means all United States, state and non-U.S. trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress, designs, logos, slogans and other indicia of source or origin, whether registered or unregistered, registrations and pending applications to register the foregoing, internet domain names, and all goodwill of any business connected with the use thereof or symbolized thereby.

Tranche” means, with respect to any Class or Subclass of any Series of Notes, any one of the tranches of Notes of such Class or Subclass as specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

Transaction Documents” means the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, any Mortgages, each Account Control Agreement, the Management Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Back-Up Management Agreement, any Series Hedge Agreement, the Contribution Agreements, the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreements and any other note purchase agreements, the IP License Agreements, any Enhancement Agreement, the Charter Documents of each Securitization Entity, each Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement, the Omnibus Amendment and Reaffirmation Agreement and any additional document identified as a “Transaction Document” in the Series Supplement for any Series of Notes Outstanding and any other material agreements entered into, or certificates delivered, pursuant to the foregoing documents.

Trust Officer” means any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any Vice President, Assistant Vice President or Assistant Treasurer of the Corporate Trust Office, or any trust officer, or any officer customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any such officer in each case having direct responsibility for the administration of this Base Indenture, and also any officer to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with a particular subject.

 

73


Trustee Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(a) of this Base Indenture.

UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the specified jurisdiction or any applicable jurisdiction, as the case may be.

Uncertificated Note” means any Note issued in uncertificated, fully registered form evidenced by entry in the Note Register.

United States” or “U.S.” means the United States of America, its fifty states and the District of Columbia. For the avoidance of doubt, “United States” and “U.S.” shall not include any territories, possessions or commonwealths of the United States of America.

USCO” means the U.S. Copyright Office and any successor U.S. Federal office.

USPTO” means the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and any successor U.S. Federal office.

Warm Back-Up Management Duties” has the meaning set forth in the Back-Up Management Agreement.

Warm Back-Up Management Trigger Event” has the meaning set forth in the Back-Up Management Agreement.

Weekly Allocation Date” means the fifth (5th) Business Day following the last day of each Weekly Collection Period or, upon not less than two (2) Business Days’ notice from the Manager to the Trustee, such earlier Business Day occurring no earlier than the Tuesday of the calendar week immediately following the end of such Weekly Collection Period that has been designated by the Manager and consented to by the Trustee (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (provided, that, in any case there shall be no more than a single weekly allocation date for any calendar week).

Weekly Collection Period” means, with respect to Collections, each weekly period commencing at 12:00 a.m. (local time) on each Monday per week and ending at 11:59 p.m. (local time) on each Sunday per week. References to “local time” refer to the local time at the Branded Restaurant or other location receiving the relevant Collections.

Weekly Management Fee” has the meaning set forth in the Management Agreement.

Weekly Manager’s Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a) of this Base Indenture.

Welfare Plan” means any “employee welfare benefit plan” as such term is defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA.

 

74


Workout Fees” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

written” or “in writing” means any form of written communication, including, without limitation, by means of email of a .pdf or other similar file (including the requisite signatures from any required parties).

 

75

Exhibit (b)(2)

EXECUTION VERSION

ARBY’S FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer

and

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Trustee and Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary

 

 

SERIES 2020-1 SUPPLEMENT

Dated as of July 31, 2020

to

AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE

Dated as of July 31, 2020

 

 

$150,000,000 Series 2020-1 Variable Funding Senior Notes, Class A-1

$825,000,000 Series 2020-1 3.237% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2

 

 


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

     1  

ARTICLE II INITIAL ISSUANCE, INCREASES AND DECREASES OF SERIES 2020-1 CLASS A-1 OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT; ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL CLASS A-1 NOTES

     2  

Section 2.1

  Procedures for Issuing and Increasing the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount      2  

Section 2.2

  Procedures for Decreasing the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount      3  

ARTICLE III SERIES 2020-1 ALLOCATIONS; PAYMENTS

     5  

Section 3.1

  Allocations of Net Proceeds with Respect to the Series 2020-1 Notes; Interest Reserve Letter of Credit      5  

Section 3.2

  Application of Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates      5  

Section 3.3

  Certain Distributions from Series 2020-1 Distribution Accounts      5  

Section 3.4

  Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Interest and Certain Fees      6  

Section 3.5

  Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Interest      7  

Section 3.6

  Payment of Series 2020-1 Note Principal      8  

Section 3.7

  Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account      15  

Section 3.8

  Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account      16  

Section 3.9

  Trustee as Securities Intermediary      17  

Section 3.10

  Manager      18  

Section 3.11

  Replacement of Ineligible Accounts      19  

ARTICLE IV FORM OF SERIES 2020-1 NOTES

     19  

Section 4.1

  Issuance of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes      19  

Section 4.2

  Issuance of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes      22  

Section 4.3

  Transfer Restrictions of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes      23  

Section 4.4

  Transfer Restrictions of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes      25  

Section 4.5

  Note Owner Representations and Warranties      31  

Section 4.6

  Limitation on Liability      33  

ARTICLE V GENERAL

     33  

Section 5.1

  Information      33  

Section 5.2

  Exhibits      34  

Section 5.3

  Ratification of Base Indenture      34  

Section 5.4

  Notices to the Rating Agencies      35  

Section 5.5

  Counterparts      35  

Section 5.6

  Governing Law      35  

Section 5.7

  Amendments      35  

Section 5.8

  Termination of Series Supplement      35  

Section 5.9

  Entire Agreement      36  

 

i


ANNEXES   
Annex A    Series 2020-1 Supplemental Definitions List
EXHIBITS   
Exhibit A:    Form of Voluntary Decrease Notice for Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes
Exhibit B-1-1:    Form of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Note
Exhibit B-1-2:    Form of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Note
Exhibit B-1-3:    Form of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Note
Exhibit B-2-1:    Form of Rule 144A Global Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note
Exhibit B-2-2:    Form of Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note
Exhibit B-2-3:    Form of Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note
Exhibit C-1:    Form of Transferee Certificate - Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes
Exhibit C-2:    Form of Transferee Certificate - Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, Rule 144A to Temporary Regulation S
Exhibit C-3:    Form of Transferee Certificate - Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, Rule 144A to Permanent Regulation S
Exhibit C-4:    Form of Transferee Certificate - Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, Temporary Regulation S or Permanent Regulation S to Rule 144A
Exhibit D:    Form of Confirmation of Registration of Uncertificated Notes

 

ii


This SERIES 2020-1 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of July 31, 2020 (this “Series Supplement”), is entered into by and between ARBY’S FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”) and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary, to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of the date hereof (as the same may be further amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture”), by and between the Issuer and CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee and as Securities Intermediary.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

WHEREAS, Sections 2.2 and 13.1 of the Base Indenture provide, among other things, that the Issuer and the Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into a Series Supplement to the Base Indenture for the purpose of authorizing the issuance of one or more Series of Notes (as defined in Annex A of the Base Indenture) upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth therein; and

WHEREAS, all such conditions have been met for the issuance of the Series of Notes authorized hereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

DESIGNATION

There is hereby created a Series of Notes to be issued pursuant to the Base Indenture and this Series Supplement, and such Series of Notes shall be designated as the Series 2020-1 Notes. On the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, two Classes of Notes of such Series shall be issued: (a) Series 2020-1 Variable Funding Senior Notes, Class A-1 (as referred to herein, such Class or Notes thereof, as the context requires, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes”) and (b) Series 2020-1 Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (as referred to herein, such Class or Notes thereof, as the context requires, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes”). The Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes shall be issued in three Subclasses: (i) Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes (as referred to herein, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes”), (ii) Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Notes (as referred to herein, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Notes”), and (iii) Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Notes (as referred to herein, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Notes”).

For purposes of the Base Indenture and this Series Supplement, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes and the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be deemed to be separate Classes of “Senior Notes.”

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

All capitalized terms used herein (including in the preamble and the recitals hereto) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Series 2020-1 Supplemental Definitions List attached hereto as Annex A (the “Series 2020-1 Supplemental Definitions List”) as such Series 2020-1 Supplemental Definitions List may be


amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein or therein, and the term “written” or “in writing”, shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Base Indenture or the Base Indenture Definitions List attached to the Base Indenture as Annex A thereto, as such Base Indenture or Base Indenture Definitions List may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture. Unless otherwise specified herein, all Article, Exhibit, Section or Subsection references herein shall refer to Articles, Exhibits, Sections or Subsections of this Series Supplement. Unless otherwise stated herein, as the context otherwise requires or if such term is otherwise defined in the Base Indenture, each capitalized term used or defined herein shall relate only to the Series 2020-1 Notes and not to any other Series of Notes issued by the Issuer. The rules of construction set forth in Section 1.4 of the Base Indenture shall apply for all purposes under this Series Supplement.

ARTICLE II

INITIAL ISSUANCE, INCREASES AND DECREASES OF

SERIES 2020-1 CLASS A-1 OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT; ISSUANCE OF

ADDITIONAL CLASS A-1 NOTES

Section 2.1 Procedures for Issuing and Increasing the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount.

(a) Subject to satisfaction of the conditions precedent to the making of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advances set forth in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, (i) on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Issuer may cause the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Advance Principal Amount to become outstanding by drawing ratably, at par, the initial principal amounts of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes corresponding to the aggregate amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advances made on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date (the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Advance”) and (ii) on any Business Day during the Commitment Term (subject to the terms and conditions of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement), the Issuer may increase the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount (such increase referred to as an “Increase”), by drawing ratably (or as otherwise set forth in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement), at par, additional principal amounts on the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes corresponding to the aggregate amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advances made on such Business Day; provided that at no time may the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount exceed the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount. The Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Advance and each Increase shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.02 and 2.03 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and shall be ratably (except as otherwise set forth in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement) allocated among the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholders (other than the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Subfacility Noteholders in their capacity as such) as provided therein. Proceeds from the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Advance and each Increase shall be paid as directed by the Issuer in the applicable Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Request or as otherwise set forth in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Upon receipt of written notice from the Issuer or the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Advance and any Increase, the Trustee shall indicate in its books and records the amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Advance or such Increase, as applicable.

 

2


(b) Subject to satisfaction of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Issuer may cause (i) the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Swingline Principal Amount to become outstanding by drawing, at par, the initial principal amounts of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Notes corresponding to the aggregate amount of the Swingline Loans, if any, made on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.06 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Swingline Loan”) and (ii) the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amount to become outstanding by causing the issuance, at par, of the initial principal amounts of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Notes corresponding to the aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amount of the Letters of Credit issued on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.07 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; provided that at no time may the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount exceed the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount. The procedures relating to increases in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount (each such increase referred to as a “Subfacility Increase”) through borrowings of Swingline Loans and the issuance or incurrence of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Obligations are set forth in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Upon receipt of written notice from the Issuer or the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent of the issuance of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Swingline Loan, the issuance of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Notes or any Subfacility Increase, the Trustee shall indicate in its books and records the amount of each such issuance or Subfacility Increase.

Section 2.2 Procedures for Decreasing the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount.

(a) Mandatory Decrease. Whenever a Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Excess Principal Event shall have occurred, funds sufficient to decrease the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount by the lesser of (x) the amount necessary, so that after giving effect to such decrease of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount on such date, no such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Excess Principal Event shall exist and (y) the amount that would decrease the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount to zero (each decrease of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount pursuant to this Section 2.2(a), a “Mandatory Decrease”) shall be due and payable on the Weekly Allocation Date immediately following the date on which the Manager or the Issuer obtains knowledge of such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Excess Principal Event, in accordance with the Priority of Payments. The Trustee shall distribute each Mandatory Decrease pursuant to the written direction of the Issuer in the applicable Weekly Manager’s Certificate, which shall include the calculation of such Mandatory Decrease and distribution instructions in accordance with Section 4.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Any associated Breakage Amounts incurred as a result of such decrease (calculated in accordance with the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement) shall be deposited into the Collection Account for allocation as Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Other Amounts pursuant to the Priority of Payments on the Weekly Allocation Date related to the Weekly Manager’s Certificate indicating such Mandatory Decrease. Upon obtaining Actual Knowledge of such a Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Excess Principal Event, the Issuer promptly, but in any event within two (2) Business Days, shall deliver written notice (by e-mail) of the need for any such Mandatory Decreases to the Trustee and the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent.

 

3


(b) Voluntary Decrease. Except as provided in Section 2.2(d), on any Business Day, upon at least three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent and the Trustee in the applicable Weekly Manager’s Certificate, Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, or otherwise substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto, the Issuer may decrease the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount (each such decrease of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount pursuant to this Section 2.2(b), a “Voluntary Decrease”) by depositing in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account not later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date specified as the decrease date in the prior written notice referred to above and providing a written report to the Trustee directing the Trustee to distribute in accordance with the order of distribution of principal payments set forth in Section 4.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (which report shall include the calculation of such amounts and instructions for the distributions thereof) an amount (subject to the last sentence of this Section 2.2(b)) up to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount equal to the amount of such Voluntary Decrease; provided that to the extent the deposit into the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account described above is not made by 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day, the same shall be deemed to be deposited on the following Business Day. Each such Voluntary Decrease shall be in a minimum principal amount as provided in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Any associated Breakage Amounts incurred as a result of such decrease (calculated in accordance with the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement) shall be deposited into the Collection Account for allocation as Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Other Amounts pursuant to the Priority of Payments on the Weekly Allocation Date related to the Weekly Manager’s Certificate indicating such Voluntary Decrease. It shall be a condition to any Voluntary Decrease that the amount on deposit in the Collection Account is sufficient to pay the Trustee, the Servicer and the Manager, as applicable, for any unreimbursed Advances and Manager Advances (in each case, with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), if any, on the Weekly Allocation Date immediately following such Voluntary Decrease.

(c) Upon distribution to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account of principal of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes in connection with each Decrease, the Trustee shall (i) remit such amounts to the Holders of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes and (ii) indicate in its books and records such Decrease.

(d) The Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement sets forth additional procedures relating to decreases in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount (each such decrease, together with any Voluntary Decrease or Mandatory Decrease allocated to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Subfacility Noteholders, referred to as a “Subfacility Decrease”) through (i) borrowings of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advances to repay Swingline Loans and Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Obligations or (ii) optional prepayments of Swingline Loans on same day notice. Upon receipt of written notice from the Issuer or the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent of any Subfacility Decrease, the Trustee shall indicate in its books and records the amount of such Subfacility Decrease.

 

4


ARTICLE III

SERIES 2020-1 ALLOCATIONS; PAYMENTS

With respect to the Series 2020-1 Notes only, the following shall apply:

Section 3.1 Allocations of Net Proceeds with Respect to the Series 2020-1 Notes; Interest Reserve Letter of Credit.

(a) On the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, (i) the net proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes to the Initial Purchasers shall be paid to, or at the direction of, the Issuer and (ii) the Issuer shall apply such net proceeds to, among other things, make an initial deposit into the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and/or arrange for the issuance of an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit in an aggregate then undrawn and unexpired face amount equal to or, at the election of the Manager, greater than the Initial Senior Notes Interest Reserve Deposit.

(b) On and after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, proceeds of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes (including Letters of Credit) may be used for any purpose, subject to Section 8.01(l) of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Section 3.2 Application of Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall deliver a Weekly Manager’s Certificate to the Trustee, which Weekly Manager’s Certificate will instruct the Trustee to allocate from the Collection Account all amounts relating to the Series 2020-1 Notes pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

Section 3.3 Certain Distributions from Series 2020-1 Distribution Accounts. On each Quarterly Payment Date, based solely upon the most recent Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture, remit (i) to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholders or the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent, as applicable, from the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account, no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) and in accordance with Section 4.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the amounts withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account, Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account, Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account or otherwise, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.12(a), (b), (d) or (h) of the Base Indenture, as applicable, or otherwise, and deposited in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account for the payment of interest and fees and, to the extent applicable, principal or other amounts in respect of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes on such Quarterly Payment Date and (ii) to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders from the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account, the amounts withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account, Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account or otherwise, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.12(a), (d) or (h) of the Base Indenture, as applicable, or otherwise, and deposited in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account for the payment of interest and, to the extent applicable, principal or other amounts in respect of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes on such Quarterly Payment Date.

 

5


Section 3.4 Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Interest and Certain Fees.

(a) Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Rate and L/C Fees. From and after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the applicable portions of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount will accrue (i) interest at the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Rate and (ii) L/C Quarterly Fees at the applicable rates provided therefor in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Such accrued interest and fees will be due and payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date from amounts that are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so made available, commencing on the Initial Quarterly Payment Date; provided that in any event all accrued but unpaid interest and fees shall be paid in full on the Series 2020-1 Legal Final Maturity Date, on any Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date with respect to a prepayment in full of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes, on any day when the Commitments are terminated in full or on any other day on which all of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount is required to be paid in full, in each case pursuant to, and in accordance with, the provisions of the Priority of Payments. To the extent any such amount is not paid when due, such unpaid amount will accrue interest at the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Rate.

(b) Undrawn Commitment Fees. From and after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, Undrawn Commitment Fees will accrue as provided in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Such accrued fees will be due and payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, from amounts that are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so made available, commencing on the Initial Quarterly Payment Date. To the extent any such amount is not paid when due, such unpaid amount will accrue interest at the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Rate.

(c) Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest. From and after the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (after giving effect to any extensions), if the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes has not been paid in full or otherwise refinanced in full (which refinancing may also include an extension thereof), additional interest will accrue on the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount (excluding any Undrawn L/C Face Amounts included therein) at a rate equal to 5.00% per annum (the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest Rate”) in addition to the regular interest that will continue to accrue at the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Rate. All computations of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest (other than any accruing on any Base Rate Advances) and all computations of fees shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days and the actual number of days elapsed, in accordance with Section 3.01(f) of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. All computations of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest accruing on any Base Rate Advances shall be made on the basis of a 365 (or 366, as applicable) day year and actual number of days elapsed, in accordance with Section 3.01(f) of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest will be due and payable on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date, as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so

 

6


made available, and failure to pay any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest in excess of available amounts in accordance with the foregoing will not be an Event of Default and interest will not accrue on any unpaid portion thereof; provided that in any event all accrued but unpaid Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest shall be paid in full on the Series 2020-1 Legal Final Maturity Date or otherwise as part of any Series 2020-1 Final Payment by indicating the amount thereof on the related Quarterly Noteholders’ Report or otherwise in written instructions from the Manager to the Trustee.

(d) Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Interest Accrual Period. The initial Interest Accrual Period for the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes shall commence on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and end on (but exclude) the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to the Quarterly Calculation Date preceding the Initial Quarterly Payment Date.

Section 3.5 Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Interest.

(a) Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Interest. From the Series 2020-1 Closing Date until the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Outstanding Principal Amount has been paid in full, the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Outstanding Principal Amount will accrue interest for each Interest Accrual Period (after giving effect to all payments of principal made to Noteholders as of the first day of such Interest Accrual Period, and also giving effect to prepayments, repurchases and cancellations of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes during such Interest Accrual Period) at the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Rate. Such accrued interest will be due and payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, from amounts that are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, commencing on the Initial Quarterly Payment Date; provided that in any event all accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable in full on the Series 2020-1 Legal Final Maturity Date, on the Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date with respect to a prepayment in full or on any other day on which all of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Outstanding Principal Amount is required to be paid in full. To the extent any interest accruing at the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Rate is not paid when due, such unpaid interest will accrue interest at the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Rate. All computations of interest at the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Rate shall be made on a 30/360 Day Basis.

(b) Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest.

(i) Post-ARD Additional Interest. From and after the Series 2020-1 Anticipated Repayment Date, if the Series 2020-1 Final Payment has not been made, then additional interest will accrue on the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Outstanding Principal Amount at a per annum rate (the “Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate”) equal to the greater of (as determined by the Manager): (A) 5.00% per annum and (B) a per annum rate equal to the amount, if any, by which the sum of the following exceeds the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Rate: (x) the yield to maturity (adjusted to a quarterly bond-equivalent basis) on the Series 2020-1 Anticipated Repayment Date of the United States Treasury Security having a term closest to 10 years plus (y) 5.0%, plus (z) 2.84% (such additional interest, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”). All computations of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be made, and accrue, on a 30/360 Day Basis and will be due and payable on any Quarterly Payment Date only as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

 

7


(ii) Payment of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest. Any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest will be due and payable on each applicable Quarterly Payment Date from amounts that are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so made available. The failure to pay any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest in excess of available amounts in accordance with the foregoing (including on the Series 2020-1 Legal Final Maturity Date) will not be an Event of Default and interest will not accrue on any unpaid portion thereof; provided that in any event all accrued but unpaid Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be due and payable in full on the Series 2020-1 Legal Final Maturity Date, on any Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date with respect to a prepayment in full of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes or otherwise as part of any Series 2020-1 Final Payment.

(c) Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Initial Interest Accrual Period. The initial Interest Accrual Period for the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes shall commence on (and include) the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and end on (but exclude) the Initial Quarterly Payment Date.

Section 3.6 Payment of Series 2020-1 Note Principal.

(a) Series 2020-1 Notes Principal Payment on the Series 2020-1 Legal Final Maturity Date. The Series 2020-1 Outstanding Principal Amount shall be due and payable in full on the Series 2020-1 Legal Final Maturity Date. The Series 2020-1 Outstanding Principal Amount is not prepayable, in whole or in part, except as set forth in the Base Indenture, this Section 3.6 and, in respect of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount, Section 2.2 of this Series Supplement and the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

(b) Series 2020-1 Anticipated Repayment Date; Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date. The Series 2020-1 Final Payment Date is anticipated to occur on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2027 (the “Series 2020-1 Anticipated Repayment Date”). The initial Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date will be the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2025, unless extended as provided below in this Section 3.6(b).

(i) First Extension Election. Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.6(b)(iii), the Manager (on behalf of the Issuer) shall have the option on or before the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2025 to elect (the “Series 2020-1 First Extension Election”) to extend the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date to the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2026 by delivering written notice to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent, the Trustee and the Control Party no later than the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2025 to the effect that the conditions precedent to such Series 2020-1 First Extension Election set forth in Section 3.6(b)(iii) have been satisfied, and upon such extension, the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2026 shall become the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date.

 

8


(ii) Second Extension Election. Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.6(b)(iii), if the Series 2020-1 First Extension Election has been made and become effective, the Manager (on behalf of the Issuer) shall have the option on or before the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2026 to elect (the “Series 2020-1 Second Extension Election”) to extend the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date to the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2027 by delivering written notice to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent, the Trustee and the Control Party no later than the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2026 to the effect that the conditions precedent to such Series 2020-1 Second Extension Election set forth in Section 3.6(b)(iii) have been satisfied, and upon such extension, the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2027 shall become the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date.

(iii) Conditions Precedent to Extension Elections. It shall be a condition to the effectiveness of the Series 2020-1 Extension Elections that, in the case of the Series 2020-1 First Extension Election, on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2025, and in the case of the Series 2020-1 Second Extension Election, on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2026: (a) the DSCR is greater than or equal to 2.75x (calculated as of the most recent Quarterly Calculation Date), (b) the rating assigned to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes by (x) KBRA has not been downgraded below “BBB-” and (y) S&P has not been downgraded below “BBB-” (or, in each case, the structured finance equivalent) or withdrawn by KBRA or S&P and (c) all Class A-1 Extension Fees shall have been paid on or prior to such Quarterly Payment Date. Any notice given pursuant to Section 3.6(b)(i) or (ii) shall be irrevocable; provided that if the conditions set forth in this Section 3.6(b)(iii) are not met as of the applicable extension date, the election set forth in such notice shall automatically be deemed ineffective. For the avoidance of doubt, no consent of the Trustee, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent, any Noteholder or any other Secured Party shall be necessary for the effectiveness of the Series 2020-1 First Extension Election or the Series 2020-1 Second Extension Election.

(c) Payment of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts. Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts will be due and payable on each applicable Quarterly Payment Date, commencing with the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in October 2020 and prior to the Series 2020-1 Anticipated Repayment Date, in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, to the extent of available funds allocated in respect thereof in accordance with the Priority of Payments, and failure to pay any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts in excess of available amounts in accordance with the foregoing will not be an Event of Default; provided that (A) Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts shall only be due and payable on a Quarterly Payment Date if the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test is not satisfied on the related Series 2020-1 Non-Amortization Test Date after giving effect to the payments made on the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes on such date (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts that are not due and payable due to the satisfaction of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date shall not become due and payable if the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test is subsequently not satisfied); and (B) if the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test is satisfied on a Series 2020-1 Non-Amortization Test Date related to any

 

9


Quarterly Payment Date on which Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts would otherwise be due and payable, the Issuer may elect in its sole discretion to make one or more Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments on such Quarterly Payment Date.

(d) Certain Series 2020-1 Notes Mandatory Payments of Principal.

(i) During any Rapid Amortization Period, principal payments shall be due and payable on each Quarterly Payment Date on the applicable Classes of Series 2020-1 Notes as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date, in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so made available, together with any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration required to be paid in connection therewith pursuant to Section 3.6(e); provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that it shall not constitute an Event of Default if any such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration is not paid because insufficient funds are available to pay such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration in accordance with the Priority of Payments on or prior to the Series 2020-1 Legal Final Maturity Date or any other date on which the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes must be paid in full. Such payments shall be ratably allocated among the Series 2020-1 Noteholders within each applicable Class based on their respective portion of the Series 2020-1 Outstanding Principal Amount of such Class (or, in the case of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholders, in accordance with the order of distribution of principal payments set forth in Section 4.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement).

(ii) During any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Amortization Period, principal payments shall be due and payable on the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on each Weekly Allocation Date during such period in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on each Quarterly Payment Date during such period in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so made available. Such payments shall be allocated among the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholders, in accordance with the order of distribution of principal payments set forth in Section 4.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, no Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration will be due in connection with any principal payments on the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes.

(e) Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Payments. In connection with (A) any mandatory prepayment of any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes made during a Rapid Amortization Period pursuant to Section 3.6(d)(i), (B) any mandatory prepayment of any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes made with any Asset Disposition Proceeds pursuant to Section 3.6(j) or (C) any optional prepayment of any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes made pursuant to Section 3.6(f) (each, a “Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Prepayment”), the Issuer shall pay, in the manner described herein, the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders with respect to the principal portion of the related Series

 

10


2020-1 Prepayment Amount; provided that no Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration shall be payable in connection with any of the following: (i) any prepayment of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes made on or after the Prepayment Consideration End Date, (ii) mandatory prepayments arising from the receipt of Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, (iii) payments of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts, Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments and Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts, (iv) prepayments made with funds in the Cash Trap Reserve Account (other than optional prepayments of Senior Notes at the sole discretion of the Issuer in accordance with the CTOP Payment Priority, for which Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration will be payable if made prior to the Prepayment Consideration End Date), (v) cancellations of repurchased Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, and (vi) prepayments in connection with an EU Change of Control.

(f) Optional Prepayment of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes. Subject to Section 3.6(e) and Section 3.6(g), the Issuer shall have the option to prepay (including with the proceeds of equity contributions) the Outstanding Principal Amount of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes in whole or in part on any Business Day that is specified as the Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date in the applicable Prepayment Notice (each, an “Optional Prepayment Date”); provided that no such optional prepayment may be made unless the following conditions shall be satisfied:

(i) in the case of a prepayment of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes in part:

(A) the amount on deposit in the Series Class A-2 Distribution Account (including amounts to be transferred from the Cash Trap Reserve Account) is sufficient to pay the principal amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid and any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration required pursuant to Section 3.6(e);

(B) the amounts on deposit in, or allocable to, the Series 2020-1 Distribution Accounts to be distributed on the Quarterly Payment Date which coincides with, or immediately follows, such Optional Prepayment Date, as the case may be, are sufficient to pay (in addition to the amounts described in clause (i)(A)) the Prepayment Condition Amounts on such Quarterly Payment Date; and

(C) if such prepayment is not made on a Quarterly Payment Date, the amounts on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account allocable to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, or other available amounts, are sufficient to pay all accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be prepaid on such Optional Prepayment Date; and

 

11


(ii) in the case of an optional prepayment of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes in whole:

(A) the amounts on deposit in the Indenture Trust Accounts, the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account (after giving effect to the applicable allocations set forth therein on such Optional Prepayment Date pursuant to Section 3.6(i)(iii)) or other available amounts, in each case allocable to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, are sufficient to pay all outstanding monetary Obligations (including unreimbursed Advances with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate) in respect of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, including unpaid interest accrued in respect of the period on and prior to such Optional Prepayment Date, and

(B) the amounts on deposit in the Collection Account, the Indenture Trust Accounts or otherwise available are reasonably expected by the Manager to be sufficient to pay the Prepayment Condition Amounts, other than with respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, on the immediately following Quarterly Payment Date, if any, or are sufficient to pay such amounts on such Optional Prepayment Date, if such date is a Quarterly Payment Date,

or, in each case, any shortfalls in such amounts have been deposited to the applicable accounts.

In the case of an EU Change of Control on account of a good faith, third-party acquisition negotiated on market terms, the Issuer shall deliver written notice to the Holders of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes with the option for the Outstanding Principal Amount of their respective Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes to be repaid in full at par pursuant to Section 3.6(g).

(g) Notices of Prepayments.

(i) The Issuer shall give prior written notice (each, a “Prepayment Notice”) at least fifteen (15) Business Days but not more than twenty (20) Business Days prior to any Series 2020-1 Prepayment with respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Section 3.6(f) to each Series 2020-1 Noteholder affected by such Series 2020-1 Prepayment, each Rating Agency, the Servicer, the Control Party and the Trustee; provided that at the request of the Issuer, such notice to the affected Series 2020-1 Noteholders shall be given by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer; provided, further, that in the case of an EU Change of Control on account of a good faith, third-party acquisition negotiated on market terms, such written notice shall provide the Holders of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes with the option for the Outstanding Principal Amount of their respective Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes to be repaid in full at par in accordance with the instructions provided in such notice, which will require them to exercise such option within five (5) Business Days following receipt of such written notice; provided, further, that the exercise of such option shall be subject to: (i) no Event of Default or Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, (ii) the EU Securitization Laws (or, as applicable, the relevant equivalent EU legislation, or the relevant equivalent or similar provision of law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom, as referred to in the definition of “Applicable Investor”) still being in effect and (iii) the closing of the transaction resulting in an EU Change of Control.

(ii) With respect to each such Series 2020-1 Prepayment, the related Prepayment Notice shall, in each case, specify (A) the Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date on which such prepayment will be made, which in all cases shall be a Business Day, (B) the Series 2020-1 Prepayment Amount and (C) if such Series 2020-1 Prepayment is subject to Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date selected by the Issuer.

 

12


(iii) Any such optional prepayment and Prepayment Notice may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. The Issuer shall have the option to provide in any Prepayment Notice that the payment of the amounts set forth in Section 3.6(f) and the performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such optional prepayment may be performed by another Person.

(iv) The Issuer shall have the option, by written notice to the Trustee, the Control Party, each Rating Agency and the affected Noteholders, to revoke, or amend the Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date set forth in, any Prepayment Notice relating to an optional prepayment at any time up to the second Business Day before the Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date set forth in such Prepayment Notice; provided that at the request of the Issuer, such notice to the affected Series 2020-1 Noteholders shall be given by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer.

(v) For the avoidance of doubt, a Voluntary Decrease or a Subfacility Decrease in respect of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes is governed by Section 2.2 and not by this Section 3.6.

(h) Series 2020-1 Prepayments. Subject to Section 3.6(g), on each Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date with respect to any Series 2020-1 Prepayment, the Series 2020-1 Prepayment Amount and the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, and any associated Breakage Amounts applicable to such Series 2020-1 Prepayment shall be due and payable (without duplication of any components of the Series 2020-1 Prepayment Amount due and payable on such Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date, including any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Quarterly Interest Amount, if such Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date coincides with a Quarterly Payment Date).

(i) Distributions of Optional Prepayments of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(i) No later than five (5) Business Days prior to the Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date for each Series 2020-1 Prepayment to be made pursuant to Section 3.6(f) in respect of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Issuer shall provide the Trustee with a written report instructing the Trustee to deposit the amounts set forth in such report (which shall include such amounts set forth in Section 3.6(f)(i)(C) or Section 3.6(f)(ii)(A) (after giving effect to the deposit set forth in Section 3.6(i)(iii)), as applicable), and in each case due and payable to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders on such Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date, to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account and thereafter apply the amounts on deposit therein in accordance with this Section 3.6(i). Such written report may be consolidated with additional payment instructions as necessary to effect other distributions occurring on, or substantially concurrently with, such Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date.

 

13


(ii) On the Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date for each Series 2020-1 Prepayment to be made pursuant to Section 3.6(f) in respect of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture (except that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary therein, references to the distributions being made on a Quarterly Payment Date shall be deemed to be references to distributions made on such Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date and references to the Record Date shall be deemed to be references to the Prepayment Record Date), distribute to the Noteholders of record on the preceding Prepayment Record Date on a pro rata basis, based on their respective portion of the Outstanding Principal Amount, the amount on deposit in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account in order to pay (without duplication) (A) the applicable portion of the Outstanding Principal Amount and any applicable Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration with respect thereto, (B) in the case of an optional prepayment on a Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date that is not a Quarterly Payment Date, interest on such portion of the Outstanding Principal Amount being prepaid, and (C) in the case of an optional prepayment in whole, the outstanding monetary Obligations described in Section 3.6(f)(ii)(A), in each case due and payable on such Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date.

(iii) If the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes are paid in whole on a Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date that is not an Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer shall have the option to instruct the Trustee to withdraw amounts on deposit in the Collection Account on such Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date and deposit such amounts in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account, so long as the Residual Amount on the Weekly Allocation Date immediately following such Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date shall be greater than zero.

(j) Indemnification Amounts; Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; Asset Disposition Proceeds. Any Indemnification Amounts, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds or Asset Disposition Proceeds allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account in accordance with Section 5.11(i) of the Base Indenture shall be withdrawn from the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account in accordance with Section 5.12(d) of the Base Indenture and deposited in the applicable Series 2020-1 Distribution Accounts and used to prepay first, if a Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Amortization Period is continuing or if a Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes (in accordance with the order of distribution of principal payments set forth in Section 4.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement) and, second, the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes (based on their respective portion of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Outstanding Principal Amount), on the Quarterly Payment Date indicated in the Weekly Manager’s Certificate. In connection with any prepayment made with Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds pursuant to this Section 3.6(j), the Issuer shall not be obligated to pay any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration. The Issuer shall, however, be obligated to pay any applicable Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration required to be paid pursuant to Section 3.6(e) in connection with any prepayment made with Asset Disposition Proceeds pursuant to this Section 3.6(j); provided, for avoidance of doubt, that it shall not constitute an Event of Default if any such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration is not paid because insufficient funds are available to pay such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

 

14


(k) Series 2020-1 Notices of Final Payment. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee, the Servicer and each Rating Agency of the Series 2020-1 Final Payment Date on or before the Prepayment Record Date preceding such Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date; provided, however, that with respect to any Series 2020-1 Final Payment that is made in connection with any mandatory or optional prepayment in full, the Issuer shall not be obligated to provide any additional notice to the Trustee, the Servicer or any Rating Agency of such Series 2020-1 Final Payment beyond the notice required to be given in connection with such prepayment pursuant to Section 3.6(g). The Trustee shall provide any written notice required under this Section 3.6(k) to each Person in whose name any one or more Series 2020-1 Notes are registered at the close of business on such Prepayment Record Date of the Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date that will be the Series 2020-1 Final Payment Date. Such written notice to be sent to the Series 2020-1 Noteholders shall be made at the expense of the Issuer and shall be mailed by the Trustee within five (5) Business Days of receipt of notice from the Issuer indicating that the Series 2020-1 Final Payment will be made and shall specify that such Series 2020-1 Final Payment will be payable only upon presentation and surrender (or deregistration, in the case of Uncertificated Notes) of the Series 2020-1 Notes, which such surrender shall also constitute a general release by the applicable Noteholder from any claims against the Securitization Entities, the Manager, the Trustee and their affiliates, and shall specify the place where the Series 2020-1 Notes (other than any Uncertificated Notes) may be presented and surrendered for such Series 2020-1 Final Payment.

Section 3.7 Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account.

(a) Establishment of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account. The Trustee has established and shall maintain in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholders an account (the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholders. The Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account shall be an Eligible Account. Initially, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account will be established with the Trustee.

(b) Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account Constitutes Additional Collateral for Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes. In order to secure and provide for the repayment and payment of the Obligations with respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes, the Issuer hereby grants a security interest in and assigns, pledges, grants, transfers and sets over to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholders, all of the Issuer’s right, title and interest, if any, in and to the following (whether now or hereafter existing or acquired): (i) the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account, including any security entitlement with respect thereto; (ii) all funds and other property (including, without limitation, Financial Assets) on deposit therein from time to time; (iii) all certificates and instruments, if any, representing or evidencing any or all of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iv) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; and (v) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, cash (the items in the foregoing clauses (i) through (v) are referred to, collectively, as the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account Collateral”).

 

15


(c) Termination of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account. On or after the date on which (1) all accrued and unpaid interest on and principal of all Outstanding Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes have been paid, (2) all Undrawn L/C Face Amounts have expired or have been cash collateralized in accordance with the terms of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (after giving effect to the provisions of Section 4.04 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement), (3) all fees and expenses and other amounts then due and payable under the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement have been paid and (4) all Commitments have been terminated in full, the Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the Issuer (or the Manager on their behalf), shall withdraw from the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account all amounts on deposit therein (and the proceeds of any other instruments and other property credited thereto) for distribution pursuant to the Priority of Payments and all Liens, if any, created in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholders under the Base Indenture with respect to Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account shall be automatically released, and the Trustee, upon written request of the Issuer, at the written direction of the Control Party, shall execute and deliver to the Issuer any and all documentation reasonably requested and prepared by the Issuer at the Issuer’s expense to effect or evidence the release by the Trustee of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholders’ security interest in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account Collateral.

Section 3.8 Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account.

(a) Establishment of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account. The Trustee has established and shall maintain in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders an account (the “Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be an Eligible Account. Initially, the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account will be established with the Trustee.

(b) Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account Constitutes Additional Collateral for Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes. In order to secure and provide for the repayment and payment of the Obligations with respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Issuer hereby grants a security interest in and assigns, pledges, grants, transfers and sets over to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders, all of the Issuer’s right, title and interest, if any, in and to the following (whether now or hereafter existing or acquired): (i) the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account, including any security entitlement with respect thereto; (ii) all funds and other property (including, without limitation, Financial Assets) on deposit therein from time to time; (iii) all certificates and instruments, if any, representing or evidencing any or all of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iv) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; and (v) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, cash (the items in the foregoing clauses (i) through (v) are referred to, collectively, as the “Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account Collateral”).

 

16


(c) Termination of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account. On or after the date on which all accrued and unpaid interest on and principal of all Outstanding Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes have been paid, the Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the Issuer (or the Manager on their behalf), shall withdraw from the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account all amounts on deposit therein (and the proceeds of any other instruments and other property credited thereto) for distribution pursuant to the Priority of Payments and all Liens, if any, created in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders under the Base Indenture with respect to Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be automatically released, and the Trustee, upon written request of the Issuer, at the written direction of the Control Party, shall execute and deliver to the Issuer any and all documentation reasonably requested and prepared by the Issuer at the Issuer’s expense to effect or evidence the release by the Trustee of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders’ security interest in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account Collateral.

Section 3.9 Trustee as Securities Intermediary.

(a) The Trustee or other Person holding the Series 2020-1 Distribution Accounts shall be the “Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary.” If the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary in respect of any Series 2020-1 Distribution Account is not the Trustee, the Issuer shall obtain the express agreement of such other Person to the obligations of the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary set forth in this Section 3.9.

(b) The Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary agrees that:

(i) The Series 2020-1 Distribution Accounts are accounts to which Financial Assets will or may be credited;

(ii) The Series 2020-1 Distribution Accounts are “securities accounts” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York UCC and the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary qualifies as a “securities intermediary” under Section 8-102(a) of the New York UCC;

(iii) All securities or other property (other than cash) underlying any Financial Assets credited to any Series 2020-1 Distribution Account shall be registered in the name of the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary, indorsed to the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary or in blank or credited to another securities account maintained in the name of the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary, and in no case will any Financial Asset credited to any Series 2020-1 Distribution Account be registered in the name of the Issuer, payable to the order of the Issuer or specially indorsed to the Issuer;

(iv) All property delivered to the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary pursuant to this Series Supplement will be promptly credited to the appropriate Series 2020-1 Distribution Account;

(v) Each item of property (whether investment property, security, instrument or cash) credited to any Series 2020-1 Distribution Account shall be treated as a Financial Asset;

 

17


(vi) If at any time the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary shall receive any entitlement order from the Trustee (including those directing transfer or redemption of any Financial Asset) relating to the Series 2020-1 Distribution Accounts, the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary shall comply with such entitlement order without further consent by the Issuer, any other Securitization Entity or any other Person;

(vii) The Series 2020-1 Distribution Accounts shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, regardless of any provision of any other agreement. For purposes of all applicable UCCs, the State of New York shall be deemed to the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction and the Series 2020-1 Distribution Accounts (as well as the “security entitlements” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the New York UCC) related thereto) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York;

(viii) The Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until termination of this Series Supplement will not enter into, any agreement with any other Person relating to the Series 2020-1 Distribution Accounts and/or any Financial Assets credited thereto pursuant to which it has agreed to comply with “entitlement orders” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the New York UCC) of such other Person, and the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until the termination of this Series Supplement will not enter into, any agreement with the Issuer purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary to comply with entitlement orders as set forth in Section 3.9(b)(vi); and

(ix) Except for the claims and interest of the Trustee, the Secured Parties and the Securitization Entities in the Series 2020-1 Distribution Accounts, neither the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary nor, in the case of the Trustee, any Trust Officer knows of any claim to, or interest in, any Series 2020-1 Distribution Account or any Financial Asset credited thereto. If the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary or, in the case of the Trustee, a Trust Officer has Actual Knowledge of the assertion by any other person of any Lien, encumbrance or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process) against any Series 2020-1 Distribution Account or any Financial Asset carried therein, the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary shall deliver prompt written notice to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent, the Trustee, the Manager, the Servicer and the Issuer thereof.

(c) At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Series 2020-1 Distribution Accounts and in all proceeds thereof, and shall (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) be the only Person authorized to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2020-1 Distribution Accounts; provided, however, that at all other times the Issuer shall be authorized to instruct the Trustee to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2020-1 Distribution Accounts.

Section 3.10 Manager. Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Manager has agreed to provide certain reports, notices, instructions and other services on behalf of the Issuer. The Series 2020-1 Noteholders by their acceptance of the Series 2020-1 Notes consent to the provision of such reports and notices to the Trustee by the Manager in lieu of the Issuer. Any such reports and notices that are required to be delivered to the Series 2020-1 Noteholders hereunder will be made available on the Trustee’s website in the manner set forth in Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

 

18


Section 3.11 Replacement of Ineligible Accounts. If, at any time, either of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account or the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall cease to be an Eligible Account (each, a “Series 2020-1 Ineligible Account”), the Issuer shall (i) within five (5) Business Days of obtaining Actual Knowledge thereof, notify the Control Party thereof and (ii) within sixty (60) days of obtaining Actual Knowledge thereof, (A) establish, or cause to be established, a new account that is an Eligible Account in substitution for such Series 2020-1 Ineligible Account, (B) following the establishment of such new Eligible Account, transfer or, with respect to the Trustee Accounts maintained at the Trustee, instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer all cash and investments from such Series 2020-1 Ineligible Account into such new Eligible Account and (C) pledge, or cause to be pledged, such new Eligible Account to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and, if such new Eligible Account is not established with the Trustee, cause such new Eligible Account to be subject to an Account Control Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Control Party and the Trustee.

ARTICLE IV

FORM OF SERIES 2020-1 NOTES

Section 4.1 Issuance of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes.

(a) The Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes (other than any Uncertificated Notes) will be issued in the form of definitive notes in fully registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B-1-1 hereto, and will be issued to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholders (other than the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Subfacility Noteholders) pursuant to and in accordance with the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and shall be duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee in the manner set forth in Section 2.4 of the Base Indenture. Other than in accordance with this Series Supplement and the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes will not be permitted to be transferred, assigned, exchanged or otherwise pledged or conveyed by such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholders. The Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes shall bear a face amount equal in the aggregate to up to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, and shall be initially issued in an aggregate outstanding principal amount equal to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Advance Principal Amount pursuant to Section 2.1(a). The Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent shall record any Increases or Decreases with respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount such that, subject to Section 4.1(d), the principal amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes that are Outstanding accurately reflects all such Increases and Decreases.

(b) The Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Notes (other than any Uncertificated Notes) will be issued in the form of definitive notes in fully registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B-1-2 hereto, and will be issued to the Swingline Lender pursuant to and in accordance with the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and shall be duly executed by Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee in the

 

19


manner set forth in Section 2.4 of the Base Indenture. Other than in accordance with this Series Supplement and the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Notes will not be permitted to be transferred, assigned, exchanged or otherwise pledged or conveyed by the Swingline Lender. The Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Note shall bear a face amount equal in the aggregate to up to the Swingline Commitment as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, and shall be initially issued in an aggregate outstanding principal amount equal to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Swingline Principal Amount pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(i). The Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent shall record any Subfacility Increases or Subfacility Decreases with respect to the Swingline Loans such that, subject to Section 4.1(d), the aggregate principal amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Notes that is Outstanding accurately reflects all such Subfacility Increases and Subfacility Decreases.

(c) The Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Notes (other than any Uncertificated Notes) will be issued in the form of definitive notes in fully registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B-1-3 hereto, and will be issued to the L/C Provider pursuant to and in accordance with the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and shall be duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee in the manner set forth in Section 2.4 of the Base Indenture. Other than in accordance with this Series Supplement and the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Notes will not be permitted to be transferred, assigned, exchanged or otherwise pledged or conveyed by the L/C Provider. The Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Notes shall bear a face amount equal in the aggregate to up to the L/C Commitment as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, and shall be initially issued in an aggregate amount equal to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amount pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(ii). The Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent shall record any Subfacility Increases or Subfacility Decreases with respect to Undrawn L/C Face Amounts or Unreimbursed L/C Drawings, as applicable, such that, subject to Section 4.1(d), the aggregate amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Notes that is Outstanding accurately reflects all such Subfacility Increases and Subfacility Decreases. All Undrawn L/C Face Amounts shall be deemed to be “principal” outstanding under the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Notes for all purposes of the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents other than for purposes of accrual of interest.

(d) For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding that the aggregate face amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes will exceed the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount, at no time will the principal amount actually outstanding of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Notes and the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Notes in the aggregate exceed the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount.

(e) The Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the Authorized Officers executing such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes, as evidenced by their execution of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes. The Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes may be produced in any manner, all as determined by the Authorized Officers executing such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes. The initial sale of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes is limited to Persons who have executed the Series

 

20


2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. The Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes may be resold only to the Issuer, its Affiliates, and Persons who are not Competitors (except that Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes may be resold to Persons who are Competitors with the written consent of the Issuer) in compliance with the terms of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

(f) Uncertificated Notes. At the request of a Holder or transferee of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes may be issued in the form of Uncertificated Notes. With respect to any Uncertificated Note, the Trustee shall provide to the beneficial owner promptly after registration of the Uncertificated Note in the Note Register by the Note Registrar a Confirmation of Registration, the form of which shall be set forth in Exhibit F attached hereto.

(i) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein:

(A) Uncertificated Notes registered in the name of a Person shall be considered “held” by such Person for all purposes of this Series Supplement;

(B) with respect to any Uncertificated Note, (a) references herein to authentication and delivery of a Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note shall be deemed to refer to creation of an entry for such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note in the Note Register and registration of such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note in the name of the owner, (b) references herein to cancellation of a Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note shall be deemed to refer to deregistration of such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note and (c) references herein to the date of authentication of a Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note shall refer to the date of registration of such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note in the Note Register in the name of the owner thereof;

(ii) references to execution of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes by the Issuer, to surrender of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes and to presentment of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes shall be deemed not to refer to Uncertificated Notes; provided that the provisions of Section 4.3 relating to surrender of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes shall apply equally to deregistration of Uncertificated Notes; and

(iii) for the avoidance of doubt, no Confirmation of Registration shall be required to be surrendered (x) in connection with a transfer of the related Uncertificated Note or (y) in connection with the final payment of the related Uncertificated Note.

(iv) The Note Register shall be conclusive evidence of the ownership of an Uncertificated Note.

(v) Each of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes in the form of a definitive note may also be exchanged in its entirety for an Uncertificated Note and, upon complete exchange thereof, such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes shall be cancelled and deregistered by the Note Registrar.

(vi) Each of the Uncertificated Notes may be exchanged in its entirety for a Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note in the form of a definitive note and, upon complete exchange thereof, such Uncertificated Note shall be deregistered by the Note Registrar.

 

21


Section 4.2 Issuance of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(a) The Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes may be offered and sold in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Initial Principal Amount on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date by the Issuer pursuant to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Purchase Agreement. The Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes will be resold initially only to the Issuer or its Affiliates or (A) to Persons who are not Competitors, (B) in the United States, to Persons who are QIBs purchasing for their own account or the account of one or more other Persons, each of which is a QIB, in reliance on Rule 144A and (C) outside the United States, to Persons who are not a U.S. person (as defined in Regulation S) (a “U.S. Person”) in reliance on Regulation S, purchasing for their own account or the account of one or more other Persons, each of which is a non-U.S. Person. The Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes may thereafter be transferred in reliance on Rule 144A and/or Regulation S and in accordance with the procedure described herein. The Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes will be Book-Entry Notes and DTC will be the Depository for the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes. The Applicable Procedures shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes. The Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be issued in minimum denominations of $25,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

(b) Global Notes.

(i) Rule 144A Global Notes. The Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance upon Rule 144A will be issued in the form of one or more global notes in fully registered form, without coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B-2-1 hereto, registered in the name of Cede & Co. (“Cede”), as nominee of DTC, and deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”). The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the aggregate principal amount of the corresponding class of Temporary Regulation S Global Notes or Permanent Regulation S Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.

(ii) Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and Permanent Regulation S Global Notes. Any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes offered and sold on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date in reliance upon Regulation S will be issued in the form of one or more global notes in fully registered form, without coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B-2-2 hereto, registered in the name of Cede, as nominee of DTC, and deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, for credit to the respective accounts at DTC of the designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream. Until such time as the Restricted Period shall have terminated with respect to any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note, such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be referred to herein collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, as the “Temporary Regulation S Global Notes”. After such time as the Restricted Period shall have terminated, the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall be exchangeable, in whole or in part, for interests in one or more permanent global notes in registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B-2-3 hereto, as hereinafter provided (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, the “Permanent Regulation S Global Notes”). The

 

22


aggregate principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes or the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase of aggregate principal amount of the corresponding Rule 144A Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.

(c) Definitive Notes. The Series 2020-1 Global Notes shall be exchangeable in their entirety for one or more definitive notes in registered form, without interest coupons (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, the “Definitive Notes”) pursuant to Section 2.13 of the Base Indenture and this Section 4.2(c) in accordance with their terms and, upon complete exchange thereof, such Series 2020-1 Global Notes shall be surrendered for cancellation at the applicable Corporate Trust Office.

Section 4.3 Transfer Restrictions of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes.

(a) Subject to the terms of the Indenture and the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the holder of any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Note (other than any Uncertificated Note) may transfer the same in whole or in part, in an amount equivalent to an authorized denomination, by surrendering such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Note at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, with the form of transfer endorsed on it duly completed and executed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Note Registrar by, the holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, and accompanied by a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto; provided that if the holder of any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Note transfers, in whole or in part, its interest in any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Note pursuant to (i) an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or (ii) an Investor Group Supplement substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, then such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholder will not be required to submit a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto upon transfer of its interest in such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Note. In exchange for any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Note properly presented for transfer, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and deliver or cause to be authenticated and delivered in compliance with applicable law, to the transferee at such office, or send by mail (at the risk of the transferee) to such address as the transferee may request, Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes for the same aggregate principal amount as was transferred. In the case of the transfer of any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Note in part, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and deliver or cause to be authenticated and delivered to the transferor at such office, or send by mail (at the risk of the transferor) to such address as the transferor may request, Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes for the aggregate principal amount that was not transferred. No transfer of any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Note shall be made unless the request for such transfer is made by the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholder at such office. In the case of a transfer to a Holder electing to take such Note in the form of an Uncertificated Note, the Trustee shall deliver a Confirmation of Registration to the transferee. Neither the Issuer nor the Trustee shall be liable

 

23


for any delay in delivery of transfer instructions and each may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of transferred Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes, the Trustee shall recognize the holders of such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Note as Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholders.

(b) Subject to the terms of the Indenture and the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Swingline Lender may transfer the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Notes in whole but not in part by surrendering such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Notes (other than any Uncertificated Note) at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, with the form of transfer endorsed on it duly completed and executed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Note Registrar by, the holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the STAMP or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, and accompanied by an assignment agreement pursuant to Section 9.17(d) of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. In exchange for any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Note properly presented for transfer, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and deliver or cause to be authenticated and delivered in compliance with applicable law, to the transferee at such office, or send by mail (at the risk of the transferee) to such address as the transferee may request, a Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Note for the same aggregate principal amount as was transferred. No transfer of any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Note shall be made unless the request for such transfer is made by the Swingline Lender at such office. In the case of a transfer to a Holder electing to take such Note in the form of an Uncertificated Note, the Trustee shall deliver a Confirmation of Registration to the transferee. Neither the Issuer nor the Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of transfer instructions and each may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of any transferred Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Note, the Trustee shall recognize the holder of such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Note as a Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholder.

(c) Subject to the terms of the Indenture and the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, an L/C Provider may transfer any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Note in whole or in part, in an amount equivalent to an authorized denomination, by surrendering such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Note (other than any Uncertificated Note) at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, with the form of transfer endorsed on it duly completed and executed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Note Registrar by, the holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the STAMP or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, and accompanied by an assignment agreement pursuant to Section 9.17(e) of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. In exchange for any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Note properly presented for transfer, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and deliver or cause to be authenticated and delivered in compliance with applicable law, to the transferee at such office, or send by mail (at the risk of the transferee) to such address as the transferee may request, Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Notes for the same aggregate principal amount as was transferred. In the case of the transfer of any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Note in

 

24


part, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and deliver or cause to be authenticated and delivered to the transferor at such office, or send by mail (at the risk of transferor) to such address as the transferor may request, Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Notes for the aggregate principal amount that was not transferred. No transfer of any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Note shall be made unless the request for such transfer is made by an L/C Provider at such office. In the case of a transfer to a Holder electing to take such Note in the form of an Uncertificated Note, the Trustee shall deliver a Confirmation of Registration to the transferee. Neither the Issuer nor the Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of transfer instructions and each may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of any transferred Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Note, the Trustee shall recognize the holder of such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Note as a Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholder.

(d) Each Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note (other than any Uncertificated Note) shall bear the following legend:

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS SERIES 2020-1 CLASS A-1 NOTE (THIS “NOTE”) HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION, AND THE ISSUER HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “1940 ACT”). THIS NOTE AND ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO PERSONS WHO ARE NOT COMPETITORS (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE), UNLESS THE ISSUER GIVES WRITTEN CONSENT TO SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE SERIES 2020-1 CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF JULY 31, 2020 (AS AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED OR MODIFIED, THE “SERIES 2020-1 CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT”), BY AND AMONG THE ISSUER, ARBY’S RESTAURANT GROUP, INC., AS THE MANAGER, THE GUARANTORS, THE CONDUIT INVESTORS, THE COMMITTED NOTE PURCHASERS, THE FUNDING AGENTS, AND COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK, U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH, AS L/C PROVIDER, SWINGLINE LENDER AND ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.

The required legend set forth above shall not be removed from the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes except as provided herein.

Section 4.4 Transfer Restrictions of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(a) A Series 2020-1 Global Note may not be transferred, in whole or in part, to any Person other than DTC or a nominee thereof, or to a successor Depository or to a nominee of a successor Depository, and no such transfer to any such other Person may be registered; provided, however, that this Section 4.4(a) shall not prohibit any transfer of a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note that is issued in exchange for a Series 2020-1 Global Note in accordance with Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture and shall not prohibit any transfer of a beneficial interest in a Series 2020-1 Global Note effected in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 4.4.

 

25


(b) The transfer by a Series 2020-1 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Class A-2 Note in the form of a Rule 144A Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note shall be made upon the deemed representation of the transferee that it is purchasing for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB and not a Competitor, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as such transferee has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

(c) If a Series 2020-1 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Class A-2 Note in the form of a Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(c). Upon receipt by the Note Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Note Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit C-2 hereto given by the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note, the Note Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note, and to increase the principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for Euroclear or Clearstream or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(d) If a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(d). Upon receipt by the Note Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Note Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial

 

26


interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit C-3 hereto given by the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note, the Note Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note, and to increase the principal amount of the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for Euroclear or Clearstream or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(e) If a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note for an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(e). Upon receipt by the Note Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Note Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) with respect to a transfer of a beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit C-4 hereto given by such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the Note Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, and to increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for DTC) a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

 

27


(f) In the event that a Series 2020-1 Global Note or any portion thereof is exchanged for Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes other than Series 2020-1 Global Notes, such other Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes may in turn be exchanged (upon transfer or otherwise) for Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes that are not Series 2020-1 Global Notes or for a beneficial interest in a Series 2020-1 Global Note (if any is then outstanding) only in accordance with such procedures as may be adopted from time to time by the Issuer and the Note Registrar, which shall be substantially consistent with the provisions of Section 4.4(a) through Section 4.4(e) and Section 4.4(g) (including the certification requirement intended to ensure that transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in a Series 2020-1 Global Note comply with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the 1933 Act, as the case may be) and any Applicable Procedures.

(g) Until the termination of the Restricted Period with respect to any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note, interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes representing such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note may be held only through Clearing Agency Participants acting for and on behalf of Euroclear and Clearstream; provided that this Section 4.4(g) shall not prohibit any transfer in accordance with Section 4.4(d). After the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period, interests in the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes may be transferred without requiring any certifications other than those set forth in this Section 4.4.

(h) The Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Notes, the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Permanent Regulation S Global Notes shall bear the following legend:

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS SERIES 2020-1 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION, AND ARBY’S FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “1940 ACT”). THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, (B) IN THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“RULE 144A”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION OR (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“REGULATION S”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, NONE OF WHICH ARE A U.S. PERSON, IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, AND, IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.

 

28


BY ITS ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, AS APPLICABLE, (B) IT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER PERSON WHICH IS EITHER (X) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON, AND IN EACH CASE WITH RESPECT TO WHICH IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, (C) IT AND EACH ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS PURCHASING WILL HOLD AND TRANSFER AT LEAST THE MINIMUM DENOMINATION OF NOTES, (D) IT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE ISSUER MAY RECEIVE A LIST OF PARTICIPANTS HOLDING POSITIONS IN ITS NOTES FROM ONE OR MORE BOOK-ENTRY DEPOSITORIES AND (E) IT WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREES.

EACH PERSON (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE. EACH PERSON TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN A [TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE] [RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE] OR [PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE] WILL BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE IN THE FORM REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE AND WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE.

ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING WILL BE OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT AND WILL BE VOID AB INITIO AND WILL NOT OPERATE TO TRANSFER ANY RIGHTS TO ANY PERSON CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CONTRARY TO THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY INTERMEDIARY; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE PRECEDING PORTION OF THIS SENTENCE SHALL NOT OPERATE TO INVALIDATE ANY OTHERWISE BONA FIDE TRANSFER TO AN ELIGIBLE TRANSFEREE WHERE A PREVIOUS ERRONEOUSLY-REGISTERED TRANSFEROR IN THE CHAIN OF TITLE OF SUCH TRANSFEREE WOULD HAVE BEEN INELIGIBLE SOLELY ON ACCOUNT OF BEING A COMPETITOR.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED IN THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR NOT TO HAVE BEEN A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER. THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

 

29


IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR TO HAVE BEEN A “U.S. PERSON” AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON.” THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS A “U.S. PERSON” OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE, EACH PURCHASER COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE (1) YEAR AND ONE (1) DAY AFTER THE PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE LATEST MATURING NOTE, INSTITUTE AGAINST, OR JOIN WITH ANY OTHER PERSON IN INSTITUTING AGAINST, ANY SECURITIZATION ENTITY ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS, UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW.

(i) The Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall also bear the following legend:

UNTIL FORTY (40) DAYS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES (THE “RESTRICTED PERIOD”) IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING OF THE NOTES IN THE UNITED STATES FROM OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRING THIS NOTE, ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH HOLDER IS EITHER NOT A “U.S. PERSON” OR IS THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER, AND THAT THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE 1933 ACT AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT THIS NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO A HOLDER THAT IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” OR TO THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE 1933 ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE STATES, TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNING THE OFFER AND SALE OF SECURITIES, AND PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD, ONLY (I) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT OR (II) PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT.

(j) The Series 2020-1 Global Notes issued in connection with the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes shall bear the following legend:

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, 55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004, OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A

 

30


SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE NOTE REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

(k) The required legends set forth above shall not be removed from the applicable Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes except as provided herein. The legend required for a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note may be removed from such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note if there is delivered to the Issuer and the Note Registrar such satisfactory evidence, which may include an Opinion of Counsel, as may be reasonably required by the Issuer that neither such legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers of such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note will not violate the registration requirements of the 1933 Act. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Trustee at the direction of the Issuer (or the Manager, on their behalf), shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note or Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes having an equal aggregate principal amount that does not bear such legend. If such a legend required for a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note has been removed from a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note as provided above, no other Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note issued in exchange for all or any part of such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note shall bear such legend, unless Issuer has reasonable cause to believe that such other Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note is a “restricted security” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the 1933 Act and instructs the Trustee to cause a legend to appear thereon.

Section 4.5 Note Owner Representations and Warranties. Each Person who becomes a Note Owner of a beneficial interest in a Series 2020-1 Note will be deemed to represent, warrant and agree on the date such Person acquires any interest in any Series 2020-1 Note as follows:

(a) With respect to any sale of Series 2020-1 Notes pursuant to Rule 144A, it is not a Competitor and is a QIB pursuant to Rule 144A, and is aware that any sale of Series 2020-1 Notes to it will be made in reliance on Rule 144A. Its acquisition of Series 2020-1 Notes in any such sale will be for its own account or for the account of another QIB who is not a Competitor.

(b) With respect to any sale of Series 2020-1 Notes pursuant to Regulation S, at the time the buy order for such Series 2020-1 Notes was originated, it was outside the United States and the offer was made to a Person who is not a U.S. Person nor a Competitor, and was not purchasing for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person.

 

31


(c) It will, and each account for which it is purchasing will, hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of Series 2020-1 Notes.

(d) It understands that the Issuer, the Manager and the Servicer may receive a list of participants holding positions in the Series 2020-1 Notes from one or more book-entry depositories.

(e) It understands that the Manager, the Issuer and the Servicer may receive (i) a list of Note Owners that have requested access to the Trustee’s password-protected website or that have voluntarily registered as a Note Owner with the Trustee and (ii) copies of Noteholder confirmations of representations and warranties executed to obtain access to the Trustee’s password-protected website.

(f) It will provide to each person to whom it transfers Series 2020-1 Notes notices of any restrictions on transfer of such Series 2020-1 Notes.

(g) It understands that (i) the Series 2020-1 Notes are being offered in a transaction not involving any public offering in the United States within the meaning of the 1933 Act, (ii) the Series 2020-1 Notes have not been registered under the 1933 Act, (iii) such Series 2020-1 Notes may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only to (a) in the United States, Persons who are not Competitors and who are QIBs, purchasing for their own account or the account of one or more other Persons, each of which is a QIB, (b) outside the United States, Persons who are not Competitors and who are not “U.S. Persons” (“Non-U.S. Persons”) within the meaning of Regulation S in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the 1933 Act, purchasing for their own account or the account of one or more other Persons, each of which is a Non-U.S. Person, or (c) the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer, in each case, in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States and any other relevant jurisdiction, and (iv) it will, and each subsequent holder of a Series 2020-1 Note is required to, notify any subsequent purchaser of a Series 2020-1 Note of the resale restrictions set forth in clause (iii) above.

(h) It understands that the certificates evidencing the Rule 144A Global Notes will bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Sections 4.4(h) and 4.4(j).

(i) It understands that the certificates evidencing the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes will bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Sections 4.4(h), 4.4(i) and 4.4(j), as applicable.

(j) It understands that the certificates evidencing the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes will bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Sections 4.4(h) and 4.4(j), as applicable.

(k) Either (i) it is not acquiring or holding the Series 2020-1 Notes (or any interest therein) for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, Plan or a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of the Series 2020-1 Notes (or any interest therein) will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, in the case of a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan, a non-exempt violation under any Similar Law.

 

32


(l) If it is using assets of a Plan to acquire or hold the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein, then such purchaser or transferee, as applicable, further represents that (i) none of ARG, the Guarantors, the Issuer, the Initial Purchasers, the Trustee, the Servicer or the Back-Up Manager or any of their respective affiliates or agents (the “Transaction Parties”) has acted as the Plan’s fiduciary, or has been relied upon for any advice, with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, and none of the Transaction Parties shall at any time be relied upon as the Plan’s fiduciary with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, and (ii) the decision to invest in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes has been made at the recommendation or direction of an independent fiduciary who (a) is independent of the Transaction Parties; (b) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with respect to particular transactions and investment strategies; (c) is a fiduciary (under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to the Plan’s investment in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the investment in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes; and (d) is aware of and acknowledges that (1) none of the Transaction Parties is undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the Plan’s investment in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, and (2) the Transaction Parties have a financial interest in the Plan’s investment in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(m) It understands that any subsequent transfer of the Series 2020-1 Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and it agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Series 2020-1 Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the 1933 Act.

(n) It is not a Competitor.

Section 4.6 Limitation on Liability. None of the Issuer, the Manager, the Trustee or any Paying Agent or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any responsibility or liability with respect to (i) any aspects of the records maintained by DTC or its nominee or any of the Agent Members relating to or for payments made thereby on account of beneficial interests in a Rule l44A Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note or (ii) any records maintained by the Noteholder with respect to the beneficial holders thereof or payments made thereby on account of beneficial interests held therein.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL

Section 5.1 Information. On or before each Quarterly Payment Date, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, a Quarterly Noteholders’ Report with respect to the Series 2020-1 Notes to the Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Base Indenture, setting forth, inter alia, the following information with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date:

(i) the total amount available to be distributed to Series 2020-1 Noteholders on such Quarterly Payment Date;

 

33


(ii) the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of interest on each Class of the Series 2020-1 Senior Notes;

(iii) the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of principal of each Class of the Series 2020-1 Senior Notes;

(iv) the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any;

(v) the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of any fees or other amounts due to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholders;

(vi) whether, to the Actual Knowledge of the Issuer, any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default, Event of Default, Potential Manager Termination Event or Manager Termination Event has occurred, as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date, or any Cash Trapping Period is in effect, as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date;

(vii) the DSCR for such Quarterly Payment Date and the three Quarterly Payment Dates immediately preceding such Quarterly Payment Date;

(viii) the number of Franchised Restaurants, Company-Owned Restaurants and Securitization-Owned Restaurants that are open for business in the Securitization Jurisdictions as of the last day of the preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period;

(ix) the amount of Arby’s System-Wide Sales as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date;

(x) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account (and the availability under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Notes) and the amount on deposit, if any, in the Cash Trap Reserve Account, in each case, as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period; and

(xi) if the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test is satisfied with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date, whether or not the Issuer elects in its sole discretion to make one or more Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments on such Quarterly Payment Date.

Any Series 2020-1 Noteholder may obtain copies of each Quarterly Noteholders’ Report in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

Section 5.2 Exhibits. The annexes, exhibits and schedules attached hereto and listed on the table of contents hereto supplement the annexes, exhibits and schedules included in the Base Indenture.

Section 5.3 Ratification of Base Indenture. As supplemented by this Series Supplement, the Base Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Base Indenture as so supplemented by this Series Supplement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

 

34


Section 5.4 Notices to the Rating Agencies.

(i) The address for any notice or communication by any party to KBRA shall be the address set forth below:

Kroll Bond Rating Agency, LLC

805 Third Avenue, 29th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: ABS Surveillance

Email: [email protected]

(ii) The address for any notice or communication by any party to S&P shall be at the address set forth below:

S&P Global Ratings

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10004-0003

Attention: New Asset Surveillance Group

Email: [email protected]

Section 5.5 Counterparts. This Series Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 5.6 Governing Law. THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

Section 5.7 Amendments. This Series Supplement may not be modified or amended except in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture.

Section 5.8 Termination of Series Supplement; Class Defeasance.

(a) This Series Supplement shall cease to be of further effect when (i) all Outstanding Series 2020-1 Notes theretofore authenticated and issued have been delivered (other than destroyed, lost, or stolen Series 2020-1 Notes that have been replaced or paid) to the Trustee for cancellation (or have been deregistered, in the case of Uncertificated Notes) and all Letters of Credit have expired, have been cash collateralized in full pursuant to the terms of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or are deemed to no longer be outstanding in accordance with Section 4.04 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, (ii) all fees and expenses and other amounts under the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been terminated and (iii) the Issuer has paid all sums

 

35


payable hereunder; provided that any provisions of this Series Supplement required for the Series 2020-1 Final Payment to be made shall survive until the Series 2020-1 Final Payment is paid to the Series 2020-1 Noteholders. In accordance with Section 6.1(a) of the Base Indenture, the final principal payment due on each Series 2020-1 Note shall only be paid upon due presentment and surrender of such Note for cancellation in accordance with the provisions of such Note at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, which such surrender shall also constitute a general release by the applicable Noteholder from any claims against the Securitization Entities, the Manager, the Trustee and their affiliates.

(b) In addition to (and notwithstanding) the terms of Section 12.1 of the Base Indenture, upon the payment in full (whether optional or mandatory) or a redemption in full of a particular Class of Series 2020-1 Notes as provided hereunder as Defeased Notes, the Obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Indenture Documents in respect of such Defeased Notes shall be terminated.

Section 5.9 Entire Agreement. This Series Supplement, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto and the other Indenture Documents, contains a final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all previous oral statements and other writings with respect thereto.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

36


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary have caused this Series Supplement to be duly executed by its respective duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

ARBY’S FUNDING, LLC, as the Issuer
By:  

/s/ Nils H. Okeson

 

Name: Nils H. Okeson

  Title: Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary

Arby’s – Series 2020-1 Supplement to the Base Indenture


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee and as Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary
By:  

/s/ Anthony Bausa

 

Name: Anthony Bausa

  Title: Senior Trust Officer

Arby’s – Series 2020-1 Supplement to the Base Indenture


ANNEX A

SERIES 2020-1

SUPPLEMENTAL DEFINITIONS LIST

30/360 Day Basis” means the accrual of interest calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

Administrative Agent Fees” has the meaning set forth in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent Fee Letter.

Advance Request” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.03(d) of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Agent Members” means members of, or participants in, DTC.

Applicable Investor” means each Noteholder or holder of a beneficial interest in any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes that has, on the relevant date, certified to the Trustee (upon which certification the Trustee may rely conclusively and without further enquiry) that (a) either (i) it is itself subject to the EU Securitization Laws, equivalent EU legislation applicable to such Noteholder or holder of a beneficial interest in the Series Class A-2 Notes, as applicable, or any equivalent or similar provision of law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom, or (ii) it is managed by an institution that is subject to the EU Securitization Laws, equivalent EU legislation applicable to such manager, or any equivalent or similar provision of law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom, and (b) in each case, such Noteholder or holder of a beneficial interest in any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, as applicable will be relying on compliance by the EU Retention Holder with the EU Retention Letter.

Assignment and Assumption Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.17(a) of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Base Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Base Rate Advance” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Breakage Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.06 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Cede” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Change of Control” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Management Agreement.

Class A-1 Amendment Expenses” means the amounts payable pursuant to Section 9.05(a)(ii) of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.


Class A-1 Extension Fees” has the meaning given to the term “Extension Fees” in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 VFN Committed Note Purchaser Fee Letter.

Class A-1 Indemnities” means all amounts payable pursuant to Section 9.05(b) of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Commitment Fees Adjustment Amount” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, the result (whether a positive or negative number) of (a) the aggregate of the Daily Commitment Fee Amounts for each day in such Interest Accrual Period minus (b) the aggregate of the Estimated Daily Commitment Fees Amounts for each day in the Quarterly Fiscal Period ending in such Interest Accrual Period. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Commitment Fees Adjustment Amount” shall be deemed to be a “Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Adjustment Amount”.

Commitment Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Commitments” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Committed Note Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Conduit Investors” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Confirmation of Registration” means, with respect to an Uncertificated Note, a confirmation of registration, substantially in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto, provided to the owner thereof promptly after the registration of the Uncertificated Note in the Note Register by the Note Registrar.

CP Advance” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

CP Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Daily Commitment Fees Amount” means, for any day, the Undrawn Commitment Fees that accrue for such day.

Daily Interest Amount” means, for any day during any Interest Accrual Period, the sum of the following amounts:

(a) with respect to any Eurodollar Advance outstanding on such day, the result of (i) the product of (x) the Eurodollar Rate in effect for the Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period that includes such day and (y) the principal amount of such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance outstanding as of the close of business on such day divided by (ii) 360; plus

 

40


(b) with respect to any Base Rate Advance outstanding on such day, the result of (i) the product of (x) the Base Rate in effect for such day and (y) the principal amount of such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance outstanding as of the close of business on such day divided by (ii) 365 or 366, as applicable; plus

(c) with respect to any CP Advance outstanding on such day, the result of (i) the product of (x) the CP Rate in effect for such Interest Accrual Period and (y) the principal amount of such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance outstanding as of the close of business on such day divided by (ii) 360; plus

(d) with respect to any Swingline Loans or Unreimbursed L/C Drawings outstanding on such day, the result of (i) the product of (x) the Base Rate in effect for such day and (y) the principal amount of such Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings outstanding as of the close of business on such day divided by (ii) 365 or 366, as applicable; plus

(e) with respect to any Undrawn L/C Face Amounts outstanding on such day, the L/C Quarterly Fees that accrue thereon for such day.

Daily Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest Amount” means, for any day during any Interest Accrual Period commencing on or after the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date, the sum of (a) the result of (i) the product of (x) the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest Rate and (y) the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount (excluding any Base Rate Advances and Undrawn L/C Face Amounts included therein) as of the close of business on such day divided by (ii) 360 and (b) the result of (i) the product of (x) the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest Rate and (y) any Base Rate Advances included in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount as of the close of business on such day divided by (ii) 365 or 366, as applicable.

Decrease” means a Mandatory Decrease or a Voluntary Decrease, as applicable.

Definitive Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(c) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, and any successor thereto.

EBA” means the European Banking Authority (including any successor or replacement organization thereto).

EIOPA” means the European Insurance and Occupational Pensions Authority (including any successor or replacement organization thereto).

ESMA” means the European Securities and Markets Authority (including any successor or replacement organization thereto).

Estimated Daily Commitment Fees Amount” means (a) for any day during the first Quarterly Fiscal Period, $3,960 and (b) for any day during any other Quarterly Fiscal Period, the average of the Daily Commitment Fees Amounts for each day during the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period.

 

41


Estimated Daily Interest Amount” means (a) for any day during the initial Quarterly Fiscal Period, $618.75 and (b) for any day during any other Quarterly Fiscal Period, the average of the Daily Interest Amounts for each day during the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period.

EU Retention Holder” means ARG.

EU Retention Letter” means the EU Retention Letter entered into by the EU Retention Holder as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date in favor of the Issuer, the Trustee, Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of itself and as Representative of the Initial Purchasers, and Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, on behalf of itself as L/C Provider, Swingline Lender, a Committed Note Purchaser and a Funding Agent and as Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent on behalf of the Committed Note Purchasers and the related Funding Agents.

EU Securitization Laws” means the EU Securitization Regulation, together with any supplementary regulatory technical standards, implementing technical standards and any official guidance published in relation thereto by the European Supervisory Authorities, and any implementing laws or regulations.

EU Securitization Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/2402

Eurodollar Advance” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Eurodollar Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

European Supervisory Authorities” means, together, the EBA, ESMA and EIOPA.

Funding Agent” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Increase” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Increased Capital Costs” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.07 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Increased Costs” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.05 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Increased Tax Costs” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.08(b) of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

 

42


Initial Purchasers” means, collectively, Barclays Capital Inc., BofA Securities, Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. and Rabo Securities USA, Inc.

Initial Quarterly Payment Date” means the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in October 2020.

Interest Adjustment Amount” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, the result (whether a positive or negative number) of (a) the aggregate of the Daily Interest Amounts for each day in such Interest Accrual Period minus (b) the aggregate of the Estimated Daily Interest Amounts for each day in the Quarterly Fiscal Period ending in such Interest Accrual Period. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Interest Adjustment Amount” for any Interest Accrual Period shall be deemed to be a “Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amount” for such Interest Accrual Period.

Investor Group Supplement” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.17(c) of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

L/C Commitment” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

L/C Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

L/C Other Reimbursement Costs” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.08(a)(ii) of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

L/C Provider” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

L/C Quarterly Fees” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(d) of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “L/C Quarterly Fees” shall be deemed to be a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount.”

Letter of Credit” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(a) of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Mandatory Decrease” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Permanent Regulation S Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Prepayment Consideration End Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration.

Prepayment Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(g) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

 

43


Prepayment Record Date” means, with respect to the date of any Series 2020-1 Prepayment, the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date of such Series 2020-1 Prepayment unless such last day is less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of such Series 2020-1 Prepayment, in which case the “Prepayment Record Date” will be the date that is ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of such Series 2020-1 Prepayment.

Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” means a Person who is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Rating Agency” means S&P and/or KBRA, and any successor or successors thereto. In the event that at any time the rating agencies rating the Series 2020-1 Notes do not include S&P or KBRA, references to rating categories of such former Rating Agency in the Series 2020-1 Supplement shall be deemed instead to be references to the equivalent categories of such other rating agency as then has been appointed to rate and is rating the Series 2020-1 Notes as of the most recent date on which such other rating agency published ratings for the type of security in respect of which such alternative rating agency is used.

Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the 1933 Act.

Regulation S Global Notes” means, collectively, the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes.

Restricted Period” means, with respect to any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes sold pursuant to Regulation S, the period commencing on such Series 2020-1 Closing Date and ending on the 40th day after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the 1933 Act.

Rule 144A Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Anticipated Repayment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Anticipated Repayment Date” shall be deemed to be an “Anticipated Repayment Date”.

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent” shall be deemed to be a “Class A-1 Administrative Agent.”

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent Fee Letter” means the Fee Letter, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to the terms thereof.

 

44


Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Expenses” means, for any Weekly Allocation Date, the aggregate amount of any Administrative Agent Fees and Class A-1 Amendment Expenses then due and payable and not previously paid and, if the following Quarterly Payment Date is a Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date, the amount of any Class A-1 Extension Fees due and payable on such Quarterly Payment Date. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Expenses” shall be deemed to be “Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses.”

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes” has the meaning set forth in the “Designation” in the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Request” has the meaning set forth under “Advance Request” in this Annex A.

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(a) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(b) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Excess Principal Event” shall be deemed to have occurred if, on any date, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount exceeds the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount.

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” means the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Manager, the Conduit Investors, the Committed Note Purchasers, the Funding Agents and Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, as an L/C Provider, Swingline Lender and the administrative agent thereunder, pursuant to which the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholders have agreed to purchase the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes from the Issuer, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” shall be deemed to be a “Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.”

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Advance” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Advance Principal Amount” means the aggregate initial outstanding principal amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes corresponding to the aggregate amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Advances made on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.1(a) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement, which is $0.

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amount” means the aggregate initial outstanding principal amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Notes of the L/C Provider corresponding to the aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amounts of the Letters of Credit issued on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.07 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, which is $7,424,524.

 

45


Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Swingline Loan” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) of this Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Swingline Principal Amount” means the aggregate initial outstanding principal amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Notes corresponding to the aggregate amount of the Swingline Loans made on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.06 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, which is $0.

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Notes” has the meaning set forth in the “Designation” in the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Obligations” has the meaning set forth under “L/C Obligations” in this Annex A.

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Rate” means, for any day, (a) with respect to that portion of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount resulting from Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advances that bear interest on such day at the CP Rate in accordance with Section 3.01 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the CP Rate in effect for the Interest Accrual Period that includes such day; (b) with respect to that portion of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount resulting from Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advances that bear interest on such day at the Eurodollar Rate in accordance with Section 3.01 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Eurodollar Rate in effect for the Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period that includes such day; (c) with respect to that portion of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount resulting from Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advances that bear interest on such day at the Base Rate in accordance with Section 3.01 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Base Rate in effect for such day; (d) with respect to that portion of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount consisting of Swingline Loans or Unreimbursed L/C Drawings outstanding on such day, the Base Rate in effect for such day; and (e) with respect to any other amounts that any Transaction Document provides is to bear interest by reference to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Rate, the Base Rate in effect for such day; in each case, computed in accordance with Section 3.01(f) of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; provided, however, that the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Rate will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law.

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note is registered in the Note Register.

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes” has the meaning set forth in the “Designation” in the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Amortization Event” means the event in which the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes is not paid in full or otherwise refinanced in full (which refinancing may also include an extension thereof) on or prior to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date in effect at such time (as may be extended pursuant to Section 3.6(b)). For purposes of the Base Indenture, a “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Amortization Event” shall be deemed to be a “Class A-1 Notes Amortization Event.”

 

46


Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Amortization Period” means the period commencing on the date on which a Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Amortization Event occurs and ending on the date on which there are no Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Outstanding. For purposes of the Base Indenture, a “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Amortization Period” shall be deemed to be a “Class A-1 Notes Amortization Period.”

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Estimated Quarterly Commitment Fees” means, with respect to each Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the sum of the aggregate of the Estimated Daily Commitment Fees Amounts for each day in such Quarterly Fiscal Period. For purposes of the Base Indenture, “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Estimated Quarterly Commitment Fees” shall be deemed to be “Class A-1 Notes Estimated Quarterly Commitment Fees.”

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Estimated Quarterly Interest Amount” means, with respect to each Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the sum of the aggregate of the Estimated Daily Interest Amounts for each day in such Quarterly Fiscal Period. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Estimated Quarterly Interest Amount” shall be deemed to be a “Senior Notes Estimated Quarterly Interest Amount.”

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount” means $150,000,000, as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.05 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to all Outstanding Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes, the aggregate of the Daily Commitment Fee Amounts for each day in such Interest Accrual Period. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount” shall be deemed to be a “Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount.”

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date” means the Quarterly Payment Date in July 2025 (which date may be extended until the Quarterly Payment Date in July 2026, and may be further extended until the Quarterly Payment Date in July 2027, in each case pursuant to Section 3.6(b) of this Series Supplement). For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date” shall be deemed to be a “Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date.”

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Other Amounts” means, for any Weekly Allocation Date, the aggregate amount of any Breakage Amount, Class A-1 Indemnities, Increased Capital Costs, Increased Costs, Increased Tax Costs and L/C Other Reimbursement Costs then due and payable and not previously paid. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Other Amounts” shall be deemed to be “Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts.”

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount” means, when used with respect to any date, an amount equal to (a) the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Advance Principal Amount, if any, minus (b) the amount of principal payments (whether pursuant to a Decrease, a prepayment, a redemption or otherwise) made on the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes on or prior to such date plus (c) any Increases pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Series 2020-1 Supplement resulting from Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advances made on or prior to such date and after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date plus (d) any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount on such date; provided that, at no time may the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount exceed the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount” shall be deemed to be an “Outstanding Principal Amount.”

 

47


Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount” means, when used with respect to any date, the aggregate principal amount of any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Notes and Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Notes outstanding on such date (after giving effect to Subfacility Increases or Subfacility Decreases therein to occur on such date pursuant to the terms of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or the Series 2020-1 Supplement).

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest” means, for any Interest Accrual Period commencing on or after the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date, an amount equal to the sum of the Daily Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest Amounts for each day in such Interest Accrual Period. For purposes of the Base Indenture, “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest” shall be deemed to be “Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest.”

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(c) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Prepayment” means any prepayment in respect of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes under Section 3.6(d)(i) or Section 3.6(j).

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Quarterly Interest Amount” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to all Outstanding Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes, the aggregate of the Daily Interest Amounts for each day in such Interest Accrual Period. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Quarterly Interest Amount” shall be deemed to be a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount”.

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Subfacility Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Note or Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Note is registered in the Note Register.

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Notes” has the meaning set forth in the “Designation” of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 VFN Committed Note Purchaser Fee Letter” means the Fee Letter, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and among the Issuer, the Committed Note Purchasers and the Funding Agents, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to the terms thereof.

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(a) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(b) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

 

48


Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Initial Principal Amount” means the aggregate initial outstanding principal amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, which is $825,000,000.

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration” means the amount (not less than zero) calculated by the Manager on behalf of the Issuer equal to:

(i) the discounted present value as of a date not earlier than the fifth (5th) Business Day prior to the date of any relevant prepayment of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes (each, a “Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date”) of all future installments of interest (excluding any interest required to be paid on the applicable prepayment date) on and principal of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes that the Issuer would otherwise be required to pay on the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes (or such portion thereof to be prepaid) from the date of such prepayment to and including the Quarterly Payment Date in the Target Month (the “Prepayment Consideration End Date”), assuming principal payments are made pursuant to the then-applicable schedule of payments (assuming for this purpose that the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test on each Quarterly Payment Date on and after the date of such prepayment will not be satisfied and giving effect to any ratable reductions in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts in accordance with the definition of “Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amount” prior to the date of such prepayment, and assuming no future prepayments are to be made in connection with a Rapid Amortization Event and no future cancellations of repurchased Notes are to be made) and the entire remaining unpaid principal amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes or portion thereof is paid on the Prepayment Consideration End Date, minus (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes (or portion thereof) being prepaid.

For the purposes of the calculation of the discounted present value in clause (i) above, such present value will be determined by the Manager, on behalf of the Issuer, using a discount rate equal to the sum of (x) the yield to maturity (adjusted to a quarterly bond-equivalent basis), on the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date, of the United States Treasury Security having a maturity closest to the Prepayment Consideration End Date plus (y) 0.50%. For purposes of the Base Indenture, “Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration” shall be deemed to be a “Prepayment Consideration”.

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration”.

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test” is a test that will be satisfied on any Series 2020-1 Non-Amortization Test Date until but not including the Series 2020-1 Anticipated Repayment Date only if (x) the Senior WBS Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 5.00x as calculated on such Series 2020-1 Non-Amortization Test Date and (y) no Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test” shall be deemed to be a “Series Non-Amortization Test”.

 

49


Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement, dated July 23, 2020, by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Manager, Inspire and Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of itself and as representative of the Initial Purchasers, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Rate” means 3.237% per annum.

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note is registered in the Note Register.

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes” has the meaning specified in the “Designation” of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date, the amount, if positive, equal to the difference between (i) the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amount due and payable, if any, on such Quarterly Payment Date plus any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts due but unpaid from any previous Quarterly Payment Dates and (ii) the amount of funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account with respect to such amounts set forth in clause (i) and allocated to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes.

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amount” means, with respect to each Quarterly Payment Date prior to the Series 2020-1 Anticipated Repayment Date, $2,062,500; provided that, following (i) the allocation of mandatory prepayment amounts pursuant to priority (i)(E) and/or (xiv) of the Priority of Payments, (ii) any optional prepayments pursuant to Section 3.6(f) and (iii) any repurchases or cancellations of any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Section 2.14 of the Base Indenture, all remaining Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts for each remaining Quarterly Payment Date prior to the Series 2020-1 Anticipated Repayment Date will be reduced by an amount equal to the percentage of each such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts representing the ratio between (A) the principal amount of such prepayment, repurchase or cancellation and (B) the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes immediately prior to such prepayment, repurchase or cancellation; provided, further, that in respect of each Weekly Allocation Date for which the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test was satisfied as of the Series 2020-1 Non-Amortization Test Date related to the immediately preceding Quarterly Payment Date, the Issuer may elect to deem (as set forth in the related Manager’s Certificate) the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts to equal zero. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts” shall be deemed to be “Scheduled Principal Payments”.

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment” means any payment of principal made in the event the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test is satisfied for the Series 2020-1 Non-Amortization Test Date relating to a Quarterly Payment Date, in an amount not to exceed the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts that would otherwise be due on the related Quarterly Payment Date if the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test was not satisfied. For purposes of the Base Indenture, each “Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment” shall be deemed to be an “Optional Scheduled Principal Payment”.

 

50


Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Outstanding Principal Amount” means, on any date, an amount equal to (a) the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Initial Principal Amount, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments (whether pursuant to the payment of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts, a prepayment, a purchase and cancellation, a redemption or otherwise) made to Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders with respect the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes on or prior to such date. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Outstanding Principal Amount” shall be deemed to be an “Outstanding Principal Amount.”

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Prepayment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(e) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Interest Amount” means an amount equal to the accrued interest at the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Rate on the Outstanding Principal Amount (as of the first day of such Interest Accrual Period after giving effect to all payments of principal (if any) made to such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders as of such day and also giving effect to prepayments, repurchases and cancellations of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes during such Interest Accrual Period). For purposes of the Base Indenture, “Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Interest Amount” shall be deemed to be a “Senior Notes Estimated Quarterly Interest Amount” and a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount.”

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(b)(i) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be deemed to be “Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest.”

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(b)(i) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes” has the meaning specified in the “Designation” of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Closing Date” means July 31, 2020.

Series 2020-1 Distribution Accounts” means, collectively, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account and the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account.

Series 2020-1 Extension Elections” means, collectively, the Series 2020-1 First Extension Election and the Series 2020-1 Second Extension Election.

Series 2020-1 Final Payment” means the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest on and principal of all Outstanding Series 2020-1 Notes, the expiration or cash collateralization in accordance with the terms of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement of all Undrawn L/C Face Amounts (after giving effect to the provisions of Section 4.04 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement), the payment of all fees and expenses and other amounts then due and payable under the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and the termination in full of all Commitments.

 

51


Series 2020-1 Final Payment Date” means the date on which the Series 2020-1 Final Payment is made.

Series 2020-1 First Extension Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b)(i) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Global Notes” means, collectively, the Regulation S Global Notes and the Rule 144A Global Notes.

Series 2020-1 Ineligible Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.11 of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Legal Final Maturity Date” means the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2050. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Legal Final Maturity Date” shall be deemed to be a “Series Legal Final Maturity Date.”

Series 2020-1 Non-Amortization Test Date” means, with respect to each Quarterly Payment Date, the related Quarterly Calculation Date. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Non-Amortization Test Date” shall be deemed to be a “Non-Amortization Test Date.”

Series 2020-1 Noteholders” means, collectively, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholders and the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders.

Series 2020-1 Note Owner” means, with respect to a Series 2020-1 Note that is a Book-Entry Note, the Person who is the beneficial owner of such Book-Entry Note, as reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency that holds such Book-Entry Note, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly or as an indirect participant, in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).

Series 2020-1 Notes” means, collectively, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes and the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes.

Series 2020-1 Outstanding Principal Amount” means, with respect to any date, the sum of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount, plus the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Outstanding Principal Amount.

Series 2020-1 Prepayment” means a Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Prepayment or a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Prepayment, as applicable.

Series 2020-1 Prepayment Amount” means the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Class of Notes to be prepaid on any Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to such date.

 

52


Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date” means the date on which any prepayment on the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes or the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes is made pursuant to Section 3.6(d)(i), Section 3.6(d)(ii), Section 3.6(f) or Section 3.6(j) of the Series Supplement, which shall be, with respect to any Series 2020-1 Prepayment pursuant to Section 3.6(f), the date specified as such in the applicable Prepayment Notice and, with respect to any Series 2020-1 Prepayment pursuant to Section 3.6(d) or Section 3.6(j), the immediately succeeding Quarterly Payment Date.

Series 2020-1 Second Extension Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b)(ii) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9(a) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Senior Notes” means, collectively, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes and the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes.

Series 2020-1 Supplement” means this Series 2020-1 Supplement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date by and among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Similar Law” means any federal, state, local, or non-U.S. law that is substantially similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

STAMP” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Subfacility Decrease” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(d) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Subfacility Increase” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Swingline Commitment” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Swingline Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Swingline Loans” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(a) of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Target Month” means July 2024.

Temporary Regulation S Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Undrawn Commitment Fees” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(b) of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

 

53


Undrawn L/C Face Amounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Unreimbursed L/C Drawings” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

U.S. Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Voluntary Decrease” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

 

54

Exhibit (b)(3)

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

(SERIES 2020-1 CLASS A-1 NOTES)

dated as of July 31, 2020

among

ARBY’S FUNDING, LLC,

as the Issuer,

ARBY’S SPV GUARANTOR, LLC, ARBY’S FRANCHISOR, LLC

ARBY’S IP HOLDER, LLC, and ARBY’S PROPERTIES, LLC

each as a Guarantor,

ARBY’S RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.,

as Manager,

CERTAIN CONDUIT INVESTORS,

each as a Conduit Investor,

CERTAIN FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS,

each as a Committed Note Purchaser,

CERTAIN FUNDING AGENTS, and

COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH

as L/C Provider, as Swingline Lender and as Administrative Agent

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     2  

SECTION 1.01

  Definitions      2  

ARTICLE II PURCHASE AND SALE OF SERIES 2020-1 CLASS A-1 NOTES

     14  

SECTION 2.01

  The Advance Notes      14  

SECTION 2.02

  Advances      14  

SECTION 2.03

  Borrowing Procedures      16  

SECTION 2.04

  The Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes      18  

SECTION 2.05

  Reduction in Commitments      18  

SECTION 2.06

  Swingline Commitment      20  

SECTION 2.07

  L/C Commitment      23  

SECTION 2.08

  L/C Reimbursement Obligations      26  

SECTION 2.09

  L/C Participations      28  

ARTICLE III INTEREST AND FEES

     29  

SECTION 3.01

  Interest      29  

SECTION 3.02

  Fees      31  

SECTION 3.03

  Eurodollar Lending Unlawful      31  

SECTION 3.04

  Deposits Unavailable      31  

SECTION 3.05

  Increased Costs, etc      32  

SECTION 3.06

  Funding Losses      33  

SECTION 3.07

  Increased Capital or Liquidity Costs      33  

SECTION 3.08

  Taxes      34  

SECTION 3.09

  Change of Lending Office      37  

ARTICLE IV OTHER PAYMENT TERMS

     37  

SECTION 4.01

  Time and Method of Payment      37  

SECTION 4.02

  Order of Distributions      38  

SECTION 4.03

  L/C Cash Collateral      38  

SECTION 4.04

  Alternative Arrangements with Respect to Letters of Credit      39  

ARTICLE V THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE FUNDING AGENTS

     39  

SECTION 5.01

  Authorization and Action of the Administrative Agent      39  

SECTION 5.02

  Delegation of Duties      40  

SECTION 5.03

  Exculpatory Provisions      40  

SECTION 5.04

  Reliance      40  

SECTION 5.05

  Non-Reliance on the Administrative Agent and Other Purchasers      40  

SECTION 5.06

  The Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity      41  

SECTION 5.07

  Successor Administrative Agent; Defaulting Administrative Agent      41  

SECTION 5.08

  Authorization and Action of Funding Agents      42  

SECTION 5.09

  Delegation of Duties      42  

SECTION 5.10

  Exculpatory Provisions      42  

SECTION 5.11

  Reliance      43  

SECTION 5.12

  Non-Reliance on the Funding Agent and Other Purchasers      43  

SECTION 5.13

  The Funding Agent in its Individual Capacity      43  

SECTION 5.14

  Successor Funding Agent      43  

ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     44  

SECTION 6.01

  The Issuer and Guarantors      44  

SECTION 6.02

  The Manager      46  


SECTION 6.03

  Lender Parties      46  

ARTICLE VII CONDITIONS

     47  

SECTION 7.01

  Conditions to Issuance and Effectiveness      47  

SECTION 7.02

  Conditions to Initial Extensions of Credit      47  

SECTION 7.03

  Conditions to Each Extension of Credit      48  

ARTICLE VIII COVENANTS

     49  

SECTION 8.01

  Covenants      49  

ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     51  

SECTION 9.01

  Amendments      51  

SECTION 9.02

  No Waiver; Remedies      52  

SECTION 9.03

  Binding on Successors and Assigns      52  

SECTION 9.04

  Survival of Agreement      53  

SECTION 9.05

  Payment of Costs and Expenses; Indemnification      53  

SECTION 9.06

  Characterization as Transaction Document; Entire Agreement      55  

SECTION 9.07

  Notices      55  

SECTION 9.08

  Severability of Provisions      55  

SECTION 9.09

  Tax Characterization      55  

SECTION 9.10

  No Proceedings; Limited Recourse      56  

SECTION 9.11

  Confidentiality      57  

SECTION 9.12

  GOVERNING LAW; CONFLICTS WITH INDENTURE      58  

SECTION 9.13

  JURISDICTION      58  

SECTION 9.14

  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      58  

SECTION 9.15

  Counterparts      58  

SECTION 9.16

  Third Party Beneficiary      59  

SECTION 9.17

  Assignment      59  

SECTION 9.18

  Defaulting Investors      61  

SECTION 9.19

  No Fiduciary Duties      63  

SECTION 9.20

  No Guarantee by Manager      63  

SECTION 9.21

  Term; Termination of Agreement      63  

SECTION 9.22

  Acknowledgment and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions      63  

SECTION 9.23

  USA PATRIOT Act.      64  

SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

 

SCHEDULE I    Investor Groups and Commitments
SCHEDULE II    Notice Addresses for Lender Parties and Agents
SCHEDULE III    Additional Closing Conditions
SCHEDULE IV    Letters of Credit
EXHIBIT A-1    Form of Advance Request
EXHIBIT A-2    Form of Swingline Loan Request
EXHIBIT B    Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement
EXHIBIT C    Form of Investor Group Supplement
EXHIBIT D    Form of Purchaser’s Letter

 


CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of July 31, 2020 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “Agreement”), is made by and among:

(a) ARBY’S FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”),

(b) ARBY’S SPV GUARANTOR, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, ARBY’S FRANCHISOR, LLC a Delaware limited liability company, ARBY’S IP HOLDER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and ARBY’S PROPERTIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (each, a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”);

(c) ARBY’S RESTAURANT GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation, as the manager (the “Manager”),

(d) the several commercial paper conduits listed on Schedule I as Conduit Investors and their respective permitted successors and assigns (each, a “Conduit Investor” and, collectively, the “Conduit Investors”),

(e) the several financial institutions listed on Schedule I as Committed Note Purchasers and their respective permitted successors and assigns (each, a “Committed Note Purchaser” and, collectively, the “Committed Note Purchasers”),

(f) for each Investor Group, the financial institution entitled to act on behalf of the Investor Group set forth opposite the name of such Investor Group on Schedule I as Funding Agent and its permitted successors and assigns (each, the “Funding Agent” with respect to such Investor Group and, collectively, the “Funding Agents”), and

(g) COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH, as L/C Provider, as Swingline Lender, and as administrative agent for the Conduit Investors, the Committed Note Purchasers, the Funding Agents, the L/C Provider and the Swingline Lender (together with its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent” or the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent”).

BACKGROUND

1. Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Issuer and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and Securities Intermediary, are entering into the Series 2020-1 Supplement, of even date herewith (as the same may be amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Series 2020-1 Supplement”), to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of even date herewith (as the same may be further amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Base Indenture” and, together with the Series 2020-1 Supplement and any other supplement to the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), by and among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Securities Intermediary, pursuant to which the Issuer will issue the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes (as defined in the Series 2020-1 Supplement), which may be issued in the form of Uncertificated Notes (as defined in the Series 2020-1 Supplement), in accordance with the Indenture.

2. The Issuer wishes to (a) issue the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes to each Funding Agent on behalf of the Investors in the related Investor Group, and obtain the agreement of the applicable Investors to make loans from time to time (each, an “Advance” or a “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance” and, collectively, the “Advances” or the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advances”) that will

 

1


constitute the purchase of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amounts on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; (b) issue the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Note to the Swingline Lender and obtain the agreement of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and (c) issue the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Note to the L/C Provider and obtain the agreement of the L/C Provider to provide Letters of Credit on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. L/C Obligations consisting of Unreimbursed L/C Drawings in connection with Letters of Credit issued pursuant to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Note will constitute purchases of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amounts upon the incurrence of such L/C Obligations. The Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Note and the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Note constitute Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes. The Manager has joined in this Agreement to confirm certain representations, warranties and covenants made by it in favor of the Trustee and the Noteholders in the Transaction Documents for the benefit of each Lender Party.

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01 Definitions. As used in this Agreement and unless the context requires a different meaning, capitalized terms used but not defined herein (including the preamble and the recitals hereto) shall have the meanings assigned to such terms or incorporated by reference in the Series 2020-1 Supplemental Definitions List attached to the Series 2020-1 Supplement as Annex A or set forth or incorporated by reference in the Base Indenture Definitions List attached to the Base Indenture as Annex A thereto, as applicable. In the event of any conflict between the definitions in the Series 2020-1 Supplemental Definitions List and the definitions in Section 1.02, the definitions in Section 1.02 shall govern. Unless otherwise specified herein, all Article, Exhibit, Section or Subsection references herein shall refer to Articles, Exhibits, Sections or Subsections of this Agreement.

SECTION 1.02 Defined terms.

Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.17(a).

Acquiring Investor Group” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.17(c).

Administrative Agent Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(c).

Advance” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Advance Request” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.03(d).

Affected Financial Institution” means (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.

Affected Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.05.

Aggregate Unpaids” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01.

Applicable Agent Indemnified Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(c).

Applicable Agent Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(c).

Application” means an application, in such form as the applicable L/C Issuing Bank may specify from time to time, requesting such L/C Issuing Bank to issue a Letter of Credit.

 

2


Assignment and Assumption Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.17(a).

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” means (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

Base Rate” means, for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the sum of (a) 2.00% plus (b) the greater of (i) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (ii) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day plus 0.50% and (iii) the Eurodollar Funding Rate (Reserve Adjusted) for a Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period with a maturity of one month as in effect on such day plus 1.00%; provided that any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate, respectively; provided, further, that changes in any rate of interest calculated by reference to the Base Rate shall take effect simultaneously with each change in the Base Rate.

Base Rate Advance” means an Advance that bears interest at a rate of interest determined by reference to the Base Rate during such time as it bears interest at such rate, as provided in this Agreement.

Benchmark Replacement” means the sum of: (a) the alternate benchmark rate (which may include Term SOFR) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Issuer in good faith, giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a replacement rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest as a replacement to LIBOR for U.S. dollar- denominated syndicated credit facilities and (b) the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; provided that, if the Benchmark Replacement as so determined would be less than zero, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement.

Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” means, with respect to any replacement of LIBOR with an Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for each applicable Interest Accrual Period, the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Issuer giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of LIBOR with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of LIBOR with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time.

Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes” means, with respect to any Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the definitions of “Base Rate”, “CP Funding Rate”, “Eurodollar Advance”, “Eurodollar Business Day”, “Eurodollar Funding Rate”, “Eurodollar Funding Rate (Reserve Adjusted)”, “Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period”, “Eurodollar Rate”, “Eurodollar Reserve Percentage”, “Eurodollar Tranche” and “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Rate”, timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest and other administrative matters) that the Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Issuer, decides may be

 

3


appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent determines that no market practice for the administration of the Benchmark Replacement exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent decides in consultation with the Issuer is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement).

Benchmark Replacement Date” means the earlier to occur of the following events with respect to LIBOR: (1) in the case of clause (1) or (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the later of (a) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (b) the date on which the administrator of LIBOR permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide LIBOR; or (2) in the case of clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein.

Benchmark Transition Event” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to LIBOR: (1) a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of LIBOR announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide LIBOR, permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide LIBOR; (2) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of LIBOR, the U.S. Federal Reserve System, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for LIBOR, a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for LIBOR or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for LIBOR, which states that the administrator of LIBOR has ceased or will cease to provide LIBOR permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide LIBOR; or (3) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of LIBOR announcing that LIBOR is no longer representative.

Benchmark Transition Start Date” means (a) in the case of a Benchmark Transition Event, the earlier of (i) the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date and (ii) if such Benchmark Transition Event is a public statement or publication of information of a prospective event, the 90th day prior to the expected date of such event as of such public statement or publication of information (or if the expected date of such prospective event is fewer than 90 days after such statement or publication, the date of such statement or publication) and (b) in the case of an Early Opt-in Election, the date specified by the Administrative Agent or the Required Investor Groups, as applicable, by notice to the Issuer, the Administrative Agent (in the case of such notice by the Required Investor Groups) and the Investor Groups.

Benchmark Unavailability Period” means, if a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to LIBOR and solely to the extent that LIBOR has not been replaced with a Benchmark Replacement, the period (x) beginning at the time that such Benchmark Replacement Date has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced LIBOR for all purposes hereunder in accordance with the Section 3.04(c) and (y) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced LIBOR for all purposes hereunder pursuant to Section 3.04(c).

Beneficial Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership as required by the Beneficial Ownership Rule.

Beneficial Ownership Rule” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

Borrowing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(c).

 

4


Breakage Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.06.

Change in Law” means (a) any law, rule or regulation or any change therein or in the interpretation or application thereof (whether or not having the force of law), in each case, adopted, issued or occurring after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date or (b) any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any government or political subdivision or agency, authority, bureau, central bank, commission, department or instrumentality thereof, or any court, tribunal, grand jury or arbitrator, or any accounting board or authority (whether or not a Governmental Authority) which is responsible for the establishment or interpretation of national or international accounting principles, in each case, whether foreign or domestic (each, an “Official Body”) charged with the administration, interpretation or application thereof, or the compliance with any request or directive of any Official Body (whether or not having the force of law) made, issued or occurring after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date; provided, however, for purposes of this definition, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all regulations, requests, guidelines or directives issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case, pursuant to Basel III, are deemed to have gone into effect and been adopted subsequent to the date hereof.

Class A-1 Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.08(a).

Commercial Paper” means, with respect to any Conduit Investor, the promissory notes issued in the commercial paper market by or for the benefit of such Conduit Investor.

Commitment Amount” means, as to each Committed Note Purchaser, the amount set forth on Schedule I opposite such Committed Note Purchaser’s name as its Commitment Amount or, in the case of a Committed Note Purchaser that becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement, the amount set forth therein as such Committed Note Purchaser’s Commitment Amount, in each case, as such amount may be (i) reduced pursuant to Section 2.05 or (ii) increased or reduced by any Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement entered into by such Committed Note Purchaser in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Commitment Percentage” means, on any date of determination, with respect to any Investor Group the ratio, expressed as a percentage, which such Investor Group’s Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount minus any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount bears to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount on such date.

Commitments” means the obligations of each Committed Note Purchaser included in each Investor Group to fund Advances pursuant to Section 2.02(a) and to participate in Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit pursuant to Sections 2.06 and 2.08, respectively, in an aggregate stated amount up to its Commitment Amount.

Commitment Term” means the period from and including the Series 2020-1 Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of (a) the Commitment Termination Date and (b) the date on which the Commitments are terminated or reduced to zero in accordance with this Agreement.

Commitment Termination Date” means the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Senior Notes Renewal Date (as such date may be extended pursuant to Section 3.6(b) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement).

Committed Note Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

5


Committed Note Purchaser Percentage” means, on any date of determination, with respect to any Committed Note Purchaser in any Investor Group, the ratio, expressed as a percentage, which the Commitment Amount of such Committed Note Purchaser bears to such Investor Group’s Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount on such date.

Conduit Assignee” means, with respect to any Conduit Investor, any commercial paper conduit whose Commercial Paper is rated by at least one of the Specified Rating Agencies and is rated at least “A” from S&P Global Ratings or KBRA and/or the equivalent rating of another “nationally-recognized statistical rating organization” registered with the SEC, that is administered by the Funding Agent with respect to such Conduit Investor or any Affiliate of such Funding Agent, in each case, designated by such Funding Agent to accept an assignment from such Conduit Investor of the Investor Group Principal Amount or a portion thereof with respect to such Conduit Investor pursuant to Section 9.17(b).

Conduit Investor” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Confidential Information” for the purposes of this Agreement has the meaning set forth in Section 9.11.

CP Advance” means an Advance that bears interest at a rate of interest determined by reference to the CP Rate during such time as it bears interest at such rate, as provided in this Agreement.

CP Funding Rate” means, with respect to each Conduit Investor, for any day during any Interest Accrual Period, for any portion of the Advances funded or maintained through the issuance of Commercial Paper by such Conduit Investor, the per annum rate equivalent to the weighted average cost (as determined by the related Funding Agent, and which shall include (without duplication) the fees and commissions of placement agents and dealers, incremental carrying costs incurred with respect to Commercial Paper maturing on dates other than those on which corresponding funds are received by such Conduit Investor, other borrowings by such Conduit Investor and any other costs associated with the issuance of Commercial Paper) of or related to the issuance of Commercial Paper that are allocated, in whole or in part, by such Conduit Investor or its related Funding Agent to fund or maintain such Advances for such Interest Accrual Period (and which may also be allocated in part to the funding of other assets of the Conduit Investor); provided, however, that if any component of any such rate is a discount rate, in calculating the “CP Funding Rate” for such Advances for such Interest Accrual Period, the related Funding Agent shall for such component use the rate resulting from converting such discount rate to an interest bearing equivalent rate per annum.

CP Rate” means, on any day during any Interest Accrual Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the sum of (i) the CP Funding Rate for such Interest Accrual Period plus (ii) 3.00%; provided that the CP Rate will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law.

Defaulting Administrative Agent Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.07(b).

Defaulting Investor” means any Investor that has (a) failed to make a payment required to be made by it under the terms of this Agreement within one (1) Business Day of the day such payment is required to be made by such Investor thereunder, (b) notified the Administrative Agent in writing that it does not intend to make any payment required to be made by it under the terms of this Agreement within one (1) Business Day of the day such payment is required to be made by such Investor thereunder, (c) become the subject of an Event of Bankruptcy or (d) become the subject of a Bail-In Action.

 

6


Early Opt-in Election” means the occurrence of: (1) (i) a determination by the Administrative Agent or (ii) a notification by the Required Investor Groups to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Issuer) that the Required Investor Groups have determined that U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities being executed at such time, or that include language similar to that contained in Section 3.04(c) are being executed or amended, as applicable, to incorporate or adopt a new benchmark interest rate to replace LIBOR, and (2) (i) the election by the Administrative Agent or (ii) the election by the Required Investor Groups to declare that an Early Opt-in Election has occurred and the provision, as applicable, by the Administrative Agent of written notice of such election to the Issuer and the Investor Groups or by the Required Investor Groups of written notice of such election to the Administrative Agent.

EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority; (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway. Following Brexit this definition shall be deemed to mean “EEA Member Country or the UK”.

EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution. Following Brexit this definition shall include any authority in the UK exercising substantially similar powers under UK law.

Eligible Conduit Investor” means, at any time, any Conduit Investor whose Commercial Paper at such time is rated by at least one of the Specified Rating Agencies and is rated at least “A” from S&P Global Ratings or KBRA and/or the equivalent rating of another “nationally-recognized statistical rating organization” registered with the SEC. “EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail- In Legislative Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Eurodollar Advance” means an Advance that bears interest at a rate of interest determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate during such time as it bears interest at such rate, as provided in this Agreement.

Eurodollar Business Day” means any Business Day on which dealings are also carried on in the London interbank market and banks are open for business in London.

Eurodollar Funding Rate” means, for any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date that is two Eurodollar Business Days prior to the beginning of such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period on the page of the Reuters screen which displays the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate for Dollars (such page currently being the LIBOR01 page) for deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period) with a term for a period equal to such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the “Eurodollar Funding Rate” shall be the rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point), determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate on such other page or other service which displays the rate per annum for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period) with a term equivalent to such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period offered by participants in the London interbank market, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) two Eurodollar

 

7


Business Days prior to the commencement of such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period (unless the Series Administrative Agent is unable to obtain such rates from such banks, in which case it will be deemed that a Eurodollar Funding Rate cannot be ascertained for purposes of Section 3.04). In respect of any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period that is less than one month in duration and if no Eurodollar Funding Rate is otherwise determinable with respect thereto in accordance with the preceding sentence of this definition, the Eurodollar Funding Rate shall be determined through the use of straight-line interpolation by reference to two rates calculated in accordance with the preceding sentence, one of which shall be determined as if the maturity of the Dollar deposits referred to therein were the period of time for which rates are available next shorter than the Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period and the other of which shall be determined as if such maturity were the period of time for which rates are available next longer than the Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period. If any such rate determined pursuant to this definition of “Eurodollar Funding Rate” is below zero, the Eurodollar Funding Rate will be deemed to be zero.

Eurodollar Funding Rate (Reserve Adjusted)” means, for any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) determined pursuant to the following formula:

 

Eurodollar Funding Rate

     =        Eurodollar Funding Rate  

(Reserve Adjusted)

       
1.00 -
Eurodollar Reserve Percentage
 
 

The Eurodollar Funding Rate (Reserve Adjusted) for any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period will be determined by the Administrative Agent on the basis of the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage in effect two (2) Eurodollar Business Days before the first day of such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period.

Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Advance, (x) initially, the period commencing on and including the Eurodollar Business Day such Advance first becomes a Eurodollar Advance in accordance with Section 3.01(b) and ending on but excluding a date, as elected by the Issuer pursuant to such Section 3.01(b), that is either (i) one (1) month subsequent to such date, (ii) two (2) months subsequent to such date, (iii) three (3) months subsequent to such date or (iv) six (6) months subsequent to such date, or such other time period subsequent to such date not to exceed six months as agreed upon by the Issuer and the Administrative Agent; provided, however, that (i) no Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period may end subsequent to the second Business Day before the Quarterly Calculation Date occurring immediately prior to the then current Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Senior Notes Renewal Date and (ii) upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Rapid Amortization Period or any Event of Default, any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period with respect to the Eurodollar Advances of all Investor Groups may be terminated at the end of the then-current Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period (or, if the Class A-1 Senior Notes have been accelerated in accordance with Section 9.2 of the Base Indenture, immediately), at the election of the Administrative Agent or Investor Groups holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the Eurodollar Tranche, by notice to the Issuer, the Manager, the Control Party and the Funding Agents, and upon such election the Eurodollar Advances in respect of which interest was calculated by reference to such terminated Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period shall be converted to Base Rate Advances.

Eurodollar Rate” means, on any day during any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the sum of (i) the Eurodollar Funding Rate (Reserve Adjusted) for such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period plus (ii) 3.00%.

 

8


Eurodollar Reserve Percentage” means, for any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, the reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal) equal to the maximum aggregate reserve requirements (including all basic, emergency, supplemental, marginal and other reserves and taking into account any transitional adjustments or other scheduled changes in reserve requirements) specified under regulations issued from time to time by the F.R.S. Board and then applicable to liabilities or assets constituting “Eurocurrency Liabilities,” as currently defined in Regulation D of the F.R.S. Board, having a term approximately equal or comparable to such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period.

Eurodollar Tranche” means any portion of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount funded or maintained with Eurodollar Advances.

Extension Fees” has the meaning given to such term in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Committed Lender Fee Letter.

FATCA” means (a) Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future Treasury regulations thereunder or official interpretations thereof, (b) any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and any other jurisdiction with the purpose (in either case) of facilitating the implementation of (a) above, or (c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority in the United States.

FCPA” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(h).

Federal Funds Rate” means, for any specified period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of the overnight federal funds rates as published in Federal Reserve Board Statistical Release H.15(519) or any successor or substitute publication selected by the Administrative Agent (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day), or if, for any reason, such rate is not available on any day, the rate determined, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, to be the rate at which overnight federal funds are being offered in the national federal funds market at 9:00 a.m. (New York City time).

Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website” means the website of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York at http://newyorkfed.org, or any successor source.

Fitch” means Fitch, Inc., doing business as Fitch Ratings, or any successor thereto.

F.R.S. Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Funding Agent” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Guarantor” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Increased Capital Costs” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.07.

Increased Costs” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.05.

Increased Tax Costs” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.08(b).

Indemnified Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(b).

Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(b).

 

9


Interest Reserve Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued hereunder for the benefit of the Trustee and the Senior Noteholders or the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, as applicable.

Investor” means any one of the Conduit Investors and the Committed Note Purchasers and “Investors” means the Conduit Investors and the Committed Note Purchasers collectively.

Investor Group” means (i) for each Conduit Investor, collectively, such Conduit Investor, the related Committed Note Purchaser(s) set forth opposite the name of such Conduit Investor on Schedule I (or, if applicable, set forth for such Conduit Investor in the Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement pursuant to which such Conduit Investor or Committed Note Purchaser becomes a party thereto), any related Program Support Provider(s) and the related Funding Agent (which shall constitute the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholder for such Investor Group) and (ii) for each other Committed Note Purchaser that is not related to a Conduit Investor, collectively, such Committed Note Purchaser, any related Program Support Provider(s) and the related Funding Agent (which shall constitute the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholder for such Investor Group).

Investor Group Increase Amount” means, with respect to any Investor Group, for any Business Day, the portion of the Increase, if any, actually funded by such Investor Group on such Business Day.

Investor Group Principal Amount” means, with respect to any Investor Group, (a) when used with respect to the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, an amount equal to (i) such Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Advance Principal Amount, plus (ii) such Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount outstanding on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, and (b) when used with respect to any other date, an amount equal to (i) the Investor Group Principal Amount with respect to such Investor Group on the immediately preceding Business Day (excluding any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount included therein), plus (ii) the Investor Group Increase Amount with respect to such Investor Group on such date, minus (iii) the amount of principal payments made to such Investor Group on the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes on such date, plus (iv) such Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount outstanding on such date.

Investor Group Supplement” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.17(c).

KBRA” means Kroll Bond Rating Agency, LLC and any successor or successors thereto.

L/C Commitment” means the obligation of the L/C Provider to provide Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.07, in an aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amount, together with any Unreimbursed L/C Drawings, at any one time outstanding not to exceed $50,000,000, as such amount may be reduced or increased pursuant to Section 2.07(g) or reduced pursuant to Section 2.05(b).

L/C Issuing Bank” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(h).

L/C Obligations” means, at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (i) any Undrawn L/C Face Amounts outstanding at such time and (ii) any Unreimbursed L/C Drawings outstanding at such time.

L/C Other Reimbursement Amounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.08(a).

L/C Provider” means Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, in its capacity as provider of any Letter of Credit under this Agreement, and its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity.

 

10


L/C Quarterly Fees” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(d).

L/C Reimbursement Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.08(a).

Lender Party” means any Investor, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider and “Lender Parties” means the Investors, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider, collectively.

Letter of Credit” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(a).

LIBOR” means the “Eurodollar Funding Rate.”

Margin Stock” means “margin stock” as defined in Regulation U of the F.R.S. Board, as amended from time to time.

Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount” means, as to each Investor Group existing on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the amount set forth on Schedule I to this Agreement as such Investor Group’s Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount or, in the case of any other Investor Group, the amount set forth as such Investor Group’s Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount in the Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement by which the members of such Investor Group become parties to this Agreement, in each case, as such amount may be (i) reduced pursuant to Section 2.05 of this Agreement or (ii) increased or reduced by any Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement entered into by the members of such Investor Group in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Money Laundering Laws” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(i).

Non-Excluded Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.08(a).

Non-Funding Committed Note Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a).

OFAC” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(j).

Official Body” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Change in Law.”

Prime Rate” means a rate set by the Administrative Agent based upon various factors including the Administrative Agent’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such prime rate established by the Administrative Agent shall take effect at the opening of business on the day such change is effective.

Program Support Agreement” means, with respect to any Conduit Investor, any agreement entered into by any Program Support Provider in respect of any Commercial Paper and/or Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note of such Conduit Investor providing for the issuance of one or more letters of credit for the account of such Conduit Investor, the issuance of one or more insurance policies for which such Investor is obligated to reimburse the applicable Program Support Provider for any drawings thereunder, the sale by such Conduit Investor to any Program Support Provider of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes (or portions thereof or interests therein) and/or the making of loans and/or other extensions of credit to such Conduit Investor in connection with such Conduit Investor’s securitization program, together with any letter of credit, insurance policy or other instrument issued thereunder or guaranty thereof (but excluding any discretionary advance facility provided by a Committed Note Purchaser).

 

11


Program Support Provider” means, with respect to any Conduit Investor, any financial institutions and any other or additional Person now or hereafter extending credit or having a commitment to extend credit to or for the account of, and/or agreeing to make purchases from, such Conduit Investor in respect of such Conduit Investor’s Commercial Paper and/or Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note, and/or agreeing to issue a letter of credit or insurance policy or other instrument to support any obligations arising under or in connection with such Conduit Investor’s securitization program as it relates to any Commercial Paper issued by such Conduit Investor and/or holding equity interest in such Investor, in each case pursuant to a Program Support Agreement, and any guarantor of any such Person.

Reimbursement Obligation” means the obligation of the Issuer to reimburse the L/C Provider pursuant to Section 2.08 for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit.

Relevant Governmental Body” means the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or any successor thereto.

Required Expiration Date” had the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(a).

Required Investor Groups” means the Investor Groups holding more than (i) if no single Investor Group holds more than 50% of the Commitments, 50% of the Commitments or (ii) if a single Investor Group holds more than 50% of the Commitments, two thirds of the Commitments (provided, in either case, that the Commitment of any Defaulting Investor shall be disregarded in the determination of whether such threshold percentage of Commitments has been met).

Resolution Authority” means an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.

Sale Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.18(b).

Sanctions” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(j).

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Allocated Payment Reduction Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b)(iv).

Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.09(b).

SOFR” with respect to any day means the secured overnight financing rate published for such day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, as the administrator of the benchmark, (or a successor administrator) on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website.

Solvent” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, that on such date (x) the present fair market value (or present fair saleable value) of the assets of such Person are not less than the total amount required to pay the liabilities of such Person on its total existing debts and liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as they become absolute and matured, (ii) the Person is able to realize upon its assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and commitments as they mature and become due in the normal course of business, (iii) assuming the completion of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, the Person is not incurring debts or liabilities beyond its ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature, (iv) the Person is not engaged in any business or transaction, and is not about to engage in any business or transaction, for which its property would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practice in the industry in which such entity is engaged, and (v) the Person is not a defendant in any civil action that would result in a judgment that such Person is or would become unable to satisfy.

 

12


Specified Rating Agencies” means any of S&P Global Ratings, Moody’s, KBRA or Fitch, as applicable.

Swingline Commitment” means the obligation of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.06 in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $50,000,000, as such amount may be reduced or increased pursuant to Section 2.06(i) or reduced pursuant to Section 2.05(b).

Swingline Lender” means Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, in its capacity as maker of Swingline Loans, and its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity.

Swingline Loan” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(a).

Swingline Loan Request” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b).

Swingline Participation Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(f).

Term SOFR” means the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.

UK Financial Institution” means any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.

UK Resolution Authority” means the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.

Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement” means the Benchmark Replacement excluding the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.

Undrawn Commitment Fees” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(b).

Undrawn L/C Face Amounts” means, at any time, the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired face amount of any Letters of Credit outstanding at such time.

Unreimbursed L/C Drawings” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of any L/C Reimbursement Amounts that have not then been reimbursed pursuant to Section 2.08.

Upfront Commitment Fee” means the Class A-1 Upfront Commitment Fee, as defined in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Committed Lender Fee Letter or the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent Fee Letter, as applicable.

USA PATRIOT Act” has the meaning given to such term in Section 9.23.

 

13


Write-down and Conversion Powers” means, (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.

ARTICLE II

PURCHASE AND SALE OF SERIES 2020-1 CLASS A-1 NOTES

SECTION 2.01 The Advance Notes. On the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture and this Agreement, and in reliance on the covenants, representations and agreements set forth herein and therein, the Issuer shall issue and shall request the Trustee to authenticate (in the case of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes in the form of definitive notes) or register as described in Section 4.01(f) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement (in the case of Uncertificated Notes) the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes, which (in the case of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes in the form of definitive notes) the Issuer shall deliver to each Funding Agent on behalf of the Investors in the related Investor Group on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date. Such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Note for each Investor Group shall be dated the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, shall be registered in the name of the related Funding Agent or its nominee, as agent for the related Investors, or in such other name or nominee as such Funding Agent may request, shall have a maximum principal amount equal to the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount for such Investor Group, shall have an initial outstanding principal amount equal to such Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Advance Principal Amount, and (other than any Uncertificated Notes) shall be duly authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

SECTION 2.02 Advances.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Indenture, each Eligible Conduit Investor, if any, may, in its sole discretion, and if such Eligible Conduit Investor determines that it will not make (or it does not in fact make) an Advance or any portion of an Advance, its related Committed Note Purchaser(s) shall or, if there is no Eligible Conduit Investor with respect to any Investor Group, the Committed Note Purchaser(s) with respect to such Investor Group shall, upon the Issuer’s request delivered in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.03 and the satisfaction of all conditions precedent thereto (or under the circumstances set forth in Sections 2.05, 2.06 or 2.08), make Advances from time to time during the Commitment Term; provided that such Advances shall be made ratably by each Investor Group based on their respective Commitment Percentages (subject to the provisos of this Section 2.02) and the portion of any such Advance made by any Committed Note Purchaser in such Investor Group shall be its Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the Advances to be made by such Investor Group (or the portion thereof not being made by any Conduit Investor in such Investor Group); provided, further, that if, as a result of any Committed Note Purchaser (a “Non-Funding Committed Note Purchaser”) failing to make any previous Advance that such Non-Funding Committed Note Purchaser was required to make, outstanding Advances are not held ratably by each Investor Group based on their respective Commitment Percentages and among the Committed Note Purchasers within each Investor Group based on their respective Committed Note Purchaser Percentages at the time a request for Advances is made, (x) such Non-Funding Committed Note Purchaser shall make all of such Advances until outstanding Advances are held ratably by each Investor Group based on their respective Commitment Percentages and among the Committed Note Purchasers within each Investor Group based on their respective Committed Note Purchaser Percentages and (y) further Advances shall be made ratably by each Investor Group based on their respective Commitment Percentages and the portion of any such Advance made by any Committed Note Purchaser in such Investor Group shall be its Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the Advances to be made by such Investor Group (or the portion thereof not being made by any Conduit Investor in such Investor Group); provided, further, that the failure of a Non-

 

14


Funding Committed Note Purchaser to make Advances pursuant to the immediately preceding proviso shall not, subject to the immediately following proviso, relieve any other Committed Note Purchaser of its obligation hereunder, if any, to make Advances in accordance with Section 2.03(b)(i); provided, further, that, subject, in the case of clause (i) below, to Section 2.03(b)(ii), no Advance shall be required or permitted to be made by any Investor on any date to the extent that, after giving effect to such Advance,

(i) the related Investor Group Principal Amount would exceed the related Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount or (ii) the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount would exceed the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Transaction Document to the contrary, at no time will a Conduit Investor be obligated to make Advances hereunder. If at any time any Conduit Investor is not an Eligible Conduit Investor, such Conduit Investor shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the related Funding Agent and the Issuer) thereof.

(c) Each of the Advances to be made on any date shall be made as part of a single borrowing (each such single borrowing being a “Borrowing”). The Advances made as part of the initial Borrowing on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, if any, will be evidenced by the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes issued in connection herewith and will constitute purchases of Series 2020-1 Class A- 1 Initial Advance Principal Amounts corresponding to the amount of such Advances. All of the other Advances will constitute Increases evidenced by the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes issued in connection herewith and will constitute purchases of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amounts corresponding to the amount of such Advances.

(d) Section 2.2(b) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement specifies the procedures to be followed in connection with any Voluntary Decrease of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount. Each such Voluntary Decrease in respect of any Advances shall be either (i) in an aggregate minimum principal amount of $100,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof or (ii) in such other amount necessary to reduce the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount to zero.

(e) Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Series 2020-1 Supplement, the aggregate principal amount of the Advances evidenced by the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes may be increased by Borrowings or decreased by Voluntary Decreases from time to time.

(f) At any time that the aggregate Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount attributable to each Investor Group is not held pro rata based on its respective Commitment Percentage (as a result of the issuance of any Letter of Credit or otherwise), the Investor Groups (and the Investors within each such Investor Group) may, in their sole discretion, agree amongst themselves to reallocate any outstanding Advances to ensure that the aggregate Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount attributable to each Investor Group is pro rata based on its respective Commitment Percentage; provided that the Issuer shall not be liable for any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Breakage Amounts resulting solely from any such reallocations.

(g) The Administrative Agent shall provide the Issuer, the Manager and the Trustee timely notice of non-ratable allocations pursuant to Section 2.02(a) and of any reallocations of Advances pursuant to Section 2.02(f) (which notice requirements may be satisfied through the delivery of the monthly invoice and Letter of Credit report delivered by the Administrative Agent from time to time); provided, that the failure to provide such notice shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Issuer under this Agreement or the Indenture with respect thereto. The Issuer and the Manager shall not be responsible for any failure to reflect such allocations or reallocations in any Manager’s Certificate or Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, or for any payments inconsistent with such allocations or reallocations, until such notice is provided as set forth in this clause (g), including in connection with any Mandatory Decrease, Voluntary Decrease or prepayment of any other Tranche, Class or Series of Notes under the Indenture.

 

15


(h) It is agreed that any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Breakage Amounts shall occur with respect to the applicable Advance or Swingline Loan closest to maturity.

SECTION 2.03 Borrowing Procedures.

(a) Whenever the Issuer wishes to make a Borrowing, the Issuer shall (or shall cause the Manager on its behalf to) notify the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly, and in any event by 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the same Business Day as its receipt of the same, notify each Funding Agent of its pro rata share thereof (or other required share, as required pursuant to Section 2.02(a)) and notify the Trustee, the Control Party, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider in writing of such Borrowing) by written notice in the form of an Advance Request delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) two (2) Business Days (or, in the case of any Eurodollar Advances for purposes of Section 3.01(b), two (2) Eurodollar Business Days) prior to the date of such Borrowing (unless a shorter period is agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Provider, the L/C Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or the Funding Agents, as applicable), which date of Borrowing shall be a Business Day during the Commitment Term. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall in each case refer to this Agreement and specify (i) the Borrowing date, (ii) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing to be made on such date, (iii) the amount of outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings (if applicable) to be repaid with the proceeds of such Borrowing on the Borrowing date, which amount shall constitute all outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings outstanding on the date of such notice that are not prepaid with other funds of the Issuer available for such purpose, and (iv) sufficient instructions for application of the balance, if any, of the proceeds of such Borrowing on the Borrowing date (which proceeds shall be made available to the Issuer). Requests for any Borrowing may not be made in an aggregate principal amount of less than $100,000 or in an aggregate principal amount that is not an integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof, except as otherwise provided herein with respect to Borrowings for the purpose of repaying then- outstanding Swingline Loans or Unreimbursed L/C Drawings. Subject to the provisos to Section 2.02(a), each Borrowing shall be ratably allocated among the Investor Groups’ respective Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts. Each Funding Agent shall promptly advise its related Conduit Investor, if any, of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.03(a) and shall promptly thereafter (but in no event later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of Borrowing) notify the Administrative Agent, the Issuer and the related Committed Note Purchaser(s) whether such Conduit Investor has determined to make all or any portion of the Advances in such Borrowing that are to be made by its Investor Group. On the date of each Borrowing and subject to the other conditions set forth herein and in the Series 2020-1 Supplement (and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, confirmation from the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider, as applicable, as to (x) the amount of outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings to be repaid with the proceeds of such Borrowing on the Borrowing date, (y) the Undrawn L/C Face Amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding and (z) the principal amount of any other Swingline Loans or Unreimbursed L/C Drawings then outstanding), the applicable Investors in each Investor Group shall make available to the Administrative Agent the amount of the Advances in such Borrowing that are to be made by such Investor Group by wire transfer in U.S. Dollars of such amount in same day funds no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) (or such later time as the Administrative Agent may agree to in its sole discretion on the date of any Borrowing) on the date of such Borrowing, and upon receipt thereof the Administrative Agent shall make such proceeds available by 3:00 p.m. (New York City time), first, to the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider for application to repayment of the amount of outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings as set forth in the applicable Advance Request, if applicable, ratably in proportion to such respective amounts, and, second, to the Issuer or its designee, as instructed in the applicable Advance Request.

(b) (i) The failure of any Committed Note Purchaser to make the Advance to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Committed Note Purchaser (whether or not in the same Investor Group) of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Advance on the date of such Borrowing, but no Committed Note Purchaser shall be responsible for the failure of any other Committed Note Purchaser to make the Advance to be made by such other Committed Note Purchaser on

 

16


the date of any Borrowing and (ii) in the event that one or more Committed Note Purchasers fails to make its Advance by 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall notify each of the other Committed Note Purchasers not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such date, and each of the other Committed Note Purchasers shall make available to the Administrative Agent a supplemental Advance in a principal amount (such amount, the “reference amount”) equal to the lesser of (a) the aggregate principal Advance that was unfunded multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Commitment Amount of such Committed Note Purchaser and the denominator of which is the aggregate Commitment Amounts of all Committed Note Purchasers (less the aggregate Commitment Amount of the Committed Note Purchasers failing to make Advances on such date) and (b) the excess of (i) such Committed Note Purchaser’s Commitment Amount over (ii) the product of such Committed Note Purchaser’s related Investor Group Principal Amount multiplied by such Committed Note Purchaser’s Committed Note Purchaser Percentage (after giving effect to all prior Advances on such date of Borrowing) (provided that a Committed Note Purchaser may (but shall not be obligated to), on terms and conditions to be agreed upon by such Committed Note Purchaser and the Issuer, make available to the Administrative Agent a supplemental Advance in a principal amount in excess of the reference amount; provided, however, that no such supplemental Advance shall be permitted to be made to the extent that, after giving effect to such Advance, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount would exceed the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount). Such supplemental Advances shall be made by wire transfer in U.S. Dollars in same day funds no later than 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) one (1) Business Day following the date of such Borrowing, and upon receipt thereof the Administrative Agent shall immediately make such proceeds available, first, to the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider for application to repayment of the amount of outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings as set forth in the applicable Advance Request, if applicable, ratably in proportion to such respective amounts, and, second, to the Issuer, as instructed in the applicable Advance Request. If any Committed Note Purchaser which shall have so failed to fund its Advance shall subsequently pay such amount, the Administrative Agent shall apply such amount pro rata to repay any supplemental Advances made by the other Committed Note Purchasers pursuant to this Section 2.03(b).

(c) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Funding Agent prior to the date of any Borrowing that an applicable Investor in the related Investor Group will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Investor’s share of the Advances to be made by such Investor Group as part of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) assume that such Investor has made such share available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.02(a) and the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Swingline Lender, the L/C Provider and/or the Issuer, as applicable, on such date a corresponding amount, and shall, if such corresponding amount has not been made available by the Administrative Agent, make available to the Swingline Lender, the L/C Provider and/or the Issuer, as applicable, on such date a corresponding amount once such Investor has made such portion available to the Administrative Agent. If and to the extent that any Investor shall not have so made such amount available to the Administrative Agent, such Investor and the Issuer jointly and severally agree to repay (without duplication) to the Administrative Agent on the next Weekly Allocation Date such corresponding amount (in the case of the Issuer, in accordance with the Priority of Payments), together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Issuer until the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of the Issuer, the interest rate applicable at the time to the Advances comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Investor, the Federal Funds Rate. If such Investor is required by law to deduct any withholding taxes from the amount paid to the Administrative Agent under this Section 2.03(c), the sum payable by such Investor shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction has been made, the Administrative Agent receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction been made. If such Investor shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount so repaid shall constitute such Investor’s Advance as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.

 

17


SECTION 2.04 The Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes. On each date an Advance or Swingline Loan is made or a Letter of Credit is issued hereunder, and on each date the outstanding amount thereof is reduced, a duly authorized officer, employee or agent of the related Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholder shall make appropriate notations in its books and records of the amount, evidenced by the related Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Note, Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Note or Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Note, of such Advance, Swingline Loan or Letter of Credit, as applicable, and the amount of such reduction, as applicable. The Issuer hereby authorizes each duly authorized officer, employee and agent of such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholder to make such notations on the books and records as aforesaid and every such notation made in accordance with the foregoing authority shall be prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information so recorded; provided, however, that in the event of a discrepancy between the books and records of such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholder and the records maintained by the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture, (x) such discrepancy shall be resolved by such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholder, the Control Party and the Trustee, in consultation with the Issuer (provided that such consultation with the Issuer will not in any way limit or delay such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholder’s, the Control Party’s and the Trustee’s ability to resolve such discrepancy), and such resolution shall control in the absence of manifest error and the Note Register shall be corrected as appropriate and (y) until any such discrepancy is resolved pursuant to clause (x), the Note Register shall control; provided further that the failure of any such notation to be made, or any finding that a notation is incorrect, in any such records shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Issuer under this Agreement or the Indenture.

SECTION 2.05 Reduction in Commitments.

(a) The Issuer may, upon at least three (3) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the Trustee, the Control Party, each Funding Agent and each Investor), effect a permanent reduction in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and a corresponding reduction in each Commitment Amount and Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount on a pro rata basis; provided that (i) any such reduction will be limited to the undrawn portion of the Commitments, although any such reduction may be combined with a Voluntary Decrease effected pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.2(b) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement, (ii) any such reduction must be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 unless reduced to zero, (iii) after giving effect to such reduction, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount equals or exceeds $5,000,000, unless reduced to zero, and (iv) no such reduction shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto, (x) the aggregate Commitment Amounts would be less than the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount (excluding any Undrawn L/C Face Amounts with respect to which cash collateral is held by the L/C Provider pursuant to Section 4.03(b)) or (y) the aggregate Commitment Amounts would be less than the sum of the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment. Any reduction made pursuant to this Section 2.05(a) shall be made ratably among the Investor Groups on the basis of their respective Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts.

(b) If any of the following events shall occur, then the Commitment Amounts shall be automatically and permanently reduced on the dates and in the amounts set forth below with respect to the applicable event and the other consequences set forth below with respect to the applicable event shall ensue (and the Issuer shall give the Trustee, the Control Party, each Funding Agent and the Administrative Agent prompt written notice thereof):

(i) if the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes has not been paid in full or otherwise refinanced in full (which refinancing may also include an extension thereof) by the Business Day immediately preceding the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date, (A) on such Business Day, (x) the principal amount of all then- outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings shall be repaid in full with proceeds of Advances made on such date (and the Issuer shall be deemed to have delivered such Advance Requests under Section 2.03 as may be necessary to cause such Advances to be made), and (y) the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment shall both be automatically and

 

18


permanently reduced to zero and (B) (x) all undrawn portions of the Commitments shall automatically and permanently terminate and the corresponding portions of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts shall be automatically and permanently reduced by a corresponding amount (with respect to the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts, on a pro rata basis) and (y) each payment of principal on the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount occurring on or following such Business Day shall result automatically and permanently in a dollar-for-dollar reduction of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and a corresponding reduction in each Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount on a pro rata basis;

(ii) if a Rapid Amortization Event (other than a Rapid Amortization Event triggered by an Event of Default) occurs and is continuing (and shall not have been waived as provided in the Base Indenture) prior to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date, then (A) on the date such Rapid Amortization Event occurs, (x) all undrawn portions of the Commitments shall automatically and permanently terminate, which termination shall be deemed to have occurred immediately following the making of Advances pursuant to clause (B) below, and the corresponding portions of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts shall be automatically and permanently reduced by a corresponding amount (with respect to the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts, on a pro rata basis), (B) no later than the second Business Day after the occurrence of such Rapid Amortization Event, the principal amount of all then-outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings shall be repaid in full with proceeds of Advances (and the Issuer shall be deemed to have delivered such Advance Requests under Section 2.03 as may be necessary to cause such Advances to be made) and the Swingline Commitment shall be automatically reduced to zero and the L/C Commitment shall be automatically reduced by the unused portion thereof and such amount of Unreimbursed L/C Drawings repaid by such Advances; and (C) each payment of principal (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include cash collateralization of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts pursuant to Sections 4.02, 4.03(a), 4.03(b) and 9.18(c)(ii)) on the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount occurring on or after the date of such Rapid Amortization Event (excluding the repayment of any outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings with proceeds of Advances pursuant to clause (B) above) shall result automatically and permanently in a dollar- for-dollar reduction of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and a corresponding reduction in each Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount on a pro rata basis; provided that, in each case, if any Rapid Amortization Event occurring solely under (1) clause (a) of the definition thereof shall cease to be in effect as a result of being waived in accordance with the Base Indenture or (2) clause (d) of the definition thereof shall cease to be in effect as a result of being cured or waived in accordance with terms of such clause (d) set forth in the Base Indenture, then the Commitments, Swingline Commitment, L/C Commitment, Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts shall be restored to the amounts in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of such Rapid Amortization Event;

(iii) [Intentionally omitted]

(iv) if payments in connection with Indemnification Amounts, Asset Disposition Proceeds and/or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds are allocated to and deposited in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account in accordance with Section 3.6(j) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement at a time when either (i) no Senior Notes other than Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes are Outstanding or (ii) if the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes has not been paid in full or otherwise refinanced in full (which refinancing may also include an extension thereof) by the Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date and such event is continuing, then (x) the aggregate Commitment Amount shall be automatically and permanently reduced on the date of such deposit by an amount (the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Allocated Payment

 

19


Reduction Amount”) equal to the amount of such deposit, and each Committed Note Purchaser’s Commitment Amount shall be reduced on a pro rata basis of such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Allocated Payment Reduction Amount based on each Committed Note Purchaser’s Commitment Amount, (y) the corresponding portions of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts shall be automatically and permanently reduced on a pro rata basis based on each Investor Group’s Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount by a corresponding amount on such date (and, if after giving effect to such reduction the aggregate Commitment Amounts would be less than the sum of the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment, then the aggregate amount of the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment shall be reduced by the amount of such difference, with such reduction to be allocated between them in accordance with the written instructions of the Issuer delivered prior to such date; provided that after giving effect thereto the aggregate amount of the Swingline Loans and the L/C Obligations do not exceed the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment, respectively, as so reduced; provided further that in the absence of such instructions, such reduction shall be allocated first to the Swingline Commitment and then to the L/C Commitment) and (z) the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount shall be repaid or prepaid (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include cash collateralization of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts pursuant to Sections 4.02, 4.03(a), 4.03(b) and 9.18(c)(ii)) in an aggregate amount equal to such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Allocated Payment Reduction Amount on the date and in the order required by Section 3.6(j) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement; and

(v) if any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing (and shall not have been waived in accordance with the Base Indenture) and as a result the payment of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes is accelerated pursuant to the terms of the Base Indenture (and such acceleration shall not have been rescinded in accordance with the Base Indenture), the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount, the Commitment Amounts, the Swingline Commitment, the L/C Commitment and the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts shall all be automatically and permanently reduced to zero upon such acceleration and the Issuer shall (in accordance with the Series 2020-1 Supplement) cause the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount to be paid in full (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include cash collateralization of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts pursuant to Sections 4.02, 4.03(a), 4.03(b) and 9.18(c)(ii)) together with accrued interest, Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees Amounts payable pursuant to the Series Supplement, Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Other Amounts and all other amounts then due and payable to the Lender Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Funding Agents under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and any unreimbursed Debt Service Advance, Collateral Protection Advance and Manager Advance (in each case, with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), in each case subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Base Indenture, including the Priority of Payments.

SECTION 2.06 Swingline Commitment.

(a) On the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture and this Agreement, and in reliance on the covenants, representations and agreements set forth herein and therein, the Issuer shall issue and shall cause the Trustee to authenticate the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Note, which the Issuer shall deliver to the Swingline Lender on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date. Such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Note shall be dated the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, shall be registered in the name of the Swingline Lender or its nominee, or in such other name as the Swingline Lender may request, shall have a maximum principal amount equal to the Swingline Commitment, shall have an initial outstanding principal amount equal to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Swingline Principal Amount, and shall be duly authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swingline Lender, in reliance on the agreements of the Committed Note Purchasers set forth in this Section 2.06, agrees to make swingline loans (each, a “Swingline Loan” or a “Series 2020-1 Class A- 1 Swingline Loan” and, collectively, the “Swingline Loans” or the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline

 

20


Loans”) to the Issuer from time to time during the period commencing on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and ending on the date that is two (2) Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date; provided that the Swingline Lender shall have no obligation or right to make any Swingline Loan if, after giving effect thereto, (i) the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans outstanding would exceed the Swingline Commitment then in effect (notwithstanding that the Swingline Loans outstanding at any time, when aggregated with the Swingline Lender’s other outstanding Advances hereunder, may exceed the Swingline Commitment then in effect) or (ii) the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount would exceed the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount. Each such borrowing of a Swingline Loan will constitute a Subfacility Increase in the outstanding principal amount evidenced by the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Note in an amount corresponding to such borrowing. Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Series 2020-1 Supplement, the outstanding principal amount evidenced by the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Note may be increased by borrowings of Swingline Loans or decreased by payments of principal thereon from time to time.

(b) Whenever the Issuer desires that the Swingline Lender make Swingline Loans, the Issuer shall (or shall cause the Manager on its behalf to) give the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice in writing not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the proposed borrowing date, specifying (i) the amount to be borrowed, (ii) the requested borrowing date (which shall be a Business Day during the Commitment Term not later than the date that is two (2) Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date) and (iii) the payment instructions for the proceeds of such borrowing (which shall be consistent with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Indenture and which proceeds shall be made available to the Issuer). Such notice shall be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-2 hereto (a “Swingline Loan Request”). Promptly upon receipt of any Swingline Loan Request (but in no event later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of such receipt), the Swingline Lender shall promptly notify the Control Party and the Trustee thereof in writing. Each borrowing under the Swingline Commitment shall be in a minimum amount equal to $100,000. Promptly upon receipt of any Swingline Loan Request (but in no event later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of such receipt), the Administrative Agent (based, with respect to any portion of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount held by any Person other than the Administrative Agent, solely on written notices received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement) will inform the Swingline Lender whether or not, after giving effect to the requested Swingline Loan, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount would exceed the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount. If the Administrative Agent confirms that the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount would not exceed the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount after giving effect to the requested Swingline Loan, then not later than 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the borrowing date specified in the Swingline Loan Request, subject to the other conditions set forth herein and in the Series 2020-1 Supplement, the Swingline Lender shall make available to the Issuer in accordance with the payment instructions set forth in such notice an amount in immediately available funds equal to the amount of the requested Swingline Loan.

(c) The Issuer hereby agrees that each Swingline Loan made by the Swingline Lender to the Issuer pursuant to Section 2.06(a) shall constitute the promise and obligation of the Issuer to pay to the Swingline Lender the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Swingline Loans made by such Swingline Lender pursuant to Section 2.06(a), which amounts shall be due and payable (whether at maturity or by acceleration) as set forth in this Agreement and in the Indenture for the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount.

(d) In accordance with Section 2.03(a), the Issuer agrees to cause requests for Borrowings to be made at least one time per month, for each month any Swingline Loans are outstanding for at least ten (10) Business Days during such month, if any Swingline Loans are outstanding in amounts at least sufficient to repay in full all Swingline Loans outstanding on the date of the applicable request. In accordance with Section 3.01(c), outstanding Swingline Loans shall bear interest at the Base Rate.

(e) [Intentionally omitted.]

 

21


(f) If prior to the time Advances would have otherwise been made pursuant to Section 2.06(d), an Event of Bankruptcy shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor or if for any other reason, as determined by the Swingline Lender in its sole and absolute discretion, Advances may not be made as contemplated by Section 2.06(d), each Committed Note Purchaser shall, on the date such Advances were to have been made pursuant to the notice referred to in Section 2.06(d), purchase for cash an undivided participating interest in the then-outstanding Swingline Loans by paying to the Swingline Lender an amount (the “Swingline Participation Amount”) equal to (i) its Committed Note Purchaser Percentage multiplied by (ii) the related Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage multiplied by (iii) the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding that was to have been repaid with such Advances.

(g) Whenever, at any time after the Swingline Lender has received from any Investor such Investor’s Swingline Participation Amount, the Swingline Lender receives any payment on account of the Swingline Loans, the Swingline Lender will distribute to such Investor its Swingline Participation Amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Investor’s participating interest was outstanding and funded and, in the case of principal and interest payments, to reflect such Investor’s pro rata portion of such payment if such payment is not sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on all Swingline Loans then due); provided, however, that in the event that such payment received by the Swingline Lender is required to be returned, such Investor will return to the Swingline Lender any portion thereof previously distributed to it by the Swingline Lender.

(h) Each applicable Investor’s obligation to make the Advances referred to in Section 2.06(d) and each Committed Note Purchaser’s obligation to purchase participating interests pursuant to Section 2.06(f) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Investor, Committed Note Purchaser or the Issuer may have against the Swingline Lender, the Issuer or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Article VII other than at the time the related Swingline Loan was made; (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Issuer; (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Indenture Document by the Issuer or any other Person; or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

(i) The Issuer may, upon at least three (3) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent and the Swingline Lender, effect a permanent reduction in the Swingline Commitment; provided that any such reduction will be limited to the undrawn portion of the Swingline Commitment. If requested by the Issuer in writing and with the prior written consent of the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) increase the amount of the Swingline Commitment; provided that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of each of the Outstanding Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Advances, the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment does not exceed the aggregate amount of the Commitments.

(j) The Issuer may, upon notice to the Swingline Lender (who shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Trustee thereof in writing), at any time and from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swingline Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (x) such notice must be received by the Swingline Lender not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of the prepayment, (y) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding and (z) if the source of funds for such prepayment is not a Borrowing, there shall be no unreimbursed Debt Service Advance, Collateral Protection Advance or Manager Advance (or interest thereon) at such time. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given, the Issuer shall make such prepayment directly to the Swingline Lender and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

 

22


SECTION 2.07 L/C Commitment.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Provider (or its permitted assigns pursuant to Section 9.17), in reliance on the agreements of the Committed Note Purchasers set forth in Sections 2.08 and 2.09, agrees to provide standby letters of credit, including Interest Reserve Letters of Credit (each, a “Letter of Credit” and, collectively, the “Letters of Credit”) for the account of the Issuer or its designee on any Business Day during the period commencing on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and ending on the date that is ten (10) Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date to be issued in accordance with Section 2.07(h) in such form as may be approved from time to time by the L/C Provider; provided that the L/C Provider shall have no obligation or right to provide any Letter of Credit on a requested issuance date if, after giving effect to such issuance, (i) the L/C Obligations would exceed the L/C Commitment or (ii) the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount would exceed the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount.

Each Letter of Credit shall (x) be denominated in Dollars, (y) have a face amount of at least $25,000 or, if less than $25,000, shall bear a reasonable administrative fee to be agreed upon by the Issuer and the L/C Provider and (z) expire no later than the earlier of (A) the first anniversary of its date of issuance and (B) the date that is ten (10) Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date (the “Required Expiration Date”); provided that any Letter of Credit may provide for the automatic renewal thereof for additional periods, each individually not to exceed one year (which shall in no event extend beyond the Required Expiration Date) unless the L/C Provider notifies the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit at least thirty (30) calendar days prior to the then-applicable expiration date (or no later than the applicable notice date, if earlier, as specified in such Letter of Credit) that such Letter of Credit shall not be renewed; provided further that any Letter of Credit may have an expiration date that is later than the Required Expiration Date so long as either (x) the Undrawn L/C Face Amount with respect to such Letter of Credit has been fully cash collateralized by the Issuer in accordance with Section 4.02 or 4.03 as of the Required Expiration Date and there are no other outstanding L/C Obligations with respect to such Letter of Credit as of the Required Expiration Date or (y) other than with respect to Interest Reserve Letters of Credit, arrangements satisfactory to the L/C Provider in its sole and absolute discretion have been made with the L/C Provider (and, if the L/C Provider is not the L/C Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuing Bank) pursuant to Section 4.04 such that such Letter of Credit shall cease to be deemed outstanding or to be deemed a “Letter of Credit” for purposes of this Agreement as of the Commitment Termination Date.

Additionally, each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit shall (1) name each of (A) the Trustee, for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders or the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, as applicable, and (B) the Control Party, as the beneficiary thereof; (2) allow the Trustee or the Control Party to submit a notice of drawing in respect of such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit whenever amounts would otherwise be required to be withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, pursuant to the Indenture; and (3) indicate by its terms that the proceeds in respect of drawings under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit shall be paid directly into the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable.

The L/C Provider shall not at any time be obligated to (I) provide any Letter of Credit hereunder if such issuance would violate, or cause any L/C Issuing Bank to exceed any limits imposed by, any applicable Requirement of Law or (II) amend any Letter of Credit hereunder if (1) the L/C Provider would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof or (2) each beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

 

23


(b) On the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture and this Agreement, and in reliance on the covenants, representations and agreements set forth herein and therein, the Issuer shall issue and shall cause the Trustee to authenticate the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Note, which the Issuer shall deliver to the L/C Provider on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date; provided that, if such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Note is an Uncertificated Note, the Trustee shall instead register it as described in Section 4.1(f) of the Series 2020-1 Supplement. Such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Note shall be dated the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, shall be registered in the name of the L/C Provider or in such other name or nominee as the L/C Provider may request, shall have a maximum principal amount equal to the L/C Commitment, shall have an initial outstanding principal amount equal to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Initial Aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amount, and (unless it is an Uncertificated Note) shall be duly authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. Each issuance of a Letter of Credit after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date will constitute an Increase in the outstanding principal amount evidenced by the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Note in an amount corresponding to the Undrawn L/C Face Amount of such Letter of Credit. All L/C Obligations (whether in respect of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts or Unreimbursed L/C Drawings) shall be deemed to be principal outstanding under the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Note and shall be deemed to be Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amounts for all purposes of this Agreement, the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents other than, in the case of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts, for purposes of accrual of interest. Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Series 2020-1 Supplement, each issuance of a Letter of Credit will constitute a Subfacility Increase in the outstanding principal amount evidenced by the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Note and the expiration of any Letter of Credit or reimbursements of any Unreimbursed L/C Drawings thereunder or other circumstances resulting in the permanent reduction in any Undrawn L/C Face Amounts from time to time will constitute a Subfacility Decrease in the outstanding principal amount evidenced by the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Note. The L/C Provider and the Issuer agree to promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Trustee of any such decreases for which notice to the Administrative Agent is not otherwise provided hereunder.

(c) The Issuer may (or shall cause the Manager on its behalf to) from time to time request that the L/C Provider provide a new Letter of Credit by delivering to the L/C Provider at its address for notices specified herein an Application therefor (in the form required by the applicable L/C Issuing Bank as notified to the Issuer by the L/C Provider), completed to the satisfaction of the L/C Provider, and such other certificates, documents and other papers and information as the L/C Provider may reasonably request on behalf of the L/C Issuing Bank. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the letters of credit set forth on Schedule IV hereto shall be deemed Letters of Credit provided and issued by the L/C Provider hereunder as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date. Upon receipt of any completed Application, the L/C Provider will notify the Administrative Agent and the Trustee in writing of the amount, the beneficiary or beneficiaries and the requested expiration of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall comply with Section 2.07(a) and (i)) and, subject to the other conditions set forth herein and in the Series 2020-1 Supplement and upon receipt of written confirmation from the Administrative Agent (based, with respect to any portion of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount held by any Person other than the Administrative Agent, solely on written notices received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement) that after giving effect to the requested issuance, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount would not exceed the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount (provided that the L/C Provider shall be entitled to rely upon any written statement, paper or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person or Persons of the Administrative Agent for purposes of determining whether the L/C Provider received such prior written confirmation from the Administrative Agent with respect to any Letter of Credit), the L/C Provider will cause such Application and the certificates, documents and other papers and information delivered in connection therewith to be processed in accordance with the L/C Issuing Bank’s customary procedures and shall promptly provide the Letter of Credit requested thereby (but in no event shall the L/C Provider be required to provide any Letter of Credit earlier than three Business Days after its receipt of the Application therefor and all such other certificates, documents and other papers and information relating thereto, as provided in Section 2.07(a)) by issuing the original of such Letter of Credit to the beneficiary or beneficiaries thereof or as otherwise may be agreed to by the L/C Provider and the Issuer. The L/C Provider shall furnish a copy of such Letter of Credit to the Manager (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) promptly following the issuance thereof. The L/C Provider shall promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall in turn promptly furnish to the Funding Agents, the Investors, the Control Party and the Trustee, written notice of the issuance of each Letter of Credit (including the amount thereof).

 

24


(d) The Issuer shall pay ratably to the Committed Note Purchasers the L/C Quarterly Fees (as defined in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent Fee Letter, the “L/C Quarterly Fees”) in accordance with the terms of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent Fee Letter and subject to the Priority of Payments.

(e) [Intentionally omitted.]

(f) To the extent that any provision of any Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Article II, the provisions of this Article II shall apply.

(g) The Issuer may, upon at least three (3) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Provider, effect a permanent reduction in the L/C Commitment; provided that any such reduction will be limited to the undrawn portion of the L/C Commitment. If requested by the Issuer in writing and with the prior written consent of the L/C Provider and the Administrative Agent, the L/C Provider may (but shall not be obligated to) increase the amount of the L/C Commitment; provided that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of each of the Outstanding Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Advances, the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment does not exceed the aggregate amount of the Commitments.

(h) The L/C Provider shall satisfy its obligations under this Section 2.07 with respect to providing any Letter of Credit hereunder by issuing such Letter of Credit itself or through an Affiliate if the L/C Issuing Bank Rating Test is satisfied with respect to any such Affiliate. If the L/C Issuing Bank Rating Test is not satisfied with respect to any such Affiliate, then the L/C Provider or a Person selected by the Issuer (at the expense of the L/C Provider, including any expenses in connection with amendments to this Agreement necessary to effectuate the issuance of Letters of Credit by such Person hereunder) shall issue such Letter of Credit; provided that such Person satisfies the L/C Issuing Bank Rating Test (the L/C Provider (or such Affiliate of the L/C Provider) in its capacity as the issuer of such Letter of Credit or such other Person selected by the Issuer (at the expense of the L/C Provider) being referred to as the “L/C Issuing Bank” with respect to such Letter of Credit). The “L/C Issuing Bank Rating Test” is a test that is satisfied with respect to a Person issuing a Letter of Credit if the Person is a U.S. commercial bank that has, at the time of the issuance of such Letter of Credit, (i) a short-term debt credit rating of not less than “A-2” (or then equivalent grade) from S&P or KBRA and (ii) a long-term debt credit rating of not less than “BBB” (or then equivalent grade) from S&P or KBRA or such other minimum long-term unsecured debt rating as may be reasonably required by the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such proposed Letter of Credit.

Each of the parties hereto shall execute any amendments to this Agreement reasonably requested by the Issuer in order to have any letter of credit issued by a Person selected by the Issuer pursuant to this Section 2.07(h) or Section 5.17 of the Base Indenture be a “Letter of Credit” that has been issued hereunder and such Person selected by the Issuer be an “L/C Issuing Bank”.

(i) The L/C Provider and, if the L/C Provider is not the L/C Issuing Bank for any Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuing Bank shall be under no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if: (i) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as applicable, from issuing the Letter of Credit, or (ii) any law applicable to the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as applicable, or any request or directive (which request or directive, in the reasonable judgment of the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as applicable, has the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as applicable, shall prohibit the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as applicable, from issuing of letters of credit generally or the Letter of Credit in particular.

 

25


(j) Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as applicable, and the Issuer when a Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance) shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit issued hereunder.

(k) For the avoidance of doubt, the L/C Commitment shall be a sub-facility limit of the Commitment Amounts and aggregate outstanding L/C Obligations as of any date of determination shall be a component of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount on such date of determination, pursuant to the definition thereof.

(l) If, on the date that is ten (10) Business Days prior to the expiration of any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit, such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit has not been replaced or renewed and the Issuer has not otherwise deposited funds into the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, in the amounts that would otherwise be required pursuant to the Indenture had such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit not been issued, the Control Party will, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, submit a notice of drawing under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit and use the proceeds thereof to fund a deposit into the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, in an amount equal to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount, as applicable, on such date, in each case calculated as if such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit had not been issued.

SECTION 2.08 L/C Reimbursement Obligations.

(a) For the purpose of reimbursing the payment of any draft presented under any Letter of Credit, the Issuer agrees to pay the L/C Provider, for its own account or for the account of the L/C Issuing Bank, as applicable, not later than five (5) Business Days after the day (subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments) on which the L/C Provider notifies the Issuer and the Administrative Agent (and in each case the Administrative Agent shall promptly, and in any event by 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the same Business Day as its receipt of the same, notify the Funding Agents) of the date and the amount of such draft, an amount in Dollars equal to (A) the sum of (i) the amount of such draft so paid (the “L/C Reimbursement Amount”) and (ii) any Non-Excluded Taxes, fees, charges or other costs or expenses (including amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.02(c), and collectively, the “L/C Other Reimbursement Costs”) incurred by the L/C Issuing Bank in connection with such payment, minus (B) any such amounts repaid pursuant to Section 4.03(b). Unless the L/C Reimbursement Amount with respect thereto minus any such amounts repaid pursuant to Section 4.03(b) is repaid as set forth in the preceding sentence, each drawing under any Letter of Credit shall (unless an Event of Bankruptcy shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor, in which cases the procedures specified in Section 2.09 for funding by Committed Note Purchasers shall apply) constitute a request by the Issuer to the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent for a Base Rate Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.03 in the amount of the applicable L/C Reimbursement Amount minus any such amounts repaid pursuant to Section 4.03(b), and the Issuer shall be deemed to have made such request pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 2.03. The applicable L/C Other Reimbursement Amounts minus, without duplication, any such amounts repaid pursuant to Section 4.03(b), shall be paid as Class A-1 Other Amounts subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments. The applicable Investors in each Investor Group hereby agree to make Advances in an aggregate amount for each Investor Group equal to such Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage of the L/C Reimbursement Amount and L/C Other Reimbursement Costs to pay the L/C Provider. The Borrowing date with respect to such Borrowing shall be the first date on which a Base Rate Borrowing could be made pursuant to Section 2.03 if the Administrative Agent had received a notice of such Borrowing at the time the Administrative Agent receives notice from the L/C Provider of such drawing under such Letter of Credit. Such Investors shall make the amount of such Advances available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds not later than 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Borrowing date and the proceeds of such Advances shall be immediately made available by the Administrative Agent to the L/C Provider for application to the reimbursement of such drawing.

 

26


(b) The Issuer’s obligations under Section 2.08(a) shall be absolute and unconditional, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, under any and all circumstances and irrespective of (i) any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment that the Issuer may have or has had against the L/C Provider, the L/C Issuing Bank, any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit or any other Person, (ii) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (iii) payment by the L/C Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, (iv) payment by the L/C Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or any other liquidation, conservatorship, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief laws of any jurisdictions or (v) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.08(b), constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Issuer’s obligations hereunder. The Issuer also agrees that the L/C Provider and the L/C Issuing Bank shall not be responsible for, and the Issuer’s Reimbursement Obligations under Section 2.08(a) shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among the Issuer and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other party to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims whatsoever of the Issuer against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee. Neither the L/C Provider nor the L/C Issuing Bank shall be liable for any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit, except for direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Issuer to the extent permitted by applicable law) caused by errors or omissions found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as the case may be. The Issuer agrees that any action taken or omitted by the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as the case may be, under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or the related drafts or documents, if done in the absence of gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct and in accordance with the standards of care specified in the UCC of the State of New York, shall be binding on the Issuer and shall not result in any liability of the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank to the Issuer. As between the Issuer and the L/C Issuing Bank, the Issuer hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to such beneficiary’s or transferee’s use of any Letter of Credit. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the Issuer agrees with the L/C Issuing Bank that, with respect to documents presented that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit. In connection with each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit, the Trustee and Control Party, as beneficiaries, shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Base Indenture limiting the liability of or affording rights, benefits, protections, immunities or indemnities to the Trustee and Control Party as if they were expressly set forth herein mutatis mutandis.

(c) If any draft shall be presented for payment under any Letter of Credit for which the L/C Provider has Actual Knowledge, the L/C Provider shall promptly notify the Manager, the Control Party, the Issuer and the Administrative Agent of the date and amount thereof. The responsibility of the applicable L/C Issuing Bank to the Issuer in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit shall, in addition to any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of

 

27


Credit, be limited to determining that the documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment are substantially in conformity with such Letter of Credit and, in paying such draft, such L/C Issuing Bank shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by such Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of any Person(s) executing or delivering any such document.

SECTION 2.09 L/C Participations.

(a) The L/C Provider irrevocably agrees to grant and hereby grants to each Committed Note Purchaser, and, to induce the L/C Provider to provide Letters of Credit hereunder (and, if the L/C Provider is not the L/C Issuing Bank for any Letter of Credit, to induce the L/C Provider to agree to reimburse such L/C Issuing Bank for any payment of any drafts presented thereunder), each Committed Note Purchaser irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from the L/C Provider, on the terms and conditions set forth below, for such Committed Note Purchaser’s own account and risk an undivided interest equal to its Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the related Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage of the L/C Provider’s obligations and rights under and in respect of each Letter of Credit provided hereunder and the L/C Reimbursement Amount with respect to each draft paid or reimbursed by the L/C Provider in connection therewith. Subject to Section 2.07(c), each Committed Note Purchaser unconditionally and irrevocably agrees with the L/C Provider that, if a draft is paid under any Letter of Credit for which the L/C Provider is not paid in full by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Committed Note Purchaser shall pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand of the L/C Provider an amount equal to its Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the related Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage of the L/C Reimbursement Amount with respect to such draft, or any part thereof, that is not so paid.

(b) If any amount required to be paid by any Committed Note Purchaser to the Administrative Agent for forwarding to the L/C Provider pursuant to Section 2.09(a) in respect of any unreimbursed portion of any payment made or reimbursed by the L/C Provider under any Letter of Credit is paid to the Administrative Agent for forwarding to the L/C Provider within three (3) Business Days after the date such payment is due, such Committed Note Purchaser shall pay to Administrative Agent for forwarding to the L/C Provider on demand an amount equal to the product of (i) such amount, times (ii) the daily average Federal Funds Rate during the period from and including the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Provider, times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse during such period and the denominator of which is 360. If any such amount required to be paid by any Committed Note Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.09(a) is not made available to the Administrative Agent for forwarding to the L/C Provider by such Committed Note Purchaser within three Business Days after the date such payment is due, the L/C Provider shall be entitled to recover from such Committed Note Purchaser, on demand, such amount with interest thereon calculated from such due date at the Base Rate. A certificate of the L/C Provider submitted to any Committed Note Purchaser with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.09(b), in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding on such Committed Note Purchaser. If any withholding taxes are required by law to be deducted from any amounts payable under this Section 2.09(b), the sum payable by the Committed Note Purchaser shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction has been made, the L/C Provider receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction been made.

(c) Whenever, at any time after payment has been made under any Letter of Credit and the L/C Provider has received from any Committed Note Purchaser its pro rata share of such payment in accordance with Section 2.09(a), the Administrative Agent or the L/C Provider receives any payment related to such Letter of Credit (whether directly from the Issuer or otherwise, including proceeds of collateral applied thereto by the L/C Provider), or any payment of interest on account thereof, the Administrative Agent or the L/C Provider, as the case may be, will distribute to such Committed Note Purchaser its pro rata share thereof; provided, however, that in the event that any such payment received by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Provider, as the case may be, shall be required to be returned by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Provider, such Committed Note Purchaser shall return to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Provider the portion thereof previously distributed by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Provider, as the case may be, to it.

 

28


(d) Each Committed Note Purchaser’s obligation to make the Advances referred to in Section 2.08(a) and to pay its pro rata share of any unreimbursed draft pursuant to Section 2.09(a) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Committed Note Purchaser or the Issuer may have against the L/C Provider, any L/C Issuing Bank, the Issuer or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Article VII other than at the time the related Letter of Credit was issued; (iii) an adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Issuer; (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Indenture Document by the Issuer or any other Person; (v) any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit in compliance with this Agreement or with the terms of such Letter of Credit, as applicable; or (vi) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

ARTICLE III

INTEREST AND FEES

SECTION 3.01 Interest.

(a) To the extent that an Advance is funded or maintained by a Conduit Investor through the issuance of Commercial Paper, such Advance shall bear interest at the CP Rate applicable to such Conduit Investor. To the extent that, and only for so long as, an Advance is funded or maintained by a Conduit Investor through means other than the issuance of Commercial Paper (based on its determination in good faith that it is unable to raise or is precluded or prohibited from raising, or that it is not advisable to raise, funds through the issuance of Commercial Paper in the commercial paper market of the United States to finance its purchase or maintenance of such Advance or any portion thereof (which determination may be based on any allocation method employed in good faith by such Conduit Investor), including by reason of market conditions or by reason of insufficient availability under any of its Program Support Agreement or the downgrading of any of its Program Support Providers), such Advance shall bear interest at (i) the Base Rate or (ii) if the required notice has been given pursuant to Section 3.01(b) with respect to such Advance, for any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, the Eurodollar Rate applicable to such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period for such Advance, in each case except as otherwise provided in the definition of Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period or in Section 3.03 or 3.04. Each Advance funded or maintained by a Committed Note Purchaser or a Program Support Provider shall bear interest at (i) the Base Rate or (ii) if the required notice has been given pursuant to Section 3.01(b) with respect to such Advance, for any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, the Eurodollar Rate applicable to such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period for such Advance, in each case except as otherwise provided in the definition of Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period or in Section 3.03 or 3.04. By (x) 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding each Quarterly Calculation Date, each Funding Agent shall notify the Administrative Agent of the applicable CP Rate for each Advance made by its Investor Group that was funded or maintained through the issuance of Commercial Paper and was outstanding during all or any portion of the Interest Accrual Period ending immediately prior to such Quarterly Calculation Date and (y) 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Issuer, the Manager, the Trustee, the Servicer and the Funding Agents of such applicable CP Rate and of the applicable interest rate for each other Advance for such Interest Accrual Period and of the amount of interest accrued on Advances during such Interest Accrual Period.

 

29


(b) With respect to any Advance (other than one funded or maintained by a Conduit Investor through the issuance of Commercial Paper), so long as no Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Period or Event of Default has commenced and is continuing, the Issuer may elect that such Advance bear interest at the Eurodollar Rate for any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period (which shall be a period with a term of, at the election of the Issuer subject to the proviso in the definition of Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, one month, two months, three months or six months (or, at the discretion of the Holders of the Class A-1 Notes, twelve months)) while such Advance is outstanding to the extent provided in Section 3.01(a) by giving notice thereof (including notice of the Issuer’s election of the term for the applicable Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period) to the Funding Agents prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date which is two (2) Eurodollar Business Days prior to the commencement of such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period. If such notice is not given in a timely manner, such Advance shall bear interest at the Base Rate. Each such conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Advances for a new Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period in accordance with this Section 3.01(b) shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000 or an integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof.

(c) Any outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings shall bear interest at the Base Rate. By (x) 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Swingline Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent in reasonable detail of the amount of interest accrued on any Swingline Loans during the Interest Accrual Period (as defined in clause (g) below) ending on such date and the L/C Provider shall notify the Administrative Agent in reasonable detail of the amount of interest accrued on any Unreimbursed L/C Drawings during such Interest Accrual Period and the amount of fees accrued on any Undrawn L/C Face Amounts during such Interest Accrual Period and (y) 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such date, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Servicer, the Trustee, the Issuer and the Manager of the amount of such accrued interest and fees as set forth in such notices.

(d) All accrued interest pursuant to Section 3.01(a) or (c) shall be due and payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

(e) In addition, under the circumstances set forth in Section 3.4 of the Series 2020-1 Supplement, the Issuer shall pay quarterly interest in respect of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount in an amount equal to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest payable pursuant to such Section 3.4 subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(f) All computations of interest at the CP Rate and the Eurodollar Rate, all computations of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest (other than any accruing on any Base Rate Advances) and all computations of fees shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days and the actual number of days elapsed. All computations of interest at the Base Rate and all computations of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest accruing on any Base Rate Advances shall be made on the basis of a 365 (or 366, as applicable) day year and actual number of days elapsed. Whenever any payment of interest, principal or fees hereunder shall be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day unless specified otherwise in the Indenture and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of the amount of interest owed. Interest shall accrue on each Advance, Swingline Loan and Unreimbursed L/C Drawing from and including the day on which it is made to but excluding the date of repayment thereof.

(g) For purposes of the Section 3.01(c) above and the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes, “Interest Accrual Period” means a period commencing on and including the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to a Quarterly Calculation Date and ending on but excluding the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Calculation Date.

 

30


SECTION 3.02 Fees.

(a) The Issuer shall pay to the Administrative Agent for its own account the Administrative Agent Fees (as defined in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent Fee Letter, collectively, the “Administrative Agent Fees”) in accordance with the terms of the Series 2020-1 Class A- 1 Administrative Agent Fee Letter and subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(b) On each Quarterly Payment Date on or prior to the Commitment Termination Date, the Issuer shall, in accordance with Section 4.01, pay to each Funding Agent, for the account of the related Committed Note Purchaser(s), the Undrawn Commitment Fees (as defined in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Committed Lender Fee Letter, the “Undrawn Commitment Fees”) in accordance with the terms of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Committed Lender Fee Letter and subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(c) The Issuer shall pay (i) the fees required pursuant to Section 2.07 in respect of Letters of Credit and (ii) any other fees set forth in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Committed Lender Fee Letter and the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent Fee Letter, as applicable (including, without limitation, the Upfront Commitment Fees) subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(d) All fees payable pursuant to this Section 3.02 shall be calculated in accordance with Section 3.01(f) and paid on the date due in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture. Once paid, all fees shall be nonrefundable under all circumstances other than manifest error.

SECTION 3.03 Eurodollar Lending Unlawful. If any Investor or Program Support Provider shall determine that any Change in Law makes it unlawful, or any Official Body asserts that it is unlawful, for any such Person to fund or maintain any Advance as a Eurodollar Advance, the obligation of such Person to fund or maintain any such Advance as a Eurodollar Advance shall, upon such determination, forthwith be suspended until such Person shall notify the Administrative Agent, the related Funding Agent, the Manager and the Issuer that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist, and all then-outstanding Eurodollar Advances of such Person shall be automatically converted into Base Rate Advances at the end of the then-current Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period with respect thereto or sooner, if required by such law or assertion.

SECTION 3.04 Deposits Unavailable. If the Administrative Agent shall have determined that:

(a) by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable hereunder to the Eurodollar Advances; or

(b) with respect to any interest rate otherwise applicable hereunder to any Eurodollar Advances the Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period for which has not then commenced, Investor Groups holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the Eurodollar Advances have determined that such interest rate will not adequately reflect the cost to them of funding, agreeing to fund or maintaining such Eurodollar Advances for such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, then, upon notice from the Administrative Agent (which, in the case of clause (b) above, the Administrative Agent shall give upon obtaining actual knowledge that such percentage of the Investor Groups have so determined) to the Funding Agents, the Manager and the Issuer, the obligations of the Investors to fund or maintain any Advance as a Eurodollar Advance after the end of the then-current Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, if any, with respect thereto shall forthwith be suspended and on the date such notice is given such Advances will convert to Base Rate Advances until the Administrative Agent has notified the Funding Agents and the Issuer that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist.

 

31


(c) (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Transaction Document, upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, the Administrative Agent and the Issuer may amend this Agreement to replace LIBOR with a Benchmark Replacement. Any such amendment with respect to a Benchmark Transition Event will become effective at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the Administrative Agent has posted such proposed amendment to all Investor Groups and the Issuer so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such amendment from Investor Groups comprising the Required Investor Groups. Any such amendment with respect to an Early Opt-in Election will become effective on the date that Investor Groups comprising the Required Investor Groups have delivered to the Administrative Agent written notice that such Required Investor Groups accept such amendment. No replacement of LIBOR with a Benchmark Replacement pursuant to this Section 3.04(c) will occur prior to the applicable Benchmark Transition Start Date.

      (i) In connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Transaction Document, any amendments implementing such Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Issuer and the Investor Groups of (A) any occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date and Benchmark Transition Start Date, (B) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, (C) the effectiveness of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes and (D) the commencement or conclusion of any Benchmark Unavailability Period. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Administrative Agent or Investor Groups pursuant to this Section 3.04(c), including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its or their sole discretion and without consent from any other party hereto, except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this Section 3.04(c). Upon the Issuer’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period, the Issuer may revoke any request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Advances to be made, converted or continued during any Benchmark Unavailability Period and, failing that, the Issuer will be deemed to have converted any such request into a request for a Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Advances. During any Benchmark Unavailability Period, the component of the Base Rate based upon LIBOR will not be used in any determination of the Base Rate.

SECTION 3.05 Increased Costs, etc. The Issuer agrees to reimburse each Investor and any Program Support Provider (each, an “Affected Person”, which term, for purposes of Sections 3.07 and 3.08, shall also include the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuing Bank) for any increase in the cost of, or any reduction in the amount of any sum receivable by any such Affected Person, including reductions in the rate of return on such Affected Person’s capital, in respect of funding or maintaining (or of its obligation to fund or maintain) any Advances that arise in connection with any Change in Law, except for any Change in Law with respect to increased capital costs and Class A-1 Taxes which shall be governed by Sections 3.07 and 3.08, respectively (whether or not amounts are payable thereunder in respect thereof). Each such demand shall be provided to the related Funding Agent and the Issuer in writing and shall state, in reasonable detail, the reasons therefor and the additional amount required fully to compensate such Affected Person for such increased cost or reduced amount of return; provided that any such demand claiming reimbursement for increased costs resulting from a Change in Law described in clause (x) or (y) above shall, in addition, state the basis upon which such amount has been calculated and certify that such Affected Person’s method of allocating such costs is fair and reasonable and that such Affected Person’s demand for payment of such costs hereunder, and such method of allocation, is consistent with, or more favorable than, its treatment of other borrowers which, as a credit matter, are

 

32


substantially similar to the Issuer and which are subject to similar provisions. Such additional amounts (“Increased Costs”) shall be deposited into the Collection Account by the Issuer within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of such notice to be payable as Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Other Amounts, subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments, to the Administrative Agent and by the Administrative Agent to such Funding Agent and by such Funding Agent directly to such Affected Person, and such notice shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Issuer; provided that with respect to any notice given to the Issuer under this Section 3.05 the Issuer shall not be under any obligation to pay any amount with respect to any period prior to the date that is nine (9) months prior to such demand if the relevant Affected Person knew or could reasonably have been expected to know of the circumstances giving rise to such increased costs or reductions in the rate of return (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such Increased Costs is retroactive, then the nine month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

SECTION 3.06 Funding Losses. In the event any Affected Person shall incur any loss or expense (including any loss or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Affected Person to fund or maintain any portion of the principal amount of any Advance as a Eurodollar Advance) as a result of:

(a) any conversion, repayment, prepayment or redemption (for any reason, including, without limitation, as a result of any Decrease or the acceleration of the maturity of such Eurodollar Advance) of the principal amount of any Eurodollar Advance on a date other than the scheduled last day of the Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period applicable thereto;

(b) any Advance not being funded or maintained as a Eurodollar Advance after a request therefor has been made in accordance with the terms contained herein (for a reason other than the failure of such Affected Person to make an Advance after all conditions thereto have been met); or

(c) any failure of the Issuer to make a Decrease, prepayment or redemption with respect to any Eurodollar Advance after giving notice thereof pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Series 2020-1 Supplement;

then, upon the written notice of any Affected Person to the related Funding Agent and the Issuer, the Issuer shall pay, within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of such notice, in the form of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Other Amounts, subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments, to the Administrative Agent and by the Administrative Agent to such Funding Agent and such Funding Agent shall pay directly to such Affected Person such amount (“Breakage Amount” or “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Breakage Amount”) as will (in the reasonable determination of such Affected Person) reimburse such Affected Person for such loss or expense. With respect to any notice given to the Issuer under this Section 3.06 the Issuer shall not be under any obligation to pay any amount with respect to any period prior to the date that is nine (9) months prior to such demand if the relevant Affected Person knew or could reasonably have been expected to know of the circumstances giving rise to such loss or expense. Such written notice (which shall include calculations in reasonable detail) shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Issuer.

SECTION 3.07 Increased Capital or Liquidity Costs. If any Change in Law affects or would affect the amount of capital or liquidity required or reasonably expected to be maintained by any Affected Person or any Person controlling such Affected Person and such Affected Person determines in its sole and absolute discretion that the rate of return on its or such controlling Person’s capital as a consequence of its commitment hereunder or under a Program Support Agreement or the Advances, Swingline Loans or Letters of Credit made or issued by such Affected Person is reduced to a level below that which such Affected Person or such controlling Person would have achieved but for the occurrence of any such circumstance, then, in any such case after notice from time to time by such Affected Person (or in the case of an L/C Issuing Bank, by the L/C Provider) to the related Funding Agent and the Issuer

 

33


(or, in the case of the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, to the Issuer), the Issuer shall deposit into the Collection Account within ten (10) Business Days of the Issuer’s receipt of such notice, to be payable as Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Other Amounts, subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments, to the Administrative Agent and by the Administrative Agent to such Funding Agent (or, in the case of the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, directly to such Person) and such Funding Agent shall pay to such Affected Person, such amounts (“Increased Capital Costs”) as will be sufficient to compensate such Affected Person or such controlling Person for such reduction in rate of return; provided that with respect to any notice given to the Issuer under this Section 3.07 the Issuer shall not be under any obligation to pay any amount with respect to any period prior to the date that is nine (9) months prior to such demand if the relevant Affected Person knew or could reasonably have been expected to know of the Change in Law (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such Increased Capital Costs is retroactive, then the nine month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof). A statement of such Affected Person as to any such additional amount or amounts (including calculations thereof in reasonable detail), in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding on the Issuer. In determining such additional amount, such Affected Person may use any method of averaging and attribution that it (in its reasonable discretion) shall deem applicable so long as it applies such method to other similar transactions. For purposes of this Agreement, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all regulations, requests, guidelines or directives issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case, pursuant to Basel III, are deemed to have gone into effect and been adopted subsequent to the date hereof.

SECTION 3.08 Taxes.

(a) Except as otherwise required by law, all payments by or on behalf of the Issuer of principal of, and interest on, the Advances, the Swingline Loans and the L/C Obligations and all other amounts payable hereunder (including fees) shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future income, excise, documentary, property, stamp or franchise taxes and other taxes, fees, duties, withholdings or other charges in the nature of a tax imposed by any taxing authority including all interest, penalties or additions to tax and other liabilities with respect thereto (all such taxes, fees, duties, withholdings and other charges, and including all interest, penalties or additions to tax and other liabilities with respect thereto, being called “Class A-1 Taxes”), but excluding in the case of any Affected Person (i) net income, franchise (imposed in lieu of net income) or similar Class A-1 Taxes (and including branch profits or alternative minimum Class A-1 Taxes) and any other Class A-1 Taxes imposed or levied on the Affected Person as a result of a present or former connection between the Affected Person and the jurisdiction of the governmental authority imposing such Class A-1 Taxes (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein) (other than any such connection arising solely from such Affected Person having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document), (ii) with respect to any Affected Person organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state of the United States (a “Foreign Affected Person”), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to the Foreign Affected Person at the time the Foreign Affected Person becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent that such Foreign Affected Person (or its assignor, if any) was already entitled, at the time of the designation of the new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Issuer with respect to withholding tax, (iii) any taxes imposed under FATCA, (iv) any backup withholding tax and (v) any Class A-1 Taxes imposed as a result of such Affected Person’s failure to comply with Section 3.08(d) (such Class A-1 Taxes not excluded by (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) above being called “Non-Excluded Taxes”). If any Class A-1 Taxes are imposed and required by law to be withheld or deducted from any amount payable by the Issuer hereunder to an Affected Person, then (x) if such Class A-1 Taxes are Non-Excluded Taxes, the amount of the payment shall be increased so that such payment is made, after withholding or deduction for or on account of such Non-Excluded Taxes, in an amount that is not less than the amount equal to the sum that would have been

 

34


received by the Affected Person had no such deduction or withholding been required and (y) the Issuer shall withhold the amount of such Class A-1 Taxes from such payment (as increased, if applicable, pursuant to the preceding clause (x)) and shall pay such amount, subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments, to the taxing authority imposing such Class A-1 Taxes in accordance with applicable law.

(b) Without duplication of amounts payable under Section 3.08(a), if any Non- Excluded Taxes are directly asserted against any Affected Person with respect to any payment received by such Affected Person from the Issuer or otherwise in respect of any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated therein, such Affected Person or its agent may pay such Non-Excluded Taxes and the Issuer will, within fifteen (15) Business Days of the related Funding Agent’s and Issuer’s receipt of written notice stating the amount of such Non-Excluded Taxes (including the calculation thereof in reasonable detail), deposit into the Collection Account, to be distributed as Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Other Amounts, subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments, to the Administrative Agent and by the Administrative Agent to such Funding Agent and by such Funding Agent directly to such Affected Persons, such additional amounts (collectively, “Increased Tax Costs,” which term shall include all amounts payable by or on behalf of the Issuer pursuant to this Section 3.08) as is necessary in order that the net amount received by such Affected Person after the payment of such Non-Excluded Taxes (including any Non-Excluded Taxes on such Increased Tax Costs) shall equal the amount such Person would have received had no such Non-Excluded Taxes been asserted. Any amount payable to an Affected Person under this Section 3.08 shall be reduced by, and Increased Tax Costs shall not include, the amount of incremental damages (including Class A-1 Taxes) due or payable by the Issuer as a direct result of such Affected Person’s failure to demand from the Issuer additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.08 within 180 days from the date on which the related Non-Excluded Taxes were incurred.

(c) As promptly as practicable after the payment of any Class A-1 Taxes, and in any event within thirty (30) days of any such payment being due, the Issuer shall furnish to each applicable Affected Person or its agents a certified copy of an official receipt (or other documentary evidence satisfactory to such Affected Person and agents) evidencing the payment of such Class A-1 Taxes. If the Issuer fails to pay any Class A-1 Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fail to remit to the Affected Persons or their agents the required receipts (or such other documentary evidence), the Issuer shall indemnify (by depositing such amounts into the Collection Account, to be distributed subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments) each Affected Person and its agents for any Non-Excluded Taxes that may become payable by any such Affected Person or its agents as a result of any such failure.

(d) Each Affected Person on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter as soon as practicable after the obsolescence, expiration or invalidity of any form or document previously delivered or within a reasonable period of time following a written request by the Issuer or the Administrative Agent) shall deliver to the Issuer and the Administrative Agent a United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, Form W-8BEN-E, Form W-8ECI, Form W-8IMY or Form W-9, as applicable, or applicable successor form, or such other forms or documents (or successor forms or documents), appropriately completed and executed, as may be applicable, as will permit the Issuer or the Administrative Agent, in their reasonable determination, to establish the extent to which a payment to such Affected Person is exempt from, or eligible for a reduced rate of, United States federal withholding taxes including but not limited to, such information necessary to claim the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under the Code and to determine whether or not such Affected Person is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Promptly following the receipt of a written request by the Issuer or the Administrative Agent, each Affected Person shall deliver to the Issuer and the Administrative Agent any other forms or documents (or successor forms or documents) appropriately completed and executed, as may be applicable to establish the extent to which a payment to such Affected Person is exempt from withholding or deduction of Non-Excluded Taxes other than United States federal withholding taxes. The Issuer shall not be required to pay any increased amount under Section 3.08(a) or Section 3.08(b) to an Affected Person in respect of the

 

35


withholding or deduction of United States federal withholding taxes or other Non-Excluded Taxes imposed as the result of the failure or inability (other than as a result of a Change in Law) of such Affected Person to comply with the requirements set forth in this Section 3.08(d). The Issuer may rely on any form or document provided pursuant to this Section 3.08(d) until notified otherwise by the Affected Person that delivered such form or document. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no Affected Person shall be required to deliver any documentation that it is not legally eligible to deliver as a result of a change in applicable law after the time the Affected Person becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office).

(e) If a payment made to an Affected Person pursuant to this Agreement would be subject to United States federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Affected Person were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Affected Person shall deliver to the Issuer and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Issuer or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Issuer or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Issuer and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Affected Person has complied with such Affected Person’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (e), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(f) The Issuer, Administrative Agent, Trustee, Paying Agent or any other withholding agent may deduct and withhold any Class A-1 Taxes required by any laws to be deducted and withheld from any payments pursuant to this Agreement.

(g) If any governmental authority asserts that the Issuer or the Administrative Agent or other withholding agent did not properly withhold or backup withhold, as the case may be, any Class A-1 Taxes from payments made to or for the account of any Affected Person, then to the extent such improper withholding or backup withholding was caused by such Affected Person’s actions or inactions, such Affected Person shall indemnify the Issuer, Trustee, Paying Agent and the Administrative Agent for any Class A-1 Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts payable to the Issuer and the Administrative Agent under this Section 3.08, and costs and expenses (including attorney costs) of the Issuer, Trustee, Paying Agent and the Administrative Agent. The obligation of the Affected Persons, severally, under this Section 3.08 shall survive any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, an Affected Person or the termination of the aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.

(h) Prior to the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Administrative Agent will provide the Issuer with, as appropriate, (i) a properly executed and completed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or (ii) (I) a properly executed and completed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W- 8ECI with respect to fees received on its own behalf and (II) a properly executed and completed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY certifying that it is a “U.S. branch” and that it is using such form as evidence of its agreement with the Borrower to be treated as a United States person with respect to such payments (and the Borrower agrees to so treat the Administrative Agent as a United States person with respect to such payments as contemplated by Treasury Regulation Section 1.1441-1(b)(2)(iv)(A)).

(i) If an Affected Person determines, in its sole reasonable discretion, that it has received a refund of any Non-Excluded Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 3.08 or as to which it has been paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.08, it shall promptly notify the Issuer and the Manager in writing of such refund and shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of a written request from the Issuer, pay over such refund to the Issuer (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made or additional amounts paid to such Affected Person under this Section 3.08 with respect to the Non-Excluded Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses

 

36


(including the net amount of Class A-1 Taxes, if any, imposed on or with respect to such refund or payment) of the Affected Person and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant taxing authority that is directly attributable to such refund of such Non-Excluded Taxes); provided that the Issuer, as soon as reasonably practicable upon the request of the Affected Person (which request shall include a calculation in reasonable detail of the amount to be repaid), agrees to repay the amount of the refund (and any applicable interest) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant taxing authority with respect to such amount) to the Affected Person in the event the Affected Person is required to repay such refund to such taxing authority. This Section 3.08 shall not be construed to require the Affected Person to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its Class A-1 Taxes that it reasonably deems confidential) to the Issuer or any other Person.

SECTION 3.09 Change of Lending Office. Each Committed Note Purchaser agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 3.05 or 3.07 or the payment of additional amounts to it under Section 3.08(a) or (b), in each case with respect to an Affected Person in such Committed Note Purchaser’s Investor Group, it will, if requested by the Issuer, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Committed Note Purchaser) to designate, or cause the designation of, another lending office for any Advances affected by such event with the object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Committed Note Purchaser, cause such Committed Note Purchaser and its lending office(s) or the related Affected Person to suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage; and provided, further, that nothing in this Section 3.09 shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Issuer or the rights of any Committed Note Purchaser pursuant to Section 3.05, 3.07 and 3.08. If a Committed Note Purchaser notifies the Issuer in writing that such Committed Note Purchaser will be unable to designate, or cause the designation of, another lending office, the Issuer may replace every member (but not any subset thereof) of such Committed Note Purchaser’s entire Investor Group by giving written notice to each member of such Investor Group and the Administrative Agent designating one or more Persons that are willing and able to purchase each member of such Investor Group’s rights and obligations under this Agreement for a purchase price that with respect to each such member of such Investor Group will equal the amount owed to each such member of such Investor Group with respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes (whether arising under the Indenture, this Agreement, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes or otherwise). Upon receipt of such written notice, each member of such Investor Group shall assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement pursuant to and in accordance with Sections 9.17(a), (b) and (c), as applicable, in consideration for such purchase price and at the reasonable expense of the Issuer (including, without limitation, the reasonable documented fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel to each such member); provided, however, that no member of such Investor Group shall be obligated to assign any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement if the purchase price to be paid to such member is not at least equal to the amount owed to such member with respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes (whether arising under the Indenture, this Agreement, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes or otherwise).

ARTICLE IV

OTHER PAYMENT TERMS

SECTION 4.01 Time and Method of Payment. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.02, all amounts payable to any Funding Agent or Investor hereunder or with respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the applicable Person, by wire transfer of immediately available funds in Dollars not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date due. The Administrative Agent will promptly, and in any event by 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the same Business Day as its receipt or deemed receipt of the same, distribute to the applicable Funding Agent for the benefit of the applicable Person, or upon the order of the applicable Funding Agent for the benefit of the applicable Person, its pro rata share (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment by wire transfer in like funds as received. Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.07 and Section 4.02, all amounts payable to the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider hereunder or with respect to the Swingline Loans and L/C Obligations shall be made to or

 

37


upon the order of the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, respectively, by wire transfer of immediately available funds in Dollars not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date due. Any funds received after that time will be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day. The Issuer’s obligations hereunder in respect of any amounts payable to any Investor shall be discharged to the extent funds are disbursed by the Issuer to the Administrative Agent as provided herein or by the Trustee or Paying Agent in accordance with Section 4.02 whether or not such funds are properly applied by the Administrative Agent or by the Trustee or Paying Agent. The Administrative Agent’s obligations hereunder in respect of any amounts payable to any Investor shall be discharged to the extent funds are disbursed by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Funding Agent as provided herein whether or not such funds are properly applied by such Funding Agent.

SECTION 4.02 Order of Distributions. Subject to Section 9.18(c)(ii), any amounts deposited into the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account in respect of accrued interest, letter of credit fees or undrawn commitment fees, but excluding amounts allocated for the purpose of reducing the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount, shall be distributed by the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as applicable, on the date due and payable under the Indenture and in the manner provided therein, to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholders of record on the applicable Record Date, ratably in proportion to the respective amounts due to such payees at each applicable level of the Priority of Payments in accordance with the applicable Quarterly Noteholders’ Report or Weekly Manager’s Certificate, as applicable.

Subject to Section 9.18(c)(ii), any amounts deposited into the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Distribution Account for the purpose of reducing the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount shall be distributed by the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as applicable, on the date due and payable under the Indenture and in the manner provided therein, to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholders of record on the applicable Record Date, in the following order of priority (which the Issuer shall cause to be set forth in the applicable Quarterly Noteholders’ Report or Weekly Manager’s Certificate, as applicable): first, to the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider in respect of outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings, to the extent Unreimbursed L/C Drawings cannot be reimbursed pursuant to Section 2.08, ratably in proportion to the respective amounts due to such payees; second, to the other Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholders in respect of their outstanding Advances, ratably in proportion thereto; and, third, any balance remaining of such amounts (up to an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts at such time) shall be paid to the L/C Provider, to be deposited by the L/C Provider into a cash collateral account in the name of the L/C Provider in accordance with Section 4.03(b).

Any amounts distributed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Priority of Payments in respect of any other amounts related to the Class A-1 Notes shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 4.01 on the date such amounts are due and payable hereunder to the applicable Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholders and/or the Administrative Agent for its own account, as applicable, ratably in proportion to the respective aggregate of such amounts due to such payees.

SECTION 4.03 L/C Cash Collateral.

(a) If as of five (5) Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date, any Undrawn L/C Face Amounts remain in effect, the Issuer shall either (i) provide cash collateral (in an aggregate amount equal to the amount of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts at such time, to the extent that such amount of cash collateral has not been provided pursuant to Section 4.02 or 9.18(c)(ii)) to the L/C Provider, to be deposited by the L/C Provider into a cash collateral account in the name of the L/C Provider in accordance with Section 4.03(b) or (ii) other than with respect to Interest Reserve Letters of Credit, make arrangements satisfactory to the L/C Provider in its sole and absolute discretion with the L/C Provider (and, if the L/C Provider is not the L/C Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuing Bank) pursuant to Section 4.04 such that any Letters of Credit that remain outstanding as of the date that is ten (10) Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date shall cease to be deemed outstanding or to be deemed “Letters of Credit” for purposes of this Agreement as of the Commitment Termination Date.

 

 

38


(b) All amounts to be deposited in a cash collateral account pursuant to Section 4.02, Section 4.03(a) or Section 9.18(c)(ii) shall be held by the L/C Provider as collateral to secure the Issuer’s Reimbursement Obligations with respect to any outstanding Letters of Credit. The L/C Provider shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposit in Eligible Investments, which investments shall be made at the written direction, and at the risk and expense, of the Issuer (provided that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such investments shall be made solely at the option and sole discretion of the L/C Provider), such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account and all Class A-1 Taxes on such amounts shall be payable by the Issuer. Moneys in such account shall automatically be applied by such L/C Provider to reimburse it for any Unreimbursed L/C Drawings. Upon expiration of all then-outstanding Letters of Credit and payment in full of all Unreimbursed L/C Drawings, any balance remaining in such account shall promptly be paid over (i) if the Base Indenture and any Series Supplement remain in effect, to the Trustee to be deposited into the Collection Account and distributed in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture and (ii) otherwise to the Issuer; provided that, upon an Investor ceasing to be a Defaulting Investor in accordance with Section 9.18(d), any amounts of cash collateral provided pursuant to Section 9.18(c)(ii) upon such Investor becoming a Defaulting Investor shall be released and applied as such amounts would have been applied had such Investor not become a Defaulting Investor.

SECTION 4.04 Alternative Arrangements with Respect to Letters of Credit. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any Transaction Document, a Letter of Credit (other than an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit) shall cease to be deemed outstanding for all purposes of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document if and to the extent that provisions, in form and substance satisfactory to the L/C Provider (and, if the L/C Provider is not the L/C Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuing Bank) in its sole and absolute discretion, have been made with respect to such Letter of Credit such that the L/C Provider (and, if applicable, the L/C Issuing Bank) has agreed in writing, with a copy of such agreement delivered to the Administrative Agent, the Control Party, the Trustee and the Issuer, that such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding hereunder, in which event such Letter of Credit shall cease to be a “Letter of Credit” as such term is used herein and in the Transaction Documents.

ARTICLE V

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE FUNDING AGENTS

SECTION 5.01 Authorization and Action of the Administrative Agent. Each of the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents hereby designates and appoints COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH as the Administrative Agent hereunder, and hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions as agent on their behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender Party or any Funding Agent, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities on the part of the Administrative Agent shall be read into this Agreement or otherwise exist for the Administrative Agent. In performing its functions and duties hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall act solely as agent for the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents and does not assume nor shall it be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of trust or agency with or for the Issuer or any of its successors or assigns. The provisions of this Article (other than the rights of the Issuer set forth in Section 5.07) are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents, and the Issuer shall not have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any such provisions. The Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its

 

39


counsel, exposes the Administrative Agent to personal liability or that is contrary to this Agreement or any Requirement of Law. The appointment and authority of the Administrative Agent hereunder shall terminate upon the indefeasible payment in full of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes and all other amounts owed by the Issuer hereunder to the Administrative Agent, all members of the Investor Groups, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider (the “Aggregate Unpaids”) and termination in full of all Commitments and the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment.

SECTION 5.02 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall apply to their respective activities as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in good faith.

SECTION 5.03 Exculpatory Provisions. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with this Agreement (except for its, their or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment), or (b) responsible in any manner to any Lender Party or any Funding Agent for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by the Issuer contained in this Agreement or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received under or in connection with, this Agreement for the due execution, legality, value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other document furnished in connection herewith, or for any failure of the Issuer to perform its obligations hereunder, or for the satisfaction of any condition specified in Article VII. The Administrative Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Investor or any Funding Agent to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements or covenants contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Issuer. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default unless the Administrative Agent has received notice in writing of such event from the Issuer, any Lender Party or any Funding Agent.

SECTION 5.04 Reliance. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the Issuer), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other document furnished in connection herewith unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of any Lender Party or any Funding Agent as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by any Lender Party or any Funding Agent; provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such advice, the Administrative Agent may take or refrain from taking any action, as the Administrative Agent shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, in accordance with a request of the Required Investor Groups and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents.

SECTION 5.05 Non-Reliance on the Administrative Agent and Other Purchasers. Each of the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereafter taken, including, without limitation, any review of the affairs of the Issuer, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent. Each of the Lender Parties and the Funding

 

40


Agents represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent that it has and will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of, and investigation into, the business, operations, property, prospects, financial and other conditions and creditworthiness of the Issuer and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement.

SECTION 5.06 The Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity. The Administrative Agent and any of its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from, and generally engage in any kind of business with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer as though the Administrative Agent were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

SECTION 5.07 Successor Administrative Agent; Defaulting Administrative Agent.

(a) The Administrative Agent may, upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Issuer and each of the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents, and the Administrative Agent will, upon the direction of the Required Investor Groups, resign as Administrative Agent. If the Administrative Agent shall resign, then the Required Investor Groups, during such 30-day period, shall appoint an Affiliate of a member of the Investor Groups as a successor administrative agent, subject to the consent of (i) the Issuer at all times other than while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (which consent of the Issuer shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and (ii) the Control Party (which consent of the Control Party shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that the Commitment of any Defaulting Investor shall be disregarded in the determination of whether any threshold percentage of Commitments has been met under this Section 5.07(a). If for any reason no successor Administrative Agent is appointed by the Investor Groups during such 30-day period, then effective upon the expiration of such 30-day period, the Issuer shall make (or cause to be made) all payments in respect of the Aggregate Unpaids or under any fee letter delivered in connection herewith (including, without limitation, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Committed Lender Fee Letter and the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent Fee Letter) directly to the Funding Agents or the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, as applicable, and the Issuer for all purposes shall deal directly with the Funding Agents or the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, as applicable, until such time, if any, as a successor administrative agent is appointed as provided above, and the Issuer shall instruct the Trustee in writing accordingly. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of Section 9.05 and this Article V shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent under this Agreement.

(b) The Issuer may, upon the occurrence of any of the following events (any such event, a “Defaulting Administrative Agent Event”) and with the consent of the Required Investor Groups remove the Administrative Agent and, upon such removal, the Investor Groups holding more than 50% of the Commitments in the case of clause (i) of the definition of “Required Investor Groups” or two thirds of the Commitments in the case of clause (ii) of the definition of “Required Investor Groups” (provided that the Commitment of any Defaulting Investor shall be disregarded in the determination of whether any threshold percentage of Commitments has been met under this Section 5.07(b)) shall appoint an Affiliate of a member of the Investor Groups as a successor administrative agent, subject to the consent of (x) the Issuer at all times other than while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (which consent of the Issuer shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and (y) the Control Party (which consent of the Control Party shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed): (i) an Event of Bankruptcy with respect to the Administrative Agent; (ii) if the Person acting as Administrative Agent or an Affiliate thereof is also an Investor, any other event pursuant to which such Person becomes a Defaulting Investor; (iii) the failure by the Administrative Agent to pay or remit any funds required to be remitted when due (in each case, if amounts are available for payment or remittance in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for application to the payment or remittance thereof) which continues for two (2) Business Days after such funds were required to be paid or remitted; (iv) any representation, warranty, certification or statement made by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or in any agreement, certificate, report or other document furnished by the Administrative Agent proves to have been false or misleading

 

41


in any material respect as of the time made or deemed made, and if such representation, warranty, certification or statement is susceptible of remedy in all material respects, is not remedied within thirty (30) calendar days after knowledge thereof or notice by the Issuer to the Administrative Agent, and if not susceptible of remedy in all material respects, upon notice by the Issuer to the Administrative Agent or (v) any act constituting the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent. If for any reason no successor Administrative Agent is appointed by the Investor Groups within thirty (30) days of the Administrative Agent’s removal pursuant to this clause (b), then effective upon the expiration of such 30-day period, the Issuer shall make all payments in respect of the Aggregate Unpaids or under any fee letter delivered in connection herewith (including, without limitation, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Committed Lender Fee Letter and the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent Fee Letter) directly to the Funding Agents or the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, as applicable, and the Issuer for all purposes shall deal directly with the Funding Agents or the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, as applicable, until such time, if any, as a successor administrative agent is appointed as provided above, and the Issuer shall instruct the Trustee in writing accordingly. After any Administrative Agent’s removal hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of Section 9.05 and this Article V shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent under this Agreement.

(c) If a Defaulting Administrative Agent Event has occurred and is continuing, the Issuer may make (or cause to be made) all payments in respect of the Aggregate Unpaids or under any fee letter delivered in connection herewith (including, without limitation, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Committed Lender Fee Letter and the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent Fee Letter) directly to the Funding Agents or the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, as applicable, and the Issuer for all purposes may deal directly with the Funding Agents or the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, as applicable.

SECTION 5.08 Authorization and Action of Funding Agents. Each Investor is hereby deemed to have designated and appointed its related Funding Agent set forth next to such Investor’s name on Schedule I (or identified as such Investor’s Funding Agent pursuant to any applicable Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement) as the agent of such Person hereunder, and hereby authorizes such Funding Agent to take such actions as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to such Funding Agent by the terms of this Agreement together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Funding Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with the related Investor Group, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities on the part of such Funding Agent shall be read into this Agreement or otherwise exist for such Funding Agent. In performing its functions and duties hereunder, each Funding Agent shall act solely as agent for the related Investor Group and does not assume nor shall it be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of trust or agency with or for the Issuer, any of its successors or assigns or any other Person. Each Funding Agent shall not be required to take any action that exposes such Funding Agent to personal liability or that is contrary to this Agreement or any Requirement of Law. The appointment and authority of the Funding Agents hereunder shall terminate upon the indefeasible payment in full of the Aggregate Unpaids of the Investor Groups and the termination in full of all the Commitments.

SECTION 5.09 Delegation of Duties. Each Funding Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Each Funding Agent shall not be responsible for the actions of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in good faith.

SECTION 5.10 Exculpatory Provisions. Each Funding Agent and its Affiliates, and each of their directors, officers, agents or employees shall not be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with this Agreement (except for its, their or such Person’s own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct), or (b) responsible in any manner to the related Investor Group for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by the Issuer

 

42


contained in this Agreement or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received under or in connection with, this Agreement, or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other document furnished in connection herewith, or for any failure of the Issuer to perform its obligations hereunder, or for the satisfaction of any condition specified in Article VII. Each Funding Agent shall not be under any obligation to the related Investor Group to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements or covenants contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Issuer. Each Funding Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default unless such Funding Agent has received notice of such event from the Issuer or any member of the related Investor Group.

SECTION 5.11 Reliance. Each Funding Agent shall in all cases be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of the Administrative Agent and legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the Issuer), independent accountants and other experts selected by such Funding Agent. Each Funding Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other document furnished in connection herewith unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the related Investor Group as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the related Investor Group; provided that unless and until such Funding Agent shall have received such advice, such Funding Agent may take or refrain from taking any action, as such Funding Agent shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the related Investor Group. Each Funding Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, in accordance with a request of the related Investor Group and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon the related Investor Group.

SECTION 5.12 Non-Reliance on the Funding Agent and Other Purchasers. The related Investor Group expressly acknowledges that its Funding Agent and any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has not made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by such Funding Agent hereafter taken, including, without limitation, any review of the affairs of the Issuer, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by such Funding Agent. The related Investor Group represents and warrants to such Funding Agent that it has and will, independently and without reliance upon such Funding Agent and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of, and investigation into, the business, operations, property, prospects, financial and other conditions and creditworthiness of the Issuer and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement.

SECTION 5.13 The Funding Agent in its Individual Capacity. Each Funding Agent and any of its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from, and generally engage in any kind of business with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer as though such Funding Agent were not a Funding Agent hereunder.

SECTION 5.14 Successor Funding Agent. Each Funding Agent will, upon the direction of the related Investor Group, resign as such Funding Agent. If such Funding Agent shall resign, then the related Investor Group shall appoint an Affiliate of a member of the related Investor Group as a successor funding agent (it being understood that such resignation shall not be effective until such successor is appointed). After any retiring Funding Agent’s resignation hereunder as Funding Agent, subject to the limitations set forth herein, the provisions of Section 9.05 and this Article V shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Funding Agent under this Agreement.

 

43


SECTION 5.15 Authorization of Transaction Documents. Each of the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents, in its capacity as a Noteholder under the Original Base Indenture as amended and restated in the form of the Base Indenture immediately following the issuance of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, hereby consents and agrees to the amendment or amendment and restatement, as applicable, of the Base Indenture and those other Transaction Documents to be amended or amended and restated on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date. Each of the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents hereby agrees and authorizes the Administrative Agent to execute and deliver a counterpart to the Omnibus Amendment and Reaffirmation Agreement confirming their consent to the final agreed forms of such amendments or amendment and restatements of the Base Indenture and such other Transaction Documents.

ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 6.01 The Issuer and Guarantors. The Issuer and the Guarantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Administrative Agent and each Lender Party, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the date of each Advance made hereunder, that:

(a) each of their representations and warranties made in favor of the Trustee or the Noteholders in the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents (other than a Transaction Document relating solely to a Series of Notes other than the Series 2020-1 Notes) is true and correct (a) if not qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all material respects and (b) if qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects, as of the date originally made, as of the date hereof and as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date);

(b) no (i) Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (ii) no Cash Trapping Period is in effect;

(c) assuming the representations and warranties of each Lender Party set forth in Section 6.03 of this Agreement are true and correct, neither they nor or any of their Affiliates, have, directly or through an agent, engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising in connection with the offering of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes under the Securities Act or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act including, but not limited to, articles, notices or other communications published in any newspaper, magazine, or similar medium or broadcast over television or radio or any seminar or meeting whose attendees have been invited by any general solicitation or general advertising; provided that no representation or warranty is made with respect to the Lender Parties and their Affiliates; and none of the Issuer nor any of its Affiliates has entered into any contractual arrangement with respect to the distribution of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes, except for this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and the Issuer will not enter into any such arrangement;

(d) neither they nor any of their Affiliates have, directly or through any agent, sold, offered for sale, solicited offers to buy or otherwise negotiated in respect of, any “security” (as defined in the Securities Act) that is or will be integrated with the sale of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes in a manner that would require the registration of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes under the Securities Act;

(e) assuming the representations and warranties of each Lender Party set forth in Section 6.03 of this Agreement are true and correct, the offer and sale of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes in the manner contemplated by this Agreement is a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and the Base Indenture is not required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act;

 

44


(f) none of the Issuer or the Guarantors is required, or will be required as a result of the making of Advances and Swingline Loans and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder and the use of proceeds therefrom to be registered as an “investment company” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act, and therefore has no need to rely solely on the exemption from the definition of “investment company” set forth in Section 3(c)(1) and/or Section 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act , and none of the Issuer or the Guarantors is a “covered fund” for purposes of the Volcker Rule;

(g) the Issuer has furnished to the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent true, accurate and complete copies of all other Transaction Documents (excluding Series Supplements and other Transaction Documents relating solely to a Series of Notes other than the Series 2020-1 Notes) to which they are a party as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, all of which Transaction Documents are in full force and effect as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and no terms of any such agreements or documents have been amended, modified or otherwise waived as of such date, other than such amendments, modifications or waivers about which the Issuer has informed each Funding Agent, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider;

(h) neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor has during the last five years (i) made any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any domestic governmental official or “foreign official” (as defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “FCPA”); (iii) violated any provision of the FCPA, the Bribery Act of 2010 of the United Kingdom or any applicable non-U.S. anti-bribery statute or regulation of any other jurisdiction in which it operates its business; or (iv) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment; and the Issuer and Guarantors (or the Manager on its behalf) maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, compliance with the FCPA;

(i) the operations of the Issuer and the Guarantors are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial record-keeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Issuer or Guarantors with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of such relevant entity, threatened;

(j) neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor or, to the knowledge of the Issuer or any Guarantor, any director, officer, employee, agent or affiliate of the Issuer or any Guarantor, is in violation of any laws related to terrorism or currently the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Government, including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury (collectively, “Sanctions”); nor is such relevant entity located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the target of any Sanctions; and neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor will directly or indirectly use the proceeds of any Borrowing, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of or business with any person, or in any territory, that currently is the target of any Sanctions or in any other manner that would reasonably be expected to result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise);

(k) at such time that a Conduit Investor is a party to this Agreement, the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.6 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and Section 7.13 of the Indenture are true and correct in all respects; and

 

45


(l) at such time that a Conduit Investor is a party to this Agreement, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes and each Advance hereunder is an “eligible asset” as defined in Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act.

SECTION 6.02 The Manager. The Manager represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender Party that as of the date of this Agreement and as of the date of each Advance made hereunder, that (i) no Manager Termination Event has occurred and is continuing and (ii) each representation and warranty made by it in any Transaction Document (other than a Transaction Document relating solely to a Series of Notes other than the Series 2020-1 Notes and other than any representation or warranty in Section 4.1(i), (j) and, if applicable, (k) of any Contribution Agreement or Article V of the Management Agreement) to which it is a party (including any representations and warranties made by it in its capacity as Manager) is true and correct (a) if not qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all material respects and (b) if qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects as of the date originally made and as of the date hereof (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).

SECTION 6.03 Lender Parties. Each of the Lender Parties represents and warrants to the Issuer and the Manager as of the date hereof (or, in the case of a successor or assign of an Investor, as of the subsequent date on which such successor or assign shall become or be deemed to become a party hereto) that:

(a) it has had an opportunity to discuss the Issuer’s and the Manager’s business, management and financial affairs, and the terms and conditions of the proposed purchase of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes, with the Issuer and the Manager and their respective representatives;

(b) it is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act and has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of investing in, and is able and prepared to bear the economic risk of investing in, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes;

(c) it is purchasing the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes for its own account, or for the account of one or more “accredited investors” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act that meet the criteria described in clause (b) above and for which it is acting with complete investment discretion, for investment purposes only and not with a view to a distribution in violation of the Securities Act, subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of its property shall at all times be and remain within its control, and neither it nor its Affiliates has engaged in any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of the Securities Act, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, with respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes;

(d) it understands that (i) the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes have not been and will not be registered or qualified under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction and are being offered only in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act and may not be resold or otherwise transferred unless so registered or qualified or unless an exemption from registration or qualification is available and an opinion of counsel shall have been delivered in advance to the Issuer, (ii) the Issuer is not required to register the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction, (iii) any permitted transferee hereunder must meet the criteria in clause (b) above and (iv) any transfer must comply with the provisions of Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture, Section 4.3 of the Series 2020-1 Supplement and Section 9.03 or 9.17, as applicable, of this Agreement;

(e) it will comply with the requirements of Section 6.03(d), above, in connection with any transfer by it of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes;

 

46


(f) it understands that the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes will bear the legend set out in the form of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes attached to the Series 2020-1 Supplement and be subject to the restrictions on transfer described in such legend;

(g) it will obtain for the benefit of the Issuer from any purchaser of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes substantially the same representations and warranties contained in the foregoing paragraphs; and hereto.

(h) it has executed a Purchaser’s Letter substantially in the form of Exhibit D

ARTICLE VII

CONDITIONS

SECTION 7.01 Conditions to Issuance and Effectiveness. Each Lender Party will have no obligation to purchase the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes hereunder on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, and the Commitments, the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment will not become effective, unless:

(a) the Base Indenture, the Series 2020-1 Supplement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the other Transaction Documents shall be in full force and effect;

(b) on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received a letter, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, from S&P stating that the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes have received a rating of not less than “BBB-” and (ii) a letter from KBRA stating that the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes have received rating of not less than “BBB”;

(c) that certain risk retention letter agreement from the Manager dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date with respect to the EU risk retention rules shall have been duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Lenders; and

(d) at the time of such issuance, the additional conditions set forth in Schedule III and all other conditions to the issuance of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes under the Indenture shall have been satisfied or waived by such Lender Party.

SECTION 7.02 Conditions to Initial Extensions of Credit. The election of each Conduit Investor to fund, and the obligation of each Committed Note Purchaser to fund, the initial Borrowing hereunder, and the obligations of the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider to fund the initial Swingline Loan or provide the initial Letter of Credit hereunder, respectively, shall be subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent that (a) each Funding Agent shall have received a duly executed and authenticated Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Note registered in its name or in such other name as shall have been directed by such Funding Agent and stating that the principal amount thereof shall not exceed the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount of the related Investor Group (or, in the case of a Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Note that is an Uncertificated Note, a Confirmation of Registration with respect thereto), (b) each of the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider shall have received a duly executed and authenticated Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Note or Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Note, as applicable, registered in its name or in such other name as shall have been directed by it and stating that the principal amount thereof shall not exceed the Swingline Commitment or L/C Commitment, respectively (or, if either the initial Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Note or the initial Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Note is an Uncertificated Note, a Confirmation of Registration with respect thereto), and (c) the Issuer shall have paid all fees required to be paid by it under the Transaction Documents on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, including all fees required hereunder.

 

47


SECTION 7.03 Conditions to Each Extension of Credit. The election of each Conduit Investor to fund, and the obligation of each Committed Note Purchaser to fund, any Borrowing on any day (including the initial Borrowing but excluding any Borrowings to repay Swingline Loans or L/C Obligations pursuant to Section 2.05, 2.06 or 2.08, as applicable), and the obligations of the Swingline Lender to fund any Swingline Loan (including the initial one) and of the L/C Provider to provide any Letter of Credit (including the initial one), respectively, shall be subject to the conditions precedent that on the date of such funding or provision, before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of any proceeds therefrom, the following statements shall be true (without regard to any waiver, amendment or other modification of this Section 7.03 or any definitions used herein consented to by the Control Party unless the Required Investor Groups (provided that the Commitment of any Defaulting Investor shall be disregarded in the determination of whether any threshold percentage of Commitments has been met under this Section 7.03) have consented to such waiver, amendment or other modification for purposes of this Section 7.03); provided, however, that if a Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and been declared by the Control Party pursuant to Section 9.1(a), (b), (c) or (d) of the Base Indenture, or has occurred pursuant to Section 9.1(e) of the Base Indenture, then consent to such waiver, amendment or other modification from all Investors (provided that it shall not be the obligation of the Control Party to obtain such consent from the Investors) as well as the Control Party is required for purposes of this Section 7.03 (provided that if any Rapid Amortization Event occurring solely under (1) clause (a) of the definition thereof shall cease to be in effect as a result of being waived in accordance with the Base Indenture or (2) clause (d) of the definition thereof shall cease to be in effect as a result of being cured or waived in accordance with terms of such clause (d) set forth in the Base Indenture, then no consent of any Person shall be required for such Rapid Amortization Event to cease to be in effect for purposes of this Agreement); and provided further that if the second proviso to Section 9.01 is applicable to such waiver, amendment or other modification, then consent to such waiver, amendment or other modification from the Persons required by such proviso shall also be required for purposes of this Section 7.03):

(a) (i) the representations and warranties of the Issuer set out in this Agreement and (ii) the representations and warranties of the Manager set out in this Agreement, in each such case, shall be true and correct (A) if qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects and (B) if not qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all material respects, as of the date of such funding or issuance, with the same effect as though made on that date (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such earlier date);

(b) no Default, Event of Default, Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Cash Trapping Period or Rapid Amortization Event shall be in existence at the time of, or after giving effect to, such funding or issuance;

(c) the DSCR as calculated as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date shall not be less than 1.75x;

(d) in the case of any Borrowing, except to the extent an advance request is expressly deemed to have been delivered hereunder, the Issuer shall have delivered or have been deemed to have delivered to the Administrative Agent an executed advance request in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto with respect to such Borrowing (each such request, an “Advance Request” or a “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Request”);

(e) [reserved];

 

48


(f) each representation and warranty made by the Manager (in its capacity as the Manager) in the Management Agreement is true and correct (a) if not qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all material respects and (b) if qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects as of the date originally made, as of the date hereof and as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct as of such earlier date) (x) if qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects, and (y) if not so qualified, in all material respects as of such earlier date);

(g) the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount (including any Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount) will be funded and/or an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit will be maintained for such amount as of the date of such draw in the amounts required pursuant to the Indenture after giving effect to such draw; provided that a portion of the proceeds of such draw may be used to fund and/or maintain such Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount;

(h) all Undrawn Commitment Fees, Administrative Agent Fees and L/C Quarterly Fees due and payable on or prior to the date of such funding or issuance shall have been paid in full; and

(i) all conditions to such extension of credit or provision specified in Section 2.02, 2.03, 2.06 or 2.07 of this Agreement, as applicable, shall have been satisfied.

The giving of any notice pursuant to Section 2.03, 2.06 or 2.07, as applicable, shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Issuer and the Manager that all conditions precedent to such funding or provision have been satisfied or will be satisfied concurrently therewith.

ARTICLE VIII

COVENANTS

SECTION 8.01 Covenants. Each of the Issuer and the Manager, severally, covenants and agrees that, until all Aggregate Unpaids have been paid in full and all Commitments, the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment have been terminated, it will:

(a) unless waived in writing by the Control Party in accordance with Section 9.7 of the Base Indenture, duly and timely perform all of its covenants (both affirmative and negative) and obligations under each Transaction Document to which it is a party;

(b) not amend, modify, waive or give any approval, consent or permission under any provision of the Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party unless any such amendment, modification, waiver or other action is in writing and made in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture or such other Transaction Document, as applicable;

(c) promptly following the time any report, notice or other document is provided to the Rating Agencies and/or the Trustee, or caused to be provided, by the Issuer or the Manager under the Base Indenture (including, without limitation, under Sections 8.8, 8.9 and/or 8.11 thereof) or under the Series 2020-1 Supplement, provide the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly provide a copy thereof to the Lender Parties) with a copy of such report, notice or other document; provided, however, that neither the Manager nor the Issuer shall have any obligation under this Section 8.01(c) to deliver to the Administrative Agent copies of any Quarterly Noteholders’ Reports that relate solely to a Series of Notes other than the Series 2020-1 Notes or any documents that have been or are being provided by or are available from the Trustee;

(d) once per calendar year, following reasonable prior written notice from the Administrative Agent (the “Annual Inspection Notice”), and during regular business hours and without unreasonable interference with the business and operation of the Manager, permit any one or more of such Administrative Agent, any Funding Agent, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, or any of their respective agents, representatives or permitted assigns, at the Issuer’s expense, access (as a group, and not

 

49


individually unless only one such Person desires such access) to the offices of the Manager, the Issuer and the Guarantors, (i) to examine and make copies of and abstracts from all documentation relating to the Collateral on the same terms as are provided to the Trustee under Section 8.6 of the Base Indenture, and (ii) to visit the offices and properties of the Manager, the Issuer and the Guarantors for the purpose of examining such materials described in clause (i) above, and to discuss matters relating to the Collateral, or the administration and performance of the Base Indenture, the Series 2020-1 Supplement and the other Transaction Documents with one or more officers or managers of the Manager that have knowledge of such matters and that have been reasonably selected by the Manager; provided, however, that upon the occurrence and continuation of a Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Cash Trapping Period, Default or Event of Default, the Administrative Agent, any Funding Agent, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, or any of their respective agents, representatives or permitted assigns, at the Issuer’s expense may do any of the foregoing at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice; and provided, further, that the Funding Agents, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider will be permitted to provide input to the Administrative Agent with respect to the timing of delivery, and content, of the Annual Inspection Notice;

(e) not take, or cause to be taken, any action, including, without limitation, acquiring any margin stock (as such term is defined under the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, “Margin Stock”), that could cause the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents to fail to comply with the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U and X thereof;

(f) not permit any amounts owed with respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A- 1 Notes to be secured, directly or indirectly, by any Margin Stock in a manner that would violate the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U and X thereof;

(g) promptly provide such additional financial and other information with respect to the Transaction Documents (other than Series Supplements and Transaction Documents relating solely to a Series of Notes other than the Series 2020-1 Notes), the Issuer, the Manager or the Guarantors as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however, that neither the Issuer nor the Manager shall be required to produce reports or other information that it does not currently produce and which, in the reasonable judgment of the Manager, would be unreasonably expensive or burdensome to prepare or produce or for which the disclosure thereof would violate any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, confidentiality provision or court order;

(h) deliver to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly provide a copy thereof to the Lender Parties), the financial statements prepared pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Base Indenture promptly following the delivery of such statements under the Base Indenture;

(i) not designate equity contributions as Retained Collections Contributions to the extent such equity contributions were funded with the proceeds of a Borrowing under the Series 2020- 1 Class A-1 Notes;

(j) Promptly following any change in the information included in the Beneficial Ownership Certification that would result in a change to the list of beneficial owners or control parties identified in part (c) or (d) of such certification, the Issuer or each Guarantor, as applicable, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an updated Beneficial Ownership Certification;

(k) Promptly following any request therefor, the Issuer or each Guarantor, as applicable, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities requested by a Committed Lender for purposes of compliance with applicable “know your customer” requirements under the Patriot Act, the Beneficial Ownership Rule or other applicable anti-money laundering laws, rules and regulations; and

 

50


(l) proceeds of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes (including Letters of Credit) may be used for general corporate purposes of the Securitization Entities and the Non- Securitization Entities, including, without limitation, for the payment of distributions or dividends to, or the repurchase of the Equity Interests of, Inspire or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries (including for the funding of acquisitions by any Securitization Entity, any Non-Securitization Entity, Inspire or any of direct or indirect subsidiary of Inspire and for the issuance of Letters of Credit for the benefit of any such Person), in each case, to the extent permitted under, and in accordance with the terms of, the Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, including Sections 8.17 and 8.18 of the Base Indenture; provided that, on or after the Closing Date, the Issuer may draw on the Class A-1 Commitment with respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes to make distributions which will be used by Inspire (or ARG, in the event Inspire no longer owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of ARG) to fund any distribution or dividend to, or the repurchase of the Equity Interests of, any direct or indirect parent company or shareholder of Inspire (or ARG respectively) only if, both before and immediately after giving effect to any such distribution by the Issuer, the difference between (i) the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount for the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes will be an amount equal to or greater than $26,250,000.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 9.01 Amendments. No amendment to or waiver or other modification of any provision of this Agreement, nor consent to any departure therefrom by the Manager or the Issuer, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Manager and the Issuer with the written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Required Investor Groups; provided that the Commitment of any Defaulting Investor shall be disregarded in the determination of whether such threshold percentage of Commitments has been met; provided, however, that, in addition, (i) the prior written consent of each affected Investor shall be required in connection with any amendment, modification or waiver that (x) increases the amount of the Commitment of such Investor, extends the Commitment Termination Date or the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date for such Investor, modifies the conditions to funding the Commitment or otherwise subjects such Investor to any increased or additional duties or obligations hereunder or in connection herewith (it being understood and agreed that waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or Events of Default or of a mandatory reduction in the aggregate Commitments shall not constitute an increase of the Commitments of any Lender Party), (y) reduces the amount or delays the timing of payment of any principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable to such Investor hereunder or (z) would have an effect comparable to any of those set forth in Section 13.2(a) of the Base Indenture that require the consent of each Noteholder or each affected Noteholder; (ii) any amendment, modification or waiver that affects the rights or duties of any of the Swingline Lender, the L/C Provider, the Administrative Agent or the Funding Agents shall require the prior written consent of such affected Person; and (iii) the prior written consent of each Investor, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Provider, the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent shall be required in connection with any amendment, modification or waiver of this Section 9.01. For purposes of any provision of any other Indenture Document relating to any vote, consent, direction or the like to be given by the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholders, such vote, consent, direction or the like shall be given by the Holders of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes only and not by the Holders of any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Notes or Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Notes except to the extent that such vote, consent, direction or the like is to be given by each affected Noteholder and the Holders of any Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Notes or Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Notes would be affected thereby. In addition, the provisions of Section 6.01(k) may not be amended or waived without confirmation from Standard & Poor’s that the rating of the commercial paper notes of each Conduit Investor then rated by it will not be reduced or withdrawn as a result thereof. Each Series 2020-1 Class A- 1 Noteholder hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to consent to any amendment pursuant to Section 3.04 or pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 13.1(a) of the Base Indenture, in each case to the extent provided therein.

 

51


The Issuer and the Lender Parties shall negotiate any amendments, waivers, consents, supplements or other modifications to this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents that require the consent of the Lender Parties in good faith. Pursuant to Section 9.05(a), the Lender Parties shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Issuer for the reasonable expenses incurred by the Lender Parties in reviewing and approving any such amendment, waiver, consent, supplement or other modification to this Agreement or any Transaction Document. The Administrative Agent agrees to provide notice to each Investor Group of any amendment to this Agreement, regardless of whether the consent of such Investor is required for such amendment to become effective.

SECTION 9.02 No Waiver; Remedies. Any waiver, consent or approval given by any party hereto shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given, and no waiver by a party of any breach or default under this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default. No failure on the part of any party hereto to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder, or any abandonment or discontinuation of steps to enforce the right, power or privilege, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. No notice to or demand on any party hereto in any case shall entitle such party to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

SECTION 9.03 Binding on Successors and Assigns.

(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Issuer, the Manager, the Lender Parties, the Funding Agents, the Administrative Agent and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that none of the Issuer nor the Manager may assign its rights or obligations hereunder or in connection herewith or any interest herein (voluntarily, by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of each Lender Party (other than any Defaulting Investor); provided further that nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer from assigning its rights (but none of its duties or liabilities) to the Trustee under the Base Indenture and the Series 2020-1 Supplement; and provided, further that none of the Lender Parties may transfer, pledge, assign, sell participations in or otherwise encumber its rights or obligations hereunder or in connection herewith or any interest herein except as permitted under Section 6.03, Section 9.17 and this Section 9.03. Nothing expressed herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the Persons referred to in the preceding sentence any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement except as provided in Section 9.16.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement, each Investor may at any time grant to one or more Program Support Providers a participating interest in or lien on such Investor’s interests in the Advances made hereunder and such Program Support Provider, with respect to its participating interest, shall be entitled to the benefits granted to such Investor under this Agreement. In addition, any Investor may at any time sell participations to any Person in all or a portion of such Investor’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes and the Advances made thereunder and, in connection therewith, any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, and such participant, with respect to its participating interest, shall be entitled to the benefits granted to such Investor under this Agreement; provided that (i) such Investor’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Investor shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and (iii) the Issuer, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Provider and each other Investor shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Investor in connection with such Investor’s rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that no participation pursuant to this Section 9.03 shall be made to a Competitor.

 

52


(c) In addition to its rights under Section 9.17, each Conduit Investor may at any time assign its rights in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes (and its rights hereunder and under the Transaction Documents) to its related Committed Note Purchaser or, subject to Section 6.03 and Section 9.17(f), its related Program Support Provider or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing, in each case in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture. Furthermore, each Conduit Investor may at any time grant a security interest in and lien on, all or any portion of its interests under this Agreement, its Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Note and all Transaction Documents to (i) its related Committed Note Purchaser, (ii) its Funding Agent, (iii) any Program Support Provider who, at any time now or in the future, provides program liquidity or credit enhancement, including, without limitation, an insurance policy for such Conduit Investor relating to the Commercial Paper or the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes, (iv) any other Person who, at any time now or in the future, provides liquidity or credit enhancement for the Conduit Investors, including, without limitation, an insurance policy relating to the Commercial Paper or the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes, (v) any collateral trustee or collateral agent for any of the foregoing or (vi) a trustee or collateral agent for the benefit of the holders of the commercial paper notes or other senior indebtedness of such Conduit Investor appointed pursuant to such Conduit Investor’s program documents; provided, however, that any such security interest or lien shall be released upon assignment of its Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Note to its related Committed Note Purchaser. Each Committed Note Purchaser may assign its Commitment, or all or any portion of its interest under its Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Note, this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to any Person to the extent permitted by Section 9.17. Notwithstanding any other provisions set forth in this Agreement, each Committed Note Purchaser may at any time create a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement, its Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Note and the Transaction Documents in favor of any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the F.R.S. Board or any similar foreign entity.

SECTION 9.04 Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein and in the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the making and the repayment of the Advances, the Swingline Loans and the Letters of Credit and the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes and shall continue in full force and effect until all interest on and principal of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes, and all other amounts owed to the Lender Parties, the Funding Agents and the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the Series 2020-1 Supplement have been paid in full, all Letters of Credit have expired or been fully cash collateralized in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Commitments, the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment have been terminated. In addition, the obligations of the Issuer and the Lender Parties under Sections 3.05, 3.06, 3.07, 3.08, 9.05, 9.10 and 9.11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.05 Payment of Costs and Expenses; Indemnification.

(a) Payment of Costs and Expenses. The Issuer and the Guarantors jointly and severally agree to pay (subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments or from proceeds of drawings hereunder), on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date (if invoiced at least one (1) Business Day prior to such date) or on or before five (5) Business Days after written demand (in all other cases), all reasonable documented out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent, each initial Funding Agent and each initial Lender Party (including the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of one external counsel to each of the foregoing, if any (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, fees and expenses, whether allocated or otherwise, in respect of in-house counsel), as well as the fees and expenses of the Rating Agencies) in connection with (i) the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and of each other Transaction Document, including schedules and exhibits, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby are consummated and (ii) any amendments, waivers, consents, supplements or other modifications to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document as may from time to time hereafter be proposed by the Manager or the Securitization Entities. The Issuer and the Guarantors further jointly and severally agree to pay, subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments, and to hold the Administrative Agent, each Funding Agent and each Lender Party harmless from all liability for (x) any breach by the Issuer of its obligations under this Agreement, (y) all reasonable documented out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Administrative Agent, such Funding Agent or

 

53


such Lender Party including the reasonable and documented fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel to each of the foregoing (excluding fees and expenses of in-house counsel other than any fees or expenses of in-house counsel incurred in connection with travel related to litigation, which such fees and expenses shall be included), in enforcing this Agreement or in connection with the negotiation of any restructuring or “work-out”, whether or not consummated, of the Transaction Documents and (z) any Non-Excluded Taxes that may be payable in connection with (1) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, (2) any Borrowing or Swingline Loan hereunder, (3) the issuance of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes, (4) any Letter of Credit hereunder or (5) any other Transaction Documents. The Issuer and the Guarantors also jointly and severally agree to reimburse, subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments, the Administrative Agent, such Funding Agent and Lender Party upon demand for all reasonable out-of- pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, such Funding Agent and such Lender Party in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement or any other Transaction Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, other than in connection with a sale or assignment pursuant to Section 9.18(a), the Issuer and/or the Guarantors shall have no obligation to reimburse any Lender Party for any of the fees and/or expenses incurred by such Lender Party with respect to its sale or assignment of all or any part of its respective rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes pursuant to Section 9.03 or Section 9.17.

(b) Indemnification of the Lender Parties. In consideration of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Lender Parties, the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby agree to jointly and severally indemnify and hold each Lender Party, each Funding Agent and the Administrative Agent (each in its capacity as such and to the extent not reimbursed by the Issuer and without limiting the obligation of the Issuer to do so) and each of their officers, directors, employees and agents (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) harmless (subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments) from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, losses, liabilities and damages, and reasonable documented costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith (irrespective of whether any such Indemnified Party is a party to the action for which indemnification hereunder is sought and including, without limitation, any liability in connection with the offering and sale of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes), including reasonable documented attorneys’ fees and disbursements (collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), incurred by the Indemnified Parties or any of them (whether in prosecuting or defending against such actions, suits or claims) to the extent resulting from, or arising out of, or relating to:

(i) any transaction financed or to be financed in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, with the proceeds of any Advance, Swingline Loan or Letter of Credit; or

(ii) the entering into and performance of this Agreement and any other Transaction Document by any of the Indemnified Parties;

except for any such Indemnified Liabilities arising for the account of a particular Indemnified Party by reason of the relevant Indemnified Party’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or breach of representations set forth herein as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. If and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unenforceable for any reason, the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities that is permissible under applicable law. The indemnity set forth in this Section 9.05(b) shall in no event include indemnification for special, punitive, consequential or indirect damages of any kind or for any Class A-1 Taxes which shall be covered by (or expressly excluded from) the indemnification provided in Section 3.08 or for any transfer Class A-1 Taxes with respect to its sale or assignment of all or any part of its respective rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes pursuant to Section 9.17. The Issuer shall give notice to the Rating Agencies of any claim for Indemnified Liabilities made under this Section 9.05(b).

 

54


(c) Indemnification of the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent. In consideration of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Administrative Agent and the related Funding Agent, each Committed Note Purchaser, ratably according to its respective Commitment, hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the Administrative Agent and each of its officers, directors, employees, affiliates and agents (collectively, the “Administrative Agent Indemnified Parties”) and such Funding Agent and each of its officers, directors, employees and agents (collectively, the “Funding Agent Indemnified Parties,” and together with the Administrative Agent Indemnified Parties, the “Applicable Agent Indemnified Parties”) harmless from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, losses, liabilities and damages, and reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith (solely to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of the Issuer or the Guarantors) (irrespective of whether any such Applicable Agent Indemnified Party is a party to the action for which indemnification hereunder is sought and including, without limitation, any liability in connection with the offering and sale of the Series 2020- 1 Class A-1 Notes), including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements (collectively, the “Applicable Agent Indemnified Liabilities”), incurred by the Applicable Agent Indemnified Parties or any of them (whether in prosecuting or defending against such actions, suits or claims) to the extent resulting from, or arising out of, or relating to the entering into and performance of this Agreement and any other Transaction Document by any of the Applicable Agent Indemnified Parties, except for any such Applicable Agent Indemnified Liabilities arising for the account of a particular Applicable Agent Indemnified Party by reason of the relevant Applicable Agent Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. If and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unenforceable for any reason, each Committed Note Purchaser, ratably according to its respective Commitment, hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Applicable Agent Indemnified Liabilities that is permissible under applicable law. The indemnity set forth in this Section 9.05(c) shall in no event include indemnification for consequential or indirect damages of any kind or for any Class A-1 Taxes which shall be covered by (or expressly excluded from) the indemnification provided in Section 3.08.

SECTION 9.06 Characterization as Transaction Document; Entire Agreement. This Agreement shall be deemed to be a Transaction Document for all purposes of the Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents. This Agreement, together with the Base Indenture, the Series 2020-1 Supplement, the documents delivered pursuant to Article VII and the other Transaction Documents, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, contains a final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all previous oral statements and other writings with respect thereto.

SECTION 9.07 Notices. All notices, amendments, waivers, consents and other communications provided to any party hereto under this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed, delivered or transmitted to such party at its address, or e-mail address set forth on Schedule II, in the case of the Issuer, the Manager, the Lender Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Funding Agents, or in each case at such other address or e-mail address as may be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties. Any notice, if mailed and properly addressed with postage prepaid or if properly addressed and sent by pre-paid courier service, shall be deemed given when received; any notice, if transmitted by e-mail, shall be deemed given when received.

SECTION 9.08 Severability of Provisions. Any covenant, provision, agreement or term of this Agreement that is prohibited or is held to be void or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of the prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.09 Tax Characterization. (a) Each party to this Agreement (i) acknowledges that it is the intent of the parties to this Agreement that, for accounting purposes and for all federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes will be treated as evidence of indebtedness, (ii) agrees to treat the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes for all such purposes as indebtedness and (iii) agrees that the provisions of the Transaction Documents shall be construed to further these intentions.

 

55


(b) Each Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholder shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Issuer, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each related Lender Party (and, if applicable, Program Support Provider) and the applicable portions of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount (and stated interest) with respect to such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholder of each Lender Party (and, if applicable, Program Support Provider) that has an interest in such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholder’s Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes (the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Register”), provided that no Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Noteholder shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Register to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes are in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the U.S. Treasury regulations.

SECTION 9.10 No Proceedings; Limited Recourse.

(a) The Securitization Entities. Each of the parties hereto (other than the Issuer) hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of the last maturing Note issued by the Issuer pursuant to the Base Indenture, it will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law, all as more particularly set forth in Section 14.13 of the Base Indenture and subject to any retained rights set forth therein; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 9.10(a) shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from the Securitization Entities pursuant to this Agreement, the Series 2020-1 Supplement, the Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document. In the event that a Lender Party (solely in its capacity as such) takes action in violation of this Section 9.10(a), each affected Securitization Entity shall file or cause to be filed an answer with the bankruptcy court or otherwise properly contest or cause to be contested the filing of such a petition by any such Person against such Securitization Entity or the commencement of such action and raise or cause to be raised the defense that such Person has agreed in writing not to take such action and should be estopped and precluded therefrom and such other defenses, if any, as its counsel advises that it may assert. Nothing contained herein shall preclude participation by a Lender Party in the assertion or defense of its claims in any such proceeding involving any Securitization Entity. The obligations of the Issuer under this Agreement are solely the limited liability company or corporate, as the case may be, obligations of the Issuer.

(b) The Conduit Investors. Each of the parties hereto hereby covenants and agrees that it will not, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing Commercial Paper or other debt securities or instruments issued by a Conduit Investor, institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, such Conduit Investor, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, examination or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any federal or state (or any other jurisdiction with authority over such Conduit Investor) bankruptcy or similar law; provided, however, that, subject to Section 9.10(c), nothing in this Section 9.10(b) shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from such Conduit Investor pursuant to this Agreement. In the event that any such party takes action in violation of this Section 9.10(b), such related Conduit Investor may file an answer with the bankruptcy court or otherwise properly contest or cause to be contested the filing of such a petition by any such party against such Conduit Investor or the commencement of such action and raise or cause to be raised the defense that such party has agreed in writing not to take such action and should be estopped and precluded therefrom and such other defenses, if any, as its counsel advises that it may assert. The provisions of this Section 9.10(b) shall survive the termination of this Agreement. Nothing contained herein shall preclude participation by the Issuer, the Manager or a Lender Party in assertion or defense of its claims in any such proceeding involving a Conduit Investor. Subject to 9.10(c), the obligations of the Conduit Investors under this Agreement are solely the corporate obligations of the Conduit Investors. No recourse shall be

 

56


had for the payment of any amount owing in respect of this Agreement, including any obligation or claim arising out of or based upon this Agreement, against any stockholder, employee, officer, agent, director, member, affiliate or incorporator (or Person similar to an incorporator under state business organization laws) of any Conduit Investor; provided, however, nothing in this Section 9.10(b) shall relieve any of the foregoing Persons from any liability that any such Person may otherwise have for its gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

(c) Notwithstanding any provisions contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no Conduit Investor shall be obligated to pay any fees, costs, indemnified amounts or expenses payable by a Conduit Investor pursuant to this Agreement (“Conduit Investor Amounts”) except in accordance with the order of priorities set forth in such Conduit Investor’s commercial paper program documents and all payment obligations of each Conduit Investor hereunder are contingent on the availability of funds received pursuant to this Agreement or the Notes and in excess of the amounts necessary to pay its commercial paper notes; provided, however, that each Committed Note Purchaser shall pay any Conduit Investor Amounts, on behalf of any Conduit Investor in such Committed Note Purchaser’s Investment Group, as and when due hereunder, to the extent that such Conduit Investor is precluded by its commercial paper program documents from paying such Conduit Investor Amounts in accordance with this Agreement. Any such amount which any Conduit Investor does not pay pursuant to the operation of the preceding sentence shall not constitute a claim against or corporate obligation of such Conduit Investor for any such insufficiency unless and until funds received pursuant to this Agreement or the Notes and are available for the payment of such amounts as aforesaid.

(d) The provisions of this Section 9.10 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.11 Confidentiality. Each Lender Party, Funding Agent and the Administrative Agent agrees that it shall not disclose any Confidential Information to any Person without the prior written consent of the Manager and the Issuer, other than (a) to their Affiliates, and their Affiliates’ officers, directors, employees, managers, administrators, trustees, agents and advisors, including, without limitation, legal counsel and accountants (it being understood that the Person to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Confidential Information and instructed to keep it confidential), (b) to actual or prospective assignees and participants, and then only on a confidential basis (after obtaining such actual or prospective assignee’s or participant’s agreement to keep such Confidential Information confidential in a manner substantially similar to this Section 9.11), (c) as requested by a Governmental Authority or self-regulatory organization or required by any law, rule or regulation or judicial process of which the Issuer or the Manager, as the case may be, has knowledge; provided that each Lender Party, Funding Agent and the Administrative Agent may disclose Confidential Information as requested by a Governmental Authority or self-regulatory organization or required by any law, rule or regulation or judicial process of which the Issuer or the Manager, as the case may be, does not have knowledge if such Lender Party, Funding Agent or the Administrative Agent is prohibited by law, rule or regulation from disclosing such requirement to the Issuer or the Manager, as the case may be, (d) to (x) Program Support Providers and (y) any trustee or collateral agent for the benefit of the holders of the commercial paper notes or other senior indebtedness of a Conduit Investor appointed pursuant to such Conduit Investor’s program documents (after obtaining such Person’s agreement to keep such Confidential Information confidential in a manner substantially similar to this Section 9.11), (e) to any Rating Agency providing a rating for any Series or Class of Notes or any Conduit Investor’s debt, (f) to any Person acting as a placement agent, dealer or investor with respect to any Conduit Investor’s commercial paper (provided that any Confidential Information provided to any such placement agent, dealer or investor does not reveal the identity of the Issuer or any of its Affiliates and is confined to information of the type that is typically provided to such entities by asset-backed commercial paper conduits), or (g) in the course of litigation with the Issuer or the Manager; provided that (in the case of any disclosure under foregoing clause (c) the disclosing party will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, give reasonable notice of such disclosure requirement to the Issuer and the Manager prior to disclosure of the Confidential Information, and will disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information that is necessary to comply with such requirement in a manner reasonably designed to maintain the confidentiality thereof; and provided, further, that no such notice shall be required for any disclosure by the Administrative Agent and/or its affiliates to regulatory authorities asserting jurisdiction in connection with an examination of any such party in the normal course.

 

57


Confidential Information” means information that the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Manager furnishes to a Lender Party, but does not include (i) any such information that is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure in violation of this Section 9.11 or a disclosure by a Person to which a Lender Party, a Funding Agent or the Administrative Agent delivered such information, (ii) any such information that was in the possession of a Lender Party prior to its being furnished to such Lender Party by the Issuer or the Manager, or (iii) any such information that is or becomes available to a Lender Party from a source other than the Issuer or the Manager; provided that with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii) herein, such source is not (x) known to a Lender Party to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Issuer or the Manager, as the case may be, with respect to the information or (y) known to a Lender Party to be otherwise prohibited from transmitting the information by a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation.

SECTION 9.12 GOVERNING LAW; CONFLICTS WITH INDENTURE. THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL MATTERS ARISING UNDER OR IN ANY MANNER RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICT PROVISION OR RULE (WHETHER OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION) THAT WOULD CAUSE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAW. IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICTS BETWEEN THIS AGREEMENT AND THE INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE SHALL GOVERN.

SECTION 9.13 JURISDICTION. ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST ANY OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR (TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW) FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY HEREUNDER ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

SECTION 9.14 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. ALL PARTIES HEREUNDER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH. ALL PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THEY HAVE RECEIVED FULL AND SIGNIFICANT CONSIDERATION FOR THIS PROVISION AND THAT THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR ALL PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

SECTION 9.15 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (which may include electronic transmission of counterparts) and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

58


SECTION 9.16 Third Party Beneficiary. The Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, and the Control Party are express third party beneficiaries of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.17 Assignment.

(a) Subject to Sections 6.03 and 9.17(f), any Committed Note Purchaser may at any time sell or assign all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes and, in connection therewith, any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, with the prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the Issuer, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider, to one or more financial institutions (an “Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser”) pursuant to an assignment and assumption agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B (the “Assignment and Assumption Agreement”), executed by such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser, such assigning Committed Note Purchaser, the Funding Agent with respect to such Committed Note Purchaser, the Issuer, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider and delivered to the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Issuer shall be required for an assignment to another Committed Note Purchaser or any Affiliate of a Committed Note Purchaser or if a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided, further, that no assignment pursuant to this Section 9.17 shall be made to a Competitor.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, subject to Sections 6.03 and 9.17(f), each Conduit Investor may assign all or a portion of the Investor Group Principal Amount with respect to such Conduit Investor and its rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes and, in connection therewith, any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party to a Conduit Assignee with respect to such Conduit Investor, without the prior written consent of the Issuer. Upon such assignment by a Conduit Investor to a Conduit Assignee, (i) such Conduit Assignee shall be the owner of the Investor Group Principal Amount or such portion thereof with respect to such Conduit Investor, (ii) the related administrative or managing agent for such Conduit Assignee will act as the Funding Agent for such Conduit Assignee hereunder, with all corresponding rights and powers, express or implied, granted to the Funding Agent hereunder or under the other Transaction Documents, (iii) such Conduit Assignee and its liquidity support provider(s) and credit support provider(s) and other related parties, in each case relating to the Commercial Paper and/or the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes, shall have the benefit of all the rights and protections provided to such Conduit Investor herein and in the other Transaction Documents (including, without limitation, any limitation on recourse against such Conduit Assignee as provided in this paragraph), (iv) such Conduit Assignee shall assume all of such Conduit Investor’s obligations, if any, hereunder or under the Base Indenture or under any other Transaction Document with respect to such portion of the Investor Group Principal Amount and such Conduit Investor shall be released from such obligations, (v) all distributions in respect of the Investor Group Principal Amount or such portion thereof with respect to such Conduit Investor shall be made to the applicable Funding Agent on behalf of such Conduit Assignee, (vi) the definition of the term “CP Funding Rate” with respect to the portion of the Investor Group Principal Amount with respect to such Conduit Investor, as applicable, funded or maintained with commercial paper issued by such Conduit Assignee from time to time shall be determined in the manner set forth in the definition of “CP Funding Rate” applicable to such Conduit Assignee on the basis of the interest rate or discount applicable to Commercial Paper issued by or for the benefit of such Conduit Assignee (rather than any other Conduit Investor), (vii) the defined terms and other terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents shall be interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, and (viii) if requested by the Funding Agent with respect to such Conduit Assignee, the parties will execute and deliver such further agreements and documents and take such other actions as the Funding Agent may reasonably request to evidence and give effect to the foregoing. No assignment by any Conduit Investor to a Conduit Assignee of all or any portion of the Investor Group Principal Amount with respect to such Conduit Investor shall in any way diminish the obligation of the Committed Note Purchasers in the same Investor Group as such Conduit Investor under Section 2.03 to fund any Increase not funded by such Conduit Investor or such Conduit Assignee.

 

59


(c) Subject to Sections 6.03 and 9.17(f), any Conduit Investor and the related Committed Note Purchaser(s) may at any time sell all or any part of their respective rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes and, in connection therewith, any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, with the prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the Issuer, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider, to a multi-seller commercial paper conduit, whose commercial paper is rated at least “A-2” (or then equivalent grade) from S&P, and one or more financial institutions providing support to such multi-seller commercial paper conduit (an “Acquiring Investor Group”) pursuant to a transfer supplement, substantially in the form of Exhibit C (the “Investor Group Supplement” or the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Investor Group Supplement”), executed by such Acquiring Investor Group, the Funding Agent with respect to such Acquiring Investor Group (including the Conduit Investor and the Committed Note Purchasers with respect to such Investor Group), such assigning Conduit Investor and the Committed Note Purchasers with respect to such Conduit Investor, the Funding Agent with respect to such assigning Conduit Investor and Committed Note Purchasers, the Issuer, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider and delivered to the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Issuer shall be required for an assignment to another Committed Note Purchaser or any Affiliate of a Committed Note Purchaser and its related Conduit Investor or if a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 9.17(c) is intended to permit and provide for (i) assignments from a Committed Note Purchaser to a Conduit Investor in a different Investor Group and (ii) assignments from a Conduit Investor to a Committed Note Purchaser in a different Investor group, and, in each of (i) and (ii), Exhibit C shall be revised to reflect such assignments.

(d) Subject to Sections 6.03 and 9.17(f), the Swingline Lender may at any time assign all its rights and obligations hereunder and under the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Swingline Note, in whole but not in part, with the prior written consent of the Issuer and the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to a financial institution pursuant to an agreement with, and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to, the Administrative Agent and the Issuer, whereupon the assignor shall be released from its obligations hereunder; provided that no consent of the Issuer shall be required if a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided, further, that the prior written consent of each Funding Agent (other than any Funding Agent with respect to which all of the Committed Note Purchasers in such Funding Agent’s Investor Group are Defaulting Investors), which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, shall be required if such financial institution is not a Committed Note Purchaser.

(e) Subject to Sections 6.03 and 9.17(f), the L/C Provider may at any time assign all or any portion of its rights and obligations hereunder and under the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 L/C Note with the prior written consent of the Issuer and the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to a financial institution pursuant to an agreement with, and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to, the Administrative Agent and the Issuer, whereupon the assignor shall be released from its obligations hereunder to the extent so assigned; provided that no consent of the Issuer shall be required if a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(f) Any assignment of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes shall be made in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein or in any other Transaction Document, each of the Lender Parties hereby acknowledges and agrees that no Conduit Investor is a party to this Agreement as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

 

60


SECTION 9.18 Defaulting Investors.

(a) The Issuer may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Defaulting Investor and the Administrative Agent, (i) require any Defaulting Investor to sell all of its rights, obligations and commitments under this Agreement, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes and, in connection therewith, any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, to an assignee; provided that (x) such assignment is made in compliance with Section 9.17 and (y) such Defaulting Investor shall have received from such assignee an amount equal to such Defaulting Investor’s Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the related Investor Group Principal Amount of such Defaulting Investor and all accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to such Defaulting Investor hereunder or (ii) remove any Defaulting Investor as an Investor by paying to such Defaulting Investor an amount equal to such Defaulting Investor’s Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the related Investor Group Principal Amount of such Defaulting Investor and all accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to such Defaulting Investor hereunder.

(b) In the event that a Defaulting Investor desires to sell all or any portion of it rights, obligations and commitments under this Agreement, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes and, in connection therewith, any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, to an unaffiliated third party assignee for an amount less than 100% (or, if only a portion of such rights, obligations and commitments are proposed to be sold, such portion) of such Defaulting Investor’s Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the related Investor Group Principal Amount of such Defaulting Investor and all accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to such Defaulting Investor hereunder, such Defaulting Investor shall promptly notify the Issuer of the proposed sale (the “Sale Notice”). Each Sale Notice shall certify that such Defaulting Investor has received a firm offer from the prospective unaffiliated third party and shall contain the material terms of the proposed sale, including, without limitation, the purchase price of the proposed sale and the portion of such Defaulting Investor’s rights, obligations and commitments proposed to be sold. The Issuer and any of its Affiliates shall have an option for a period of three (3) Business Days from the date the Sale Notice is given to elect to purchase such rights, obligations and commitments at the same price and subject to the same material terms as described in the Sale Notice. The Issuer or any of its Affiliates may exercise such purchase option by notifying such Defaulting Investor before expiration of such three (3) Business Days period that it wishes to purchase all (but not a portion) of the rights, obligations and commitments of such Defaulting Investor proposed to be sold to such unaffiliated third party. If the Issuer or any of its Affiliates gives notice to such Defaulting Investor that it desires to purchase such, rights, obligations and commitments, the Issuer or such Affiliate shall promptly pay the purchase price to such Defaulting Investor. If the Issuer or any of its Affiliates does not respond to any Sale Notice within such three (3) Business Days period, the Issuer and its Affiliates shall be deemed not to have exercised such purchase option.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Investor becomes a Defaulting Investor, then, until such time as such Investor is no longer a Defaulting Investor, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i) Such Defaulting Investor’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 9.01.

(ii) Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable to the account of such Defaulting Investor (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity or otherwise) shall be applied (and the Issuer shall instruct the Trustee to apply such amounts) as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Investor to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Investor to the L/C Provider or the Swingline Lender hereunder; third, to provide cash collateral to the L/C Provider in accordance with Section 4.03(b) in an amount equal to the amount of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts at such time multiplied by the Commitment Percentage of such Defaulting Investor’s Investor Group multiplied by the Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of such Defaulting Investor; fourth, as the Issuer may request (so long as no

 

61


Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Advance in respect of which such Defaulting Investor has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Issuer, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Investor’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Advances under this Agreement and (y) to provide cash collateral to the L/C Provider in accordance with Section 4.03(b) in an amount equal to the amount of any future Undrawn L/C Face Amounts multiplied by the Commitment Percentage of such Defaulting Investor’s Investor Group multiplied by the Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of such Defaulting Investor; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Investors, the L/C Provider or the Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Investor, the L/C Provider or the Swingline Lender against such Defaulting Investor as a result of such Defaulting Investor’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Issuer as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Issuer against such Defaulting Investor as a result of such Defaulting Investor’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Investor or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Advances or any extensions of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit that has not been reimbursed as an Advance pursuant to Section 2.08(a) in respect of which such Defaulting Investor has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Advances were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 7.03 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Advances of, and extensions of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit that has not been reimbursed as an Advance pursuant to Section 2.08(a) owed to, all non-Defaulting Investors on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Advances of, participations required to be purchased pursuant to Section 2.09(a) owed to, such Defaulting Investor until such time as all Advances and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans are held by the Investors pro rata in accordance with the Commitments without giving effect to Section 9.18(c)(iii). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Investor that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Investor or to post cash collateral pursuant to this Section 9.18(c)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Investor, and each Investor irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii) All or any part of such Defaulting Investor’s participation in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Investors pro rata based on their Commitments (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Investor’s Commitment) but only to the extent that (x) the conditions set forth in Section 7.03 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless the Issuer shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at such time, the Issuer shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), and (y) such reallocation does not cause the product of any non-Defaulting Investor’s related Investor Group Principal Amount multiplied by such non-Defaulting Investor’s Committed Note Purchaser Percentage to exceed such non- Defaulting Investor’s Commitment Amount. Subject to Section 9.22, no reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Investor arising from that Investor having become a Defaulting Investor, including any claim of a non-Defaulting Investor as a result of such non-Defaulting Investor’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

(iv) If the reallocation described in clause (iii) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Issuer shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to them hereunder or under law, prepay Swingline Loans in an amount equal to the amount that cannot be so reallocated.

 

62


(d) If the Issuer, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider agree in writing that an Investor is no longer a Defaulting Investor, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any cash collateral), that Investor will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Advances of the other Investors or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Advances and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans to be held pro rata by the Investors in accordance with their respective Commitments (without giving effect to Section 9.18(c)(iii)), whereupon such Investor will cease to be a Defaulting Investor; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Issuer while that Investor was a Defaulting Investor; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Investor to Investor will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Investor’s having been a Defaulting Investor.

SECTION 9.19 No Fiduciary Duties. The Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors acknowledge and agree that in connection with the transaction contemplated in this Agreement, or any other services the Lender Parties may be deemed to be providing hereunder, notwithstanding any preexisting relationship, advisory or otherwise, between the parties or any oral representations or assurances previously or subsequently made by the Lender Parties: (a) no fiduciary or agency relationship between any of the Issuer, the Manager, the Guarantors and any other person, on the one hand, and the Lender Parties, on the other, exists; (b) the Lender Parties are not acting as advisor, expert or otherwise, to the Issuer, the Manager or the Guarantors, and such relationship between the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Lender Parties, on the other, is entirely and solely commercial, based on arms-length negotiations; (c) any duties and obligations that the Lender Parties may have to the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors shall be limited to those duties and obligations specifically stated herein; (d) the Lender Parties and their respective affiliates may have interests that differ from those of the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors; and (e) the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors have consulted their own legal and financial advisors to the extent they deemed appropriate. The Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors hereby waive any claims that the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors may have against the Lender Parties with respect to any breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes.

SECTION 9.20 No Guarantee by Manager. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Manager shall not be construed as a guarantee or other credit support by Manager of the obligations of the Securitization Entities hereunder. The Manager shall not be liable in any respect for any obligation of the Securitization Entities hereunder or any violation by any Securitization Entity of its covenants, representations and warranties or other agreements and obligations hereunder.

SECTION 9.21 Term; Termination of Agreement. This Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of (x) the permanent reduction of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount to zero in accordance with Section 2.05(a) and payment in full of all monetary Obligations in respect of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes, (y) the payment in full of all monetary Obligations in respect of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes on or after the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (as may be extended from time to time) and (z) the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Article Twelve of the Base Indenture. The Administrative Agent, on the reasonable request of, and at the expense of, the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging confirmation of and termination of this Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 9.22 Acknowledgment and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Transaction Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Transaction Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

 

63


(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

SECTION 9.23 USA PATRIOT Act. In accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “USA PATRIOT Act”), any Lender Party that is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act may obtain, verify and record information that identifies individuals or entities that establish a relationship with such Lender Party, including the name, address, tax identification number and other information in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act that will allow it to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship or opening the account.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

64


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

ARBY’S FUNDING, LLC, as Issuer
By:  

/s/ Nils H. Okeson

  Name: Nils H. Okeson
  Title: Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel & Secretary
Address: Three Glenlake Parkway
          Atlanta, GA 30328
Email: [email protected]
Attention: Nils Okeson
ARBY’S RESTAURANT GROUP, INC., as Manager
By:  

/s/ Nils H. Okeson

  Name: Nils H. Okeson
  Title: Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary
Address: Three Glenlake Parkway
          Atlanta, GA 30328
Email: [email protected]
Attention: Nils Okeson
ARBY’S SPV GUARANTOR, LLC
ARBY’ S FRANCHISOR, LLC
ARBY’S IP HOLDER, LLC, and
ARBY’S PROPERTIES, LLC
each as a Guarantor
By  

/s/ Nils H. Okeson

  Name: Nils H. Okeson
  Title: Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary

[Arby’s 2020-1 - Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement]

 

65


COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH, as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Jinyang Wang

  Name: Jinyang Wang
  Title: Vice President
By:  

/s/ Christopher Lew

  Name: Christopher Lew
  Title: Managing Director
COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH, as L/C Provider
By:  

/s/ Jinyang Wang

  Name: Jinyang Wang
  Title: Vice President
By:  

/s/ Christopher Lew

  Name: Christopher Lew
  Title: Managing Director
COÖPERATlEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH, as Swingline Lender
By:  

/s/ Jinyang Wang

  Name: Jinyang Wang
  Title: Vice President
By:  

/s/ Christopher Lew

  Name: Christopher Lew
  Title: Managing Director

[Arby’s 2020-1 - Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement]

 

66


COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK. U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH,
as Committed Note Purchaser
By:  

/s/ Jinyang Wang

  Name: Jinyang Wang
  Title: Vice President
By:  

/s/ Christopher Lew

  Name: Christopher Lew
  Title: Managing Director
COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH,
as related Funding Agent
By:  

/s/ Jinyang Wang

  Name: Jinyang Wang
  Title: Vice President
By:  

/s/ Christopher Lew

  Name: Christopher Lew
  Title: Managing Director

[Arby’s 2020-1- Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement]

 

67


BARCLAYS BANK PLC,
as Committed Note Purchaser
By:  

/s/ David Hufnagel

  Name: David Hufnagel
  Title: Director
BARCLAYS BANK PLC,
as related Funding Agent
By:  

/s/ David Hufnagel

  Name: David Hufnagel
  Title: Director

[Arby’s 2020-1- Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement]

 

68


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,

as Committed Note Purchaser

By:  

/s/ Patrick Duggan

  Name: Patrick Duggan
  Title: Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ Patrick J. Hart

  Name: Patrick J. Hart
  Title: Authorized Signatory
CREDIT SUISSE AG, NEW YORK BRANCH, as related Funding Agent
By:  

/s/ Patrick Duggan

  Name: Patrick Duggan
  Title: Vice President
By:  

/s/ Patrick J. Hart

  Name: Patrick J. Hart
  Title: Director

[Arby’s 2020-1- Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement]

 

69


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Committed Note Purchaser
By:  

/s/ Joseph McElroy

  Name: Joseph McElroy
  Title: Managing Director
 
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as related Funding Agent
By:  

/s/ Joseph McElroy

  Name: Joseph McElroy
  Title: Managing Director

[Arby’s 2020-1- Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement]

 

70


SCHEDULE I TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

INVESTOR GROUPS AND COMMITMENTS

 

Investor

Group/Funding

Agent

   Maximum Investor
Group Principal
Amount
     Conduit Lender
(if any)
    

Committed
Note

Purchaser(s)

   Commitment
Amount
 

Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch

   $ 100,000,000        N/A      Coöperatieve
Rabobank
U.A., New
York Branch
   $ 100,000,000  

Barclays Bank PLC

   $ 37,500,000        N/A      Barclays
Bank PLC
   $ 37,500,000  

Credit Suisse AG, New York Branch

   $ 6,250,000        N/A      Credit Suisse
AG, Cayman
Islands
Branch
   $ 6,250,000  

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

   $ 6,250,000        N/A      Wells Fargo
Bank,
National
Association
   $ 6,250,000  

 

71


SCHEDULE II TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

NOTICE ADDRESSES FOR LENDER PARTIES AND AGENTS

Issuer

Arby’s Funding, LLC

Three Glenlake Parkway

Atlanta, GA 30328

Attention: General Counsel

E-mail: [email protected]

With a copy to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

Attention: Jordan Yarett

E-mail: [email protected]

Manager

Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc.

Three Glenlake Parkway

Atlanta, GA 30328

Attention: General Counsel

E-mail: [email protected]

With a copy to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

Attention: Jordan Yarett

E-mail: [email protected]

Conduit Investors

COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH

N/A

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

N/A

CREDIT SUISSE AG

N/A

 

72


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

N/A

Committed Note Purchasers

COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH

COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH

245 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10167

Attention: General Counsel

Email: [email protected]

and

COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH

245 Park Avenue, 38th

Floor New York, NY 10167

Attention: Susan Williams, Assistant Vice President

Fax: 914-304-9326

Email: [email protected]

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

1301 Sixth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Roger Billotto

Telephone: 201-499-8482

Email: [email protected] and [email protected]

and

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

745 Seventh Avenue, 5th Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attention: David Hufnagel

Telephone: 212-528-7475

Email: [email protected]

CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

11 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10010

Attention: Patrick Hart

Telephone: (212) 538-2007

Email: [email protected]

 

73


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

550 S. Tryon St.

5th Floor

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: Joe McElroy

Telephone: 704-410-2539

Email: [email protected]

Funding Agents

COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH

COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH

245 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10167

Attention: General Counsel

Email: [email protected]

and

COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH

245 Park Avenue, 38th Floor

New York, NY 10167

Attention: Susan Williams, Assistant Vice President

Fax: 914-304-9326

Email: [email protected]

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

1301 Sixth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Roger Billotto

Telephone: 201-499-8482

Email: [email protected] and [email protected]

and

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

745 Seventh Avenue, 5th Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attention: David Hufnagel

Telephone: 212-528-7475

Email: [email protected]

CREDIT SUISSE AG, NEW YORK BRANCH

Credit Suisse AG, New York Branch

11 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10010

Attention: Patrick Hart

Telephone: (212) 538-2007

Email: [email protected]

 

74


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

301 S. College St.

7th Floor

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: Jennifer Koszta

Telephone: 704-410-5631

Email: [email protected]

and

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

301 S. College St.

7th Floor

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: Jim Halka

Telephone: 704-410-5622

Email: [email protected]

 

75


Administrative Agent

COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH

245 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10167

Attention: General Counsel

Email: [email protected]

and

COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH

245 Park Avenue, 38th Floor

New York, NY 10167

Attention: Susan Williams, Assistant Vice President

Fax: 914-304-9326

Email: [email protected]

Swingline Lender

COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH

245 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10167

Attention: General Counsel

Email: [email protected]

and

COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH

245 Park Avenue, 38th Floor

New York, NY 10167

Attention: Susan Williams, Assistant Vice President

Fax: 914-304-9326

Email: [email protected]

 

76


L/C Provider

COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH

245 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10167

Attention: General Counsel

Email: [email protected]

and

COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH

245 Park Avenue, 38th Floor

New York, NY 10167

Attention: Bibi Mohamed, Vice President

Fax: 201-499-5479

Email: [email protected]

 

77


SCHEDULE III TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

ADDITIONAL CLOSING CONDITIONS

The following are the additional conditions to initial issuance and effectiveness referred to in Section 7.01(c):

(a) All corporate proceedings and other legal matters incident to the authorization, form and validity of each of the Transaction Documents, and all other legal matters relating to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby, shall be reasonably satisfactory in all material respects to the Administrative Agent, and the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors shall have furnished to the Administrative Agent all documents and information that the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(b) Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., as counsel to the Issuer and the Guarantors, shall have furnished to the Administrative Agent written opinions with respect to certain corporate and security interest matters, and reliance letters in respect of certain opinions of the same delivered on the Closing Date in connection therewith, in each case addressed to the Administrative Agent and dated the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

(c) Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, as counsel to the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors, shall have furnished to the Administrative Agent written opinions with respect to certain corporate, securities and Investment Company Act matters, security interest matters, a reliance letter with respect to “true contribution” and “non-consolidation” matters and tax matters, in each case addressed to the Administrative Agent and dated the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

(d) DLA Piper LLP, as franchise counsel to the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors, shall have furnished to the Administrative Agent a reliance letter in respect of certain matters addressed in the opinion delivered by the same on the Closing Date in connection therewith, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to counsel to the Administrative Agent, addressed to the Administrative Agent and dated the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

(e) Dentons US LLP, as counsel to the Trustee, shall have furnished to the Administrative Agent written opinions that are customary for transactions of this type and addressed to the Administrative Agent and dated the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received a reliance letter from Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP, counsel to the Servicer, in respect of the opinion delivered by the same on the Closing Date in connection therewith, addressed to the Administrative Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel and dated the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received a reliance letter from in-house counsel to the Back-Up Manager, in respect of the opinion delivered by the same on the Closing Date in connection therewith, addressed to the Administrative Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel and dated the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

(h) Each of the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors, as applicable, shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a financial officer of the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors, as applicable, or other officers reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, as to such matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, including, without limitation, a statement that, to the best of such officer’s knowledge, the representations, warranties and agreements of the Issuer, the Manager

 

78


and the Guarantors, as applicable, in any other Transaction Document to which any of the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors, as applicable, is a party, are true and correct (A) if qualified as to materiality, in all respects, and (B) if not so qualified, in all material respects, on and as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct (x) if qualified as to materiality, in all respects, and (y) if not so qualified, in all material respects, in each case as of such earlier date), and the Issuer, the Manager, and each Guarantor, as applicable, has complied in all material respects with all of its agreements contained herein and in any other Transaction Document to which it is a party and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder or thereunder at or prior to the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

(i) The Series 2020-1 Supplement shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Issuer and the Trustee, the Series 2020-1 Notes shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Issuer and duly authenticated by the Trustee.

(j) The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of each other Transaction Document entered into as of the Original Closing Date and the Closing Date (excluding any Series Supplements and other Transaction Documents relating solely to a Series of Notes other than the Series 2020-1 Notes).

(k) There shall exist at and as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date no condition that would constitute an “Event of Default” (or an event that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute an “Event of Default”) under, and as defined in, the Indenture or a material breach under any of the Transaction Documents as in effect at the Series 2020-1 Closing Date (or an event that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute such a material breach). On the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, each of the Transaction Documents shall be in full force and effect.

(l) The Manager, each Guarantor and the Issuer shall have furnished to the Administrative Agent a certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, of a financial officer of such entity (or other officers reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) that such entity will be Solvent (as defined in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Purchase Agreement) immediately after the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided that in the case of each Securitization Entity, the liabilities of the other Securitization Entities with respect to debts, liabilities and obligations for which such Securitization Entity is jointly and severally liable shall be taken into account.

(m) None of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to an injunction (temporary or permanent) and no restraining order or other injunctive order shall have been issued; and there shall not have been any legal action, order, decree or other administrative proceeding instituted or (to the knowledge of the Issuer or the Manager) overtly threatened against the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors or the Administrative Agent that would reasonably be expected to adversely impact the issuance of the Series 2020-1 Notes and the Guarantee or the Administrative Agent’s activities in connection therewith or any other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

(n) The Issuer shall have delivered $825,000,000 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes to the Initial Purchasers on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date

(o) The representations and warranties of each of the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors (to the extent a party thereto) contained in the Transaction Documents to which any of the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors is a party will be true and correct (i) if qualified as to materiality, in all respects, and (ii) if not so qualified, in all material respects, as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, including the Closing Date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct (x) if qualified as to materiality, in all respects, and (y) if not so qualified, in all material respects, as of such earlier date).

 

79


All opinions, letters, evidence and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Administrative Agent.

 

80


SCHEDULE IV TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Letters of Credit

 

LC Number

  

Applicant

  

Beneficiary

   LC
Effective
Date
     LC Expiry
Date
     Face Amount  

SBLC50080

   Arby’s Funding LLC    Citibank, NA and Midland Loan Services      6/24/2016        11/20/2020      $ 7,100,000.00  

SBLC51273

   Arby’s Funding LLC.    Township of Millcreek      9/14/2017        9/14/2021      $ 84,524.00  

SBLC52963

   Arby’s Restaurant Group    The Travelers Indemnity Company      6/14/2018        6/14/2021      $ 40,000.00  

SBLC52950

   Arby’s Restaurant Group    Hartford Fire Insurance Company      6/19/2018        6/21/2021      $ 200,000.00  

 

81


EXHIBIT A-1 TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

ADVANCE REQUEST

ARBY’S FUNDING, LLC

SERIES 2020-1 SENIOR NOTES, CLASS A-1

TO:

COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH, as Administrative Agent

[        ]

[        ]

Attention: [        ]

Telephone: [        ]

Email: [        ]

and

COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH

[        ]

[        ]

Attention: [        ]

Telephone: [        ]

Email: [        ]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Advance Request is delivered to you pursuant to Section 2.03 of that certain Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2020 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement”; terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined) among Arby’s Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Arby’s SPV Guarantor, LLC, Arby’s Franchisor, LLC, Arby’s IP Holder, LLC, and Arby’s Properties, LLC (each, a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”), Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc., as the Manager, the Conduit Investors, the Committed Note Purchasers for each Investor Group, the Funding Agents and COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH, as L/C Provider, Swingline Lender and Administrative Agent.

Unless otherwise defined herein or as the context otherwise requires, terms used herein have the meaning assigned thereto under or as provided in the Recitals and Section 1.01 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

The undersigned hereby requests that Advances be made in the aggregate principal amount of $[        ] on [        ], 20[        ].

[IF ISSUER IS ELECTING EURODOLLAR RATE FOR THESE ADVANCES ON THE DATE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 3.01(b) OF THE SERIES 2020-1 CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND A CONDUIT INVESTOR IS PARTY TO THE SERIES 2020-1 CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, ADD THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE: The undersigned hereby elects that the Advances that are not funded at the CP Rate by an Eligible Conduit Investor shall be Eurodollar Advances and the related Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period shall commence on the date of such Eurodollar Advances and end on but excluding the date [one month subsequent to such date] [two months subsequent to such date] [three months subsequent to such date] [six months subsequent to such date] [twelve months subsequent to such date].]

 

82


The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the delivery of this Advance Request and    the acceptance by the undersigned of the proceeds of the Advances requested hereby constitute a representation and warranty by the undersigned that, on the date of such Advances, and before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, all conditions set forth in Section 7.03 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement have been satisfied and all statements set forth in Section 6.01 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement are true and correct.

The undersigned agrees that if prior to the time of the Advances requested hereby any matter certified to herein by it will not be true and correct at such time as if then made, it will immediately so notify both you and each Investor. Except to the extent, if any, that prior to the time of the Advances requested hereby you and each Investor shall receive written notice to the contrary from the undersigned, each matter certified to herein shall be deemed once again to be certified as true and correct at the date of such Advances as if then made.

Please wire transfer the proceeds of the Advances, first, $[        ] to the Swingline Lender    and $[        ] to the L/C Provider for application to repayment of outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings, as applicable, and, second, to the Issuer pursuant to the following instructions:

[insert payment instruction for payment to Issuer]

 

83


The undersigned has caused this Advance Request to be executed and delivered, and the certification and warranties contained herein to be made, by its duly Authorized Officer this         day of                 , 20     .

 

ARBY’S RESTAURANT GROUP, INC., as Manager on behalf of the Issuer

By:  

Name:

  Title:

 

84


EXHIBIT A-2 TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

SWINGLINE LOAN REQUEST

ARBY’S FUNDING, LLC

SERIES 2020-1 SENIOR NOTES, CLASS A-1

TO:

COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH, as Swingline Lender

[        ]

[        ]

Attention: [        ]

Telephone: [         ]

Email: [        ]

and

COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH [        ]

[        ]

Attention: [        ]

Telephone: [        ]

Email: [        ]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Swingline Loan Request is delivered to you pursuant to Section 2.06 of that certain Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2020 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement”; terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined) among Arby’s Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Arby’s SPV Guarantor, LLC, Arby’s Franchisor, LLC, Arby’s IP Holder, LLC, and Arby’s Properties, LLC (each, a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”), Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc., as the Manager, the Conduit Investors, the Committed Note Purchasers for each Investor Group, the Funding Agents and COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH, as L/C Provider, Swingline Lender and Administrative Agent.

Unless otherwise defined herein or as the context otherwise requires, terms used herein have the meaning assigned thereto under or as provided in the Recitals and Section 1.01 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

The undersigned hereby requests that Swingline Loans be made in the aggregate principal amount of $[        ] on [        ], 20[        ].

The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the delivery of this Swingline Loan Request and the acceptance by the undersigned of the proceeds of the Swingline Loans requested hereby constitute a representation and warranty by the undersigned that, on the date of such Advances, and before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, all conditions set forth in Section 7.03 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement have been satisfied and all statements set forth in Section 6.01 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement are true and correct.

 

85


The undersigned agrees that if prior to the time of the Swingline Loans requested hereby any matter certified to herein by it will not be true and correct at such time as if then made, it will immediately so notify you. Except to the extent, if any, that prior to the time of the Swingline Loans requested hereby you shall receive written notice to the contrary from the undersigned, each matter certified to herein shall be deemed once again to be certified as true and correct at the date of such Swingline Loans as if then made.

Please wire transfer the proceeds of the Swingline Loans to the Issuer pursuant to the following instructions:

[insert payment instructions for payment to the Issuer]

 

86


The undersigned has caused this Swingline Loan Request to be executed and delivered, and the certification and warranties contained herein to be made, by its duly Authorized Officer this          day of                 , 20        .

 

ARBY’S RESTAURANT GROUP, INC., as Manager on behalf of the Issuer

By:  

             

  Name:
  Title:

 

87


EXHIBIT B TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of [        ], among [        ] (the “Transferor”), each purchaser listed as an Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser on the signature pages hereof (each, an “Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser”), the Funding Agent with respect to such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser listed on the signature pages hereof (each, a “Funding Agent”), and the Issuer, Swingline Lender and L/C Provider listed on the signature pages hereof.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, this Assignment and Assumption Agreement is being executed and delivered in accordance with Section 9.17(a) of that certain Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2020 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement”; terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined) among Arby’s Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Arby’s SPV Guarantor, LLC, Arby’s Franchisor, LLC, Arby’s IP Holder, LLC, and Arby’s Properties, LLC (each, a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”), Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc., as the Manager, the Conduit Investors, the Committed Note Purchasers for each Investor Group, the Funding Agents and COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH, as L/C Provider, Swingline Lender and Administrative Agent;

WHEREAS, each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser (if it is not already an existing Committed Note Purchaser) wishes to become a Committed Note Purchaser party to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Transferor is selling and assigning to each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser, [all] [a portion of] its rights, obligations and commitments under the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party with respect to the percentage of its Commitment Amount specified on Schedule I attached hereto;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

Upon the execution and delivery of this Assignment and Assumption Agreement by each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser, each related Funding Agent, the Transferor, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Provider and, to the extent required by Section 9.17(a) of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Issuer (the date of such execution and delivery, the “Transfer Issuance Date”), each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser shall be a Committed Note Purchaser party to the Series 2020- 1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for all purposes thereof.

The Transferor acknowledges receipt from each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser of an amount equal to the purchase price, as agreed between the Transferor and such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser (the “Purchase Price”), of the portion being purchased by such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser (such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser’s “Purchased Percentage”) of (i) the Transferor’s Commitment under the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) the Transferor’s Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the related Investor Group Principal Amount. The Transferor hereby irrevocably sells, assigns and transfers to each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser, without recourse, representation or warranty, and each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser hereby irrevocably purchases, takes and assumes from the Transferor, such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser’s Purchased Percentage of (x) the Transferor’s Commitment under the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and (y) the Transferor’s Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the related Investor Group Principal Amount.

 

88


The Transferor has made arrangements with each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser with respect to [(i)] the portion, if any, to be paid, and the date or dates for payment, by the Transferor to such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser of any program fees, undrawn facility fee, structuring and commitment fees or other fees (collectively, the “Fees”) [heretofore received] by the Transferor pursuant to Section 3.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement prior to the Transfer Issuance Date [and (ii) the portion, if any, to be paid, and the date or dates for payment, by such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser to the Transferor of Fees or [    ] received by such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser pursuant to the Series 2020-1 Supplement from and after the Transfer Issuance Date].

From and after the Transfer Issuance Date, amounts that would otherwise be payable to or for the account of the Transferor pursuant to the Series 2020-1 Supplement or the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement shall, instead, be payable to or for the account of the Transferor and the Acquiring Committed Note Purchasers, as the case may be, in accordance with their respective interests as reflected in this Assignment and Assumption Agreement, whether such amounts have accrued prior to the Transfer Issuance Date or accrue subsequent to the Transfer Issuance Date.

Each of the parties to this Assignment and Assumption Agreement agrees that at any time and from time to time upon the written request of any other party, it will execute and deliver such further documents and do such further acts and things as such other party may reasonably request in order to effect the purposes of this Assignment and Assumption Agreement.

By executing and delivering this Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the Transferor and each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as follows: (i) other than the representation and warranty that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned hereby free and clear of any adverse claim, the Transferor makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Series 2020-1 Supplement, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Indenture, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes, the Transaction Documents or any instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (ii) the Transferor makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Issuer or the performance or observance by the Issuer of any of the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Transaction Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (iii) each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser confirms that it has received a copy of the Indenture, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and such other Transaction Documents and other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption Agreement; (iv) each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Transferor, the Funding Agent or any other Investor Group and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (v) each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, all in accordance with Article V of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (vi) each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser appoints and authorizes its related Funding Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as are delegated to such Funding Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, all in accordance with Article V of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (vii) each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement are required to be performed by it as an Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser; and (viii) each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Issuer and the Manager that: (A) it has had an opportunity to discuss the Issuer’s and the

 

89


Manager’s business, management and financial affairs, and the terms and conditions of the proposed purchase, with the Issuer and the Manager and their respective representatives; (B) it is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act and has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of investing in, and is able and prepared to bear the economic risk of investing in, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes; (C) it is purchasing the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes for its own account, or for the account of one or more “accredited investors” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act that meet the criteria described in clause (viii)(B) above and for which it is acting with complete investment discretion, for investment purposes only and not with a view to distribution, subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of its property shall at all times be and remain within its control, and neither it nor its Affiliates has engaged in any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of the Securities Act with respect to the Series 2020- 1 Class A-1 Notes; (D) it understands that (I) the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes have not been and will not be registered or qualified under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction and are being offered only in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act and may not be resold or otherwise transferred unless so registered or qualified or unless an exemption from registration or qualification is available and an opinion of counsel shall have been delivered in advance to the Issuer, (II) the Issuer is not required to register the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes, (III) any permitted transferee hereunder must meet the criteria described under clause (viii)(B) above and (IV) any transfer must comply with the provisions of Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture, Section 4.3 of the Series 2020-1 Supplement and Section 9.03 or 9.17, as applicable, of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (E) it will comply with the requirements of clause (viii)(D) above in connection with any transfer by it of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes; (F) it understands that the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes will bear the legend set out in the form of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes attached to the Series 2020-1 Supplement and be subject to the restrictions on transfer described in such legend; (G) it will obtain for the benefit of the Issuer from any purchaser of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes substantially the same representations and warranties contained in the foregoing paragraphs; and (H) it has executed a Purchaser’s Letter substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Schedule I hereto sets forth (i) the Purchased Percentage for each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser, (ii) the revised Commitment Amounts of the Transferor and each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser, (iii) the revised Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts for the Investor Groups of the Transferor and each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser (it being understood that if the Transferor was part of a Conduit Investor’s Investor Group and the Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser is intended to be part of the same Investor Group, there will not be any change to the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount for that Investor Group) and (iv) administrative information with respect to each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser and its related Funding Agent.

This Assignment and Assumption Agreement and all matters arising under or in any manner relating to this Assignment and Assumption Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other that the State of New York, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereto shall be determined in accordance with such law.

ALL PARTIES HEREUNDER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON OR ON THE SERIES 2020-1 CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT OR THE SERIES 2020-1 CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH. ALL PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THEY HAVE RECEIVED FULL AND SIGNIFICANT CONSIDERATION FOR THIS PROVISION AND THAT THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR ALL PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT.

 

90


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment and Assumption Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first set forth above.

 

[    ], as Transferor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[    ], as Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser By:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[    ], as Funding Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

91


CONSENTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED BY THE ISSUER:
ARBY’S FUNDING, LLC, as Issuer
By:  

                    

  Name:
  Title:

 

92


CONSENTED BY:
COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK, U.A., NEW
YORK BRANCH, as Swingline Lender
By:  

                                     

  Name:
  Title:
COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW
YORK BRANCH, as L/C Provider
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

93


SCHEDULE I TO

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

LIST OF ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES AND OF COMMITMENT AMOUNTS

[                                         ], as Transferor

Prior Commitment Amount: $[        ]

Revised Commitment Amount: $[         ]

Prior Maximum Investor Group

Principal Amount: $[        ]

Revised Maximum Investor Group

Principal Amount: $[        ]

Related Conduit Investor

(if applicable) [                ]

[                                             ], as Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser Address:

Attention:

Telephone:

Email:

Purchased Percentage of Transferor’s Commitment: [        ]%

Prior Commitment Amount: $[        ]

Revised Commitment Amount: $[        ]

Prior Maximum Investor Group

Principal Amount: $[        ]

 

94


Revised Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount: $[        ]

Related Conduit Investor (if applicable) [        ]

[                                 ], as related Funding Agent

Address:

Attention:

Telephone:

Email:

 

95


EXHIBIT C TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

INVESTOR GROUP SUPPLEMENT, dated as of [    ], among (i) [    ] (the “Transferor Investor Group”), (ii) [ ] (the “Acquiring Investor Group”), (iii) the Funding Agent with respect to the Acquiring Investor Group listed on the signature pages hereof (each, a “Funding Agent”), and (iv) the Issuer, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider listed on the signature pages hereof.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, this Investor Group Supplement is being executed and delivered in accordance with Section 9.17(c) of that certain Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2020 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement”; terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined) among Arby’s Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Arby’s SPV Guarantor, LLC, Arby’s Franchisor, LLC, Arby’s IP Holder, LLC, and Arby’s Properties, LLC (each, a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”), Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc., as the Manager, the Conduit Investors, the Committed Note Purchasers for each Investor Group, the Funding Agents and COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH, as L/C Provider, Swingline Lender and Administrative Agent;

WHEREAS, the Acquiring Investor Group wishes to become a Conduit Investor and [a] Committed Note Purchaser[s] with respect to such Conduit Investor under the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Transferor Investor Group is selling and assigning to the Acquiring Investor Group [all] [a portion of] its respective rights, obligations and commitments under the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Advance Notes and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party with respect to the percentage of its Commitment Amount specified on Schedule I attached hereto;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

Upon the execution and delivery of this Investor Group Supplement by the Acquiring Investor Group, each related Funding Agent with respect thereto, the Transferor Investor Group, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Provider and, to the extent required by Section 9.17(c) of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (the date of such execution and delivery, the “Transfer Issuance Date”) the Issuer, the Conduit Investor and the Committed Note Purchaser[s] with respect to the Acquiring Investor Group shall be parties to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for all purposes thereof.

The Transferor Investor Group acknowledges receipt from the Acquiring Investor Group of an amount equal to the purchase price, as agreed between the Transferor Investor Group and the Acquiring Investor Group (the “Purchase Price”), of the portion being purchased by the Acquiring Investor Group (the Acquiring Investor Group’s “Purchased Percentage”) of (i) the aggregate Commitment[s] of the Committed Note Purchaser[s] included in the Transferor Investor Group under the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) the aggregate related Committed Note Purchaser Percentage[s] of the related Investor Group Principal Amount. The Transferor Investor Group hereby irrevocably sells, assigns and transfers to the Acquiring Investor Group, without recourse, representation or warranty, and the Acquiring Investor Group hereby irrevocably purchases, takes and assumes from the Transferor Investor Group, such Acquiring Investor Group’s Purchased Percentage of (x) the aggregate Commitment[s] of the Committed Note Purchaser[s] included in the Transferor Investor Group under the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and (y) the aggregate related Committed Note Purchaser Percentage[s] of the related Investor Group Principal Amount.

 

96


The Transferor Investor Group has made arrangements with the Acquiring Investor Group with respect to (i) the portion, if any, to be paid, and the date or dates for payment, by the Transferor Investor Group to such Acquiring Investor Group of any program fees, undrawn facility fee, structuring and commitment fees or other fees (collectively, the “Fees”) [heretofore received] by the Transferor Investor Group pursuant to Section 3.02 of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement prior to the Transfer Issuance Date [and (ii) the portion, if any, to be paid, and the date or dates for payment, by such Acquiring Investor Group to the Transferor Investor Group of Fees or [    ] received by such Acquiring Investor Group pursuant to the Series 2020-1 Supplement from and after the Transfer Issuance Date].

From and after the Transfer Issuance Date, amounts that would otherwise be payable to or for the account of the Transferor Investor Group pursuant to the Series 2020-1 Supplement or the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement shall, instead, be payable to or for the account of the Transferor Investor Group and the Acquiring Investor Group, as the case may be, in accordance with their respective interests as reflected in this Investor Group Supplement, whether such amounts have accrued prior to the Transfer Issuance Date or accrue subsequent to the Transfer Issuance Date.

Each of the parties to this Investor Group Supplement agrees that at any time and from time to time upon the written request of any other party, it will execute and deliver such further documents and do such further acts and things as such other party may reasonably request in order to effect the purposes of this Investor Group Supplement.

The Acquiring Investor Group has executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent a Purchaser’s Letter substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

By executing and delivering this Investor Group Supplement, the Transferor Investor Group and the Acquiring Investor Group confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as follows: (i) other than the representation and warranty that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned hereby free and clear of any adverse claim, the Transferor Investor Group makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Series 2020-1 Supplement, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Indenture, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes, the Transaction Documents or any instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (ii) the Transferor Investor Group makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Issuer or the performance or observance by the Issuer of any of the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Transaction Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (iii) the Acquiring Investor Group confirms that it has received a copy of the Indenture, the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and such other Transaction Documents and other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Investor Group Supplement; (iv) the Acquiring Investor Group will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Transferor Investor Group, the Funding Agents or any other Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (v) the Acquiring Investor Group appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, all in accordance with Article V of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (vi) each member of the Acquiring Investor Group appoints and authorizes its related Funding Agent, listed on Schedule I hereto, to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as are delegated to such Funding Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably

 

97


incidental thereto, all in accordance with Article V of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (vii) each member of the Acquiring Investor Group agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement are required to be performed by it as a member of the Acquiring Investor Group; and (viii) each member of the Acquiring Investor Group hereby represents and warrants to the Issuer and the Manager that: (A) it has had an opportunity to discuss the Issuer’s and the Manager’s business, management and financial affairs, and the terms and conditions of the proposed purchase, with the Issuer and the Manager and their respective representatives; (B) it is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act and has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of investing in, and is able and prepared to bear the economic risk of investing in, the Series 2020-1 Class A- 1 Notes; (C) it is purchasing the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes for its own account, or for the account of one or more “accredited investors” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act that meet the criteria described in clause (viii)(B) above and for which it is acting with complete investment discretion, for investment purposes only and not with a view to distribution, subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of its property shall at all times be and remain within its control, and neither it nor its Affiliates has engaged in any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of the Securities Act with respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes; (D) it understands that (I) the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes have not been and will not be registered or qualified under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction and are being offered only in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act and may not be resold or otherwise transferred unless so registered or qualified or unless an exemption from registration or qualification is available and an opinion of counsel shall have been delivered in advance to the Issuer, (II) the Issuer is not required to register the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes, (III) any permitted transferee hereunder must meet the criteria described under clause (viii)(B) above and (IV) any transfer must comply with the provisions of Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture, Section 4.3 of the Series 2020-1 Supplement and Section 9.03 or 9.17, as applicable, of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (E) it will comply with the requirements of clause (viii)(D) above in connection with any transfer by it of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes; (F) it understands that the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes will bear the legend set out in the form of Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes attached to the Series 2020-1 Supplement and be subject to the restrictions on transfer described in such legend; (G) it will obtain for the benefit of the Issuer from any purchaser of the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Notes substantially the same representations and warranties contained in the foregoing paragraphs; and (H) it has executed a Purchaser’s Letter substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Series 2020-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Schedule I hereto sets forth (i) the Purchased Percentage for the Acquiring Investor Group, (ii) the revised Commitment Amounts of the Transferor Investor Group and the Acquiring Investor Group, (iii) the revised Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts for the Transferor Investor Group and the Acquiring Investor Group and (iv) administrative information with respect to the Acquiring Investor Group and its related Funding Agent.

This Investor Group Supplement and all matters arising under or in any manner relating to this Investor Group Supplement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other that the State of New York, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereto shall be determined in accordance with such law.

ALL PARTIES HEREUNDER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON OR ON THE SERIES 2020-1 CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS INVESTOR GROUP SUPPLEMENT OR THE SERIES 2020-1 CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE

 

98


AGREEMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH. ALL PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THEY HAVE RECEIVED FULL AND SIGNIFICANT CONSIDERATION FOR THIS PROVISION AND THAT THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR ALL PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS INVESTOR GROUP SUPPLEMENT.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Investor Group Supplement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first set forth above.

 

[    ], as Transferor Investor Group
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title
[    ], as Acquiring Investor Group
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[    ], as Funding Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

99


CONSENTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED BY THE ISSUER:
ARBY’S FUNDING, LLC, as Issuer
By:  

                    

  Name:
  Title:


CONSENTED BY:
COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW
YORK BRANCH, as Swingline Lender
By:  

                                     

  Name:
  Title:
COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW
YORK BRANCH, as L/C Provider
By:  

                             

  Name:
  Title:


SCHEDULE I TO

INVESTOR GROUP SUPPLEMENT

LIST OF ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES

AND OF COMMITMENT AMOUNTS

[                                 ], as Transferor Investor Group

Prior Commitment Amount: $[    ]

Revised Commitment Amount: $[    ]

Prior Maximum Investor Group

Principal Amount: $[    ]

Revised Maximum Investor

Group Principal Amount: $[    ]

[                                 ], as Acquiring Investor Group

Address:

Attention:

Telephone:

Email:

Purchased Percentage of

Transferor Investor Group’s Commitment: [    ]%

Prior Commitment Amount: $[    ]

Revised Commitment Amount: $[    ]

Prior Maximum Investor Group

Principal Amount: $[    ]

Revised Maximum Investor

Group Principal Amount: $[    ]

[                                 ], as related Funding Agent

Address:

Attention:

Telephone:

Email:


EXHIBIT D TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

[FORM OF PURCHASER’S LETTER]

[INVESTOR]

[INVESTOR ADDRESS]

Attention: [INVESTOR CONTACT]                        [Date]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is hereby made to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement dated July 31, 2020 (the “NPA”) relating to the purchase and sale (the “Transaction”) of up to $150,000,000 of Series 2020-1 Variable Funding Senior Notes, Class A-1 (the “VFN Notes”) of Arby’s Funding, LLC (the “Issuer”). The Transaction will not be required to be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) under an exemption from registration granted in Section 4(a)(2) of the Act and Regulation D promulgated under the Act. COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH is acting as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”) in connection with the Transaction. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms have the definitions ascribed to them in the NPA. Please confirm with us your acknowledgement and agreement with the following:

 

  (p)

You are an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act (an “Accredited Investor”) and have sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of purchasing, and are able and prepared to bear the economic risk of purchasing, the VFN Notes.

 

  (q)

Neither the Administrative Agent nor its Affiliates (i) has provided you with any information with respect to the Issuer, the VFN Notes or the Transaction other than the information contained in the NPA, which was prepared by the Issuer or (ii) makes any representation as to the credit quality of the Issuer or the merits of an investment in the VFN Notes. The Administrative Agent has not provided you with any legal, business, tax or other advice in connection with the Transaction or your possible purchase of the VFN Notes.

 

  (r)

You acknowledge that you have completed your own diligence investigation of the Issuer and the VFN Notes and have had sufficient access to the agreements, documents, records, officers and directors of the Issuer to make your investment decision related to the VFN Notes. You further acknowledge that you have had an opportunity to discuss the Issuer’s and the Manager’s business, management and financial affairs, and the terms and conditions of the proposed purchase, with the Issuer and the Manager and their respective representatives.

 

  (s)

The Administrative Agent may currently or in the future own securities issued by, or have business relationships (including, among others, lending, depository, risk management, advisory and banking relationships) with, the Issuer and its affiliates, and the Administrative Agent will manage such security positions and business relationships as it determines to be in its best interests, without regard to the interests of the holders of the VFN Notes.

 

D-1


  (t)

You are purchasing the VFN Notes for your own account, or for the account of one or more Persons who are Accredited Investors and who meet the criteria described in paragraph (a) above and for whom you are acting with complete investment discretion, for investment purposes only and not with a view to a distribution in violation of the Securities Act (but without prejudice to our right at all times to sell or otherwise dispose of the VFN Notes in accordance with clause (f) below), subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of your property shall at all times be and remain within your control, and neither you nor your Affiliates has engaged in any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of the Act, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the VFN Notes. You confirm that, to the extent you are purchasing the VFN Notes for the account of one or more other Persons, (i) you have been duly authorized to make the representations, warranties, acknowledgements and agreements set forth herein on their behalf and (ii) the provisions of this letter constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of you and any other Person for whose account you are acting;

 

  (u)

You understand that (i) the VFN Notes have not been and will not be registered or qualified under the Act or any applicable state securities laws or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction and are being offered only in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Act and may not be resold or otherwise transferred unless so registered or qualified or unless an exemption from registration or qualification is available and an opinion of counsel shall have been delivered in advance to the Issuer, (ii) the Issuer is not required to register the VFN Notes, (iii) any permitted transferee under the NPA must be an Accredited Investor and (iv) any transfer must comply with the provisions of Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture, Section 4.3 of the Series 2020-1 Supplement and Section 9.03 or 9.17 of the NPA, as applicable;

 

  (v)

You will comply with the requirements of paragraph (f) above in connection with any transfer by you of the VFN Notes;

 

  (w)

You understand that the VFN Notes will bear the legend set out in the form of Securities attached to the Series 2020-1 Supplement and be subject to the restrictions on transfer described in such legend;

 

  (x)

Either (i) you are not acquiring or holding the VFN Notes for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, any plan, account or other arrangement that is subject to Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or provisions under any Similar Law (as defined in the Annex A to the Series 2020-1 Supplement) or (ii) your purchase and holding of the VFN Notes will not constitute or result in a non- exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a violation of any applicable Similar Law; and

 

  (y)

You will obtain for the benefit of the Issuer from any purchaser of the VFN Notes substantially the same representations and warranties contained in the foregoing paragraphs.

This letter agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

 

D-2


You understand that the Administrative Agent will rely upon this letter agreement in acting as an Administrative Agent in connection with the Transaction. You agree to notify the Administrative Agent promptly in writing if any of your representations, acknowledgements or agreements herein cease to be accurate and complete. You irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to produce this letter to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters set forth herein.

 

COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-3


Agreed and Acknowledged:
[INVESTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-4

Exhibit (b)(4)

 

BARCLAYS   CREDIT SUISSE   WELLS FARGO   GOLDMAN   KEYBANC
745 Seventh   LOAN FUNDING   SECURITIES,   SACHS BANK   CAPITAL
Avenue   LLC   LLC,   USA,   MARKETS INC.
New York, New   CREDIT SUISSE   Duke Energy Center   200 West Street   KEYBANK
York 10019   AG, CAYMAN   550 S. Tryon Street,   New York, NY   NATIONAL
  ISLANDS   6th Floor   10282-2198   ASSOCIATION
  BRANCH   Charlotte, NC     127 Public Square
  Eleven Madison   28202     Cleveland, OH
  Avenue       44114
  New York, New   WELLS FARGO    
  York 10010   BANK, N.A.    
    1808 Aston Ave.,    
    Suite 250    
    Carlsbad, California    
    92008    

 

COÖPERATIEVE   TRUIST BANK (AS   GOLUB CAPITAL   CAPITAL ONE,
RABOBANK U.A.,   SUCCESSOR TO SUNTRUST   LLC   NATIONAL
NEW YORK   BANK)   200 Park Avenue, 25th   ASSOCIATION
BRANCH   303 Peachtree Street   Floor   299 Park Avenue
245 Park Avenue,   Atlanta, GA 30308   New York, NY 10166   New York, NY 10171
37th Floor      
New York, NY   TRUIST SECURITIES, INC.    
10167   (formerly known as    
  SUNTRUST ROBINSON    
  HUMPHREY, INC.)    
  3333 Peachtree Road    
  Atlanta, GA 30326    

CONFIDENTIAL

November 12, 2020

IRB Holding Corp.

3 Glenlake Parkway    

Atlanta, GA 30328    

Attention: General Counsel    

Project Vale

Second Amended and Restated Commitment Letter

Ladies and Gentlemen:

IRB Holding Corp. (the “Company” or “you”) has advised Barclays Bank PLC (“Barclays”), Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch (acting through such of its affiliates as it deems appropriate, “CS”), Credit Suisse Loan Funding LLC (“CSLF”), Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Wells Fargo”), Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (“WF Securities”), Goldman Sachs Bank USA (“Goldman Sachs”), KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. (“KBCM”) and KeyBank National Association (“KeyBank”), Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch (“Rabobank”), Truist Bank (as successor by merger to SunTrust Bank, “Truist Bank”), Truist Securities, Inc. (formerly known as SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., “Truist Securities” and, together with Truist Bank, “Truist”), Ares Capital Management LLC (“Ares”), Golub Capital LLC (“Golub”), Capital One, National Association (“Capital One”), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.


(“JPMorgan”) and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (“MSSF”, and together with Barclays, CS, CSLF, Wells Fargo, WF Securities, Goldman Sachs, KBCM, KeyBank, Rabobank, SunTrust, Ares, Golub and JPMorgan, “we” or “us”) that you intend to acquire, directly or indirectly, the Acquired Company and consummate the other transactions in the Transaction Description attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Transaction Description”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Transaction Description, the Summary of Principal Terms and Conditions attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Term Sheet”), the Summary of Additional Conditions attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “Summary of Additional Conditions”), or the Existing Credit Agreement (as defined in Exhibit A), as applicable. This commitment letter, the Transaction Description, the Term Sheet, the Summary of Additional Conditions and other attachments thereto is hereinafter referred to, collectively, as the “Commitment Letter”.

This Commitment Letter amends, restates and supersedes in its entirety the amended and restated commitment letter dated as of November 7, 2020 (the “Amended and Restated Commitment Letter”), which amended, restated and superseded in its entirety the commitment letter dated as of October 30, 2020 (such date, the “Original Commitment Letter Date”) executed by and between you and the Lead Arranger (as amended by the Amendment to Commitment Letter, the “Original Commitment Letter”).

1.    Commitments.

In connection with the Transactions each of Barclays, CS, Wells Fargo, Goldman Sachs, KeyBank, Rabobank, Truist Bank, Ares, Golub, Capital One, JPMorgan and MSSF is pleased to advise you of its commitment to provide the portion of the aggregate principal amount of each Incremental Credit Facility as set forth in Annex I hereto, in each case, subject only to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the Summary of Additional Conditions in Exhibit C hereto (Barclays, CS, Wells Fargo, Goldman Sachs, KeyBank, Rabobank, Truist, Ares, Golub, Capital One, JPMorgan and MSSF, collectively, the “Initial Incremental Lenders”).

2.    Titles and Roles.

It is agreed that Barclays, as the lead left arranger (the “Lead Arranger”) and CSLF, WF Securities, Goldman Sachs, KBCM, Rabobank, Truist Securities, Golub and Capital One will act as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (the Lead Arranger, CSLR, WF Securities, Goldman Sachs, KBCM, Rabobank, Truist Securities, Golub and Capital One, the “Joint Lead Arrangers” and together with the Initial Incremental Lenders and their respective affiliates, the “Commitment Parties”). We, in such capacities, will perform the duties and exercise the authority customarily performed and exercised by us in such roles. Notwithstanding anything herein or in any of the term sheets to the contrary, (a) Neither Ares, JPMorgan nor MSSF shall act as an underwriter, arranger, trustee, agent or in a similar role or otherwise perform any services hereunder or receive any fees for such services, and (b) the role of Ares, JPMorgan and MSSF hereunder and under the term sheets shall be limited to their commitments to provide debt financing as an Initial Incremental Lender pursuant to the terms hereof.

You agree that no other agents, co-agents, arrangers, managers or bookrunners will be appointed, no other titles will be awarded and no compensation (other than compensation expressly contemplated by this Commitment Letter and the Fee Letters referred to below) will be paid to any Lender (as defined below) in order to obtain its commitment to participate in the Incremental Credit Facilities unless you and we shall so agree.


It is further agreed that (i) in any Information Materials (as defined below) and all other offering or marketing materials in respect of the Incremental Credit Facilities, Barclays shall have “left side” designation and shall appear on the top left and shall hold the leading role and responsibilities customarily associated with such “top left” placement and (ii) the other agents (or their affiliates, as applicable) for the Incremental Credit Facilities will be listed in an order determined by you in consultation with the Commitment Parties in any marketing materials or other documentation.

3.    Syndication.

We reserve the right, commencing promptly upon your execution and delivery of this Commitment Letter, to syndicate all or a portion of the Initial Incremental Lenders’ commitments hereunder to a group of banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders and investors (together with the Initial Incremental Lenders, the “Lenders”) identified by us in consultation with you and reasonably acceptable to us and you (your consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that (a) we agree not to syndicate our commitments to Ineligible Institutions and (b) notwithstanding our right to syndicate the Incremental Credit Facilities and receive commitments with respect thereto (i) no Initial Incremental Lender shall be relieved, released or novated from its obligations hereunder (including, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein, its obligation to fund the Incremental Credit Facilities on the date of the consummation of the Acquisition with the proceeds of the initial funding under the Incremental Credit Facilities (the date of such funding, the “Closing Date”)) in connection with any syndication, assignment or participation of the Incremental Credit Facilities, including its commitments in respect thereof, until after the Closing Date has occurred, (ii) no assignment or novation by any Initial Incremental Lender shall become effective as between you and the Initial Incremental Lenders with respect to all or any portion of any Initial Incremental Lender’s commitments in respect of the Incremental Credit Facilities until the initial funding of the Incremental Credit Facilities and (iii) unless you otherwise agree in writing, each Initial Incremental Lender shall retain exclusive control over all rights and obligations with respect to its commitments in respect of the Incremental Credit Facilities, including all rights with respect to consents, modifications, supplements, waivers and amendments, until after the Closing Date has occurred.

Until the earlier of Successful Syndication (as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Fee Letter) and the 60th day after the Closing Date (such earlier date, the “Syndication Date”), you agree to actively assist us in seeking to complete a timely syndication that is reasonably satisfactory to us and you. Such assistance shall be limited to (a) your using commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any syndication efforts benefit from your existing lending and investment banking relationships, (b) direct contact between senior management, certain representatives and certain advisors of you, on the one hand, and the proposed Lenders, on the other hand (and your using commercially reasonable efforts to ensure such contact between senior management of the Acquired Company, on the one hand, and the proposed Lenders, on the other hand, to the extent reasonable and practical and not in contravention of the Acquisition Agreement), in all such cases at times mutually agreed upon, (c) your assistance (including the use


of commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Acquired Company to assist to the extent not in contravention of the Acquisition Agreement) in the preparation of the Information Materials (as defined below), subject, in the case of Information Materials relating to the Acquired Company, to the limitations on your rights as set forth in the Acquisition Agreement, (d) using your commercially reasonable efforts to procure, prior to commencement of general syndication, a reaffirmation of the ratings for the Facilities after giving effect to the Incremental Credit Facilities from each of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), and a reaffirmation of the public corporate credit rating and a public corporate family rating in respect of the Borrower under the Facilities after giving effect to the Transactions from each of S&P and Moody’s, respectively, (e) the hosting, with us, of a reasonable number of meetings to be mutually agreed upon of prospective Lenders at times and locations to be mutually agreed upon, and (f) at any time prior to the Closing Date, there being no competing issues, offerings, placements or arrangements of broadly syndicated debt securities or commercial bank or other credit facilities by or on behalf of you or your subsidiaries and your using commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that there are no competing broadly syndicated issuances of debt for borrowed money by and on behalf of the Acquired Company being offered, placed or arranged (other than the Existing Credit Agreement, any amendment to the revolving facility under the Existing Credit Agreement that is led by the Lead Arranger, the Incremental Credit Facilities, the Company’s Senior Notes due 2026, the Company’s First Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2025, any Debt Securities Financing (as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Fee Letter), any indebtedness of the Acquired Company or any of its subsidiaries permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement, the Securitization Agreement (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) and the Existing Securitization Facility) without our consent, if such issuance, offering, placement or arrangement would materially impair the primary syndication of the Incremental Credit Facilities (it being understood that any indebtedness issued for purposes of the Acquired Company’s or your or its subsidiaries’ ordinary course working capital requirements and ordinary course capital lease, local facilities, purchase money and equipment financings, letters of credit and deferred purchase price obligations will not materially impair the primary syndication of the Incremental Credit Facilities). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Commitment Letter or the Fee Letters or any other letter agreement or undertaking concerning the financing of the Transactions to the contrary, your obligations to assist in syndication efforts as provided herein (including the obtaining of the ratings referenced above) shall not constitute a condition to the commitments hereunder or the funding of the Incremental Credit Facilities on the Closing Date. “Restricted Group” shall mean Parent and each of its subsidiaries, other than the Securitization Entities.

The Joint Lead Arrangers, in their capacities as such, will manage, in consultation with you, all aspects of any syndication of the Incremental Credit Facilities, including decisions as to the selection of institutions reasonably acceptable to you (your consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to be approached and when they will be approached, when their commitments will be accepted, which institutions will participate (subject to your consent rights set forth in the second preceding paragraph and excluding Ineligible Institutions), the allocation of the commitments among the Lenders and the amount and distribution of fees among the Lenders. For the avoidance of doubt, you will not be required to provide any information to the extent that the provision thereof would violate any law, rule or regulation, or any obligation of confidentiality binding on you, the Acquired Company or your or its respective affiliates; provided that you shall inform us to the extent that any material information is being withheld in reliance on this sentence and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to convey such information in a manner that would not violate such law, rule or regulation, or obligation of confidentiality.


You hereby acknowledge that (a) we will make available Information (as defined below), Projections (as defined below) and other offering and marketing material and presentations, including confidential information memoranda to be used in connection with the syndication of the Incremental Credit Facilities in a form customarily delivered in connection with senior secured bank financings (the “Information Memorandum”) (such Information, Projections, other customary offering and marketing material and the Information Memorandum, collectively, with the Term Sheet, the “Information Materials”) on a confidential basis to the proposed syndicate of Lenders by posting the Information Materials on Intralinks, Debt X, SyndTrak Online or by similar electronic means and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information (“MNPI”) with respect to you, your affiliates, the Acquired Company or its subsidiaries, or your or their respective securities and who may be engaged in investment and other market related activities with respect to you, your subsidiaries, the Acquired Company or its subsidiaries or your or their respective securities) (each, a “Public Sider” and each Lender that is not a Public Sider, a “Private Sider”). You will be solely responsible for the contents of the Information Materials and each of the Commitment Parties shall be entitled to use and rely upon the information contained therein without responsibility for independent verification thereof.

At our request, you agree to assist (and to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Acquired Company to assist, subject to your rights set forth in the Acquisition Agreement) us in preparing an additional version of the Information Materials to be used in connection with the syndication of the Incremental Credit Facilities that consists exclusively of information that is publicly available and/or does not include MNPI of the type if it or they were public with respect to you, the Acquired Company or any of your or their respective subsidiaries for the purpose of United States federal and state securities laws to be used by Public Siders. It is understood that in connection with your assistance described above, customary authorization letters will be included in any Information Materials that authorize the distribution thereof to prospective Lenders, represent that the additional version of the Information Materials does not include any MNPI and exculpate you, the Acquired Company and us and affiliates of the foregoing with respect to any liability related to the use of the contents of the Information Materials or related offering and marketing materials by the recipients thereof. Before distribution of any Information Materials, you agree to use (at our request) commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Information Materials that may be distributed to the Public Siders as “Public Information”, which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof. By marking Information Materials as “PUBLIC”, you shall be deemed to have authorized the Commitment Parties and the proposed Lenders to treat such Information Materials as not containing any MNPI (it being understood that you shall not be under any obligation to mark the Information Materials “PUBLIC”).

You acknowledge and agree that the following documents, without limitation, may be distributed to both Private Siders and Public Siders, unless you advise us in writing (including by email) within a reasonable time prior to their intended distribution that such materials should only be distributed to Private Siders and provided that you have been given a reasonable opportunity to review such documents and comply with disclosure obligations under applicable law: (a)


administrative materials prepared by us for prospective Lenders (such as a lender meeting invitation, bank allocation, if any, and funding and closing memoranda), (b) term sheets and notification of changes in the Incremental Credit Facilities’ terms and conditions, (c) drafts and final versions of the Incremental Credit Facilities Documentation (other than schedules thereto) and (d) publicly filed financial statements of the Acquired Company and its subsidiaries and publicly filed financial statements of the Borrower and its respective subsidiaries. If you advise us in writing (including by email), within a reasonable period of time prior to dissemination, that any of the foregoing should be distributed only to Private Siders, then Public Siders will not receive such materials without your consent.

4.    Information.

You hereby represent and warrant that (with respect to Information and Projections relating to the Acquired Company and its subsidiaries prior to the Closing Date, to your knowledge) (a) all written information and written data concerning you and your subsidiaries and the Acquired Company and its subsidiaries, other than the Projections and other than information of a general economic or industry specific nature in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (such information and data, after giving effect to such exclusions, the “Information”), that has been or will be made available to any Commitment Party by you or, at your direction, by any of your representatives on your behalf in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, when taken as a whole, is or will be, when furnished, correct in all material respects and does not or will not, when furnished, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements are made (giving effect to all supplements and updates thereto) and (b) the financial and/or business projections and other forward-looking information (the “Projections”) contained in the Information Memorandum will be prepared in good faith based upon assumptions that are believed by you to be reasonable at the time such Projections are so furnished; it being understood that the Projections (i) are as to future events and are not to be viewed as facts and the Projections are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond your control, that no assurance can be given that any particular Projections will be realized and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such Projections may differ significantly from the projected results and such differences may be material and (ii) are not a guarantee of performance. You agree that, if at any time prior to the later of the Syndication Date and the Closing Date you become aware that any of the representations and warranties in the preceding sentence would be, to your knowledge with respect to the Acquired Company, incorrect in any material respect if the Information and the Projections were being furnished, and such representations were being made, at such time, then you will (or, prior to the Closing Date, with respect to the Information and such Projections relating to the Acquired Company, will use commercially reasonable efforts to) promptly supplement the Information and such Projections such that (with respect to Information and Projections relating to the Acquired Company and its subsidiaries prior to the Closing Date, to your knowledge) such representations and warranties are correct in all material respects under those circumstances. In arranging and syndicating the Incremental Credit Facilities, each of the Commitment Parties will be entitled to use and rely primarily on the Information and the Projections without responsibility for independent verification thereof.


5.    Fees.

As consideration for the commitments of the Initial Incremental Lenders hereunder and for the agreement of the Commitment Parties to perform the services described herein, you agree to pay (or cause to be paid) the fees set forth in the Term Sheet, in the Second Amended and Restated Fee Letter dated the date hereof and delivered herewith with respect to the Incremental Credit Facilities (the “Second Amended and Restated Fee Letter”) and in the Lead Arranger Fee Letter, dated November 7, 2020, between you and the Lead Arranger (together with the Second Amended and Restated Fee Letter, the “Fee Letters”). Once paid, such fees shall not be refundable except as otherwise agreed in writing signed by each party thereto.

6.    Conditions.

The commitments of the Initial Incremental Lenders hereunder to fund the Incremental Credit Facilities on the Closing Date (including any amounts drawn under the Revolving Facility after giving effect to the Incremental Revolving Facility on the Closing Date to fund the Transactions) and the agreement of the Joint Lead Arrangers to perform the services described herein are subject solely to the applicable conditions set forth in Exhibit C hereto and the “Conditions to Initial Borrowings” in Exhibit B hereto, and upon satisfaction (or waiver by all Commitment Parties) of such conditions, the initial funding of the Incremental Credit Facilities shall occur.

Notwithstanding anything in this Commitment Letter (including each of the exhibits attached hereto), the Fee Letters, the Incremental Credit Facilities Documentation, the Existing Credit Agreement or any other letter agreement or other undertaking concerning the financing of the Transactions to the contrary, (i) the only representations relating to you, the Guarantors, the Acquired Company, your and their respective affiliates and your and their respective businesses the making of which shall be a condition to the availability and funding of the Incremental Credit Facilities on the Closing Date shall be (A) such of the representations made by the Acquired Company in the Acquisition Agreement as are material to the interests of the Lenders (in their capacities as such), but only to the extent that you or your applicable affiliate has the right (taking into account any applicable cure provisions) to terminate your (or its) obligations under the Acquisition Agreement or decline to consummate the Acquisition as a result of a breach of such representations in the Acquisition Agreement (to such extent, the “Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations”) and (B) the Specified Representations (as defined below) and (ii) the terms of the Incremental Credit Facilities Documentation shall be in a form such that they do not impair the availability or funding of the Incremental Credit Facilities on the Closing Date if the applicable conditions set forth in Exhibit C hereto are satisfied (or waived by all Commitment Parties) (it being understood that any security interest in the Acquired Company and its subsidiaries shall be delivered in accordance with Section 5.10(d) of the Existing Credit Agreement). For purposes hereof, “Specified Representations” means the representations and warranties of the Borrower and the Guarantors set forth in the Incremental Credit Facilities Documentation relating to organizational status of the Borrower and any Guarantors; power and authority, due authorization, execution and delivery and enforceability with respect to the Incremental Credit Facilities Documentation; no conflicts with or consent under charter documents, in each case, related to the entering into and the performance of the Incremental Credit Facilities Documentation and the incurrence of the extensions of credit thereunder; solvency as of


the Closing Date (after giving effect to the Transactions) of the Borrower and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (solvency to be defined in the same manner as the solvency certificate delivered under the Existing Credit Agreement); Federal Reserve margin regulations; the Investment Company Act; PATRIOT Act; use of proceeds not violating OFAC, FCPA or other anti-terrorism or anti- corruption laws; and creation, validity and perfection of security interests in the Collateral (subject to Section 5.10(d) of the Existing Credit Agreement and subject in all respects to security interests and liens permitted under the Incremental Credit Facilities Documentation (including security interest and liens permitted to remain outstanding on the Closing Date pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement) and to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph). This paragraph, and the provisions herein, shall be referred to as the “Certain Funds Provisions”.

7.    Indemnity and Expense Reimbursement.

To induce the Commitment Parties to enter into this Commitment Letter and the Fee Letters and to proceed with the documentation of the Incremental Credit Facilities, you agree (a) to indemnify and hold harmless each (x) Commitment Party, their respective affiliates and each of their successors and permitted assigns and (y) the respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives of each of the foregoing (each, an “Indemnified Person”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities of any kind or nature and reasonable and documented or invoiced out-of-pocket fees and expenses, joint or several, to which any such Indemnified Person may become subject to the extent arising out of, resulting from or in connection with, this Commitment Letter (including the Term Sheet), the Fee Letters, the Transactions or any related transaction contemplated hereby, the Incremental Credit Facilities or any use of the proceeds thereof or any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding (including any inquiry or investigation) relating to any of the foregoing (any of the foregoing, a “Proceeding”), regardless of whether any such Indemnified Person is a party thereto, whether or not such Proceedings are brought by you, your equity holders, affiliates, creditors or any other third person, and to reimburse each such Indemnified Person upon demand for any reasonable and documented or invoiced out-of-pocket legal expenses of one firm of counsel for all such Indemnified Persons, taken as a whole and, if necessary, of a single firm of local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction (which may include a single firm of special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions) for all such Indemnified Persons, taken as a whole, and, solely in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, one additional counsel in each relevant jurisdiction to the affected Indemnified Persons) or other reasonable and documented or invoiced out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any of the foregoing; provided that the foregoing indemnity will not, as to any Indemnified Person, apply to losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses to the extent that they have resulted from (i) the willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision) of such Indemnified Person or any of such Indemnified Person’s controlled affiliates or any of its or their respective officers, directors, employees, agents or other representatives, in each case who are involved in or aware of the Transactions, (ii) a material breach of the obligations (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision) of such Indemnified Person or any of such Indemnified Person’s affiliates under this Commitment Letter, the Term Sheet, the Fee Letters or the Incremental Credit Facilities Documentation, or (iii) disputes between and among Indemnified Persons to the extent such disputes do not arise from any act or omission of you or any of your affiliates (other than claims against an Indemnified Person acting in its capacity as an agent or arranger or similar role under the Incremental Credit Facilities unless


such claims arise from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision) of such Indemnified Person) and (b) if the Closing Date occurs, to reimburse each Commitment Party from time to time, upon presentation of a summary statement, for all reasonable and documented or invoiced out-of-pocket expenses, syndication expenses, travel expenses and reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of the counsel to the Commitment Parties identified in the Term Sheet (which may include multiple “trees” with respect to charges of counsel incurred on or prior to the Original Commitment Letter Date if requested by the Commitment Parties) and of a single firm of local counsel to the Commitment Parties in each relevant jurisdiction (which may include a single firm of special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions) and of such other counsel retained with your prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)), in each case incurred in connection with the Incremental Credit Facilities and the preparation, negotiation and enforcement of this Commitment Letter, the Fee Letters, the Incremental Credit Facilities Documentation and any security arrangements in connection therewith (collectively, the “Expenses”). The foregoing provisions in this paragraph shall be superseded in each case, to the extent covered thereby, by the applicable provisions contained in the Incremental Credit Facilities Documentation upon execution thereof and thereafter shall have no further force and effect.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Commitment Letter, (i) without in any way limiting the indemnification obligations set forth above, none of us, you, the Acquired Company or any Indemnified Person shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of information or other materials obtained through internet, electronic, telecommunications or other information transmission systems, except to the extent that such damages have resulted from the willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision) of such person and (ii) without in any way limiting the indemnification obligations set forth above, none of us, you, the Acquired Company or any Indemnified Person shall be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages (including, without limitation, any loss of profits, business or anticipated savings) in connection with this Commitment Letter, the Fee Letters, the Transactions (including the Incremental Credit Facilities and the use of proceeds thereunder), or with respect to any activities related to the Incremental Credit Facilities, including the preparation of this Commitment Letter, the Fee Letters and the Incremental Credit Facilities Documentation.

You shall not be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effected without your written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), but if settled with your written consent, you agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Person from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses by reason of such settlement in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 7.

You shall not, without the prior written consent of any Indemnified Person (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceedings in respect of which indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person from all liability or claims that are the subject matter of such proceedings and (ii) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability, wrong doing or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any withholding of consent as a result of the failure to satisfy the requirements set forth in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) shall hereby be deemed reasonable.


8.    Sharing of Information, Absence of Fiduciary Relationships, Affiliate Activities.

You acknowledge that the Commitment Parties and their affiliates may be providing debt financing, equity capital or other services to other persons in respect of which you, the Acquired Company and your and its respective affiliates may have conflicting interests regarding the transactions described herein and otherwise. None of the Commitment Parties or their affiliates will use confidential information obtained from you by virtue of the transactions contemplated by this Commitment Letter or their other relationships with you in connection with the performance by them or their affiliates of services for other persons, and none of the Commitment Parties or their affiliates will furnish any such information to other persons, except to the extent permitted below. You also acknowledge that none of the Commitment Parties or their affiliates has any obligation to use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Commitment Letter, or to furnish to you, confidential information obtained by them from other persons.

As you know, certain of the Commitment Parties may be full service securities firms engaged, either directly or through their affiliates, in various activities, including securities trading, commodities trading, investment management, financing and brokerage activities and financial planning and benefits counseling for both companies and individuals. In the ordinary course of these activities, certain of the Commitment Parties and their respective affiliates may actively engage in commodities trading or trade the debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans and other obligations) of you, the Acquired Company and other companies which may be the subject of the arrangements contemplated by this letter for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities. Certain of the Commitment Parties or their affiliates may also co-invest with, make direct investments in, and invest or co-invest client monies in or with funds or other investment vehicles managed by other parties, and such funds or other investment vehicles may trade or make investments in securities of you, the Acquired Company or other companies which may be the subject of the arrangements contemplated by this Commitment Letter or engage in commodities trading with any thereof.

The Commitment Parties and their respective affiliates may have economic interests that conflict with those of you, the Acquired Company or your respective affiliates. You agree that the Commitment Parties will act under this letter as independent contractors and that nothing in this Commitment Letter or the Fee Letters will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between the Commitment Parties and you, the Acquired Company, your and its respective equity holders or your and their respective affiliates. You acknowledge and agree that (i) the transactions contemplated by this Commitment Letter and the Fee Letters are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Commitment Parties and, if applicable, their affiliates, on the one hand, and you, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Commitment Party and its applicable affiliates (as the case may be) is acting solely as a principal and not as agents or fiduciaries of you, the Acquired Company, your and its management, equity holders, creditors, affiliates or any other person, (iii) the Commitment Parties and their applicable affiliates (as the case may be) have not assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility or any other obligation in favor of you or your


affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Commitment Parties or any of their respective affiliates have advised or are currently advising you, the Acquired Company or your respective affiliates on other matters) except the obligations expressly set forth in this Commitment Letter and the Fee Letters, (iv) you have consulted your own legal and financial advisors to the extent you deemed appropriate and (v) you waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims you may have against us for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agree that we shall not have any liability (whether direct or indirect) to you in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on behalf of or in right of you, including your stockholders, employees or creditors. You further acknowledge and agree that you are responsible for making your own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto. Please note that the Commitment Parties are not providing any tax, accounting or legal advice in any jurisdiction. You agree that you will not claim that the Commitment Parties or their applicable affiliates, as the case may be, have rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owe a fiduciary or similar duty to you or your affiliates, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

9.    Confidentiality.

You agree that you will not disclose, directly or indirectly, the Fee Letters, the Original Fee Letter or the Amended and Restated Fee Letter (each as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Fee Letter), this Commitment Letter, the Amended and Restated Commitment Letter, the Original Commitment Letter, the Term Sheet, the other exhibits and attachments hereto and the contents of each thereof, or the activities of any Commitment Party pursuant hereto or thereto, to any person or entity without our prior written approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), except (a) to any of your officers, directors, agents, employees, attorneys, accountants, advisors, controlling persons or direct or indirect equity holders on a confidential and need-to-know basis, (b) pursuant to the order of any court or administrative agency in any pending legal, judicial or administrative proceeding, or otherwise as required by applicable law or compulsory legal process or to the extent requested or required by governmental and/or regulatory authorities, in each case based on the reasonable advice of your legal counsel (in which case you agree, to the extent practicable and not prohibited by applicable law, to inform us promptly thereof prior to disclosure) or (c) to the extent reasonably necessary or advisable in connection with the exercise of any remedy or enforcement of any right under this Commitment Letter; provided that (i) you may disclose this Commitment Letter (including the Term Sheet, but not the Fee Letters) and the contents hereof to the Acquired Company, its subsidiaries and their respective officers, directors, agents, employees, attorneys, accountants, advisors or controlling persons, on a confidential and need-to-know basis, (ii) you may disclose the Commitment Letter and its contents (including the Term Sheet, but not the Fee Letters) in any syndication or other marketing materials in connection with the Incremental Credit Facilities or in connection with any required public filing relating to the Transactions, (iii) you may disclose the Term Sheet and the contents thereof to any Lenders or participants or potential prospective Lenders or prospective participants and, in each case, their directors (or equivalent managers), officers, employees, affiliates, independent auditors or other experts and advisors and to rating agencies in connection with obtaining ratings for the Borrower and the Incremental Credit Facilities, (iv) you may disclose the aggregate fee amount contained in the Fee Letters as part of generic disclosure in Projections, pro forma information or aggregate sources and uses related to fee amounts related to the Transactions to the extent


customary or required in offering and marketing materials for the Incremental Credit Facilities or in any required public filing relating to the Transactions, (v) to the extent portions thereof have been redacted in a customary manner (including the portions thereof addressing fees payable to the Commitment Parties and/or the Lenders and the Flex Provisions (as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Fee Letter)), you may disclose the Fee Letters and the contents thereof to the Acquired Company, its subsidiaries and their respective officers, directors, agents, employees, attorneys, accountants, advisors, controlling persons or direct or indirect equity holders, on a confidential and need-to-know basis and (vi) the Commitment Letter and its contents (including the Term Sheet, but not the Fee Letters) may be filed by you with the Securities Exchange Commission and the aggregate fees associated with the Transactions (including the aggregate fees payable under the Fee Letters) may be disclosed in such filings; provided that, the foregoing restrictions shall cease to apply (except in respect of the Fee Letters and the contents thereof) two years after the Closing Date.

The Commitment Parties will use all confidential information provided to them by or on behalf of you hereunder or in connection with the Acquisitions and the related Transactions solely for the purpose of providing the services which are the subject of this Commitment Letter and shall treat confidentially all such information and shall not publish, disclose or otherwise divulge, such information; provided that nothing herein shall prevent any Commitment Party from disclosing any such information (a) pursuant to the order of any court or administrative agency or in any pending legal, judicial or administrative proceeding, or otherwise as required by applicable law or compulsory legal process based on the advice of counsel (in which case the Commitment Parties agree (except with respect to any audit or examination conducted by bank accountants or any regulatory authority exercising examination or regulatory authority), to the extent practicable and not prohibited by applicable law, to inform you promptly thereof prior to disclosure), (b) upon the request or demand of any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Commitment Parties or any of their respective affiliates (in which case the Commitment Parties agree (except with respect to any audit or examination conducted by bank accountants or any regulatory authority exercising examination or regulatory authority), to the extent practicable and not prohibited by applicable law, to inform you promptly thereof prior to disclosure), (c) to the extent that such information becomes publicly available other than by reason of improper disclosure by such Commitment Party or any of its affiliates or any related parties thereto in violation of any confidentiality obligations owing to you, the Acquired Company or any of your or its respective affiliates (including those set forth in this paragraph), (d) to the extent that such information is received by such Commitment Party from a third party that is not, to such Commitment Party’s knowledge, violating any contractual or fiduciary confidentiality obligations owing to you, the Acquired Company or any of your or its respective affiliates or related parties, (e) to the extent that such information is independently developed by the Commitment Parties, (f) to such Commitment Party’s affiliates and to its and their respective directors, officers, employees, legal counsel, independent auditors, professionals and other experts or agents who need to know such information in connection with the Transactions and who are informed of the confidential nature of such information and are or have been advised of their obligation to keep information of this type confidential, (g) to potential or prospective Lenders, participants or assignees and to any direct or indirect contractual counterparty to any swap or derivative transaction relating to you or any of your subsidiaries, in each case who agree to be bound by the terms of this paragraph (or language substantially similar to this paragraph); provided that the disclosure of any such information to any Lenders or prospective Lenders or participants or prospective participants referred to above shall be made


subject to the acknowledgment and acceptance by such Lender or prospective Lender or participant or prospective participant that such information is being disseminated on a confidential basis (on substantially the terms set forth in this paragraph or as is otherwise reasonably acceptable to you and each Commitment Party, including, without limitation, as agreed in any Information Materials or other marketing materials) in accordance with the standard syndication processes of such Commitment Party or customary market standards for dissemination of such type of information, or (h) for purposes of enforcing its rights hereunder and in the Fee Letters in any legal proceedings and for purposes of establishing a defense in any legal proceedings. The Commitment Parties’ and their affiliates’, if any, obligations under this paragraph shall terminate automatically and be superseded by the confidentiality provisions in the definitive documentation relating to the Incremental Credit Facilities upon the initial funding thereunder.

The provisions of this Section 9 shall terminate on the second anniversary of the date of this Commitment Letter.

10.    Miscellaneous.

This Commitment Letter and the commitments hereunder shall not be assignable by any party hereto (other than by you to the Acquired Company or another entity, so long as such entity is newly formed under the laws of any jurisdiction within the United States of America and is, or will be, controlled by you after giving effect to the Transactions and shall (directly or through a wholly-owned subsidiary) own the Acquired Company or be the successor to the Acquired Company) without the prior written consent of each other party hereto (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void); provided, that assignments shall be permitted without prior consent by Goldman Sachs Bank USA to Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC to the extent Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC expressly assumes all of the rights and obligations of Goldman Sachs Bank USA hereunder with respect to such commitments. This Commitment Letter and the commitments hereunder are intended to be solely for the benefit of the parties hereto (and Indemnified Persons) and are not intended to confer any benefits upon, or create any rights in favor of, any person other than the parties hereto (and Indemnified Persons to the extent expressly set forth herein). Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 3 above, the Commitment Parties reserve the right to employ the services of their affiliates or branches in providing services contemplated hereby and to allocate, in whole or in part, to their affiliates or branches certain fees payable to the Commitment Parties in such manner as the Commitment Parties and their affiliates or branches may agree in their sole discretion and, to the extent so employed, such affiliates and branches shall be entitled to the benefits and protections afforded to, and subject to the provisions governing the conduct of, the Commitment Parties hereunder.

This Commitment Letter may not be amended or any provision hereof waived or modified except by an instrument in writing signed by each of the Commitment Parties and you.    This Commitment Letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Commitment Letter by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission (i.e., a “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. This Commitment Letter (including the exhibits hereto), together with the Fee Letters dated the date hereof, (i) are the only agreements that have been


entered into among the parties hereto with respect to the Incremental Credit Facilities (other than the Original Commitment Letter and the Original Fee Letter) and (ii) supersede all prior understandings, whether written or oral, among us with respect to the Incremental Credit Facilities and sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect thereto.

This Commitment Letter, and all claims or causes of action (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) that may be based upon, arise out of, or relate in any way to this Commitment Letter or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York; provided, that (a) the interpretation of the definition of “Material Adverse Change” (as defined in Exhibit C) (and whether or not a Material Adverse Change has occurred), (b) the determination of the accuracy of any Specified Acquisition Agreement Representation and whether as a result of any inaccuracy thereof you or your applicable affiliate has the right to terminate your or their obligations under the Acquisition Agreement or refuse to consummate the Acquisition and (c) the determination of whether the Acquisition has been consummated and/or the Offer Conditions have been satisfied (or waived) in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement and, in any case, claims or disputes arising out of any such interpretation or determination or any aspect thereof, in each case, shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

Each of the parties hereto agrees that (i) this Commitment Letter is a binding and enforceable agreement (subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or law)) with respect to the subject matter contained herein, including an agreement by the parties hereto to negotiate in good faith the Incremental Credit Facilities Documentation in a manner consistent with this Commitment Letter, it being acknowledged and agreed that the commitments provided hereunder are subject to conditions precedent as provided herein and (ii) each of the Fee Letters is a legally valid and binding agreement of the parties thereto with respect to the subject matter set forth therein.

EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY OR ON BEHALF OF ANY PARTY RELATED TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS COMMITMENT LETTER OR THE FEE LETTERS OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER.

Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (a) submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York County, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Commitment Letter, the Fee Letters or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding shall only be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court, (b) waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Commitment Letter or the transactions contemplated hereby in any New York


State court or in any such Federal court, (c) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court and (d) agrees that a final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Each of the parties hereto agrees that service of process, summons, notice or document by registered mail addressed to you or us at the addresses set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court.

We hereby notify you that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “PATRIOT Act”) and the requirements of 31 C.F.R. §1010.230 (the “Beneficial Ownership Regulation”), each of us and each of the Lenders may be required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower and the Guarantors, which information may include their names, addresses, tax identification numbers and other information that will allow each of us and the Lenders to identify the Borrower and the Guarantors in accordance with the PATRIOT Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation. This notice is given in accordance with the requirements of the PATRIOT Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation and is effective for each of us and the Lenders.

The indemnification, compensation (if applicable and only with respect to compensation accrued up to the date of termination of this Commitment Letter, if any), reimbursement (if applicable), sharing of information, absence of fiduciary relationships, affiliate activities, jurisdiction, governing law, venue, waiver of jury trial, syndication and confidentiality provisions contained herein and in the Fee Letters shall remain in full force and effect regardless of whether the Incremental Credit Facilities Documentation shall be executed and delivered and notwithstanding the termination or expiration of this Commitment Letter or the Initial Incremental Lenders’ commitments hereunder; provided that your obligations under this Commitment Letter (other than your obligations with respect to (a) assistance to be provided in connection with the syndication thereof (including supplementing and/or correcting Information and Projections) prior to the Syndication Date and (b) confidentiality) shall automatically terminate and be superseded by the provisions of the Incremental Credit Facilities Documentation upon the initial funding thereunder to the extent covered thereby, and you shall automatically be released from all liability in connection therewith at such time. You may terminate this Commitment Letter and/or the Initial Incremental Lenders’ commitments with respect to the Incremental Credit Facilities (or a portion thereof) hereunder at any time subject to the provisions of the preceding sentence.

Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Commitment Letter.

This Commitment Letter and the amendment and restatement of the Amended and Restated Commitment Letter and the Amended and Restated Fee Letter shall become effective upon execution and delivery hereof and thereof by all parties hereto and thereto. In the event that the Closing Date does not occur before 11:59 p.m., New York City time on the date that is five (5) business days after the Outside Date (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement as of the Original Commitment Letter Date) (or such earlier date which is the earliest of (i) the termination of the Acquisition Agreement (as in effect on the Original Commitment Letter Date, and as may be extended in accordance with the terms thereof as in effect on the Original Commitment Letter Date) in accordance with its terms prior to the consummation of the Acquisition and (ii) the


consummation of the Acquisition with or without the funding of the Incremental Credit Facilities), then this Commitment Letter and the commitments of each of the Commitment Parties hereunder and the agreement of the Joint Lead Arrangers to provide the services described herein shall automatically terminate unless the Commitment Parties shall, in their discretion, agree to an extension in writing.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]


We are pleased to have been given the opportunity to assist you in connection with the financing for the Transactions.

 

Very truly yours,

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

 

By:  

/s/ Regina Tarone

 

Name: Regina Tarone

Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Project Vale Second A&R Commitment Letter]


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH

 

By  

/s/ Nupur Kumar

Name: Nupur Kumar

Title: Authorized Signatory

By  

/s/ Jessica Gavarkovs

Name: Jessica Gavarkovs

Title: Authorized Signatory

CREDIT SUISSE LOAN FUNDING LLC
By  

         

Name:        

Title:        

 

[Signature Page to Project Vale Second A&R Commitment Letter]


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH

 

By  

         

Name:        

Title:        

By  

         

Name:        

Title:        

CREDIT SUISSE LOAN FUNDING LLC
By  

/s/ Ryan Williams

Name: Ryan Williams

Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Project Vale Second A&R Commitment Letter]


WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Mitch Williams

 

Name: Mitch Williams

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Project Vale Second A&R Commitment Letter]


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

By:  

/s/ Maureen S. Malphus

 

Name: Maureen S. Malphus

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Project Vale Second A&R Commitment Letter]


Goldman Sachs Bank USA

 

By:  

/s/ Thomas Mastoras

 

Name: Thomas Mastoras

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Project Vale Second A&R Commitment Letter]


KEYBANK CAPITAL MARKETS INC.

 

By:  

/s/ J.E. Fowler

 

Name: J.E. Fowler

Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Project Vale Second A&R Commitment Letter]


COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH

 

By:  

/s/ Jan Brandenburg

 

Name: Jan Brandenburg

Title: Managing Director

By:  

/s/ Christoper Hartofilis

 

Name: Christoper Hartofilis

Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Project Vale Second A&R Commitment Letter]


TRUIST BANK

 

By:  

/s/ Aaron Peyton

 

Name: Aaron Peyton

Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Project Vale Second A&R Commitment Letter]


TRUIST SECURITIES, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Aaron Peyton

 

Name: Aaron Peyton

Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Project Vale Second A&R Commitment Letter]


CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

By:  

/s/ Michael Sullivan

 

Name: Michael Sullivan

Title: Duly Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Project Vale Second A&R Commitment Letter]


GOLUB CAPITAL LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Robert G. Tuchscherer

 

Name: Robert G. Tuchscherer

Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Project Vale Second A&R Commitment Letter]


ARES CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC (and its affiliates

on behalf of certain of their funds and accounts, “Ares”)

 

By:  

/s/ Scott Lem

 

Name: Scott Lem

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Project Vale Second A&R Commitment Letter]


Very truly yours,

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

 

By:  

/s/ Suzanne Ergastolo

Name: Suzanne Ergastolo

Title: Executive Director

 

[Signature Page to Project Vale Second A&R Commitment Letter]


Very truly yours,

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Brendan MacBride

Name: Brendan MacBride

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Project Vale Second A&R Commitment Letter]


Accepted and agreed to as of

the date first above written:

 

IRB HOLDING CORP.

By:   /s/ J. David Pipes
 

Name: J. David Pipes

Title: Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Project Vale Second A&R Commitment Letter]


ANNEX I

 

     Incremental Term Facility   Incremental Revolving
Facility

Barclays

   50%   50%

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

   8.74%   8%

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

   8.74%   8%

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

   8.0%   8%

KeyBank National Association

   2.74%   2%

Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch

   2.74%   2%

Truist Bank

   2.74%   2%

Ares Capital Management LLC

   7.76%   0%

Golub Capital LLC

   6.6%   0%

Capital One, National Association

   1.94%   0%

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

   0%   8%

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, LLC

   0%   12%


EXHIBIT A

Project Vale

Transaction Description

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Exhibit A shall have the meanings set forth in the other exhibits to the Commitment Letter to which this Exhibit A is attached (the “Commitment Letter”), in the Commitment Letter or in that certain Credit Agreement, dated as February 5, 2018, as amended as of December 7, 2018 and as further amended as of January 29, 2020, among Mavericks, Inc. (f/k/a Inspire Brands, Inc., (f/k/a ARG Holding Corporation)) (“Parent”), ARG IH LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent (“Holdings”), the Company, the lenders and issuing banks party thereto from time to time, and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent (the “Existing Credit Agreement”). In the case of any such capitalized term that is subject to multiple and differing definitions, the appropriate meaning thereof in this Exhibit A shall be determined by reference to the context in which it is used.

Parent intends to acquire, directly or indirectly, Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its subsidiaries and businesses, the “Acquired Company”) as provided in paragraph (a) below (the “Acquisition”).

In connection with the foregoing, it is intended that:

 

a)

Vale Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Newco”), that is a direct or indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Inspire Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Inspire”) which entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 30, 2020 (together with all annexes, exhibits, schedules, and company disclosure schedule thereto, collectively, the “Acquisition Agreement”) among Inspire, Newco and the Acquired Company. Pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement, Newco will be merged with and into the Acquired Company (the “Merger”), with the Acquired Company, as the surviving entity of the merger, to be a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Prior to the Closing Date, Newco will commence a tender offer to purchase all of the shares of common stock of the Acquired Company (the “Tender Offer”) and, if such shares are accepted for purchase pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement and the Tender Offer, such purchase will occur on the Closing Date prior to the Merger.

 

b)

(i) the Company will obtain a senior secured incremental revolving facility in an aggregate principal amount of $250 million and a senior secured tranche B incremental term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $2,575 million (subject to increase at the Borrower’s election, to the extent required to account for any original issue discount and/or upfront fees with respect to the Incremental Credit Facilities required pursuant to the “Flex Provisions” of the Second Amended and Restated Fee Letter) as described in Exhibit B to the Commitment Letter (the “Incremental Credit Facilities”) and (ii) the Sponsor and its Affiliates shall directly or indirectly, make a cash contribution in the form of Qualified Equity Interests or other equity interests reasonably acceptable to the Joint Lead Arrangers (the “Equity Contribution”) in Parent, in an aggregate amount equal to the proceeds required to pay the Acquisition Costs that are in excess of the net proceeds from the Incremental Term Loans, any Revolving Facility Loans or Incremental Revolving Loans borrowed on the Closing Date and the cash on hand of the Company, the Acquired Company and their restricted subsidiaries.


c)

The proceeds of the Incremental Credit Facilities on the Closing Date will be applied (i) to pay the consideration in connection with the Acquisition and (ii) to pay the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions (such fees and expenses, the “Transaction Costs”) (the amounts set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above, collectively, the “Acquisition Costs”).

The transactions described above (including the Acquisition (including the Tender Offer and the Merger) and the payment of Transaction Costs) are collectively referred to herein as the “Transactions”.


EXHIBIT B

Project Vale

$2,575 million Incremental Tranche B Term Facility

$250 million Incremental Revolving Facility

Summary of Principal Terms and Conditions1

 

Borrower:

IRB Holding Corp. (the “Borrower”).

 

Transactions:

As set forth in Exhibit A to the Commitment Letter.

 

Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent:

Barclays Bank PLC will act as sole administrative agent and sole collateral agent (in such capacities, the “Administrative Agent”).

 

Joint Lead Arrangers:

Each of Barclays, CSLF, WF Securities, Goldman Sachs, KBCM, Rabobank, Truist Securities, Golub and Capital One will act as a joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner (the “Joint Lead Arrangers”), and each will perform the duties customarily associated with such role.

Incremental Credit Facilities:

 

Incremental Term Facility:

A senior secured tranche B incremental term loan facility denominated in U.S. dollars (the “Incremental Term Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $2,575 million (subject to increase at the Borrower’s election, to the extent required to account for any original issue discount and/or upfront fees with respect to the Incremental Credit Facilities required pursuant to the “Flex Provisions” of the Second Amended and Restated Fee Letter) (the loans thereunder, the “Incremental Term Loans”).

 

Incremental Revolving Facility:

A senior secured incremental revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $250 million (the “Incremental Revolving Facility” and, together with the Incremental Term Facility, the “Incremental Credit Facilities”), under which the Borrower may borrow loans from time to time (the “Incremental Revolving Loans” and together with the Incremental Term Loans, the “Incremental Loans”) and of which up to $50.0

 

1 

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Exhibit B shall have the meanings set forth in the other exhibits to the Commitment Letter to which this Exhibit B is attached, in the Commitment Letter or in the Existing Credit Agreement. In the case of any such capitalized term that is subject to multiple and differing definitions, the appropriate meaning thereof in this Exhibit B shall be determined by reference to the context in which it is used.

 

B-1


 

million will be made available by Barclays to the Borrower through a subfacility in the form of letters of credit on substantially the same terms as the Letter of Credit Sublimit under the Existing Credit Agreement. The Incremental Revolving Facility shall be available in United States Dollars.

 

  In connection with the Revolving Facility, the Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “Swingline Lender”) will make available to the Borrower, upon same-day notice, a swingline facility in an amount equal to $50.0 million on substantially the same terms as the Swingline Commitment under the Existing Credit Agreement.

Use of Proceeds:

 

Incremental Term Facility:

The proceeds of borrowings under the Incremental Term Facility will be used by the Borrower on the Closing Date together with cash on hand of the Borrower and the Acquired Company and their restricted subsidiaries, to finance a portion of the Acquisition Costs.

 

Incremental Revolving Facility:

The proceeds of borrowings under the Incremental Revolving Facility will be used by the Borrower from time to time on or after the Closing Date for general corporate purposes (including without limitation, to fund the Acquisition Costs, permitted acquisitions, capital expenditures and transaction costs and other purposes not prohibited by the Incremental Credit Facilities).

Availability:

 

Incremental Term Facility:

The Incremental Term Facility will be available in a single drawing on the Closing Date. Amounts borrowed under the Incremental Term Facility that are repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.

 

Incremental Revolving Facility:

From and after the Closing Date, the Incremental Revolving Facility will be available at any time prior to the final maturity of the Incremental Revolving Facility on a “last in” basis (for the avoidance of doubt, no borrowings under the Incremental Revolving Facility shall be required to the extent that there is any availability to borrow Initial Revolving Loans pursuant to the Revolving Facility Commitments (as in effect as

 

B-2


 

of the Original Commitment Letter Date)). Amounts repaid or prepaid under the Incremental Revolving Facility may be reborrowed.

 

Interest Rates and Fees:

As set forth in Annex I.

 

Default Rate:

Same as under the Existing Credit Agreement.

Final Maturity and Amortization:

 

Incremental Term Facility:

Commencing on the first full fiscal quarter commencing after the Closing Date, the Incremental Term Facility will amortize in equal quarterly installments as of the last day of each fiscal quarter in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1.00% of the original principal amount of the Incremental Term Facility, with the balance payable on the Term B Facility Maturity Date. The Incremental Term Facility will mature on the date that is seven (7) years after the Closing Date.

 

Incremental Revolving Facility:

The Incremental Revolving Facility will mature and the commitments thereunder will terminate on the date that is five (5) years after the Closing Date (the “Incremental Revolving Facility Maturity Date”).

 

Guarantees:

The guarantors of the Borrower’s obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement (collectively, the “Guarantors”). To the extent required by the Existing Credit Agreement, the Acquired Company and/or its subsidiaries shall also guarantee the Borrower’s obligations on or prior to the date required by the Existing Credit Agreement. The Borrower and the Guarantors are collectively referred to as the “Loan Parties”. None of the Acquired Company nor any of its subsidiaries that constitute Securitization Entities shall be required to become a Guarantor.

 

Security:

The Incremental Loans shall rank pari passu, and shall be secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis, with the Loans. To the extent required by the Existing Credit Agreement, assets acquired by the Loan Parties in connection with the Acquisition shall be provided as Collateral on or prior to the dates required by the Existing Credit Agreement.

 

Mandatory Prepayments:

Same as under the Existing Credit Agreement.

 

B-3


Voluntary Prepayments and Reductions in
Commitments
:

Same as under the Existing Credit Agreement.

 

Prepayment Premium:

101 soft call for 6 months after the Closing Date applicable to Incremental Term Loans (with the same exceptions, exclusions and qualifications applicable to such premium as the equivalent premium in the Existing Credit Agreement).

 

Documentation:

The making of the Incremental Loans will be governed by the Existing Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as amended pursuant to an Incremental Amendment and amendments to such other Loan Documents as contemplated under Section 2.21 of the Existing Credit Agreement (collectively, the “Incremental Credit Facilities Documentation”).

 

E.U. Bail-In Provisions:

Same as under the Existing Credit Agreement; provided that UK bail-in provisions shall be applicable to the Incremental Credit Facilities.

 

  Counsel for the Borrower shall prepare the initial drafts of the Incremental Credit Facilities Documentation.

 

Representations and Warranties:

Same as under the Existing Credit Agreement, subject to the Certain Funds Provision.

 

Conditions to Initial Borrowing:

The availability of the initial borrowing under the Incremental Credit Facilities on the Closing Date will be subject solely to the applicable conditions set forth in Exhibit C to the Commitment Letter.

 

Affirmative Covenants:

Same as under the Existing Credit Agreement.

 

Negative Covenants:

Same as under the Existing Credit Agreement.

Financial Maintenance Covenant:

 

Incremental Term Facility:

None.

 

Incremental Revolving Facility:

Same as under the Existing Credit Agreement Facility.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiaries:

Same as under the Existing Credit Agreement. Any subsidiary that constitutes a Securitization Entity on the Closing Date shall be Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

B-4


Events of Default:

Same as under the Existing Credit Agreement; provided that, an additional event of default shall be added specifying that, unless the Required Revolving Facility Lenders otherwise agree, an event of default shall occur on and after the date that is 90 days prior to the Term B Facility Maturity Date (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement as of the Original Commitment Letter Date), to the extent that (x) Term B Loans with an aggregate principal amount in excess of $50,000,000 are outstanding, and (y) such Term B Loans have not been refinanced, extended or otherwise replaced with Indebtedness with a final maturity that is 90 days after the Incremental Revolving Facility Maturity Date; provided further that a breach of such event of default shall only result in a default or event of default with respect to outstanding Term Loans upon the Revolving Facility Lenders under the Incremental Revolving Facility having terminated the commitments under the Incremental Revolving Facility and accelerating any Revolving Facility Loans thereunder then outstanding.

 

Voting:

Same as under the Existing Credit Agreement.

 

Cost and Yield Protection:

Same as under the Existing Credit Agreement.

 

Assignments and Participations:

Same as under the Existing Credit Agreement.

 

Expense Reimbursement and Indemnification:

As provided in the Commitment Letter, and if the Closing Date occurs, thereafter, same as under the Existing Credit Agreement.

 

Governing Law:

New York.

 

LIBOR Replacement

Same as under the Existing Credit Agreement.

 

Payment Directive:

Substantially similar to Existing Securitization Facility, adjusted for Acquired Company structure.

 

Counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Commitment Parties:

King & Spalding LLP.

 

B-5


ANNEX I to EXHIBIT B

 

Interest Rates:

The interest rates applicable to the Incremental Term Loans will be, at the option of the Borrower, the Adjusted LIBO Rate plus 3.50% or ABR plus 2.50%. If the Adjusted LIBO Rate is less than 1.00%, the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be deemed to be 1.00%.

 

  Subject to “Changes in Interest Rate Margins and Commitment Fees” below, the interest rates under the Incremental Revolving Facility will be, at the option of the Borrower, Adjusted LIBO Rate plus 2.75% or ABR plus 1.75%.

 

Letter of Credit Fees:

A per annum fee equal to the spread over the Adjusted LIBO Rate under the Incremental Revolving Facility will accrue on the aggregate face amount of outstanding letters of credit under the Incremental Revolving Facility, payable in arrears on the last day of each quarter (commencing with the last day of the first full fiscal quarter after the Closing Date) and upon the termination of the Incremental Revolving Facility, in each case for the actual number of days elapsed over a 360-day year. Such fees shall be distributed to the lenders participating in the Incremental Revolving Facility pro rata in accordance with the amount of each such Lender’s Incremental Revolving Facility commitment, with exceptions for Defaulting Lenders. In addition, the Borrower shall pay to the applicable issuing bank, for its own account, (a) a fronting fee equal to 0.125% per annum of the aggregate face amount of outstanding letters of credit, payable in arrears at the end of each fiscal quarter and upon the termination of the Incremental Revolving Facility, calculated based upon the actual number of days elapsed over a 360-day year, and (b) customary issuance and administration fees.

 

Commitment Fees:

Subject to “Changes in Interest Rate Margins and Commitment Fees” below, 0.50% per annum on the average daily undrawn portion of the commitments in respect of the Incremental Revolving Facility, payable quarterly in arrears after the Closing Date (commencing with the last day of the first full fiscal quarter after the Closing Date) and upon the termination of the commitments, calculated based on the number of days elapsed in a 360-day year. Such fees shall be distributed

 

B-5


 

to the lenders participating in the Incremental Revolving Facility (other than the swingline lender) pro rata in accordance with the amount of each such lender’s Incremental Revolving Facility commitment, with exceptions for Defaulting Lenders.

 

Changes in Interest Rate Margins and Commitment
Fees
:

From and after the date of delivery of the Borrower’s financial statements for the first full fiscal quarter ended after the Closing Date, interest rate margins under the Incremental Revolving Facility and the commitment fees under the Incremental Revolving Facility will be subject to a pricing grid as set forth under the heading “Changes in Interest Rate Margins and Commitment Fees” in the Second Amended and Restated Fee Letter.

 

B-7


EXHIBIT C

Project Vale

Summary of Additional Conditions2

Subject in all respects to the Certain Funds Provisions, the initial borrowings under the Incremental Credit Facilities shall be subject only to the satisfaction (or waiver by the Initial Incremental Lenders) of the following conditions:

 

1.

The Offer Conditions (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) shall have been satisfied or waived in accordance with the Acquisition Agreement substantially concurrently with or immediately following the use of cash of the Borrower and the Acquired Company, the initial borrowing under the Incremental Credit Facilities, the Equity Contribution and the receipt by the Borrower of the proceeds of the foregoing. The Acquisition Agreement shall not have been amended, modified, supplemented or waived by you to the extent such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver is materially adverse to the Lenders or the Commitment Parties, without the prior consent of the Joint Lead Arrangers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned); provided that (a) any reduction in the purchase price of, or consideration for, the Acquisition shall not be deemed materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders and the Commitment Parties (x) to the extent applied to reduce the Equity Contribution (or at your election, to reduce the commitments in respect of the Incremental Term Facility) or (y) to the extent resulting from a reduction in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement as of the Original Commitment Letter Date, (b) any increase in the purchase price shall not be deemed materially adverse to the Lenders or the Commitment Parties so long as such increase is funded by equity contributions or amounts permitted to be drawn under the Facilities (after giving effect to the Incremental Credit Facilities), and (c) the granting of any waiver under the Acquisition Agreement that is not materially adverse to the interests of the Initial Incremental Lenders or the Commitment Parties shall not otherwise constitute an amendment or waiver.

 

2.

Since the date of the Acquisition Agreement, no Material Adverse Change shall have occurred and be continuing. A “Material Adverse Change” has the meaning assigned to the term “Material Adverse Effect” in the Acquisition Agreement, as in effect on the Original Commitment Letter Date.

 

3.

All documents and instruments required to create and perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interests in the Collateral of the Acquired Company and any subsidiary of the Acquired Company that will become a Guarantor shall be executed and delivered in accordance with Section 5.10(d) of the Existing Credit Agreement.

 

4.

The execution and delivery of (i) the Incremental Credit Facilities Documentation, which shall be consistent with the Commitment Letter and Term Sheet and (ii) customary legal

 

2 

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Exhibit C shall have the meanings set forth in the other exhibits to the Commitment Letter to which this Exhibit C is attached, in the Commitment Letter or in the Existing Credit Agreement. In the case of any such capitalized term that is subject to multiple and differing definitions, the appropriate meaning thereof in this Exhibit C shall be determined by reference to the context in which it is used.

 

C-1


  opinions, customary evidence of authorization, customary officer’s certificates and good standing certificates (to the extent applicable in the jurisdiction of organization of the Borrower and each Guarantor), customary notices of borrowing and a solvency certificate of the Borrower’s chief financial officer or other officer with equivalent duties in substantially the form of the solvency certificate delivered under the Existing Credit Agreement.

 

5.

The Joint Lead Arrangers shall have received a pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma consolidated statement of income of the Parent as of and for the twelve- month period ending on the last day of the most recently completed four-fiscal quarter period ended at least 45 days prior to the Closing Date (or 90 days in case such four-fiscal quarter period is the end of the fiscal year), prepared after giving effect to the Transactions as if the Transactions had occurred as of such date (in the case of such balance sheet) or at the beginning of such period (in the case of such statement of income); provided that the pro forma financial statements (i) shall be prepared in good faith by the Borrower and do not need to comply with Article 11 of Regulation S-X and (ii) do not need to include adjustments for purchase accounting (including adjustments of the type contemplated by Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 805, Business Combinations (formerly SFAS 141R)).

 

6.

The Joint Lead Arrangers shall have received (a) (i) audited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income and cash flows of the Parent for the fiscal year ended on or about December 31, 2019 and (ii) unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income and cash flows of the Parent for the fiscal quarters ending on or about March 31, 2020, June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020 and (b) (i) audited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income and cash flows of the Company (in each case of this paragraph 6, as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) for the fiscal year ending on or about December 31, 2019 and (ii) unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income and cash flows of the Company for the fiscal quarters ending on or about March 31, 2020, June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020; provided that the filing of such financial statements on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q by the Company will satisfy the requirements of this paragraph 6 with respect to the Company (it being agreed that the Joint Lead Arrangers have received the financial statements referred to in clauses (a)(i), (b)(i), (a)(ii) (with respect to the fiscal quarters ending on or about March 31, 2020 and June 30, 2020) and (b)(ii) (with respect to the fiscal quarters ending on or about March 31, 2020 and June 30, 2020).

 

7.

All fees and expenses required to be paid on the Closing Date pursuant to the Commitment Letter and the Fee Letters (with respect to expenses, to the extent invoiced at least three business days prior to the Closing Date), shall, upon the initial borrowing under the Incremental Credit Facilities, have been paid (which amounts may be offset against the proceeds of the Incremental Credit Facilities).

 

8.

The Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations shall be true and correct to the extent required by the Certain Funds Provision and the Specified Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects on the Closing Date.

 

C-2


9.

No Specified Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing or would result from the Incremental Credit Facilities.

 

10.

The Closing Date shall not occur prior to the earlier of (a) the date a Successful Syndication of the Incremental Term Loans occur and (b) December 18, 2020.

 

11.

The Administrative Agent and the Commitment Parties shall have received at least 3 Business Days prior to the Closing Date all documentation and other information about the Borrower and the Guarantors as has been reasonably requested in writing at least 10 days prior to the Closing Date by the Administrative Agent or the Commitment Parties that they reasonably determine is required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation the PATRIOT Act and FinCEN regulations and, to the extent required thereby, the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

 

C-3

Exhibit (d)(2)

EXECUTION VERSION

Roark Capital Partners II Sidecar LP

Roark Capital Partners V (T) LP

Roark Capital Partners V (TE) LP

Roark Capital Partners V (OS) LP

Roark Diversified Restaurant Fund II LP

RC V Vale LLC

1180 Peachtree Street, Suite 2500

Atlanta, Georgia 30309

October 30, 2020

Inspire Brands, Inc.

Three Glenlake Parkway

Atlanta, Georgia 30328

Attention: Nils Okeson

Dear Sirs or Madams:

This letter is delivered in connection with the proposed acquisition by Inspire Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”), dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, Parent and Vale Merger Sub, Inc., a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Parent (“Merger Sub”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Merger Agreement.

Roark Capital Partners II Sidecar LP, Roark Capital Partners V (T) LP, Roark Capital Partners V (TE) LP, Roark Capital Partners V (OS) LP, Roark Diversified Restaurant Fund II LP and RC V Vale LLC (each of the foregoing, an “Investor” and collectively, the “Investors”) hereby commit, on a joint and several basis, subject to the conditions set forth in the immediately following sentence, to, directly or indirectly, through one or more affiliates of the Investors, make a cash equity investment in Parent of $5,380,000,000 (the “Equity Commitment”) in immediately available funds at or prior to the Closing, which amount, together with the net proceeds of the Debt Financing and cash on hand and existing revolving borrowing capacity of Parent, will be used to fund (A) the following amounts required to be paid by Parent in accordance with Section 3.02(a) of the Merger Agreement: (i) payment of the aggregate Offer Price due under Section 2.01(d) of the Merger Agreement for any and all Shares tendered pursuant to the Offer (the “Offer Amount”) and (ii) payment of the aggregate Merger Consideration due under Section 3.01(a) of the Merger Agreement (the “Merger Amount”), and (B) the payment of any fees and expenses required to be paid by Parent or Merger Sub pursuant to Section 7.14(i) of the Merger Agreement; provided, however, that the Equity Commitment may be reduced to the extent that all of the equity financing committed hereunder is not required for Parent to consummate the Transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (including as a result of Parent’s receipt of the proceeds of any Financing at or prior to the Closing). Each Investor’s obligation to fund the Equity Commitment is subject to (i) with respect to the Offer Amount, (a) the satisfaction or waiver in accordance with the Merger


Agreement of the Offer Conditions (other than those conditions that by their nature can only be satisfied at the Offer Closing, but subject to such conditions being satisfied or waived at the Offer Closing), and (b) the substantially concurrent closing of the Offer as contemplated by the Merger Agreement, and (ii) with respect to the Merger Amount, (x) the satisfaction or waiver in accordance with the Merger Agreement of all conditions to the closing of the Merger set forth in Section 8.01 of the Merger Agreement (other than those conditions that by their nature can only be satisfied at the Closing but subject to such conditions being satisfied or waived at the Closing) and (y) the substantially concurrent closing of the Merger as contemplated by the Merger Agreement. Neither the Investors nor their permitted assignees shall, under any circumstances, be obligated to contribute to Parent or otherwise pay any amount pursuant to this letter agreement in excess of the Equity Commitment (as may be reduced in accordance herewith).

This letter agreement and the commitment described herein may only be enforced by (i) Parent or (ii) the Company as an express third-party beneficiary hereof solely for the purpose of specifically enforcing the Investors’ obligation to fund the Equity Commitment when required pursuant to the preceding paragraph and for no other purpose (including any claim for monetary damages hereunder or under the Merger Agreement), it being understood that the Investors may only be required to fund the Offer Amount and the Merger Amount in accordance with Section 10.08 of the Merger Agreement and under no other circumstances. Other than Parent and the Company, no third party, including the Debt Financing Sources or any of Parent’s other lenders, shall have any right to enforce this letter agreement or the equity commitment described herein or to cause Parent to enforce this letter agreement or the equity commitment described herein. By its acceptance of the benefits of the rights granted to the Company hereunder, the Company shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this letter agreement applicable to the Company.

This letter agreement and the commitment described herein shall not be amended, modified or terminated without the prior written consent of Parent, the Investors and the Company. No assignment or transfer of any rights or obligations under this letter agreement shall be permitted without the prior written consent of Parent, the Investors and the Company. Any transfer or assignment in violation of the immediately preceding sentence shall be null and void. No failure on the part of Parent or the Company to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, remedy or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by Parent or the Company of any right, remedy or power hereunder preclude any other or future exercise of any right, remedy or power hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Investors may assign all or a portion of their obligations to fund the Equity Commitment to any funds or entities managed or advised by any of the Investors’ Affiliates, upon prior written notice to Parent and Company, so long as such action does not prevent, impair or delay the consummation of the Transactions; provided, that, no such assignment shall relieve the assigning party of its obligations hereunder or reduce the Equity Commitment.

This letter agreement, together with the Merger Agreement, contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior arrangements and understanding with respect thereto.

 

2


This letter agreement and the commitment described herein shall expire and terminate upon the earlier of (i) the valid termination of the Merger Agreement in accordance with its terms, (ii) the Closing, (iii) commencement by the Company, any Affiliate controlled by the Company or any then-current officers or directors of the Company or any Affiliate controlled by the Company (each, a “Company Related Party”) of a lawsuit or other proceeding against any Investor or its permitted assignees to fund the Equity Commitment or for any other claim (including any lawsuit or proceeding for monetary damages), other than a Retained Claim (as defined below), and (iv) commencement by the Company or any other Company Related Party of a lawsuit or other proceeding against any Investor Party (as defined below) asserting any claim (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) for payment or other liabilities under or in respect of the Merger Agreement, this letter agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, other than a Retained Claim. Upon any such valid termination of this letter agreement, the Investors’ obligation to fund the Equity Commitment shall become null and void ab initio and of no further force and effect, and the Investors shall not have any further obligations or liabilities with respect thereto. The foregoing sentence will survive any termination of this letter agreement. In addition, and notwithstanding any other provision in this letter agreement, this letter agreement shall not be effective, and the Investors and Parent will have no obligations hereunder, whether express or implied, to the Company or any other person unless and until the Merger Agreement is executed and delivered by each party thereto. For purposes of this letter agreement, “Retained Claims” shall mean any lawsuit, proceeding or claim brought by any Company Party (i) pursuant to and expressly as set forth in the second paragraph hereof in connection with the Offer Closing or the Closing, (ii) against Parent or Merger Sub under and in accordance with the Merger Agreement to pursue or enforce the terms thereunder in accordance with Section 10.08, and (iii) against the parties to the Confidentiality Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions therein.

Each of the Investors and Parent represents, warrants and covenants to each other that: (i) it is a validly existing entity in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization and has all corporate, limited partnership or limited liability company power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this letter agreement; (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this letter agreement by such party has been duly and validly authorized and approved by all necessary corporate, limited partnership or limited liability company action, and no other proceedings or actions on the part of such party or any general partner or managing member of such party or other Person are necessary therefor; (iii) this letter agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of such party, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms; (iv) to the extent, if any, that the Investors’ governing documents or other agreements limit the amount the Investors may commit to any one investment, the Equity Commitment is less than the maximum amount that the Investors are collectively permitted to invest in the aggregate in any one portfolio investment pursuant to the terms of such governing documents or other agreements; (v) the execution, delivery and performance by such party of this letter agreement does not and will not (A) violate the organizational documents of such party, (B) violate any applicable law, rule, regulation, decree, order or judgment binding on such party or its assets, or (C) result in any violation of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to the loss of any benefit under, any contract or agreement to which such party is a party; and (vi) such Investor has the financial capacity to pay and perform its obligations under this letter agreement, which shall include uncalled capital

 

3


commitments or funds otherwise available to such Investor in excess of the sum of the Equity Commitment hereunder plus the aggregate amount of all other commitments and obligations the Investors currently have outstanding, and all funds necessary for such party to fulfill its obligations under this letter agreement shall be available to such party for so long as this letter agreement shall remain in effect.

Notwithstanding anything that may be expressed or implied in this letter agreement or any document or instrument delivered contemporaneously herewith, and notwithstanding the fact that each Investor is a limited partnership or limited liability company, by its acceptance of the benefits of this letter agreement, Parent unconditionally and irrevocably covenants and agrees that no Person other than the Investors shall have any obligation hereunder and that it has no rights of recovery against, and no recourse hereunder, or in respect of any oral representations made or alleged to have been made in connection herewith, shall be had against, and no personal liability shall attach to, any former, current or future director, officer, agent, Affiliate, manager, assignee or employee of the Investors (or any of their respective successors or permitted assignees), against any former, current or future general or limited partner, manager, stockholder or member of the Investors (or any of their respective successors or permitted assignees) or any Affiliate thereof or against any former, current or future director, officer, agent, employee, Affiliate, assignee, general or limited partner, stockholder, manager or member of any of the foregoing (each, other than the Investors, Parent, Merger Sub and their respective successors and permitted assignees under the Merger Agreement or this letter agreement, an “Investor Party), whether by or through attempted piercing of the corporate veil, by or through a claim on behalf of Parent or the Company (including any Company Related Party) against any Investor or any Investor Party (whether in tort, contract or otherwise), by the enforcement of any judgment or assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any applicable Law, or otherwise; it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on, or otherwise be incurred by any Investor Party, as such, for any obligations of the Investors under this letter agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, in respect of any oral representations made or alleged to be made in connection herewith, or for any claim (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation; and none of Parent, the Company (including any Company Related Party) or any Investor Party shall have any right of recovery under this letter agreement against any Investor or any Investor Party, whether by piercing of the corporate veil, by or through a claim on behalf of Parent, the Company (including any Company Related Party) against any Investor or any Investor Party, or otherwise, except for the Investors’ obligation to make a cash equity investment in Parent under and to the extent provided in this letter agreement, subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

This letter agreement shall be governed in all respects, including, without limitation, validity, construction, interpretation and effect, by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles or rules of conflict of laws to the extent such principles or rules would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

The parties hereto agree that any Action seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this letter agreement or the subject matter hereof (whether brought by any party or any of its Affiliates or against any party or any of its Affiliates) shall be heard and determined exclusively in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware;

 

4


provided, however, that, if such court does not have jurisdiction over such Action, such Action shall be heard and determined exclusively in any federal or state court located in the State of Delaware. Consistent with the preceding sentence, each of the parties hereto hereby (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal or state court sitting in the State of Delaware for the purpose of any Action arising out of or relating to this letter agreement brought by either party hereto; (ii) agrees that service of process will be validly effected by sending notice in accordance with Section 10.02 of the Merger Agreement; and (iii) irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert by way of motion, defense, or otherwise, in any such Action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the Action is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the Action is improper, or that this letter agreement may not be enforced in or by any of the above named courts.

EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LETTER AGREEMENT OR THE EQUITY COMMITMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS LETTER AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS LETTER AGREEMENT, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS PARAGRAPH.

This letter agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page to this letter agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.

[Signature page follows]

 

5


ROARK CAPITAL PARTNERS II SIDECAR LP
By:   Roark Capital GenPar II Sidecar LLC,
  its general partner
By:  

/s/ Paul D. Ginsberg

  Name:   Paul D. Ginsberg
  Title:     President
ROARK CAPITAL PARTNERS V (T) LP
By:   Roark Capital GenPar V LP,
  its general partner
By:   Roark Capital GenPar V LLC,
  its general partner
By:  

/s/ Paul D. Ginsberg

  Name:   Paul D. Ginsberg
 

Title:     Vice President, General Counsel and

              Secretary

ROARK CAPITAL PARTNERS V (TE) LP
By:   Roark Capital GenPar V LP,
  its general partner
By:   Roark Capital GenPar V LLC,
  its general partner
By:  

/s/ Paul D. Ginsberg

  Name: Paul D. Ginsberg
 

Title:     Vice President, General Counsel and

              Secretary

[Signature Page to Equity Commitment Letter]


ROARK CAPITAL PARTNERS V (OS) LP
By:   Roark Capital GenPar V LP,
  its general partner
By:   Roark Capital GenPar V LLC,
  its general partner
By:  

/s/ Paul D. Ginsberg

  Name: Paul D. Ginsberg
  Title:   Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
ROARK DIVERSIFIED RESTAURANT FUND II LP
By:   Roark Diversified Restaurant GenPar II LLC,
  its general partner
By:  

/s/ Paul D. Ginsberg

  Name: Paul D. Ginsberg
  Title:   President
RC V VALE LLC
By:  

/s/ Paul D. Ginsberg

  Name: Paul D. Ginsberg
  Title:   President

[Signature Page to Equity Commitment Letter]


Acknowledged and agreed:
INSPIRE BRANDS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Nils H. Okeson

Name:   Nils. H. Okeson
Title:   Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary

[Signature Page to Equity Commitment Letter]

Exhibit (d)(3)

EXECUTION VERSION

LIMITED GUARANTY

Limited Guaranty, dated as of October 30, 2020 (this “Limited Guaranty”), by Roark Capital Partners II Sidecar LP, Roark Capital Partners V (T) LP, Roark Capital Partners V (TE) LP, Roark Capital Partners V (OS) LP, Roark Diversified Restaurant Fund II LP and RC V Vale LLC (each of the foregoing, a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”), in favor of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”). Reference is hereby made to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”), dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, Inspire Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”) and Vale Merger Sub, Inc., a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Parent (“Merger Sub”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Merger Agreement.

1. Limited Guaranty. To induce the Company to enter into the Merger Agreement, each Guarantor, intending to be legally bound, hereby absolutely, irrevocably, expressly and unconditionally guarantees, on a joint and several basis, to the Company, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, the due and punctual performance and discharge, when due, of (a) (i) the Parent Termination Fee, subject to and in accordance with Section 9.03 of the Merger Agreement, (ii) any reasonable and documented costs and expenses payable in accordance with Section 9.03(d)(ii) of the Merger Agreement and (iii) any monetary damages that may be due and owing in connection with a Pre-Closing Damages Proceeding in accordance with Section 9.03(e) of the Merger Agreement; provided, however, that the maximum aggregate amount payable in respect of clause (a) by the Guarantors under this Limited Guaranty shall not exceed an amount equal to the sum of the Parent Termination Fee and any such costs and expenses described in clause (ii) (the “Cap”), and (b) the payment obligations under Section 8 of this Limited Guaranty (each of clause (a) and clause (b), a “Guaranteed Obligation” and, collectively, the “Guaranteed Obligations”). The parties agree that this Limited Guaranty may not be enforced against the Guarantors without giving full and absolute effect to the Cap. The Company hereby agrees that in no event shall the Guarantors be required to pay to any person under, in respect of, or in connection with this Limited Guaranty, more than the Cap plus any amounts due and owing under Section 8 of this Limited Guaranty. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Limited Guaranty, the Merger Agreement, the Equity Commitment Letter or any other document or instrument delivered in connection herewith or therewith or otherwise, the Company hereby agrees, that to the extent Parent is relieved of all or any portion of its payment or performance obligations under the Merger Agreement, by indefeasible satisfaction or waiver thereof or pursuant to any other agreement with the Company, the Guarantors shall be similarly relieved, to such extent, of their respective obligations under this Limited Guaranty. Except as set forth in the Equity Commitment Letter, the Guarantors shall not have any obligation or liability to any person relating to, arising out of or in connection with, this Limited Guaranty or the Merger Agreement other than as expressly set forth herein. All payments hereunder shall be made in lawful money of the United States, in immediately available funds.


If Parent fails to pay all or any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations when due under the Merger Agreement, then the Guarantors’ liability to the Company hereunder in respect of such applicable Guaranteed Obligations shall, at the Company’s option, become immediately due and payable, and the Company may at any time and from time to time, at the Company’s option, take any and all actions available hereunder or under applicable law to collect the Guaranteed Obligations from the Guarantors.

2. Terms of Limited Guaranty.

(a) This Limited Guaranty is an absolute, unconditional, irrevocable and continuing guaranty of payment, not collection, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against the Guarantors to enforce this Limited Guaranty, irrespective of whether any action is brought against Parent or whether Parent is joined in any such action or actions.

(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, the liability of the Guarantors under this Limited Guaranty shall, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

(i) the genuineness, regularity, illegality or enforceability of the Merger Agreement, any financing commitment letters or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or in the Merger Agreement;

(ii) any change in the corporate existence, structure or ownership of Parent or the Guarantors, or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization, moratorium or other similar proceeding affecting Parent or the Guarantors or any of their respective assets;

(iii) any waiver, amendment or modification of the Merger Agreement, the Equity Commitment Letter or any financing commitment letters or any other agreement evidencing, securing or otherwise executed in connection with any of the Guaranteed Obligations, in each case, in accordance with its terms, or change in the time, manner, place or terms of payment or performance, or any change or extension of the time of payment or performance of, renewal or alteration of, any Guaranteed Obligation, any escrow arrangement or other security therefor, any liability incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof, or any agreement entered into by the Company or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and Parent or any of its Affiliates, on the other hand, in connection therewith;

(iv) except as specified in Section 2(e), the existence of any claim, set-off or other right that any Guarantor may have at any time against Parent, the Company or any of their Affiliates, whether in connection with any Guaranteed Obligation or otherwise;

(v) the failure or delay on the part of the Company to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against Parent or the Guarantors;

(vi) the addition, substitution or release of any person now or hereafter liable with respect to any Guaranteed Obligation or otherwise interested in the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, any financing commitment letters, this Limited Guaranty or any related agreement or document;

 

2


(vii) the adequacy of any means the Company may have of obtaining payment related to the Guaranteed Obligations;

(viii) any discharge of the Guarantors as a matter of applicable law or equity (other than a discharge of the Guarantors with respect to any Guaranteed Obligation as a result of payment of such Guaranteed Obligation in accordance with its terms); or

(ix) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of the Guarantors or otherwise operate as a discharge of the Guarantors as a matter of law or equity (other than payment of the Guaranteed Obligations).

(c) The Guarantors hereby waive any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of the Guaranteed Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by the Company upon this Limited Guaranty or acceptance of this Limited Guaranty. The Guaranteed Obligations shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred in reliance upon this Limited Guaranty, and all dealings between Parent or the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, shall likewise be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Limited Guaranty. This Limited Guaranty is a primary obligation of the Guarantors and is not merely the creation of a surety relationship. When pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against the Guarantors, the Company shall be under no obligation to pursue such rights and remedies it may have against Parent or any other person for any Guaranteed Obligation or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Company to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from Parent or any such other person or to realize upon or to exercise any such right of offset shall not relieve the Guarantors of any liability hereunder.

(d) The Company shall not be obligated to file any claim relating to the Guaranteed Obligations in the event that Parent becomes subject to a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding, and the failure of the Company to so file shall not affect the Guarantors’ obligations hereunder (and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any bar to the payment, or collection, of any Guaranteed Obligations as a result of any such proceeding shall not discharge the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder). In the event that any payment to the Company in respect of any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be returned for any reason whatsoever, the Guarantors shall remain liable hereunder (subject to the terms hereof, including, without limitation, the Cap) as if such payment had not been made so long as this Limited Guaranty has not been terminated.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Limited Guaranty, the Company hereby agrees that the Guarantors may assert, as a defense to, or release or discharge of, any payment or performance by the Guarantors under this Limited Guaranty, any claim, set-off, deduction, defense or release that Parent could assert against the Company under the terms of, or with respect to, the Merger Agreement.

 

3


3. Waiver of Acceptance, Presentment, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Guarantors hereby expressly and irrevocably waive any and all rights or defenses arising by reason of any law which would otherwise require any election of remedies by the Company. The Guarantors hereby waive promptness, diligence, notice of the acceptance hereof, presentment, demand for payment, protest, notice of any kind not provided for herein or not required to be provided to Parent under or in connection with the Merger Agreement, all defenses which may be available by virtue of any valuation, stay, moratorium law or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, any right to require the marshalling of assets of Parent or any other person interested in the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, and all suretyship defenses generally (other than defenses that are available to Parent under the Merger Agreement (excluding defenses that are available to Parent solely as a result of the occurrence of an insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding involving Parent) or breach by the Company of this Limited Guaranty). The Guarantors acknowledge that they will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and that the waivers set forth in this Limited Guaranty are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits and that if any of such waivers are determined contrary to any applicable law or public policy, such waivers shall be effective to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

4. Sole Remedy; No Recourse; Company Acknowledgement.

(a) Notwithstanding anything that may be expressed or implied in this Limited Guaranty or any document or instrument delivered contemporaneously herewith, and notwithstanding the fact that each Guarantor is a limited partnership or limited liability company, by its acceptance of the benefits of this Limited Guaranty, the Company unconditionally and irrevocably covenants and agrees that none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (and the Company agrees to the maximum extent permitted by law that none of its officers, directors, managers, members, security holders, trustees or representatives) has or shall have any right of recovery under or in connection with the Merger Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby or otherwise relating thereto (other than a Non-Prohibited Claim (as defined below)), and to the extent that it has or obtains any such right, the Company, to the maximum extent permitted by law, hereby waives (on its own behalf and on behalf of each of the aforementioned persons) each and every such right against, and hereby releases, and no personal liability shall attach to, the Guarantors, Parent or any former, current or future director, officer, employee, agent, general or limited partner, manager, member, controlling person, stockholder, Affiliate or assignee of the Guarantors, Parent or any Guarantor Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) or any former, current or future director, officer, employee, agent, general or limited partner, manager, member, controlling person, stockholder, Affiliate or assignee of any of the foregoing (collectively, but not including the Guarantors or Parent, each a “Guarantor Affiliate”), from and with respect to any claim, known or unknown, now existing or hereafter arising, under or in connection with the Merger Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby or otherwise related thereto, whether (i) by or through attempted piercing of the corporate or limited partnership veil, (ii) by or through a claim by or on behalf of Parent or any other person against a Guarantor Affiliate (other than a Non-Prohibited Claim), (iii) by the enforcement of any assessment, (iv) by any legal or equitable proceeding (other than a Non-Prohibited Claim), or (v) by virtue of any statute, regulation or applicable law, except for the Company’s rights to recover from the Guarantors (but not from any Guarantor Affiliate) under and to the extent provided in this Limited

 

4


Guaranty (subject, as applicable, to the Cap and the other limitations described herein); provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event any Guarantor (x) consolidates with or merges with any other person and is not the continuing or surviving entity of such consolidation or merger or (y) transfers or conveys all or a substantial portion of its properties and other assets to any person, then, the Company may seek recourse, whether by the enforcement of any judgment or assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, against such continuing or surviving entity or such person (in either case, a “Successor Entity”), as the case may be, but only to the extent of the liability of the Guarantors hereunder and subject to the Cap. As used herein, unless otherwise specified, the term Guarantor shall include a Guarantor’s Successor Entity.

(b) The Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably covenants and agrees that it shall not institute, directly or indirectly, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and Affiliates not to institute, in the name of or on behalf of the Company or any other person, any action or proceeding or bring any other claim (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising under, or in connection with, the Merger Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby or otherwise relating thereto, including with respect to any oral representation made or alleged to be made in connection therewith, against the Guarantors or any Guarantor Affiliate other than a Non-Prohibited Claim.

(c) Except for any claims that are Non-Prohibited Claims, recourse against the Guarantors under this Limited Guaranty shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of the Company and all of its Affiliates against the Guarantors and any Guarantor Affiliates in respect of any liabilities or obligations arising under, or in connection with, the Merger Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby or otherwise relating thereto, including with respect to any oral representation made or alleged to be made in connection therewith.

(d) For all purposes of this Limited Guaranty, pursuit of a claim against a person by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall be deemed to be pursuit of a claim by the Company. A person (the “Claimant”) shall be deemed to have pursued a claim against another person if the Claimant brings a legal action against such other person, adds such other person to an existing legal proceeding, or otherwise asserts a legal claim of any nature against such other person in writing.

(e) The Company acknowledges that the Guarantors are agreeing to enter into this Limited Guaranty in reliance on the provisions set forth in this Section 4. This Section 4 shall survive termination of this Limited Guaranty.

5. Subrogation. The Guarantors will not exercise any rights of subrogation or contribution against Parent, whether arising by contract or operation of law (including, without limitation, any such right arising under bankruptcy or insolvency laws) or otherwise, by reason of any payment by any of them pursuant to the provisions of Section 1 hereof unless and until the Guaranteed Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full in immediately available funds. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the immediately preceding sentence at any time prior to the indefeasible payment in full to the Company in immediately available funds of the Guaranteed Obligations, such amount shall be received and held in trust for the benefit of the

 

5


Company, shall be segregated from other property and funds of the applicable Guarantor and shall forthwith be indefeasibly paid or delivered to the Company, in the same amount as so received (with any necessary endorsement or assignment) to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations, in accordance with the terms hereof and of the Merger Agreement, whether matured or unmatured, or to be held as collateral for the Guaranteed Obligations or other amounts payable under this Limited Guaranty thereafter arising.

6. Termination. The Guarantors shall have no further liability or obligation under this Limited Guaranty from and after the earliest of (i) the consummation of the Closing in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, including payment of both the Offer Amount and Merger Amount (as defined in the Equity Commitment Letter) in accordance with the Merger Agreement; or (ii) the 60th day following termination of the Merger Agreement in accordance with its terms, unless prior to the expiration of such 60-day period, the Company shall have commenced a suit, action or other proceeding against the Guarantors that amounts are due and owing from the Guarantor pursuant to Section 1 of this Limited Guaranty in respect thereof (a “Qualifying Suit”), in which case the obligations and liabilities of the Guarantors under this Limited Guaranty shall continue to survive with respect to such Qualifying Suit (but only such Qualifying Suit) until the earlies to occur of (w) the consummation of the Closing in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, including payment of both the Offer Amount and Merger Amount (as defined in the Equity Commitment) in accordance with the Merger Agreement, (x) a final, non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with Section 16 hereof determining that the Guarantors do not owe any amount under this Limited Guaranty; (y) a written agreement among the Guarantors and the Company terminating the obligations and liabilities of each Guarantor pursuant to this Limited Guaranty; and (z) payment of the Guaranteed Obligations by or on behalf of the Guarantors, Parent and/or Merger Sub.

7. Continuing Guarantee. Except to the extent that the obligations and liabilities of the Guarantors are terminated pursuant to the provisions of Section 6 hereof, this Limited Guaranty is a continuing one and shall remain in full force and effect until the indefeasible payment and satisfaction in full of the Guaranteed Obligations, shall be binding upon the Guarantors and each of their successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Company and its respective successors and permitted transferees and assigns. All obligations to which this Limited Guaranty applies or may apply under the terms hereof shall be conclusively presumed to have been created in reliance hereon. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else herein to the contrary, in the event that the Company or any of its Affiliates asserts in any litigation or other proceeding (i) that the provisions of Section 1 hereof limiting the maximum aggregate liability of the Guarantors to the Cap, or that any other provisions of this Limited Guaranty are illegal, invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, or that the Guarantors are liable for amounts in excess of the Cap, or (ii) any theory of liability against the Guarantors, Parent or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or this Limited Guaranty other than any claim of the Company (I) against the Guarantors seeking specific performance of the Guarantors’ obligations in accordance with Section 10.08 of the Merger Agreement and the Equity Commitment Letter prior to the termination of the Merger Agreement or in respect of a Qualifying Suit (as limited by the provisions hereof), (II) against

 

6


Parent or Merger Sub under and in accordance with the Merger Agreement or (III) enforcing any rights under the Confidentiality Agreement (the foregoing clauses (I), (II) and (III), the “Non-Prohibited Claims”), then (x) the Guaranteed Obligations of the Guarantors under this Limited Guaranty shall terminate ab initio and shall thereupon be null and void, (y) if the Guarantors have previously made any payment under this Limited Guaranty, they shall be entitled to recover such payments from the Company and (z) none of the Guarantors, Parent or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to the Company or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or under this Limited Guaranty.

8. Expenses. The Guarantors agree to pay on demand all reasonable and documented costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) actually incurred by the Company relating to any Qualifying Suit with respect to the enforcement or protection of the rights of the Company hereunder if the Guarantors fail or refuse to make payment to the Company hereunder when due and payable and it is finally judicially determined that the Company is the prevailing party with respect to such Qualifying Suit or that the Guarantors are required to make such payment to the Company in connection with such Qualifying Suit (including any settlement thereof).

9. Entire Agreement. This Limited Guaranty, together with the Merger Agreement and the agreements and instruments described therein, the Equity Commitment Letter and the Confidentiality Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior discussions, negotiations, proposals, undertakings, understandings and agreements, whether written or oral, among Parent, the Guarantors or any Guarantor Affiliate on the one hand, and the Company on the other hand.

10. Amendments and Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Limited Guaranty will be valid and binding unless it is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Guarantors and the Company, or in the case of waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No waiver by any party of any breach or violation of, or default under, this Limited Guaranty, whether intentional or not, will be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent breach, violation or default hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent such occurrence. No delay or omission on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or remedy under this Limited Guaranty will operate as a waiver thereof. The Company shall not have any obligation to proceed at any time or in any manner against, or exhaust any or all of the Company’s rights against, Parent or Merger Sub prior to proceeding against the Guarantors hereunder.

11. No Third Party Beneficiaries. Except for the provisions of this Limited Guaranty which reference Guarantor Affiliates (each of which shall be for the benefit of and enforceable by each Guarantor Affiliate), the parties hereby agree that their respective representations, warranties and covenants set forth herein are solely for the benefit of the other parties hereto, in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Limited Guaranty, and this Limited Guaranty is not intended to, and does not, confer upon any person other than the parties hereto and the Guarantor Affiliates any rights or remedies hereunder, including the right to rely upon the representations and warranties set forth herein.

 

7


12. Counterparts. This Limited Guaranty may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. This Limited Guaranty will become effective when duly executed by each party hereto.

13. Delivery by Facsimile or Electronic Transmission. This Limited Guaranty and any signed agreement or instrument entered into in connection with this Limited Guaranty, and any amendments or waivers hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or by e-mail delivery of a “pdf” format data file, shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or e-mail delivery of a “pdf” format data file to deliver a signature to this Limited Guaranty or any amendment hereto or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or e-mail delivery of a “pdf” format data file as a defense to the formation of a contract and each party hereto forever waives any such defense.

14. Notices. All notices, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Limited Guaranty shall be in writing (including in electronic form) and shall be deemed to have been given (i) if personally delivered, on the date of delivery, (ii) if delivered by express courier service of national standing for next day delivery (with charges prepaid), on the Business Day following the date of delivery to such courier service, (iii) if deposited in the United States mail, first-class postage prepaid, on the date of delivery, (iv) if delivered by telecopy, provided the relevant transmission report indicates a full and successful transmission, (x) on the date of such transmission, if such transmission is completed at or prior to 5:00 p.m., local time of the recipient party, on a Business Day, and (y) on the next Business Day following the date of transmission, if such transmission is completed after 5:00 p.m., local time of the recipient party, on a Business Day or at any time on a day that is not a Business Day or (v) if delivered by electronic mail, provided the relevant computer record indicates a full and successful transmission or no failure message is generated (x) on the date of such transmission, if such transmission is completed at or prior to 5:00 p.m., local time of the recipient party, on a Business Day and (y) on the next Business Day following the date of transmission, if such transmission is completed after 5:00 p.m., local time of the recipient party, on a Business Day or at any time on a day that is not a Business Day. Notices, demands and communications to the Company or the Guarantors shall, unless another address is specified in writing pursuant to the provisions hereof, be sent to the address indicated below:

 

8


If to the Company prior to the Closing, to:

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.

130 Royall Street

Canton, Massachusetts 02021

Attention: Kate Jaspon; David Mann; Ryan Schaffer

Email: [email protected];

            [email protected];

            [email protected]

with copies (which shall not constitute notice to the Company) to:

Ropes & Gray LLP

Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, MA 02199

Attention: Jane D. Goldstein; Craig E. Marcus

E-mail: [email protected];

             craig.marcus@ ropesgray.com

If to any Guarantor, to:

c/o Roark Capital Group

1180 Peachtree Street, N.E.

Atlanta, Georgia 30309-3521

Attention: Stephen D. Aronson

Telephone: (404) 591-5210

Facsimile: (404) 591-5201

E-mail: [email protected]

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to any Guarantor) to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison, LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Attention: Rachael G. Coffey ; Jeffrey D. Marell; Robert B. Schumer

E-mail: [email protected];

[email protected];

[email protected]

15. Governing Law. This Limited Guaranty shall be governed in all respects, including, without limitation, validity, construction, interpretation and effect, by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles or rules of conflict of laws to the extent such principles or rules would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

9


16. Consent to Jurisdiction. The parties hereto agree that any Action seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Limited Guaranty or the subject matter hereof (whether brought by any party or any of its Affiliates or against any party or any of its Affiliates) shall be heard and determined exclusively in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; provided, however, that, if such court does not have jurisdiction over such Action, such Action shall be heard and determined exclusively in any federal or state court located in the State of Delaware. Consistent with the preceding sentence, each of the parties hereto hereby (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal or state court sitting in the State of Delaware for the purpose of any Action arising out of or relating to this Limited Guaranty brought by either party hereto; (ii) agrees that service of process will be validly effected by sending notice in accordance with Section 10.02 of the Merger Agreement; and (iii) irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert by way of motion, defense, or otherwise, in any such Action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the Action is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the Action is improper, or that this Limited Guaranty may not be enforced in or by any of the above named courts.

17. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LIMITED GUARANTY OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS LIMITED GUARANTY AND ANY OTHER AGREEMENTS RELATING THERETO OR CONTEMPLATED THEREBY, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS PARAGRAPH.

18. Representations and Warranties; Covenants. Each Guarantor hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the Company that (i) it has all limited partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Limited Guaranty; (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Limited Guaranty by such Guarantor has been duly and validly authorized and approved by all necessary limited partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, action, and no other proceedings or actions on the part of such Guarantor or any general partner or managing member of such Guarantor or other Person are necessary therefor; (iii) this Limited Guaranty has been duly and validly executed and delivered by it and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of it, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms; (iv) the execution, delivery and performance by such Guarantor of this Limited Guaranty does not and will not (x) violate the organizational documents of such Guarantor, (y) violate any applicable law, rule, regulation, decree, order or judgment binding on such Guarantor or its assets, or (z) result in any violation of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of

 

10


any obligation or to the loss of any benefit under, any contract or agreement to which such Guarantor is a party; and (v) such Guarantor has the financial capacity to pay and perform its obligations under this Limited Guaranty, and all funds necessary for such Guarantor to fulfill the Guaranteed Obligations under this Limited Guaranty shall be available to such Guarantor for so long as this Limited Guaranty shall remain in effect in accordance with Section 7 hereof.

19. No Assignment. None of the Guarantors or the Company may assign their respective rights, interests or obligations hereunder to any other person without the prior written consent of the Company (in the case of an assignment by the Guarantors) or the Guarantors (in the case of an assignment by the Company).

20. Severability. Any term or provision of this Limited Guaranty that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction will not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction; provided, however, that this Limited Guaranty may not be enforced without giving effect to the limitation of the amount payable hereunder with respect to the Cap provided in Section 1 hereof and the provisions of Section 4 and Section 7 hereof. No party hereto shall assert, and each party shall cause its respective Affiliates and representatives acting on its behalf not to assert, that this Limited Guaranty or any part hereof is invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

21. Headings. The headings contained in this Limited Guaranty are for convenience purposes only and will not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation hereof.

22. Relationship of the Parties. Each party acknowledges and agrees that (a) this Limited Guaranty is not intended to, and does not, create any agency, partnership, fiduciary or joint venture relationship between any of the parties hereto and neither this Limited Guaranty nor any other document or agreement entered into by any party hereto relating to the subject matter hereof shall be construed to suggest otherwise and (b) the obligations of the Guarantors under this Limited Guaranty are solely contractual in nature. In no event shall Parent, Merger Sub or the Guarantors be considered an “Affiliate”, “security holder” or “representative” of the Company for any purpose of this Limited Guaranty.

*****

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantors have caused this Limited Guaranty to be executed and delivered as of the date first written above by their officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

ROARK CAPITAL PARTNERS II SIDECAR LP
By:   Roark Capital GenPar II Sidecar LLC,
  its general partner
By:  

/s/ Paul D. Ginsberg

  Name:   Paul D. Ginsberg
  Title:   President
ROARK CAPITAL PARTNERS V (T) LP
By:   Roark Capital GenPar V LP,
  its general partner
By:   Roark Capital GenPar V LLC,
  its general partner
By:  

/s/ Paul D. Ginsberg

  Name:   Paul D. Ginsberg
  Title:   Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
ROARK CAPITAL PARTNERS V (TE) LP
By:   Roark Capital GenPar V LP,
  its general partner
By:   Roark Capital GenPar V LLC,
  its general partner
By:  

/s/ Paul D. Ginsberg

  Name:   Paul D. Ginsberg
  Title:   Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

[Signature Page to Limited Guaranty]


ROARK CAPITAL PARTNERS V (OS) LP
By:   Roark Capital GenPar V LP,
  its general partner
By:   Roark Capital GenPar V LLC,
  its general partner
By:  

/s/ Paul D. Ginsberg

  Name:   Paul D. Ginsberg
  Title:   Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
ROARK DIVERSIFIED RESTAURANT FUND II LP
By:   Roark Diversified Restaurant GenPar II LLC,
  its general partner
By:  

/s/ Paul D. Ginsberg

  Name:   Paul D. Ginsberg
  Title:   President
RC V VALE LLC
By:  

/s/ Paul D. Ginsberg

  Name:   Paul D. Ginsberg
  Title:   President

[Signature Page to Limited Guaranty]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Limited Guaranty to be executed and delivered as of the date first written above by its officer thereunto duly authorized.

 

COMPANY:
DUNKIN’ BRANDS GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ Katherine D. Jaspon

Name:   Katherine D. Jaspon
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to Limited Guaranty]

Exhibit (d)(4)

 

LOGO

October 5, 2020

Inspire Brands, Inc.

Three Glenlake Parkway NE

Atlanta, GA 30328

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with Inspire Brands, Inc.’s (“you” or “your”) consideration of a possible negotiated transaction with Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, the “Company”) (such possible transaction between the Company and you or your controlled affiliates being referred to herein as the “Transaction”), you have requested non-public, confidential or proprietary information about the Company including, without limitation, information in any form or medium regarding the Company’s current and prospective business, plans, forecasts, assets, liabilities, conditions, affairs, results, finances, strategies, products, services, technology, software, trade secrets, business processes, know-how, data, employees, franchisees, agents, customers, licensors and vendors, (all such furnished information and all analyses, compilations, data, studies, summaries, notes, interpretations, memoranda or other documents (in any form or medium) prepared by or for you or your Representatives (defined herein) containing or based in whole or in part on or reflecting any such furnished information, collectively, the “Confidential Information”). You acknowledge and agree that none of the Company or its representatives, officers, directors, managers, employees, affiliates, members, equity holders, agents, or controlling persons, is under any obligation to (a) make any particular information available to you, or to supplement or update any Confidential Information previously furnished or (b) exchange any information that the Company determines in its sole discretion not to disclose due to commercial, competitive, legal or other factors. If deemed appropriate by the Company for the review of any competitively sensitive information, the parties will endeavor to establish mutually acceptable and appropriate procedures for the review of such competitively sensitive information which procedures may limit access to such information to a limited number of specific individuals, and such information shall not be disclosed to any of your other Representatives. In consideration of Confidential Information being furnished to you by or on behalf of the Company, you hereby agree as follows:

1. The Confidential Information will be used by you and your affiliates, directors, officers, managers, members, employees, Barclays Capital Inc. (“Barclays”), agents and advisors (all of the foregoing who receive Confidential Information hereunder, collectively, “Representatives”) solely for the purpose of evaluating the Transaction. Unless and until the Transaction has been consummated pursuant to a definitive agreement (not including any executed letter of intent, any other preliminary written agreement or any written or oral acceptance of an offer or bid which you submit) (the “Transaction Agreement”), no portion of the Confidential Information will be disclosed by you to any other person or entity, including, without limitation, the media (whether electronic, print, broadcast or other) or any corporation, company, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or individual (each, a “Person”), except to your Representatives who need to know such information solely for the purpose of evaluating the Transaction. Prior to any disclosure of Confidential Information by you to any such Representatives, you will inform them of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information and provide them a copy of, and obtain their agreement to be bound by the applicable terms, of this agreement


(the “Agreement”) to the same extent that you are bound. You will use reasonable precautions, in any event no less rigorous than the precautions you take to protect your own confidential information, to safeguard the Confidential Information, and you will take reasonable measures to restrict access to the Confidential Information and prevent prohibited or unauthorized disclosure or use of the Confidential Information by your Representatives. You agree to be responsible for any breach of the terms of this Agreement by your Representatives. You hereby acknowledge and agree that all Confidential Information shall be and remain the exclusive property of the Company (or, as applicable, third Persons conducting business with the Company). You agree not to reproduce or copy by any means any Confidential Information without the Company’s prior written consent, except as reasonably required for distribution to your Representatives for purposes of evaluating the Transaction. You represent and warrant that in considering the Transaction and reviewing the Confidential Information, you are acting solely on your own behalf and not as part of a group with any unaffiliated parties, other than Roark Capital’s (as defined below) limited partners who have committed funds to this Transaction prior to the date hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, your Representatives shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, include any Person that is a franchisee, supplier or competitor (other than you or Roark Capital) of the Company, or any Person that serves as a director, officer, manager, member, agent or employee of any of the foregoing.

2. You further agree that neither you nor any of your Representatives acting on your behalf will, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, communicate regarding the Transaction with any of your or Roark Capital’s portfolio companies or brands (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, your senior management team), potential co-investors or other sources of equity or debt financing other than Barclays and Roark Capital’s limited partners who have committed funds to this Transaction prior to the date hereof, nor disclose Confidential Information to any such Person. You hereby acknowledge and agree that the Company may grant or withhold its consent to any such communications with portfolio companies, brands, potential co-investors or other sources of equity or debt financing for any reason (or for no reason) and the Company may condition any such consent on such Persons’ prior entry into a written confidentiality agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Company. Without the prior written consent of the Company, you agree that you will not, and will cause your Representatives acting on your behalf not to, enter into any agreement, arrangement or other understanding, whether written or oral, which would reasonably be expected to limit, restrict, restrain or otherwise impair in any manner, directly or indirectly, the ability of any debt or equity financing source or other Person from providing financing or other assistance to any other Person (including the Company) with respect to the Transaction or any potential alternative thereto.

3. If you or any of your Representatives becomes legally required (by deposition, notice, discovery request, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process, each a “Request”) to disclose any Confidential Information or any information covered in Section 6, you shall, promptly after receipt of such Request, provide written notice and a copy thereof to the Company, and you shall use reasonable efforts to provide the Company an opportunity to seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy (and you agree to cooperate with the Company in connection with seeking such order or other remedy). If such protective order or other remedy is not obtained, you agree to furnish, and permit your Representatives to furnish, only that portion of the Confidential Information which you determine, after consultation with counsel, is legally required and to exercise reasonable best efforts to obtain assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such Confidential Information.

4. The term “Confidential Information” does not include any information that at the time of disclosure to you or thereafter (a) is generally known by the public (other than as a result of its disclosure directly or indirectly by you or your Representatives) or (b) is available to you on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company or its advisors, provided that such source is not and was not bound by a confidentiality agreement or other legal duty of confidentiality regarding the Company or the Confidential Information.

 

-2-


5. Upon written request by the Company, you will promptly destroy or return to the Company all copies (in any form or medium) of the Confidential Information in your possession or control or in the possession or control of your Representatives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you and your Representatives (i) may retain copies of that portion of the Confidential Information that is required to be retained by applicable law or in accordance with your and your Representatives’ bona fide internal document retention policies that have been implemented in order to comply with applicable law, regulation, professional standards or your and their reasonable existing business practice, and (ii) shall not be obligated to destroy electronically stored copies of the Confidential Information to the extent such destruction is not reasonably practicable; provided that in all cases involving such retention or non-destruction of Confidential Information you shall maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information and you and your Representatives shall not disclose or use such Confidential Information (other than to the extent explicitly permitted under this Agreement) for as long as you or your Representatives retain any such Confidential Information.

6. Without the prior written consent of the Company, you will not, and will direct your Representatives not to, disclose to any Person (a) the existence of any communications concerning the Transaction, or the existence of this Agreement or its provisions, (b) that you have requested or received Confidential Information from the Company or its advisors, or (c) the possible occurrence of the Transaction or any of the terms, conditions or other facts about the Transaction, including the current status.

7. Until the earlier of: (a) the consummation of the Transaction pursuant to a Transaction Agreement or (b) two years from the date of this Agreement, you agree that: (x) except with the express written consent of David Mann, Chief Legal Officer of the Company, neither you nor Roark Capital Management, LLC or any of its affiliated investment funds, portfolio companies or brands (collectively, “Roark Capital”) who receive Confidential Information hereunder (such Roark Capital entities or brands who receive Confidential Information hereunder, collectively, “Roark Capital Participants”) will, and neither you nor any such Roark Capital Participants will knowingly encourage or participate with any other Person to, directly or indirectly, initiate or maintain contact (except for those contacts made in the ordinary course of business) with any officer, director, employee, franchisee (or officer or employee of a franchisee) or supplier of the Company regarding the Confidential Information or the Transaction; and (y) except with the express written consent of the Company, neither you nor any Roark Capital Participant will, and neither you nor any Roark Capital Participant will knowingly encourage or participate with any other Person to, directly or indirectly solicit for employment or offer to hire or hire any officer, director, franchisee (or officer of a franchisee) or employee of the Company at the VP-level or higher (excluding store-level employees). Neither you nor any Roark Capital Participant shall be in breach of this Agreement if any of the foregoing respond to a general solicitation not targeted specifically at the Company, as long as neither you nor any Roark Capital Participant hire such person. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Company, all communications regarding the Transaction, requests for additional information, requests for facility tours or management meetings and discussions or questions regarding procedures, will be submitted or directed to Roger Matthews ([email protected]) and Richard Peacock (richard.peacock@bofa.com). For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement (other than Section 9 below) shall be binding upon or restrict the activities of any affiliates of Roark Capital Management LLC (including its current and future portfolio companies and limited partners) who do not receive Confidential Information hereunder, and those affiliates will not be deemed to have received Confidential Information hereunder solely due to the dual role of any of Roark Capital’s partners, managers, directors, officers or employees so long as such persons do not provide any Confidential Information to those affiliates.

 

-3-


8. You hereby acknowledge and agree that you are aware, and that you will advise each of your Representatives to whom Confidential Information is provided, that the U.S. securities laws prohibit any Person who has material non-public information concerning the matters which are the subject of this Agreement from purchasing or selling securities of the Company, or from communicating such material non-public information to any other Person under circumstances in which it is reasonably foreseeable that such Person is likely to purchase or sell such securities.

9. You represent and warrant to the Company that, as of the date hereof, you do not beneficially own any securities of the Company. Roark Capital Management, LLC represents and warrants to the Company that, as of the date hereof, Roark Capital does not beneficially own any securities of the Company. Each of you and Roark Capital Management, LLC agree that, for a period of two (2) years following the date hereof (the “Standstill Period”), neither you nor your Representatives (acting on your behalf or at your direction) nor Roark Capital will, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the board of directors of the Company, (i) acquire, agree to acquire, propose, seek or offer to acquire, or facilitate the acquisition or ownership of, any securities or assets of the Company, any warrant or option to purchase such securities or assets, any security convertible into any such securities, or any other right to acquire such securities or assets (other than purchases of products or services in the ordinary course of business), (ii) enter, agree to enter, propose, seek or offer to enter into or facilitate any merger, business combination, recapitalization, restructuring or other extraordinary transaction involving the Company, (iii) make, or in any way participate or engage in, any solicitation of proxies to vote, or seek to advise or influence any Person with respect to the voting of, any voting securities of the Company, (iv) form, join or in any way participate in a “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) with respect to any voting securities of the Company, (v) call, request the calling of, or otherwise seek or assist in the calling of a special meeting of the board of directors or shareholders of the Company, (vi) otherwise act, alone or in concert with others, to seek to control or influence the management or the policies of the Company, (vii) disclose any intention, plan or arrangement prohibited by, or inconsistent with, any of the foregoing, or (viii) advise, assist or encourage or enter into any discussions, negotiations, agreements or arrangements with any other Persons in connection with any of the foregoing. Each of you and Roark Capital Management, LLC further agree that during the Standstill Period neither you nor your Representatives nor Roark Capital will, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the board of directors of the Company, (x) make any request directly or indirectly, to amend or waive any provision of this paragraph (including this sentence), or (y) take any action that would reasonably be expected to require the Company to make a public announcement regarding the possibility of a business combination, merger or other type of transaction described in this paragraph; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in this Agreement to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement shall restrict you from confidentially making a bona fide proposal to the board of directors of the Company with respect to a Transaction, and which is reasonably intended and structured so as to not require the Company to make a public announcement regarding such proposal.

10. You understand, acknowledge and agree that neither the Company nor any other Person who provides Confidential Information to you pursuant to this Agreement (collectively, the “Disclosing Parties”) is making any representation or warranty, expressed or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of the Confidential Information or of any other information concerning the Company, the Transaction, or any other matter, in each case provided or prepared by or for the Disclosing Parties, and none of the Disclosing Parties will have any liability to you or any other Person resulting from or relating to your or their use of the Confidential Information or any of such other information. You agree that in determining to enter into and perform this Agreement you are not relying upon any representation, statement, promise, commitment, understanding or agreement made by or on behalf of the Company or any other Person, except as expressly set forth herein. Only those representations or warranties that are expressly set forth in a Transaction Agreement when, as and if duly executed and delivered by all parties thereto, and subject to such limitations and restrictions as may be expressly agreed in such Transaction Agreement, shall have any legal effect.

 

-4-


11. You understand and agree that (other than this Agreement) no contract, agreement or understanding with respect to the Transaction exists nor shall one be deemed to exist between you and the Company unless and until a Transaction Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by all parties thereto, and you hereby waive, in advance, any claims (including, without limitation, claims for breach of contract) in connection with the Transaction unless and until a Transaction Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by all parties thereto. You also agree that neither the Company nor any Disclosing Party will have any obligation of any kind whatsoever with respect to the Transaction by virtue of this Agreement or any other written or oral expression with respect to the Transaction except (i) in the case of this Agreement, for the matters specifically agreed to herein and (ii) upon execution of the Transaction Agreement to the extent expressly set forth therein. You further understand and agree that:

(a) the Company shall have sole discretion in determining the process for the Transaction;

(b) any procedures relating to the Transaction may be changed at any time without notice to you or any other Person; and

(c) the Company may postpone or abandon its efforts to engage in the Transaction at any time without any notice to you.

12. You understand, acknowledge and agree that any disclosure, use or misappropriation of any Confidential Information in violation of this Agreement would cause the Company irreparable harm, the amount (but not the certainty) of which would be difficult to ascertain. You agree that the Company, in addition to any other remedies available to it, shall be entitled to equitable relief, including temporary restraining orders and preliminary and permanent injunctions, in the event of a breach by you or your Representatives (either actual or threatened) of this Agreement (without necessity of posting any bond or other security or proving special damages) and that you shall not oppose the granting of such relief.

13. To the extent that any Confidential Information includes materials or other information that may be subject to attorney-client privilege, work product doctrine or any other applicable privilege or doctrine providing immunity from disclosure, you acknowledge and agree that you and the Company have a commonality of legal interest with respect to such matters, and agree that it is your mutual desire, intention and understanding that the sharing of such materials and other information is not intended to, and shall not, affect the confidentiality of any of such materials or other information or waive or diminish the continued protection of any of such materials or other information under the attorney-client privilege, work product doctrine or other applicable privilege or doctrine providing immunity from disclosure. Accordingly, all Confidential Information that is entitled to protection under the attorney-client privilege, work product doctrine or other applicable privilege or doctrine providing immunity from disclosure shall remain entitled to protection thereunder and shall be entitled to protection under the common interest doctrine, and you agree to take all commercially reasonable measures to preserve, to the fullest extent possible, the applicability of all such privileges and doctrines, and you further agree that you will cooperate with the Company in efforts by it to preserve, to the fullest extent possible, the applicability of all such privileges and doctrines.

14. No provision of this Agreement can be waived or amended except by written consent of the Company. It is understood and agreed that no failure or delay by the Company in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof.

 

-5-


15. You understand that the Company and the Company’s board of directors as of the date hereof (the “Board”) are represented in connection with the Transaction by Ropes & Gray LLP (“R&G”). If at any time you are or have been a client of R&G or of any other counsel to the Company or the Board, you hereby irrevocably waive any conflicts that may arise in connection with R&G or any other counsel to the Company and Board representing the Company and the Board in connection with the Transaction, and any conflicts that may arise in connection with R&G or any other counsel to the Company and the Board representing the Board (or the former securityholders of the Company) after the closing of the Transaction (the “Closing”), including without limitation in connection with any negotiation, arbitration, mediation, litigation or other proceeding in any way related to a dispute with you and/or the Company, on the one hand, and the Board (or the former securityholders of the Company), on the other hand, even if your and the Company’s interests then would be directly adverse to those of the Board or the former securityholders of the Company in connection therewith. You understand and agree that if the Transaction is consummated, the Transaction Agreement will contain provisions confirming and implementing these waivers, as well as provisions confirming that the attorney-client privilege, work product protection and expectation of client confidence with respect to any matters or materials relating to the Transaction Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby shall belong solely to the Board. You represent and warrant that you have consulted with independent counsel of your choosing before agreeing to this Agreement, including to this Section 15 and the waivers contained therein, and that such counsel have explained to, and that you understand, the potential consequences of your agreement.

16. This Agreement is for the benefit of the Company and the other Disclosing Parties (and with respect to Section 15, R&G and the other counsel referred to therein), and shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns (provided, however, that you may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder, without the Company’s prior written consent, failing which such purported assignment shall be null and void).

17. This Agreement, and any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement, its negotiation, validity, performance or breach, or the transactions contemplated hereby or the rights and obligations of the parties (whether sounding in contract, tort, statute or otherwise, and whether at law or in equity), shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction. You and the Company each irrevocably: (i) consent to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts sitting in New York, New York in any such action, (ii) agree that such courts are convenient forums for that purpose, and shall not seek to dismiss, transfer or remove such action to any other forum on grounds of lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, forum non conveniens or any similar doctrine, (iii) consent to service of process in any such action effected by delivery via nationally recognized overnight courier service, addressed to you or the Company, as applicable, at such party’s address set forth above, in addition to any other method of service provided by applicable law, (iv) agree that such service of process shall be valid and (v) agree that such action shall be commenced and determined only in such courts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, actions or proceedings may be commenced in any jurisdiction to enforce or satisfy orders or judgments of such courts.

18. TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE, AND AGREE THAT THEY WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE), ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION DESCRIBED IN SECTION 17 HEREOF. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT EITHER OF THEM MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED-FOR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUCH ACTION AND THAT ANY SUCH ACTION WILL INSTEAD BE TRIED BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

 

-6-


19. Your obligations under this Agreement, except: (i) the obligations with respect to any Confidential Information retained pursuant to Section 5 hereof, (ii) to the extent that any portion of the Confidential Information constitutes a “trade secret” under applicable law, the terms and conditions of this Agreement as to such portion of Confidential Information shall survive such termination for as long as that portion remains a trade secret, and (iii) as described in Sections 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 and 18 hereof and this Section 19, shall terminate two (2) years from the date hereof provided that such termination shall not relieve you of liability for breach by you or your Representatives prior to termination.

20. Each party represents and warrants that this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

21. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to its subject matter and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements or understandings with respect thereto. This Agreement may be signed by facsimile or electronic delivery in .pdf format and may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

[Signature page follows]

 

-7-


This Agreement is being delivered to you in duplicate. Kindly execute and return one copy of this Agreement, which will constitute our agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

Very truly yours,
Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.
By:   /s/ W. David Mann
Name:   W. David Mann
Title:   SVP, Chief Legal Officer

 

Accepted and Agreed To:
Inspire Brands, Inc.
By:   /s/ Nils H. Okeson
Name:   Nils H. Okeson
Title:   General Counsel

 

Accepted and Agreed Solely As To Sections 7 and 9:
Roark Capital Management, LLC
By:   /s/ Stephen Aronson
Name:   Stephen Aronson
Title:   General Counsel and Managing Director

 

LOGO

 

-8-

Categories

SEC Filings